[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git (#425) - wheezy (branch) updated: 1.0_20080515-5-ga97eb7f
David Prévot
taffit at alioth.debian.org
Sat Oct 5 12:17:48 UTC 2013
The branch, wheezy has been updated
via a97eb7f56d468597363d454082cd34ee45ac6446 (commit)
from d8f389d55c76cfef8358008fa8dbc68bcf9252e1 (commit)
Those revisions listed above that are new to this repository have
not appeared on any other notification email; so we list those
revisions in full, below.
- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of changes:
Makefile | 42 +-
debian/README | 16 +-
debian/README.source | 16 +
debian/changelog | 15 +-
debian/control | 56 +-
debian/rules | 13 +-
documentation/norwegian/Makefile | 29 +
documentation/norwegian/get_itil | 11 +-
documentation/norwegian/itil.xml | 1502 ++---
documentation/release-manual/Makefile | 54 +-
.../{README => README.release-manual-translations} | 0
documentation/release-manual/get_release-manual | 11 +-
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po | 3257 ++++-----
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po | 3078 +++++----
.../{release-manual.it.po => release-manual.fr.po} | 6910 ++++++++++----------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po | 4174 +++++++-----
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po | 3464 +++++-----
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot | 2803 ++++----
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml | 692 +-
19 files changed, 13443 insertions(+), 12700 deletions(-)
create mode 100644 debian/README.source
create mode 100644 documentation/norwegian/Makefile
rename documentation/release-manual/{README => README.release-manual-translations} (100%)
copy documentation/release-manual/{release-manual.it.po => release-manual.fr.po} (55%)
The diff of changes is:
diff --git a/Makefile b/Makefile
index 5362f2b..fbc2668 100644
--- a/Makefile
+++ b/Makefile
@@ -1,42 +1,28 @@
SRCDIR := $(CURDIR)/documentation
-
DESTDIR =
-DESTPATH = /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc
all: build
-#
-# Build release manual
-#
- $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/release-manual
get-orig-source:
- # update release-manual
- $(MAKE) -C documentation/release-manual update
- # get itil document
- cd documentation/norwegian/ && ./get_itil
+ $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/release-manual update
+ $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/norwegian update
+
+status:
+ $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/release-manual status
+ # the itil document has not been translated yet.
build:
- #
- # Build ITIL book
- #
- dblatex -T simple -o $(SRCDIR)/norwegian/itil.pdf $(SRCDIR)/norwegian/itil.xml
- -openjade -t sgml -i html -E 10000 -d /usr/share/docbook-utils/docbook-utils.dsl\#html -V paper-type=A4 -V nochunks /usr/share/sgml/declaration/xml.dcl $(SRCDIR)/norwegian/itil.xml > $(SRCDIR)/norwegian/itil.html
+ $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/release-manual build
+ $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/norwegian build
install:
- #
- # Install ITIL book
- #
- install -d $(DESTDIR)$(DESTPATH)/nb/itil
- install -m 644 $(SRCDIR)/norwegian/itil.pdf $(SRCDIR)/norwegian/itil.html $(DESTDIR)$(DESTPATH)/nb/itil
- #
- # Install release manual
- #
- $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/release-manual install DESTDIR="$(DESTDIR)"
-
-
+ $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/release-manual install
+ $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/norwegian install
dist-clean: clean
- rm $(SRCDIR)/norwegian/itil.pdf $(SRCDIR)/norwegian/itil.html -f
+ $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/release-manual dist-clean
+ $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/norwegian dist-clean
clean:
- $(MAKE) -C documentation/release-manual clean
+ $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/release-manual clean
+ $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/norwegian clean
diff --git a/debian/README b/debian/README
index 941d752..6bf76cf 100644
--- a/debian/README
+++ b/debian/README
@@ -54,18 +54,4 @@ svn://svn.skolelinux.org/repos/skolelinux/trunk/www/developer.skolelinux.no/arki
Translations to nb, de, da, nl, it and pt_BR are available in svn.
-Building this package
----------------------
-
-To update the release-manual and the itil document from their source in the wiki,
-you need an internet connection and the subversion and po4a packages installed.
-(For building it, you need its build-depends installed. Translators please see
-the README.release-manual-translations.)
-
-Run "./debian/rules get-orig-source" to download the external documents to
-prepare building and before building and uploading it to the archive.
-
-Use "debuild" to build the package.
-
-
--- Holger Levsen, holger at debian.org, last updated: 2008-02-02
+-- Holger Levsen, holger at debian.org, last updated: 2008-07-02
diff --git a/debian/README.source b/debian/README.source
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08d2d9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/README.source
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+Building an updated version of the package
+------------------------------------------
+
+To update the release-manual and the itil document from their sources in the
+wiki, you need an internet connection and the subversion, xmllint and po4a
+packages installed.
+(For building it, you need its build-depends installed. Translators please see
+the README.release-manual-translations.)
+
+Run "./debian/rules get-orig-source" to update the source to prepare building
+and before building and uploading it to the archive.
+
+Then just use "debuild" to build the package.
+
+
+-- Holger Levsen, holger at debian.org, last updated: 2008-07-06
diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog
index 75b5c25..a7cde7b 100644
--- a/debian/changelog
+++ b/debian/changelog
@@ -1,10 +1,19 @@
-debian-edu-doc (1.0~20080516) UNRELEASED; urgency=low
+debian-edu-doc (1.0~20080706) terra; urgency=low
* release-manual:
- .xml source updated from the wiki
- updated Italian translation thanks to Claudio Carboncini
-
- -- Holger Levsen <holger at debian.org> Fri, 23 May 2008 16:35:03 +0200
+ - include new French translation by Christophe Masson, merci bien!
+ (Closes: #487297)
+ * Bumped standards-version to 3.8.0, split README into README and
+ REAME.source.
+ * Split into language specific binary packages. A debian-edu-doc binary
+ package is still provided to ease upgrades from etch and can be removed
+ after lenny. All language specific packages depend on debian-edu-doc-en
+ because no language has translated versions of all images.
+ * Use xmllint in the get-orig-source target to get cleaner xml.
+
+ -- Holger Levsen <holger at debian.org> Sun, 06 Jul 2008 09:26:12 +0000
debian-edu-doc (1.0~20080515) terra; urgency=low
diff --git a/debian/control b/debian/control
index 62dbae2..1dc81d9 100644
--- a/debian/control
+++ b/debian/control
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 5)
Build-Depends-Indep: docbook-utils, poxml, ldp-docbook-xsl, dblatex, po4a, dia | dia-gnome, imagemagick, lyx
Maintainer: Debian Edu Developers <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>
Uploaders: Petter Reinholdtsen <pere at debian.org>, Morten Werner Olsen <werner at debian.org>, Steffen Joeris <white at debian.org>, Holger Levsen <holger at debian.org>
-Standards-Version: 3.7.3
+Standards-Version: 3.8.0
Homepage: http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
Vcs-Svn: svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc/
Vcs-Browser: http://svn.debian.org/wsvn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc/
@@ -13,8 +13,56 @@ Vcs-Browser: http://svn.debian.org/wsvn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc/
Package: debian-edu-doc
Section: doc
Priority: optional
+Depends: debian-edu-doc-en, debian-edu-doc-de, debian-edu-doc-es, debian-edu-doc-nb, debian-edu-doc-it
Architecture: all
-Description: Documentation from the Debian Edu project
- All documentation for the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is supposed to be
- included in this package.
+Description: Documentation from the Debian Edu project (transitional package)
+ This metapackage depends on all language specific documentation packages from
+ the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project.
+ .
+ This is a transitional dummy package to ensure clean upgrades from
+ etch to lenny. It can be safely removed after upgrade.
+
+Package: debian-edu-doc-en
+Section: doc
+Priority: optional
+Architecture: all
+Description: English documentation from the Debian Edu project
+ All English documentation for the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is supposed
+ to be included in this package.
+
+Package: debian-edu-doc-de
+Section: doc
+Priority: optional
+Depends: debian-edu-doc-en
+Architecture: all
+Description: German documentation from the Debian Edu project
+ All German documentation for the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is supposed
+ to be included in this package.
+
+Package: debian-edu-doc-es
+Section: doc
+Priority: optional
+Depends: debian-edu-doc-en
+Architecture: all
+Description: Spanish documentation from the Debian Edu project
+ All Spanish documentation for the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is supposed
+ to be included in this package.
+
+Package: debian-edu-doc-nb
+Section: doc
+Priority: optional
+Depends: debian-edu-doc-en
+Architecture: all
+Description: Bokmal documentation from the Debian Edu project
+ All Bokmal documentation for the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is supposed
+ to be included in this package.
+
+Package: debian-edu-doc-it
+Section: doc
+Priority: optional
+Depends: debian-edu-doc-en
+Architecture: all
+Description: Italian documentation from the Debian Edu project
+ All Italian documentation for the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is supposed
+ to be included in this package.
diff --git a/debian/rules b/debian/rules
index 573ec36..bae69cf 100755
--- a/debian/rules
+++ b/debian/rules
@@ -1,10 +1,8 @@
#!/usr/bin/make -f
-DESTDIR := $(CURDIR)/debian/debian-edu-doc
+DESTDIR := $(CURDIR)/debian
SRCDIR := $(CURDIR)/documentation
-DESTPATH = /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc
-
-SVNBASE=svn://svn.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/trunk
+DESTPATH = usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc
get-orig-source:
$(MAKE) get-orig-source
@@ -14,7 +12,7 @@ dist-clean: clean
clean:
$(MAKE) dist-clean
rm -f build-stamp
- rm -rf $(DESTDIR)
+ rm -rf $(DESTDIR)/debian-edu-doc-?? $(DESTDIR)/debian-edu-doc
dh_clean
build: build-stamp
@@ -32,19 +30,16 @@ install: build
dh_testroot
dh_clean -k
dh_installdirs
- install -d $(DESTDIR)$(DESTPATH)
-
#
# build ITIL book and release-manual
#
$(MAKE) install DESTDIR="$(DESTDIR)"
-
binary-indep: install
dh_testdir
dh_testroot
dh_installdocs
- cp $(SRCDIR)/release-manual/README $(DESTDIR)/$(DESTPATH)/README.release-manual-translations
+ dh_installdocs -A documentation/release-manual/README.release-manual-translations
dh_installchangelogs
dh_link
dh_compress -X.pdf -X.html
diff --git a/documentation/norwegian/Makefile b/documentation/norwegian/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17d1fdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/norwegian/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+SRCDIR := $(CURDIR)
+
+DESTDIR =
+DESTPATH = /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc-nb
+
+all: build
+
+update:
+ # never called automatically:
+ ./get_itil
+
+build:
+ #
+ # Build ITIL book
+ #
+ dblatex -T simple -o $(SRCDIR)/itil.pdf $(SRCDIR)/itil.xml
+ -openjade -t sgml -i html -E 10000 -d /usr/share/docbook-utils/docbook-utils.dsl\#html -V paper-type=A4 -V nochunks /usr/share/sgml/declaration/xml.dcl $(SRCDIR)/itil.xml > $(SRCDIR)/itil.html
+
+install:
+ #
+ # Install ITIL book
+ #
+ install -d $(DESTDIR)/debian-edu-doc-nb$(DESTPATH)/itil/
+ install -m 644 $(SRCDIR)/itil.pdf $(SRCDIR)/itil.html $(DESTDIR)/debian-edu-doc-nb$(DESTPATH)/itil/
+
+dist-clean: clean
+
+clean:
+ rm $(SRCDIR)/itil.pdf $(SRCDIR)/itil.html -f
diff --git a/documentation/norwegian/get_itil b/documentation/norwegian/get_itil
index dec26ad..c69f07c 100755
--- a/documentation/norwegian/get_itil
+++ b/documentation/norwegian/get_itil
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
# Author/Copyright: Holger Levsen
# Licence: GPL2+
# first edited: 2006-07-06
-# last edited: 2007-11-14
+# last edited: 2008-06-28
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -20,6 +20,11 @@
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
+if [ ! $(which xmllint) ] ; then
+ echo "Please install libxml2-utils."
+ exit 1
+fi
+
url="http://wiki.skolelinux.no/Dokumentasjon/ITIL/"
name="itil.xml"
@@ -82,5 +87,7 @@ sed -i "1,/</ s#<#<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"UTF-8\"?><!DOCTYPE article PU
sed -i "$ s#>#>\n</article>#" $name
# remove the first empty line
sed -i "1d" $name
-
+# clean it further
+xmllint $name > $name.tmp
+mv $name.tmp $name
diff --git a/documentation/norwegian/itil.xml b/documentation/norwegian/itil.xml
index 20c10d3..fa7b298 100644
--- a/documentation/norwegian/itil.xml
+++ b/documentation/norwegian/itil.xml
@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.4//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.4/docbookx.dtd"><article><articleinfo><title>ITIL Document</title></articleinfo>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.4//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.4/docbookx.dtd">
+<article><articleinfo><title>ITIL Document</title></articleinfo>
<section id="Innledning">
<title>Lisens
</title>
@@ -18,8 +20,8 @@
<section>
<title>Takk
</title>
-<para>Mange har bidratt til dokumentasjonen. I hovedsak er den skrevet av Knut Yrvin og Andreas Johansen med mange bidrag fra Klaus Ade Johnstad. Halvor Dahl i Skolelinux Drift AS har vært i styringsgruppa. Han har kommet med flere bidrag når deg gjelder struktur og form, og en del innhold. I tillegg er det gitt flere bidrag Snorre Løvås fra UNINETT ABC, Finn-Arne Johansen i <ulink url='/BzzWare'>BzzWare
-</ulink> AS, Ragnar Wissløff i <ulink url='/LinuxLabs'>LinuxLabs
+<para>Mange har bidratt til dokumentasjonen. I hovedsak er den skrevet av Knut Yrvin og Andreas Johansen med mange bidrag fra Klaus Ade Johnstad. Halvor Dahl i Skolelinux Drift AS har vært i styringsgruppa. Han har kommet med flere bidrag når deg gjelder struktur og form, og en del innhold. I tillegg er det gitt flere bidrag Snorre Løvås fra UNINETT ABC, Finn-Arne Johansen i <ulink url="/BzzWare">BzzWare
+</ulink> AS, Ragnar Wissløff i <ulink url="/LinuxLabs">LinuxLabs
</ulink> AS og referansegruppa som deltok under skriving av dokumentasjonen. Følgende har deltatt i referansegruppa:
</para>
<para>* Monica Larssen - Harstad kommune
@@ -34,10 +36,10 @@
</para>
<para>Denne dokumentasjonen skal vedlikeholdes i en wiki. Dette for å sikre at driftspersonalet enkelt kan søke etter løsning på problemer, eller enkelt oppdatere konfigurasjoner ol.
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://www.nordicos.org/open_source/free_software/'>http://www.nordicos.org/open_source/free_software/
+<para><ulink url="http://www.nordicos.org/open_source/free_software/">http://www.nordicos.org/open_source/free_software/
</ulink>
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html'>http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
+<para><ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
</ulink>
</para>
</section>
@@ -51,13 +53,13 @@
</para>
<para>Dokumentasjonen er også egnet for større driftsenheter. Den er skrevet ut fra ISO 20000 standarden for IT-drift også kjent som IT Infrastructure Library. Se Wikipedia for mer bakgrunn om selve standarden:
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ITIL'>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ITIL
+<para><ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ITIL">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ITIL
</ulink>
</para>
<para>Første utgave av dette dokumentet var ferdig 19. Juli 2006.
</para>
-<para>Dokumentet vedlikeholdes i en wiki og kan oppdateres på <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/Dokumentasjon/ITIL'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/Dokumentasjon/ITIL
-</ulink> . Utgaven før wikisiden er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/itil/oldindex.html'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/itil/oldindex.html
+<para>Dokumentet vedlikeholdes i en wiki og kan oppdateres på <ulink url="http://wiki.skolelinux.no/Dokumentasjon/ITIL">http://wiki.skolelinux.no/Dokumentasjon/ITIL
+</ulink> . Utgaven før wikisiden er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url="http://developer.skolelinux.no/itil/oldindex.html">http://developer.skolelinux.no/itil/oldindex.html
</ulink>
</para>
</section>
@@ -98,9 +100,9 @@
</para>
<para>I tidligere tider ble henvendelser ført i papirbaserte logger. I dag brukes datasystem til å loggføre henvendelser. På engelsk heter dette «Request Tracker». Det er avgjørende for driften å logge henvendelsene. Dette er utgangspunktet for feilhåndtering, ønsker fra brukerne, og prioritering av de forskjellige driftshendelsene. Loggføringene er viktig for å hindre gjentakende feil. Fordi man med jevne mellomrom går igjennom driftshendelsene får man også gjort en vurdering om feilrettingen er god, og om man har prioritert oppgavene riktig. Det gir også grunnlag for å forbedre servicen ved å feilrette problemtjenester og programmer ut fra hva brukere opplever som problematisk. .
</para>
-<para>Altså er henvendelsesloggen et grunnleggene nødvendig verktøyet for brukerne og servicekontoret. Det er flere fritt tilgjengelige systemer for henvendelseslogging med god dokumentasjon<superscript><link linkend='fnref-3f3b069a96b599bdd1edd8838b9d4288b2fc5b1b-0' endterm='fndef-3f3b069a96b599bdd1edd8838b9d4288b2fc5b1b-0'>1
+<para>Altså er henvendelsesloggen et grunnleggene nødvendig verktøyet for brukerne og servicekontoret. Det er flere fritt tilgjengelige systemer for henvendelseslogging med god dokumentasjon<superscript><link linkend="fnref-3f3b069a96b599bdd1edd8838b9d4288b2fc5b1b-0" endterm="fndef-3f3b069a96b599bdd1edd8838b9d4288b2fc5b1b-0">1
</link>
-</superscript>. Driftsorganisasjonen Skolelinux Drift bruker RT<superscript><link linkend='fnref-bb63f2a647cae3043953e8dff6db3755d7b8fb6e-1' endterm='fndef-bb63f2a647cae3043953e8dff6db3755d7b8fb6e-1'>2
+</superscript>. Driftsorganisasjonen Skolelinux Drift bruker RT<superscript><link linkend="fnref-bb63f2a647cae3043953e8dff6db3755d7b8fb6e-1" endterm="fndef-bb63f2a647cae3043953e8dff6db3755d7b8fb6e-1">2
</link>
</superscript> for håndtering av henvendelser.
</para>
@@ -172,23 +174,23 @@
<title>Forventet tidsbruk
</title>
<para>Vi har laget en tabell som viser tiden som brukes på drift og vedlikehold. Tabellen bygger på erfaringer fra kommuner som sentraldrifter Skolelinux på 9-10 skoler med 250-500 klientmaskiner. Det er flere ting som ikke er med i tabellen. Derfor må man sette opp ekstra tid til prosjekter hvor skolene utbygger ut IT-løsningene med nettverk og mer utstyr.
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='4'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><colspec colname='xxx4'/><tbody><row><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>Rolle
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="4"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><colspec colname="xxx4"/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">Rolle
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>Driftsansvar
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">Driftsansvar
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>Tidsbruk pr skole pr uke
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">Tidsbruk pr skole pr uke
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>Total tidsbruk alle skoler
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">Total tidsbruk alle skoler
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
@@ -246,15 +248,15 @@
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Totalt for skole
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Totalt for skole
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>50 klient-maskiner (samtidige brukere)
+<para><emphasis role="strong">50 klient-maskiner (samtidige brukere)
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>6 - 10 t
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">6 - 10 t
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -262,18 +264,18 @@
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Totalt for alle skoler
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Totalt for alle skoler
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>10 skoler, 500 klient-maskiner (samtidige brukere)
+<para><emphasis role="strong">10 skoler, 500 klient-maskiner (samtidige brukere)
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>2 ¼ stilling
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">2 ¼ stilling
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
@@ -328,11 +330,11 @@
<section>
<title>Programmer
</title><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para>kontorprogrammet (<ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>kontorprogrammet (<ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink>.org) starter ikke
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para>nettleseren (<ulink url='/FireFox'>FireFox
+<para>nettleseren (<ulink url="/FireFox">FireFox
</ulink>) kræsjer
</para>
</listitem><listitem>disklageret er fullt
@@ -444,7 +446,7 @@
</title>
<para>Problemhåndtering er en «undersøkende» prosess. Kjente feil blir oftest håndtert direkte av servicekontoret. Dette er den mest vanlige formen for hendelseshåndtering. Ved ukjente feil må man undersøke nærmere hva som er galt. Denne form for feilsøking krever både sunn fornuft og teft. Gode driftsfolk bruker teften til å gå rett til problemet, finner løsningen, og gjenopprette tjenesten så raskt som mulig slik at alt virker på vanlig måte.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Problemhåndtering er;
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Problemhåndtering er;
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Problemkontroll
</listitem><listitem>Feilkontroll
@@ -452,21 +454,21 @@
</listitem><listitem>Identifisere feilmønstere ved å bruke informasjon fra f.eks. hendelseshåndteringen
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Problem kontroll
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Problem kontroll
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Identifisere problemer
</listitem><listitem>Klassifisere problemer
</listitem><listitem>Etterforske/Undersøke problemer
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Feil kontroll
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Feil kontroll
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Identifisere og registrere kjente feil
</listitem><listitem>Finne midlertidige løsninger om mulig
</listitem><listitem>Kontakte de med ansvar for endringsledelse for å få fjernet feilen permanent
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Proaktiv kontroll
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Proaktiv kontroll
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Identifisere og løse problemer og feil før hendelsen blir rapportert av brukere.
</listitem><listitem>Bruke logger, informasjon fra hendelseshåndteringen for å se hvor problemer kan oppstå
@@ -478,7 +480,7 @@
</title>
<para>Vi har lagt ved en omfattende samling av problemløsninger og oppskrifter for konfigurering. I løpet av sommeren 2006 vil dette også være lagt ut på Internett. Vedlikeholdet av oppskriftene vil skje av profesjonelle driftsoperatører på skoler, kommunale IT-tjenester og private driftsoperatører. For å gjøre det enkelt å gjøre forbedringer i dokumentasjonen er det hele lagt ut i en wiki som ligger på en Skolelinux-tjener.
</para>
-<para>Wiki-teknologien har vist seg å være en stor suksess for å vedlikeholde katalogisert informasjon på Internett. Det er enkelt å bidra og alle endringer loggføres. Det er også mulig å importere <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>Wiki-teknologien har vist seg å være en stor suksess for å vedlikeholde katalogisert informasjon på Internett. Det er enkelt å bidra og alle endringer loggføres. Det er også mulig å importere <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink>.org dokumenter, og eksportere oppskrifter som pdf.
</para>
</section>
@@ -524,7 +526,7 @@
<section>
<title>Planlegging og installasjon
</title>
-<para>Konfigurasjonen av datanettet henger sammen med arkitekturen. Mye av planleggingen er gjort med Skolelinux. Dette skyldes at det fort tar både 3 og 4 uker å sette opp tjenermaskiner med tilsvarende tjenestenivå med Windows server eller <ulink url='/RedHat'>RedHat
+<para>Konfigurasjonen av datanettet henger sammen med arkitekturen. Mye av planleggingen er gjort med Skolelinux. Dette skyldes at det fort tar både 3 og 4 uker å sette opp tjenermaskiner med tilsvarende tjenestenivå med Windows server eller <ulink url="/RedHat">RedHat
</ulink> og andre GNU/Linux-distribusjoner. Med Skolelinux tar dette 1-2 timer. Skal man ha fast IP-adresse på nettverket bruker en fagperson ½ time ekstra på dette. Det skyldes at nett-tjenestene er satt opp med gjenbrukbare navn.
</para>
<para>Det som da må planlegges er hvilke ekstra brukerprogram som skal opp, og hvilke delsystemer som skal samvirke med Skolelinux. Det kan f.eks. være at skolen har elektronisk tusjtavle (eng. Whiteboard).
@@ -602,7 +604,7 @@
</itemizedlist>
<para>Selv hva som kan se ut som en liten ubetydelig endringsmelding kan få omfattende konsekvenser om endringen gjøres. Vi har eksempler på skoler som har et stabilt Skolelinux-nett der alle programmene virker. Så installeres en testutgave av et pupulært program som kræsjer hele tiden. Skolelinux får skylda.
</para>
-<para>Et eksempel er skoler som har installert testversjonen av nyeste <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>Et eksempel er skoler som har installert testversjonen av nyeste <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink>.org før programmet var endelig ferdig. Flere syntes at det kunne være gøy og prøve ut. Problemet er at testutgaver som regel er utgitt for å finne feil og ustabilitet i programmer. De er ikke ment for bruk i produksjon.
</para>
<para>Hovedregel er at man ikke installerer testutgaver av programvare i produksjon. De fleste driftsoperatører anbefaler å bruke nest siste versjon av et program beregnet på produksjon. Etter 6-12 måneder er som regel de verste feilene plukket av en ny hovedutgave av et program.
@@ -722,7 +724,7 @@
</para>
<para>I våre øyne er ad-hoc-løsninger kun en omvei ved endringer, og kun en nødløsning. En ad-hoc løsning kan sammenlignes med en midlertidig reparasjon med «ståltråd og tape». Man må på sikt rydde opp i slike løsninger når man vil ha stabil drift uten stadige overraskelser. Ved å hoppe over en planleggingsfase vil man få mange flere ad-hoc-løsninger, og flere driftsproblemer ved endringer eller oppgraderinger. Derfor er det helt avgjørende at fagfolk og ledelsen forstår verdien av en god planprosess. endringer.
</para>
-<para>Derfor anbefaler vi at man innkaller til planmøte, og lager en stegvis plan ved endringer av systemet. En stegvis plan vil selvsagt variere i forhold til hva som skal endres. Det å oppgradere kontorprogrammet <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>Derfor anbefaler vi at man innkaller til planmøte, og lager en stegvis plan ved endringer av systemet. En stegvis plan vil selvsagt variere i forhold til hva som skal endres. Det å oppgradere kontorprogrammet <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink>.org er noe annet enn å oppgradere hele systemet. Ved oppgradring til nytt kontorprogram holder det kanskje med en 2-3 timers gjennomgang av kontorpakken for læreren på hver skole. Når man skal oppgradere hele systemet må man både sørge for brukeropplæring og at det tekniske fungerer etter forutsetningene.
</para>
<para>Hovedpoenget er at det er få snarveier når det kommer til planlegging og implementasjon. Undersøkelser viser at de som planlegger skikkelig og sørger for at folk har riktig kompetanse har lavere driftskostnader knyttet til driften.
@@ -733,12 +735,12 @@
<title>Aktiviteter
</title>
<para>Det er helt avgjørende å planlegge nye utgivelser. De fleste endringer av systemet skal avklares med ledelsen. Følgende liste over aktiviteter er laget som støtte ved oppgraderinger i en plan- og gjennomføringsfase.
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='2'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><tbody><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Oppgaver
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="2"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Oppgaver
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Detaljer
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Detaljer
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
@@ -952,13 +954,13 @@
</para>
<para>Gjennomgang i forhold til nøkkelfaktorer
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para><link linkend='fndef-3f3b069a96b599bdd1edd8838b9d4288b2fc5b1b-0' endterm='fnref-3f3b069a96b599bdd1edd8838b9d4288b2fc5b1b-0'>1
-</link> RT Essentials: <ulink url='http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/rtessentials/chapter/index.html'>http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/rtessentials/chapter/index.html
+<para><link linkend="fndef-3f3b069a96b599bdd1edd8838b9d4288b2fc5b1b-0" endterm="fnref-3f3b069a96b599bdd1edd8838b9d4288b2fc5b1b-0">1
+</link> RT Essentials: <ulink url="http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/rtessentials/chapter/index.html">http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/rtessentials/chapter/index.html
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><link linkend='fndef-bb63f2a647cae3043953e8dff6db3755d7b8fb6e-1' endterm='fnref-bb63f2a647cae3043953e8dff6db3755d7b8fb6e-1'>2
-</link> RT: Request Tracker: <ulink url='http://www.bestpractical.com/'>http://www.bestpractical.com/
+<para><link linkend="fndef-bb63f2a647cae3043953e8dff6db3755d7b8fb6e-1" endterm="fnref-bb63f2a647cae3043953e8dff6db3755d7b8fb6e-1">2
+</link> RT: Request Tracker: <ulink url="http://www.bestpractical.com/">http://www.bestpractical.com/
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1131,7 +1133,7 @@
<para>Det er svært nyttig både for driftssenteret og brukerne å få dokumentert de reelle IT-kostnadene. Uten dette blir det vanskelig å budsjettere riktig. Ikke minst blir det vanskelig å gjøre en kost/nytte-vurdering av eksisterende IT-løsninger. Rektor bør kjenne IT-budsjettet like godt som hun kjenner lønnsbudsjettet, eller budsjettet over læremidler.
</para>
<para>Det er tre viktige prosesser knyttet til økonomisk styring av IT-tjenestene:
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Budsjettering
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Budsjettering
</listitem><listitem>Regnskapsføring
</listitem><listitem>Fakturering
</listitem>
@@ -1242,12 +1244,12 @@
<para>Hvis dataanalysen avdekker flaskehalser, må man forsøke å konfigurere systemet slik at det bedre ivaretar brukernes behov.
</para>
<para>Her er en liste over hvilke flaskehalser man typisk møter og hva man kan gjøre for å bli kvitt dem:
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='2'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><tbody><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Flaskehalser
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="2"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Flaskehalser
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Tiltak
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Tiltak
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
@@ -1255,7 +1257,7 @@
<para>Mangler lyd, støtte for USB-penn og DVD på tynnklienter.
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Installer halvtykke klienter (> 800 Mhz prosessor, > 256 MB minne)
+<para>Installer halvtykke klienter (> 800 Mhz prosessor, > 256 MB minne)
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
@@ -1341,12 +1343,12 @@
<title>Måltall for tilgjengelighet
</title>
<para>Tilgjengelighet kan måles på flere måter. Her er noen eksempler:
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='2'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><tbody><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Måleverdi
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="2"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Måleverdi
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Betydning
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Betydning
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
@@ -1391,7 +1393,7 @@
</table>
<para>Det viktigste er at det man måler beskriver brukeropplevelsen på en best mulig måte. Derfor bør man måle det som er viktig for brukeren.
</para>
-<para>Tilbakemeldingen fra skolene er at det er skrivere som gir mest problemer. Det gjelder alt fra at skriverkøen har stoppet opp, til at papir eller toner mangler. Enkelte har også opplevd noe ustabilitet med nettleseren, og at kontorprogrammet <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>Tilbakemeldingen fra skolene er at det er skrivere som gir mest problemer. Det gjelder alt fra at skriverkøen har stoppet opp, til at papir eller toner mangler. Enkelte har også opplevd noe ustabilitet med nettleseren, og at kontorprogrammet <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink>.org blir hengende. Det kan skje når bredbåndsforbindelsen er ustabil og man har linker i dokumenter som går ut på Internett.
</para>
</section>
@@ -1434,7 +1436,7 @@
</para>
<para>For å unngå at man gjør feil ved installasjon, og bidrar til stabilitet, er det helt avgjørende å teste utstyr og programvare som skal brukes. Det handler om å følge opp den forventede kvaliteten. Skal man ha stabil drift må man ofte velge nest siste utgave av utstyr og programvare.
</para>
-<para>Man bør unngå å ta i bruk programvare som som slutter med en null. F.eks. <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>Man bør unngå å ta i bruk programvare som som slutter med en null. F.eks. <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink>.org 2.0 bør man unngå. Man bør ta i bruk kontorprogrammet når versjon 2.0.2 har kommet eller nyere. Da har programpakken blitt fikset for flere feil. Det samme gjelder maskinvare.
</para>
<para>Når man ser på tjenermaskiner har de gjerne litt eldre utgave av prosessorer, og mer robust minne, og harddisker. Dette er fordi mange bruker denne maskinvaren samtidig. En liten feil som ikke ville bety noe for en bruker, kan gi driftsstans om 30 brukere er logget inn på maskinen.
@@ -1499,7 +1501,7 @@
<para>De fleste forbinder infrastruktur med vei, vann og kloakk, og strømforsyning. Skal man bygge et hus må man sørge for at infrastrukturen er på plass om man skal ha en viss bostandard. I dataverdenen forbindes ofte infrastrukturen med datanettverket. Dette var på 1980-tallet. I løpet av de to neste tiårene er infrastrukturen utvidet til å gjelde nettverk, datamaskinene, programvaren, og vedlikehold av dette. Så i denne delen av dokumentasjonen er alt nettverk, maskinvare og betydelige deler av programvaren en del av infrastrukturen.
</para>
<para>Også her fokuserer vi på praktisk planlegging og gjennomføring. Vi har hentet inn konkrete plandata fra forskjellig kommuner som har laget gode IT-planer ved budsjettinger og anskaffelser. Vi går igjennom design og planleggingsprosessen, utrullingsprosessen, driftsprosessen, og støtte. Det er viktig å ha i bakhodet at det er forskjell på driftsstøtte når det gjelder hva servicekontoret gjør med f.eks. brukerstøtte, og den driftsstøtten som gjøres av f.eks. nettverkskabler til skolen. Det er i hovedsak fire prosesser som går igjen ved infrastrukturledelse:
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>
<para>Design og planleggingsprosess Utvikling og vedlikehold av IT-strategier og prosesser for utrulling og sammensetting (implementasjon) av passende løsninger i IT-infrastrukturen i organisasjonen.
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
@@ -1731,7 +1733,7 @@
</listitem><listitem>Maskinoppsett og systemer for overvåking av maskinvare. For å være sikker på at alt utstyret kjører så følger det som regel med systemer for fjernovervåking. På den måten kan man ha oversikt over helsetilstanden til utstyret på et sentralisert driftssenter.
</listitem><listitem>Utforming av passende omgivelser eller rom for plassering av utstyr som trenger kjøling. Datamaskiner og nettverkselsktronikk avgir betydelig med varme. Først den senere tiden har produsenter av utstyr tatt tak i den stadig økende effektbruken. Derfor må man av og til sørge for transportere vekk overskuddsvarme. Slike kjølesystemer må eventuelt installeres av fagfolk.
</listitem><listitem>
-<para>Kjennskap til forskjellig ytelseskrav til programvaren. Et program til videoredigering må kjøre på en arbeidsstasjon med > 1,5 Ghz prosessor og mye minne. Andre program kan enkelt brukes på en tynnklient. Man må ha relativ god kjennskap til hva som kan forventes av forskjellig type klientmaskiner for å velge riktig miks av utstyr. Dette krever innsikt i hvordan datamaskinene er tenkt brukt i de forskjellige fagene og i det forskjellige rommene på skolen.
+<para>Kjennskap til forskjellig ytelseskrav til programvaren. Et program til videoredigering må kjøre på en arbeidsstasjon med > 1,5 Ghz prosessor og mye minne. Andre program kan enkelt brukes på en tynnklient. Man må ha relativ god kjennskap til hva som kan forventes av forskjellig type klientmaskiner for å velge riktig miks av utstyr. Dette krever innsikt i hvordan datamaskinene er tenkt brukt i de forskjellige fagene og i det forskjellige rommene på skolen.
</para>
</listitem><listitem>Installasjon og oppsett av ekstrautstyr som skrivere, videokanoner, datatavler og lignende. Det å sette opp ekstrautstyr kan fort ta betydelig med tid. F.eks. forventes det at videokanoner skal skrus fast i taket, og man må trekke fram både skjermkabler og strøm. Man må ha nettverkspunkt til skrivere, og de må kobles til nettverket. Denne type installasjoner krever somregel fagfolk både til installasjon og oppsett.
</listitem>
@@ -1745,17 +1747,17 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>Organisatorisk vil dette se slik ut
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='2'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><tbody><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Organisasjonsdel
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="2"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Organisasjonsdel
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Oppgaver
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Oppgaver
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Referansegruppe
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Referansegruppe
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -1763,7 +1765,7 @@
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Styringsgruppe
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Styringsgruppe
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -1771,7 +1773,7 @@
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Prosjektet
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Prosjektet
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -1794,10 +1796,10 @@
<para>Siden antall samtidige brukere øker vil man også få økning i støtte- og driftskostnader. Det vil også være behov for bord og stoler til de nye pc-arbeidsplassene. I tillegg har alle skolene fått en fast utgift til bredbånds tilknyttning. Videre belyser vi de totale kostnadene ved å doble maskinparken.
</para>
<para>Status for pc-dekningen 01.06.2005 er:
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>8,9 elever per datamaskin på barnetrinnet
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>8,9 elever per datamaskin på barnetrinnet
</listitem><listitem>4,4 elever per datamaskin på ungdomstrinnet.
</listitem>
-</orderedlist><table><caption/><tgroup cols='2'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><tbody><row><entry>
+</orderedlist><table><caption/><tgroup cols="2"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><tbody><row><entry>
<para>Mål for elever:
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -1816,7 +1818,7 @@
</tgroup>
</table>
<para>Totalt antall maskiner:
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='7'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><colspec colname='xxx4'/><colspec colname='xxx5'/><colspec colname='xxx6'/><colspec colname='xxx7'/><tbody><row><entry>
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="7"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><colspec colname="xxx4"/><colspec colname="xxx5"/><colspec colname="xxx6"/><colspec colname="xxx7"/><tbody><row><entry>
<para>
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -2138,20 +2140,20 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>Nyere brukt utstyr har mer ytelse enn de maskinene som var tilgjengelig for 3-4 år siden. Har maskinene 256 MB minne og 800 Mhz prosessor passer dette som halvtykke klienter. Dette gir enklere støtte til bruk av CD/DVD-spiller, lyd, USB-penn ol.
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='5'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><colspec colname='xxx4'/><colspec colname='xxx5'/><tbody><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx1'>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>2006
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="5"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><colspec colname="xxx4"/><colspec colname="xxx5"/><tbody><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx1">
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">2006
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>2007
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">2007
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>2008
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">2008
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>Totalt
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">Totalt
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
@@ -2379,14 +2381,14 @@
<title>Kostnader
</title>
<para>Alternativ 1: Tynne klienter i kombinasjon med bærbare. Dette vil gi hver lærer tilgang på en tynnklient + at 3,3 lærere deler tilgangen på en bærbar datamaskin.
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='4'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><colspec colname='xxx4'/><tbody><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx2'>
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="4"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><colspec colname="xxx4"/><tbody><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx2">
<para> kostnad
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para> Totalkostnad
</para>
</entry>
-</row><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx2'>
+</row><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx2">
<para>
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -2406,7 +2408,7 @@
<para>
</para>
</entry>
-</row><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx1'>
+</row><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx1">
<para>Skjermer
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -2416,7 +2418,7 @@
<para>
</para>
</entry>
-</row><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx1'>
+</row><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx1">
<para>Bærbare maskiner
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -2426,7 +2428,7 @@
<para>
</para>
</entry>
-</row><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx1'>
+</row><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx1">
<para>Annet: switcher, kabler.
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -2436,7 +2438,7 @@
<para>
</para>
</entry>
-</row><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx1'>
+</row><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx1">
<para>Bord stoler
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -2446,7 +2448,7 @@
<para>
</para>
</entry>
-</row><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx1'>
+</row><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx1">
<para>Strømstikk/kabling
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -2456,7 +2458,7 @@
<para>
</para>
</entry>
-</row><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx1'>
+</row><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx1">
<para>lisenskostnader
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -2469,14 +2471,14 @@
</row><row><entry>
<para>Totalt
</para>
-</entry><entry namest='xxx2' nameend='xxx3'>
+</entry><entry namest="xxx2" nameend="xxx3">
<para>
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para> 1 540 000
</para>
</entry>
-</row><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx1'>
+</row><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx1">
<para>Tillegg for flatskjerm
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -2489,7 +2491,7 @@
</row><row><entry>
<para>Totalt med LCD
</para>
-</entry><entry namest='xxx2' nameend='xxx3'>
+</entry><entry namest="xxx2" nameend="xxx3">
<para>
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -2510,14 +2512,14 @@
<title>Andre innkjøpsalternativer
</title>
<para>Alternativ 2: Bærbare maskiner til alle lærere
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='4'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><colspec colname='xxx4'/><tbody><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx2'>
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="4"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><colspec colname="xxx4"/><tbody><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx2">
<para> kostnad
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para> Totalkostnad
</para>
</entry>
-</row><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx2'>
+</row><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx2">
<para>
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -2537,7 +2539,7 @@
<para>
</para>
</entry>
-</row><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx1'>
+</row><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx1">
<para>Trådløse switcher mm
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -2547,7 +2549,7 @@
<para>
</para>
</entry>
-</row><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx1'>
+</row><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx1">
<para>Strømstikk
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -2557,7 +2559,7 @@
<para>
</para>
</entry>
-</row><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx1'>
+</row><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx1">
<para>Lisenskostnader
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -2567,7 +2569,7 @@
<para>
</para>
</entry>
-</row><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx2'>
+</row><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx2">
<para>
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -2589,16 +2591,16 @@
<title>Anbefalt utbyggingsbudsjett
</title>
<para>I perioden 2005 til 2008 har vi satt opp følgende anbefaling for en IT-infrastruktur for skolene.
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='3'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><tbody><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Ant.
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="3"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Ant.
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Art
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Art
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>Kostnad
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">Kostnad
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
@@ -2623,15 +2625,15 @@
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Totalt 800 klientmaskiner
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Totalt 800 klientmaskiner
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Totalt
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Totalt
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>7 322 000
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">7 322 000
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
@@ -2653,33 +2655,33 @@
<section>
<title>Sjekkeliste sentralisering
</title>
-<para>UNINETT ABC har laget et dokument med anbefalinger<superscript><link linkend='fnref-1f2b6d81b6c204c4d804447a6d874a953c228251-0' endterm='fndef-1f2b6d81b6c204c4d804447a6d874a953c228251-0'>1
+<para>UNINETT ABC har laget et dokument med anbefalinger<superscript><link linkend="fnref-1f2b6d81b6c204c4d804447a6d874a953c228251-0" endterm="fndef-1f2b6d81b6c204c4d804447a6d874a953c228251-0">1
</link>
</superscript> knyttet til sentralisering av IKT-driften. Det blir gitt råd om plassering av tjenermaskiner og hvilke driftsoppgaver som kan sentraliseres ut fra tilgjengelig kapasitet på båndbredden til skolen.
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='4'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><colspec colname='xxx4'/><tbody><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Generelle tiltak for bedret drift av klienter og tjenere
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="4"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><colspec colname="xxx4"/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Generelle tiltak for bedret drift av klienter og tjenere
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Tynne eller havltykke klienter mot lokale tjenere
-</emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>Nedlåsing av tykke klienter
-</emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>Lokale tjenermaskiner
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Tynne eller havltykke klienter mot lokale tjenere
+</emphasis><emphasis role="strong">Nedlåsing av tykke klienter
+</emphasis><emphasis role="strong">Lokale tjenermaskiner
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Fjerndrift
-</emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>Sentralisering av enkelte funksjoner
-</emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>Lokale tjenermaskiner
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Fjerndrift
+</emphasis><emphasis role="strong">Sentralisering av enkelte funksjoner
+</emphasis><emphasis role="strong">Lokale tjenermaskiner
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Tjenermaskiner regionalt / nasjonalt
-</emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>Sentralisering av all drift
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Tjenermaskiner regionalt / nasjonalt
+</emphasis><emphasis role="strong">Sentralisering av all drift
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Kapasitet på nettverket til skolene
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Kapasitet på nettverket til skolene
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -2705,7 +2707,7 @@
</para>
<para>Forsking viser at man i begrenset grad utnytter datautstyret til læring i skolen. Databruken har stagnert og i enkelte fag gått tilbake viser forskning (ITU Monitor 2005). Bruken av IKT i skolen er gjerne individrettet, og elevene lærer å bli konsumenter. Man har læringsformer som hindrer kunnskapsdeling i skolen. Få lærere bruker IKT daglig. Internett og tekstrelaterte tjenester er de mest sentrale formene for datamaskinbruk i skolen.
</para>
-<para>Forenklet sagt fokuserer lærerne for mye på bruk av verktøy for kontoradministrativt arbeide som f.eks. MS Office eller <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>Forenklet sagt fokuserer lærerne for mye på bruk av verktøy for kontoradministrativt arbeide som f.eks. MS Office eller <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink>.org. Det de burde fokusert på var bruk av simuleringer, redigering av blide, lyd og videoer, kommunikasjon på Internett, og spill.
</para>
<para>Hjemmebruken er som oftest en helt annen. Hjemme er elevne produsenter og bruker IKT mest kollektivt og kommunikativt. De setter sammen og sender hverandre bilder, utveksler innhold, og bruker de store mulighetene til opptak, redigering og deling av filmklipp som er fullt mulig med dagens datamaskiner med bredbånd. Barn og ungde spiller også dataspill mer hjemme enn på skolen (ITU Monitor 2005).
@@ -2716,14 +2718,14 @@
</para>
<para>For å få tatt utstyret mer i bruk krever det betydelig innsats av læreren. De må etter- og videreutdanninges i nye læringsformer for å kunne bruke de nye IT-vertkøyene i undervisningen. Det må legges mer vekt på unges faktiske mediebruk og kommunikasjonsformer. Da er det ikke nok med å tilby en læringsplattform og e-post. Da bør verktøyene ha full støtte for de nye formene for mediebruk.
</para>
-<para>For å få dette må utstyret være tilpasset den programvaren og nett-tjenestene lærere og elever bruker til skolearbeidet. Nettleseren er kanskje det viktigste programmet elevene bruker til læring. Mange vil også la seg overraske at kontorprogram som <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>For å få dette må utstyret være tilpasset den programvaren og nett-tjenestene lærere og elever bruker til skolearbeidet. Nettleseren er kanskje det viktigste programmet elevene bruker til læring. Mange vil også la seg overraske at kontorprogram som <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink>.org eller MS Office er lite aktuelt i lavere skoletrinn. Da er det enkle program til skrivetrening, tegninger, kommunikasjon, simuleringer og musikkforming som gjelder. Så det som er viktig i valg av programvare er å tilby god tilgang til Internett og støtte for aktiv læring med bruk av IT-verktøy relevant for skolefagene.
</para>
<para>Med halvtykke klienter får man full støtte for multimedia, film og usb-penn med mer. Fordelen med tynnklienter er at det gir gjenbruk fra så langt tilbake som 1995. Den gang hadde ikke maskinene kapasitet til video. USB-standarden var ikke ferdig utviklet. Seks år gamle datamaskiner fra 2000 og nyere har som regel en mye høyere kapasitet. Slike maskiner kan helt greit vise fram videoklipp fra NRK, DVD-er, og man kan spille spill.
</para>
<para>Fordelen med halvtykke klienter er at de gir samme ytelse som såkalte tykke klienter eller datamaskiner med det meste av programvaren installert lokalt. Samtidig får man samme lave driftskostnader med havltykke klienter som med tynnklienter. Dette fordi all programvaren administreres på sentral tjenermaskin.
</para>
-<para>I dag følger det med over 50 skoleaktuelle program i Skolelinux. I tillegg er det med nettleser, e-post-klient og <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>I dag følger det med over 50 skoleaktuelle program i Skolelinux. I tillegg er det med nettleser, e-post-klient og <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink>.org med 8 forskjellige kontorprogrammer. Dette er mye mer enn hva som følger med fra Microsoft som stort sett tilbyr nettleser, e-post og 5 aktuelle kontorverktøy.
</para>
<para>Med Skolelinux er det også relativt greit å tilpasse menyene for de forskjellige skoletrinn slik at man kan redusere antall pedagogiske programmer. Spesielt siden noen programmer først introduseres i 4.-5. trinnet. Mens programmer som kanskje er populære på første eller andre skoletrinn vil bli for enkelt når elevene har blitt eldre og har lært mer. I tillegg er det et stadig økende antall pedagogiske programmer på Internett. Dette er programvare som virker uavhengig av plattform. Så man kan bruke programmene hjemme på Apple eller Windows, og på skolen med Skolelinux. Elevene takler dette helt fint.
@@ -2734,7 +2736,7 @@
<title>Læringsplattfomer
</title>
<para>Ulike digitale læringsplattformer finnes på markedet. Noen koster penger, mens andre er gratis. Felles for dem alle er at de tilbyr lærere og elever et område der de kan dele og lagre dokumenter, sende og motta informasjon.
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='3'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><tbody><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx1'>
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="3"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><tbody><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx1">
<para>Produkt
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -2752,7 +2754,7 @@
<para>3300,- pr. skole pr. år
</para>
</entry>
-</row><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx1'>
+</row><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx1">
<para>Skolenettet
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -2778,7 +2780,7 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>Sjekkliste for tjenester som kan sentraliseres, eller replikeres. F.eks. kan backup sentraliseres. Det samme gjelder brukerdatabasen med sentral katalogtjener (LDAP) med replikering til hver skole.
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='4'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><colspec colname='xxx4'/><tbody><row><entry>
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="4"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><colspec colname="xxx4"/><tbody><row><entry>
<para>Tjenester
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -3124,7 +3126,7 @@
<para>Når vi utvider maskinparken på skolene må dette få betydning for både ikt-kontaktenes arbeidsressurs og kommunens it-tjeneste mot skolene.
</para>
<para>For å tallfeste behovet har vi beregnet økt ressursbehov på noen av våre investeringsalternativer:
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='6'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><colspec colname='xxx4'/><colspec colname='xxx5'/><colspec colname='xxx6'/><tbody><row><entry>
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="6"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><colspec colname="xxx4"/><colspec colname="xxx5"/><colspec colname="xxx6"/><tbody><row><entry>
<para>Investeringer
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -3162,7 +3164,7 @@
<para>2,1 årsverk
</para>
</entry>
-</row><row><entry namest='xxx0' nameend='xxx5'/>
+</row><row><entry namest="xxx0" nameend="xxx5"/>
</row><row><entry>
<para>Elever i 2008:
</para>
@@ -3184,10 +3186,10 @@
</tgroup>
</table>
<para>====Lærere i 2008:====
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='6'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><colspec colname='xxx4'/><colspec colname='xxx5'/><colspec colname='xxx6'/><tbody><row><entry>
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="6"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><colspec colname="xxx4"/><colspec colname="xxx5"/><colspec colname="xxx6"/><tbody><row><entry>
<para>Alternativ 1
</para>
-</entry><entry namest='xxx2' nameend='xxx3'>
+</entry><entry namest="xxx2" nameend="xxx3">
<para>280
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -3200,7 +3202,7 @@
</row><row><entry>
<para>Alternativ 2 (bærbart)
</para>
-</entry><entry namest='xxx2' nameend='xxx3'>
+</entry><entry namest="xxx2" nameend="xxx3">
<para>266
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -3217,33 +3219,33 @@
<para>*) Ekstra årsverk til vedlikehold av 266 bærbare datamaskiner
</para>
<para>Kostnader for drift av alle datamaskiner for elev- og lærermaskiner. Vi regner ut fra alternativ 1 med tynne eller halvtykke klienter for elever og lærere, og en del bærbare maskiner.
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='6'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><colspec colname='xxx4'/><colspec colname='xxx5'/><colspec colname='xxx6'/><tbody><row><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>År
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="6"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><colspec colname="xxx4"/><colspec colname="xxx5"/><colspec colname="xxx6"/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">År
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>Ant. PC-er
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">Ant. PC-er
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>Sentral driftsoperatør
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">Sentral driftsoperatør
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>IKT-veileder for hele kommunen
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">IKT-veileder for hele kommunen
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>IKT-kontakt på hver skole (gj.snitt)
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">IKT-kontakt på hver skole (gj.snitt)
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>Samlet
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">Samlet
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
@@ -3268,21 +3270,21 @@
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>2005
+<para><emphasis role="strong">2005
</emphasis>
</para>
-</entry><entry namest='xxx2' nameend='xxx3'>
+</entry><entry namest="xxx2" nameend="xxx3">
<para>
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>Personalkostnader til drift*
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">Personalkostnader til drift*
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>kr 980 910,-
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">kr 980 910,-
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
@@ -3306,21 +3308,21 @@
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>2008
+<para><emphasis role="strong">2008
</emphasis>
</para>
-</entry><entry namest='xxx2' nameend='xxx3'>
+</entry><entry namest="xxx2" nameend="xxx3">
<para>
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>Personalkostnader til drift*
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">Personalkostnader til drift*
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>kr 5 400 00,-
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">kr 5 400 00,-
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
@@ -3331,33 +3333,33 @@
<para>*) kr 270,- per lærertime 1730 timer i året. IKT-kontakt på hver skole bruker 75% av tiden på fagligpedagogisk støtte.
</para>
<para>Alternativ 2 med bærbare datamaskiner til alle lærere:
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='6'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><colspec colname='xxx4'/><colspec colname='xxx5'/><colspec colname='xxx6'/><tbody><row><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>År
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="6"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><colspec colname="xxx4"/><colspec colname="xxx5"/><colspec colname="xxx6"/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">År
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>Ant. PC-er
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">Ant. PC-er
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>Sentral driftsoperatør
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">Sentral driftsoperatør
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>IKT-veileder for hele kommunen
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">IKT-veileder for hele kommunen
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>IKT-kontakt på hver skole (gj.snitt)
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">IKT-kontakt på hver skole (gj.snitt)
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>Samlet
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">Samlet
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
@@ -3382,21 +3384,21 @@
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>2008
+<para><emphasis role="strong">2008
</emphasis>
</para>
-</entry><entry namest='xxx2' nameend='xxx3'>
+</entry><entry namest="xxx2" nameend="xxx3">
<para>
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>Personalkostnader til drift*
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">Personalkostnader til drift*
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>kr 6 000 000,-
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">kr 6 000 000,-
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
@@ -3419,12 +3421,12 @@
<title>Alternativene oppsummert
</title>
<para>For å nå målsetningen om en datamaskin per tredje elev og en pc per lærerer så anbefales alternativ 1. Dette alternativet krever over 800 ekstra datamaskiner i forhold til dagens dekning på 506 klientmaskiner. Totalt vil vi da få i overkant av 1300 klientmaskiner med hovedvekt på tynne og halvtykke klienter. Noen maskiner vil også være bærbare for å gi ytterligere fleksibilitet i skolehverdagen.
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='2'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><tbody><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Alternativer
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="2"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Alternativer
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>Kostnad over 3 år
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">Kostnad over 3 år
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
@@ -3447,12 +3449,12 @@
</tgroup>
</table>
<para>Driftskostnader:
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='2'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><tbody><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Alternativer
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="2"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Alternativer
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>Årlig kostnad
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">Årlig kostnad
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
@@ -3496,12 +3498,12 @@
<title>Anbefaling
</title>
<para>Alternativ 1:
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='2'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><tbody><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Kostnadstype
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="2"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Kostnadstype
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>Beløp
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">Beløp
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
@@ -3544,8 +3546,8 @@
</title>
<para>Mange skoler har utarbeidet aktivitetsplan for bruk av IKT i skolen. Denne bør ligge med som vedlegg.
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para><link linkend='fndef-1f2b6d81b6c204c4d804447a6d874a953c228251-0' endterm='fnref-1f2b6d81b6c204c4d804447a6d874a953c228251-0'>1
-</link> Anbefalinger fra UNINETT ABC: <ulink url='http://www.uninettabc.no/?p=veiledning&sub=annet'>http://www.uninettabc.no/?p=veiledning&sub=annet
+<para><link linkend="fndef-1f2b6d81b6c204c4d804447a6d874a953c228251-0" endterm="fnref-1f2b6d81b6c204c4d804447a6d874a953c228251-0">1
+</link> Anbefalinger fra UNINETT ABC: <ulink url="http://www.uninettabc.no/?p=veiledning&sub=annet">http://www.uninettabc.no/?p=veiledning&sub=annet
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -3598,7 +3600,7 @@
</listitem><listitem>Se /etc/cups/printers.conf om den ligger der: Hvis ikke gå til Legg til printer.
</listitem><listitem>Restart Cups: /etc/init.d/cupsys restart
</listitem><listitem>
-<para>Skal du jobbe med cups finner du dette på <ulink url='http://servernavn.intern:631'>http://servernavn.intern:631
+<para>Skal du jobbe med cups finner du dette på <ulink url="http://servernavn.intern:631">http://servernavn.intern:631
</ulink>, anbefales å jobbe direkte i fra server da dette ikke er en sikkertilkobling(ikke https, og du skriver inn passord).
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -3617,16 +3619,16 @@
<section>
<title>Problem: Vi vil bruke kprinter for all utskrift på skolen
</title>
-<para>ITK-kontakten vil at elevene bruker kprinter i steden for direkte utskrift fra <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>ITK-kontakten vil at elevene bruker kprinter i steden for direkte utskrift fra <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink> til CUPS
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para>Velg generisk skriver i <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>Velg generisk skriver i <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink>, så får man opp opp kprinter
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>change "lpr" to "kprinter stdin"
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para>Utskrift fra firefox som skriver i format Letter, ikke A4. Bruk en i: /etc/mozilla/.../firefox.js . Denne må redigeres manuelt på hver skole. <fixme: Ønsker et lite skript som gjøre dette automatisk?>
+<para>Utskrift fra firefox som skriver i format Letter, ikke A4. Bruk en i: /etc/mozilla/.../firefox.js . Denne må redigeres manuelt på hver skole. <fixme: Ønsker et lite skript som gjøre dette automatisk?>
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -3683,7 +3685,7 @@
</title>
<para>ITK-kontakten på skolen vil ha hjelp til å få opp en ny skriver i nettverket
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para>Bruk CUPS for å legge til skriver i web-grensesnitt. For å få logget inn er det behov for root-passord. <fixme: Lag wiki-lenke til aktuell side for å sette opp ny skriver>
+<para>Bruk CUPS for å legge til skriver i web-grensesnitt. For å få logget inn er det behov for root-passord. <fixme: Lag wiki-lenke til aktuell side for å sette opp ny skriver>
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -3701,13 +3703,13 @@
<section>
<title>Problem: Vil skrive ut fra Skolelinux på Windows-PC med grafisk terminal (NX)
</title>
-<para><ulink url='/NoMachine'>NoMachine
+<para><ulink url="/NoMachine">NoMachine
</ulink> NX versjon 1.4.0 og nyere støtter utskrift gjennom SAMBA og CUPS. Dette tillater større felksibilitet med sømløs tilgang til lokale utskriftsmuligheter.
</para>
-<para>Trykk på configuration-knappen i <ulink url='/NoMachine'>NoMachine
+<para>Trykk på configuration-knappen i <ulink url="/NoMachine">NoMachine
</ulink> login-vindu. Velg fanen services. Trykk Add. Legg til lokal skriver.
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://www.nomachine.com/ar/view.php?ar_id=AR10B00033'>http://www.nomachine.com/ar/view.php?ar_id=AR10B00033
+<para><ulink url="http://www.nomachine.com/ar/view.php?ar_id=AR10B00033">http://www.nomachine.com/ar/view.php?ar_id=AR10B00033
</ulink>
</para>
<para>
@@ -3745,10 +3747,10 @@
</title>
<para>Har skaffet helt ny skriver uten å sjekke om den fungerer med Linux. Det finnes fortsatt leverandører som ikke leverer drivere til Linux. Derfor bør man satse på skriverleverandører som har god Linux-støtte. Et eksempel er skrivere fra HP med Laserjet-serien. Et annet eksempel er Samsung som har gode støtte for Linux.
</para>
-<para>Det kan hende at leverandør eller andre har levert skriverdriver til CUPS-prosjektet, slik at driver finnes, men må lastes ned og installeres fra Internett. Du kan også prøve å finne din .ppd fil på <ulink url='http://openprinting.org/printer_list.cgi'>http://openprinting.org/printer_list.cgi
-</ulink> For å installere ekstern skriverdriver må man <fixme: Lenke til hvordan legge til driver i CUPS>
+<para>Det kan hende at leverandør eller andre har levert skriverdriver til CUPS-prosjektet, slik at driver finnes, men må lastes ned og installeres fra Internett. Du kan også prøve å finne din .ppd fil på <ulink url="http://openprinting.org/printer_list.cgi">http://openprinting.org/printer_list.cgi
+</ulink> For å installere ekstern skriverdriver må man <fixme: Lenke til hvordan legge til driver i CUPS>
</para>
-<para>Skrivere som er anbefalt er HP Laserjet serien <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/smile4.png' depth='15'/>
+<para>Skrivere som er anbefalt er HP Laserjet serien <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="/wiki/greenmist/img/smile4.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>;-)
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -3775,9 +3777,9 @@
</title>
<para>Løsning 1: Noen har endret vindushåndterer (windows-manager) til en som ikke eksisterer. Velg KDE som standard vindussystem.
</para>
-<para>Løsning 2: Tynnklienttjener er ikke meldt inn i nettgruppa til Hovedtjener. Meld Tynnklienttjener inn i nettgruppa på Hovedtjener. Se <fixme: Lenke til oppskrift med nettgrupper>
+<para>Løsning 2: Tynnklienttjener er ikke meldt inn i nettgruppa til Hovedtjener. Meld Tynnklienttjener inn i nettgruppa på Hovedtjener. Se <fixme: Lenke til oppskrift med nettgrupper>
</para>
-<para>Løsning 3: Bruker er ikke opprettet, eller passord er feil. Opprett passord <fixme: lenke til det å opprette bruker>.
+<para>Løsning 3: Bruker er ikke opprettet, eller passord er feil. Opprett passord <fixme: lenke til det å opprette bruker>.
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: Bruker får logget inn
@@ -3793,7 +3795,7 @@
<section>
<title>Problem: Bruker prøver å logge inn på halvtykk klient. Bruker får beskjed om at innlogging skjer, men blir kastet ut før innlogging blir ferdig.
</title>
-<para>Bruker får ikke montert hjemmekatalogen. Den halvtykke klienten må meldes inn i nettgruppa. Se <fixme: lenke til forklaring om hvordan man legger til halvtykke klienter i nettgruppa.>
+<para>Bruker får ikke montert hjemmekatalogen. Den halvtykke klienten må meldes inn i nettgruppa. Se <fixme: lenke til forklaring om hvordan man legger til halvtykke klienter i nettgruppa.>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: Bruker får logget inn
@@ -3815,14 +3817,14 @@
</para>
<para>Med kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>ifconfig
+<para><emphasis role="strong">ifconfig
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>kan man undersøke tilstanden til nettverkskortet.
</para>
<para>Kommandoen er også bra for å finne ut ip-adresen og MAC-adressen til maskinen. MAC-adressen blir kalt "HWaddr". En annen måte å finne MAC-adressen til en klient er å titte på syslog-fila i det man starter den aktuelle tynnklienten. Da klarer man seg bra med å klippe og lime. Bruk følgende kommando som root:
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>tail -f /var/log/syslog
+<para><emphasis role="strong">tail -f /var/log/syslog
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Da vil man se noe som dette
@@ -3834,11 +3836,11 @@ Jun 2 22:52:29 tjener dhcpd-2.2.x: DHCPREQUEST for 192.168.0.13 from 00:02:53:8
Jun 2 22:52:29 tjener dhcpd-2.2.x: DHCPACK on 192.168.0.13 to 00:02:53:8f:66:76 via eth1
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Bruk <emphasis role='strong'>Ctrl-C
+<para>Bruk <emphasis role="strong">Ctrl-C
</emphasis> for å stanse prosesssen.
</para>
-<para>Dette er utdata fra <emphasis role='strong'>ifconfig
-</emphasis> på en <ulink url='#mainserver'>hovedtjener
+<para>Dette er utdata fra <emphasis role="strong">ifconfig
+</emphasis> på en <ulink url="#mainserver">hovedtjener
</ulink>:
</para>
<para>
@@ -3860,8 +3862,8 @@ lo Link encap:Local Loopback
RX bytes:11789085 (11.2 MiB) TX bytes:11789085 (11.2 MiB)
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Utdata fra en <emphasis role='strong'>ifconfig
-</emphasis>burde se slik ut på en <ulink url='#ltspserver'>tynnklienttjener
+<para>Utdata fra en <emphasis role="strong">ifconfig
+</emphasis>burde se slik ut på en <ulink url="#ltspserver">tynnklienttjener
</ulink>:
</para>
<para>
@@ -3893,18 +3895,18 @@ lo Link encap:Local Loopback
RX bytes:126747627 (120.8 MiB) TX bytes:126747627 (120.8 MiB)
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Er det som vises omtrent det samme som over, og man fortsatt ikke får nett, må man gjøre noe med DNS-oppsettet. Ta en titt på delen om brannmur <ulink url='#clisp'>Seksjon 3.11
+<para>Er det som vises omtrent det samme som over, og man fortsatt ikke får nett, må man gjøre noe med DNS-oppsettet. Ta en titt på delen om brannmur <ulink url="#clisp">Seksjon 3.11
</ulink>.
</para>
-<para>Noen ganger er det «noen» som forsøker å enre konfigurasjonen til network card. <emphasis role='strong'>eth0
-</emphasis> på <ulink url='#mainserver'>hovedtjener
+<para>Noen ganger er det «noen» som forsøker å enre konfigurasjonen til network card. <emphasis role="strong">eth0
+</emphasis> på <ulink url="#mainserver">hovedtjener
</ulink>M<emphasis>. Ikke gjør det!
-</emphasis>Om man mot formodning skulle endre oppsettet til <emphasis role='strong'>eth0
+</emphasis>Om man mot formodning skulle endre oppsettet til <emphasis role="strong">eth0
</emphasis>, og ting stopper på mystisk vis, er det sannsynlig at det er <computeroutput>/etc/resolv.conf
</computeroutput> som har rotet det til.
</para>
<para>Fila <computeroutput>/etc/resolv.conf
-</computeroutput> burde se ut som dette på en <ulink url='#mainserver'>hovedtjener
+</computeroutput> burde se ut som dette på en <ulink url="#mainserver">hovedtjener
</ulink>:
</para>
<para>
@@ -3931,7 +3933,7 @@ nameserver 127.0.0.1
<para>Man kan ha fått et varsel som ser slik ut:
</para><glosslist><glossentry><glossterm>intern
</glossterm><glossdef>
-<para>tjener.intern :: eth0 errors WARNINGs: packets is 1.42 (outside range <ulink url='/1'>1
+<para>tjener.intern :: eth0 errors WARNINGs: packets is 1.42 (outside range <ulink url="/1">1
</ulink>).
</para>
</glossdef>
@@ -3939,7 +3941,7 @@ nameserver 127.0.0.1
</glosslist>
<para>Verdien bør settes til 3 gitt at det ikke er rapportert ustabilitet på maskiner. Rapporten som gis er som oftest en spissverdi. som ikke påvirker driften av utstyret. Verdien kan settes til 3 på følgende måte:
</para>
-<para><fixme: inn med oppskrift til å endre munin-parametre>
+<para><fixme: inn med oppskrift til å endre munin-parametre>
</para>
<para>Er det ustabilitet i utstyr knyttet til nettverket må man gjøre feilsøking. Dette kan skyldes en rekke forhold. Vi nevner slitte kabler, slitne nettkontakter, eller dårlig elektronikk. Listen av feilkilder er langt. Det kan hende man må i gang med tidkrevende feilsøking der man isolerer hver del og måler seg fram til feilkilden.
</para>
@@ -3982,7 +3984,7 @@ nameserver 127.0.0.1
</title>
<para>Sett riktig IP-adresse på skrivere, tynnklient-tjenere, og klientmaskiner. Her følger en oversikt over hvordan dette gjøres:
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.no/~klaus/sarge/x2603.html#ltspmac'>http://www.skolelinux.no/~klaus/sarge/x2603.html#ltspmac
+<para><ulink url="http://www.skolelinux.no/~klaus/sarge/x2603.html#ltspmac">http://www.skolelinux.no/~klaus/sarge/x2603.html#ltspmac
</ulink>
</para>
<para>Her er en fin oppskrift for å finne MAC adresse, husk at 10.0.2.2-10.0.2.19 er for servere, 20-?? er for printere osv.
@@ -4109,13 +4111,13 @@ exec > "$errfile" 2>&1
</itemizedlist>
<para>LVM oppskrifter for å utvide diskområde, eller legge til ny disk:
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/~knuty/bok/x1998.html#lvm-home0'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/~knuty/bok/x1998.html#lvm-home0
+<para><ulink url="http://developer.skolelinux.no/~knuty/bok/x1998.html#lvm-home0">http://developer.skolelinux.no/~knuty/bok/x1998.html#lvm-home0
</ulink>
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/~knuty/bok/x1998.html#newdisk'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/~knuty/bok/x1998.html#newdisk
+<para><ulink url="http://developer.skolelinux.no/~knuty/bok/x1998.html#newdisk">http://developer.skolelinux.no/~knuty/bok/x1998.html#newdisk
</ulink>
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Valideringsrutine: Skjekk med df -h at disken nå har ledig plass.
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Valideringsrutine: Skjekk med df -h at disken nå har ledig plass.
</emphasis>
</para>
</section>
@@ -4139,11 +4141,11 @@ exec > "$errfile" 2>&1
</title>
<para>repquota kan brukes til å gå gjennom plassbruken. Ut fra rapporten man får om diskbruk kan man sende en påminnelse pr. e-post til de som har tatt for mye plass, og står i fare for å miste tilgang til nye ressurser.
</para>
-<para><fixme: sjekk om dette skriptet gjør rapportjobben: <ulink url='http://www.magic-lamp.org/howto_dsvr_quota_mon.0.html'>http://www.magic-lamp.org/howto_dsvr_quota_mon.0.html
-</ulink> >
+<para><fixme: sjekk om dette skriptet gjør rapportjobben: <ulink url="http://www.magic-lamp.org/howto_dsvr_quota_mon.0.html">http://www.magic-lamp.org/howto_dsvr_quota_mon.0.html
+</ulink> >
</para>
-<para>Det er også mulig å sende e-post automatisk til brukere som har overskredet kvotene. Da må det på plass et skript for dette. <fixme: Et slikt skript er ikke spesielt komplisert, men må lages. Se om dette skriptet er aktuelt: <ulink url='http://www.cpan.org/authors/id/M/MZ/MZRAHMAN/quotadm-0.0.2e'>http://www.cpan.org/authors/id/M/MZ/MZRAHMAN/quotadm-0.0.2e
-</ulink> >
+<para>Det er også mulig å sende e-post automatisk til brukere som har overskredet kvotene. Da må det på plass et skript for dette. <fixme: Et slikt skript er ikke spesielt komplisert, men må lages. Se om dette skriptet er aktuelt: <ulink url="http://www.cpan.org/authors/id/M/MZ/MZRAHMAN/quotadm-0.0.2e">http://www.cpan.org/authors/id/M/MZ/MZRAHMAN/quotadm-0.0.2e
+</ulink> >
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: repquota rapporterer at brukere har frigjort plass etter å ha mottatt e-post fra driftsoperatør.
@@ -4194,9 +4196,9 @@ exec > "$errfile" 2>&1
</para>
<para>Kvoter for begrenset diskplass kan dette settes opp på følgende måte:
</para>
-<para><fixme: inn med oppskriften til Klaus. Se lenke til «The Quota System for Hard Drive Space» >
+<para><fixme: inn med oppskriften til Klaus. Se lenke til «The Quota System for Hard Drive Space» >
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/~knuty/bok/x2977.html'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/~knuty/bok/x2977.html
+<para><ulink url="http://developer.skolelinux.no/~knuty/bok/x2977.html">http://developer.skolelinux.no/~knuty/bok/x2977.html
</ulink>
</para>
<para>
@@ -4219,7 +4221,7 @@ exec > "$errfile" 2>&1
</itemizedlist>
<para>LVM oppskrift:
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.no/~klaus/sarge/x2007.html'>http://www.skolelinux.no/~klaus/sarge/x2007.html
+<para><ulink url="http://www.skolelinux.no/~klaus/sarge/x2007.html">http://www.skolelinux.no/~klaus/sarge/x2007.html
</ulink>
</para>
<para>
@@ -4241,11 +4243,11 @@ exec > "$errfile" 2>&1
<section>
<title>Problem: Lyd og video fungerer ikke på klientmaskinene
</title>
-<para>Halvtykke klienter den enkleste løsningen. Anbefalt halvtykk klient har > 800 MHz prosessor, 256 MB minne, og liten harddisk til mellomlager.
+<para>Halvtykke klienter den enkleste løsningen. Anbefalt halvtykk klient har > 800 MHz prosessor, 256 MB minne, og liten harddisk til mellomlager.
</para>
<para>Kan også løses på tynnklienter. Da må man legge inn lydmodulen esd, og sette dette riktig opp i lts.conf.
</para>
-<para><fixme: Det finnes forklaring på hvordan dette gjøres. Få tak i denne fra f.eks. Kongsvinger, eller andre som har gjort det samme>
+<para><fixme: Det finnes forklaring på hvordan dette gjøres. Få tak i denne fra f.eks. Kongsvinger, eller andre som har gjort det samme>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: Test ut både lyd og bilde på klienten og se at dette ser ut til å fungere brukbart.
@@ -4261,8 +4263,8 @@ exec > "$errfile" 2>&1
<section>
<title>Problem: Brukerprogram skriver ut på andre format enn A4
</title>
-<para>Noen har hatt utskriftsproblemer fordi <ulink url='/FireFox'>FireFox
-</ulink> eller <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>Noen har hatt utskriftsproblemer fordi <ulink url="/FireFox">FireFox
+</ulink> eller <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink> skriver ut i det amerikanske papirformatet Letter.
</para>
<para>En årsak kan være manglende skriverrettigheter for bruker til katalogen /var/tmp
@@ -4307,7 +4309,7 @@ exec > "$errfile" 2>&1
</title>
<para>Sjekk om CD-en har plattformuavhengig kode (som html-sider, mediefiler ol.), eller om CD-en må emuleres med Wine. Må man bruke Wine må dette settes opp og testet for aktuell CD.
</para>
-<para><fixme: oppskrift for å sette opp Wine og installere Win32-baserte brukerprogram. Kongsvinger har løsning på dette i sitt oppsett-skript>
+<para><fixme: oppskrift for å sette opp Wine og installere Win32-baserte brukerprogram. Kongsvinger har løsning på dette i sitt oppsett-skript>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: Start opp Windows-programmet via Wine og se om det starter og kjører akseptabelt.
@@ -4348,8 +4350,8 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports install openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoffice.org-l10n-nn
</screen>
<para>Bruker kan velge norsk ordliste ved menyen:
</para>
-<para>Verktøy -> Innstillinger -> Språkinnstillinger -> Skrivestøtte -> <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
-</ulink>.org Hunnspell Spellcheker -> Rediger -> Språk (Velg nynorsk eller bokmål)
+<para>Verktøy -> Innstillinger -> Språkinnstillinger -> Skrivestøtte -> <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
+</ulink>.org Hunnspell Spellcheker -> Rediger -> Språk (Velg nynorsk eller bokmål)
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: Mulighet for riktige stavekontroller i OpenOffice kommer opp og fungerer<fixme se etter riktig måte i OOo versjoen som ligger i skolelinux>
@@ -4365,9 +4367,9 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports install openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoffice.org-l10n-nn
<section>
<title>Problem: Elever får ikke åpnet tekst-dokumenter hjemme
</title>
-<para><fixme: Vi har fått en oppskrift fra Kongsvinger om hvordan vi kan stille inn <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
-</ulink> 2.0 industrielt for å lagre i MS Word som standard. Dette er også gjort med <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
-</ulink> 1.1. Andreas bør undersøke med Klaus om hvordan dette gjøres industrielt. Skriv oppskrift om dette>
+<para><fixme: Vi har fått en oppskrift fra Kongsvinger om hvordan vi kan stille inn <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
+</ulink> 2.0 industrielt for å lagre i MS Word som standard. Dette er også gjort med <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
+</ulink> 1.1. Andreas bør undersøke med Klaus om hvordan dette gjøres industrielt. Skriv oppskrift om dette>
</para>
<para>Satt OOO_MS_DEFAULTS=1
</para>
@@ -4405,11 +4407,11 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports install openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoffice.org-l10n-nn
</para>
<para>Lag følgende fil som root-bruker:
</para>
-<para>/usr/share/applications/<programnavn>.desktop
+<para>/usr/share/applications/<programnavn>.desktop
</para>
-<para>Legg inn følgende i fila <programnavn>.desktop:
+<para>Legg inn følgende i fila <programnavn>.desktop:
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>[Desktop Entry] Name=<programnavn> Comment=<En kommentar om programmet>. Exec=<kjørbart program> Icon= Terminal=false Type=Application Categories=Application;System;
+<para><emphasis role="strong">[Desktop Entry] Name=<programnavn> Comment=<En kommentar om programmet>. Exec=<kjørbart program> Icon= Terminal=false Type=Application Categories=Application;System;
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Alle felter omsluttet av større og mindre-tegn må fylles ut med passende tekst eller kjørbart program.
@@ -4428,14 +4430,14 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports install openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoffice.org-l10n-nn
<section>
<title>Problem: Lærere må hindres i å overskrive fellesdokumenter andre har åpnet
</title>
-<para>Det er et problem med halvtykke kliener at enkelte installasjoner ikke låser åpne <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>Det er et problem med halvtykke kliener at enkelte installasjoner ikke låser åpne <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink>-dokumenter. Dette er rapportert som feil i feilmeldingsystemet i Debian, men foreløpig må man gjøre en manuell fiks.
</para>
-<para>Ønske om å låse fellesdokument for andre brukere når en lærer bruker dokumentet. Dette må stilles inn for alle lærere. Det er betydelig støtte i <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>Ønske om å låse fellesdokument for andre brukere når en lærer bruker dokumentet. Dette må stilles inn for alle lærere. Det er betydelig støtte i <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink>.org med håndtering av brukerrettigheter. Versjon 2.0.1 er forbedret.
</para>
-<para><fixme: skriv en kort oppskrift på hvordan låse fellesdokument når det bruke av en bruker på halvtykke klienter. Kan dette gjøres i filsystemet, og ved å stille inn <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
-</ulink> til ikke å skrive til filer som er åpne av andre?>
+<para><fixme: skriv en kort oppskrift på hvordan låse fellesdokument når det bruke av en bruker på halvtykke klienter. Kan dette gjøres i filsystemet, og ved å stille inn <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
+</ulink> til ikke å skrive til filer som er åpne av andre?>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: Få en bruker til å åpne opp et fellesdokument, prøv så selv å åpne det og se at det er sperret.
@@ -4451,7 +4453,7 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports install openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoffice.org-l10n-nn
<section>
<title>Problem: Hvor får vi nyeste utgave av OpenOffice?
</title>
-<para>Backport av <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>Backport av <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink>.org 2.0.3 er laget for sarge.
</para>
<para>Skriv følgende i fila: /etc/apt/sources.list
@@ -4491,15 +4493,15 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports upgrade openoffice.org openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoff
</title>
<para>Installer NX. Husk å åpne brannmur. Last ned NX-klientene:
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://www.nomachine.com/download_client_linux.php'>http://www.nomachine.com/download_client_linux.php
+<para><ulink url="http://www.nomachine.com/download_client_linux.php">http://www.nomachine.com/download_client_linux.php
</ulink>
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://www.nomachine.com/download-package.php?Prod_Id=38'>http://www.nomachine.com/download-package.php?Prod_Id=38
+<para><ulink url="http://www.nomachine.com/download-package.php?Prod_Id=38">http://www.nomachine.com/download-package.php?Prod_Id=38
</ulink>
</para>
<para>Følg oppskriften for installasjon:
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://www.nomachine.com/documentation/manager/install.php'>http://www.nomachine.com/documentation/manager/install.php
+<para><ulink url="http://www.nomachine.com/documentation/manager/install.php">http://www.nomachine.com/documentation/manager/install.php
</ulink>
</para>
<para>
@@ -4523,7 +4525,7 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports upgrade openoffice.org openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoff
</title>
<para>e-post på thunderbird og kmail virker ikke med vanlig bruker, men som root. Fungerte på tynnklienter
</para>
-<para><fixme: Her kan konfigurasjonen til e-postklienten være feil satt opp, eller at man ikke har tilgang til aktuelt filområdet på den klienten man bruker. Dette kan skyldes tilkobling av maskin som ikke er med i nettgruppa til datanettet. Her må vi skrive en oppskrift.>
+<para><fixme: Her kan konfigurasjonen til e-postklienten være feil satt opp, eller at man ikke har tilgang til aktuelt filområdet på den klienten man bruker. Dette kan skyldes tilkobling av maskin som ikke er med i nettgruppa til datanettet. Her må vi skrive en oppskrift.>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: E-post fungerer akseptabelt og både inngående og utgående mail kommer frem
@@ -4541,7 +4543,7 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports upgrade openoffice.org openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoff
</title>
<para>Her må vi sjekke flere ting. Hva sier advarselmeldinger fra exim. Er det grenseverdier som bør justeres i munin? Er det fullt på e-postområdet på disken? Hva gir advarsler, og hvilke tiltak kan man gjøre? Her trenger vi mer detaljert feilmelding.
</para>
-<para><fixme: Her trenger man bedre erfaringsgrunnlag for å beskrive aktuelle feilårsaker og løsninger>
+<para><fixme: Her trenger man bedre erfaringsgrunnlag for å beskrive aktuelle feilårsaker og løsninger>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: Exim mail-kø gir ikke lenger feilmelinger som ikke gir mening.
@@ -4559,7 +4561,7 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports upgrade openoffice.org openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoff
</title>
<para>Noen bestemte brukere er utestengt fra egen e-post (internpost)
</para>
-<para><fixme: Her må vi lage en sjekk på at vi virkelig har gitt alle brukere tilgang til e-postkontoret. Her kan det være problemer med at e-postklienten ikke er konfigurert til å hente e-post lokalt (bruker kan ha slettet config-filer), det kan være tilgang i LDAP ol. Vi må skrive en kort oppskrift for å gjøre enkel feilsjekke, og en enkel fikse dette for en og mange brukere>
+<para><fixme: Her må vi lage en sjekk på at vi virkelig har gitt alle brukere tilgang til e-postkontoret. Her kan det være problemer med at e-postklienten ikke er konfigurert til å hente e-post lokalt (bruker kan ha slettet config-filer), det kan være tilgang i LDAP ol. Vi må skrive en kort oppskrift for å gjøre enkel feilsjekke, og en enkel fikse dette for en og mange brukere>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: Be brukerene som var sperret for å sende epost om å sende en testmail til deg slik at du ser at den kommer frem.
@@ -4615,7 +4617,7 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports upgrade openoffice.org openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoff
</section>
<section>
-<title>For lange brukernavn med > 8 tegn.
+<title>For lange brukernavn med > 8 tegn.
</title>
<section>
@@ -4623,9 +4625,9 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports upgrade openoffice.org openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoff
</title>
<para>Det er fullt mulig å stille inn systemet for brukernavn og passord til å ta brukernavn med mer enn 8 tegn. Da kan man opprette enkeltbrukere med lengre navn. Men når man legger inn mange brukere, så er det satt en begrensning på åtte tegn eller mindre. Brukernavnene vil tilpasses etter det i en kommbinasjon av fornavn og første bokstav i etternavnet. Når elever har fornavn lengre enn 8 tegn kuttes fornavnet, og første bokstav i etternavnet legges til. Det er også noen regler for hva som skjer når elever har like navn.
</para>
-<para>De bør være <= 8. <fixme: Kutter WLUS passord som er > 8 tegn?>
+<para>De bør være <= 8. <fixme: Kutter WLUS passord som er > 8 tegn?>
</para>
-<para><fixme: her har tydeligvis en skole foreslått brukernavn med mer enn 8 tegn. Her bør vi ha en liten rutine som sjekker dette når skolen gir oss forslag til brukernavn når de sender lister med personer som skal få tilgang til datanettet>
+<para><fixme: her har tydeligvis en skole foreslått brukernavn med mer enn 8 tegn. Her bør vi ha en liten rutine som sjekker dette når skolen gir oss forslag til brukernavn når de sender lister med personer som skal få tilgang til datanettet>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen/>
@@ -4650,7 +4652,7 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports upgrade openoffice.org openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoff
</para><screen/>
<para>Her bruker man ssh-tilgang uten passord med egen nøkkel på tjenermaskinen.
</para>
-<para><fixme: fullfør oppskriften i detalj>
+<para><fixme: fullfør oppskriften i detalj>
</para>
<para>Generer nøkkel som brukeren, og på den maskinen(maskin 1) du vil bruke for å koble deg på maskinen(maskin 2) du vil sleppe å skrive inn passord på.
</para>
@@ -4676,7 +4678,7 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports upgrade openoffice.org openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoff
</title>
<para>Dette kan gjøres med å lage nye mapper for aktuelle elever som de får tilgang til gjennom redigering av LDAP-skjema. På den måten får de ikke tilgang til sine vanlige hjemmemapper under eksamen.
</para>
-<para><fixme: Andreas skriver ned oppskriften han gjorde for hånd under gjennomføring av nasjonale prøver>
+<para><fixme: Andreas skriver ned oppskriften han gjorde for hånd under gjennomføring av nasjonale prøver>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: Test en prøvekontiog se at de ikke har tilganng på hjemmeområder eller internett
@@ -4829,7 +4831,7 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports upgrade openoffice.org openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoff
<section>
<title>Problem: Vi vil at lærere kan koble seg på Skolelinux fra Windows PC-en
</title>
-<para>Man må installere FreeNX-klient eller tilby denne fra nettleseren. Brannmuren må åpne for FreeNX-trafikk. Oppsett av FreeNX. Se: <fixme: lenke til: Ønsker grafisk terminal (remote desktop)>
+<para>Man må installere FreeNX-klient eller tilby denne fra nettleseren. Brannmuren må åpne for FreeNX-trafikk. Oppsett av FreeNX. Se: <fixme: lenke til: Ønsker grafisk terminal (remote desktop)>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: Start opp FreeNX på en windowsmaskin og prøv å koble til ditt skolelinux nettverk. Tilkobling til Skolelinux fra Windows er mulig, og ønsket program starter automatisk
@@ -4881,7 +4883,7 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports upgrade openoffice.org openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoff
<section>
<title>Problem: Vi har tynnklienter uten lyd og cdrom. Vi vil ha lyd og cdrom
</title>
-<para>Her har man to muligheter. Det enkleste er å oppgradere til halvtykke klienter med passende maskinvare (> 800 MHz prosessor, 256 MB minne). Den andre muligheten er å gi tilgang til cdrom og lyd via tynnklienter.
+<para>Her har man to muligheter. Det enkleste er å oppgradere til halvtykke klienter med passende maskinvare (> 800 MHz prosessor, 256 MB minne). Den andre muligheten er å gi tilgang til cdrom og lyd via tynnklienter.
</para>
<para>Oppskrift for å sette opp halvtykke klienter.
</para>
@@ -4889,7 +4891,7 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports upgrade openoffice.org openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoff
</para>
<para>Se skriptet fra Trond Mæhlum, Kongsvinger kommuner:
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/itil/script/installscript.sh'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/itil/script/installscript.sh
+<para><ulink url="http://developer.skolelinux.no/itil/script/installscript.sh">http://developer.skolelinux.no/itil/script/installscript.sh
</ulink>
</para>
<para>
@@ -4908,7 +4910,7 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports upgrade openoffice.org openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoff
</title>
<para>Se skriptet fra Trond Mæhlum om oppsett av Wine:
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/itil/script/installscript.sh'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/itil/script/installscript.sh
+<para><ulink url="http://developer.skolelinux.no/itil/script/installscript.sh">http://developer.skolelinux.no/itil/script/installscript.sh
</ulink>
</para>
<para>På samme måte som forskjellige utgaver av Windows støtter Wine et begrenset utgave av Windows-programmer. Dette fordi slike program er laget til bestemte utgaver av Windows. Wine kjører tålelig bra program laget for Windows 95, 98, 2000 og tidvis XP.
@@ -4928,15 +4930,15 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports upgrade openoffice.org openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoff
<section>
<title>Problem: Halvtykke klienter kan kjøre lokalt mellomlager (swap), men det er ikke skrudd på.
</title>
-<para>Se skriptet fra Trond Mæhlum som erstatter LTSP <ulink url='/MueKow'>MueKow
+<para>Se skriptet fra Trond Mæhlum som erstatter LTSP <ulink url="/MueKow">MueKow
</ulink> med LTSP 4.2 med swap. I tillegg kan man skru på swap på diskløse arbeidsstasjoner med denne oppskriften.
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://wiki.ltsp.org/twiki/bin/view/Ltsp/SwapNbd'>http://wiki.ltsp.org/twiki/bin/view/Ltsp/SwapNbd
+<para><ulink url="http://wiki.ltsp.org/twiki/bin/view/Ltsp/SwapNbd">http://wiki.ltsp.org/twiki/bin/view/Ltsp/SwapNbd
</ulink>
</para>
<para>Oppskrift fra Trond Mæhlum:
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/itil/script/installscript.sh'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/itil/script/installscript.sh
+<para><ulink url="http://developer.skolelinux.no/itil/script/installscript.sh">http://developer.skolelinux.no/itil/script/installscript.sh
</ulink>
</para>
</section>
@@ -4954,7 +4956,7 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports upgrade openoffice.org openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoff
<section>
<title>Problem: Vi vil bruke utstyr koblet til USB-porten, men det virker ikke
</title>
-<para><fixme: Skriv oppskrift for tynnkliente. Tynnklienter gir ikke USB-støtte uten boksen. Man må skrur på konfig-filen (lts.conf?). Dette må beskrives. Halvtykke og tykke klienter skal ha full støtte for maskinvare som kobles til USB. >
+<para><fixme: Skriv oppskrift for tynnkliente. Tynnklienter gir ikke USB-støtte uten boksen. Man må skrur på konfig-filen (lts.conf?). Dette må beskrives. Halvtykke og tykke klienter skal ha full støtte for maskinvare som kobles til USB. >
</para>
<para>Ønsker koble til skanner og kamera Kobler til skanner og kamera til USB-porter. For skanner brukes Xsane (som kanskje må installeres). Bruk kamera som vanlig USB-disk
</para>
@@ -4972,9 +4974,9 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports upgrade openoffice.org openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoff
<section>
<title>Problem: Vi ønsker mer effektiv innsamling av overvåkingsdata
</title>
-<para><fixme: Her må det lages et opplegg for å vise fram de vesentligeste grafene fra munin-tjenere på hver skole>
+<para><fixme: Her må det lages et opplegg for å vise fram de vesentligeste grafene fra munin-tjenere på hver skole>
</para>
-<para><fixme: Hvordan skal vi få effektivt hentet inn overvåkingsdata fra munin til driftssenteret? Vi bruker i dag secure copy (scp), men vi burde kunne sette opp dette med overvåkingsdata samlet sentralt også. Å få dette på plass vil gi lavere driftskostnader>
+<para><fixme: Hvordan skal vi få effektivt hentet inn overvåkingsdata fra munin til driftssenteret? Vi bruker i dag secure copy (scp), men vi burde kunne sette opp dette med overvåkingsdata samlet sentralt også. Å få dette på plass vil gi lavere driftskostnader>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: Meldinger fra munin ankommer e-post og gir mere effektiv overvåkning
@@ -4997,7 +4999,7 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports upgrade openoffice.org openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoff
</section>
<section>
-<title>Valideringsrutine: <fixme>
+<title>Valideringsrutine: <fixme>
</title>
</section>
</section>
@@ -5063,10 +5065,10 @@ apt-get -t sarge-backports upgrade openoffice.org openoffice.org-l10n-nb openoff
</para>
<para>
</para><screen/>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Sjekk status til filområdet:
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Sjekk status til filområdet:
</emphasis>
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>df -h /skole/tjener/home0
+<para><emphasis role="strong">df -h /skole/tjener/home0
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
@@ -5114,31 +5116,31 @@ Oppskrift for å øke diskplass.
]]>
</screen>
<para>Kort brukerveiledning på å legge til ny disk i lvm.
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Sett i disken fysisk, i dette eksempelet ble disken /dev/hdb og du vil ha den i diskgruppen vg_data
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Sett i disken fysisk, i dette eksempelet ble disken /dev/hdb og du vil ha den i diskgruppen vg_data
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>pvscan
+<para><emphasis role="strong">pvscan
</emphasis>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>df -h
+<para><emphasis role="strong">df -h
</emphasis>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>pvcreate /dev/hdb
+<para><emphasis role="strong">pvcreate /dev/hdb
</emphasis>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para>Skjekk med <emphasis role='strong'>pvscan
+<para>Skjekk med <emphasis role="strong">pvscan
</emphasis> hva dev-fs stien til den nye disken har blitt, i dette tilfellet /dev/ide/host0/bus0/target1/disc
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>vgextend vg_data /dev/ide/host0/bus0/target1/disc
+<para><emphasis role="strong">vgextend vg_data /dev/ide/host0/bus0/target1/disc
</emphasis>
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>For å fjerne en disk, umount alle partisjonene og så
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>For å fjerne en disk, umount alle partisjonene og så
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>vgreduce vg_data /dev/ide/host0/bus0/target1/disc
+<para><emphasis role="strong">vgreduce vg_data /dev/ide/host0/bus0/target1/disc
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
@@ -5171,11 +5173,11 @@ Valideringsrutine: Ta en testutskrift med med problemmaskinvaren og se at utskri
<section>
<title>Problem: Jeg vil fjerne uønskede tjenesten famd fordi den gir ekstraarbeide
</title>
-<para>I følge flere nettsider skyldes en feil <fixme: etterprøv om dette er riktig>. Det er mulig å roe den ned gjennom å endre et flagg i /etc/inetd.conf . '-t 6'-flagget. Man kan også oppdatere famd. Ikke glem å legg til '-l'-flagget på famd-linja i /etc/inetd.conf.
+<para>I følge flere nettsider skyldes en feil <fixme: etterprøv om dette er riktig>. Det er mulig å roe den ned gjennom å endre et flagg i /etc/inetd.conf . '-t 6'-flagget. Man kan også oppdatere famd. Ikke glem å legg til '-l'-flagget på famd-linja i /etc/inetd.conf.
</para>
<para>Se også Why is famd hammering my NFS server?
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://www.faqs.org/faqs/sgi/faq/admin/section-88.html'>http://www.faqs.org/faqs/sgi/faq/admin/section-88.html
+<para><ulink url="http://www.faqs.org/faqs/sgi/faq/admin/section-88.html">http://www.faqs.org/faqs/sgi/faq/admin/section-88.html
</ulink>
</para>
<para>På hovedserveren på XX ligger følgendle linje aktiv: 391002/1-2 stream rpc/tcp wait root /usr/sbin/famd fam Dette er ikke standard oppsett av Skolelinux. Kan den fjernes? famd gjør livet surt for oss som drifter løsningene. Vet du noen grunn for at den ligger inne? Den er totalt fremmed for meg. Kan du spore når denne endringen har skjedd via rdiff?
@@ -5211,13 +5213,13 @@ Valideringsrutine: De uønskede varslene kommer ikke lenger
<section>
<title>Problem: Jeg vil ikke ha passord ved innlogging på overvåkingstjeneren (munin)
</title>
-<para><fixme: Her må vi skrive en guide for å legge på plass ssh-nøkler på aktuell tjenermaskin om overvåkning kjører på andre tjenermaskiner enn den du sitter på. Med ssh-nøkler på plass slipper man passord ved innlogging>
+<para><fixme: Her må vi skrive en guide for å legge på plass ssh-nøkler på aktuell tjenermaskin om overvåkning kjører på andre tjenermaskiner enn den du sitter på. Med ssh-nøkler på plass slipper man passord ved innlogging>
</para>
-<para><fixme: skriv veiviser>
+<para><fixme: skriv veiviser>
</para>
<para>Trenger jeg passord for det annet enn det som står i brukerhåndboka?
</para>
-<para><fixme: Hvis backup står på egen tjener må man lage og legge inn ssh-autentiseringsfiler for automatisk innlogging fra en autorisert klient. Det betyr at backup-tjeneren ikke trenger passord for å ta backup av f.eks. Hjemmekataloger på en filtjener>
+<para><fixme: Hvis backup står på egen tjener må man lage og legge inn ssh-autentiseringsfiler for automatisk innlogging fra en autorisert klient. Det betyr at backup-tjeneren ikke trenger passord for å ta backup av f.eks. Hjemmekataloger på en filtjener>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: Passord er ikke lenger krav for å logge inn på overvåkningsystemet
@@ -5235,7 +5237,7 @@ Valideringsrutine: De uønskede varslene kommer ikke lenger
</title>
<para>Alle tynnklienter må startes på nytt etter at LTSP-tjener er staret på nytt, uavhengig om dette er en oppgradering, eller omstart etter oppgradering av f.eks. kernel.
</para>
-<para><fixme: skriv kort veiviser>
+<para><fixme: skriv kort veiviser>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: Prøv å logg inn på en klient etter å ha restartet den og se at du får logget inn fint.
@@ -5251,13 +5253,13 @@ Valideringsrutine: De uønskede varslene kommer ikke lenger
<section>
<title>Problem: Ved oppgradering har flere programikon forsvunnet
</title>
-<para><fixme: skriv veiviser>
+<para><fixme: skriv veiviser>
</para>
<para>til Skolelinux-sarge Skolens IKT-kontakt ville gjøre oppgraderingen selv. Raskeste vei til mål. Han kan slette alle ikoner, og legge inn nye som fungerer for _alle_ brukere under ett. Dette ble nevnt under oppgraderingen, men dere skulle se på det selv.
</para>
<para>Har gammel Windows på Lessdisks-maskiner. Hva kan optimaliseres? Slett hele harddisken. Skal ikek være annet enn Linux på disse.
</para>
-<para>Det som enkelt kan gjøres er å slette alle ikoner, og legge inn nye som fungerer for _alle_ brukere under ett. Dette ble nevnt under oppgraderingen, men dere skulle se på det selv. <fixme: Her er skolen oppgradert fra woody til sarge-utgaven av Skolelinux. Enkelte programikon har forsvunnet. Lag oppskrift på hvordan få passende ikon på plass ? gjerne et skript for å få dette til>
+<para>Det som enkelt kan gjøres er å slette alle ikoner, og legge inn nye som fungerer for _alle_ brukere under ett. Dette ble nevnt under oppgraderingen, men dere skulle se på det selv. <fixme: Her er skolen oppgradert fra woody til sarge-utgaven av Skolelinux. Enkelte programikon har forsvunnet. Lag oppskrift på hvordan få passende ikon på plass ? gjerne et skript for å få dette til>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: Ønskede snarveier til programmer ligger på ønsket sted, logg inn og se at endringene er er skjedd og at alle snarveiene fungerer.
@@ -5273,9 +5275,9 @@ Valideringsrutine: De uønskede varslene kommer ikke lenger
<section>
<title>Problem: Vi må ringe skolen for å få IT-kontakten til å omstarte maskinen med å trykke på strømbryteren.
</title>
-<para>Serveren din måtte rebootes i natt, for å få "løs" disken, slik at vi kan få satt igang backupen igjen. Serveren klart ikke å reboote, > sannsynligvis fordi disken "henger hardt". Det betyr at noen må Slå maskinen fysisk av og på. <fixme: Å reboote lokalt er uønsket sålenge folk sitter med sentral drift> Dette kan ikke unngåes fullstendig, maskinen kan låses seg blant annet under forstørring av disk.
+<para>Serveren din måtte rebootes i natt, for å få "løs" disken, slik at vi kan få satt igang backupen igjen. Serveren klart ikke å reboote, > sannsynligvis fordi disken "henger hardt". Det betyr at noen må Slå maskinen fysisk av og på. <fixme: Å reboote lokalt er uønsket sålenge folk sitter med sentral drift> Dette kan ikke unngåes fullstendig, maskinen kan låses seg blant annet under forstørring av disk.
</para>
-<para><fixme: skriv veiviser>
+<para><fixme: skriv veiviser>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: Maskinen starter opp igjen og alle tjenester fungerer
@@ -5291,9 +5293,9 @@ Valideringsrutine: De uønskede varslene kommer ikke lenger
<section>
<title>Problem: PC-en kræsjer når jeg kobler til USB-ting. Hva gjør jeg?
</title>
-<para>Når jeg søker på fil på mitt hjemmeområde, med USB-penn innsatt, låste lessdisken to ganger på rad! <fixme: Hvordan fungerer halvtykke klienter med lessdisks. Skyldes denne feilen adgangsrettigheter eller hva>
+<para>Når jeg søker på fil på mitt hjemmeområde, med USB-penn innsatt, låste lessdisken to ganger på rad! <fixme: Hvordan fungerer halvtykke klienter med lessdisks. Skyldes denne feilen adgangsrettigheter eller hva>
</para>
-<para><fixme: skriv veiviser>
+<para><fixme: skriv veiviser>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: Koble til en usb-enhet og se at ikke klienten fryser, se også at du har tilgang til å gå inn på usb-enheten.
@@ -5311,7 +5313,7 @@ Valideringsrutine: De uønskede varslene kommer ikke lenger
</title>
<para>GRUB er satt opp til å peke på feil diskpartisjon.
</para>
-<para><fixme: skriv veiviser>
+<para><fixme: skriv veiviser>
</para>
<para>Can not write to dev/console kode 432 .
</para>
@@ -5331,9 +5333,9 @@ Valideringsrutine: De uønskede varslene kommer ikke lenger
<section>
<title>Problem: Halvtykke klienter og arbeidsstasjoner mangler lydstøtte.
</title>
-<para><fixme: skriv veiviser>
+<para><fixme: skriv veiviser>
</para>
-<para><fixme: Vi vet ikke hvordan dette bør gjøres mest mulig effektivt i dag. Man kan f.eks. Melde inn grupper med tilgang til lyd, cdrom og floppy (sound, cdrom, ol.)>
+<para><fixme: Vi vet ikke hvordan dette bør gjøres mest mulig effektivt i dag. Man kan f.eks. Melde inn grupper med tilgang til lyd, cdrom og floppy (sound, cdrom, ol.)>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: Test lyd på halvtykke og tykke klienter og skjekk etter at lyden er akseptabel.
@@ -5349,9 +5351,9 @@ Valideringsrutine: De uønskede varslene kommer ikke lenger
<section>
<title>Problem: PC-ene virker ikke. Etter å ha ringt servicekontorer får vi beskjed at systemet er nede for vedlikehold
</title>
-<para><fixme: skriv veiviser>
+<para><fixme: skriv veiviser>
</para>
-<para>Skolene i hele kommunen vil gjerne ha mer informasjon ved driftsstans o.l. F.eks dersom en tynnklientserver må restartes ønskes dette ettermeldt. <fixme: Her er det tydeligvis slik at skolen ikke er orientert om driftsstans på utstyr. Dette må meldes på forhånd til IT-kontakten på de aktuelle skolene, slik at de er beredt til å ta alle henvendelser planlagt driftsstans kan medføre>
+<para>Skolene i hele kommunen vil gjerne ha mer informasjon ved driftsstans o.l. F.eks dersom en tynnklientserver må restartes ønskes dette ettermeldt. <fixme: Her er det tydeligvis slik at skolen ikke er orientert om driftsstans på utstyr. Dette må meldes på forhånd til IT-kontakten på de aktuelle skolene, slik at de er beredt til å ta alle henvendelser planlagt driftsstans kan medføre>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Valideringsrutine: Skoler får beskjed når tjenester ikke er oppe
@@ -5367,7 +5369,7 @@ Valideringsrutine: De uønskede varslene kommer ikke lenger
<section>
<title>Problem: Skolen har fått uønsket høy telefonregning
</title>
-<para><fixme: skriv veiviser>
+<para><fixme: skriv veiviser>
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[gjelder sarge pr06:
@@ -5391,7 +5393,7 @@ Valideringsrutine: Telefonregningen blir lavere
</section>
</section>
</section>
-<para><FIXME: Her bør det inn noe om hva disse overskriftene er for noe. Starten fikk meg til å lure på om innholdet manglet mens overskriftne var ført inn - Petter>
+<para><FIXME: Her bør det inn noe om hva disse overskriftene er for noe. Starten fikk meg til å lure på om innholdet manglet mens overskriftne var ført inn - Petter>
</para>
<section id="Konfigurasjonstyring">
@@ -5434,31 +5436,31 @@ Valideringsrutine: Telefonregningen blir lavere
</title>
<para>For å få på plass passende konfigurering har vi laget forskjellige veivisere. De er gruppert opp i forskjellige underkapitler som gjør det enklere å finne.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Oppgraderinger -
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Oppgraderinger -
</emphasis> Det skjer som oftest for å tette sikkerhetshull. Det er mer sjeldent å oppgradere fordi programvaren kommer i ny versjon. Å legge til nye program forklares i delen om brukerprogram. Denne delen handler om oppgradering til ny versjon av systemet, eller sikkerhetsoppgraderinger.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Maskinvare
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Maskinvare
</emphasis> - Veksten i bruken av Linux har gitt bedre støtte for forskjellig maskinvare. Automatisk gjenkjenning av maskinvare har gjort at man slipper å finne ut av hvilke Linux-moduler som må på plass. Det gjør at scsi-disker og skjermkortet stort sett virker av seg selv uten plunder og heft som var situasjonen for 6-7 år siden. Som med all maskinvare kan det allikevel være justeringer som er nødvendig.
</para>
<para>Klientteknologi - Det er mange klienttyper som kan kobles til et datanett med Skolelinux. F.eks. er det svært lurt å ta i bruk halvtykke klienter med LTSP (diskløse arbeidsstasjoner). Da får man full utnyttelse av nyere maskiner. Noen setter opp grafiske terminaler med FreeNX. Også bærbare maskiner er det mange som vil koble til Skolelinux-nettet. Dette er i tillegg til tynnklienter som mange bruker for å gjenbruke PC-er med 133-300 MHz prosessor.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Disklagre
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Disklagre
</emphasis> - En del ganger kan det være lurt å øke størrelsen på hjemmeområdene til elevene eller legge til plass til installasjon av halvtykke klienter (diskløse arbeidsstasjoner). Da må man sett opp disklageret slik at dette går greit.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Skrivere
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Skrivere
</emphasis> - Skrivere er kanskje den delen av datanettet som krever mest vedlikehold. Derfor er oppsett av skrivere viktig. Det gjelder både med hvem som kan skrive ut på de forskjellige skriverne og at de virker som forventet.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Nettverket
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Nettverket
</emphasis> - Erfaringer fra kommuner som drift Skolelinux sentralt er at flere av dem gjør justeringer. Det kan være å sette fast IP-adresse eller flytte tjenester som f.eks backup til en tjenermaskin på kommunehuset. Hensikten er å utnytte kapasiteten på nettverket på en best mulig måte uten å legge inn begrensninger på bruken av klientmaskinene.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Tjenester og samvirke
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Tjenester og samvirke
</emphasis>- Alle tjenere i Skolelinux-nettet kan plasseres på forskjellige maskiner. Det gjør systemet enkelt å utvide. Man kan med små grep drifte Skolelinux fra et sentralt sted.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Brukerprogram
-</emphasis> - De fleste vil legge til flash og mediespiller i nettleseren. Noen vil ha egen skolemeny til bestemte elever. Man vil kanskje bruke en nyere utgave av <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Brukerprogram
+</emphasis> - De fleste vil legge til flash og mediespiller i nettleseren. Noen vil ha egen skolemeny til bestemte elever. Man vil kanskje bruke en nyere utgave av <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink>.org eller legge til ekstra brukerprogram. Det kan også hende man må gjøre endringer i oppsettet for å motvirke feil eller mangler i programvaren.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Brukerforvaltning
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Brukerforvaltning
</emphasis> - Det følger med en standard katalogtjener med Skolelinux slik at det er enkelt å håndtere alle brukere et sentralt sted. Noen kommuner har plassert katalogtjeneren på sentral tjenermaskin, eller i kombinasjon med lokal tjener på skoler avhengig av nettkapasitet.
</para>
</section>
@@ -5473,21 +5475,21 @@ Valideringsrutine: Telefonregningen blir lavere
<section>
<title>Ny versjon av OpenOffice.org
</title>
-<para>Brukertilfelle: Oppgradere til <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>Brukertilfelle: Oppgradere til <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink>.org versjon 2.0.X
</para>
<para>Forfatter: Thor Hauknes.
</para>
<para>Etter mye hjelp fra flere på lista har jeg fått installert openoffice 2.0, samt satt default filtype til MS-formater. Her er en steg for steg beskrivelse:
</para>
-<para>Installere <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>Installere <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink> 2.0:
</para>
<para>Legg disse linjene til /etc/apt/sources.list
</para>
<para># backports for ooffice 2.0 etc
</para>
-<para>deb <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/debian/'>http://www.backports.org/debian/
+<para>deb <ulink url="http://www.backports.org/debian/">http://www.backports.org/debian/
</ulink> sarge-backports main
</para>
<para>Åpne et skall:
@@ -5528,18 +5530,18 @@ Valideringsrutine: Telefonregningen blir lavere
</para>
<para>Edit the following lines in
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Setup-writer.xcu (this same default filter line appears twice in this file)
-<para><prop oor:name="ooSetupFactoryDefaultFilter">
+<para><prop oor:name="ooSetupFactoryDefaultFilter">
</para>
-<para><value>MS Word 97</value>
+<para><value>MS Word 97</value>
</para>Setup-calc.xcu
-<para><prop oor:name="ooSetupFactoryDefaultFilter">
+<para><prop oor:name="ooSetupFactoryDefaultFilter">
</para>
-<para><value>MS Excel 97</value>
+<para><value>MS Excel 97</value>
</para>Setup-impress.xcu
-<para><prop oor:name="ooSetupFactoryDefaultFilter">
+<para><prop oor:name="ooSetupFactoryDefaultFilter">
</para>
-<para><value>MS <ulink url='/PowerPoint'>PowerPoint
-</ulink> 97</value>
+<para><value>MS <ulink url="/PowerPoint">PowerPoint
+</ulink> 97</value>
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -5552,8 +5554,8 @@ Valideringsrutine: Telefonregningen blir lavere
<section>
<title>Verifikasjon
</title>
-<para>Start opp <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
-</ulink> Writer og se at stavekontroll fungerer, skriv så et lite dokument, velg lagre så du ser at den som standard vil lagre som doc. Test også utskrift og de andre <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>Start opp <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
+</ulink> Writer og se at stavekontroll fungerer, skriv så et lite dokument, velg lagre så du ser at den som standard vil lagre som doc. Test også utskrift og de andre <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink> programene som Calc etc.
</para>
</section>
@@ -5565,12 +5567,12 @@ Valideringsrutine: Telefonregningen blir lavere
</section>
<section>
-<title>Oppgradere Skolelinux 1.0 -> 2.0
+<title>Oppgradere Skolelinux 1.0 -> 2.0
</title>
<para>Brukertilfelle: Oppgradering mellom versjoner av Skolelinux.
</para>
-<para>Deler av teksten er kopiert fra tekst som Finn-Arne Johansen i <ulink url='/BzzWare'>BzzWare
-</ulink> AS har skrevet. Orginalteksten finner du på <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0
+<para>Deler av teksten er kopiert fra tekst som Finn-Arne Johansen i <ulink url="/BzzWare">BzzWare
+</ulink> AS har skrevet. Orginalteksten finner du på <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0
</ulink>
</para>
<para>Forfatter: Andreas Johansen, Knut Yrvin
@@ -5581,7 +5583,7 @@ Valideringsrutine: Telefonregningen blir lavere
</title>
<para>Ta backup av hjemmekataloger og ldap på ekstern maskin. Installer Skolelinux 2.0 på tjenermaskin med automatisk reformatering av harddisken. Kopier tilbake hjemmekataloger og sett opp LDAP. Dette er en rask og grei løsning.
</para>
-<para><fixme: Inn med oppskriften om å legge på plass LDAP>
+<para><fixme: Inn med oppskriften om å legge på plass LDAP>
</para>
<para>Man må passe på at rettighetene bruker-id og gruppe-id er riktig satt på hjemmekatalogene til brukerne. Dette kan gjøres med
</para>
@@ -5606,10 +5608,10 @@ Valideringsrutine: Telefonregningen blir lavere
<section>
<title>Løsning 2
</title>
-<para>Dette er en kort veiviser basert på oppgraderinger gjort av <ulink url='/BzzWare'>BzzWare
+<para>Dette er en kort veiviser basert på oppgraderinger gjort av <ulink url="/BzzWare">BzzWare
</ulink> AS. Oppgraderingene er i hovedsak fra Skolelinux Venus (Woody) til Skolelinux basert på Sarge.
</para>
-<para>Ansvarsfritak. <ulink url='/BzzWare'>BzzWare
+<para>Ansvarsfritak. <ulink url="/BzzWare">BzzWare
</ulink> AS tar ikke ansvar for det som blir gjort av de som bruker denne oppskriften. Men vi og flere andre profesjonelle aktører gir støtte til oppgradering om det er ønsket. Ta gjerne kontakt.
</para>
<para>Dette er en tidlig veviser. Finner du punkter som må forbedres kan dette legges direkte inn i dokumentet på wiki.
@@ -5701,7 +5703,7 @@ exit
]]>
</screen>
<para>Etter oppgraderingen er uført bør man sjekke at anbefalte pakker som debian-edu-* og education-* er installert. Du kan også bruke aptitude for å fjerne pakker som ikke har avhengigheter til pakkene i debian-edu-*<computeroutput>{{{
-</computeroutput>^}}} og education-* . <emphasis role='strong'>Men vær varsom. Dette kan ødelegge systemet.
+</computeroutput>^}}} og education-* . <emphasis role="strong">Men vær varsom. Dette kan ødelegge systemet.
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
@@ -5823,7 +5825,7 @@ grep -e "^\* *#any host can get a login window" /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess || \
<section>
<title>Tynne klienter
</title>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Denne oppskriften er delvis utdatert fordi den bruker ltsp4.x i steden for den nye debian-baserte ltsp-en
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Denne oppskriften er delvis utdatert fordi den bruker ltsp4.x i steden for den nye debian-baserte ltsp-en
</emphasis>. Sjekk om /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf peker til rett oppsettfil.
</para>
<para>
@@ -5855,8 +5857,8 @@ sudo /etc/init.d/inetd restart
<section>
<title>Verifikasjon
</title>
-<para>Start opp alle klienter og se at de får opp innloggingsbildet. Test at du får logget inn og at du får opp hjemmeområdet. Test også at de programmene <emphasis role='underline'>deres
-</emphasis> skole bruker mye fungerer, som <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>Start opp alle klienter og se at de får opp innloggingsbildet. Test at du får logget inn og at du får opp hjemmeområdet. Test også at de programmene <emphasis role="underline">deres
+</emphasis> skole bruker mye fungerer, som <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink> f.eks
</para>
</section>
@@ -5872,7 +5874,7 @@ sudo /etc/init.d/inetd restart
</title>
<para>Brukertilfelle: Oppgradering mellom versjoner av Skolelinux.
</para>
-<para>Ta backup av hjemmekataloger, ldap, etc <fixme: er dette nok?>
+<para>Ta backup av hjemmekataloger, ldap, etc <fixme: er dette nok?>
</para>
<para>- Hva ønskes konfigurert
</para>
@@ -5906,7 +5908,7 @@ sudo /etc/init.d/inetd restart
</para>
<para>Det er mange klienttyper som kan kobles til et datanett med Skolelinux. F.eks. er det svært lurt å ta i bruk halvtykke klienter med LTSP (diskløse arbeidsstasjoner). Da får man full utnyttelse av nyere maskiner. Noen setter opp grafiske terminaler med FreeNX. Også bærbare maskiner er det mange som vil koble til Skolelinux-nettet. Dette er i tillegg til tynnklienter som mange bruker for å gjenbruke PC-er med 133-300 MHz prosessor.
</para>
-<para>Mange ønsker å koble til USB-minne, digitalkamera og skannere. <fixme: skriv litt mer om periferiutstyr>
+<para>Mange ønsker å koble til USB-minne, digitalkamera og skannere. <fixme: skriv litt mer om periferiutstyr>
</para>
<section>
@@ -5918,7 +5920,7 @@ sudo /etc/init.d/inetd restart
</title>
<para>Man må sette parameteret «SOUND =Y» i fila /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf
</para>
-<para><Fixme: Sjekk om fila ligger der>
+<para><Fixme: Sjekk om fila ligger der>
</para>
<para>Det ser slik ut:
</para>
@@ -5939,7 +5941,7 @@ sudo /etc/init.d/inetd restart
</para>
<para>'esddsp', '-m','--server=%s:16001' % (self.ip)
</para>
-<para><fixme: legg inn skript som kan klippes rett inn som starter tuxmath og gcompris med esddsp>
+<para><fixme: legg inn skript som kan klippes rett inn som starter tuxmath og gcompris med esddsp>
</para>
</section>
@@ -5984,7 +5986,7 @@ sudo /etc/init.d/inetd restart
</listitem><listitem>CD-ROM er støttet på tynnklienter i følge LTSP-prosjektet. Vi er ikke kjent med skoler som har dette. CD-ROM viker greit på halvtykke klienter (diskløse arbeidsstasjoner).
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>Se: <ulink url='http://wiki.ltsp.org/twiki/bin/view/Ltsp/LocalMedia'>http://wiki.ltsp.org/twiki/bin/view/Ltsp/LocalMedia
+<para>Se: <ulink url="http://wiki.ltsp.org/twiki/bin/view/Ltsp/LocalMedia">http://wiki.ltsp.org/twiki/bin/view/Ltsp/LocalMedia
</ulink>
</para>
<para>Man trenger klientmaskiner med skjermkort som settes opp automatisk. Ellers kan man bestemme dette for hånd i en fil med innstillinger for de aktuelle klientene. Ikke bruk maskiner med gamle ISA-baserte skjermkort. De er mulig å sette opp, men tar alt for lang tid.
@@ -5995,11 +5997,11 @@ sudo /etc/init.d/inetd restart
</para>
<para>Vi har sett at penger spart ved ikke å skaffe nettverkskort med PXE, fort går tapt på tiden man må bruke ekstra for å få maskinene til og virke med floppydisk. Det går raskere å dytte inn et nettverkskort med PXE enn og lage diskett. Derfor er det standard i flere kommuner å få på plass PXE på alle klientmaskiner. Ofte har også nyere brukt utstyr PXE som standard.
</para>
-<para>Mangler PXE på nettverkskortet må man lage en oppstartsdiskett som gir samme effekt. Først må du finne fram til <ulink url='#universalboot'>Seksjon 8.7.3
-</ulink>. Dette er en slags universall oppstartsdisk med støtte for 30 av de mest vanlige nettverkskortene. Hvis dette ikke virker kan du oppsøke <ulink url='http://www.rom-o-matic.com/'>rom-o-matic.com
+<para>Mangler PXE på nettverkskortet må man lage en oppstartsdiskett som gir samme effekt. Først må du finne fram til <ulink url="#universalboot">Seksjon 8.7.3
+</ulink>. Dette er en slags universall oppstartsdisk med støtte for 30 av de mest vanlige nettverkskortene. Hvis dette ikke virker kan du oppsøke <ulink url="http://www.rom-o-matic.com/">rom-o-matic.com
</ulink>og følge instruksjonene for å lage oppstartsdiskett. Oppstartsdiskene kan lages på Windows, Linux eller Mac.
</para>
-<para>Man trenger minst 32 MB minne <ulink url='#FTN.AEN315'>[3
+<para>Man trenger minst 32 MB minne <ulink url="#FTN.AEN315">[3
</ulink>] på thin client. På Skolelinux/Debian-edu er det mulig å bruke mellomlager (swap) over nett-filsystemet (NFS) på thin client. Dette gjøres automatisk etter MAC-adressen er lagt til for thin client. Den legges i <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf
</computeroutput>. Se på
</para>
@@ -6011,7 +6013,7 @@ sudo /etc/init.d/inetd restart
]]>
</screen>
<para>I dette tilfellet kjøres mellomlager over nett-filsystemet. Størrelsen på mellomlageret er 32 MB.Filen til mellomlageret lages på tynnklient-tjeneren. Sørg for å ha nok plass på diskpartisjonen <computeroutput>/var/opt/ltsp/swapfiles
-</computeroutput>. Om dette mangler kan man øke plassen med logisk volumhåndtering <ulink url='#lvm-swapfiles'>Seksjon 8.5.5
+</computeroutput>. Om dette mangler kan man øke plassen med logisk volumhåndtering <ulink url="#lvm-swapfiles">Seksjon 8.5.5
</ulink>.
</para>
@@ -6045,13 +6047,13 @@ sudo /etc/init.d/inetd restart
</listitem><listitem>Avansert videoredigering trenger 1,5 GHz prosessor.
</listitem><listitem>Profilen til arbeidsstasjon egner seg kun for tilkobling til Skolelinux-nettet. Skal du installere en PC hjemme, bruk profilen Frittstående.
</listitem><listitem>
-<para>For bærbare maskiner brukes Frittstående-profilen eller <ulink url='/KubuntuFølg'>KubuntuFølg
+<para>For bærbare maskiner brukes Frittstående-profilen eller <ulink url="/KubuntuFølg">KubuntuFølg
</ulink> så oppskriften til Andreas Johansen og Klaus Ade Johnstad.
</para>
</listitem><listitem>Arbeidsstasjon-profilen brukes uten andre profiler på en PC. Det er mulig å kombinere hovedtjener og arbeidsstasjon, men ikke vanlig. Arbeidsstasjon-profilen følger på i profilen for tynnklient-tjener.
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>En maskin med 450 MHz prosessor er helt greit. Har du en stor harddisk, og vil bruke den til noe nyttig, kan du legge til et logisk volum på maskinen. Denne kan man lagre filmopptak, video, bilder og CD-bilder. Se egen forklaring <fixme: forklar hvordan stor lokal disk kan brukes til fordel for andre oppgaver seksjon 8.4 hos Klaus>
+<para>En maskin med 450 MHz prosessor er helt greit. Har du en stor harddisk, og vil bruke den til noe nyttig, kan du legge til et logisk volum på maskinen. Denne kan man lagre filmopptak, video, bilder og CD-bilder. Se egen forklaring <fixme: forklar hvordan stor lokal disk kan brukes til fordel for andre oppgaver seksjon 8.4 hos Klaus>
</para>
<para>Har man en liten harddisk men mye minne, kan mellomlageret ta nesten hele harddisken. F.eks. har maskinen 940 MB minne så tar mellomlageret (swap) nesten 2 GB. Om du mener dette er for mye kan man redusere størrelsen på minnet som blir oppdaget under installasjon. Gjør følgende under installasjon av Skolelinux/Debian-edu
</para>
@@ -6062,12 +6064,12 @@ sudo /etc/init.d/inetd restart
</screen>
<para>TIPS!
</para>
-<para>På denne måten tror installasjonen at den bare ser 64 MB med minne, og tar bare 128 MB stort mellomlager (swap). Se <ulink url='#boot'>Figur 6-1
+<para>På denne måten tror installasjonen at den bare ser 64 MB med minne, og tar bare 128 MB stort mellomlager (swap). Se <ulink url="#boot">Figur 6-1
</ulink>. Dette er under den første delen av installasjonen at man oppdager lite minne. Senere vil alt minne brukes. Men det kan hende at man senere vil installere en Linux-kjerne som støtter opptil 4 GB minne.
</para>
<para>Det er også mulig å bestemme størrelsen som Skolelinux/Debian-edu bruker av harddisken under automatisk oppdeling av disken. Se under <computeroutput>/etc/autopartkit/
-</computeroutput> under installasjon <emphasis role='strong'>ALT
-</emphasis>-<emphasis role='strong'>F2
+</computeroutput> under installasjon <emphasis role="strong">ALT
+</emphasis>-<emphasis role="strong">F2
</emphasis> og et skriveprogram nano for å redigere filen. Merk: dette er for avanserte brukere.
</para>
@@ -6105,13 +6107,13 @@ sudo /etc/init.d/inetd restart
</para>
<para>Instalere kubuntu breezy;
</para>
-<para>Oppdatere apt sources med univserse og multiverse. Dette gjøres ved å fjerne kommenteringen for universe linjen i /etc/apt/sources.list, og så legge til multiverse etterpå.<fixme legg inn eksempel av sources.list>
+<para>Oppdatere apt sources med univserse og multiverse. Dette gjøres ved å fjerne kommenteringen for universe linjen i /etc/apt/sources.list, og så legge til multiverse etterpå.<fixme legg inn eksempel av sources.list>
</para>
<para>"sudo apt-get install tuxpaint ssh firefox (wpasupplicant) ifplugd nfs-common autofs-ldap ldap-utils libldap2 libnss-ldap libpam-ldap nscd gcompris kcalc gimp kalzium kig inkscape scribus libflash-mozplugin openoffice.org-l10n-nb myspell-nb"
</para>
-<para><fixme legg til nynorsk oppsett og støtte for lyd/video>
+<para><fixme legg til nynorsk oppsett og støtte for lyd/video>
</para>
-<para>Så legg inn ldap og autofs-delene fra en skolelinuxmaskin <ulink url='http://www.dr3as.net/%7Edr3as/skolelinux.ldap.autofs.tgz'>skolelinux.ldap.autofs.tgz
+<para>Så legg inn ldap og autofs-delene fra en skolelinuxmaskin <ulink url="http://www.dr3as.net/%7Edr3as/skolelinux.ldap.autofs.tgz">skolelinux.ldap.autofs.tgz
</ulink>
</para>
<para>
@@ -6123,7 +6125,7 @@ For at maskinen skal få montert området må den være godkjent på serveren, d
Hvordan dette gjøre står forklart i klaus sin driftsbok.<fixme endre til hvor vi vil ha det liggende i vår driftsbok>
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Hent fil: <ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.no/~klaus/skolelinux.ldap.autofs.tgz'>http://www.skolelinux.no/~klaus/skolelinux.ldap.autofs.tgz
+<para>Hent fil: <ulink url="http://www.skolelinux.no/~klaus/skolelinux.ldap.autofs.tgz">http://www.skolelinux.no/~klaus/skolelinux.ldap.autofs.tgz
</ulink>
</para>
<para>Vis det er trådløst nett som skal brukes anbefaler jeg å bruke wpasupplicant til å sette dette opp;
@@ -6140,7 +6142,7 @@ Hvordan dette gjøre står forklart i klaus sin driftsbok.<fixme endre til hvor
<section>
<title>Verifikasjon
</title>
-<para>Start opp den trådløse og prøv å logg inn. Start opp programmer som <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>Start opp den trådløse og prøv å logg inn. Start opp programmer som <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink> og Firefox og se at dette fungerer fint. Se også at utskrift er iorden og at riktige språkpakker til programmer og stavekontroller er installert.
</para>
</section>
@@ -6153,13 +6155,13 @@ Hvordan dette gjøre står forklart i klaus sin driftsbok.<fixme endre til hvor
</para>
<para>Først installer Kubuntu Breezy
</para>
-<para> Oppdatere apt sources med univserse og multiverse. Dette gjøres ved å fjerne kommenteringen for universe linjen i /etc/apt/sources.list, og så legge til multiverse etterpå.<fixme legg inn eksempel av sources.list>
+<para> Oppdatere apt sources med univserse og multiverse. Dette gjøres ved å fjerne kommenteringen for universe linjen i /etc/apt/sources.list, og så legge til multiverse etterpå.<fixme legg inn eksempel av sources.list>
</para>
<para> Legge til ved hjelp av "sudo apt-get install unison2.9.1 unison2.9.1-gtk ssh firefox <computeroutput>tuxpaint
</computeroutput> <computeroutput>gcompris kcalc gimp kalzium kig inkscape scribus libflash-mozplugin openoffice.org-l10n-nb myspell-nb"
</computeroutput>
</para>
-<para><fixme legg til nynorsk oppsett og støtte for lyd/video>
+<para><fixme legg til nynorsk oppsett og støtte for lyd/video>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Husk bruk 2.9.1 versjon av Unison, standard versjon av Unison i kubuntu er 2.10 som ikke fungerer sammen med 2.9, og det er 2.9 som ligger i Skolelinux.
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -6215,7 +6217,7 @@ Hvordan dette gjøre står forklart i klaus sin driftsbok.<fixme endre til hvor
<section>
<title>Andreas spør Klaus: USB-penn på tynnklienter
</title>
-<para><fixme: Andreas spør Klaus>
+<para><fixme: Andreas spør Klaus>
</para>
<para>Her er det oppsett av USB-penn på Skolelinux 2.0 og ny LTSP. Man må også gjøre dette på LTSP 4.1.
</para>
@@ -6250,7 +6252,7 @@ Hvordan dette gjøre står forklart i klaus sin driftsbok.<fixme endre til hvor
</para>
<para>Forfatter: Ronny Aasen
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation
+<para><ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation
</ulink>
</para>
<para>Medforfatter: Knut Yrvin, Andreas Johansen, Klaus Ade Johnstad
@@ -6276,7 +6278,7 @@ Hvordan dette gjøre står forklart i klaus sin driftsbok.<fixme endre til hvor
</listitem><listitem>En nyinstallert skole med Skolelinux 2.0 tynnklient-tjener for kjøring av halvtykke klienter
</listitem><listitem>Kombinert tjener virker bra (Man trenger ikke å redigere pxelinux.cfg/default og i dhcpd.conf trenger man kun å skru på støtte for arbeidsstasjoner).
</listitem><listitem>
-<para>OBS: Nok plass i /opt-katalogen. Les om hvordan dette gjøres <fixme: lenkel til LVM-oppskriften til Klaus>
+<para>OBS: Nok plass i /opt-katalogen. Les om hvordan dette gjøres <fixme: lenkel til LVM-oppskriften til Klaus>
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -6369,7 +6371,7 @@ label ltsp
<section>
<title>Unntakshåndtering
</title>
-<para>Man må erstatte <emphasis role='underline'>ltspserver00
+<para>Man må erstatte <emphasis role="underline">ltspserver00
</emphasis> med den ltsp-serveren som der er kjørt skriptet<emphasis> ltsp-make-client
</emphasis> på.
</para>
@@ -6393,13 +6395,13 @@ label ltsp
<section>
<title>Knut følger opp Hurum: Sette opp grafiske terminaler med Free NX
</title>
-<para><fixme: Ta kontakt med Hurum>
+<para><fixme: Ta kontakt med Hurum>
</para>
<para>Sette opp grafiske terminaler med Free NX (som gjør det samme som Citrix)
</para>
<para>Aksel Celasun har sendt denne oppskriften.
</para>
-<para><ulink url='http://fedoranews.org/contributors/rick_stout/freenx/'>http://fedoranews.org/contributors/rick_stout/freenx/
+<para><ulink url="http://fedoranews.org/contributors/rick_stout/freenx/">http://fedoranews.org/contributors/rick_stout/freenx/
</ulink>
</para>
<para>Det som mangler er en beksrivelse av hvordan man kobler K12LTSP-tjener til hovedtjener.
@@ -6487,7 +6489,7 @@ label ltsp
</para>
<para>/var/spool/squid - mellomlager til mellomtjener (proxy)
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Installer ash
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Installer ash
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Man vil kanskje ha ash installert på systemet for denne øvelsen. ash er på CD-en, men installeres ikke som standard.
@@ -6560,38 +6562,38 @@ Setting up ash (0.5.2-5) ...
<para>Flrst må man undersøke hvor mye plass som er ledig til dette<computeroutput>vg_data
</computeroutput>
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>vgdisplay /dev/vg_data
+<para><emphasis role="strong">vgdisplay /dev/vg_data
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>eller kanskje det er mer plass i <computeroutput>vg_system
</computeroutput>
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>vgdisplay /dev/vg_system
+<para><emphasis role="strong">vgdisplay /dev/vg_system
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Et annet valg som gir samme type informasjon er
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>pvscan
+<para><emphasis role="strong">pvscan
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Man må lage et monteringspunkt <computeroutput>/skole/video
</computeroutput>
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>mkdir /skole/video
+<para><emphasis role="strong">mkdir /skole/video
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Så lages et nytt volum
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>lvcreate --size 2G --name lv_video vg_data
+<para><emphasis role="strong">lvcreate --size 2G --name lv_video vg_data
</emphasis>
</para>
-<para>I dette eksemplet er størrelsen 2GB. Se på <ulink url='#lvm-home0'>lvm-home0
+<para>I dette eksemplet er størrelsen 2GB. Se på <ulink url="#lvm-home0">lvm-home0
</ulink> for finne ut hvordan man kan endre størrelsen. Så må man lage filsystem
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>mke2fs -j /dev/vg_data/lv_video
+<para><emphasis role="strong">mke2fs -j /dev/vg_data/lv_video
</emphasis>
</para>
-<para>Så legger man til den nye partisjonen med en passende <ulink url='#kwrite'>tekstredigerer
+<para>Så legger man til den nye partisjonen med en passende <ulink url="#kwrite">tekstredigerer
</ulink> i <computeroutput>/etc/fstab
</computeroutput>. Alternativt blir ikke det nye volumet montert under oppstart. I vårt eksempel føyer vi til den nye linjen på slutten av <computeroutput>/etc/fstab
</computeroutput>
@@ -6601,7 +6603,7 @@ Setting up ash (0.5.2-5) ...
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Nå kan man teste den nye partisjonen ved å montere den for hånd med <emphasis role='strong'>mount /skole/video
+<para>Nå kan man teste den nye partisjonen ved å montere den for hånd med <emphasis role="strong">mount /skole/video
</emphasis>. Se på størrelsen med
</para>
<para>
@@ -6646,14 +6648,14 @@ Setting up ash (0.5.2-5) ...
</para>
<para>Varsel 2: <fixme:
</para>
-<para>Oppskriften har ikke blitt testet godt nok i Sarge-utgaven av Skolelinux. Dette er et varsel om at det virker å legge til nye volum i autofs, men at denne oppskriften må kvalitetssikres>
+<para>Oppskriften har ikke blitt testet godt nok i Sarge-utgaven av Skolelinux. Dette er et varsel om at det virker å legge til nye volum i autofs, men at denne oppskriften må kvalitetssikres>
</para>
<section>
<title>Løsning
</title>
-<para>Skolelinux/Debian-edu bruker autofs for å eksportere partisjoner til maskiner som trenger dem. F.eks. <ulink url='#workstation'>arbeidsstasjoner
-</ulink> og <ulink url='#ltspserver'>tynnklienttjenere
+<para>Skolelinux/Debian-edu bruker autofs for å eksportere partisjoner til maskiner som trenger dem. F.eks. <ulink url="#workstation">arbeidsstasjoner
+</ulink> og <ulink url="#ltspserver">tynnklienttjenere
</ulink> trenger å montere filområdet fra andre maskiner for å tilby f.eks. hjemmekataloger. Eksempler er <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home1
</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home2
</computeroutput>. Så her må man være sikker på at man også eksporterer med <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0
@@ -6738,7 +6740,7 @@ slapadd -l /root/video.ldif
</para>
<para>Vi legger til hele disken, uten å partisjonere den først.
</para>
-<para>Først brukes kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>pvscan
+<para>Først brukes kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">pvscan
</emphasis> for å se hva vi har
</para>
<para>
@@ -6748,7 +6750,7 @@ slapadd -l /root/video.ldif
Total: 2 [4.67 GB] / in use: 2 [4.67 GB] / in no VG: 0 [0 ]
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Så lages en volumgruppe-beskrivelse på disken med kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>pvcreate
+<para>Så lages en volumgruppe-beskrivelse på disken med kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">pvcreate
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
@@ -6757,7 +6759,7 @@ slapadd -l /root/video.ldif
]]>
</screen>
<para>Så legger vi til hele disken <computeroutput>/dev/hdb
-</computeroutput> til volumgruppa <emphasis role='strong'>vg_data
+</computeroutput> til volumgruppa <emphasis role="strong">vg_data
</emphasis> med kommandoen
</para>
<para>
@@ -6766,7 +6768,7 @@ slapadd -l /root/video.ldif
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Så brukes <emphasis role='strong'>pvscan
+<para>Så brukes <emphasis role="strong">pvscan
</emphasis> igjen for å bekrefte at man har fått lagt til <computeroutput>/dev/hdb
</computeroutput> til <computeroutput>vg_data
</computeroutput>
@@ -6780,8 +6782,8 @@ slapadd -l /root/video.ldif
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Det ser greit ut hvordan man endrer størrelsen til volumgruppene <ulink url='#lvm-home0'>lv_home
-</ulink> eller <ulink url='#lvm-backup'>lv_backup
+<para>Det ser greit ut hvordan man endrer størrelsen til volumgruppene <ulink url="#lvm-home0">lv_home
+</ulink> eller <ulink url="#lvm-backup">lv_backup
</ulink> med mer enn det opprinnelige 800M som var ledig. Nå skal vi øke <computeroutput>/skole/backup
</computeroutput> med 1000M som betyr at <computeroutput>/skole/backup
</computeroutput> spenner over to forskjellige harddisker.
@@ -6852,16 +6854,16 @@ tjener:~# pvscan
</title>
<para>Noen ganger kan ting gå skikkelig galt. Systemet blir skikkelig kludret til. Da er det kjekt å ha en cd med en Knoppix liggende klar til bruk.
</para>
-<para>Håper du har lastet ned eller skaffet en Knoppix-cd som ble anbefalt å gjøre i <ulink url='#getcdrom'>Seksjon 6.1
+<para>Håper du har lastet ned eller skaffet en Knoppix-cd som ble anbefalt å gjøre i <ulink url="#getcdrom">Seksjon 6.1
</ulink>
</para>
<para>Vi bruker Knoppix_v4.0 som eksempel. Andre nyere utgave av Knoppix eller tilsvarende live-cd-er bør også virke bra
</para>
-<para>Start opp maskinen som ikke virker med live-cd-en. Bruk gjerne runlevel 2 (uten grafisk skrivebord). Det starter mye fortere opp enn med grafisk brukergrensesnitt. Eller du kan trykke <emphasis role='strong'>Enter
+<para>Start opp maskinen som ikke virker med live-cd-en. Bruk gjerne runlevel 2 (uten grafisk skrivebord). Det starter mye fortere opp enn med grafisk brukergrensesnitt. Eller du kan trykke <emphasis role="strong">Enter
</emphasis> direkte for starte et grafisk brukergrensesnitt.
</para>
-<para>Straks Knoppix er startet kan man koble opp til Internett, gitt at man har tilgang til et nettverk. Bruk <emphasis role='strong'>ifconfig
-</emphasis> for å se. Mangler en IP-adresse så kan man kjøre <emphasis role='strong'>netcardconfig
+<para>Straks Knoppix er startet kan man koble opp til Internett, gitt at man har tilgang til et nettverk. Bruk <emphasis role="strong">ifconfig
+</emphasis> for å se. Mangler en IP-adresse så kan man kjøre <emphasis role="strong">netcardconfig
</emphasis> og bare følg instruksjonene. Tilgang til nett er viktig for å laste ned noen pakker.
</para>
<para>
@@ -6903,16 +6905,16 @@ mount /dev/hda1 /mnt/lvm
</screen>
<para>Now you may begin mounting those lvm-partitions you have, like
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>mount /dev/vg_data/lv_home0 /mnt/lvm/skole/tjener/home0
+<para><emphasis role="strong">mount /dev/vg_data/lv_home0 /mnt/lvm/skole/tjener/home0
</emphasis>
</para>
-<para>Nå kan man bruke verktøy som scp, ssh og tar for å overføre filer til en annen maskin. Ta en titt på <ulink url='#service-ssh'>Seksjon 9.3
+<para>Nå kan man bruke verktøy som scp, ssh og tar for å overføre filer til en annen maskin. Ta en titt på <ulink url="#service-ssh">Seksjon 9.3
</ulink> for mer informasjon om disse verktøyene. Nå holder viser vi hvordan man kan overføre filer fra <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0
</computeroutput> til en annen Linux-maskin med ip-adressen 10.0.2.50, og plassere det i <computeroutput>/backup
</computeroutput>-katalogen. Anbefalingen er at man gjør det
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>tar czvf - /mnt/lvm/skole/tjener/home0 | ssh <ulink url='mailto:root at 10.0.2.50'>root at 10.0.2.50
-</ulink> "cat >/backup/home0.tgz"
+<para><emphasis role="strong">tar czvf - /mnt/lvm/skole/tjener/home0 | ssh <ulink url="mailto:root at 10.0.2.50">root at 10.0.2.50
+</ulink> "cat >/backup/home0.tgz"
</emphasis>
</para>
</section>
@@ -6956,29 +6958,29 @@ mount /dev/hda1 /mnt/lvm
<title>Løsning
</title>
<para>Dette logiske volumet (lv) hører til <computeroutput>vg_system
-</computeroutput>. Den følger med <ulink url='#mainserver'>hovedtjener
-</ulink>, <ulink url='#workstation'>arbeidsstasjon
-</ulink> og <ulink url='#ltspserver'>tynnklienttjener
+</computeroutput>. Den følger med <ulink url="#mainserver">hovedtjener
+</ulink>, <ulink url="#workstation">arbeidsstasjon
+</ulink> og <ulink url="#ltspserver">tynnklienttjener
</ulink>.
</para>
<para>Alle installerte program plasseres på denne partisjonen. Om partisjonen er full får man ikke installert flere pakker. Ellers vil systemet fungere greit.
</para>
<para>Å endre størrelsen på partisjonen kan være vanskelig.
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>
-<para>Den vanskelige delen er å avmontere partisjonen i bruk. Det kan sammenlignes med å sage over grena du sitter på. Uansett går dette greit om man bytter shell til ash. Først trenger man å «ta ned» maskinen til et lavere kjørenivå. Etter det må man skru av nfs. Gå til <emphasis role='strong'>runlevel 1
-</emphasis> med kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>init 1
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>
+<para>Den vanskelige delen er å avmontere partisjonen i bruk. Det kan sammenlignes med å sage over grena du sitter på. Uansett går dette greit om man bytter shell til ash. Først trenger man å «ta ned» maskinen til et lavere kjørenivå. Etter det må man skru av nfs. Gå til <emphasis role="strong">runlevel 1
+</emphasis> med kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">init 1
</emphasis>. Kjør deretter FIXME: /etc/init.d//nfs-kernel-server stop.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para>Først av alt må man be alle brukerne om å logge ut. Alternativet er at brukerne blir logget med tvang når systemet kjøres ned til kjørenivå nr 1. Derfor er det best å starte størrelse på partisjonene etter skoletid. Kjør kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>init 1
+<para><emphasis role="strong">init 1
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>fra kommandolinja.
</para>
-<para>Man får tilbakemelding på hvilket kjørenivå som er i bruk ved å skrive kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>runlevel
+<para>Man får tilbakemelding på hvilket kjørenivå som er i bruk ved å skrive kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">runlevel
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
@@ -6988,9 +6990,9 @@ mount /dev/hda1 /mnt/lvm
]]>
</screen>
<para>Du kan sannsynligvis også se "Unknown" isteden for "1 S"
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>
<para>Førts må man merke seg størrelsen på <computeroutput>/usr
-</computeroutput> før den endres. Bruk kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>df -h /usr
+</computeroutput> før den endres. Bruk kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">df -h /usr
</emphasis>
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -7002,7 +7004,7 @@ Filesystem Size Used Avail Use% Mounted on
1.0G 400M 600M 40% /usr
]]>
-</screen><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>
+</screen><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>
<para>Så må man se på hvor mye ledig plass det er på <computeroutput>vg_system
</computeroutput>
</para>
@@ -7019,16 +7021,16 @@ Filesystem Size Used Avail Use% Mounted on
</para><screen><![CDATA[ Free PE / Size 175 / 5.47 GB
]]>
-</screen><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Tjenermaskinen er nå på kjørenivå 1. Logg inn som root og avmonter FIXME nfs (/etc/init.d//nfs-kernel-server stop). Kjør så kommandoen
+</screen><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Tjenermaskinen er nå på kjørenivå 1. Logg inn som root og avmonter FIXME nfs (/etc/init.d//nfs-kernel-server stop). Kjør så kommandoen
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>exec /bin/ash
+<para><emphasis role="strong">exec /bin/ash
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Her vil ma se forskjellige shell ut fra promtet. I dette tilfellet har man <computeroutput>\\h:w\\$
-</computeroutput> Gjør man en skrivefeil i ash må man starte å skrive kommandoen på nytt fordi mellomromtasten <emphasis role='strong'>og piltaster
+</computeroutput> Gjør man en skrivefeil i ash må man starte å skrive kommandoen på nytt fordi mellomromtasten <emphasis role="strong">og piltaster
</emphasis> ikke virker på samme måte som i andre shell. Man starter på ny med CTRL-C
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>
<para>Før man kan avmontere partisjonen <computeroutput>/usr
</computeroutput> må man avmontere alle andre partisjoner.
</para>
@@ -7060,7 +7062,7 @@ tmpfs 10M 652K 9.4M 7% /dev
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>umount -a
+<para>Kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">umount -a
</emphasis> avmonterer alle partisjoner listet opp i fila <computeroutput>/etc/fstab
</computeroutput>. De kan avmonteres en etter en også:
</para>
@@ -7072,10 +7074,10 @@ tmpfs 10M 652K 9.4M 7% /dev
\h:\w$ umount /usr
]]>
-</screen><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Etter å ha sjekket ledig plass i vg_system kan man ha fått noe som dette:
+</screen><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Etter å ha sjekket ledig plass i vg_system kan man ha fått noe som dette:
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>vgdisplay /dev/vg_system
+<para><emphasis role="strong">vgdisplay /dev/vg_system
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
@@ -7089,21 +7091,21 @@ tmpfs 10M 652K 9.4M 7% /dev
<para>Om man ønsker å <emphasis>øke
</emphasis> størrelsen med 1 GB kan følgende kommandoer brukes:
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>e2fsck -fy /dev/vg_system/lv_usr
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>lvextend --size +1G /dev/vg_system/lv_usr
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_usr
+<para><emphasis role="strong">e2fsck -fy /dev/vg_system/lv_usr
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">lvextend --size +1G /dev/vg_system/lv_usr
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_usr
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Om man vil <emphasis>øke
</emphasis> størrelsen med 100MB kan man bruke disse kommandoene:
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>e2fsck -fy /dev/vg_system/lv_usr
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>lvextend --size +100M /dev/vg_system/lv_usr
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_usr
+<para><emphasis role="strong">e2fsck -fy /dev/vg_system/lv_usr
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">lvextend --size +100M /dev/vg_system/lv_usr
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_usr
</emphasis>
</para>
-<para>Om endringen av størrelsen gikk bra kan man montere med <emphasis role='strong'>mount /usr
-</emphasis>. Så sjekker man plasssen på partisjonen med <emphasis role='strong'>df -h /usr
+<para>Om endringen av størrelsen gikk bra kan man montere med <emphasis role="strong">mount /usr
+</emphasis>. Så sjekker man plasssen på partisjonen med <emphasis role="strong">df -h /usr
</emphasis>. Da burde man få noe som dette:
</para>
<para>
@@ -7112,8 +7114,8 @@ tmpfs 10M 652K 9.4M 7% /dev
2.0G 400M 1.6G 20% /usr
]]>
-</screen><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>
-<para>Nå kan man sette igang systemet med <emphasis role='strong'>init 6
+</screen><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>
+<para>Nå kan man sette igang systemet med <emphasis role="strong">init 6
</emphasis> og FIXME start av nfs (/etc/init.d/nfs-kernel-server start). Brukerne kan logge inn igjen.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -7123,17 +7125,17 @@ tmpfs 10M 652K 9.4M 7% /dev
<section>
<title>Unntakshåndtering
</title>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Q:
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Q:
</emphasis>Når man avmonterer partisjoner kan det feile fordi "enheter er opptatt"
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>A:
+<para><emphasis role="strong">A:
</emphasis>Dette skyldes mest sannsynlig at en bruker eller et program bruker partisjonen. Forsøker man å avmontere <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0
</computeroutput> kan det hende dette stoppes av noen brukere som fortsatt er inne. Forsøker man å avmontere <computeroutput>/var
</computeroutput> må man først ha avmontert <computeroutput>/var/opt/ltsp/swapfiles
-</computeroutput>. Er enheten opptatt, forsøk å kjør ned maskinen til et lavere kjørenivå som f.eks. runlevel 1 med kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>init 1
+</computeroutput>. Er enheten opptatt, forsøk å kjør ned maskinen til et lavere kjørenivå som f.eks. runlevel 1 med kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">init 1
</emphasis>.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Q:
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Q:
</emphasis>Etter man har montert partisjonene, og maskinen kjører opp fra runlevel 1, og den stanser med meldingen
</para>
<para>
@@ -7141,10 +7143,10 @@ tmpfs 10M 652K 9.4M 7% /dev
]]>
</screen>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>A:
-</emphasis>Så kan man prøve kommandoen '/etc/init.d/nfs-kernel-server restart' i et annet vindu, f.eks. terminal nr 2 (VT#2). Hvis ikke dette går er vi i en situasjon da man gjør en «hard» omstart av maskinen. Dette kunne vært unngått om man hadde kjørt <emphasis role='strong'>init 6
-</emphasis>, eller kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>reboot
-</emphasis> etter å ha endret størrelsen på partisjonen med kjørenivå runlevel 1 uten å bruke <emphasis role='strong'>exit
+<para><emphasis role="strong">A:
+</emphasis>Så kan man prøve kommandoen '/etc/init.d/nfs-kernel-server restart' i et annet vindu, f.eks. terminal nr 2 (VT#2). Hvis ikke dette går er vi i en situasjon da man gjør en «hard» omstart av maskinen. Dette kunne vært unngått om man hadde kjørt <emphasis role="strong">init 6
+</emphasis>, eller kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">reboot
+</emphasis> etter å ha endret størrelsen på partisjonen med kjørenivå runlevel 1 uten å bruke <emphasis role="strong">exit
</emphasis>.
</para>
</section>
@@ -7183,27 +7185,27 @@ tmpfs 10M 652K 9.4M 7% /dev
<title>Løsning
</title>
<para>Dette logiske volumet tilhører <computeroutput>vg_data
-</computeroutput>. Det er bare tilgjengelig med profilen <ulink url='#mainserver'>hovedtjener
+</computeroutput>. Det er bare tilgjengelig med profilen <ulink url="#mainserver">hovedtjener
</ulink>
</para>
<para>Dette er partisjonen hvor man lagrer hjemmekatalogene til brukerne.
</para>
<para>Endring av størrelsen på <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0
</computeroutput> gjøres omtrent på samme måte som med <computeroutput>/usr
-</computeroutput>. Det er enklere siden man ikke behøver å endre til kjørenivå runlevel 1, eller endre skall. Som tidligere vist. Se informasjon om å <ulink url='#lvm-usr'>endre størrelse på /usr
+</computeroutput>. Det er enklere siden man ikke behøver å endre til kjørenivå runlevel 1, eller endre skall. Som tidligere vist. Se informasjon om å <ulink url="#lvm-usr">endre størrelse på /usr
</ulink>.
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Logg inn som root-bruker, og fortell alle at de må logge ut.
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Logg inn som root-bruker, og fortell alle at de må logge ut.
</listitem><listitem>Sjekk geldende størrelse for partisjonen,
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>df -h /skole/tjener/home0
+<para><emphasis role="strong">df -h /skole/tjener/home0
</emphasis>
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Avmonter partisjonen,
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Avmonter partisjonen,
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>umount /skole/tjener/home0
+<para><emphasis role="strong">umount /skole/tjener/home0
</emphasis>
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Får du
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Får du
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para>
@@ -7224,10 +7226,10 @@ Unexporting directories for NFS kernel daemon...done.
]]>
</screen>
<para>Forsøk å avmontere en gang til. Varsel: Om nfs er stoppet, husk å start den igjen etter endringen av størrelse på hjemmekatalogen.
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Sjekk hva som er ledig plass i en volumgruppe
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Sjekk hva som er ledig plass i en volumgruppe
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>vgdisplay /dev/vg_data
+<para><emphasis role="strong">vgdisplay /dev/vg_data
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
@@ -7256,7 +7258,7 @@ Unexporting directories for NFS kernel daemon...done.
</screen>
<para>Du kan også bruke
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>pvscan
+<para><emphasis role="strong">pvscan
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
@@ -7265,7 +7267,7 @@ Unexporting directories for NFS kernel daemon...done.
PV /dev/hda5 VG vg_system lvm2 [2.73 GB / 692.00 MB free]
Total: 2 [4.67 GB] / in use: 2 [4.67 GB] / in no VG: 0 [0 ]
]]>
-</screen><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>
+</screen><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>
<para>Dette eksemplet <emphasis>øker
</emphasis> størrelsen på partisjonen med 100M
</para>
@@ -7290,12 +7292,12 @@ resize2fs 1.37 (21-Mar-2005)
Resizing the filesystem on /dev/vg_data/lv_home0 to 516096 (1k) blocks.
The filesystem on /dev/vg_data/lv_home0 is now 516096 blocks long.
]]>
-</screen><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>
-<para>Monter partisjonen <emphasis role='strong'>mount /skole/tjener/home0
+</screen><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>
+<para>Monter partisjonen <emphasis role="strong">mount /skole/tjener/home0
</emphasis>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para>Sjekk størrelsen på partisjonen med <emphasis role='strong'>df -h /skole/tjener/home0
+<para>Sjekk størrelsen på partisjonen med <emphasis role="strong">df -h /skole/tjener/home0
</emphasis>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>Start nfs igjen om du må stoppe den.
@@ -7346,13 +7348,13 @@ tjener:~# /etc/init.d/nfs-common start
<section>
<title>Løsning
</title>
-<para>Det logiske volumet (lv) tilhører vg_data. Den er bare tilgjengelig i profilen <ulink url='#mainserver'>hovedtjener
+<para>Det logiske volumet (lv) tilhører vg_data. Den er bare tilgjengelig i profilen <ulink url="#mainserver">hovedtjener
</ulink>
</para>
-<para>Dette er standardpartisjonen som brukes til backup. Backup administreres med et Skolelinux/Debian-edu-utviklet brukergrensesnitt i Webmin <ulink url='#service-backup'>slbackup
+<para>Dette er standardpartisjonen som brukes til backup. Backup administreres med et Skolelinux/Debian-edu-utviklet brukergrensesnitt i Webmin <ulink url="#service-backup">slbackup
</ulink>.
</para>
-<para>Å endre størrelsen på partisjonen ligner mye på <ulink url='#lvm-home0'>/skole/tjener/home0
+<para>Å endre størrelsen på partisjonen ligner mye på <ulink url="#lvm-home0">/skole/tjener/home0
</ulink> som er medlem av samme volumgruppe med vg_data.
</para>
<para>Om man vil øke <computeroutput>/skole/backup
@@ -7406,14 +7408,14 @@ mount /skole/backup
<section>
<title>Løsning
</title>
-<para>Denne volumgruppen tilhører vg_system. Den følger med <ulink url='#mainserver'>hovedtjener
-</ulink> og <ulink url='#ltspserver'>tynnklienttjener
+<para>Denne volumgruppen tilhører vg_system. Den følger med <ulink url="#mainserver">hovedtjener
+</ulink> og <ulink url="#ltspserver">tynnklienttjener
</ulink>.
</para>
-<para>Å endre størrelsen til partisjonen gjøres på lignende måte som å endre størrelsen til <ulink url='#lvm-usr'>/usr
+<para>Å endre størrelsen til partisjonen gjøres på lignende måte som å endre størrelsen til <ulink url="#lvm-usr">/usr
</ulink>. Men man slipper å bytte til annet skall. Men man må huske å avmontere partisjonenen <computeroutput>var/opt/ltsp/swapfiles
-</computeroutput> om dette er gjort på en <ulink url='#ltspserver'>tynnklienttjener
-</ulink> isteden. Se <ulink url='#lvm-swapfiles'>swapfiles
+</computeroutput> om dette er gjort på en <ulink url="#ltspserver">tynnklienttjener
+</ulink> isteden. Se <ulink url="#lvm-swapfiles">swapfiles
</ulink>.
</para>
<para>Man må også huske å avmontere partisjonen <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid
@@ -7426,7 +7428,7 @@ umount: /var: device is busy
umount: /var: device is busy
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Det betyr at man må kjøre på kjørenivå runlevel 1, og bruke kommandoen: <emphasis role='strong'>init 1
+<para>Det betyr at man må kjøre på kjørenivå runlevel 1, og bruke kommandoen: <emphasis role="strong">init 1
</emphasis>.
</para>
<para>Ønsker man å øke <computeroutput>/var
@@ -7481,15 +7483,15 @@ mount /var
<title>Løsning
</title>
<para>Dette logiske volumet hører til <computeroutput>vg_systemet
-</computeroutput>. Den er bare tilgjengelig med profilen <ulink url='#ltspserver'>tynnklienttjener
+</computeroutput>. Den er bare tilgjengelig med profilen <ulink url="#ltspserver">tynnklienttjener
</ulink>
</para>
-<para>Denne partisjonen inneholder swapfiler for <ulink url='#thinclient'>tynnklienter
-</ulink>. Størrelsen på disse swapfilene er 32 MB. <ulink url='#FTN.AEN2253'>[13
-</ulink>] <ulink url='#FTN.AEN2256'>[14
+<para>Denne partisjonen inneholder swapfiler for <ulink url="#thinclient">tynnklienter
+</ulink>. Størrelsen på disse swapfilene er 32 MB. <ulink url="#FTN.AEN2253">[13
+</ulink>] <ulink url="#FTN.AEN2256">[14
</ulink>]
</para>
-<para>Partisjonen kan endre størrelsen i følge <ulink url='#lvm-home0'>/skole/tjener/home0
+<para>Partisjonen kan endre størrelsen i følge <ulink url="#lvm-home0">/skole/tjener/home0
</ulink>.
</para>
<para>En passende størrelse på partisjonen kan være 32MB ganger det antall klienter som mamn planlegger å bruke. Om man forsøker å starte flere klientmaskiner enn det er plass til på volumet med mellomlager, må man øke størrelsen til <computeroutput>/var/opt/ltsp/swapfiles
@@ -7568,14 +7570,14 @@ mount /var/opt/ltsp/swapfiles
<title>Løsning
</title>
<para>Dette logiske volum (lv) hører til <computeroutput>vg_system
-</computeroutput>. Denne er tilgjengelig i profilen <ulink url='#mainserver'>hovedtjener
-</ulink>, <ulink url='#workstation'>arbeidsstasjon
-</ulink> og <ulink url='#ltspserver'>tynnklienttjener
+</computeroutput>. Denne er tilgjengelig i profilen <ulink url="#mainserver">hovedtjener
+</ulink>, <ulink url="#workstation">arbeidsstasjon
+</ulink> og <ulink url="#ltspserver">tynnklienttjener
</ulink>.
</para>
<para>Endre størrelsen på mellomlager-partisjonen er noe anderledes enn andre partisjoner. Partisjonen har ikke filsystemet ext2.
</para>
-<para>Bruk <emphasis role='strong'>free
+<para>Bruk <emphasis role="strong">free
</emphasis> først for å se størrelsen på mellomlageret (swap)
</para>
<para>
@@ -7587,7 +7589,7 @@ Swap: 524280 0 524280
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Så skrur man av mellomlageret (swap) med <emphasis role='strong'>swapoff
+<para>Så skrur man av mellomlageret (swap) med <emphasis role="strong">swapoff
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
@@ -7604,7 +7606,7 @@ Swap: 524280 0 524280
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Så lager man nytt mellomlager (swap) med <emphasis role='strong'>mkswap
+<para>Så lager man nytt mellomlager (swap) med <emphasis role="strong">mkswap
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
@@ -7614,7 +7616,7 @@ no label, UUID=fd634991-e5ca-4aac-9fe8-a000bde6bc38
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Så skrur man på mellomlageret (swap) med kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>swapon
+<para>Så skrur man på mellomlageret (swap) med kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">swapon
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
@@ -7635,7 +7637,7 @@ Swap: 729080 0 729080
</screen>
<para>Som man ser er det 200MB mer mellomlager (swap).
</para>
-<para>Sannsynligvis er man mest interessert i å redusere størrelsen på mellomlageret. Man bruker samme kommando som over, med et minus som her <emphasis role='strong'>lvresize -L -300M /dev/vg_system/lv_swap
+<para>Sannsynligvis er man mest interessert i å redusere størrelsen på mellomlageret. Man bruker samme kommando som over, med et minus som her <emphasis role="strong">lvresize -L -300M /dev/vg_system/lv_swap
</emphasis> for å redusere plassen med 300MB
</para>
<para>
@@ -7693,11 +7695,11 @@ Swap: 421880 0 421880
<section>
<title>Løsning
</title>
-<para>Dette volumet hører til vg_system og er bare tilgjengelig som en del av <ulink url='#mainserver'>hovedtjener
-</ulink>. Partisjonen hører til squid som er et mellomlager for Internett-trafikk som http og ftp. Partisjonen kan endres på samme måte som <ulink url='#lvm-swapfiles'>swapfiler
+<para>Dette volumet hører til vg_system og er bare tilgjengelig som en del av <ulink url="#mainserver">hovedtjener
+</ulink>. Partisjonen hører til squid som er et mellomlager for Internett-trafikk som http og ftp. Partisjonen kan endres på samme måte som <ulink url="#lvm-swapfiles">swapfiler
</ulink>. Husk å stoppe squid før man endrer størrelsen med
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init.d/squid stop
+<para><emphasis role="strong">/etc/init.d/squid stop
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>. Alternativt ender man opp med
@@ -7758,7 +7760,7 @@ squid -z
<section>
<title>Bestemme hvilken skriver bestemte grupper skal bruke
</title>
-<para><fixme: Kongsvinger gjenstår>
+<para><fixme: Kongsvinger gjenstår>
</para>
<para>Brukertilfelle: Ønsker å begrense det antall skrivere som en bruker kan skrive ut på
</para>
@@ -7770,7 +7772,7 @@ squid -z
<section>
<title>Løsning 1 - Narvik
</title>
-<para>Lag class i cups webadministrasjons verktøyet eks "elever", legg en skriver til elev gruppa. Gå deretter inn i /etc/cups/classes.conf og legg til <ulink url='/AllowUser'>AllowUser
+<para>Lag class i cups webadministrasjons verktøyet eks "elever", legg en skriver til elev gruppa. Gå deretter inn i /etc/cups/classes.conf og legg til <ulink url="/AllowUser">AllowUser
</ulink>@"gruppen som skal ha tilgang"
</para>
<para>
@@ -7790,7 +7792,7 @@ AllowUser @teachers
</Class>
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Restart cups etter dette og alle som er med i <ulink url='/AllowUser'>AllowUser
+<para>Restart cups etter dette og alle som er med i <ulink url="/AllowUser">AllowUser
</ulink> vil få utskrift til i denne klassen.
</para>
<para>
@@ -8013,7 +8015,7 @@ AllowUser @teachers
<section>
<title>Løsning 2: I bruk i Kongsvinger
</title>
-<para>Skolelinux-arkitekturen kommer med et fastlagt sett med IP-adresser. Dette er for å gjøre det svært enkelt å komme igang for personer uten kjennskap til datanettverk. Se <ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.org/no/product/architecture'>arkitektur-beskrivelsen
+<para>Skolelinux-arkitekturen kommer med et fastlagt sett med IP-adresser. Dette er for å gjøre det svært enkelt å komme igang for personer uten kjennskap til datanettverk. Se <ulink url="http://www.skolelinux.org/no/product/architecture">arkitektur-beskrivelsen
</ulink>. IP-adressene er valgt ut fra hva som er rimelig standard når man adskiller et datanett fra Internett. Adressene er <computeroutput>10.0.2.0/23 som ikke brukes ute på Internett med Ipv4.
</computeroutput>
</para>
@@ -8024,7 +8026,7 @@ AllowUser @teachers
</computeroutput>
</para>
<para><computeroutput>URL:
-</computeroutput><ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.org/no/documentation/howtos/ip_setup'>http://www.skolelinux.org/no/documentation/howtos/ip_setup
+</computeroutput><ulink url="http://www.skolelinux.org/no/documentation/howtos/ip_setup">http://www.skolelinux.org/no/documentation/howtos/ip_setup
</ulink><computeroutput>
</computeroutput>
</para>
@@ -8059,16 +8061,16 @@ AllowUser @teachers
</itemizedlist>
<para>Først en liten gjennomgang av tjenestene som kjører på Skolelinux, og som gjenkjennes av navnetjener (DNS) på området (domenet) <emphasis>intern
</emphasis>. Dette er viktig å vite fordi tjenestene forutsetter at sonefilene endres slik at de gjenkjennes av navntetjener (DNS). Så langt det er mulig har de som lager Skolelinux forsøkt å unngå å bruk av domenenavn på tjenester som er avhengig av navnetjener. Dette for å sikre fleksibilitet til å flytte tjenester rundt i datanettet på en enklest mulig måte. Det gjør det enkelt å flytte f.eks. backup-tjenesten til en annen maskin når det er ønsket.
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='3'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><tbody><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>IP(er)
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="3"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">IP(er)
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Maskinnavn
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Maskinnavn
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Kommentar
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Kommentar
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
@@ -8169,7 +8171,7 @@ AllowUser @teachers
<para>ltspserver
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Tynnklienttjenere skal ha to nettverkskort, der tynnklientene er koblet til det ene i et eget nettverk. Dette er gjort for å skille nettverks- trafikken i tynnklientnettene fra stamnettet. Vær klar over at <emphasis role='strong'>alle
+<para>Tynnklienttjenere skal ha to nettverkskort, der tynnklientene er koblet til det ene i et eget nettverk. Dette er gjort for å skille nettverks- trafikken i tynnklientnettene fra stamnettet. Vær klar over at <emphasis role="strong">alle
</emphasis> tynnklienttjenere har samme IP-adresse på dette andre nettverkskortet.
</para>
</entry>
@@ -8288,7 +8290,7 @@ syslog: 10.10.21
</computeroutput> er en viktig del av Skolelinux og benyttes blant annet til å dele ut hjemmeområdene til alle maskiner slik at brukerne har tilgang på de samme dokumentene uansett hvilken maskin de benytter. Oppsettfila for NFS heter <computeroutput>/etc/exports
</computeroutput>. Denne er i nyere versjoner av Skolelinux helt basert på tilgangskontroll via nettgrupper og trenger ikke endres. I eldre versjoner må man sørge for at IP-adressene stemmer overens med nettverkets struktur.
</para>
-<para>HTTP-proxyen <emphasis role='strong'>Squid
+<para>HTTP-proxyen <emphasis role="strong">Squid
</emphasis> benyttes for å effektivisere bruken av båndbredde tilgjengelig og for å kunne styre tilgangen mot internett. Tilgangen er eksplisitt begresnet til Skolelinux-nettverket. Både stamnettet og tynnklient-nettene er eksplisitt nevnt, men i denne sammenhengen endres bare spesifikasjonen av stamnettet:
</para>
<para>
@@ -8298,7 +8300,7 @@ syslog: 10.10.21
<para>Linjen finnes ganske langt inn i filen, i nærheten av linje 1410.
</para>
<para>For å tildele nettverksparametre til maskinene på stamnettet benyttes DHCP. Oppsettfila <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf
-</computeroutput> har mange referanser til IP-oppsettet, i tillegg er den felles for både hoved- og tynnklient- tjenerne. Derfor er den ganske kompleks. Siden vi i dette avsnittet ser på endringer på hovedtjeneren ignorerer vi referanser til tynnklient-nettet. De behandles separat. (Tips: om du bruker <emphasis role='strong'>vim
+</computeroutput> har mange referanser til IP-oppsettet, i tillegg er den felles for både hoved- og tynnklient- tjenerne. Derfor er den ganske kompleks. Siden vi i dette avsnittet ser på endringer på hovedtjeneren ignorerer vi referanser til tynnklient-nettet. De behandles separat. (Tips: om du bruker <emphasis role="strong">vim
</emphasis> og vil se linjenumre er kommandoen <computeroutput>:set number
</computeroutput>.)
</para>
@@ -8567,9 +8569,9 @@ $GENERATE 1-253 $.1 PTR ltsp1${0,3}.skole.kommune.no.
</para>
<para>Det skulle være alle endringene til DNS.
</para>
-<para>Overvåkningssystemet <emphasis role='strong'>Nagios
+<para>Overvåkningssystemet <emphasis role="strong">Nagios
</emphasis> er satt opp som standard til å sjekke endel tjenester på <computeroutput>tjener
-</computeroutput> og at default gateway er oppe. <emphasis role='strong'>Nagios
+</computeroutput> og at default gateway er oppe. <emphasis role="strong">Nagios
</emphasis> benytter også endel IP-adresser slik at noen endringer må gjøres i oppsettet.
</para>
<para>I <computeroutput>/etc/nagios/debian-edu/hosts/tjener.cfg
@@ -8599,7 +8601,7 @@ $GENERATE 1-253 $.1 PTR ltsp1${0,3}.skole.kommune.no.
}
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Skolelinux kommer med en løsning for å utvide de overvåkede maskinene til å omfatte hele nettverket. Man kjører kort fortalt et script som vil generere de nøvendige oppsettfilene og restarte <emphasis role='strong'>Nagios
+<para>Skolelinux kommer med en løsning for å utvide de overvåkede maskinene til å omfatte hele nettverket. Man kjører kort fortalt et script som vil generere de nøvendige oppsettfilene og restarte <emphasis role="strong">Nagios
</emphasis>med det nye oppsettet. Dette skriptet ligger i <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/nagios-cfg
</computeroutput> og må endres noe:
</para>
@@ -8619,7 +8621,7 @@ $GENERATE 1-253 $.1 PTR ltsp1${0,3}.skole.kommune.no.
my $ws_last = (new NetAddr::IP '10.10.30.243/32')->numeric;
]]>
</screen>
-<para>SMTP-tjenesten for utsendelse og mottak av epost er i Skolelinux som i Debian ellers basert på <emphasis role='strong'>EXIM
+<para>SMTP-tjenesten for utsendelse og mottak av epost er i Skolelinux som i Debian ellers basert på <emphasis role="strong">EXIM
</emphasis>. Dette er ukjent territorium for meg, kommentarer mottas med takk.
</para>
<para>Oppsettet ser ikke ut til å være basert på IP-adresser, men det er endel referanser til domenet <computeroutput>intern
@@ -8651,7 +8653,7 @@ SEARCH_DOMAIN = skole.kommune.no
</computeroutput> var definert fra før må dette endres til f.eks. <computeroutput>[ltsp0025]
</computeroutput> dersom samme løsning som skissert i denne dokumentasjonen skal benyttes og man er i det første segmentet for tynnklient-IP-adresser.
</para>
-<para>Det må gjøres endringer i oppsettet for DHCP slik at tynnklientene får riktige nettverksparametre som definert i IP-oppsettet. En tynnklient-tjener vil dele ut nettverksinformasjon kun på det nettverks- kortet som er tilkoblet tynnklientene: eth1. Man kan derfor se bort fra alle linjer i oppsettfila som ikke er omfatttet av seksjonen THINCLIENTS. <emphasis role='strong'>Altså: alle endringer er relatert til seksjonen THINCLIENTS!
+<para>Det må gjøres endringer i oppsettet for DHCP slik at tynnklientene får riktige nettverksparametre som definert i IP-oppsettet. En tynnklient-tjener vil dele ut nettverksinformasjon kun på det nettverks- kortet som er tilkoblet tynnklientene: eth1. Man kan derfor se bort fra alle linjer i oppsettfila som ikke er omfatttet av seksjonen THINCLIENTS. <emphasis role="strong">Altså: alle endringer er relatert til seksjonen THINCLIENTS!
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
@@ -8736,7 +8738,7 @@ broadcast 10.100.0.255
<section>
<title>Oppdater konfigurasjonsdatabase
</title>
-<para><fixme: lag oppskrift på hvordan man tar sikkerhetskopi av det nye IP-oppsettet i konfig-databasen>
+<para><fixme: lag oppskrift på hvordan man tar sikkerhetskopi av det nye IP-oppsettet i konfig-databasen>
</para>
</section>
</section>
@@ -9021,7 +9023,7 @@ host 10.200.12.2
<section>
<title>OBS: Knut og Andreas følger opp Kongsvinger: e-post og kalender til alle
</title>
-<para>Sette opp e-post, avtalebok og kalenderfunksjon til lærere og elever (f.eks. <ulink url='/OpenExchange'>OpenExchange
+<para>Sette opp e-post, avtalebok og kalenderfunksjon til lærere og elever (f.eks. <ulink url="/OpenExchange">OpenExchange
</ulink>) med kobling til LDAP for å slippe unna med et brukernavn og passord.
</para>
@@ -9122,7 +9124,7 @@ host 10.200.12.2
</title>
<para>Oppsett av standard Skolelinux tynnklienttjener mot Windows-nett med SAMBA
</para>
-<para>Brukertilfelle: <fixme: skriv brukertilfelle>
+<para>Brukertilfelle: <fixme: skriv brukertilfelle>
</para>
<section>
@@ -9208,7 +9210,7 @@ host 10.200.12.2
<section>
<title>Brukerprogram
</title>
-<para>De fleste vil legge til flash og mediespiller i nettleseren. Noen vil ha egen skolemeny til bestemte elever. Man vil kanskje bruke en nyere utgave av <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>De fleste vil legge til flash og mediespiller i nettleseren. Noen vil ha egen skolemeny til bestemte elever. Man vil kanskje bruke en nyere utgave av <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink>.org eller legge til ekstra brukerprogram. Det kan også hende man må gjøre endringer i oppsettet for å motvirke feil eller mangler i programvaren.
</para>
@@ -9379,7 +9381,7 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</title>
<para>Lærere må kunne bytte passord på elever som har glemt dette
</para>
-<para><fixme: Kongsvinger har denne løsningen som har vært etterlyst lenge. Trond Mæhlum er på saken. Følg opp han med e-post>
+<para><fixme: Kongsvinger har denne løsningen som har vært etterlyst lenge. Trond Mæhlum er på saken. Følg opp han med e-post>
</para>
<section>
@@ -9522,13 +9524,13 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</para>
<para>Brukertilfelle: Ønsker å endre passord på katalogtjener (OpenLDAP) i Skolelinux.
</para>
-<para>Under følger enkel oppskrift på endring av ldap-passord. Men man må vite litt på forhånd før man endrer passordene. Under installasjon egentlig har opprettet to like passord på to forskjellige system. Under installasjon blir man spurt om å sette passord <fixme: link til skjermbilde med å sette passord>. Passordet under installasjon er to forskjellige passord.
+<para>Under følger enkel oppskrift på endring av ldap-passord. Men man må vite litt på forhånd før man endrer passordene. Under installasjon egentlig har opprettet to like passord på to forskjellige system. Under installasjon blir man spurt om å sette passord <fixme: link til skjermbilde med å sette passord>. Passordet under installasjon er to forskjellige passord.
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Ett av passordene brukes til innlogging på Webmin. Dette er root-passordet til tjenermaskinen.
</listitem><listitem>Det andre er LDAP-passordet. Dette er passordet til katalogtjener.
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>For å endre root/Webmin-passordet kan man bruke kommandolinja med kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>passwd
-</emphasis> eller programmet kdepasswd. Man finner dette i K-menyen->Kjør kommando ...-> kdepasswd.
+<para>For å endre root/Webmin-passordet kan man bruke kommandolinja med kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">passwd
+</emphasis> eller programmet kdepasswd. Man finner dette i K-menyen->Kjør kommando ...-> kdepasswd.
</para>
<para><computeroutput>tjener:~# passwd
</computeroutput>
@@ -9571,7 +9573,7 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</title>
<para>Kan logge inn med nytt passord i WLUS (Webmin LDAP User Simple)
</para>
-<para><fixme: dobbeltsjekk at dette stemmer>
+<para><fixme: dobbeltsjekk at dette stemmer>
</para>
</section>
@@ -9592,14 +9594,14 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</para>
<para>Det forskjellige opplegg for brukerinformasjon og system-administrasjon i Skolelinux/Debian-edu. Vi bruker katalogtjeneren OpenLDAP og verktøyet WLUS som støtter distribuert innlogging. Uansett hvor en bruker logger inn på datanettet får hun full tilgang til hjemmekatalog, skriver og Internett.
</para>
-<para><fixme: legg inn varselboks> For å sikre enklest mulig tilgang for alle brukes <emphasis>ikke
+<para><fixme: legg inn varselboks> For å sikre enklest mulig tilgang for alle brukes <emphasis>ikke
</emphasis> fila <computeroutput>/etc/passwd
</computeroutput> som er laget for lokale brukere på en maskin. Heller ikke kommandoer som <emphasis>adduser, useradd, osv.
</emphasis>er i bruk. Man må bruke
</para>
-<para><fixme: varselboks slutt>
+<para><fixme: varselboks slutt>
</para>
-<para>Skriv nettadressen <ulink url='https://tjener.intern:10000/ldap-users'>https://tjener .intern:10000/ldap-users
+<para>Skriv nettadressen <ulink url="https://tjener.intern:10000/ldap-users">https://tjener .intern:10000/ldap-users
</ulink> i den nettleseren du bruker. Det er fullt mulig å gjøre dette fra andre maskiner i Skolelinux-nettverket. Det forutsetter lovlig MAC-adresse til et av nettene med IP-adresse: 10.0.2.0/23 eller 192.168.0.0/2. Andre alternativ er fast IP-adresse, eller alternativt «portforwarding» i brannmur eller ruter.
</para>
<para>Logg inn
@@ -9608,11 +9610,11 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>Første ting som vises er et dialogvindu hvor man logger seg selv inn som root-bruker med passordet som ble laget under installasjon. Se <fixme: Avsnitt om rootpassord under installasjon>
+<para>Første ting som vises er et dialogvindu hvor man logger seg selv inn som root-bruker med passordet som ble laget under installasjon. Se <fixme: Avsnitt om rootpassord under installasjon>
</para>
<para>Logger man inn som en vanlig bruker, kan man endre eget passord. Dette er i praksis den <emphasis>eneste
</emphasis> måten brukerpassord burde endres. <emphasis>Ikke
-</emphasis> bruk kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>passwd
+</emphasis> bruk kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">passwd
</emphasis> for å endre brukerpassord.
</para>
<para><computeroutput>''Aldri la nettleseren huske dette passordet! ''
@@ -9630,10 +9632,10 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
<section>
<title>Unntak
</title>
-<para><fime: tipsboks> I noen situasjoner får man ikke kontakt med Webmin-modulen (Administrate user in ldap), men man får heller den generelle startssiden til Webmin. Da får man tak i den under <emphasis role='strong'>System
+<para><fime: tipsboks> I noen situasjoner får man ikke kontakt med Webmin-modulen (Administrate user in ldap), men man får heller den generelle startssiden til Webmin. Da får man tak i den under <emphasis role="strong">System
</emphasis>-fanen
</para>
-<para><fime: tipsboks slutt>
+<para><fime: tipsboks slutt>
</para>
</section>
</section>
@@ -9649,10 +9651,10 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>Det første er å lage en testbruker. Denne brukeren kan også brukes som en mal for andre brukere. Se <fixme: kapitlet om å lage standard mal for mange brukere> for hvordan dette kan gjøres.
+<para>Det første er å lage en testbruker. Denne brukeren kan også brukes som en mal for andre brukere. Se <fixme: kapitlet om å lage standard mal for mange brukere> for hvordan dette kan gjøres.
</para>
<para>Det er to forskjellige måter å legge til brukere, enten en om gangen, eller en hel mengde av gangen fra fil. Man bruker en såkalt semikollon-separert fil (;). Ved å trykke "New User(s)" vil man få opp en lang side.
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>På toppen er det mulig å legge til brukere manuelt, en etter en. Ved å legge til fornavn og etternavn. Sammen blir dette et passord om man ønsker det.
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>På toppen er det mulig å legge til brukere manuelt, en etter en. Ved å legge til fornavn og etternavn. Sammen blir dette et passord om man ønsker det.
</listitem><listitem>Litt lengre ned finner man muligheten til å legge til mange bruker med en gang, "Add users from file"
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
@@ -9686,15 +9688,15 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Unntakshåndtering
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Verifikasjon
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Oppdater konfigurasjonsdatabase
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para>
</section>
@@ -9709,7 +9711,7 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>Å skrive disse dataene i regnearket til <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>Å skrive disse dataene i regnearket til <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink>.org eller MS Office går greit. Det kan også lages i en vanlig tekstredigerer som f.eks. nano. Med regneark lager man med semikolon-oppdeling ved å velge filfomatet med endelsen csv, for så å velge semikolon (;).
</para>
<para>Mesteparten av de skoleadministrative systemene har også en mulighet til å eksportere til cvs-fomatet.
@@ -9724,7 +9726,7 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</itemizedlist>
<para>For å burke filimport må man rulle ned til bunnen av siden hvor man finner området for å legge til brukere fra fil. Klikk på knappen for å lete fram fila med semikollon-delte brukere. Når fila er funnet, klipp på "Add user from file"
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Figur 11-8. Importer brukere fra fil
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Figur 11-8. Importer brukere fra fil
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:bilder194.png]
@@ -9746,15 +9748,15 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Unntakshåndtering
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Verifikasjon
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Oppdater konfigurasjonsdatabase
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para>
</section>
</section>
@@ -9764,7 +9766,7 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</title>
<para>Brukertilfelle: Bruker skal stoppes fra å logge inn på skolenettet
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Liste med registrerte brukere
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Liste med registrerte brukere
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:bilder196.png]
@@ -9772,7 +9774,7 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>Ved å trykke på "Søk" uten utfylling av søkefeltet kommer en liste med alle brukere. Ved å trykke på "User Data" er det mulig å endre passordet for den bestemte brukeren, eller andre ting som navnet på bruker. Om man vil kan man også velge å flytte brukerenes hjemmekatalog. men man må for hånd flytte filene til brukerens hjemmekatalog. Så dette blir <emphasis>ikke
-</emphasis> gjort av WLUS. Se <ulink url='#movehomedir'>manuell flytting av hjemmekataloger
+</emphasis> gjort av WLUS. Se <ulink url="#movehomedir">manuell flytting av hjemmekataloger
</ulink>
</para>
@@ -9785,7 +9787,7 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</itemizedlist>
<para>Når en bruker er på systemet har man et par ekstra muligheter. F.eks. "Delete user", "Disable Login and Enable Login.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Skru av innlogging
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Skru av innlogging
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:bilder198.png]
@@ -9798,7 +9800,7 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</para>
<para>Resultatet av å ha valgt "Disable Login" blir vist med et fint rødt kryss forran bruker.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Skru på innlogging
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Skru på innlogging
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:bilder199.png]
@@ -9809,15 +9811,15 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Unntakshåndtering
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Verifikasjon
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Oppdater konfigurasjonsdatabase
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para>
</section>
</section>
@@ -9829,7 +9831,7 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</para>
<para>Når man har fått tak i en bruker etter søk på brukernavn, fornavn eller etternavn, kan man trykke på «User Data». Da får man opp et skjermbilde for å endre f.eks. passord.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Figur 11-14. Endre passord til en bruker
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Figur 11-14. Endre passord til en bruker
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:bilder200.png]
@@ -9837,7 +9839,7 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</listitem><listitem>Unntakshåndtering
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Verifikasjon
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -9845,17 +9847,17 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</para>
<para>Oppdater konfigurasjonsdatabase
</para>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para>
</section>
<section>
<title>Bruker endrer eget passord
</title>
-<para>Om brukeren kjenner passordet sitt kan dete endres i nettleseren fra adressen <ulink url='https://tjener.intern:10000/ldap-users'>https://tjener.intern:10000/ldap-users
+<para>Om brukeren kjenner passordet sitt kan dete endres i nettleseren fra adressen <ulink url="https://tjener.intern:10000/ldap-users">https://tjener.intern:10000/ldap-users
</ulink>
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Bruker logger inn på Webmin på egenhånd
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Bruker logger inn på Webmin på egenhånd
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:bilder201.png]
@@ -9864,7 +9866,7 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</itemizedlist>
<para>Brukeren bruker eget brukernavn og passord for å logge inn på Webmin
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>WLUS for brukere
+<para><emphasis role="strong">WLUS for brukere
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:bilder202.png]
@@ -9873,7 +9875,7 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</itemizedlist>
<para>Når en vanlig bruker logger inn på Webmin kan man få tilgang til wlus, og bare de deler som gjelder en selv.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Bruker endrer eget passord
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Bruker endrer eget passord
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:bilder203.png]
@@ -9883,7 +9885,7 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
<para>Det nye passordet <emphasis>må
</emphasis> skrives to ganger i feltet «User's Password», og igjen med «Reconfirm User's Password». Skriv også gammelt passord i feltet «Old Password». Ikke glem å trykk «Commit User Data Changes» for lagring av endringen.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Endring gikk bra
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Endring gikk bra
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:bilder204.png]
@@ -9894,7 +9896,7 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Unntakshåndtering
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Verifikasjon
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -9902,7 +9904,7 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</para>
<para>Oppdater konfigurasjonsdatabase
</para>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para>
</section>
@@ -9911,14 +9913,14 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</title>
<para>Man kan endre passord for brukere fra kommandolinja om man kjenner brukernavnet.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/passwd username
+<para><emphasis role="strong">/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/passwd username
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Man blir spurt om å skrive nytt passord to ganger. Så må man skrive passordet til ldap-administrator.
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Unntakshåndtering
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Verifikasjon
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -9926,20 +9928,20 @@ mozilla-acroread - Adobe Acrobat(R) Reader plugin for mozilla / Konqueror
</para>
<para>Oppdater konfigurasjonsdatabase
</para>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para>
</section>
<section>
<title>Endre passordet til ldap-administrator
</title>
-<para>Man må skrive passordet til ldap-administrator for å endre i LDAP, som f.eks. å legge til brukere, endre passord, osv. Dette passordet blir laget under installasjon. Se <ulink url='#passwd'>Figur 7-6
-</ulink>. Passordet er en av to - 2 - administrative passord. Den andre er root-passordet. Se <ulink url='#passwd'>Figur 7-6
+<para>Man må skrive passordet til ldap-administrator for å endre i LDAP, som f.eks. å legge til brukere, endre passord, osv. Dette passordet blir laget under installasjon. Se <ulink url="#passwd">Figur 7-6
+</ulink>. Passordet er en av to - 2 - administrative passord. Den andre er root-passordet. Se <ulink url="#passwd">Figur 7-6
</ulink> som også er det man bruker ved innlogging til Webmin.
</para>
<para>LDAP-admin passordet kan endres fra kommandolinja med denne kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/passwd admin
+<para><emphasis role="strong">/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/passwd admin
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Da blir man spurt om å skrive nytt passord to ganger sammen med det gamle.
@@ -9953,7 +9955,7 @@ Enter bind password:
</screen><itemizedlist><listitem>Unntakshåndtering
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Verifikasjon
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -9961,7 +9963,7 @@ Enter bind password:
</para>
<para>Oppdater konfigurasjonsdatabase
</para>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para>
</section>
@@ -9970,36 +9972,36 @@ Enter bind password:
</title>
<para>Brukertilfelle: Å gjøre avanserte endringer av brukeropplysninger i Skolelinux-nettverket
</para>
-<para><fixme: Legg inn forklaring på hvilke endringer som kan være nyttig å gjøre i LDAP>
+<para><fixme: Legg inn forklaring på hvilke endringer som kan være nyttig å gjøre i LDAP>
</para>
<para>Ved å bruke kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>slapcat -l /root/users.ldif
+<para><emphasis role="strong">slapcat -l /root/users.ldif
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>kan man få en ren tekstfil som inneholder hele LDAP-databasen. I dette tilfellet er det fila med navn <computeroutput>/root/users.ldif
</computeroutput>. Dete er en såkalt ldif-fil. "ldif" er et standardformat for katalogtjenere. Man må stoppe slapd som er LDAP-nissen før man får fram ldif-fila. Dette er, sammen med å stoppe nscd (Name Service Cache Deamon) med kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init.d/slapd stop
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init.d/nscd stop
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>slapcat -l /root/users.ldif
+<para><emphasis role="strong">/etc/init.d/slapd stop
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">/etc/init.d/nscd stop
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">slapcat -l /root/users.ldif
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Vær klar over at man vil stoppe slapd, ingen kan logge inn. Så den må startes opp på nytt.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init.d/slapd start
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init.d/nscd start
+<para><emphasis role="strong">/etc/init.d/slapd start
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">/etc/init.d/nscd start
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Man kan redigere fila <computeroutput>/root/userer.ldif
</computeroutput> med hjelp av en standard tekstredigerer, f.eks. nano
</para>
-<para>I denne filan kan man endre brukernavn, hjemmekataloger, grupper osv. Det er det samme som man kan gjøre med <ulink url='#wlus'>Kapittel 11
+<para>I denne filan kan man endre brukernavn, hjemmekataloger, grupper osv. Det er det samme som man kan gjøre med <ulink url="#wlus">Kapittel 11
</ulink>. Fordelen ved bruk av ldif-fil er at man kan endre flere ting samtidig. Filen brukes også ved reinstallasjon av systemet når man vil ha samme brukernavn og passord omigjen. Det er betydelig med jobb å dele ut 1000 nye brukernavn og passord på nytt.
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Unntakshåndtering
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Verifikasjon
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -10007,7 +10009,7 @@ Enter bind password:
</para>
<para>Oppdater konfigurasjonsdatabase
</para>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para>
</section>
@@ -10021,13 +10023,13 @@ Enter bind password:
</para>
<para> Noen ganger må man reinstallere. For å slippe at det blir for mye arbeid, er det kjekt å gjenbruke passord og brukernavn. Har man en bestemt ldif-fil fra LDAP, så holder det å legge inn fila på den nye installasjonen, og brukernavn og passord kan brukes om igjen.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Oppskrift for å flytte LDAP-databasen
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Oppskrift for å flytte LDAP-databasen
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>På den gamle tjeneren, før man gjør en reinstallasjon, henter man ut ldif-fila fra LDAP,
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init/slapd stop
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>slapcat -l /root/users.ldif
+<para><emphasis role="strong">/etc/init/slapd stop
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">slapcat -l /root/users.ldif
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Husk at når programmet slapd er stanset så kan ingen logge inn.
@@ -10039,20 +10041,20 @@ Enter bind password:
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>mkdir /root/dbb
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init/slapd stop
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init.d/nscd stop
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>mv /var/lib/ldap/* /root/dbb
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>slapadd -l users.ldif
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init/slapd start
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init.d/nscd start
+<para><emphasis role="strong">mkdir /root/dbb
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">/etc/init/slapd stop
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">/etc/init.d/nscd stop
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">mv /var/lib/ldap/* /root/dbb
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">slapadd -l users.ldif
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">/etc/init/slapd start
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">/etc/init.d/nscd start
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Nå er det mulig å gjenbruke eldre brukernavn og passord. Husk at det er det gamle root-passordet for Webmin som må brukes.
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Unntakshåndtering
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Verifikasjon
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -10060,7 +10062,7 @@ Enter bind password:
</para>
<para>Oppdater konfigurasjonsdatabase
</para>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para>
</section>
@@ -10075,59 +10077,59 @@ Enter bind password:
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Stopp slapd-nissen og nscd
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init.d/slapd stop
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init.d/nscd stop
+<para><emphasis role="strong">/etc/init.d/slapd stop
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">/etc/init.d/nscd stop
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Ta en kopi av den gamle LDAP-databasen. Lag en såkalt ldif-fil
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>slapcat -l /root/ldap.old.ldif
+<para><emphasis role="strong">slapcat -l /root/ldap.old.ldif
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Slette den eldre LDAP-databasen
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>mkdir /root/dbb.old
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>mv /var/lib/ldap/* /root/dbb.old
+<para><emphasis role="strong">mkdir /root/dbb.old
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">mv /var/lib/ldap/* /root/dbb.old
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Nå kan man legge inn en ny, ren LDAP-database med kommandoen
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>ldap-debian-edu-install
+<para><emphasis role="strong">ldap-debian-edu-install
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Slett hjemmekatalogen for brukere som nettopp lbe hvet ut. 'rm -rf' sletter hele katalogen uten å stille spørsmål. Vær forsikig!
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>rm -rf /skole/tjener/home/user1
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>...
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>...
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>rm -rf /skole/tjener/home/user2
+<para><emphasis role="strong">rm -rf /skole/tjener/home/user1
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">...
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">...
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">rm -rf /skole/tjener/home/user2
</emphasis>
</para>
-<para>Vær klar over at de aktuelle hjemmekatalogene er slettet for alltid. Så for å være på den sikre siden er det lurt å ta bakcup før katalogene slettes. Se <ulink url='#service-backup'>Seksjon 9.4
+<para>Vær klar over at de aktuelle hjemmekatalogene er slettet for alltid. Så for å være på den sikre siden er det lurt å ta bakcup før katalogene slettes. Se <ulink url="#service-backup">Seksjon 9.4
</ulink>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Om dette ikke virker, kan man legge inn den eldre LDAP-databasen på nytt
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init.d/slapd stop
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init.d/nscd stop
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>mkdir /root/dbb2.old
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>mv /var/lib/ldap/* /root/dbb2.old
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>slapadd -l /root/ldap.old.ldif
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init.d/slapd start
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init.d/nscd start
+<para><emphasis role="strong">/etc/init.d/slapd stop
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">/etc/init.d/nscd stop
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">mkdir /root/dbb2.old
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">mv /var/lib/ldap/* /root/dbb2.old
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">slapadd -l /root/ldap.old.ldif
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">/etc/init.d/slapd start
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">/etc/init.d/nscd start
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>En gang i blant er det lurt å ta en sikkerhetskopi av LDAP-databasen,
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init.d/slapd stop
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>slapcat -l /root/ldap.<ulink url='/TodaysDate'>TodaysDate
+<para><emphasis role="strong">/etc/init.d/slapd stop
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">slapcat -l /root/ldap.<ulink url="/TodaysDate">TodaysDate
</ulink>.ldif
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init.d/slapd start
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">/etc/init.d/slapd start
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Unntakshåndtering
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Verifikasjon
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -10135,7 +10137,7 @@ Enter bind password:
</para>
<para>Oppdater konfigurasjonsdatabase
</para>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para>
</section>
@@ -10181,7 +10183,7 @@ Enter LDAP Password:
</screen><itemizedlist><listitem>Unntakshåndtering
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Verifikasjon
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -10189,7 +10191,7 @@ Enter LDAP Password:
</para>
<para>Oppdater konfigurasjonsdatabase
</para>
-<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
+<para><fixme: mangler tekst>
</para>
</section>
@@ -10218,13 +10220,13 @@ Enter LDAP Password:
<para>eller fornavn og etternavn slik: <computeroutput>;John;Wayne;
</computeroutput>
</para>
-<para>En enkel måte å lage en slik semikolonseparert tekstfil på er å bruke regneark (<ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>En enkel måte å lage en slik semikolonseparert tekstfil på er å bruke regneark (<ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink> Calc) og konvertere filen etterpå. Dersom kommunen har en database over elevene kan du som regel få ut en klasseliste som en tabell du kan overføre til et regneark.
</para>
<para>Når du har et regneark med alle felter du ønsker å ha med (navn, etternavn, fullt navn, brukernavn, passord, gruppe), velger du Fil - lagre som. Som filtype velger du <emphasis>Tekst, CSV (.csv).
</emphasis> I dialogboksen som kommer opp skriver du inn et semikolon (;) i ruten for Feltgrense, og sletter det som står i ruten for Tekstgrense.
</para>
-<para>Trykk OK for å lagre filen... Du vil få en advarsel eller to, men trykk ok! Dersom du er usikker på om det ble riktig kan du åpne filen i en enkel tekstredigerer, som for eksempel Kate eller notisblokk, for å sjekke. Men IKKE åpne filen på nytt i <ulink url='/OpenOffice'>OpenOffice
+<para>Trykk OK for å lagre filen... Du vil få en advarsel eller to, men trykk ok! Dersom du er usikker på om det ble riktig kan du åpne filen i en enkel tekstredigerer, som for eksempel Kate eller notisblokk, for å sjekke. Men IKKE åpne filen på nytt i <ulink url="/OpenOffice">OpenOffice
</ulink> eller Koffice, da disse har en tendens til å konvertere tekstfilen, og da ender du opp med en fil som du ikke kan bruke.
</para>
<para>For å legge inn alle disse brukerne på en gang, logger du inn i webmin, og velger modulen for å administrere brukere i ldap. Klikk på knappen for å legge til brukere. Litt nede på den siden som kommer opp er det en knapp for å hente opp tekstfilen med brukerne. Last den opp, og velg hva de ulike feltene skal defineres som. Husk å markere de allerede eksisterende gruppene du ønsker at brukerne skal være medlem av over!
@@ -10471,9 +10473,9 @@ cat $STATS_FILE |mail -s "Backup rapport fra <navn> backup box re <navn> skoler"
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Les kommentarene i selve scriptet: Du må endre <navn> til f.eks. navn på kommune eller organisasjon, <vert1>, <vert2>, osv til de ulike vertsnavnene på de ulike maskinene du vil ta backup av. Dette scriptet tar backup av /etc katalogen og /home0 katalogen, og i tillegg av en ldif fil, som er en dump av ldap databasen, som igjen inneholder aller brukere og passord. Det siste forutsetter at du har en slik ldif fil i mappen /var/backups/ldif (se under).
+<para>Les kommentarene i selve scriptet: Du må endre <navn> til f.eks. navn på kommune eller organisasjon, <vert1>, <vert2>, osv til de ulike vertsnavnene på de ulike maskinene du vil ta backup av. Dette scriptet tar backup av /etc katalogen og /home0 katalogen, og i tillegg av en ldif fil, som er en dump av ldap databasen, som igjen inneholder aller brukere og passord. Det siste forutsetter at du har en slik ldif fil i mappen /var/backups/ldif (se under).
</para>
-<para>Sett opp en cronjob (<fixme> pek til noe om cronjob!) som sørger for å kjøre scriptet for eksempel hver natt.
+<para>Sett opp en cronjob (<fixme> pek til noe om cronjob!) som sørger for å kjøre scriptet for eksempel hver natt.
</para>
<para>Lage en backup av ldap databasen - ldif
</para>
@@ -10540,21 +10542,21 @@ echo "Done!"
<section>
<title>Unntakshåndtering
</title>
-<para><fixme>
+<para><fixme>
</para>
</section>
<section>
<title>Verifikasjon
</title>
-<para><fixme>
+<para><fixme>
</para>
</section>
<section>
<title>Oppdater konfigurasjonsdatabase
</title>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'><fixme>
+<para><emphasis role="strong"><fixme>
</emphasis>
</para>
</section>
@@ -10566,7 +10568,7 @@ echo "Done!"
</title>
<para>
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="/wiki/greenmist/img/alert.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -10613,14 +10615,14 @@ echo "Done!"
<para>Varsel: Siden Skolelinux/Debian-edu allerede har DHCP-tjener kjørende, må du skru av DHCP-tjeneren på egen firewall/router. Det samme gjelder alle andre maskiner som eventuelt kobles til et Skolelinux/Debian-edu-nett. Å ha to DHCP-tjenere på samme nett fører som regel bare til trøbbel
</para>
<para>Eksisterer en ny utgave av Coyote Linux når dette leses, kan den erstatte versjon 2.24 med kommandoene over med versjonsnummeret som ble lastet ned.
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Etter Coyote Linux er lastet ned må filene pakkes ut. Man må være root-bruker for å pakke ut.
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Etter Coyote Linux er lastet ned må filene pakkes ut. Man må være root-bruker for å pakke ut.
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>tar zvxf coyote-2.24.tar.gz
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>cd coyote
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>./makefloppysh
+<para><emphasis role="strong">tar zvxf coyote-2.24.tar.gz
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">cd coyote
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">./makefloppysh
</emphasis>
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Når man lager Coyote Linux på en Linux-maskin må man besvare flere spørsmål. Her følger en oversikt over svar som kan gis:
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Når man lager Coyote Linux på en Linux-maskin må man besvare flere spørsmål. Her følger en oversikt over svar som kan gis:
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para>
@@ -10668,10 +10670,10 @@ echo "Done!"
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Disse nettverksinstilingene for lokalt nettverk må endres. Se <ulink url='#fwconf'>A
+<para>Disse nettverksinstilingene for lokalt nettverk må endres. Se <ulink url="#fwconf">A
</ulink>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para>Brukes denne utgaven av Coyote Linux fra <ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.no/~kl%20%20%20%20%20aus/coyote-2.24-slx.tar.gz'>http://www.skolelinux.no/~klaus/coyote-2.24-slx.tar.gz
+<para>Brukes denne utgaven av Coyote Linux fra <ulink url="http://www.skolelinux.no/~kl%20%20%20%20%20aus/coyote-2.24-slx.tar.gz">http://www.skolelinux.no/~klaus/coyote-2.24-slx.tar.gz
</ulink> vil man se et skjermbilde med korrekte nett-instillinger:
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -10736,10 +10738,10 @@ e. Does your Internet connection get its IP via DHCP? [y/n]:
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Dette er den vanskelige delen. Å vite hvilken modul som skal brukes for nettverkskorte er av og til vanskelig. Se på <ulink url='#clmodules'>Seksjon 3.12
+<para>Dette er den vanskelige delen. Å vite hvilken modul som skal brukes for nettverkskorte er av og til vanskelig. Se på <ulink url="#clmodules">Seksjon 3.12
</ulink> for å få et overblikk over tilgjengelige moduler. Husk, bruk ikke .o på slutten av modulnavnet. Bruk bare «fornavnet» på modulen.
</para>
-<para>Mange foretrekker 3Com. Nesten alle bruker modulen <emphasis role='strong'>3c59x
+<para>Mange foretrekker 3Com. Nesten alle bruker modulen <emphasis role="strong">3c59x
</emphasis>.
</para>
<para>
@@ -10756,7 +10758,7 @@ e. Does your Internet connection get its IP via DHCP? [y/n]:
]]>
</screen>
<para>Her kan man bruke hovedtjener som syslog-tjener. Bruk 10.0.2.2
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Du må sette inn en floppydisk i maskinen. Husk å skru av skrivebeskyttelsen. Det tar et par minutter å skrive til disketten.
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Du må sette inn en floppydisk i maskinen. Husk å skru av skrivebeskyttelsen. Det tar et par minutter å skrive til disketten.
</listitem><listitem>Vær sikker på at det ikke kommer noen feilmeldinger til ukjente NIC-moduler som dette:
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
@@ -10785,10 +10787,10 @@ e. Does your Internet connection get its IP via DHCP? [y/n]:
</title>
<para>Å lager du en diskett på en Windows-maskin er nesten det samme som på Linux.
</para>
-<para>Last ned kildefilene for Windows. De kan hentes fra <ulink url='http://www.coyotelinux.com/downloads/channel.php?ChannelID=5'>Disk Creation Wizard v2.24.0
+<para>Last ned kildefilene for Windows. De kan hentes fra <ulink url="http://www.coyotelinux.com/downloads/channel.php?ChannelID=5">Disk Creation Wizard v2.24.0
</ulink>
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Figur 3-2. Coyote Linux Windows Creator Welcome Image
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Figur 3-2. Coyote Linux Windows Creator Welcome Image
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:graphics22.png]
@@ -10797,39 +10799,39 @@ e. Does your Internet connection get its IP via DHCP? [y/n]:
</itemizedlist>
<para>Her kan du bare trykke «Next»
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Figur 3-3. Lokalt nettverksoppsett av LAN
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Figur 3-3. Lokalt nettverksoppsett av LAN
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:graphics23.png]
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>Fyll inn nødvendig informasjon om nettverket her: Se <ulink url='#fwconf'>A
+<para>Fyll inn nødvendig informasjon om nettverket her: Se <ulink url="#fwconf">A
</ulink>
</para>
<para>Fyll ut de rette IP-adressene og nettmaske (Netmask) gjør at Coyote Linux vil gi korrekt beregning av kringkastingsadresse (Broadcast) og nettadresse (Network)
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Figur 3-4. Legg inn passord på Coyote Linux-disketten
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Figur 3-4. Legg inn passord på Coyote Linux-disketten
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:graphics24.png]
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>Uten dette passordet kan du ikke logge inn på Coyote Linux ved en senere anledning. Se <ulink url='#cllogin'>Seksjon 3.6
+<para>Uten dette passordet kan du ikke logge inn på Coyote Linux ved en senere anledning. Se <ulink url="#cllogin">Seksjon 3.6
</ulink>
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Figur 3-5. Syslog-tjener
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Figur 3-5. Syslog-tjener
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:graphics25.png]
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>La feltet stå blankt, eller se på <ulink url='#clsyslog'>2.l
+<para>La feltet stå blankt, eller se på <ulink url="#clsyslog">2.l
</ulink>
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Figur 3-6. Type Internett-tilknytning (WAN)
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Figur 3-6. Type Internett-tilknytning (WAN)
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:graphics26.png]
@@ -10838,7 +10840,7 @@ e. Does your Internet connection get its IP via DHCP? [y/n]:
</itemizedlist>
<para>Velg hva som passer for deg. Har du tilgang til DCHP-tjener, som er svært sannsynlig, da trenger du ikke mer informasjon.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Figur 3-7. Fast IP-oppsett
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Figur 3-7. Fast IP-oppsett
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:graphics27.png]
@@ -10847,17 +10849,17 @@ e. Does your Internet connection get its IP via DHCP? [y/n]:
</itemizedlist>
<para>Har du en fast adresse, fyll ut de passende verdier her.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Figur 3-8. Ikke skrup på Coyote Linux DHCP-tjener!
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Figur 3-8. Ikke skrup på Coyote Linux DHCP-tjener!
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:graphics28.png]
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>Ikke skru på Coyote Linux DHCP-tjener. Det er allerede en som kjører på <ulink url='#mainserver'>hovedtjener
+<para>Ikke skru på Coyote Linux DHCP-tjener. Det er allerede en som kjører på <ulink url="#mainserver">hovedtjener
</ulink>
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Figur 3-9. Velg en drivermodul til nettverkskortet (NIC)
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Figur 3-9. Velg en drivermodul til nettverkskortet (NIC)
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:graphics29.png]
@@ -10868,7 +10870,7 @@ e. Does your Internet connection get its IP via DHCP? [y/n]:
</para>
<para>I dette bestemte skjermbildet brukes modulen for 3Com på LAN-siden av nettet (Skolelinux), og Intel pro 100 kort for WAN-tilkoblingen (Internett).
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Figur 3-10. Velg språk
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Figur 3-10. Velg språk
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:graphics30.png]
@@ -10877,7 +10879,7 @@ e. Does your Internet connection get its IP via DHCP? [y/n]:
</itemizedlist>
<para>Ønsker du å få god støtte på Internett, velge engelsk.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Figur 3-11. Lag disken
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Figur 3-11. Lag disken
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:graphics31.png]
@@ -10898,7 +10900,7 @@ e. Does your Internet connection get its IP via DHCP? [y/n]:
<section>
<title>Verifikasjon
</title>
-<para><fixme>
+<para><fixme>
</para>
</section>
@@ -10922,10 +10924,10 @@ e. Does your Internet connection get its IP via DHCP? [y/n]:
</title>
<para>Coyote Linux er et produkt i stadig utvikling og vedlikehold. Akkurat som Skolelinux/Debian-edu. Det betyr at nye versjoner blir utgitt stadig vekk, med nye funksjoner og sikkerhetsrettelser. Spesielt grunnet sikkerhetsfikser burde du alltid bruke nyeste stabile utgave Coyote Linux
</para>
-<para>Siden Coyote Linux kjøer kun fra en floppydisk så er det ikke noe system å oppgradere. Man må lage en ny floppy som beskrevet i <ulink url='#makefloppy'>Seksjon 3.3
+<para>Siden Coyote Linux kjøer kun fra en floppydisk så er det ikke noe system å oppgradere. Man må lage en ny floppy som beskrevet i <ulink url="#makefloppy">Seksjon 3.3
</ulink>. For å gjøre denne prosessen så enkel som mulig er det noen ting å huske på.
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>
-<para>Finn ut hva slags nettverkskort du har. Om dette er ukjent kan man bruke kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>lsmod
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>
+<para>Finn ut hva slags nettverkskort du har. Om dette er ukjent kan man bruke kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">lsmod
</emphasis> for å liste alle lastede moduler (drivere) som er i bruk. Kanskje dette vil gi en ide om hva slags nettverskort som er i bruk.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -10953,7 +10955,7 @@ ip_conntrack_ftp 3440 1
<para>I denne listen med moduler som er lastet er nettverkskortet 3Com509 på plass to ganger. For en liste med tilgjengelige moduler, se på
</para>
<para>Det vil være best å skrive ned på selve maskinen hva slags nettverkskort som er i den.
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Hva slags «port forwarding» er det?
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Hva slags «port forwarding» er det?
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para>Informasjon om «port forwarding»-reglene, om det er laget noen, er i fila <computeroutput>/etc/coyote/portforwards
@@ -10993,12 +10995,12 @@ ip_conntrack_ftp 3440 1
<title>Løsning
</title>
<para>Det er to network card i Coyote Linux, en (LAN) er tilkoblet til Skolelinux/Debian-edu-tjeneren, den andre er koblet med en krysset kabel, eller via en sitsj til et annet nett (WAN). Noen ganger kan det være litt vanskelig å bestemme hvilke network card som er koblet hvor, spesielt om de begge er koblet til nett med lik adresse. Fremgangsmåten vi bruker for å bestemme hvilket kort som går hvor, er å bruke krysset kabel og først koble denne til network card i Skolelinux/Debian-edu-hovedtjener.
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Først starter man Coyote Linux uten noen kabel til network card
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Først starter man Coyote Linux uten noen kabel til network card
</listitem><listitem>Så brukes den kryssede kabelen for å koble Coyote Linux med Skolelinux/Debian-edu-hovedtjener (vær sikker på at den går i nettverkskortet merket eth0 om hovedtjener er en kombinert tjener).
</listitem><listitem>
-<para>Logg inn på hovedtjener. Forsøk å bruke <emphasis role='strong'>pinge
-</emphasis>l Coyote Linux-maskinen. Bruk kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>ping -c10 10.0.2.1
-</emphasis>, eller alternativt forsøk å pinge hovedtjener fra Coyote Linux med kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>ping -c10 10.0.2.2
+<para>Logg inn på hovedtjener. Forsøk å bruke <emphasis role="strong">pinge
+</emphasis>l Coyote Linux-maskinen. Bruk kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">ping -c10 10.0.2.1
+</emphasis>, eller alternativt forsøk å pinge hovedtjener fra Coyote Linux med kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">ping -c10 10.0.2.2
</emphasis>.
</para>
</listitem><listitem>Da får du et svar som dette om det virker:
@@ -11039,7 +11041,7 @@ PING 10.0.2.1 (10.0.2.1): 56 data bytes
<para>De to network card-ene har fote forskjellige navn i Coyote Linux. Det blir litt forvirrende og lite konsistent. Her følger en oversikt:
</para>
<para>De forskjellige navn brukt på network cards i Coyote Linux
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='4'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><colspec colname='xxx4'/><tbody><row><entry>
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="4"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><colspec colname="xxx4"/><tbody><row><entry>
<para><emphasis>Denne går til eksisterende nett
</emphasis>
</para>
@@ -11075,14 +11077,14 @@ PING 10.0.2.1 (10.0.2.1): 56 data bytes
</table>
<para>Start Coyote Linux-maskinen omigjen og vær sikker på at floppydisken til Coyote Linux står i diskettstasjonen. Pass også på at maskinen er satt opp til å starte fra floppydisk.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Figur 3-12. Coyote Linux Login
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Figur 3-12. Coyote Linux Login
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:graphics35.png]
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>Du kan logge inn. Bruk brukernavnet «root» og passordet som ble bestemt når floppydisken ble laget (om dette ble gjort fra Windows). Eller trykk <emphasis role='strong'>Enter
+<para>Du kan logge inn. Bruk brukernavnet «root» og passordet som ble bestemt når floppydisken ble laget (om dette ble gjort fra Windows). Eller trykk <emphasis role="strong">Enter
</emphasis> (tomt passord) for innlogging på disketten laget med Linux
</para>
<para>Notat: Det er vanlig at det ikke følger med noen tilbakemelding når man trykker passord i et Linux-system. Dette er for å avsløre så lite som mulig om passordet.
@@ -11092,7 +11094,7 @@ PING 10.0.2.1 (10.0.2.1): 56 data bytes
<section>
<title>Unntakshåndtering
</title>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>meny, status til nettveket, nede
+<para><emphasis role="strong">meny, status til nettveket, nede
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:graphics37.png]
@@ -11101,7 +11103,7 @@ PING 10.0.2.1 (10.0.2.1): 56 data bytes
</itemizedlist>
<para>Når du har kommet inn, trykk «c» for å få statusen til nettverket. I tilfelle det er et problem:
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Figur 3-14. meny, status til nettverket, opp
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Figur 3-14. meny, status til nettverket, opp
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:graphics38.png]
@@ -11110,54 +11112,54 @@ PING 10.0.2.1 (10.0.2.1): 56 data bytes
</itemizedlist>
<para>Om alt har gått bra vil begge være «oppe»
</para>
-<para>Q: <ulink url='#AEN698'>Det ser ut som network card (LAN) som går til Skolelinux/Debian-edu-nettet ikke virker: DOWN
+<para>Q: <ulink url="#AEN698">Det ser ut som network card (LAN) som går til Skolelinux/Debian-edu-nettet ikke virker: DOWN
</ulink>
</para>
-<para>Q: <ulink url='#AEN704'>Det ser ut som network card (WAN) som er tilkoblet Internett ikke virker: DOWN
+<para>Q: <ulink url="#AEN704">Det ser ut som network card (WAN) som er tilkoblet Internett ikke virker: DOWN
</ulink>
</para>
-<para>Q: <ulink url='#AEN724'>Vi har satt opp brannmurer med mange forskjellige nettverkskort og driver-moduler for mange network card. Vi har til gode å finne noe som ikke virker riktig.
+<para>Q: <ulink url="#AEN724">Vi har satt opp brannmurer med mange forskjellige nettverkskort og driver-moduler for mange network card. Vi har til gode å finne noe som ikke virker riktig.
</ulink>
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Q:
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Q:
</emphasis>Det ser ut som network card (LAN) som går til Skolelinux/Debian-edu-nettet ikke virker: DOWN
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>A:
-</emphasis>Har du satt opp network card i henhold til <ulink url='#fwconf'>A
+<para><emphasis role="strong">A:
+</emphasis>Har du satt opp network card i henhold til <ulink url="#fwconf">A
</ulink>, men fortsatt virker det ikke. Det kan hende at man har valgt feil driver for network card
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Q:
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Q:
</emphasis>Det ser ut som network card (WAN) som er tilkoblet Internett ikke virker: DOWN
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>A:
+<para><emphasis role="strong">A:
</emphasis>Det er vanligvis to grunner til at WAN network card ikke er oppe (UP):
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>
-<para>Du bruker en tilkobling med feil Internett-tilkobling. Så du må ta en titt på ny på <ulink url='#clconnectiontype'>2.b
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>
+<para>Du bruker en tilkobling med feil Internett-tilkobling. Så du må ta en titt på ny på <ulink url="#clconnectiontype">2.b
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para>Om du har en tilkobling med en adresse tildelt av DHCP, som ikke er statisk. Da må det være en fysisk tilkobling med en nettverkskabel mellom Coyote Linux og nettkontakten.
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Du har valgt feil driver-modul for dette network card.
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Du har valgt feil driver-modul for dette network card.
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para>Du bør forsøke å logge inn på Coyote Linux og velge <emphasis role='strong'>q) quit
+<para>Du bør forsøke å logge inn på Coyote Linux og velge <emphasis role="strong">q) quit
</emphasis> for å gå ut av Coyote Linux-menyen. Så bør du kjøre kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>dmesg|more
+<para><emphasis role="strong">dmesg|more
</emphasis>
</para>
-<para>bruk så <emphasis role='strong'>mellomrom
-</emphasis> for å bla. Se på referansene til <emphasis role='strong'>eth0
-</emphasis> og <emphasis role='strong'>eth1
-</emphasis>. Se på <ulink url='#clnicnames'>Forskjellige navn på network card-ene
+<para>bruk så <emphasis role="strong">mellomrom
+</emphasis> for å bla. Se på referansene til <emphasis role="strong">eth0
+</emphasis> og <emphasis role="strong">eth1
+</emphasis>. Se på <ulink url="#clnicnames">Forskjellige navn på network card-ene
</ulink> for en påminnelse om hva eth0 og eth1 betyr. Det er vanligvis en indikator for hva problemet er.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Q:
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Q:
</emphasis>Vi har satt opp brannmurer med mange forskjellige nettverkskort og driver-moduler for mange network card. Vi har til gode å finne noe som ikke virker riktig.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>A:
-</emphasis>Har du sett på dette nettstedet for mer informasjon om network card og passende driver-moduler for Coyote Linux? <ulink url='http://www.dalantech.com/'>http://www.dalantech.com
+<para><emphasis role="strong">A:
+</emphasis>Har du sett på dette nettstedet for mer informasjon om network card og passende driver-moduler for Coyote Linux? <ulink url="http://www.dalantech.com/">http://www.dalantech.com
</ulink>
</para>
</section>
@@ -11184,11 +11186,11 @@ PING 10.0.2.1 (10.0.2.1): 56 data bytes
</para>
<para>Medforfatter: Knut Yrvin
</para>
-<para>Coyote Linux har en pen og et velfungerende administrasjonsverktøy via en nettside. Her kan man gjøre det meste. Skriv <ulink url='http://10.0.2.1:8180/'>http://10.0.2.1:8180
-</ulink> i adressefeltet til nettleseren. Adressen vil gi vev-administrasjon av Coyote Linux. Klikk på lenken, og skriv brukernavnet <emphasis role='strong'>root
+<para>Coyote Linux har en pen og et velfungerende administrasjonsverktøy via en nettside. Her kan man gjøre det meste. Skriv <ulink url="http://10.0.2.1:8180/">http://10.0.2.1:8180
+</ulink> i adressefeltet til nettleseren. Adressen vil gi vev-administrasjon av Coyote Linux. Klikk på lenken, og skriv brukernavnet <emphasis role="strong">root
</emphasis> og passordet du har laget for brannmuren.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Coyote Linux vev-administrasjon
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Coyote Linux vev-administrasjon
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:graphics42.png]
@@ -11197,7 +11199,7 @@ PING 10.0.2.1 (10.0.2.1): 56 data bytes
</itemizedlist>
<para>Alle valg og innstillinger kan gjøres i Main Menu på venstresiden.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Coyote Linux hovedmeny
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Coyote Linux hovedmeny
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:graphics43.png]
@@ -11209,16 +11211,16 @@ PING 10.0.2.1 (10.0.2.1): 56 data bytes
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>LAN oppsett
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>Her har du mulighet til å endre oppsettet til LAN network card. Det er denne som går til Skolelinux/Debian-edu-nettet. Behold verdiene som de er. Viser til <ulink url='#fwconf'>A
+<para>Her har du mulighet til å endre oppsettet til LAN network card. Det er denne som går til Skolelinux/Debian-edu-nettet. Behold verdiene som de er. Viser til <ulink url="#fwconf">A
</ulink>.
</para>
<para>Varsel: Ikke gjør endringer her! Å gjøre det kan redusere ytelsen til Skolelinux/Debian-edu-nettet
</para>
-<para><Fixme: Bør vise inneholdet av change_ip_setup her, senere>
+<para><Fixme: Bør vise inneholdet av change_ip_setup her, senere>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Internett oppsett
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>Her har man muligheten til å endre veridene i WAN network card til det som går til Internett. Har du fått en ny Internett-leverandør, eller endrer dynamisk IP med DHCP til fast IP-adresse, så er dette stedet å endre informasjonen uten behov av å lage ny Coyote Linux-floppy fra bunnen av. Se <ulink url='#clconnectiontype'>2.b
+<para>Her har man muligheten til å endre veridene i WAN network card til det som går til Internett. Har du fått en ny Internett-leverandør, eller endrer dynamisk IP med DHCP til fast IP-adresse, så er dette stedet å endre informasjonen uten behov av å lage ny Coyote Linux-floppy fra bunnen av. Se <ulink url="#clconnectiontype">2.b
</ulink>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>DHCP oppsett. Varsel: Ikke sett opp DCHP-tjener i Coyote Linux!
</listitem>
@@ -11253,7 +11255,7 @@ PING 10.0.2.1 (10.0.2.1): 56 data bytes
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Systempassord
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>Her kan man endre root-passordet Coyote Linux, også kjent som system-passordet. Dette er på samme måte som å bruke kommandolinja <ulink url='#cllogin'>Seksjon 3.6
+<para>Her kan man endre root-passordet Coyote Linux, også kjent som system-passordet. Dette er på samme måte som å bruke kommandolinja <ulink url="#cllogin">Seksjon 3.6
</ulink>.
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Konfigurasjonsfiler
</listitem>
@@ -11273,7 +11275,7 @@ PING 10.0.2.1 (10.0.2.1): 56 data bytes
</itemizedlist>
<para>Når man trenger å starte Coyote Linux på nytt kan dette gjøres fra «Main Menu». Når man velger omstart må dette bekreftes.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Omstart eller skru av Coyote Linux?
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Omstart eller skru av Coyote Linux?
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>[attachment:graphics47.png]
@@ -11306,11 +11308,11 @@ PING 10.0.2.1 (10.0.2.1): 56 data bytes
</para>
<para>Coyote Linux er en god løsning om man bare trenger en DHCP-tjener på nettverket uavhengig av hva slags maskiner som brukes, være seg Linux, Windows eller Mac.
</para>
-<para>Den eneste tingen som må konfigureres anderledes, er å skru på DHCP-tjeneren. <fixme: lag lenke til skjermbilde>
+<para>Den eneste tingen som må konfigureres anderledes, er å skru på DHCP-tjeneren. <fixme: lag lenke til skjermbilde>
</para>
<para>En kort oppsummering om å gjøre om Coyote Linux til DHCP-tjener:
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Coyote Linux som en standard DHCP-tjener
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Coyote Linux som en standard DHCP-tjener
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Husk å svar «Yes» på spørsmålet «Do you want to enable the Coyote DHCP-server [y/n]:»
</listitem><listitem>Straks en DHCP-tjener kjører på Coyote Linux, må man sannsynligvis bruke en annen adresse å logge på den, om man ikke endret noe på LAN-oppsettet:
@@ -11333,14 +11335,14 @@ Would you like to change these settings? [Y/N]: n
]]>
</screen>
-<para>så bør du bruke adressen 192.168.0.1 i steden for 10.0.2.1 når man logger inn på Coyote Linuxs vev-administrasjon. Se <ulink url='#clgui'>Seksjon 3.7
+<para>så bør du bruke adressen 192.168.0.1 i steden for 10.0.2.1 når man logger inn på Coyote Linuxs vev-administrasjon. Se <ulink url="#clgui">Seksjon 3.7
</ulink> og
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Ny adresse i dette tilfellet er:
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Ny adresse i dette tilfellet er:
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>ssh -l root 192.168.0.1
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://192.168.0.1:8180/'>http://192.168.0.1:8180
+<para><ulink url="http://192.168.0.1:8180/">http://192.168.0.1:8180
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -11375,11 +11377,11 @@ Would you like to change these settings? [Y/N]: n
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>Grunnet anderledes nettverkspolitikk på Utdanningsetaten i Oslo <emphasis>må
-</emphasis> man gjøre følgende endringer på <ulink url='#mainserver'>hovedtjeneren
+</emphasis> man gjøre følgende endringer på <ulink url="#mainserver">hovedtjeneren
</ulink>:
</para>
<para>Endre følgende i filen <computeroutput>/etc/bind/named.conf
-</computeroutput> <ulink url='#FTN.AEN983'>[5
+</computeroutput> <ulink url="#FTN.AEN983">[5
</ulink>]
</para>
<para>
@@ -11414,7 +11416,7 @@ Would you like to change these settings? [Y/N]: n
<para>Gjør du ikke dette vil man ikke være i stand til å koble utstyret til Internett som skyldes problemer med navnetjeneren (DNS) hos Utdanningsetaten i Oslo. Driftspersonalet vil også engasjere flere til å få dette endret til slik etaten vil ha det.
</para>
<para>Etter endringene er lagt inn i <computeroutput>/etc/bind/named.conf
-</computeroutput> må man omstarte bind med <emphasis role='strong'>/etc/init.d/bind9 restart
+</computeroutput> må man omstarte bind med <emphasis role="strong">/etc/init.d/bind9 restart
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Telenor ADSL, Norway
</listitem><listitem>Høgskolen i Oslo (Oslo College)
@@ -11517,7 +11519,7 @@ epic100.o ne2k-pci.o
</para>
<para>DOS-programmet for oppsett kalles <computeroutput>3c5x9cfg.exe
</computeroutput>, og det brukes på følgende måte:
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Start maskinen med DOS. Man kan bruke FreeDOS, eller en oppstartsdiskett laget med Windows 95 eller 98.
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Start maskinen med DOS. Man kan bruke FreeDOS, eller en oppstartsdiskett laget med Windows 95 eller 98.
</listitem><listitem>
<para>Straks maskinen er startet med DOS, sett inn en diskett med programmet <computeroutput>3c5x9cfg.exe
</computeroutput>. Kjør programmet 3c5x9cfg.exe fra kommandolinja i DOS.
@@ -11526,10 +11528,10 @@ epic100.o ne2k-pci.o
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para><computeroutput>3c5x9cfg.exe
-</computeroutput> finner man hos Ruprecht-Karls-Universität Heidelberg: <ulink url='http://www.urz.uni-heidelberg.de/Netzdienste/nm/misc/3comnic/'>http://www.urz.uni-heidelberg.de/Netzdienste/nm/misc/3comnic/
+</computeroutput> finner man hos Ruprecht-Karls-Universität Heidelberg: <ulink url="http://www.urz.uni-heidelberg.de/Netzdienste/nm/misc/3comnic/">http://www.urz.uni-heidelberg.de/Netzdienste/nm/misc/3comnic/
</ulink>
</para>
-<para>FreeDOS finner man her: <ulink url='http://www.freedos.org/'>http://www.freedos.org/
+<para>FreeDOS finner man her: <ulink url="http://www.freedos.org/">http://www.freedos.org/
</ulink>
</para>
@@ -11562,19 +11564,19 @@ epic100.o ne2k-pci.o
</para>
<para>Medforfatter: Knut Yrvin
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://www.coyotelinux.com/'>Coyote Linux hjemmeside
+<para><ulink url="http://www.coyotelinux.com/">Coyote Linux hjemmeside
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://www.vortech.net/phorums/list.php?8'>Coyote Linux brukerforum, høy aktivitet
+<para><ulink url="http://www.vortech.net/phorums/list.php?8">Coyote Linux brukerforum, høy aktivitet
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://www.coyotelinux.com/faq'>Coyote Linux, FAQ, velg 2.x - General
+<para><ulink url="http://www.coyotelinux.com/faq">Coyote Linux, FAQ, velg 2.x - General
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://rzero.com/coyote/faq.html'>En annen FAQ av Todd VerBeek
+<para><ulink url="http://rzero.com/coyote/faq.html">En annen FAQ av Todd VerBeek
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -11689,9 +11691,9 @@ epic100.o ne2k-pci.o
</title>
<para>Brukertilfelle: Hvordan kan man installere maskinene som et helt datanett for en skole eller for flere skoler i en kommune.
</para>
-<para><fixme: Inn med tegning som viser halvtykke klienter>
+<para><fixme: Inn med tegning som viser halvtykke klienter>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para>[attachment:bilder50.png] <emphasis role='strong'>De forskjellige profilene på forskjellige tjenermaskiner.
+<para>[attachment:bilder50.png] <emphasis role="strong">De forskjellige profilene på forskjellige tjenermaskiner.
</emphasis>
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -11708,7 +11710,7 @@ epic100.o ne2k-pci.o
</itemizedlist>
<para>Dette er et relativt lite steg, med kun noen håndgrep, som gjør det enkelt å bruke et passende svitsj på stamnettet, og bruke krysset kabel for å koble brannmuren med en kombi-tjener
</para>
-<para>Merk: Vær klar over at det å plassere en skriver på adressen 192.168.0.0/24 som er tynnklient-nettet virker ikke om vertsnavnet er <emphasis role='strong'>printer00
+<para>Merk: Vær klar over at det å plassere en skriver på adressen 192.168.0.0/24 som er tynnklient-nettet virker ikke om vertsnavnet er <emphasis role="strong">printer00
</emphasis>. Sørg for å redigere KDE Utskriftshåndterer som søker etter skrivere på 192.168.0.0/24-nettet. Ikke standard 10.0.2.0/23-nettet.
</para>
</section>
@@ -11719,59 +11721,59 @@ epic100.o ne2k-pci.o
<para>Profiler som vises under installasjon kommer fra filen: <computeroutput>src/debian-edu-install/debian/debian-edu-install.templates
</computeroutput> hos alioth.debian.org
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Grafisk skrivebord
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Grafisk skrivebord
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Man vil stadig se referanser til grafisk skrivebord. I kortversjon betyr dette et moderne skrivebord med pek og klikk, vinduer, ikoner og filmapper. Grafisk brukergrensesnitt ble første gang laget av Xerox Parc i 1973, hele 10 år før dette kom for personlige datamaskiner som man fikk kjøpt i butikken. Dette var en <emphasis>svært
</emphasis> kort presentasjon av grafisk brukergrensesnitt.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>En kort oppsummering av forskjellige profiler i Skolelinux/Debian-edu og hvordan de kan kombineres
+<para><emphasis role="strong">En kort oppsummering av forskjellige profiler i Skolelinux/Debian-edu og hvordan de kan kombineres
</emphasis>
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>
<para>Hovedtjener VARSEL: <emphasis>Alle
</emphasis> Skolelinux/Debian-edu-nettverk <emphasis>må ha
-</emphasis> kun en hovedtjener, og kun en installasjon med denne profilen. Profilen kan kombineres med tynnklienttjener som er det vanligste, eller bare en arbeidstasjon. Hvert Skolelinux-nett trenger en, eller bare en maskin kjørende med profilen «Hovedtjener». Denne maskinen gir nettverkstjenester som f.eks. nettverk, innlogging med hjelp av katalogtjener (LDAP) osv. Uten denne profilen installert vil ikke datanettet virke. Siden denne maskinen også har lagret alle datafiler er det behov for mye diskplass. Man får ikke grafisk brukergrensesnitt ved å installere denne profilen. Skal man ha grafisk brukergrensesnitt må man også installere <ulink url='#workstationprofile'>arbeidsstasjon
-</ulink>-profilen eller <ulink url='#workstationprofile'>tynnklienttjener
-</ulink> <ulink url='#FTN.AEN1198'>[7
+</emphasis> kun en hovedtjener, og kun en installasjon med denne profilen. Profilen kan kombineres med tynnklienttjener som er det vanligste, eller bare en arbeidstasjon. Hvert Skolelinux-nett trenger en, eller bare en maskin kjørende med profilen «Hovedtjener». Denne maskinen gir nettverkstjenester som f.eks. nettverk, innlogging med hjelp av katalogtjener (LDAP) osv. Uten denne profilen installert vil ikke datanettet virke. Siden denne maskinen også har lagret alle datafiler er det behov for mye diskplass. Man får ikke grafisk brukergrensesnitt ved å installere denne profilen. Skal man ha grafisk brukergrensesnitt må man også installere <ulink url="#workstationprofile">arbeidsstasjon
+</ulink>-profilen eller <ulink url="#workstationprofile">tynnklienttjener
+</ulink> <ulink url="#FTN.AEN1198">[7
</ulink>]
</para>
</listitem><listitem>Arbeidsstasjon
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para>Maskiner som kjører en Arbeidsstasjon-profil er det vi kjenner som normale PC-er. Brukerne logger inn på en arbeidsstasjon, og får lagerplass på <ulink url='#mainserverprofile'>hovedtjeneren
-</ulink>. Dokumenter, personlige innstillinger og mange nett-tjenester ligger på <ulink url='#mainserverprofile'>hovedtjeneren
+<para>Maskiner som kjører en Arbeidsstasjon-profil er det vi kjenner som normale PC-er. Brukerne logger inn på en arbeidsstasjon, og får lagerplass på <ulink url="#mainserverprofile">hovedtjeneren
+</ulink>. Dokumenter, personlige innstillinger og mange nett-tjenester ligger på <ulink url="#mainserverprofile">hovedtjeneren
</ulink>. Brukerprogram kjøres på arbeidsstasjonen.
</para>
<para>Ønskes tilgang til CD/DVD-spiller/brenner, digitalkamera og skannere er dette profilen og installere.
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Tynnklienttjener
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Tynnklienttjener
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para>Maskiner som kjører som tynnklient-tjener gir støtte til tynnklienter. Denne profilen har også med <ulink url='#workstationprofile'>arbeidsstasjon
+<para>Maskiner som kjører som tynnklient-tjener gir støtte til tynnklienter. Denne profilen har også med <ulink url="#workstationprofile">arbeidsstasjon
</ulink>-profilen. For å hindre kapasiteten på nettet blir brukt opp (metning) kreves to nettverkskort. Profilene hovedtjener, arbeidsstasjon og tynnklienttjener kan installeres på en og samme maskin.
</para>
-<para>Denne profilen inneholder også <ulink url='#workstation'>arbeidsstasjon
+<para>Denne profilen inneholder også <ulink url="#workstation">arbeidsstasjon
</ulink>-profilen
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Halvtykke klienter
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Halvtykke klienter
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para>Maskiner som kjører som tynnklient-tjener gir støtte til halvtykke klienter om dette er lagt inn. I Skolelinux 2.0 må dette legges inn etterpå.. Denne profilen har også med <ulink url='#workstationprofile'>arbeidsstasjon
+<para>Maskiner som kjører som tynnklient-tjener gir støtte til halvtykke klienter om dette er lagt inn. I Skolelinux 2.0 må dette legges inn etterpå.. Denne profilen har også med <ulink url="#workstationprofile">arbeidsstasjon
</ulink>-profilen. Profilene hovedtjener, arbeidsstasjon og tynnklienttjener kan installeres på en og samme maskin.
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para>Denne profilen inneholder også <ulink url='#workstation'>arbeidsstasjon
+<para>Denne profilen inneholder også <ulink url="#workstation">arbeidsstasjon
</ulink>-profilen
</para>
</listitem><listitem>Hovedtjener + tynnklienttjener (med arbeidsstasjon inkludert)
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>Denne kombinasjonen av profiler, også kalt kombi-profilen, gir muligheten til å sette opp komplette Skolelinux/Debian-edu-nettverk med <ulink url='#workstation'>arbeidsstasjoner
-</ulink> og <ulink url='#thinclient'>tynnklienter
+<para>Denne kombinasjonen av profiler, også kalt kombi-profilen, gir muligheten til å sette opp komplette Skolelinux/Debian-edu-nettverk med <ulink url="#workstation">arbeidsstasjoner
+</ulink> og <ulink url="#thinclient">tynnklienter
</ulink> med bare en tjenermaskin. Dette er en fullt ut brukbar løsning i et lite Skolelinux/Debian-edu-nettverk med kanskje 10-15 tynnklienter og noen arbeidsstasjoner. For større installasjoner må man vanligvis velge tjenermaskiner som er <emphasis>større
</emphasis>.
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Hovedtjener + arbeidsstasjon
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Hovedtjener + arbeidsstasjon
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para>Denne kombinasjonen av profiler gir i all hovedsak en hovedtjener med grafisk brukergrensesnitt. Om man ikke liker ideen med å administrere hovedtjeneren fra kommandolinjen, er dette en god kombinasjon. Frittstående-profilen er ikke en del av Skolelinux/Debian-edu-nettet. Hensikten med denne profilen er å støtte hjemme-PC-en eller bærbare maskiner.
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Frittstående
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Frittstående
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para>Frittstående-profilen kan ikke installeres sammen med hovedtjener, arbeidsstasjon eller tynnklienttjener.
@@ -11844,35 +11846,35 @@ epic100.o ne2k-pci.o
</para>
<para>Klient-teknologiene blir beskrevet i følgende rekkefølge. Grafiske terminaler som Citrix og FreeNX, tynnklienter med X Windows, tykke klienter med Linux og Windows, halvtykke klienter med Linux, og bærbare PC-er. Deretter følger eksempler på hva som er vanlig å bruke av tjenermaskiner i forskjellige konsern-orienterte installasjoner. En nøkkelfaktor for å beregne driftskostnader er antall samtidige brukere og antall tjenermaskiner. Sentralisert drift av datautstyret på flere skoler kan i praksis sammenlignes med hvordan drift av IKT-systemer gjøres i større bedrifter. Ofte har skolene flere datamaskiner enn resten av kommunens virksomhet. Det kan fort føre til en dobling av antall ansatte i IT-tjenesten i kommunen om man ikke tenker seg godt om i det man velger klientløsninger i skolen.
</para>
-<para>Citrix er det mest kjente produktet for <emphasis role='strong'>grafiske terminaler
+<para>Citrix er det mest kjente produktet for <emphasis role="strong">grafiske terminaler
</emphasis>. Selskapet som lager dette produkter ble etablert i 1989. De første grafiske klientene ble laget for operativsystemet OS/2. Første Windows-produkt ble lansert med NT 3.51 i 1995. Det er flere konkurrerende produkter til Citrix. En av de mest vellykkede er NX-teknologien. I korthet du kjøre brukerprogram fra en tjenermaskin med Citrix eller NX. Skjermbildet eksporteres over nettet fra en tjener til en grafisk terminal på en tykk klient.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Grafiske terminaler
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Grafiske terminaler
</emphasis> har den styrken at det er samme hva slags operativsystem som kjører på klienten. brukerprogrammene på tjenermaskinen kan man bruke uansett. Man kan kjøre standard kontorprogram og klient for e-post over en ISDN-linje med 64 kbps. Når det er sagt er det begrensninger i forhold til grafisk programvare, enten det brukes med multimedia eller interaktiv grafikk. Løsningen kan fort bli uten praktisk nytte om en kommune har plassert ut 30 eller 50 grafiske terminaler på 5-6 skoler med bredbånd på 2-8 Mpbs. Med denne kapasitetet kan man ikke kjøre interaktive grafiske programmer. Nettet blir fyllt opp med trafikk, og Citrix-klienten kobles av tjenermaskinen.
</para>
-<para>Med <emphasis role='strong'>grafiske terminaler
+<para>Med <emphasis role="strong">grafiske terminaler
</emphasis> må driftsavdelingen kjøre to parallelle løp for vedlikehold av programvaren. Vedlikehold skjer på alle klientmaskinene og på lokale og sentrale tjenermaskiner. For at f.eks. Citrix skal fungere rimelig godt må det utplasseres ut to ekstra tjenermaskiner i hvert bygg i tillegg til sentrale applikasjonstjenere. I tillegg er det som regel behov for en del tykke klienter også for bruk med multimedia. F.eks. er 1/3 av maskinene i Oslo-skolen tykke klienter for å gi støtte for multimedia.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Tynnklienter
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Tynnklienter
</emphasis> ble introdusert i 1984 på MIT. Dette var omtrent på samme tid som Apple lanserte Macintosh med grafisk brukergrensesnitt. Året etter kom første utgave av Windows fra Microsoft. Egentlig heter tynnklienter X Window System og kan brukes på alle mulige plattformer som f.eks. Linux, Mac eller Windows. X Windows snur verden på hode. I praksis kjører programmene på en tjenermaskin, og det grafiske brukergrensesnittet sendes over nettverket til klientmaskinen. Klientmaskinen kjører et tjenerprogram for framvising av grafiske vinduer. En X-tjener kan kjøre programvinduer fra forskjellige program som kjører på mange forskjellige tjenermaskiner. Tykke klienter kjører også X Window system, men da et lokalt nettverk på PC-en. Alle Unix-systemer med grafisk brukergrensesnitt kjører X-tjener.
</para>
-<para>Den største fordelen med <emphasis role='strong'>tynnklienter
-</emphasis>er gjenbruk av eldre maskiner uten økning av kompleksiteten ved drift. Mange bruker PC-er med 233 MHz og 32 MB minne som tynnklienter. Det er ikke behov for lokal harddisk. Brukerne kan håndtere tyngre grafikk, lyd og enkel video. Flere skoler har åpnet for bruk av CD/DVD-rom og USB minnepenn på <emphasis role='strong'>tynnklientene
+<para>Den største fordelen med <emphasis role="strong">tynnklienter
+</emphasis>er gjenbruk av eldre maskiner uten økning av kompleksiteten ved drift. Mange bruker PC-er med 233 MHz og 32 MB minne som tynnklienter. Det er ikke behov for lokal harddisk. Brukerne kan håndtere tyngre grafikk, lyd og enkel video. Flere skoler har åpnet for bruk av CD/DVD-rom og USB minnepenn på <emphasis role="strong">tynnklientene
</emphasis>. Driftspersonellet slipper å holde orden på et eget operativsystem på hver av PC-ene. Alt håndteres fra tjenermaskinen. Hver tynnklient bruker rundt 2 Mbps nettkapasitet ved vanlig bruk. Ytelsen på tynnklienter er betydelig bedre enn grafiske terminaler. Tynnklienter trenger i snitt færre tjenermaskiner enn grafiske terminaler med f.eks. Citrix viser en utredning av Utdanningsetaten i Oslo.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Tykke klienter
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Tykke klienter
</emphasis> eller vanlige PC-er er det de fleste bruker i dag. Første gang uttrykket Peronal Computer ble brukt var 3. november 1962. Den første PC-en med nettverk og grafisk brukergrensesnitt ble laget hos Xerox PARK i 1973. I dag er det PC-konseptet IBM lanserte i 1981 som er mest kjent og utbredt. Hele operativsystemet og alle brukerprogrammene er installert på hver klientmaskin på et lokalt datalager. De mest kjente operativsystemene PC-er er Microsoft Windows og Linux. Men det er også en rekke andre systemer som mange bruker, blant annet en eller annen utgave av BSD.
</para>
-<para>Fordelen med <emphasis role='strong'>tykke klienter
+<para>Fordelen med <emphasis role="strong">tykke klienter
</emphasis> er at alle programmene kjører lokalt, noe som kan gi stor fleksibilitet og god ytelse for brukerne. Siden de fleste brukerprogrammene kjører lokalt trenger man få sentrale tjenermaskiner. Løsninger med tykke klienter kan være relativt rimelig å drifte om man standardiserer. På Windows er det en stor fordel å ha mest mulig like maskiner, noe som er vanskelig over tid. Det er helt vanlig at f.eks. skolen at man både har 4 og 5 PC-typer. Dette påvirker driftskostnadene. Linux er mer fleksibel da systemet enklere kan administreres med mange forskjellige PC-typer. Linux krever også mindre minne, og tillater lengre bruk av eldre datamaskiner uten tap av ytelse rapporterer British Educational Communications and Technology Agency (BECTA).
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Halvtykke klienter
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Halvtykke klienter
</emphasis> er en annen spennende teknologi. I dag støttes dette på Linux med Lessdisks eller ny LTSP. Novell hadde nærmest monopol på halvtykke klienter for 15 år siden. Forenklet går dette ut på at hele operativsystemet og brukerprogrammene er installert på en tjenermaskin. Operativsystem lastes opp fra tjener til klienten over nettverket. Fil, utskrift og nett-tjenester blir håndtert av et operativsystem laget for nettverk. Ved introduksjon av Windows 95 møtte Novell en teknologisk sperre. Microsoft la om til å styre Windows med registry istedenfor tekstfiler. Nå er det bare Linux og andre Unix-varianter som tilbyr halvtykke klienter.
</para>
-<para>Fordelen med <emphasis role='strong'>halvtykke klienter
+<para>Fordelen med <emphasis role="strong">halvtykke klienter
</emphasis> er at man får ytelsen til tykke klienter med driftsfordelen til tynnklienter. Det betyr at virksomheten kan koble på svært mange klientmaskiner på en tjenermaskin, uten å installere lokalt operativsystem på hver klient. Alt håndteres fra tjenermaskinen. Systemet støtter lyd, video, CD/DVD-rom og USB minnepinne. I dag er det sjeldent at man får dårligere bruktmaskiner enn 800 MHz prosessor og 256 MB minne, noe som passer utmerket som halvtykk klient. Det er anbefalt å bruke lokal harddisk som mellomlager.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Bærbare maskiner
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Bærbare maskiner
</emphasis> er i all hovedsak en tykke klient. Bærbare i prinsippet brukes som tynnklient, halvtykk klient eller grafisk terminal. Men det er ikke særlig praktisk av flere grunner. Bærbar bør brukes som tykk klient. Skal man koble den bærbare til et stasjonært datanett må man velge hva slags tjenester som kan brukes.
</para>
<para>Det er betydelige utfordringer med bærbare i trådløse nett med mange brukere. Trådløse nett har begrenset kapasitet. Bærbare maskiner er også utsatt for røff behandling, og krever oftere utskiftning enn hva som er vanlig for stasjonært utstyr. Man bør ikke kjøre grafiske terminaler på bærbare maskiner i i trådløse nett. Dette blir fort ustabilt når man har mange brukere. Tykke klienter med Linux eller Windows går fint. De kan relativt enkelt autentiseres mot datanettet. Brukeren får tilgang til filområder, utskrift og andre nett-tjenester på en trygg og sikker måte. Det er flere som tilbyr bærbare maskiner i skolen som kobles til datanettet som kjører Skolelinux.
@@ -11880,18 +11882,18 @@ epic100.o ne2k-pci.o
<section>
<title>Tabell over klienttypene
-</title><table><caption/><tgroup cols='3'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><tbody><row><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>Hovedløsning
+</title><table><caption/><tgroup cols="3"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">Hovedløsning
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>Støtte for multimedia
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">Støtte for multimedia
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>Kjennetegn
+<para> <emphasis><emphasis role="strong">Kjennetegn
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
@@ -11903,8 +11905,8 @@ epic100.o ne2k-pci.o
<para>God støtte for lyd, grafikk og video gitt kraftig nok prosessor og minne på klientmaskinen.
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Alle brukerprogram installert på klientmaskinen. Brukerprogrammene kjører på klientmaskinen. Klientmaskinen kan være stasjonær eller bærbar. Kjører flere tjenester i nettverk som e-post, fillagring, sak-arkivsystem ol. <emphasis role='strong'>Fordel:
-</emphasis> Trenger få tjenermaskiner. God støtte for multimedia<emphasis role='strong'>Ulempe:
+<para>Alle brukerprogram installert på klientmaskinen. Brukerprogrammene kjører på klientmaskinen. Klientmaskinen kan være stasjonær eller bærbar. Kjører flere tjenester i nettverk som e-post, fillagring, sak-arkivsystem ol. <emphasis role="strong">Fordel:
+</emphasis> Trenger få tjenermaskiner. God støtte for multimedia<emphasis role="strong">Ulempe:
</emphasis> Må installere og vedlikeholde all programvare på hver klientmaskin
</para>
</entry>
@@ -11915,7 +11917,7 @@ epic100.o ne2k-pci.o
<para>God støtte for lyd, grafikk og video gitt kraftig nok prosessor på minne klientmaskinen.
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Alle brukerprogram er installert på tjenermaskin. Brukerprogram kjører på klientmaskinen. Klientmaskin er vanligvis stasjonær. Kjører flere tjenester i nettverk som e-post, fillagring, sak-arkivsystem ol. <emphasis role='strong'>Fordeler:
+<para>Alle brukerprogram er installert på tjenermaskin. Brukerprogram kjører på klientmaskinen. Klientmaskin er vanligvis stasjonær. Kjører flere tjenester i nettverk som e-post, fillagring, sak-arkivsystem ol. <emphasis role="strong">Fordeler:
</emphasis> Samme funksjonalitet som tykke klienter. Trenger få tjenermaskiner. Klientmaskinene har ikke installert programvare.
</para>
</entry>
@@ -11926,8 +11928,8 @@ epic100.o ne2k-pci.o
<para>Grei støtte for lyd, grafikk og video gitt kraftig nok prosessor på minne på tjenermaskin. Trenger høy kapasitet på klientnettverket.
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Alle brukerprogram og tjenester er installert på tjenermaskin. Brukerprogrammene kjører på tjenermaskiner. Klientmaskinen er vanligvis stasjonær. Kjører flere tjenester i nettverk som e-post, fillagring, sak-arkivsystem ol. <emphasis role='strong'>Fordel:
-</emphasis> Gir nytt liv til gjenbrukte datamaskiner. Klienten har ikke installert programvare. <emphasis role='strong'>Ulempe:
+<para>Alle brukerprogram og tjenester er installert på tjenermaskin. Brukerprogrammene kjører på tjenermaskiner. Klientmaskinen er vanligvis stasjonær. Kjører flere tjenester i nettverk som e-post, fillagring, sak-arkivsystem ol. <emphasis role="strong">Fordel:
+</emphasis> Gir nytt liv til gjenbrukte datamaskiner. Klienten har ikke installert programvare. <emphasis role="strong">Ulempe:
</emphasis> Krever flere tjenermaskiner enn tykke og halvtykke klienter.
</para>
</entry>
@@ -11938,8 +11940,8 @@ epic100.o ne2k-pci.o
<para>Grei støtte grafikk gitt kraftig nok prosessor på minne på tjenermaskin, og høy kapasitet på nettverket. Svak eller liten støtte for interaktiv grafikk ved midlere nettkapasitet i nettverket.
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Alle brukerprogram og tjenester er installert på tjenermaskin. Fullt operativsystem med vindussystem er vanligvis installert på klientmaskin. Brukerprogrammene kjører på tjenermaskiner. Klientmaskinen er vanligvis stasjonær. Kjører flere tjenester i nettverk som e-post, fillagring, sak-arkivsystem ol. <emphasis role='strong'>Fordel:
-</emphasis> Gir nytt liv til gjenbrukte datamaskiner.<emphasis role='strong'>Ulempe:
+<para>Alle brukerprogram og tjenester er installert på tjenermaskin. Fullt operativsystem med vindussystem er vanligvis installert på klientmaskin. Brukerprogrammene kjører på tjenermaskiner. Klientmaskinen er vanligvis stasjonær. Kjører flere tjenester i nettverk som e-post, fillagring, sak-arkivsystem ol. <emphasis role="strong">Fordel:
+</emphasis> Gir nytt liv til gjenbrukte datamaskiner.<emphasis role="strong">Ulempe:
</emphasis> Må installere og vedlikeholde operativsystem på hver klientmaskin. Krever flere tjenermaskiner enn ekte tynnklienter. Krever betydelig flere tjenermaskiner enn tykke eller halvtykke klienter. Gir dårlig ytelse eller ingen støtte for multimedia. Terminalen kobles ned ved metning i nettverket. Dette kan skje flere ganger i timen.
</para>
</entry>
@@ -11950,8 +11952,8 @@ epic100.o ne2k-pci.o
<para>God støtte for lyd, grafikk og video gitt kraftig nok prosessor og minne på klientmaskinen.
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Fordel:
-</emphasis>Kan ta med PC-en hvor det måtte passe<emphasis role='strong'>Ulempe:
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Fordel:
+</emphasis>Kan ta med PC-en hvor det måtte passe<emphasis role="strong">Ulempe:
</emphasis> Må installere og vedlikeholde operativsystem på hver klientmaskin. Må sette opp og vedlikeholde tjenester som gjør det enkelt og koble til og fra maskiner i datanettet. Det er betydelig brekkasje med bærbart utstyr, og levetiden er i snitt 3 år, eller 2-5 år mindre enn stasjonære maskiner. Drift av bærbart er dyrt.
</para>
</entry>
@@ -12160,7 +12162,7 @@ epic100.o ne2k-pci.o
</para>
<para>Medforfatter: Knut Yrvin
</para>
-<para>Hvilken type kernel som kjører finner man ut med kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>uname -a
+<para>Hvilken type kernel som kjører finner man ut med kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">uname -a
</emphasis>. Kommandoen kan brukes senere for å sikre at man har oppgradert til ønsket kjerne. Da kan det se slik ut:
</para>
<para>
@@ -12172,17 +12174,17 @@ Linux tjener.intern 2.6.8-2-386 #1 Thu May 19 17:40:50 JST 2005 i686 GNU/Linux
</para>
<para>Ønskes en kjerne for nye tjenermaskiner med masse minne og flere prosessorer, kan du laste ned og installere dette etterpå. Pakkesystemet til Debian gjør dette enkelt.
</para>
-<para>Se på <ulink url='#apt-get'>Seksjon 8.9
-</ulink> for en mer detaljert beskrivelse av <emphasis role='strong'>apt-get
-</emphasis> og <emphasis role='strong'>dpkg
+<para>Se på <ulink url="#apt-get">Seksjon 8.9
+</ulink> for en mer detaljert beskrivelse av <emphasis role="strong">apt-get
+</emphasis> og <emphasis role="strong">dpkg
</emphasis>.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>smp
+<para><emphasis role="strong">smp
</emphasis> er nøkkelordet man må se etter når man vil ha en Linux-kjerne med støtte for mere minne enn 940MB minne og doble prosessorer. Forkortelsen smp står for <emphasis>Symmetric Multi-Processors
-</emphasis>. Kommandoen kjøres fra et <ulink url='#shell'>skall
+</emphasis>. Kommandoen kjøres fra et <ulink url="#shell">skall
</ulink> som lister ut antall kjerner klar for installasjon:
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-cache search kernel-image | grep smp
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-cache search kernel-image | grep smp
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>. Når dette skrives får man følgende utlisting:
@@ -12218,22 +12220,22 @@ kernel-image-2.6-k7-smp - Linux kernel image for version 2.6 on AMD K7 SMP.
</para>
<para>Straks man vet vilken kjerne som passer på maskinen kan den installeres med kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-get install kernel-image-2.6-<din prosessortype>-smp
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-get install kernel-image-2.6-<din prosessortype>-smp
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Er det en Intel Xeon i maskinen kan man bruke
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-get install kernel-image-2.6-686-smp
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-get install kernel-image-2.6-686-smp
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Bruker man en 2.4-kjerne
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-get install kernel-image-2.4-<din prosessortype>-smp
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-get install kernel-image-2.4-<din prosessortype>-smp
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Har man en AMD Athlon(TM) MP 2000 kan man bruke
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-get install kernel-image-2.6-k7-smp
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-get install kernel-image-2.6-k7-smp
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Når man installerer ny kjerne kan man se noe som dette:
@@ -12299,7 +12301,7 @@ Setting up kernel-image-2.6-686-smp (101) ...
<section>
<title>Verifikasjon
</title>
-<para>Kjører man kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>uname -a
+<para>Kjører man kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">uname -a
</emphasis> etter installasjon, så vil man se
</para>
<para>
@@ -12307,8 +12309,8 @@ Setting up kernel-image-2.6-686-smp (101) ...
Linux tjener.intern 2.6.8-2-686-smp #1 SMP Thu May 19 17:27:55 JST 2005 i686 GNU/Linux
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Etter installasjon av smp-kjerne, og omstart er utført, kan man kjøre kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>free
-</emphasis> og <emphasis role='strong'>cat /proc/cpuinfo
+<para>Etter installasjon av smp-kjerne, og omstart er utført, kan man kjøre kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">free
+</emphasis> og <emphasis role="strong">cat /proc/cpuinfo
</emphasis>. Då kan man se om den nye kjernen bruker alt minne og begge prosessorer.
</para>
<para>
@@ -12372,8 +12374,8 @@ model name : Intel(R) Xeon(TM) CPU 2.66GHz
<para>Man kan bestemme pakkearkiv i fila <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list
</computeroutput>
</para>
-<para>Man kan arbeide med pakkeadministrasjon på kommandolinja. Det er flere grafiske program også som f.eks. KPackage <ulink url='#kpackage'>7
-</ulink> eller Webmin <ulink url='#webmin'>12
+<para>Man kan arbeide med pakkeadministrasjon på kommandolinja. Det er flere grafiske program også som f.eks. KPackage <ulink url="#kpackage">7
+</ulink> eller Webmin <ulink url="#webmin">12
</ulink>
</para>
<para>Dette avsnittet gir en rask introduksjon til bruk av kommandolinje for administrasjon av pakker.
@@ -12427,7 +12429,7 @@ deb http://ftp.skolelinux.no/skolelinux/ sarge local
</para>
<para>Legges det til en ny linje i denne fila må man også oppdatere databasen som har informasjon om hva som er tilgjengelig.
</para>
-<para>Se <ulink url='#sources.list'>Kapittel 13
+<para>Se <ulink url="#sources.list">Kapittel 13
</ulink> for andre linjer som kan legges inn som kilde for pakker.
</para>
@@ -12505,7 +12507,7 @@ Reading Package Lists... Done
</para>
<para>Alle pakkene som allerede er installert kan oppgraderes til nyere versjoner med kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-get upgrade
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-get upgrade
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
@@ -12524,14 +12526,14 @@ After unpacking 225kB disk space will be freed.
Do you want to continue? [Y/n]
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Bare trykk <emphasis role='strong'>Enter
-</emphasis> eller 'Y' og så <emphasis role='strong'>Enter
+<para>Bare trykk <emphasis role="strong">Enter
+</emphasis> eller 'Y' og så <emphasis role="strong">Enter
</emphasis>. Pakkene vil lastes ned og installeres automatisk. Man vil få en endringslogg i det oppgraderingen starter.
</para>
<para>Straks man har oppgradert kan man slette pakkene som er lasted ned i katalogen <computeroutput>/var/cache/apt/archives/
</computeroutput>. Bruk kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-get clean
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-get clean
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>for å rydde i arkivet. Dette bør gjøres av og til. Ellers blir <computeroutput>/var
@@ -12544,19 +12546,19 @@ Do you want to continue? [Y/n]
<para>Noen ganger er det greit å se hva som kommer til å skje <emphasis>før
</emphasis> man oppgraderer. Man vil gjøre en vurdering om det er behov for å laste ned flere store pakker. Kanskje må man vente til det er mer tilgjengelig nettkapasitet. Kjører man
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-get upgrade --simulate
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-get upgrade --simulate
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>vil man simulere hva som vil skje, uten at det faktisk skjer. Er dette for mye informasjon på skjermen kan man kjøre
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-get upgrade --simulate | more
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-get upgrade --simulate | more
</emphasis>
</para>
-<para>Ser det greit ut, kan man kjøre kommandoen igjen uten paramteret <emphasis role='strong'>--simulate
+<para>Ser det greit ut, kan man kjøre kommandoen igjen uten paramteret <emphasis role="strong">--simulate
</emphasis>
</para>
-<para>Det går også å bruke <emphasis role='strong'>aptitude dist-upgrade
-</emphasis> i kombinasjon med <emphasis role='strong'>apt-get upgrade
+<para>Det går også å bruke <emphasis role="strong">aptitude dist-upgrade
+</emphasis> i kombinasjon med <emphasis role="strong">apt-get upgrade
</emphasis>.
</para>
</section>
@@ -12583,7 +12585,7 @@ kdeaddons (4:3.1.0-2) unstable; urgency=low
ftp.kde.org.. *sigh*
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Bruk <emphasis role='strong'>Mellomrom
+<para>Bruk <emphasis role="strong">Mellomrom
</emphasis> på tastaturet for å rulle gjennom meldingen. Da vil du se
</para>
<para>
@@ -12597,7 +12599,7 @@ kdeaddons (4:3.1.0-2) unstable; urgency=low
(END)
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Trykk <emphasis role='strong'>q
+<para>Trykk <emphasis role="strong">q
</emphasis>-tasten for å avslutte, og man får
</para>
<para>
@@ -12606,7 +12608,7 @@ Reading changelogs... Done
apt-listchanges: Do you want to continue? [Y/n]?
]]>
</screen>
-<para>For å fortsette må man trykke <emphasis role='strong'>Y
+<para>For å fortsette må man trykke <emphasis role="strong">Y
</emphasis> for Ja.
</para>
</section>
@@ -12628,12 +12630,12 @@ apt-listchanges: Do you want to continue? [Y/n]?
</para>
<para>Man kan få en oversikt over installerte pakker med å bruke kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>dpkg --list | more
+<para><emphasis role="strong">dpkg --list | more
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Vær klar over at de to første bokstavene til pakken: "ii" betyr at en pakke er fullt installert.
</para>
-<para>Er man ute etter status på en bestemt pakke kan man bruke <emphasis role='strong'>grep
+<para>Er man ute etter status på en bestemt pakke kan man bruke <emphasis role="strong">grep
</emphasis> i søket etter den:
</para>
<para>
@@ -12656,15 +12658,15 @@ ii apache2-utils 2.0.54-4 utility programs for webservers
</para>
<para>For å finne en bestemt pakke kan man bruke et søkeord med kommandoen:
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-cache search <pakkenavn>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-cache search <pakkenavn>
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Blir det for mye tekst på skjermen kan man prøve
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-cache search <pakkenavn>|more
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-cache search <pakkenavn>|more
</emphasis>
</para>
-<para>Det er to symboler < og > må <emphasis>ikke
+<para>Det er to symboler < og > må <emphasis>ikke
</emphasis> brukes. De er bare brukt i dette eksemplet.
</para>
<para>
@@ -12695,12 +12697,12 @@ apache-utils - utility programs for webservers (transitional package)
</para>
<para>Kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-cache showpkg <packagename>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-cache showpkg <packagename>
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>og
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'><apt-cache policy <packagename>
+<para><emphasis role="strong"><apt-cache policy <packagename>
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>vil gi detaljer om pakken.
@@ -12743,12 +12745,12 @@ kdissert:
</para>
<para>Når man har funnet pakken som skal installeres, kjøres kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-get install <pakkenavn>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-get install <pakkenavn>
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Ønsker man å se hva som skjedde under installasjon bør man kjøre en simulering først med kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-get install <pakkenavn> --simulate
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-get install <pakkenavn> --simulate
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
@@ -12791,12 +12793,12 @@ Setting up aterm (0.4.2-11) ...
</para>
<para>Når man har funnet navnet på pakken kjører man kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-get remove <pakkenavn>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-get remove <pakkenavn>
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Ønsker man å se hva om skjer ved pakkefjerning kan man simulere dette med kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-get remove <pakkename> --simulate
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-get remove <pakkename> --simulate
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
@@ -12833,17 +12835,17 @@ Removing aterm ...
</para>
<para>Når man installerer en pakke med kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-get install <packagename>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-get install <packagename>
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>er det den nyeste pakken som blir installert. Noen ganger ønsker man ikke den nyeste utgaven, men en eldre versjon.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-get install <pakkenavn>=eldre_versjonsnummer
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-get install <pakkenavn>=eldre_versjonsnummer
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Ønskes en eldre utgave av backup-modulen Webmin kan man kjøre
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-cache showpkg webmin-slbackup
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-cache showpkg webmin-slbackup
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>for å få en oversikt over tilgjengelig utgave
@@ -12866,7 +12868,7 @@ webmin-slbackup:
</para>
<para>Ønskes versjon 0.0.9-1 av programmet kan den installeres med følgende kommando
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>apt-get install webmin-slbackup=0.0.9-1
+<para><emphasis role="strong">apt-get install webmin-slbackup=0.0.9-1
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
@@ -12909,12 +12911,12 @@ Setting up webmin-slbackup (0.0.9-1) ...
</para>
<para>Last ned pakken fra hjemmesiden til de som har laget programmet. Det kan f.eks være Opera. Programmet installeres med følgende kommando:
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>dpkg -i <pakkens fulle filnavn>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">dpkg -i <pakkens fulle filnavn>
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>. Ønsker man først å simulere dette prøv
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>dpkg --no-act -i <pakkens fulle filnavn>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">dpkg --no-act -i <pakkens fulle filnavn>
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
@@ -12935,8 +12937,8 @@ Errors were encountered while processing:
opera
]]>
</screen>
-<para>dpkg krever mer håndtering enn apt-get fordi den ikke håndterer pakkeavhengigheter. Det betyr at man kanskje må kjøre <emphasis role='strong'>apt-get
-</emphasis> umiddelbart etterpå med ekstra paramter. F.eks. hjelper det å kjøre <emphasis role='strong'>apt-get --fix-broken
+<para>dpkg krever mer håndtering enn apt-get fordi den ikke håndterer pakkeavhengigheter. Det betyr at man kanskje må kjøre <emphasis role="strong">apt-get
+</emphasis> umiddelbart etterpå med ekstra paramter. F.eks. hjelper det å kjøre <emphasis role="strong">apt-get --fix-broken
</emphasis> for å ordne opp
</para>
<para>
@@ -13049,7 +13051,7 @@ tjener:~# dpkg --list|grep opera
</para>
<para>Man får en oversikt med kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>dpkg --listfiles <pakkenavn>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">dpkg --listfiles <pakkenavn>
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
@@ -13075,7 +13077,7 @@ tjener:~# dpkg --list|grep opera
</para>
<para>Medforfatter: Knut Yrvin
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>dpkg --search <filename>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">dpkg --search <filename>
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Dette kan se slik ut
@@ -13098,7 +13100,7 @@ opera: /etc/opera6rc.fixed
</para>
<para>Bruker man kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>dpkg --search <filename>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">dpkg --search <filename>
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Advarsel: Pakk <emphasis>aldri
@@ -13110,13 +13112,13 @@ opera: /etc/opera6rc.fixed
<para>Først må man få tak i den aktuelle deb-pakken. Man kan gjøre dette ved å plassere det i <computeroutput>/tmp
</computeroutput>-katalogen. Man kan pakke ut filene i denne katalogen med kommandoen
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>dpkg --vextract <packagename> /tmp
+<para><emphasis role="strong">dpkg --vextract <packagename> /tmp
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>. Da vil det lages nødvendige kataloger i <computeroutput>/tmp
</computeroutput> og filene plasseres der.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>dpkg --vextract <pakkenavn> /tmp
+<para><emphasis role="strong">dpkg --vextract <pakkenavn> /tmp
</emphasis>
</para>
</section>
@@ -13130,17 +13132,17 @@ opera: /etc/opera6rc.fixed
</para>
<para>Medforfatter: Knut Yrvin
</para>
-<para>Kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>apt-get
-</emphasis> gjør det enkelt å installere pakker fra Internett. Men <emphasis role='strong'>apt-get
-</emphasis> vil også bruke betydelig med nettkapasitet når program lastes ned fra debian-arkiv på Internett. Derfor kan man sende <emphasis role='strong'>apt-get
-</emphasis> avgårde til et lokalt pakkearkiv. På den måten kan man installere pakker som allerede er lastet ned med enkel bruk av <emphasis role='strong'>apt-get
+<para>Kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">apt-get
+</emphasis> gjør det enkelt å installere pakker fra Internett. Men <emphasis role="strong">apt-get
+</emphasis> vil også bruke betydelig med nettkapasitet når program lastes ned fra debian-arkiv på Internett. Derfor kan man sende <emphasis role="strong">apt-get
+</emphasis> avgårde til et lokalt pakkearkiv. På den måten kan man installere pakker som allerede er lastet ned med enkel bruk av <emphasis role="strong">apt-get
</emphasis>. Dette gir <emphasis>rask
</emphasis> installasjon.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>mkdir /var/www/dpkg
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>cp /var/cache/apt/archives/*.deb /var/www/dpkg
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>cd /var/www/
-</emphasis> <emphasis role='strong'>dpkg-scanpackages dpkg /dev/null | gzip -9c > dpkg/Packages.gz
+<para><emphasis role="strong">mkdir /var/www/dpkg
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">cp /var/cache/apt/archives/*.deb /var/www/dpkg
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">cd /var/www/
+</emphasis> <emphasis role="strong">dpkg-scanpackages dpkg /dev/null | gzip -9c > dpkg/Packages.gz
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Etter dette legges en ny line til fila <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list
@@ -13150,7 +13152,7 @@ opera: /etc/opera6rc.fixed
</para><screen><![CDATA[deb file:///var/www dpkg/
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Så må man kjøre kommandoen <emphasis role='strong'>apt-get update
+<para>Så må man kjøre kommandoen <emphasis role="strong">apt-get update
</emphasis> som vanlig for å uppdatere pakkene i databasen.
</para>
</section>
@@ -13162,13 +13164,13 @@ opera: /etc/opera6rc.fixed
</para>
<para>Er du logget inn på en maskin i et Skolelinux/Debian-edu kan man bruke
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>ssh -l root 10.0.2.1
+<para><emphasis role="strong">ssh -l root 10.0.2.1
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>til å logge inn på Coyote Linux
</para>
-<para>Er du utenfor et Skolelinux/Debian-edu-nett, kan man erstatte verdien 10.0.2.1 med en passende verdi for network card for WAN-et i <ulink url='#clguishow'>i
-</ulink>. I dette tilfellet kan det være <emphasis role='strong'>ssh -l root 192.168.1.10
+<para>Er du utenfor et Skolelinux/Debian-edu-nett, kan man erstatte verdien 10.0.2.1 med en passende verdi for network card for WAN-et i <ulink url="#clguishow">i
+</ulink>. I dette tilfellet kan det være <emphasis role="strong">ssh -l root 192.168.1.10
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>Her vil man møtes med samme valg som om man var logget inn på Coyote Linux vev-administrasjon. Dette presenterer i en tekstbasert meny.
@@ -13190,12 +13192,12 @@ opera: /etc/opera6rc.fixed
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Man vil ha omtrent samme valg som når man er logget inn på Coyote Linux med vev-administrasjon. Se <ulink url='#clgui'>Seksjon 3.7
+<para>Man vil ha omtrent samme valg som når man er logget inn på Coyote Linux med vev-administrasjon. Se <ulink url="#clgui">Seksjon 3.7
</ulink> for en kort beskrivelse av meyvalgene.
</para>
-<para>Når man velger <emphasis role='strong'>q) quit
-</emphasis> vil man ende opp med en kommandolinje i Coyote Linux. Må man tilbake til hovedmenyen i Coyote Linux, skriver man <emphasis role='strong'>menu
-</emphasis> og trykker <emphasis role='strong'>Enter
+<para>Når man velger <emphasis role="strong">q) quit
+</emphasis> vil man ende opp med en kommandolinje i Coyote Linux. Må man tilbake til hovedmenyen i Coyote Linux, skriver man <emphasis role="strong">menu
+</emphasis> og trykker <emphasis role="strong">Enter
</emphasis>.
</para>
<para>Ser du dette når man forsøker å logge inn på Coyote Linux
@@ -13245,7 +13247,7 @@ Host key verification failed.
</para>
<para>Hovedforfatter: Klaus Ade Johnstad
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Nyttige kommando i Coyote Linux
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Nyttige kommando i Coyote Linux
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>ping
</listitem>
@@ -13271,9 +13273,9 @@ PING 10.0.2.2 (10.0.2.2): 56 data bytes
</screen><itemizedlist><listitem>dmesg
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>Denne kommandoen skriver ut informasjon om Linux-kernen som er kjører på maskinen. Man får ut ting som minne, prosessor, network carder. Er det for mye utdata fra <emphasis role='strong'>dmesg
-</emphasis> kan man kjøre dette gjennom et såkalt bla-program som f.eks. «more», og bruk <emphasis role='strong'>Mellomrom
-</emphasis> for å lese alt, <emphasis role='strong'>dmesg|more
+<para>Denne kommandoen skriver ut informasjon om Linux-kernen som er kjører på maskinen. Man får ut ting som minne, prosessor, network carder. Er det for mye utdata fra <emphasis role="strong">dmesg
+</emphasis> kan man kjøre dette gjennom et såkalt bla-program som f.eks. «more», og bruk <emphasis role="strong">Mellomrom
+</emphasis> for å lese alt, <emphasis role="strong">dmesg|more
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>ifconfig
</listitem>
@@ -13329,7 +13331,7 @@ ip_nat_amanda 1020 0 (unused)
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Dette er en listing som viser at driver-modulenene for network card er lastet. For Intel pro100 er det modulen eepro100 og 3Com har modulen 3c59x (som gjelder for kort med typebetegnelse 3c590, 3c595, 3c900, 3c905). Se <ulink url='#clmodules'>Seksjon 3.12
+<para>Dette er en listing som viser at driver-modulenene for network card er lastet. For Intel pro100 er det modulen eepro100 og 3Com har modulen 3c59x (som gjelder for kort med typebetegnelse 3c590, 3c595, 3c900, 3c905). Se <ulink url="#clmodules">Seksjon 3.12
</ulink>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>route
</listitem><listitem>traceroute
@@ -13508,7 +13510,7 @@ Total: 30860 6004 24856
<section>
<title>Bilag 1 - Definisjoner
-</title><table><caption/><tgroup cols='2'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><tbody><row><entry>
+</title><table><caption/><tgroup cols="2"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><tbody><row><entry>
<para> Begrep
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -13624,7 +13626,7 @@ Total: 30860 6004 24856
<para>Etterfølgende tabell viser alle relevante tjenester i tilknytning til drift av Skolelinux. Kryssene i tabellen viser ansvarsforholdet mellom Leverandøren og Kunden for de enkelte tjenestene:
</para>
<para>Lev. (inkl) utføres av Leverandøren og inkludert i Avtalens pris. Lev. (løpende) utføres av Leverandøren på Kundens regning i henhold til satsene i Kapittel 7. Kunden utføres av Kunden på Kundens regning.
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='4'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><colspec colname='xxx4'/><tbody><row><entry>
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="4"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><colspec colname="xxx4"/><tbody><row><entry>
<para> Tjeneste
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -13664,7 +13666,7 @@ Total: 30860 6004 24856
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> Utskifting av maskinutstyr<superscript><link linkend='fnref-7b572e52ab31bebab96b09731f47654a3ad3289c-0' endterm='fndef-7b572e52ab31bebab96b09731f47654a3ad3289c-0'>1
+<para> Utskifting av maskinutstyr<superscript><link linkend="fnref-7b572e52ab31bebab96b09731f47654a3ad3289c-0" endterm="fndef-7b572e52ab31bebab96b09731f47654a3ad3289c-0">1
</link>
</superscript>
</para>
@@ -13679,7 +13681,7 @@ Total: 30860 6004 24856
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> Legge til, endre og slette brukere<superscript><link linkend='fnref-a4ac7584a7ba7e4092b76d83f73108a70bedb002-1' endterm='fndef-a4ac7584a7ba7e4092b76d83f73108a70bedb002-1'>2
+<para> Legge til, endre og slette brukere<superscript><link linkend="fnref-a4ac7584a7ba7e4092b76d83f73108a70bedb002-1" endterm="fndef-a4ac7584a7ba7e4092b76d83f73108a70bedb002-1">2
</link>
</superscript>
</para>
@@ -14133,7 +14135,7 @@ Total: 30860 6004 24856
<title>Bilag 6 - Kontaktpersoner og adresser
</title>
<para>1.Korrespondanse Henvendelser vedrørende avtalen skal være skriftlige og adresseres slik:
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='2'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><tbody><row><entry>
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="2"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><tbody><row><entry>
<para> Til Leverandøren
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -14154,7 +14156,7 @@ Total: 30860 6004 24856
<para>2.Fullmaktspersoner
</para>
<para>Følgende personer har fullmakt til å binde sin part i forhold til avtalen.
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='5'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><colspec colname='xxx4'/><colspec colname='xxx5'/><tbody><row><entry>
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="5"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><colspec colname="xxx4"/><colspec colname="xxx5"/><tbody><row><entry>
<para> Navn
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -14187,7 +14189,7 @@ Total: 30860 6004 24856
<para>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <ulink url='mailto:ps at driftselskapet.no'>ps at driftselskapet.no
+<para> <ulink url="mailto:ps at driftselskapet.no">ps at driftselskapet.no
</ulink>
</para>
</entry>
@@ -14199,11 +14201,11 @@ Total: 30860 6004 24856
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para><link linkend='fndef-7b572e52ab31bebab96b09731f47654a3ad3289c-0' endterm='fnref-7b572e52ab31bebab96b09731f47654a3ad3289c-0'>1
+<para><link linkend="fndef-7b572e52ab31bebab96b09731f47654a3ad3289c-0" endterm="fnref-7b572e52ab31bebab96b09731f47654a3ad3289c-0">1
</link> Leverandørens ansvar er begrenset til å administrere skiftet av maskinvare. Leverandøren har ikke ansvar for maskinvaren og garantier, priser, fraktkostnader osv må avtales separat med maskinleverandør.
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><link linkend='fndef-a4ac7584a7ba7e4092b76d83f73108a70bedb002-1' endterm='fnref-a4ac7584a7ba7e4092b76d83f73108a70bedb002-1'>2
+<para><link linkend="fndef-a4ac7584a7ba7e4092b76d83f73108a70bedb002-1" endterm="fnref-a4ac7584a7ba7e4092b76d83f73108a70bedb002-1">2
</link> Kan gjøres av Kunden gjennom en egen applikasjon i Skolelinux. Leverandøren kan utføre tjenesten for kr 50 pr bruker eks mva.
</para>
</listitem>
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/Makefile b/documentation/release-manual/Makefile
index a83f15b..2806ed6 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/Makefile
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/Makefile
@@ -1,8 +1,18 @@
DESTDIR=
-DESTPATH = /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc
+DESTPATH = /usr/share/doc
LANGUAGES = `find . -name "release-manual.*.po" | sed -e "s/.\/release-manual.//" -e "s/.po//"`
all: build
+
+update:
+ ./update_translations # calls ./get_release-manual
+
+status:
+ @for f in *.po ; do \
+ echo -n "$$f: "; \
+ msgfmt --statistics $$f -o /dev/null ; \
+ done
+
build:
# create localized xml files
for i in release-manual.*.po ; do { \
@@ -23,51 +33,41 @@ build:
for f in release-manual.*.html ; do \
sed -i "s%><TITLE%><meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=UTF-8\" /><TITLE%" $$f ; \
done
-update:
- ./update_translations # calls ./get-release-manual
-
-status:
- @for f in *.po ; do \
- echo -n "$$f: "; \
- msgfmt --statistics $$f -o /dev/null ; \
- done
-
install: build
- # FIXME: clean this up once the arkitektur document is not build seperatly anymore
# en needs to be first
- for f in en $(LANGUAGES) da nl pt_BR ; do \
- mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(DESTPATH)/$$f ; \
+ # FIXME: en is build twice...
+ for f in en $(LANGUAGES) ; do \
+ export LANGPATH=$(DESTDIR)/debian-edu-doc-$$f/$(DESTPATH)/debian-edu-doc-$$f ; \
+ mkdir -p $$LANGPATH ; \
if [ -e release-manual.$$f.html ] ; then \
- cp release-manual.$$f.html $(DESTDIR)$(DESTPATH)/$$f/release-manual.html ; \
+ cp release-manual.$$f.html $$LANGPATH/release-manual.html ; \
if [ "$$f" = "en" ] ; then \
- mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(DESTPATH)/$$f/images/ ; \
- find images -maxdepth 1 -type f -exec cp \{\} $(DESTDIR)$(DESTPATH)/$$f/images/ \; ; \
- dblatex -T db2latex -p release-manual.xsl -o $(DESTDIR)$(DESTPATH)/$$f/release-manual.pdf release-manual.xml ; \
+ mkdir $$LANGPATH/images/ ; \
+ find images -maxdepth 1 -type f -exec cp \{\} $$LANGPATH/images/ \; ; \
+ dblatex -T db2latex -p release-manual.xsl -o $$LANGPATH/release-manual.pdf release-manual.xml ; \
else \
if [ -d images/$$f ] ; then \
- mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(DESTPATH)/$$f/images ; \
+ mkdir $$LANGPATH/images ; \
cd images ; \
for i in *.* ; do \
if [ -e $$f/$$i ] ; then \
- cp -v $$f/$$i $(DESTDIR)$(DESTPATH)/$$f/images/ ; \
+ cp -v $$f/$$i $$LANGPATH/images/ ; \
else \
- ln -sf ../../en/images/$$i $(DESTDIR)$(DESTPATH)/$$f/images/$$i ; \
+ ln -sf ../../debian-edu-doc-en/images/$$i $$LANGPATH/images/$$i ; \
fi ; done ; \
cd .. ; \
else \
- ln -sf ../en/images $(DESTDIR)$(DESTPATH)/$$f/images ; \
+ ln -sf ../debian-edu-doc-en/images $$LANGPATH/images ; \
fi ; \
- mv images images_tmp_away ; dblatex -I $(DESTDIR)$(DESTPATH)/$$f -I $(DESTDIR)$(DESTPATH)/en -T db2latex -p release-manual.xsl -o $(DESTDIR)$(DESTPATH)/$$f/release-manual.pdf release-manual.$$f.xml ; mv images_tmp_away images ; \
+ mv images images_tmp_away ; dblatex -I $$LANGPATH/ -I $(DESTDIR)/debian-edu-doc-en/$(DESTPATH)/debian-edu-doc-en/ -T db2latex -p release-manual.xsl -o $$LANGPATH/release-manual.pdf release-manual.$$f.xml ; mv images_tmp_away images ; \
fi ; \
- else \
- ln -sf ../en/release-manual.pdf $(DESTDIR)$(DESTPATH)/$$f/release-manual.pdf ; \
- ln -sf ../en/release-manual.html $(DESTDIR)$(DESTPATH)/$$f/release-manual.html ; \
- ln -sf ../en/images $(DESTDIR)$(DESTPATH)/$$f/images ; \
fi ; \
done
-
+
clean:
rm -f *.pdf
rm -f *.html
rm -f release-manual.*.xml
+
+dist-clean: clean
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/README b/documentation/release-manual/README.release-manual-translations
similarity index 100%
rename from documentation/release-manual/README
rename to documentation/release-manual/README.release-manual-translations
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/get_release-manual b/documentation/release-manual/get_release-manual
index d9227cc..8162315 100755
--- a/documentation/release-manual/get_release-manual
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/get_release-manual
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
# Author/Copyright: Holger Levsen
# Licence: GPL2+
# first edited: 2006-07-06
-# last edited: 2007-11-14
+# last edited: 2008-06-28
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -20,6 +20,11 @@
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
+if [ ! $(which xmllint) ] ; then
+ echo "Please install libxml2-utils."
+ exit 1
+fi
+
url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
name="release-manual.xml"
@@ -38,7 +43,6 @@ for i in `cat id` ; do
# - convert <code> tag to <computeroutput> as this is understood by docbook (tools)
# - the last sed command deletes the first 4 lines
GET "${url}${i}?action=format&mimetype=xml/docbook" |
- sed "s%<para/>%%g" |
sed "s%<\/%\n<\/%g" |
sed "s%<title>%\n<title>%g" |
sed "s%<section>%\n\n<section>%g" |
@@ -81,6 +85,9 @@ sed -i "1,/</ s#<#<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"UTF-8\"?><!DOCTYPE article PU
sed -i "$ s#>#>\n</article>#" $name
# remove the first empty line
sed -i "1d" $name
+# clean it further
+xmllint $name > $name.tmp
+mv $name.tmp $name
# motivate
echo `GET "${url}AllInOne?action=format&mimetype=text"|grep -i FIXME |wc -l` FIXMEs left to fix
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
index 106c340..5e5b2a6 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual.de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-05-23 16:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-06 11:09+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-31 14:26+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <en at li.org>\n"
@@ -27,17 +27,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
# type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1
+#: release-manual.xml:3
msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3
+#: release-manual.xml:5
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu Etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu Etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:5
+#: release-manual.xml:7
msgid ""
"This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete </emphasis>) release manual for the "
"Debian Edu Etch 3.0 release."
@@ -46,33 +46,35 @@ msgstr ""
"das Debian Edu Etch 3.0 Release."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:8
+#: release-manual.xml:10
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-23</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-07-06</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2008-03-30</computeroutput> in das "
"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:11
+#: release-manual.xml:13
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a wiki "
-"and updated frequently."
+"The version at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a "
+"wiki and updated frequently."
msgstr ""
"Die Version auf <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
"Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> ist ein "
"Wiki und wird häufig aktualisiert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:14
+#: release-manual.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> package, which can be "
-"<ulink url='http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/'>installed on a "
-"webserver </ulink>."
+"<ulink url=\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/\">installed on "
+"a webserver </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Übersetzungen</link> sind Teil des "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> Pakets, das auf einem "
@@ -80,17 +82,18 @@ msgstr ""
"installiert sein kann </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:21
+#: release-manual.xml:23
msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
msgstr "Über Debian Edu und Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:23
+#: release-manual.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Skolelinux is a Linux distribution made by the Debian Edu project. Being a "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution "
-"</ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url='http://www.debian.org'>Debian </"
-"ulink>."
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian\">Custom Debian "
+"Distribution </ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org"
+"\">Debian </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Skolelinux ist eine Linuxdistribution die vom Debian Edu Projekt erstellt "
"wurde. Sie ist Teil von <ulink url='http://www.debian.org'>Debian </ulink>,, "
@@ -98,7 +101,7 @@ msgstr ""
"CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CCD) ist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:27
+#: release-manual.xml:29
msgid ""
"What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-"
"of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network."
@@ -108,7 +111,7 @@ msgstr ""
"bietet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:29
+#: release-manual.xml:31
msgid ""
"In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools "
"serving the 6-16 years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several "
@@ -119,12 +122,12 @@ msgstr ""
"meisten Installationen in Norwegen, Deutschland und Frankreich."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:34
+#: release-manual.xml:36
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Architektur"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:38
+#: release-manual.xml:40
msgid ""
"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
"provided by a Skolelinux installation."
@@ -133,17 +136,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Skolelinux-Installation."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:42
+#: release-manual.xml:44
msgid "Network"
msgstr "Netzwerk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:45
+#: release-manual.xml:47
msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:50
+#: release-manual.xml:52
msgid ""
"(The <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source package "
"contains this image as a <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> file.)"
@@ -152,7 +155,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dieses Bild als <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> Datei.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:54
+#: release-manual.xml:56
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
@@ -174,7 +177,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Netzwerkdienste nicht stört."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:56
+#: release-manual.xml:58
msgid ""
"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
@@ -191,7 +194,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DNS-Alias für die geänderten Dienste auf die richtige Maschine zeigt. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:58
+#: release-manual.xml:60
msgid ""
"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
@@ -207,12 +210,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Gegebenheiten anzupassen, sollte separat dokumentiert werden)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:63
+#: release-manual.xml:65
msgid "Services"
msgstr "Dienste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:65
+#: release-manual.xml:67
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
@@ -235,7 +238,7 @@ msgstr ""
"und die DNS-Konfiguration entsprechend anpasst. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:67
+#: release-manual.xml:69
msgid ""
"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
"network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
@@ -245,7 +248,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dass keine Klartextpasswörter in das Netzwerk gelangen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:69
+#: release-manual.xml:71
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
"network, with the DNS name of each service given in square brackets. Where "
@@ -265,82 +268,82 @@ msgstr ""
"um die Änderung von IP-Bereichen oder Domänennamen zu erleichtern."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:71
+#: release-manual.xml:73
msgid "Centralized Logging [syslog]"
msgstr "Zentralisierte Aufzeichnung von Systemprotokollen [syslog]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:72
+#: release-manual.xml:74
msgid "DNS (Bind) [domain]"
msgstr "Domain Name Service DNS (Bind) [domain]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: release-manual.xml:75
msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines (DHCP) [bootps]"
msgstr "Automatische Netzwerk Konfiguration von Maschinen (DHCP) [bootps]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:74
+#: release-manual.xml:76
msgid "Clock Synchronization (NTP) [ntp]"
msgstr "Zeit Synchronisation (NTP) [ntp]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:75
+#: release-manual.xml:77
msgid "Home Directories via Network File System (SMB/NFS) [homes]"
msgstr "Heimatverzeichnisse über Netzwerk Dateisysteme (SMB/NFS)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:76
+#: release-manual.xml:78
msgid "Electronic Post Office [postoffice]"
msgstr "Elektronisches Postamt [postoffice]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
+#: release-manual.xml:79
msgid "Directory Service (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
msgstr "Verzeichnisdienst (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:78
+#: release-manual.xml:80
msgid "User Administration (lwat)"
msgstr "Benutzer Verwaltung (lwat)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:79
+#: release-manual.xml:81
msgid "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
msgstr "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
+#: release-manual.xml:82
msgid "Central Backup (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
msgstr "Zentrale Datensicherung (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:81
+#: release-manual.xml:83
msgid "Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
msgstr "Webseiten Zwischenspeicher / Proxy Server (Squid) [webcache]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:82
+#: release-manual.xml:84
msgid "Printing (CUPS) [ipp]"
msgstr "Druckdienst (CUPS) [ipp]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:83
+#: release-manual.xml:85
msgid "Remote Login (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
msgstr "Fernzugriff (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:84
+#: release-manual.xml:86
msgid "Automatic Configuration [cfengine]"
msgstr "Automatische Konfiguration [cfengine]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:85
+#: release-manual.xml:87
msgid "Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
msgstr "Terminal Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
+#: release-manual.xml:88
msgid ""
"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and "
"History on the Web. Error Reporting by E-mail (munin,nagios and site-summary)"
@@ -350,7 +353,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(munin,nagios and site-summary)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:89
+#: release-manual.xml:91
msgid ""
"Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
"available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, "
@@ -366,7 +369,7 @@ msgstr ""
"bedient."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:91
+#: release-manual.xml:93
msgid ""
"By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
"only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the "
@@ -385,7 +388,7 @@ msgstr ""
"POP3 oder IMAP zugreifen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:93
+#: release-manual.xml:95
msgid ""
"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
"the central user database for authentication and authorization."
@@ -394,7 +397,7 @@ msgstr ""
"einheitlichen Zugangsdaten (Nutzername/Kennwort) genutzt werden können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:95
+#: release-manual.xml:97
msgid ""
"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
@@ -408,7 +411,7 @@ msgstr ""
"den Internetzugriff einzelner Maschinen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:97
+#: release-manual.xml:99
msgid ""
"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
"Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, "
@@ -424,7 +427,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Netzwerkdienste stören)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:99
+#: release-manual.xml:101
msgid ""
"Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
@@ -435,7 +438,7 @@ msgstr ""
"akzeptiert nur eingehende Nachrichten aus dem lokalen Netzwerk."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:101
+#: release-manual.xml:103
msgid ""
"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
@@ -449,7 +452,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DNS-Server benutzen können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:103
+#: release-manual.xml:105
msgid ""
"Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
@@ -464,7 +467,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dynamische Webseiten zu erstellen, da der Server programmierbar ist."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:105
+#: release-manual.xml:107
msgid ""
"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
@@ -486,7 +489,7 @@ msgstr ""
"haben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:107
+#: release-manual.xml:109
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
"follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
@@ -500,7 +503,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dem Verwaltungssystem ermöglicht."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:109
+#: release-manual.xml:111
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
"problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
@@ -520,7 +523,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sicherzustellen, dass das ganze Netzwerk die korrekte Zeit führt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:111
+#: release-manual.xml:113
msgid ""
"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
"or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to "
@@ -535,12 +538,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Mengenbegrenzungen und Zugriffskontrollisten für Drucker erreicht."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:115
+#: release-manual.xml:117
msgid "Thin clients"
msgstr "Thin Clients"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:117
+#: release-manual.xml:119
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. "
"This means that this machine boots from a diskette or directly from the "
@@ -555,7 +558,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Client Einrichtung, ist die des Linux Terminal Server Projekts (LTSP)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:119
+#: release-manual.xml:121
msgid ""
"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
"effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
@@ -574,7 +577,7 @@ msgstr ""
"werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:121
+#: release-manual.xml:123
msgid ""
"The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient."
@@ -585,12 +588,12 @@ msgstr ""
"dem Hauptserver)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:126
+#: release-manual.xml:128
msgid "Diskless workstations"
msgstr "LowFat Arbeitsplatzrechner (ohne Festplatte)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:128
+#: release-manual.xml:130
msgid ""
"For diskless workstations the terms stateless workstations, lowfat clients "
"or half-thick clients are also used."
@@ -600,7 +603,7 @@ msgstr ""
"benutzt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:130
+#: release-manual.xml:132
msgid ""
"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally "
"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot direcly "
@@ -617,7 +620,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(LTSP)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:132
+#: release-manual.xml:134
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations are an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the "
"same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and "
@@ -635,7 +638,7 @@ msgstr ""
"wird eine lokale Swapplatte empfohlen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:134
+#: release-manual.xml:136
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server "
"Project (LTSP) with version 5.0."
@@ -644,12 +647,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Server Projektes in Version 5.0 vorgestellt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:140
+#: release-manual.xml:142
msgid "Networked clients"
msgstr "Netzwerkclients"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:142
+#: release-manual.xml:144
msgid ""
"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin "
"clients and diskless workstations as well as computers running MacOS or "
@@ -660,12 +663,12 @@ msgstr ""
"oder Windows verwenden bezeichnet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:147
+#: release-manual.xml:149
msgid "Administration"
msgstr "Administration"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:149
+#: release-manual.xml:151
msgid ""
"All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
"will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
@@ -678,7 +681,7 @@ msgstr ""
"und somit vollen Zugriff auf die Maschinen zu haben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:151
+#: release-manual.xml:153
msgid ""
"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
@@ -689,7 +692,7 @@ msgstr ""
"werden durch den Server auf den Clients auf Stand gehalten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
+#: release-manual.xml:155
msgid ""
"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
"are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
@@ -700,17 +703,17 @@ msgstr ""
"die auch von den Clients zur Authentifizierung der Benutzer benutzt wird."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:158 release-manual.xml:374
+#: release-manual.xml:160 release-manual.xml:376
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Installation"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:160
+#: release-manual.xml:162
msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
msgstr "Die Installation ist entweder von CD oder von DVD möglich."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:162
+#: release-manual.xml:164
msgid ""
"The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
"over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
@@ -722,7 +725,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Internet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:164
+#: release-manual.xml:166
msgid ""
"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
@@ -738,12 +741,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Installation geändert werden zu können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:169
+#: release-manual.xml:171
msgid "File system access configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration des Dateisystem-Zugriffs"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:171
+#: release-manual.xml:173
msgid ""
"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
@@ -760,7 +763,7 @@ msgstr ""
"manche sollten für Keinen, außer dem Benutzer selbst, lesbar sein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:173
+#: release-manual.xml:175
msgid ""
"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
@@ -781,13 +784,14 @@ msgstr ""
"unterzubringen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:177
+#: release-manual.xml:179
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
"be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
-"group should be identical to the username. (<ulink url='http://www.redhat."
+"group should be identical to the username. (<ulink url=\"http://www.redhat."
"com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups."
-"html'>More info on private groups </ulink> is available from Redhat.) This "
+"html\">More info on private groups </ulink> is available from Redhat.) This "
"allows for all new files created by the user to be set with full access for "
"the file's group. Together with set-gid bit on directories and inheritance "
"of rights, this enables controlled file sharing between the members of a "
@@ -811,7 +815,7 @@ msgstr ""
"X=7.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:180
+#: release-manual.xml:182
msgid ""
"The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. "
"They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be "
@@ -847,7 +851,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Konfigurationsthemen)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:182
+#: release-manual.xml:184
msgid ""
"Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
"particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
@@ -873,7 +877,7 @@ msgstr ""
"zugreifbar sein, können aber wie benötigt gesperrt werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:189
+#: release-manual.xml:191
msgid ""
"ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
"thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> "
@@ -884,7 +888,7 @@ msgstr ""
"für <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:191
+#: release-manual.xml:193
msgid ""
"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
msgstr ""
@@ -892,12 +896,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Verzeichnisse?"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:197
+#: release-manual.xml:199
msgid "random notes"
msgstr "Zufällige Notizen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:199
+#: release-manual.xml:201
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
@@ -906,7 +910,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sein sollten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:200
+#: release-manual.xml:202
msgid ""
"Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which "
"groups have access to which machines."
@@ -915,7 +919,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kontrollieren, welche Gruppen auf welche Maschinen Zugriff haben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:201
+#: release-manual.xml:203
msgid ""
"Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for "
"these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)"
@@ -925,20 +929,21 @@ msgstr ""
"squid)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:202
+#: release-manual.xml:204
msgid "Should consider using a DNS name from RFC 2606."
msgstr "Sollte auf einen DNS Namen nach RFC 2606 prüfen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:205
+#: release-manual.xml:207
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink "
-"url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://"
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink url="
+"\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en\">http://"
"developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en </ulink> ( at that "
"time it was Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter Reinholdtsen < "
-"<ulink url='mailto:pere at hungry.com'>pere at hungry.com </ulink> >, released "
-"under the GPL) - note to translators: there are translations for this "
-"document already, which you can also copy and paste. But keep those "
+"<ulink url=\"mailto:pere at hungry.com\">pere at hungry.com </ulink> >, "
+"released under the GPL) - note to translators: there are translations for "
+"this document already, which you can also copy and paste. But keep those "
"copyright notes as well. </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Dieses Kapitel wurde kopiert und eingefügt von "
@@ -951,17 +956,17 @@ msgstr ""
"können. Aber erhalten Sie jene Copyright Notizen ebenso. </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:214
+#: release-manual.xml:216
msgid "Features"
msgstr "Funktionen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:220
+#: release-manual.xml:222
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r1 Terra\" release 2007-12-05"
msgstr "Neue Funktionen im \"3.0 Terra\" Release 2007-12-05"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:221
+#: release-manual.xml:223
msgid ""
"much improved documentation with updated translations to German, Norwegian "
"Bokmal and Italian"
@@ -970,7 +975,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Sprachen Deutsch, Norwegisch, Bokmal und Italienisch"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:222
+#: release-manual.xml:224
msgid ""
"includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that came "
"to our attentention after the 3.0r0 release"
@@ -979,99 +984,99 @@ msgstr ""
"wir nach dem Release von Version 3.0r0 aufmerksam wurden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:228
+#: release-manual.xml:230
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr "Neue Funktionen im \"3.0r0 Terra\" Release 2007-07-22"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:229
+#: release-manual.xml:231
msgid "Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08."
msgstr "Basierend auf Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:230
+#: release-manual.xml:232
msgid "Graphical installer with mouse support"
msgstr "Grafischer Installer mit Mausunterstützung."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:231
+#: release-manual.xml:233
msgid "Boot splash with usplash"
msgstr "Graphischer Startbildschirm während des Startens."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
+#: release-manual.xml:234
msgid "LSB 3.1 compatible"
msgstr "LSB 3.1 kompatibel"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:235
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.18"
msgstr "Linux Kernel Version 2.6.18"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:235
msgid "Support for SATA controllers and hard disks"
msgstr "Unterstützung für SATA Kontroller und Festplatten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:236
+#: release-manual.xml:238
msgid "X.org version 7.1."
msgstr "X.org Version 7.1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:237
+#: release-manual.xml:239
msgid "KDE desktop environment version 3.5.5"
msgstr "KDE Desktop Umgebung Version 3.5.5"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:239
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr "OpenOffice.org Version 2.0."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:241
+#: release-manual.xml:243
msgid "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
msgstr "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:242
+#: release-manual.xml:244
msgid "Automatic tracking of installed machines using Sitesummary."
msgstr "Automatische Verfolgung von installierten Maschinen mit Sitesummary."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:243
+#: release-manual.xml:245
msgid "Automatic configuration of munin using data from Sitesummary."
msgstr ""
"Automatische Konfiguration von Munin unter Benutzung der Daten von "
"Sitesummary."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:244
+#: release-manual.xml:246
msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk."
msgstr ""
"Automatische Versionskontrolle von Konfigurationsdateien in /etc/ mit svk."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:245
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid "File systems sizes can be extended while the file system is mounted."
msgstr ""
"Dateisystemgrößen können erweitert werden, während das Dateisystem "
"eingehängt ist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:245
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid "Support automatically extending file system based on predefined rules."
msgstr ""
"Unterstützung der automatischen Erweiterung des Dateisystems nach "
"vordefinierten Regeln."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:248
+#: release-manual.xml:250
msgid "Local Device Support on thin clients."
msgstr "Lokale Geräteunterstützung auf Thin Clients."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:249
+#: release-manual.xml:251
msgid ""
"New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc "
"(experimental support, installation media only boots on the newworld "
@@ -1082,12 +1087,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Unterarchitektur)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:250
+#: release-manual.xml:252
msgid "Multi-architecture DVD for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "Multiarchitektur-DVD's für i386, amd64 und powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:251
+#: release-manual.xml:253
msgid ""
"Regression: the CD-install requires Internet access during installation. "
"Previous versions could be installed from one CD without Internet access."
@@ -1097,7 +1102,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installiert werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:253
+#: release-manual.xml:255
msgid ""
"Regression: <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput> is now removed from "
"Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based user "
@@ -1115,7 +1120,7 @@ msgstr ""
"erfordert <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:261
+#: release-manual.xml:263
msgid ""
"Regression: swi-prolog is not part of etch, but was part of sarge. The <link "
"linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">HowTo teach and learn</link> Chapter describes how "
@@ -1126,70 +1131,71 @@ msgstr ""
"beschreibt wie swi-prolog auf etch installiert wird."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:268
+#: release-manual.xml:270
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr "Funktionen in 2.0 Release 2006-03-14"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:269
+#: release-manual.xml:271
msgid "Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06."
msgstr "Basierend auf Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:270
+#: release-manual.xml:272
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.8."
msgstr "Linux kernel version 2.6.8."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:271
+#: release-manual.xml:273
msgid "XFree86 version 4.3."
msgstr "XFree86 version 4.3."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:272
+#: release-manual.xml:274
msgid "KDE version 3.3."
msgstr "KDE version 3.3."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:274
+#: release-manual.xml:276
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:281
+#: release-manual.xml:283
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr "Funktionen in \"1.0 Venus\" Release 2004-06-20"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:282
+#: release-manual.xml:284
msgid "Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19."
msgstr "Basierend auf Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:283
+#: release-manual.xml:285
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.4.26."
msgstr "Linux kernel version 2.4.26."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:284
+#: release-manual.xml:286
msgid "XFree86 version 4.1."
msgstr "XFree86 version 4.1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:285
+#: release-manual.xml:287
msgid "KDE version 2.2."
msgstr "KDE version 2.2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:291
+#: release-manual.xml:293
msgid "More information on older releases"
msgstr "Mehr Informationen zu älteren Releases"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:293
+#: release-manual.xml:295
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url='http://"
-"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer."
+"More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url=\"http://"
+"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\">http://developer."
"skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Mehr Informationen zu älteren Releases können auf <ulink url='http://"
@@ -1197,12 +1203,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html </ulink> gefunden werden.."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:300
+#: release-manual.xml:302
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Vorraussetzungen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:304
+#: release-manual.xml:306
msgid ""
"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -1217,12 +1223,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Servern und Clients betreffend."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:308
+#: release-manual.xml:310
msgid "Hardware requirements"
msgstr "Hardwareanforderungen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:311
msgid ""
"the computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either i386, amd64 "
"or powerpc processors."
@@ -1231,7 +1237,7 @@ msgstr ""
"entweder einen i386, amd64 oder powerpc Prozessor haben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:311
msgid ""
"On powerpc, the installation media will only boot on machines of the "
"newworld sub-architecture, which are the systems from apple with a "
@@ -1242,7 +1248,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Gehäuse sind."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:312
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid ""
"thin client (LTSP) servers need two network cards when using the default "
"network architecture:"
@@ -1251,17 +1257,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Standard Netzwerkarchitektur nutzen sollen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:312
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid "eth0 connected to the main network (10.0.2.0/23)"
msgstr "eth0 ist verbunden mit dem Hauptnetzwerk(10.0.2.0/23)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:313
+#: release-manual.xml:315
msgid "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) serving the thin-clients"
msgstr "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) versorgt die Thin-Clients"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:316
+#: release-manual.xml:318
msgid ""
"disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk from 8 GiB "
"will be sufficient. As usual, the bigger the better."
@@ -1270,7 +1276,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ab. Aber 8 GiB sind notwendig. Wie immer gilt: Je größer, desto besser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:317
+#: release-manual.xml:319
msgid ""
"for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
"is required"
@@ -1279,7 +1285,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ist erforderlich."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:318
+#: release-manual.xml:320
msgid ""
"for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM and 8 GiB disc space "
"are recommended minimum requirements"
@@ -1288,7 +1294,7 @@ msgstr ""
"RAM und 8 GiB Festplattenspeicher das erforderliche Minimum."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:319
+#: release-manual.xml:321
msgid ""
"for diskless workstations (also known as stateless workstations, lowfat "
"clients or half-thick clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended "
@@ -1304,25 +1310,26 @@ msgstr ""
"setzen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:320
+#: release-manual.xml:322
msgid "for Laptops 256 MB RAM and 450 MHz are minimum requirements"
msgstr "Für Laptops sind 256 MB RAM und 450 MHz die Mindestausstattung."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:323
+#: release-manual.xml:325
msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:328
+#: release-manual.xml:330
msgid "Hardware known to work"
msgstr "Getestete Hardware"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:330
+#: release-manual.xml:332
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
+"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
"ulink> . This list is not nearly complete <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
"Eine Liste mit getesteter Hardware erhalten Sie auf <ulink url='http://wiki."
@@ -1330,18 +1337,18 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> . Diese Liste ist noch unvollständig <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560
-#: release-manual.xml:1504 release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:334 release-manual.xml:478 release-manual.xml:562
+#: release-manual.xml:1506 release-manual.xml:2103
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:341
+#: release-manual.xml:343
msgid "Requirements for a network setup"
msgstr "Voraussetzungen für ein Netzwerksetup"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:342
+#: release-manual.xml:344
msgid ""
"a router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) providing access to the internet (when using "
"the default network architecture)"
@@ -1350,7 +1357,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Standard Netzwerktopologie benutzt wird)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:344
+#: release-manual.xml:346
msgid ""
"for the main server (10.0.2.2): this is the one single computer in the "
"network which get's the <computeroutput>tjener </computeroutput>-profile "
@@ -1361,22 +1368,22 @@ msgstr ""
"wird."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:347
+#: release-manual.xml:349
msgid "workstation(s) and/or thin client (LTSP) server(s)"
msgstr "Arbeitsstation(en) und/oder Thin client (LTSP) Server"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:348
+#: release-manual.xml:350
msgid "thin clients clients"
msgstr "Thin-Client Dienste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:353
+#: release-manual.xml:355
msgid "Internet router"
msgstr "Router (Internet)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:355
+#: release-manual.xml:357
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
"running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface, is needed to "
@@ -1387,7 +1394,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Interface die IP-Adresse 10.0.2.1 hat."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:357
+#: release-manual.xml:359
msgid ""
"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though "
"this is not needed and will not be used. (If the router runs a DHCP server "
@@ -1403,30 +1410,30 @@ msgstr ""
"Router zu deaktivieren)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:359
+#: release-manual.xml:361
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a i386 based solution (so that you can reuse an old "
-"PC), we recommend <ulink url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink "
-"url='http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw'>floppyfw </ulink>."
+"PC), we recommend <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org\">IPCop </ulink> or "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:363
+#: release-manual.xml:365
msgid ""
"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend "
-"using <ulink url='http://openwrt.org'>OpenWRT </ulink>, though of course you "
-"can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier, "
-"using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages "
-"for a list of <ulink url='http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware'>supported "
-"hardware </ulink>."
+"using <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT </ulink>, though of course "
+"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is "
+"easier, using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT "
+"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware"
+"\">supported hardware </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:367
+#: release-manual.xml:369
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"It is possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
+"It is possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented "
"procedure </ulink> to do this. If you are not forced to do this by an "
"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend "
"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network "
@@ -1441,16 +1448,16 @@ msgstr ""
"architecture</link>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:380
+#: release-manual.xml:382
msgid "Where to find more information"
msgstr "Wo Sie weitere Informationen finden können"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:382
+#: release-manual.xml:384
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www."
-"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for Debian Etch </"
+"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=\"http://www."
+"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">release notes for Debian Etch </"
"ulink> before you start installing a system for production use. If you just "
"want to give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, you don't have to though, it "
"should just work <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -1463,36 +1470,36 @@ msgstr ""
"keinen Gedanken machen. Das wird sicher funktionieren. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2450 release-manual.xml:2487
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2462 release-manual.xml:2499
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:389
+#: release-manual.xml:391
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
-"installmanual'>information about the Debian Etch release </ulink> is "
-"available in its installation manual."
+"Even more <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
+"\">information about the Debian Etch release </ulink> is available in its "
+"installation manual."
msgstr ""
"Weiterführende Informationen über das Debian Etch Release finden Sie in der "
"Installationsanleitung: <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:395
+#: release-manual.xml:397
#, fuzzy
msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu Etch 3.0r1"
msgstr "Herunterladen eines Installationsmediums für Debian Edu etch 3.0r1"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:399
+#: release-manual.xml:401
msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVD's für i386, amd64 und powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:401
+#: release-manual.xml:403
msgid ""
"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
"these methods:"
@@ -1501,7 +1508,7 @@ msgstr ""
"es herunterzuladen, nutze eine der beiden Methoden:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:403
+#: release-manual.xml:405
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1510,7 +1517,7 @@ msgstr ""
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:406
+#: release-manual.xml:408
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1519,7 +1526,7 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:409
+#: release-manual.xml:411
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1528,14 +1535,14 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:414
+#: release-manual.xml:416
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
msgstr ""
"Oder, um eine Netzinstallation durchzuführen, kannst Du eine CD für die i386 "
"und für die amd64 Architektur herunterladen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:416
+#: release-manual.xml:418
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1544,7 +1551,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:419
+#: release-manual.xml:421
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1553,7 +1560,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:422
+#: release-manual.xml:424
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1562,12 +1569,12 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:427
+#: release-manual.xml:429
msgid "amd64"
msgstr "amd64"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:429
+#: release-manual.xml:431
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1576,7 +1583,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:432
+#: release-manual.xml:434
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1585,7 +1592,7 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:435
+#: release-manual.xml:437
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1594,12 +1601,12 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:440
+#: release-manual.xml:442
msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
msgstr "und PowerPC (geeignet für die NewWorld Subarchitektur)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:442
+#: release-manual.xml:444
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1608,7 +1615,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:445
+#: release-manual.xml:447
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1617,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:448
+#: release-manual.xml:450
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1626,7 +1633,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:453
+#: release-manual.xml:455
msgid ""
"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
"though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
@@ -1639,12 +1646,12 @@ msgstr ""
"so intensiven Support leisten können, wie für die anderen Architekturen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:455
+#: release-manual.xml:457
msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
msgstr "Der Quellcode für dieses Release ist auf einem DVD-Image verfügbar"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:457
+#: release-manual.xml:459
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1653,7 +1660,7 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:460
+#: release-manual.xml:462
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1662,7 +1669,7 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:463
+#: release-manual.xml:465
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1671,17 +1678,18 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:472
+#: release-manual.xml:474
msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
msgstr "Bestellung einer CD/DVD auf dem Postwege"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:474
+#: release-manual.xml:476
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
-"url='mailto:cd at skolelinux.no'>cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> and we will discuss "
-"the payment details (for shipping and media) <inlinemediaobject>"
+"url=\"mailto:cd at skolelinux.no\">cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> and we will "
+"discuss the payment details (for shipping and media) <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
"Für diejenigen ohne eine schnelle Internetverbindung bieten wir an, Ihnen "
"eine CD/DVD zum Selbstkostenpreis (CD/DVD + Transport) zuzuschicken. Senden "
@@ -1690,7 +1698,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Zahlungsweise mitteilen. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:479
+#: release-manual.xml:481
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
"to be sent to in the email."
@@ -1699,12 +1707,12 @@ msgstr ""
"DVD in Ihrer E-mail mitzuteilen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:484
+#: release-manual.xml:486
msgid "Installation from CD"
msgstr "Installation von CD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:486
+#: release-manual.xml:488
msgid ""
"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -1715,55 +1723,55 @@ msgstr ""
"vom jeweiligen Installationsprofil ab."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:487
+#: release-manual.xml:489
msgid "Main server: 8 of 115 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Hauptserver : 8 von 115 MB werden heruntergeladen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:488
+#: release-manual.xml:490
msgid "Main server and Thin client server: 618 of 1082 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
"Hauptserver und Terminalserver (Kombiserver): 618 von 1082 MB werden "
"heruntergeladen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:489
+#: release-manual.xml:491
msgid "Main server and Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
"Hauptserver und Arbeitsplatzrechner: 618 von 1081 MB werden heruntergeladen. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:490
+#: release-manual.xml:492
msgid "Thin client server: 618 of 1052 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Terminalserver: 618 von 1052 MB werden heruntergeladen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:491
+#: release-manual.xml:493
msgid "Workstation: 618 of 1051 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Workstation: 618 von 1051 MB werden heruntergeladen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:492
+#: release-manual.xml:494
msgid "Standalone: 618 of 1020 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Einzelplatzrechner: 618 von 1020 MB werden heruntergeladen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:493
+#: release-manual.xml:495
msgid "Barebone: 12 of 83 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Barebone: 12 von 83 MB werden heruntergeladen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:496
+#: release-manual.xml:498
msgid "The profiles are explained below."
msgstr "Die einzelnen Profile werden nachfolgend erläutert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:503
msgid "Installation options"
msgstr "Installationsoptionen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:503
+#: release-manual.xml:505
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
"don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
@@ -1781,7 +1789,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Voreinstellungen für die Mehrheit unserer Anwender sehr gut passen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:505
+#: release-manual.xml:507
msgid ""
"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -1794,7 +1802,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Eingabeaufforderung um eine i386 textbasierte Installation durchzuführen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:508
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert </computeroutput> boot-option adds the "
"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -1810,7 +1818,7 @@ msgstr ""
"wechseln."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:514
+#: release-manual.xml:516
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -1823,7 +1831,7 @@ msgstr ""
"graphischen Benutzeroberfläche Ihr amd64-System zu installieren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:519
+#: release-manual.xml:521
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multiarch DVD on an amd64 machine "
"you need to manually select <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> (text "
@@ -1839,7 +1847,7 @@ msgstr ""
"32-bit Prozessoren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:524
+#: release-manual.xml:526
msgid ""
"If you have already installed the mainserver profile on a machine, you can "
"use its http proxy service to speed up the following installations from CD. "
@@ -1853,36 +1861,37 @@ msgstr ""
"Boot Option hinzu."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:529
+#: release-manual.xml:531
msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)"
msgstr ""
"Wählen Sie eine Sprache (sowohl für die Installation als auch das zu "
"installierende System)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:530
+#: release-manual.xml:532
msgid "Choose a time-zone"
msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Zeitzone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:531
+#: release-manual.xml:533
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
msgstr ""
"Wählen Sie eine Tastaturbelegung (üblicherweise ist die jeweilige "
"Ländereinstellung das Beste)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:533
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Choose a profile </emphasis>:"
+#: release-manual.xml:535
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Choose a profile </emphasis>:"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Wählen Sie ein Profil </emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:537
msgid "server"
msgstr "Server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:537
msgid ""
"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing the following "
"services: file, print, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, nagios, "
@@ -1896,12 +1905,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Schule zu installieren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:538
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid "workstation"
msgstr "Workstation"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:538
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid ""
"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and "
"devices locally like an ordinary computer, but the user login is "
@@ -1914,19 +1923,20 @@ msgstr ""
"und das Desktopprofil gespeichert sind. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:541
+#: release-manual.xml:543
msgid "thin client server"
msgstr "Terminalserver"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:542
+#: release-manual.xml:544
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive "
"boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network "
"cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. Out of "
"the box, this profile installs a thin client server. To turn it into a "
-"diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>this HowTo </ulink>. "
+"diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">this HowTo </ulink>. "
"(Fixme: integrate this HowTo into this chapter of the manual.)"
msgstr ""
"Server für ThinClients und Workstations ohne Festplatte. Clientrechner ohne "
@@ -1939,12 +1949,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:547
+#: release-manual.xml:549
msgid "standalone"
msgstr "Einzeilplatzrechner"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:547
+#: release-manual.xml:549
msgid ""
"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server, ie. doesn't "
"need to be on the network. Includes laptops."
@@ -1954,12 +1964,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Laptops."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:552
msgid "barebone"
msgstr "Barebone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:552
msgid ""
"This profile is only available when using the 'debian-edu-expert' boot "
"option. It will install the base packages and configure the machine to "
@@ -1974,7 +1984,7 @@ msgstr ""
"einzelne Dienste manuell vom Server auf diesen Rechner zu übertragen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:554
+#: release-manual.xml:556
msgid ""
"The first 3 profiles can all be installed on the same machine. That means "
"the main server can also be a thin client server and can be used as a "
@@ -1985,7 +1995,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sein und als Workstation genutzt werden kann."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:555
+#: release-manual.xml:557
msgid ""
"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
@@ -1993,38 +2003,39 @@ msgstr ""
"Festplatte zerstören."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:556
+#: release-manual.xml:558
msgid "say yes to partman"
msgstr "Sag 'Ja' zu partman"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:558
+#: release-manual.xml:560
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
-"org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont have to "
-"<inlinemediaobject>"
+"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url=\"http://popcon."
+"skolelinux.org/\">http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont "
+"have to <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
"bitte sagen Sie Ja, um die Informationen an <ulink url='http://popcon."
"skolelinux.org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> zu übertragen - Sie "
"müssen dies aber nicht <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:565
+#: release-manual.xml:567
msgid "wait"
msgstr "Warte"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:566
+#: release-manual.xml:568
msgid "be happy"
msgstr "Sei froh"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:571
+#: release-manual.xml:573
msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
msgstr "Eine Bemerkung zur manuellen Partitionierung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:573
+#: release-manual.xml:575
msgid ""
"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -2042,12 +2053,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Homeverzeichnis kann ein Nutzer sich nicht einloggen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:578
+#: release-manual.xml:580
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr "Eine Bemerkung zu Notebooks"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:580
+#: release-manual.xml:582
msgid ""
"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -2065,7 +2076,7 @@ msgstr ""
"'Einzelplatzrechner'."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:582
+#: release-manual.xml:584
msgid ""
"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -2079,12 +2090,12 @@ msgstr ""
"kein Howto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:588
+#: release-manual.xml:590
msgid "A note on DVD installs"
msgstr "Eine Bemerkung zur DVD Installation"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:590
+#: release-manual.xml:592
msgid ""
"If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
"computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
@@ -2098,7 +2109,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installiert werden können."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:594
+#: release-manual.xml:596
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main \n"
@@ -2112,17 +2123,18 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:602
+#: release-manual.xml:604
msgid "Custom CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Angepasste CD/DVDs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:604
+#: release-manual.xml:606
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Creating custom CDs or DVDs is quite easily possible, since we use the "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/'>debian installer </"
-"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">debian installer </"
+"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] allows to define answers to the "
"questions normally asked."
msgstr ""
@@ -2134,11 +2146,12 @@ msgstr ""
"können wir Antworten auf die Standardfragen des Installers bereitstellen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:608
+#: release-manual.xml:610
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this "
-"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>remaster the CD/DVD </"
+"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD </"
"ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Sie müssen nur eine Preseeding-Datei mit ihren Antworten erstellen (dies "
@@ -2147,85 +2160,85 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:615
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
"Screenshottour durch eine i386 Hauptserver + Terminalserver Installation"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:618
+#: release-manual.xml:620
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:624
+#: release-manual.xml:626
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:630
+#: release-manual.xml:632
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:636
+#: release-manual.xml:638
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:642
+#: release-manual.xml:644
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:648
+#: release-manual.xml:650
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:654
+#: release-manual.xml:656
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
# doesnt need to be translated, german installation doesnt have a timezone
-#: release-manual.xml:660
+#: release-manual.xml:662
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr " "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:666
+#: release-manual.xml:668
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:672
+#: release-manual.xml:674
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:678
+#: release-manual.xml:680
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:684
+#: release-manual.xml:686
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:690
+#: release-manual.xml:692
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:701
+#: release-manual.xml:703
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -2234,17 +2247,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Screenshot zu verringern."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:704
+#: release-manual.xml:706
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:713
+#: release-manual.xml:715
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Es geht los"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:717
+#: release-manual.xml:719
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
@@ -2254,7 +2267,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ist folgendes: "
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:718
+#: release-manual.xml:720
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
@@ -2263,12 +2276,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Homeverzeichnisse mit NFS exportiert werden können)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:721
msgid "adding users"
msgstr "Nutzer anlegen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:720
+#: release-manual.xml:722
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
@@ -2277,12 +2290,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Terminalserver müssen hinzugefügt werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:723
+#: release-manual.xml:725
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr "Dies ist weiter unten beschrieben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:725
+#: release-manual.xml:727
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
@@ -2293,17 +2306,17 @@ msgstr ""
"die Dinge beschreibt, die jeder wissen und können muss."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:728
+#: release-manual.xml:730
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:736
+#: release-manual.xml:738
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Dienste des Hauptservers"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:738
+#: release-manual.xml:740
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -2313,12 +2326,12 @@ msgstr ""
"jeden einzelnen Service."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:742
+#: release-manual.xml:744
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr "Webbasierte Sysemverwaltung mit Lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:746
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -2329,30 +2342,31 @@ msgstr ""
"können diese vier Hauptgruppen warten (add, modify, delete):"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:745
+#: release-manual.xml:747
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Benutzerverwaltung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:746
+#: release-manual.xml:748
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Gruppenverwaltung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:747
+#: release-manual.xml:749
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr "Automount Informationen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:750
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Maschinenverwaltung"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:751
+#: release-manual.xml:753
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
-"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
+"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www/lwat"
+"\">https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
"atleast 2 facts:"
msgstr ""
"Um auf lwat zuzugreifen, geben sie folgende Adresse in ihren Webbrowser ein: "
@@ -2360,17 +2374,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Grunde werden sie höchstwahrscheinlich zwei Fehlermeldungen erhalten:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:753
+#: release-manual.xml:755
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr "Das Zertfikat ist selbst-signiert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:754
+#: release-manual.xml:756
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr "Das Zertifikat wurde für tjener.intern erstellt"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:755
+#: release-manual.xml:757
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
@@ -2379,7 +2393,7 @@ msgstr ""
"einen Monat ist, weil das Zertifikat nur für einen Monat gültig ist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:758
+#: release-manual.xml:760
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
@@ -2395,13 +2409,13 @@ msgstr ""
"aufrufen, ist der Anmeldename:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:759
+#: release-manual.xml:761
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:763
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
@@ -2410,12 +2424,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Konto root eingegeben haben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:764
+#: release-manual.xml:766
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:769
+#: release-manual.xml:771
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
@@ -2424,12 +2438,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Funktion aus dem Menü wählen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:774
+#: release-manual.xml:776
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Benutzerverwaltung mit lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:776
+#: release-manual.xml:778
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -2445,7 +2459,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Verfügung."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:778
+#: release-manual.xml:780
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
@@ -2454,7 +2468,7 @@ msgstr ""
"zu können, wird Ihnen lwat dabei behilflich sein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:780
+#: release-manual.xml:782
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -2466,12 +2480,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sind die obersten vier (in den obersten zwei Gruppen)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:784
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr "Benutzer hinzufügen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:786
+#: release-manual.xml:788
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -2495,42 +2509,44 @@ msgstr ""
"herauszufinden. Zur Zeit kennt lwat die folgenden Rollen:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:790
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">role </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Rolle </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:794
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Berechtigungen </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:797
+#: release-manual.xml:799
msgid "Students"
msgstr "Schüler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:800
+#: release-manual.xml:802
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr "Einloggen und das System benutzen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:804
+#: release-manual.xml:806
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr "Lehrer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:807
+#: release-manual.xml:809
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr "Analog zu Schülern"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:811
+#: release-manual.xml:813
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr "jrAdmins"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:814
+#: release-manual.xml:816
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
@@ -2539,12 +2555,12 @@ msgstr ""
"anderen Benutzer ändern (ausser denen von Administratoren)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:820
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "Administratoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:821
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
@@ -2554,7 +2570,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in die Skolelinux Domäne einbinden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:828
+#: release-manual.xml:830
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
@@ -2563,7 +2579,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Speichern\" drücken, und der Benutzer wird hinzugefügt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:830
+#: release-manual.xml:832
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
@@ -2573,12 +2589,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Benutzerkonto verändern."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:838
+#: release-manual.xml:840
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
@@ -2588,7 +2604,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(zusätzlich wird das Eingabeformular zurückgesetzt)."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:841
+#: release-manual.xml:843
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2602,12 +2618,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:849
+#: release-manual.xml:851
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr "Benutzer suchen und löschen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:851
+#: release-manual.xml:853
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2628,12 +2644,12 @@ msgstr ""
"bearbeiten können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:854
+#: release-manual.xml:856
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:859
+#: release-manual.xml:861
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -2644,17 +2660,17 @@ msgstr ""
"der Gruppen, zu denen der Benutzer gehört, abändern können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:862
+#: release-manual.xml:864
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:871
+#: release-manual.xml:873
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gruppenverwaltung mit lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:875
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2664,7 +2680,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Die Verwaltung der Gruppen ist sehr ähnlich der Verwaltung der Benutzer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:875
+#: release-manual.xml:877
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
@@ -2673,12 +2689,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Datensätze, die sie für die Dateiübertragung benutzen können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:880
+#: release-manual.xml:882
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Computerverwaltung mit lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:884
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2696,7 +2712,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\">architecture</link> ."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:884
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
@@ -2706,67 +2722,74 @@ msgstr ""
"vordefiniert:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:888
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">First address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Erste Adresse </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:890
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:892
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Letzte Adresse </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:894
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:896
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:899
+#: release-manual.xml:901
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr "10.0.2.10"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:902
+#: release-manual.xml:904
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr "10.0.2.29"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:905
-msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:907
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:911
+#: release-manual.xml:913
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr "10.0.2.30"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:914
+#: release-manual.xml:916
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr "10.0.2.49"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:917
-msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:919
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:923
+#: release-manual.xml:925
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr "10.0.2.50"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:926
+#: release-manual.xml:928
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr "10.0.2.99"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:929
-msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:931
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:938
+#: release-manual.xml:940
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
@@ -2775,7 +2798,7 @@ msgstr ""
"reserviert für dhcp und werden dynamisch vergeben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:940
+#: release-manual.xml:942
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2788,20 +2811,19 @@ msgstr ""
"vordefinierten Konfiguration, ausgefüllt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:943
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:982 release-manual.xml:1018
-#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2027
-#: release-manual.xml:2057 release-manual.xml:2064 release-manual.xml:2403
-#: release-manual.xml:2417 release-manual.xml:2432
+#: release-manual.xml:951 release-manual.xml:984 release-manual.xml:1020
+#: release-manual.xml:1117 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:952
+#: release-manual.xml:954
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2813,12 +2835,12 @@ msgstr ""
"vornehmen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:956
+#: release-manual.xml:958
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr "Zuweisung einer statischen IP-Adresse mit dhcp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:958
+#: release-manual.xml:960
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2831,7 +2853,7 @@ msgstr ""
"init.d/dhcp3-server restart </computeroutput> als root ausführen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:962
+#: release-manual.xml:964
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2843,7 +2865,7 @@ msgstr ""
"exakt folgenden Eintrag finden:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:966
+#: release-manual.xml:968
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2859,7 +2881,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:972
+#: release-manual.xml:974
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
@@ -2869,7 +2891,7 @@ msgstr ""
"würde das folgendermassen aussehen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:977
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2885,7 +2907,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:985
+#: release-manual.xml:987
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
@@ -2894,12 +2916,12 @@ msgstr ""
"beschrieben, neu zu starten, wann immer Sie die Konfiguration geändert haben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:992
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr "Suchen und Löschen von Rechnern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:994
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
@@ -2908,12 +2930,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Löschen von Benutzern. Deshalb wird das hier nicht wiederholt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:997
+#: release-manual.xml:999
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr "Bearbeitung eingetragener Rechner / Netgroup - Management"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:999
+#: release-manual.xml:1001
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2925,12 +2947,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Benutzern geht)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1002
+#: release-manual.xml:1004
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1007
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2941,7 +2963,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Andererseits aber meinen die Einträge in diesem Zusammenhang etwas anderes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1011
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
@@ -2957,7 +2979,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vielmehr die Dienste, die ein Rechner auf Ihrem Hauptserver nutzen kann."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1012
+#: release-manual.xml:1014
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2984,7 +3006,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nutzen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1021
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
@@ -2994,7 +3016,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Heimverzeichnisse zugreifen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1025
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -3009,38 +3031,40 @@ msgstr ""
"Mehr Informationen finden sie unter FIXME add link."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1028
+#: release-manual.xml:1030
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr "Mehr LWAT Dokumentation"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1030
+#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
-"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
-"lwat/download/doc/'>online </ulink>."
+"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url=\"http://bzz.no/"
+"lwat/download/doc/\">online </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Die komplette Dokumentation für LWAT kann auf dem Hauptserver unter "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> gefunden werden oder "
"<ulink url='http://bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/'>online </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1038
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Druckermanagment"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
-"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
-"where you can add/delete/modfiy your printers and can clean up the printing "
+"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www:631"
+"\">https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site where "
+"you can add/delete/modfiy your printers and can clean up the printing "
"queue. For changes where you have to login as root with your root password, "
"you will be forced to use ssl encryption."
msgstr "Um Drucker einzurichten bzw d"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1043
+#: release-manual.xml:1045
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -3051,12 +3075,12 @@ msgstr ""
"explain what to do when this does not accomplish anything."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1049
+#: release-manual.xml:1051
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr "Uhrensynchronisation"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1053
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -3075,7 +3099,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eine recht hohe ISDN Rechnung hatte."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -3094,12 +3118,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> ein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1063
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr "Volle Partitionen erweitern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1065
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -3115,17 +3139,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Kaptitel </link> "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1072
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Wartung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1076
+#: release-manual.xml:1078
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Aktualisieren der Software"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1080
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
@@ -3134,7 +3158,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</computeroutput> und kde-update-notifier."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1081
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -3150,7 +3174,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installierten Pakete auf die neueste Version)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1088
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
@@ -3159,7 +3183,7 @@ msgstr ""
"benutzen. FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1090
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -3170,7 +3194,7 @@ msgstr ""
"konfigurieren dass sie Emails an eine von ihnen gelesen Adresse schicken."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -3184,7 +3208,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade </computeroutput> ausführen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1096
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
@@ -3193,15 +3217,16 @@ msgstr ""
"den Listen zusenden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1102
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Verwaltung von Backups"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
-"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
+"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"slbackup-php\">https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
"to access this site via ssl, since you have to enter the root password "
"there. If you try to access this site without using ssl it will fail."
msgstr ""
@@ -3211,7 +3236,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eingeben müssen. Ein Zugriff ohne ssl ist nicht möglich."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1109
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -3225,7 +3250,7 @@ msgstr ""
"das."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1111
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
@@ -3234,7 +3259,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Sie heute etch-test installieren. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:1120
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
@@ -3243,7 +3268,7 @@ msgstr ""
"diese Art des Backups keinen Schutz vor kaputten Festplatten darstellt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1120
+#: release-manual.xml:1122
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
@@ -3253,7 +3278,7 @@ msgstr ""
"anpassen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1121
+#: release-manual.xml:1123
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
@@ -3262,20 +3287,21 @@ msgstr ""
"further"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1127
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Serverüberwachung (monitoring)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#: release-manual.xml:1133
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1135
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
-"munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
+"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"munin/\">https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
"graphis on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and allow the system "
"administrator help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system "
"problems."
@@ -3287,7 +3313,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Systemprobleme zu finden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1136
+#: release-manual.xml:1138
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -3310,30 +3336,32 @@ msgstr ""
"Hauptserver)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1140
+#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url='http://"
-"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
+"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
+"munin.projects.linpro.no/\">http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
msgstr ""
"Weitere Informationen über Munin kann man unter <ulink url='http://munin."
"projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> finden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1146
+#: release-manual.xml:1148
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url='https://"
-"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
+"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://"
+"www/nagios2/\">https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Das Nagios System und Service Überwachungstool kann unter <ulink "
"url='https://www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink> gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1151
+#: release-manual.xml:1153
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -3347,7 +3375,7 @@ msgstr ""
"als root aus:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1154
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -3357,7 +3385,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -3373,10 +3401,11 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>notify-by-email </computeroutput> ersetzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1163
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url='http://www."
-"nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
+"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
+"www.nagios.org/\">http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
"Informationen über Nagios können unter <ulink url='http://www.nagios."
@@ -3384,24 +3413,26 @@ msgstr ""
"Paket<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1172
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1174
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
-"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
+"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"sitesummary/\">https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Einen einfachen Bericht erstellt durch \"sitesummary\" gibt es unter <ulink "
"url='https://www/sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Dokumentation über sitesummary kann unter <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
@@ -3409,16 +3440,17 @@ msgstr ""
"SiteSummary </ulink> gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:1185
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Upgrades"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1187
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
-"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
-"Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
+"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian "
+"Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
"applicable law. </emphasis> Please read this chapter completly before "
"attempting to upgrade."
msgstr ""
@@ -3429,18 +3461,19 @@ msgstr ""
"lesen sie dieses Kaptitel ganz bevor sie versuchen, upzugraden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
-"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
-"available in its installation manual."
+"More <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
+"\">information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is available in its "
+"installation manual."
msgstr ""
"Mehr <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>Informationen über das Debian Etch Release </ulink> sind im "
"Debian Etch Installationsmanual zu finden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1195
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -3453,13 +3486,14 @@ msgstr ""
"Risiko testen und schauen ob alles so funktioniert wie es sollte."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
+#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
"them here. Debian Edu sarge will receive continued support for some time in "
-"the future, but when Debian <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/security/"
-"faq#lifespan'>ceases support for sarge </ulink>, Debian Edu will (have to) "
+"the future, but when Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/"
+"faq#lifespan\">ceases support for sarge </ulink>, Debian Edu will (have to) "
"do that too. This is expected to happen in April 2008."
msgstr ""
"Es könnte auch geschickt sein noch nicht upzugraden und noch eine Weile "
@@ -3471,12 +3505,12 @@ msgstr ""
"April 2008 der Fall sein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1200
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Upgraden von Debian Edu Sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
@@ -3484,14 +3518,15 @@ msgstr ""
"upzugraden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1204
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
-"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
+"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian."
+"org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
"(Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installed a 2.6 kernel as default, but "
"if you are running a 2.4 kernel, you <emphasis>should </emphasis> read the "
-"<ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-"
-"information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6'>notes on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-"
+"information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6\">notes on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to "
"2.6 </ulink> before you upgrade!)"
msgstr ""
"Falls sie auf Probleme stoßen sollten können sie auch <ulink url='http://www."
@@ -3504,12 +3539,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Version 2.4 auf Version 2.6 </ulink>)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Veränderters Partitionsschema"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -3520,21 +3555,21 @@ msgstr ""
"basierte Releases haben die folgenden Volume Groups:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1214
+#: release-manual.xml:1216
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr ""
"vg_data auf welcher die Datenpartition liegt, unter dem Namen /skole/tjener/"
"home0, ..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1215
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
"vg_system welche die Systempartition enthält, unter dem Namen /var, /usr /"
"var/spool/squid"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1220
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -3543,7 +3578,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Installationssystem allerdings nur eine Volume Group."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1222
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
@@ -3562,12 +3597,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fehlschlagen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1227
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Vorbereitung des Systems"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1229
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
@@ -3576,7 +3611,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aber zu wenig in der lv_var Partition müssen sie diese Partition erweitern:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -3586,7 +3621,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> aus:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3598,45 +3633,45 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr "2.) Überprüfen sie die Partition mit fsck auf Fehler:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1240
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr "3.) Vergrößern sie die Partition:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1240
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr "4.) Vergrößern sie das Filesystem:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr "5.) Hängen sie die Partitionen wieder ein:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3648,7 +3683,7 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1256
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
@@ -3657,7 +3692,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> an sodass sie die folgenden Zeilen enthalten:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -3669,12 +3704,12 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1262
+#: release-manual.xml:1264
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Und stoßen sie das Upgrade mit den folgenden Befehlen an:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1263
+#: release-manual.xml:1265
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -3684,13 +3719,13 @@ msgstr ""
"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1271
+#: release-manual.xml:1273
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr ""
"Antworten zu Fragen die von debconf während des Upgrades gestellt werden"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1273
+#: release-manual.xml:1275
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -3702,14 +3737,15 @@ msgstr ""
"verändert wurde."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1275
+#: release-manual.xml:1277
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
"what is installed as default in the sarge based Debian Edu release). So if "
"there are any questions which you don't know how to answer, don't hesitate "
-"to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian."
-"org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-"
+"to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org"
+"\">debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-"
"edu."
msgstr ""
"Welche Fragen zu den hier aufgeführten noch gestellt werden kommt darauf an "
@@ -3721,12 +3757,12 @@ msgstr ""
"stellen. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1278
+#: release-manual.xml:1280
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* nagios-common:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1282
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
@@ -3735,44 +3771,44 @@ msgstr ""
"Benutzer eingeben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1285
+#: release-manual.xml:1287
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1286
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr "Wählen sie \"Don't change keyboard layout\" aus"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1289
+#: release-manual.xml:1291
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1290
+#: release-manual.xml:1292
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr ""
"challenge-response Authentification <emphasize>nicht </emphasize> "
"deaktivieren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* sysstat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1294
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr "Wählen sie die Standardantwort (yes)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1298
+#: release-manual.xml:1300
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -3784,17 +3820,17 @@ msgstr ""
"\"no\" auszuwählen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1301
+#: release-manual.xml:1303
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1303
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Verändern sie die Eingabe zu <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3802,32 +3838,32 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1310
+#: release-manual.xml:1312
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr "Hier ldapversion 3 auswählen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1311
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr "Welches Benutzerkonto soll root für LDAP Anfragen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1312
+#: release-manual.xml:1314
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr "Welches Passwort soll root hier benutzen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1315
+#: release-manual.xml:1317
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* \"Upgrade glibc now\". Hier \"yes\" antworten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* \"Restart Services\". Hier \"yes\" antworten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1321
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
@@ -3836,12 +3872,12 @@ msgstr ""
"zusätzlichen Pakete installiert haben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1321
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr "Jetzt wird der Upgradeprozess beginnen die Pakete upzugraden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:1325
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
@@ -3855,12 +3891,12 @@ msgstr ""
"vorgenommen haben, wählen sie bitte immer \"Install the latest one\" aus"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "Das Upgrade wird mit der folgenden Fehlermeldung fehlschlagen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1328
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3876,7 +3912,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1332
+#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3892,34 +3928,34 @@ msgstr ""
"den Upgradeprozess mit dem folgenden Befehl neu:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1340
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Jetzt geht es weiter mit dem Upgrade:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#: release-manual.xml:1342
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Veränderte nagios Konfigurationsfiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1341
+#: release-manual.xml:1343
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr ""
"Sie sollten die bereits installierten behalten (default) und Enter drücken"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1346
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Dann wird das Upgrade ein weiteres mal fehlschlagen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1345
+#: release-manual.xml:1347
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3933,7 +3969,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:1352
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
@@ -3947,7 +3983,7 @@ msgstr ""
"folgendermassen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1353
+#: release-manual.xml:1355
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3957,9 +3993,10 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1356
+#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
+"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role=\"strong\">without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
"the dist-upgrade process again with:"
msgstr ""
@@ -3968,18 +4005,18 @@ msgstr ""
"dist-upgrade Prozess mit dem folgenden Befehl:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#: release-manual.xml:1360
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1362
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "Der nächste Fehler wird sein:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1361
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3991,20 +4028,20 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1365
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr ""
"Bitte entfernen sie das Paket <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> mit dem "
"Befehl"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1367
+#: release-manual.xml:1369
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1371
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
@@ -4012,7 +4049,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade aus."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
+#: release-manual.xml:1373
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
@@ -4021,12 +4058,12 @@ msgstr ""
"nun ohne weitere Fehler durchlaufen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1376
+#: release-manual.xml:1378
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr "Probleme beim Upgraden von bind"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1378
+#: release-manual.xml:1380
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
@@ -4036,27 +4073,28 @@ msgstr ""
"zuweisen."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1379
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1381
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
-"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
+"See <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791"
+"\">#386791 </ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
"Dazu finden sie unter <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport."
"cgi?bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> mehr Informationen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1387
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr "Veränderte Handhabung von Groupmaps in Samba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1391
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -4072,7 +4110,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dementsprechend anzupassen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1391
+#: release-manual.xml:1393
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -4083,7 +4121,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Samba notwendig sind. Dies machen sie mit dem folgenden Befehl:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1392
+#: release-manual.xml:1394
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -4097,7 +4135,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1397
+#: release-manual.xml:1399
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -4110,16 +4148,17 @@ msgstr ""
"NetworkClients</link> dieses Manuals genauer erklärt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1403
+#: release-manual.xml:1405
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Upgrades von älteren Debian Edu/Skolelinux Installationen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1405
+#: release-manual.xml:1407
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0'>http://"
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0\">http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink>. Then upgrade to "
"Terrra (etch-based Release)."
msgstr ""
@@ -4131,12 +4170,12 @@ msgstr ""
"upgraden (ein auf Etch basierendes Release)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1412
+#: release-manual.xml:1414
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1414
+#: release-manual.xml:1416
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
@@ -4144,27 +4183,27 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTos für <link linkend=\"Administration\">allgemeine Administration</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1417
+#: release-manual.xml:1419
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"Desktop\">den Desktop</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1420
+#: release-manual.xml:1422
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Netzwerkclients</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1423
+#: release-manual.xml:1425
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">Lehren und Lernen</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1430
+#: release-manual.xml:1432
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "HowTos für generelle Administration"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1432
+#: release-manual.xml:1434
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
@@ -4179,47 +4218,47 @@ msgstr ""
"\"fortgeschrittene\" Tipps und Tricks."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1438
+#: release-manual.xml:1440
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
"Dienste auf separaten Computern zur Entlastung des Hauptserver installieren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1439
+#: release-manual.xml:1441
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr ""
"Führen sie eine \"Barebone\" Installation durch indem sie debian-edu-expert "
"verwenden"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
+#: release-manual.xml:1442
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr "Installieren sie die Pakete für den gewünschten Dienst"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1441
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "Konfigurieren sie den Dienst"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1442
+#: release-manual.xml:1444
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr "Deaktivieren sie den Dienst auf dem Hauptserver"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1445
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr "Updaten sie den DNS Dienst auf dem Hauptserver"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1449
+#: release-manual.xml:1451
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
"Das Verzeichnis /etc/ mit Hilfe des SVK Versionskontrollsystems verfolgen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1451
+#: release-manual.xml:1453
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -4236,7 +4275,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>~root/.svk/ </computeroutput> gespeichert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1456
+#: release-manual.xml:1458
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -4248,12 +4287,12 @@ msgstr ""
"etc/ </computeroutput> werden jede halbe Stunde gespeichert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1459
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr "Nützliche Befehle sind:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1462
+#: release-manual.xml:1464
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -4271,12 +4310,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1471
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr "Benutzungsbeispiele"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1475
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
@@ -4285,7 +4324,7 @@ msgstr ""
"System installiert wurde:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1476
+#: release-manual.xml:1478
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
@@ -4295,12 +4334,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1481
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr "Herausfinden was in /etc/ verändert worden ist:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1482
+#: release-manual.xml:1484
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
@@ -4310,12 +4349,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1485
+#: release-manual.xml:1487
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr "Herausfinden was an einer Datei verändert worden ist:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1488
+#: release-manual.xml:1490
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
@@ -4325,7 +4364,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1491
+#: release-manual.xml:1493
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
@@ -4336,7 +4375,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sie den folgenden Befehl benutzen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1494
+#: release-manual.xml:1496
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -4346,7 +4385,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1497
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
msgid ""
"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4354,7 +4393,7 @@ msgstr ""
"verwenden sie den folgenden Befehl:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1500
+#: release-manual.xml:1502
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
@@ -4364,7 +4403,8 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1503
+#: release-manual.xml:1505
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -4374,7 +4414,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1510
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
@@ -4384,12 +4424,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr "Bemerkung für Leute die von Sarge/Woody upgegradet haben"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1520
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -4400,7 +4440,7 @@ msgstr ""
"müssen sie SVK einmalig mit dem folgenden Befehl als root initialisieren:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1521
+#: release-manual.xml:1523
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -4410,7 +4450,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1524
+#: release-manual.xml:1526
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
@@ -4419,12 +4459,12 @@ msgstr ""
"commit-Cronjob."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1530
+#: release-manual.xml:1532
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr "Die Größe von Partitionen verändern"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1534
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -4440,7 +4480,7 @@ msgstr ""
"geschehen wenn die Partitionen ausgehängt sind."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1536
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -4455,7 +4495,7 @@ msgstr ""
"anstatt eine große zu erstellen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1536
+#: release-manual.xml:1538
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -4481,16 +4521,17 @@ msgstr ""
"starten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Logical Volume Management"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#: release-manual.xml:1549
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
-"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
-"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </ulink>."
+"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Logical Volume Managemet (LVM) erlaubt es, Partitionen zu vergrößern während "
"diese gemounted sind und benutzt werden. Mehr Informationen zu LVM findet "
@@ -4498,7 +4539,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1550
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -4509,14 +4550,14 @@ msgstr ""
"Partition vergrößern wollen. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1553
+#: release-manual.xml:1555
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
msgstr ""
"Um zum Beispiel home0 um 30GB zu vergrößern, können sie den folgenden Befehl "
"verwenden:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1556
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
@@ -4526,14 +4567,15 @@ msgstr ""
"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1563
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr "volatile.debian.org verwenden"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#: release-manual.xml:1567
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
+"Since <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
"default installations."
msgstr ""
@@ -4542,17 +4584,17 @@ msgstr ""
"auf Standardinstallationen noch nicht aktiviert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1570
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr "Was ist debian-volatile?"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Um die Homepage zu zitieren: </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
@@ -4570,12 +4612,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sein System auf angenehme Weise aktuell und konsistent zu halten. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1580
+#: release-manual.xml:1582
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr "Wie ist Volatile zu benutzen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1584
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4590,7 +4632,7 @@ msgstr ""
"etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1587
+#: release-manual.xml:1589
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4600,7 +4642,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1590
+#: release-manual.xml:1592
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
@@ -4609,12 +4651,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> aus."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr "Nutzung von backports.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4626,15 +4668,16 @@ msgstr ""
"Spiel kommt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1603
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
"without new libraries (wherever it is possible) on a stable Debian "
-"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role='strong'>We recommend you to "
+"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to "
"pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all "
"backports available there. </emphasis> Please follow the instructions on "
-"<ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org\">http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
"use these backports."
msgstr ""
"Backports sind extra kompilierte Pakete aus DebianTesting(meist) und Debian "
@@ -4647,12 +4690,14 @@ msgstr ""
"backports.org </ulink> um die Backports zu nutzen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1605
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
-"computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"SecureApt'>securily </ulink>. This is done by running these commands as root:"
+"computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"SecureApt\">securily </ulink>. This is done by running these commands as "
+"root:"
msgstr ""
"Sie müssen den backports.org archive key zum root<computeroutput>gpg </"
"computeroutput> keyring hinzufügen, so das <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4661,28 +4706,28 @@ msgstr ""
"folgenden Kommandos ausführen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
+"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"aptitude update\n"
"]]>\n"
"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
+"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on backports.org\n"
+"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on backports.org\n"
"</ulink>. \n"
"</para>\n"
"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
-"</para>\n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
"</section>\n"
"\n"
"<section>\n"
@@ -4690,108 +4735,42 @@ msgid ""
"</title>\n"
"<para>\n"
"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
-"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
-"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
-"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
-"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
-"# update the list of available packages:\n"
-"aptitude update\n"
"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Danach können Sie entweder <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
-"</computeroutput> benutzen um aktualisierte Pakete zu installieren oder Sie können ein Paket so konfigurieren, dass es immer von backports.org installiert wird; in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput> . Wie, ist beschrieben in <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on backports.org\n"
-"</ulink>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Die zweite Variante hat den Vorteil, dass Aktualisierungen von Backports automaisch installiert werden, sobald sie verfügbar sind. Bei der ersten Variante müssen Sie die Aktualisierungen manuell vornehmen. \n"
-"</para>\n"
+"</screen><para/>\n"
"</section>\n"
"\n"
"<section>\n"
-"<title>Java\n"
+"<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall\n"
"</title>\n"
+"<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
+"</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
+"</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+"</computeroutput>. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+"</computeroutput> should be similar to this: \n"
+"</para>\n"
"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1642
-msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
-msgid ""
-"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
-"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
-"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
-"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
-"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
-msgid ""
-"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
-"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
-"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
-"similar to this:"
-msgstr ""
-"Passen sie jetzt die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
-"computeroutput> an sodass sie die folgenden Zeilen enthalten:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1655
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
"RPORT=1234\n"
"RUSER=backdoor\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1660
-msgid "FIXME: This need to be completed and tested."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1665
-msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
-msgid ""
-"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
-"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1669
-msgid ""
-"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user "
-"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
-"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1672
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
"\n"
"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
@@ -4815,151 +4794,85 @@ msgid ""
"done\n"
"\n"
"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2350 release-manual.xml:2458
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr "HowTos von wiki.debian.org"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2352 release-manual.xml:2460
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
-"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
-"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
-"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
-"GPL.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Die <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> von <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sind "
-"entweder Anwender- oder Entwicklerbezogen. Lasst uns die "
-"Anwenderspezifischen <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> hierhin schieben, "
-"nachdem die Autoren der Verschiebung und der GPL als Lizenz für ihre "
-"Beiträge zugestimmt haben."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1731
-msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
-msgstr "HowTos für den Desktop"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
-msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
-msgstr "KDE Kiosk mode"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1739
-msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
-msgstr "Zwei Profile sind voreingestellt:"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1741
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
-"of the students file group)"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
-msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1744
-msgid ""
-"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
-"kde panel"
-msgstr ""
-"stellt sicher, dass die Programme hinter den Desktop Icons im KDE Panel "
-"genauso aussehen"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
-msgid "adept is not started"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1746
-msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
-msgstr "stellt sicher, dass Schüler keine andere KDE Sitzung starten können"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1747
-msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
-msgstr "verhindert die Möglichkeit, dass Schüler Rootrechte bekommen"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
-"user and members of the admins file group)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
-"user and members of the admins file group)"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
-msgid ""
-"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
-"easy access to all the administration programs"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1755
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
-"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
-"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. "
-"[FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1759
-msgid ""
-"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
-"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
-"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
-"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
-"folder."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie die Kiosk Profile verändern möchten, so können Sie entweder die "
-"bestehenden kopieren und abändern, oder neue Kioskprofile erstellen in (zum "
-"Beispiel)<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> und "
-"aktivieren sie in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. "
-"Das Kiosk Tool wird dies für Sie erledigen, wenn Sie auf \"profile properties"
-"\" klicken und ein neuen Ordner anlegen."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1766
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
-msgstr "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1768
-msgid ""
-"After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like "
-"described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by "
-"the diskless workstation."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770
-msgid ""
-"Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386 </"
-"computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation "
-"server(s):"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1774
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
+"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
+"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para> \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
+"</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student desktops \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde session \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students \n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
+"</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration programs \n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
+"</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
+"</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons] \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
+"</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile\n"
+"</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386\n"
+"</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation server(s): \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
@@ -4968,7 +4881,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1781
+#: release-manual.xml:1783
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Else replace <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> with "
@@ -4979,13 +4892,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788
+#: release-manual.xml:1790
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabling kioskmode"
msgstr "KDE Kiosk mode"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, either just remove the file "
@@ -4997,12 +4910,12 @@ msgstr ""
"user-profile </computeroutput>. (FIXME: in which of the two?!)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1797
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Bearbeiten des KDE Anmeldebildschirms"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
+#: release-manual.xml:1801
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -5014,7 +4927,7 @@ msgstr ""
"und die ursprüngliche zu überschreiben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
@@ -5023,7 +4936,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> Paket aktiviert:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1806
+#: release-manual.xml:1808
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -5035,7 +4948,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1810
+#: release-manual.xml:1812
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -5044,12 +4957,12 @@ msgstr ""
"an, um zu erfahren, wie diese Variablen benutzt werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1816
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -5063,12 +4976,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Binärdateien von Adboe herunter."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1821
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
msgid ""
"add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
"as decribed in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">general adminstration "
@@ -5076,7 +4989,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1829
msgid ""
"add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
"computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
@@ -5084,7 +4997,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1833
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
@@ -5094,7 +5007,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1838
+#: release-manual.xml:1840
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
@@ -5109,35 +5022,52 @@ msgstr ""
"Binärdateien von Adboe herunter."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr "Sound mit Flash auf Thin Clients"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
msgid "You need to install this as root:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
msgid "and make one change in /etc/apt/sources.list"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
-"\n"
-"And that followed by \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound\"\n"
-"\n"
-"remeber to remove deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local from source list after that.\n"
-"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"And that followed by <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> and "
+"<computeroutput>aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound </"
+"computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Und führen Sie <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
+"computeroutput> aus."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"remeber to remove <computeroutput>deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ "
+"etch-test local </computeroutput> from source list after that and run "
+"<computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> again."
+msgstr ""
+"(Das <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> Quellpaket enthält "
+"dieses Bild als <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> Datei.)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
@@ -5146,18 +5076,18 @@ msgstr ""
"flashplugin-nonfree Paket installieren (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1866
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Andere nützliche Plugins"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr ""
"Nachdem sie das Multimedia Repository hinzugefügt haben (dazu unten mehr):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1876
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -5167,12 +5097,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1882
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "DVDs abspielen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -5186,7 +5116,7 @@ msgstr ""
"für Multimedia und DVDs:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1882
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -5196,258 +5126,140 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1888
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr "Das Multimedia Repository verwenden"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
-msgid ""
-"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
-"just add"
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To use www.debian-multimedia.org do the following:"
msgstr ""
"Um www.debian-multimedia.org zu verwenden, besuchen sie die Homepage und "
"finden sie einen Mirror, oder fügen sie stattdessen"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
-msgid ""
-"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
-"multimedia-keyring)."
-msgstr ""
-"ihrer sources.list hinzu. Installieren sie dann das Paket mit den Schlüsseln "
-"für Multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring)."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
-msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
-msgstr "HowTos für Netzwerkclients"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
-msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
-msgstr "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
-msgid ""
-"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
-"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
-msgid "LTSP in detail"
-msgstr "LTSP im Einzelnen"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
-msgid "lts.conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1922
-msgid ""
-"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
-"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
-"computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/"
-"ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and what "
-"parameters you can specify."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
-msgid ""
-"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
-"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
-"client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
-"computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
-msgid ""
-"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
-"something like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1933
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
-"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
-"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+"# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
+"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
+"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
+"echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+"# update the list of available packages:\n"
+"aptitude update\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
+"<title>HowTos for networked clients\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para> \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>LTSP in detail\n"
+"</title><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>lts.conf\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]\n"
+"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"</computeroutput>. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add something like this: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1939
-msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1941
-msgid ""
-"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
-"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
-msgid ""
-"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
-"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
-"client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
-"computeroutput> file."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
-msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
-"edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1960
-msgid "Part 1"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
-"for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
-"get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In "
-"addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each "
-"of the servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
-msgid ""
-"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
-"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
-"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
-"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
-"later on."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
-msgid ""
-"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
-"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
-"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
-"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
-"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
-msgid ""
-"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/"
-"dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1971
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>somewhere below the default settings. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput> file. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Load balancing LTSP servers\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Part 1\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide later on. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
" }\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1976
-msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>you have to add this under \"range\": \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
"next-server xxx;\n"
"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
-msgid ""
-"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
-"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
-"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
-msgid "Part 2"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
-msgid ""
-"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
-"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
-"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
-"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
-"host names, in the random order."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1995
-msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2000
-msgid ""
-"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
-"space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
-"ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2003
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Part 2\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or host names, in the random order. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
@@ -5461,122 +5273,73 @@ msgid ""
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
"done\n"
"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Part 3\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced! \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Sound with LTSP clients\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done automatically, this line: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Replacing LDM with KDM\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning\n"
+"</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
+"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2022
-msgid "Part 3"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2024
-msgid ""
-"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
-"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
-"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
-"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
-"ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
-"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
-"and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2030
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
-"ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2032
-msgid ""
-"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
-"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
-"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
-"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. "
-"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2034
-msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040
-msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2042
-msgid ""
-"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
-"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
-"by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done "
-"automatically, this line:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2044
-msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
-msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2046
-msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2052
-msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
-msgid ""
-"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
-"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
-"less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2060
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
-"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
-"well as anything else."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
-"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
-msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
-"]]"
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2079
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -5586,21 +5349,21 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2082
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2084
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:2099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5608,19 +5371,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2090
+#: release-manual.xml:2102
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2111
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5630,12 +5393,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2105
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5645,22 +5408,22 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2120
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2129
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2131
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5669,68 +5432,68 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2133
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2135
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
"membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat "
-"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role='strong'>not </emphasis> work, "
-"because there is no password for root in Samba."
+"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role=\"strong\">not </emphasis> "
+"work, because there is no password for root in Samba."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2130
+#: release-manual.xml:2142
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2144
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
"later as being allowed to authenticate users. In order to enable Samba to "
"store this data, Samba requires an static host configuration to be present. "
"This could be added by using the LWAT web interface (see also <link to "
-"lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is important to check "
-"the \"Samba host\" option, otherwise will lack the required data to be able "
-"to join the domain."
+"lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is important to "
+"check the \"Samba host\" option, otherwise will lack the required data to be "
+"able to join the domain."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2136
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2149
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2152
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2153
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5744,7 +5507,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2144
+#: release-manual.xml:2156
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5754,12 +5517,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2150
+#: release-manual.xml:2162
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5770,7 +5533,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2154
+#: release-manual.xml:2166
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5780,12 +5543,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2165
+#: release-manual.xml:2177
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5794,12 +5557,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5810,7 +5573,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2174
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
@@ -5821,100 +5584,102 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
"them not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's "
"their own fault when login is slow."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2179
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
-"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
-"parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users to "
-"the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at "
-"least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming profile."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way "
+"to deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect "
+"other parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users "
+"to the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are "
+"at least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming "
+"profile."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184 release-manual.xml:2267
+#: release-manual.xml:2196 release-manual.xml:2279
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2201
msgid ""
-"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
-"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
-"semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the profile, the "
-"directories are internationalized and must be written in your own language "
-"the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to exclude are"
+"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> "
+"System -> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you "
+"can enter a semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the "
+"profile, the directories are internationalized and must be written in your "
+"own language the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to "
+"exclude are"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#: release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2192 release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2204 release-manual.xml:2207
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2194
+#: release-manual.xml:2206
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2210
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2214
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2283 release-manual.xml:2308
+#: release-manual.xml:2222 release-manual.xml:2295 release-manual.xml:2320
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -5925,49 +5690,53 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2229
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2219
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2220
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2226
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </"
+"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
+"Und führen Sie <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
+"computeroutput> aus."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2242
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2233
+#: release-manual.xml:2245
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2248
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5975,17 +5744,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2250
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Quellen:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2261
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2263
+#: release-manual.xml:2275
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5994,53 +5763,54 @@ msgid ""
"network shares."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2269
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
-"under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection Things that "
-"can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
+"under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection "
+"Things that can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
"not want this, you should also disable that in following"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2273
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid ""
-"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
+"Offline Files"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2288
msgid ""
-"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
-"Files"
+"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
+"Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2303
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2309
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -6048,29 +5818,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2299
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2313
msgid ""
-"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
-"profiles"
+"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow "
+"local profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2310
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2315
+#: release-manual.xml:2327
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "Die Samba Konfiguration verändern"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2317
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -6080,7 +5850,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -6092,12 +5862,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2341
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Remote Desktops mit RDP, VNC, NX oder Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2331
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -6108,7 +5878,7 @@ msgstr ""
"als auch von Linux aus."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2333
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -6118,7 +5888,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Paket."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2349
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -6128,7 +5898,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> Paket."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -6140,27 +5910,51 @@ msgstr ""
"seit 2005 den Zugriff per NX an. Diese empfinden die Lösung als sehr stabil."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Anleitung für "
"den Citrix ICA Client </ulink> um von Skolelinux auf Windows Terminalserver "
"zuzugreifen."
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2362 release-manual.xml:2470
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr "HowTos von wiki.debian.org"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2364 release-manual.xml:2472
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or "
+"developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and "
+"delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of "
+"those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting "
+"it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Die <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> von <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sind "
+"entweder Anwender- oder Entwicklerbezogen. Lasst uns die "
+"Anwenderspezifischen <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> hierhin schieben, "
+"nachdem die Autoren der Verschiebung und der GPL als Lizenz für ihre "
+"Beiträge zugestimmt haben."
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2368
+#: release-manual.xml:2380
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "HowTos für Lehren und Lernen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2386
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2376
+#: release-manual.xml:2388
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -6169,7 +5963,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root aus um Moodle zu installieren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -6180,26 +5974,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2383
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
+"See <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\">http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
"Unter <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> finden sie "
"mehr zu Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Schüler kontrollieren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
@@ -6208,22 +6003,23 @@ msgstr ""
"Schüler zu beaufsichtigen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
-"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
+"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
+"index.php?title=Main_Page\">http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Das italc Wiki finden sie <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>hier</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2411
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -6233,39 +6029,39 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2406
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
-"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
+"monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2424
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2414
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2420
+#: release-manual.xml:2432
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
"and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2438
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr "swi-prolog auf Etch installieren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2428
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -6276,9 +6072,10 @@ msgstr ""
"installieren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
"<computeroutput>apt-get </computeroutput> is cryptographically signed to "
"ensure a trust path."
@@ -6290,7 +6087,7 @@ msgstr ""
"werden kann."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2452
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -6310,7 +6107,8 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -6319,33 +6117,35 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2463
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
-"interesting"
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+"incomplete but interesting"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - Unvollständig "
"aber interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2472
+#: release-manual.xml:2484
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Helfen sie mit"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Lassen sie uns wissen dass es sie gibt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2493
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2486
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -6358,13 +6158,14 @@ msgstr ""
"Hilfe.<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2492
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
"where the users of the distribution are located. Please let us know about "
"your installation, by registering in this database. To register your "
-"school, <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools'>use "
+"school, <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\">use "
"this web form </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Das Debian Edu Projekt bietet eine Datenbank die Schulen und Benutzer des "
@@ -6376,12 +6177,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> zur Verfügung."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2510
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Lokale Helfer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2512
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6392,7 +6193,7 @@ msgstr ""
"den Niederlanden, Japan und noch an vielen andren Orten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6403,27 +6204,29 @@ msgstr ""
"und <emphasis>Unterstützt </emphasis> zwei Seiten der gleichen Münze sind."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Globale Helfer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
+"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianEdu/Teams/\">different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
"Wir sind in verschiedenen internationalen <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>Teams </ulink> organisiert. Jedes Team beschäftigt sich "
"mit einem andern Thema."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
-"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
-"monthly meetings on IRC on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and less frequently "
-"even real gatherings, where we meet each other in person."
+"The <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">developer mailing list "
+"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
+"have monthly meetings on IRC on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and less "
+"frequently even real gatherings, where we meet each other in person."
msgstr ""
"Die <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>Entwicklermailingliste </"
"ulink> ist das Hauptkommunikationsmittel. Zudem finden monatliche Treffen im "
@@ -6431,23 +6234,24 @@ msgstr ""
"Leben statt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2517
+#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
-"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
-"debian-edu-commits'>commit mailinglist </ulink>."
+"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/"
+"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Ein guter Weg etwas über die Entwicklung von Debian Edu zu erfahren ist sich "
"auf die <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/debian-"
"edu-commits'>commit Mailingliste </ulink> einzuschreiben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2535
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Verfasser der Dokumentation und Übersetzer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2525
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6460,14 +6264,15 @@ msgstr ""
"uns helfen indem sie den entsprechenden Text um ihr Wissen ergänzen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2527
+#: release-manual.xml:2539
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
-"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and you "
-"can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, "
-"you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences'>create a "
-"wiki user </ulink> first."
+"Just go to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and you can "
+"contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, you "
+"need to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">create a wiki "
+"user </ulink> first."
msgstr ""
"Die Quellen dieses Textes sind in einem Wiki gespeichert und können mit fast "
"jedem Webbrowser editiert werden. Um mitzuwirken, einfach auf <ulink "
@@ -6477,7 +6282,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.no/UserPreferences'>create a wiki user </ulink> machen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2531
+#: release-manual.xml:2543
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6490,33 +6295,35 @@ msgstr ""
"dieses Buches. Bitte helfen sie uns dieses Buch zu übersetzen!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2549
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2555
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Support auf Freiwilligenbasis"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
msgid "in English"
msgstr "auf Englisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2553
+#: release-manual.xml:2565
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
-"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
-"</ulink> - support mailing list"
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
+"discuss\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
+"discuss </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
"</ulink> - Supportmailingliste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2557
+#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6526,26 +6333,28 @@ msgstr ""
"Entwicklungsbezogen. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "auf Norwegisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
-"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
-"ulink> - support mailing list"
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker"
+"\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </ulink> - "
+"support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
"ulink> - Supportmailingliste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2586
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
-"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
+"linuxiskolen\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - mailinglist for the development member organisation "
"in Norway (FRISK)"
msgstr ""
@@ -6555,78 +6364,83 @@ msgstr ""
"Norwegen (FRSIK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2577
+#: release-manual.xml:2589
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr "#skolelinux auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel für norwegische Nuzter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2583
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
msgid "in German"
msgstr "auf Deutsch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\">http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2589
+#: release-manual.xml:2601
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
-"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> "
+"- wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"Wiki mit vielen HowTos und ähnlichem."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2604
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel zur Unterstützung deutscher "
"Benutzung"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2610
msgid "in French"
msgstr "auf Französisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2600
+#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
+"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2608
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "auf Spanisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2622
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\">http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"Das spanische Skolelinuxportal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2631
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Professioneller Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2621
+#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\">http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Listen von Firmen die professionellen Support anbieten finden sie unter "
@@ -6635,12 +6449,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2628
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2644
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
@@ -6658,9 +6472,10 @@ msgstr ""
"der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert. Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2634
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
+"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
"emphasis>! Then add your name here and release it under the GPL2 or later "
"version."
@@ -6671,12 +6486,12 @@ msgstr ""
"lizensieren Sie es unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2652
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren der Übersetzung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2642
+#: release-manual.xml:2654
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6685,7 +6500,7 @@ msgstr ""
"und wurde unter der GPL2 oder später lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2656
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"(2007) and Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or "
@@ -6696,7 +6511,7 @@ msgstr ""
"der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2658
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
@@ -6709,7 +6524,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Hatje (2008) und ist unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2648
+#: release-manual.xml:2660
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6719,12 +6534,12 @@ msgstr ""
"lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2655
+#: release-manual.xml:2667
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6734,12 +6549,12 @@ msgstr ""
"unvollständige Übersetzungen in das norwegische Bokmål, Spanisch und Deutsch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2659
+#: release-manual.xml:2671
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2661
+#: release-manual.xml:2673
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6754,13 +6569,14 @@ msgstr ""
"translations </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2664
+#: release-manual.xml:2676
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
"check out some files from from svn (which can be done anonymously), create "
-"patches and send those to <ulink url='mailto:debian-edu-doc at packages.qa."
-"debian.org'>debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org </ulink>."
+"patches and send those to <ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu-doc at packages.qa."
+"debian.org\">debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Um ihre Übersetzungen commiten zu können müssen sie ein Mitglied des Alitoth "
"Projektes <computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput> sein. Die Dateien "
@@ -6770,7 +6586,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu-doc ein."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2668
+#: release-manual.xml:2680
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6782,7 +6598,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> installiert sein muss:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2672
+#: release-manual.xml:2684
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6791,7 +6607,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2677
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6804,7 +6620,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2681
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6814,7 +6630,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Mailingliste senden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2695
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6824,12 +6640,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Verzeichnis:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2686
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2703
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6840,31 +6656,32 @@ msgstr ""
"Sprache erzeugt bzw. eine bestehende ergänzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2693
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Bitte melden sie Fehler."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2699
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Anhang A - The GNU Public Licence"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2702
+#: release-manual.xml:2714
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Für Übersetzer: Die GPL muss nicht übersetzt werden. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2706
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2720
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
-"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
+"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger at layer-acht."
+"org\">holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
"\"CopyRight\"> Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of copyright "
"owners."
msgstr ""
@@ -6874,7 +6691,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\">Copyrightkapitel</link> verweisen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2723
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6887,7 +6704,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2713
+#: release-manual.xml:2725
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6900,7 +6717,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2715
+#: release-manual.xml:2727
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6911,17 +6728,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2720
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2722
+#: release-manual.xml:2734
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2736
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6934,22 +6751,23 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: release-manual.xml:2741
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2743
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
-"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
-"it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "
-"\"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based "
-"on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under "
-"copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of "
-"it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another "
-"language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the "
-"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
+"program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder "
+"saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public "
+"License. The \"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "
+"\"work based on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative "
+"work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a "
+"portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into "
+"another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation "
+"in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6962,7 +6780,7 @@ msgstr ""
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2734
+#: release-manual.xml:2746
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6979,15 +6797,16 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2736
+#: release-manual.xml:2748
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
-"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
-"provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an "
-"appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the "
-"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and "
-"give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with "
-"the Program."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
+"verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any "
+"medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each "
+"copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact "
+"all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any "
+"warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this "
+"License along with the Program."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6998,7 +6817,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2739
+#: release-manual.xml:2751
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -7007,9 +6826,10 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2741
+#: release-manual.xml:2753
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
"Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms "
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
@@ -7020,20 +6840,22 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2744
+#: release-manual.xml:2756
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
-"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
-"any change."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
+"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
+"of any change."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
"any change."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2747
+#: release-manual.xml:2759
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
"the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to "
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
@@ -7044,9 +6866,10 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2750
+#: release-manual.xml:2762
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
"running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or "
"display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a "
@@ -7069,7 +6892,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2755
+#: release-manual.xml:2767
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -7092,7 +6915,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2757
+#: release-manual.xml:2769
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -7105,7 +6928,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2759
+#: release-manual.xml:2771
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -7118,9 +6941,10 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2761
+#: release-manual.xml:2773
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
"executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you "
"also do one of the following:"
@@ -7131,9 +6955,10 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2764
+#: release-manual.xml:2776
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
"the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
"software interchange; or,"
@@ -7144,9 +6969,10 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2767
+#: release-manual.xml:2779
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
"more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete "
"machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed "
@@ -7161,9 +6987,10 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2770
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
"alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you "
"received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, "
@@ -7176,7 +7003,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2775
+#: release-manual.xml:2787
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -7199,7 +7026,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2777
+#: release-manual.xml:2789
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -7214,9 +7041,10 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2779
+#: release-manual.xml:2791
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
"this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or "
"distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights "
@@ -7233,11 +7061,12 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2782
+#: release-manual.xml:2794
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
-"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
-"permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
+"this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants "
+"you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
"These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. "
"Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on "
"the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all "
@@ -7254,9 +7083,10 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2785
+#: release-manual.xml:2797
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
"receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify "
"the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any "
@@ -7273,9 +7103,10 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2788
+#: release-manual.xml:2800
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
"limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court "
"order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this "
@@ -7302,7 +7133,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2791
+#: release-manual.xml:2803
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -7313,7 +7144,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2793
+#: release-manual.xml:2805
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -7336,7 +7167,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2795
+#: release-manual.xml:2807
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -7345,9 +7176,10 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2797
+#: release-manual.xml:2809
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
"copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program "
"under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation "
@@ -7364,9 +7196,10 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2800
+#: release-manual.xml:2812
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
"to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present "
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
@@ -7377,7 +7210,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2803
+#: release-manual.xml:2815
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -7396,10 +7229,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2805
+#: release-manual.xml:2817
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
-"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
+"of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
"different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is "
"copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software "
"Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be "
@@ -7417,14 +7251,16 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2808
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:2820
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2811
+#: release-manual.xml:2823
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
"PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE "
"COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT "
@@ -7445,9 +7281,10 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2814
+#: release-manual.xml:2826
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
"OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED "
"ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, "
@@ -7468,49 +7305,50 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2820
+#: release-manual.xml:2832
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2826
+#: release-manual.xml:2838
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Anhang B - Über Debian Edu Live CDs/DVDs"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2832
+#: release-manual.xml:2844
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Features des \"Standalone\" Images"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2833
+#: release-manual.xml:2845
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Fast alle Pakete des \"Standalone\" Profils"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2834
+#: release-manual.xml:2846
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Alle Pakete des Laptoptasks"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2835
+#: release-manual.xml:2847
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Das KDE Desktopprofil für Studenten/Schüler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2841
+#: release-manual.xml:2853
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Aktiviere Übersetzungen und Regionalsupport"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2843
+#: release-manual.xml:2855
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
"name you want. To aciviate a given keyboard layout, use the "
"<computeroutput>keyb=KB </computeroutput> option where KB is the wanted "
-"keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianLive/l10n'>is available from the live cd build script "
+"keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianLive/l10n\">is available from the live cd build script "
"documentation </ulink>. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:"
msgstr ""
"Um eine spezielle Übersetzung zu aktivieren, booten sie mit "
@@ -7521,122 +7359,125 @@ msgstr ""
"genutzten Localecodes:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2848
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:2860
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "Sprache (Region)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2852
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:2864
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "Wert der Locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2856
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:2868
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tastaturbelegung (layout) </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2861
+#: release-manual.xml:2873
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norwegisches Bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2864
+#: release-manual.xml:2876
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2867 release-manual.xml:2877
+#: release-manual.xml:2879 release-manual.xml:2889
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2871
+#: release-manual.xml:2883
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norwegisches Nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2874
+#: release-manual.xml:2886
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2881
+#: release-manual.xml:2893
msgid "German"
msgstr "Deutsch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2884
+#: release-manual.xml:2896
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2887
+#: release-manual.xml:2899
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2891
+#: release-manual.xml:2903
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Französisch (Frankreich)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2894
+#: release-manual.xml:2906
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2897
+#: release-manual.xml:2909
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2901
+#: release-manual.xml:2913
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Griechisch (Griechenland)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2904
+#: release-manual.xml:2916
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2907
+#: release-manual.xml:2919
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2911
+#: release-manual.xml:2923
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2914
+#: release-manual.xml:2926
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2917
+#: release-manual.xml:2929
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2921
+#: release-manual.xml:2933
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Nördliches Sami (Norwegen)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2924
+#: release-manual.xml:2936
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2927
+#: release-manual.xml:2939
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2934
+#: release-manual.xml:2946
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7650,41 +7491,269 @@ msgstr ""
"kann können in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/ gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2940
+#: release-manual.xml:2952
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Interessante Dinge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2941
+#: release-manual.xml:2953
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
"Das Passwort für den Benuter ist \"user\", für root wurde kein Passwort "
"gesetzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2947
+#: release-manual.xml:2959
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Bekannte Probleme mit dem Image"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2948
+#: release-manual.xml:2960
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "Zur Zeit keine bekannt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2954
+#: release-manual.xml:2966
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2956
+#: release-manual.xml:2968
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
-"org/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
-"etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
+"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
+"org/cd-etch-live/\">FTP </ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
+"etch-live/\">HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
" Das Image hat eine Größe von 1.2 GiB und ist über <ulink url='ftp://ftp."
"skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux."
"no/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> oder rsync von ftp.skolelinux.org im "
"Verzeichnis cd-etch-live/ erhältlich."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
+#~ "</ulink> - Unvollständig aber interessant"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
+#~ "</ulink> - Unvollständig aber interessant"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\">http://wiki.debian.org/"
+#~ "DebianEdu </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists."
+#~ "debian.org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib "
+#~ "non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+#~ "# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
+#~ "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
+#~ "is:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
+#~ "# update the list of available packages:\n"
+#~ "aptitude update\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports "
+#~ "install <packagename>\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can "
+#~ "configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though "
+#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www."
+#~ "backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on "
+#~ "backports.org\n"
+#~ "</ulink>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
+#~ "installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant "
+#~ "you need to update manually. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Java\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre "
+#~ "sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+#~ "# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
+#~ "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
+#~ "is:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
+#~ "# update the list of available packages:\n"
+#~ "aptitude update\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Danach können Sie entweder <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-"
+#~ "backports install <packagename>\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> benutzen um aktualisierte Pakete zu installieren oder "
+#~ "Sie können ein Paket so konfigurieren, dass es immer von backports.org "
+#~ "installiert wird; in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> . Wie, ist beschrieben in <ulink url='http://www."
+#~ "backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on "
+#~ "backports.org\n"
+#~ "</ulink>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Die zweite Variante hat den Vorteil, dass Aktualisierungen von "
+#~ "Backports automaisch installiert werden, sobald sie verfügbar sind. Bei "
+#~ "der ersten Variante müssen Sie die Aktualisierungen manuell vornehmen. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Java\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre "
+#~ "sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should "
+#~ "be similar to this:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Passen sie jetzt die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+#~ "computeroutput> an sodass sie die folgenden Zeilen enthalten:"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#~ msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+#~ msgstr "HowTos für den Desktop"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+#~ msgstr "KDE Kiosk mode"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
+#~ msgstr "Zwei Profile sind voreingestellt:"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
+#~ "kde panel"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "stellt sicher, dass die Programme hinter den Desktop Icons im KDE Panel "
+#~ "genauso aussehen"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#~ msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
+#~ msgstr "stellt sicher, dass Schüler keine andere KDE Sitzung starten können"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#~ msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
+#~ msgstr "verhindert die Möglichkeit, dass Schüler Rootrechte bekommen"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+#~ "user and members of the admins file group)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+#~ "user and members of the admins file group)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the "
+#~ "existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for "
+#~ "example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and "
+#~ "enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. "
+#~ "The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" "
+#~ "and browse to a new folder."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Wenn Sie die Kiosk Profile verändern möchten, so können Sie entweder die "
+#~ "bestehenden kopieren und abändern, oder neue Kioskprofile erstellen in "
+#~ "(zum Beispiel)<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> "
+#~ "und aktivieren sie in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
+#~ "computeroutput>. Das Kiosk Tool wird dies für Sie erledigen, wenn Sie auf "
+#~ "\"profile properties\" klicken und ein neuen Ordner anlegen."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
+#~ msgstr "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia "
+#~ "(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "ihrer sources.list hinzu. Installieren sie dann das Paket mit den "
+#~ "Schlüsseln für Multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring)."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#~ msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
+#~ msgstr "HowTos für Netzwerkclients"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
+#~ msgstr "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "LTSP in detail"
+#~ msgstr "LTSP im Einzelnen"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
+#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
+#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
+#~ msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+#~ "]]"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
index ddf4fa6..43df9ae 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-05-23 16:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-06 11:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-14 15:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <es at li.org>\n"
@@ -17,18 +17,18 @@ msgstr ""
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.1\n"
# type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1
+#: release-manual.xml:3
msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3
+#: release-manual.xml:5
#, fuzzy
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu Etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu etch 3.0 también llamado \"Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:5
+#: release-manual.xml:7
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete </emphasis>) release manual for the "
@@ -38,56 +38,57 @@ msgstr ""
"de Debian-Edu etch 3.0."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:8
+#: release-manual.xml:10
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-23</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-07-06</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:11
+#: release-manual.xml:13
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a wiki "
-"and updated frequently."
+"The version at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a "
+"wiki and updated frequently."
msgstr ""
"Este documento necesita tu ayuda. Puedes ayudar en <ulink url='http://wiki."
"skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:14
+#: release-manual.xml:16
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> package, which can be "
-"<ulink url='http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/'>installed on a "
-"webserver </ulink>."
+"<ulink url=\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/\">installed on "
+"a webserver </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:21
+#: release-manual.xml:23
#, fuzzy
msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
msgstr "Acerca de DebianEdu y Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:23
+#: release-manual.xml:25
msgid ""
"Skolelinux is a Linux distribution made by the Debian Edu project. Being a "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution "
-"</ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url='http://www.debian.org'>Debian </"
-"ulink>."
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian\">Custom Debian "
+"Distribution </ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org"
+"\">Debian </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:27
+#: release-manual.xml:29
msgid ""
"What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-"
"of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:29
+#: release-manual.xml:31
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools "
@@ -99,12 +100,12 @@ msgstr ""
"están en Noruega, Alemania y Francia."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:34
+#: release-manual.xml:36
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Arquitectura"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:38
+#: release-manual.xml:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
@@ -114,24 +115,24 @@ msgstr ""
"proporcionados por una instalación Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:42
+#: release-manual.xml:44
msgid "Network"
msgstr "Red"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:45
+#: release-manual.xml:47
msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:50
+#: release-manual.xml:52
msgid ""
"(The <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source package "
"contains this image as a <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> file.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:54
+#: release-manual.xml:56
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
@@ -153,7 +154,7 @@ msgstr ""
"servidor no afecta al resto de los servicios de red."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:56
+#: release-manual.xml:58
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
@@ -171,7 +172,7 @@ msgstr ""
"alias DNS de ese servicio a la máquina correcta."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:58
+#: release-manual.xml:60
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
@@ -188,12 +189,12 @@ msgstr ""
"separado)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:63
+#: release-manual.xml:65
msgid "Services"
msgstr "Servicios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:65
+#: release-manual.xml:67
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
@@ -220,7 +221,7 @@ msgstr ""
"en esa máquina)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:67
+#: release-manual.xml:69
msgid ""
"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
"network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
@@ -231,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr ""
"plano."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:69
+#: release-manual.xml:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
@@ -250,90 +251,90 @@ msgstr ""
"dirección ip."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:71
+#: release-manual.xml:73
msgid "Centralized Logging [syslog]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:72
+#: release-manual.xml:74
msgid "DNS (Bind) [domain]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: release-manual.xml:75
msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines (DHCP) [bootps]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:74
+#: release-manual.xml:76
msgid "Clock Synchronization (NTP) [ntp]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:75
+#: release-manual.xml:77
msgid "Home Directories via Network File System (SMB/NFS) [homes]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:76
+#: release-manual.xml:78
msgid "Electronic Post Office [postoffice]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
+#: release-manual.xml:79
msgid "Directory Service (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:78
+#: release-manual.xml:80
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Administration (lwat)"
msgstr "Administración"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:79
+#: release-manual.xml:81
msgid "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
+#: release-manual.xml:82
msgid "Central Backup (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:81
+#: release-manual.xml:83
msgid "Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:82
+#: release-manual.xml:84
msgid "Printing (CUPS) [ipp]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:83
+#: release-manual.xml:85
msgid "Remote Login (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:84
+#: release-manual.xml:86
msgid "Automatic Configuration [cfengine]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:85
+#: release-manual.xml:87
msgid "Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
+#: release-manual.xml:88
msgid ""
"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and "
"History on the Web. Error Reporting by E-mail (munin,nagios and site-summary)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:89
+#: release-manual.xml:91
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
@@ -349,7 +350,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Windows y clientes Macintosh."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:91
+#: release-manual.xml:93
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
@@ -368,7 +369,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mediante POP3 o IMAP."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:93
+#: release-manual.xml:95
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
@@ -378,7 +379,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la base de datos de usuario centralizada para autenticación y autorización."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:95
+#: release-manual.xml:97
msgid ""
"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
@@ -391,7 +392,7 @@ msgstr ""
"acceso a Internet individualmente para cada puesto."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:97
+#: release-manual.xml:99
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
@@ -407,7 +408,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de los clientes ligeros no interfiere con el resto de los servicios de red)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:99
+#: release-manual.xml:101
msgid ""
"Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
@@ -418,7 +419,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aceptar sólo mensajes entrantes desde la red local."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:101
+#: release-manual.xml:103
msgid ""
"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
@@ -431,7 +432,7 @@ msgstr ""
"todos los puestos de la red pueden usarlo como su servidor de DNS principal."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:103
+#: release-manual.xml:105
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
@@ -447,7 +448,7 @@ msgstr ""
"el servidor web se puede programar."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:105
+#: release-manual.xml:107
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
@@ -470,7 +471,7 @@ msgstr ""
"correo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:107
+#: release-manual.xml:109
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
@@ -484,7 +485,7 @@ msgstr ""
"individuales o grupos de usuarios mediante los sistemas de administración."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:109
+#: release-manual.xml:111
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
@@ -504,7 +505,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la red tiene la hora correcta."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:111
+#: release-manual.xml:113
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
@@ -520,13 +521,13 @@ msgstr ""
"las impresoras."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:115
+#: release-manual.xml:117
#, fuzzy
msgid "Thin clients"
msgstr "Sevicios de clientes ligeros"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:117
+#: release-manual.xml:119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. "
@@ -542,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Project (LTSP)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:119
+#: release-manual.xml:121
msgid ""
"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
"effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
@@ -559,7 +560,7 @@ msgstr ""
"XDMCP, asegurando que todos los programas se ejecutan en el servidor LTSP."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:121
+#: release-manual.xml:123
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
@@ -571,20 +572,20 @@ msgstr ""
"identificar que cliente está haciendo qué cosa en el servidor central?)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:126
+#: release-manual.xml:128
#, fuzzy
msgid "Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:128
+#: release-manual.xml:130
msgid ""
"For diskless workstations the terms stateless workstations, lowfat clients "
"or half-thick clients are also used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:130
+#: release-manual.xml:132
msgid ""
"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally "
"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot direcly "
@@ -593,7 +594,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:132
+#: release-manual.xml:134
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations are an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the "
"same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and "
@@ -602,20 +603,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:134
+#: release-manual.xml:136
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server "
"Project (LTSP) with version 5.0."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:140
+#: release-manual.xml:142
#, fuzzy
msgid "Networked clients"
msgstr "Requisitos"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:142
+#: release-manual.xml:144
msgid ""
"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin "
"clients and diskless workstations as well as computers running MacOS or "
@@ -623,12 +624,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:147
+#: release-manual.xml:149
msgid "Administration"
msgstr "Administración"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:149
+#: release-manual.xml:151
msgid ""
"All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
"will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
@@ -641,7 +642,7 @@ msgstr ""
"acceso completo a todos los puestos."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:151
+#: release-manual.xml:153
msgid ""
"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
@@ -654,7 +655,7 @@ msgstr ""
"que la automatización distribuya los cambios."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
+#: release-manual.xml:155
msgid ""
"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
"are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
@@ -665,17 +666,17 @@ msgstr ""
"y es la que usan los clientes para autenticarse."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:158 release-manual.xml:374
+#: release-manual.xml:160 release-manual.xml:376
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Instalación"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:160
+#: release-manual.xml:162
msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
msgstr "Se puede instalar tanto desde un CD como un DVD."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:162
+#: release-manual.xml:164
msgid ""
"The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
"over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
@@ -686,7 +687,7 @@ msgstr ""
"instalación del DVD funciona sin acceder a Internet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:164
+#: release-manual.xml:166
msgid ""
"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
@@ -702,12 +703,12 @@ msgstr ""
"después de la instalación."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:169
+#: release-manual.xml:171
msgid "File system access configuration"
msgstr "Configuración del acceso al sistema de archivos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:171
+#: release-manual.xml:173
msgid ""
"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
@@ -724,7 +725,7 @@ msgstr ""
"algunos no deberían ser accesibles por nadie que no fuera el usuario."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:173
+#: release-manual.xml:175
msgid ""
"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
@@ -736,13 +737,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:177
+#: release-manual.xml:179
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
"be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
-"group should be identical to the username. (<ulink url='http://www.redhat."
+"group should be identical to the username. (<ulink url=\"http://www.redhat."
"com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups."
-"html'>More info on private groups </ulink> is available from Redhat.) This "
+"html\">More info on private groups </ulink> is available from Redhat.) This "
"allows for all new files created by the user to be set with full access for "
"the file's group. Together with set-gid bit on directories and inheritance "
"of rights, this enables controlled file sharing between the members of a "
@@ -764,7 +766,7 @@ msgstr ""
"grupo de usuarios X=7)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:180
+#: release-manual.xml:182
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. "
@@ -797,7 +799,7 @@ msgstr ""
"como otros han resuelto los mismos problemas."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:182
+#: release-manual.xml:184
msgid ""
"Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
"particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
@@ -812,7 +814,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:189
+#: release-manual.xml:191
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
@@ -823,18 +825,18 @@ msgstr ""
"así que el privilegio máximo para"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:191
+#: release-manual.xml:193
msgid ""
"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:197
+#: release-manual.xml:199
msgid "random notes"
msgstr "notas sueltas"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:199
+#: release-manual.xml:201
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
@@ -842,145 +844,145 @@ msgstr ""
"Estas son varias notas de cosas que deberían incluirse en este documento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:200
+#: release-manual.xml:202
msgid ""
"Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which "
"groups have access to which machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:201
+#: release-manual.xml:203
msgid ""
"Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for "
"these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:202
+#: release-manual.xml:204
msgid "Should consider using a DNS name from RFC 2606."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:205
+#: release-manual.xml:207
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink "
-"url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://"
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink url="
+"\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en\">http://"
"developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en </ulink> ( at that "
"time it was Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter Reinholdtsen < "
-"<ulink url='mailto:pere at hungry.com'>pere at hungry.com </ulink> >, released "
-"under the GPL) - note to translators: there are translations for this "
-"document already, which you can also copy and paste. But keep those "
+"<ulink url=\"mailto:pere at hungry.com\">pere at hungry.com </ulink> >, "
+"released under the GPL) - note to translators: there are translations for "
+"this document already, which you can also copy and paste. But keep those "
"copyright notes as well. </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:214
+#: release-manual.xml:216
msgid "Features"
msgstr "Características"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:220
+#: release-manual.xml:222
#, fuzzy
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r1 Terra\" release 2007-12-05"
msgstr "Características nuevas en la versión \"3.0 Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:221
+#: release-manual.xml:223
msgid ""
"much improved documentation with updated translations to German, Norwegian "
"Bokmal and Italian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:222
+#: release-manual.xml:224
msgid ""
"includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that came "
"to our attentention after the 3.0r0 release"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:228
+#: release-manual.xml:230
#, fuzzy
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr "Características nuevas en la versión \"3.0 Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:229
+#: release-manual.xml:231
msgid "Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:230
+#: release-manual.xml:232
msgid "Graphical installer with mouse support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:231
+#: release-manual.xml:233
msgid "Boot splash with usplash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
+#: release-manual.xml:234
msgid "LSB 3.1 compatible"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:235
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.18"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:235
msgid "Support for SATA controllers and hard disks"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:236
+#: release-manual.xml:238
msgid "X.org version 7.1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:237
+#: release-manual.xml:239
msgid "KDE desktop environment version 3.5.5"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:239
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:241
+#: release-manual.xml:243
msgid "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:242
+#: release-manual.xml:244
msgid "Automatic tracking of installed machines using Sitesummary."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:243
+#: release-manual.xml:245
msgid "Automatic configuration of munin using data from Sitesummary."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:244
+#: release-manual.xml:246
msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:245
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid "File systems sizes can be extended while the file system is mounted."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:245
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid "Support automatically extending file system based on predefined rules."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:248
+#: release-manual.xml:250
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Device Support on thin clients."
msgstr ""
@@ -988,7 +990,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ligeros </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:249
+#: release-manual.xml:251
msgid ""
"New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc "
"(experimental support, installation media only boots on the newworld "
@@ -996,20 +998,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:250
+#: release-manual.xml:252
#, fuzzy
msgid "Multi-architecture DVD for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVDs para i386, amd64 y powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:251
+#: release-manual.xml:253
msgid ""
"Regression: the CD-install requires Internet access during installation. "
"Previous versions could be installed from one CD without Internet access."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:253
+#: release-manual.xml:255
msgid ""
"Regression: <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput> is now removed from "
"Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based user "
@@ -1020,7 +1022,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:261
+#: release-manual.xml:263
msgid ""
"Regression: swi-prolog is not part of etch, but was part of sarge. The <link "
"linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">HowTo teach and learn</link> Chapter describes how "
@@ -1028,83 +1030,83 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:268
+#: release-manual.xml:270
#, fuzzy
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr "Características de la versión 2.0"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:269
+#: release-manual.xml:271
msgid "Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:270
+#: release-manual.xml:272
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.8."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:271
+#: release-manual.xml:273
msgid "XFree86 version 4.3."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:272
+#: release-manual.xml:274
msgid "KDE version 3.3."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:274
+#: release-manual.xml:276
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:281
+#: release-manual.xml:283
#, fuzzy
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr "Características de la versión \"1.0 venus\""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:282
+#: release-manual.xml:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19."
msgstr "Características de la versión 2.0"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:283
+#: release-manual.xml:285
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.4.26."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:284
+#: release-manual.xml:286
msgid "XFree86 version 4.1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:285
+#: release-manual.xml:287
msgid "KDE version 2.2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:291
+#: release-manual.xml:293
msgid "More information on older releases"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:293
+#: release-manual.xml:295
msgid ""
-"More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url='http://"
-"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer."
+"More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url=\"http://"
+"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\">http://developer."
"skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:300
+#: release-manual.xml:302
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Requisitos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:304
+#: release-manual.xml:306
msgid ""
"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -1119,20 +1121,20 @@ msgstr ""
"puestos de cliente."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:308
+#: release-manual.xml:310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware requirements"
msgstr "Requisitos"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:311
msgid ""
"the computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either i386, amd64 "
"or powerpc processors."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:311
msgid ""
"On powerpc, the installation media will only boot on machines of the "
"newworld sub-architecture, which are the systems from apple with a "
@@ -1140,45 +1142,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:312
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid ""
"thin client (LTSP) servers need two network cards when using the default "
"network architecture:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:312
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid "eth0 connected to the main network (10.0.2.0/23)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:313
+#: release-manual.xml:315
msgid "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) serving the thin-clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:316
+#: release-manual.xml:318
msgid ""
"disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk from 8 GiB "
"will be sufficient. As usual, the bigger the better."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:317
+#: release-manual.xml:319
msgid ""
"for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
"is required"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:318
+#: release-manual.xml:320
msgid ""
"for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM and 8 GiB disc space "
"are recommended minimum requirements"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:319
+#: release-manual.xml:321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"for diskless workstations (also known as stateless workstations, lowfat "
@@ -1192,28 +1194,28 @@ msgstr ""
"MHz de cpu. Se necesita también swap."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:320
+#: release-manual.xml:322
msgid "for Laptops 256 MB RAM and 450 MHz are minimum requirements"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:323
+#: release-manual.xml:325
msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
msgstr ""
"POR HACER: añadir enlaces a las explicaciones del servidor principal y "
"servidor de clientes ligeros"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:328
+#: release-manual.xml:330
msgid "Hardware known to work"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:330
+#: release-manual.xml:332
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
+"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
"ulink> . This list is not nearly complete <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
"Hay algo de documentación sobre sitesummary en <ulink url='http://wiki."
@@ -1221,25 +1223,25 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560
-#: release-manual.xml:1504 release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:334 release-manual.xml:478 release-manual.xml:562
+#: release-manual.xml:1506 release-manual.xml:2103
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:341
+#: release-manual.xml:343
msgid "Requirements for a network setup"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:342
+#: release-manual.xml:344
msgid ""
"a router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) providing access to the internet (when using "
"the default network architecture)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:344
+#: release-manual.xml:346
msgid ""
"for the main server (10.0.2.2): this is the one single computer in the "
"network which get's the <computeroutput>tjener </computeroutput>-profile "
@@ -1247,23 +1249,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:347
+#: release-manual.xml:349
msgid "workstation(s) and/or thin client (LTSP) server(s)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:348
+#: release-manual.xml:350
#, fuzzy
msgid "thin clients clients"
msgstr "Sevicios de clientes ligeros"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:353
+#: release-manual.xml:355
msgid "Internet router"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:355
+#: release-manual.xml:357
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
@@ -1274,7 +1276,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dirección IP 10.0.2.1 en el interfaz interno."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:357
+#: release-manual.xml:359
msgid ""
"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though "
"this is not needed and will not be used. (If the router runs a DHCP server "
@@ -1284,29 +1286,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:359
+#: release-manual.xml:361
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a i386 based solution (so that you can reuse an old "
-"PC), we recommend <ulink url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink "
-"url='http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw'>floppyfw </ulink>."
+"PC), we recommend <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org\">IPCop </ulink> or "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:363
+#: release-manual.xml:365
msgid ""
"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend "
-"using <ulink url='http://openwrt.org'>OpenWRT </ulink>, though of course you "
-"can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier, "
-"using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages "
-"for a list of <ulink url='http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware'>supported "
-"hardware </ulink>."
+"using <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT </ulink>, though of course "
+"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is "
+"easier, using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT "
+"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware"
+"\">supported hardware </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:367
+#: release-manual.xml:369
msgid ""
-"It is possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
+"It is possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented "
"procedure </ulink> to do this. If you are not forced to do this by an "
"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend "
"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network "
@@ -1314,16 +1316,16 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:380
+#: release-manual.xml:382
msgid "Where to find more information"
msgstr "Donde encontrar más información"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:382
+#: release-manual.xml:384
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www."
-"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for Debian Etch </"
+"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=\"http://www."
+"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">release notes for Debian Etch </"
"ulink> before you start installing a system for production use. If you just "
"want to give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, you don't have to though, it "
"should just work <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -1335,36 +1337,36 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2450 release-manual.xml:2487
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2462 release-manual.xml:2499
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:389
+#: release-manual.xml:391
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
-"installmanual'>information about the Debian Etch release </ulink> is "
-"available in its installation manual."
+"Even more <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
+"\">information about the Debian Etch release </ulink> is available in its "
+"installation manual."
msgstr ""
"Hay todavía más<ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>información sobre la versión de Debian etch </ulink> "
"disponible en su manual de instalación."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:395
+#: release-manual.xml:397
#, fuzzy
msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu Etch 3.0r1"
msgstr "Descargar un formato de instalación para Debian-edu etch 3.0r0"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:399
+#: release-manual.xml:401
msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVDs para i386, amd64 y powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:401
+#: release-manual.xml:403
msgid ""
"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
"these methods:"
@@ -1373,106 +1375,106 @@ msgstr ""
"de estos métodos:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:403
+#: release-manual.xml:405
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:406
+#: release-manual.xml:408
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:409
+#: release-manual.xml:411
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:414
+#: release-manual.xml:416
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
msgstr "o con el cd netinstall puedes descargarla para i386"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:416
+#: release-manual.xml:418
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:419
+#: release-manual.xml:421
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:422
+#: release-manual.xml:424
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:427
+#: release-manual.xml:429
msgid "amd64"
msgstr "amd64"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:429
+#: release-manual.xml:431
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:432
+#: release-manual.xml:434
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:435
+#: release-manual.xml:437
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:440
+#: release-manual.xml:442
msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:442
+#: release-manual.xml:444
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:445
+#: release-manual.xml:447
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:448
+#: release-manual.xml:450
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:453
+#: release-manual.xml:455
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
@@ -1486,59 +1488,59 @@ msgstr ""
"no ser soportada como las demás arquitecturas."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:455
+#: release-manual.xml:457
msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:457
+#: release-manual.xml:459
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:460
+#: release-manual.xml:462
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:463
+#: release-manual.xml:465
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:472
+#: release-manual.xml:474
msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:474
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:476
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
-"url='mailto:cd at skolelinux.no'>cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> and we will discuss "
-"the payment details (for shipping and media) <inlinemediaobject>"
+"url=\"mailto:cd at skolelinux.no\">cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> and we will "
+"discuss the payment details (for shipping and media) <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:479
+#: release-manual.xml:481
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
"to be sent to in the email."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:484
+#: release-manual.xml:486
msgid "Installation from CD"
msgstr "Instalación desde CD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:486
+#: release-manual.xml:488
msgid ""
"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -1548,52 +1550,52 @@ msgstr ""
"el resto desde la red. La cantidad de paquetes a descargar depende del pefil:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:487
+#: release-manual.xml:489
msgid "Main server: 8 of 115 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:488
+#: release-manual.xml:490
msgid "Main server and Thin client server: 618 of 1082 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:489
+#: release-manual.xml:491
msgid "Main server and Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:490
+#: release-manual.xml:492
msgid "Thin client server: 618 of 1052 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:491
+#: release-manual.xml:493
msgid "Workstation: 618 of 1051 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:492
+#: release-manual.xml:494
msgid "Standalone: 618 of 1020 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:493
+#: release-manual.xml:495
msgid "Barebone: 12 of 83 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:496
+#: release-manual.xml:498
msgid "The profiles are explained below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:503
msgid "Installation options"
msgstr "Opciones de instalación"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:503
+#: release-manual.xml:505
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
@@ -1612,7 +1614,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ponemos por defecto van estupendamente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:505
+#: release-manual.xml:507
msgid ""
"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -1621,7 +1623,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:508
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert </computeroutput> boot-option adds the "
"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -1631,7 +1633,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:514
+#: release-manual.xml:516
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -1640,7 +1642,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:519
+#: release-manual.xml:521
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multiarch DVD on an amd64 machine "
"you need to manually select <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> (text "
@@ -1650,7 +1652,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:524
+#: release-manual.xml:526
msgid ""
"If you have already installed the mainserver profile on a machine, you can "
"use its http proxy service to speed up the following installations from CD. "
@@ -1659,35 +1661,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:529
+#: release-manual.xml:531
msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:530
+#: release-manual.xml:532
msgid "Choose a time-zone"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:531
+#: release-manual.xml:533
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:533
+#: release-manual.xml:535
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Choose a profile </emphasis>:"
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Choose a profile </emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:537
msgid "server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:537
msgid ""
"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing the following "
"services: file, print, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, nagios, "
@@ -1696,13 +1698,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:538
+#: release-manual.xml:540
#, fuzzy
msgid "workstation"
msgstr "Instalación"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:538
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid ""
"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and "
"devices locally like an ordinary computer, but the user login is "
@@ -1711,42 +1713,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:541
+#: release-manual.xml:543
#, fuzzy
msgid "thin client server"
msgstr "Sevicios de clientes ligeros"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:542
+#: release-manual.xml:544
msgid ""
"Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive "
"boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network "
"cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. Out of "
"the box, this profile installs a thin client server. To turn it into a "
-"diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>this HowTo </ulink>. "
+"diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">this HowTo </ulink>. "
"(Fixme: integrate this HowTo into this chapter of the manual.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:547
+#: release-manual.xml:549
msgid "standalone"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:547
+#: release-manual.xml:549
msgid ""
"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server, ie. doesn't "
"need to be on the network. Includes laptops."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:552
msgid "barebone"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:552
msgid ""
"This profile is only available when using the 'debian-edu-expert' boot "
"option. It will install the base packages and configure the machine to "
@@ -1756,7 +1758,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:554
+#: release-manual.xml:556
msgid ""
"The first 3 profiles can all be installed on the same machine. That means "
"the main server can also be a thin client server and can be used as a "
@@ -1764,44 +1766,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:555
+#: release-manual.xml:557
msgid ""
"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:556
+#: release-manual.xml:558
msgid "say yes to partman"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:558
+#: release-manual.xml:560
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
-"org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont have to "
-"<inlinemediaobject>"
+"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url=\"http://popcon."
+"skolelinux.org/\">http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont "
+"have to <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
"por favor, diga sí a enviar información a <ulink url='http://popcon."
"skolelinux.org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - aunque no es "
"obligatorio <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:565
+#: release-manual.xml:567
msgid "wait"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:566
+#: release-manual.xml:568
msgid "be happy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:571
+#: release-manual.xml:573
msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:573
+#: release-manual.xml:575
msgid ""
"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1812,12 +1815,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:578
+#: release-manual.xml:580
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:580
+#: release-manual.xml:582
msgid ""
"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -1828,7 +1831,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:582
+#: release-manual.xml:584
msgid ""
"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -1837,12 +1840,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:588
+#: release-manual.xml:590
msgid "A note on DVD installs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:590
+#: release-manual.xml:592
msgid ""
"If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
"computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
@@ -1851,7 +1854,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:594
+#: release-manual.xml:596
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main \n"
@@ -1863,32 +1866,32 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:602
+#: release-manual.xml:604
msgid "Custom CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:604
+#: release-manual.xml:606
msgid ""
"Creating custom CDs or DVDs is quite easily possible, since we use the "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/'>debian installer </"
-"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">debian installer </"
+"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] allows to define answers to the "
"questions normally asked."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:608
+#: release-manual.xml:610
msgid ""
"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this "
-"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>remaster the CD/DVD </"
+"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD </"
"ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:615
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -1896,77 +1899,77 @@ msgstr ""
"servidor de clientes ligeros"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:618
+#: release-manual.xml:620
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:624
+#: release-manual.xml:626
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:630
+#: release-manual.xml:632
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:636
+#: release-manual.xml:638
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:642
+#: release-manual.xml:644
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:648
+#: release-manual.xml:650
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:654
+#: release-manual.xml:656
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:660
+#: release-manual.xml:662
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:666
+#: release-manual.xml:668
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:672
+#: release-manual.xml:674
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:678
+#: release-manual.xml:680
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:684
+#: release-manual.xml:686
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:690
+#: release-manual.xml:692
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:701
+#: release-manual.xml:703
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -1975,48 +1978,48 @@ msgstr ""
"resolución para este pantallazo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:704
+#: release-manual.xml:706
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:713
+#: release-manual.xml:715
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Para empezar"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:717
+#: release-manual.xml:719
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:718
+#: release-manual.xml:720
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:721
msgid "adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:720
+#: release-manual.xml:722
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:723
+#: release-manual.xml:725
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:725
+#: release-manual.xml:727
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
@@ -2028,17 +2031,17 @@ msgstr ""
"las cosas que todo el mundo tiene que hacer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:728
+#: release-manual.xml:730
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:736
+#: release-manual.xml:738
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Servicios que corren en el servidor principal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:738
+#: release-manual.xml:740
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -2047,13 +2050,13 @@ msgstr ""
"interfaz web. Los describiremos aquí."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:742
+#: release-manual.xml:744
#, fuzzy
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:746
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -2061,56 +2064,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:745
+#: release-manual.xml:747
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Administración"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:746
+#: release-manual.xml:748
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Administración"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:747
+#: release-manual.xml:749
#, fuzzy
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr "Donde encontrar más información"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:750
#, fuzzy
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Administración"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:751
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:753
msgid ""
-"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
-"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
+"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www/lwat"
+"\">https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
"atleast 2 facts:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:753
+#: release-manual.xml:755
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:754
+#: release-manual.xml:756
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:755
+#: release-manual.xml:757
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:758
+#: release-manual.xml:760
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
@@ -2125,38 +2128,38 @@ msgstr ""
"de la instalación su nombre de usuario es:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:759
+#: release-manual.xml:761
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:763
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:764
+#: release-manual.xml:766
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:769
+#: release-manual.xml:771
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:774
+#: release-manual.xml:776
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:776
+#: release-manual.xml:778
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -2166,14 +2169,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:778
+#: release-manual.xml:780
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:780
+#: release-manual.xml:782
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -2181,12 +2184,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:784
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:786
+#: release-manual.xml:788
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -2200,94 +2203,94 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: release-manual.xml:790
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">role </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:792
+#: release-manual.xml:794
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:797
+#: release-manual.xml:799
msgid "Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:800
+#: release-manual.xml:802
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:804
+#: release-manual.xml:806
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:807
+#: release-manual.xml:809
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:811
+#: release-manual.xml:813
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:814
+#: release-manual.xml:816
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:820
#, fuzzy
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:821
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:828
+#: release-manual.xml:830
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:830
+#: release-manual.xml:832
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:838
+#: release-manual.xml:840
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:841
+#: release-manual.xml:843
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2297,12 +2300,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:849
+#: release-manual.xml:851
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:851
+#: release-manual.xml:853
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2314,12 +2317,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:854
+#: release-manual.xml:856
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:859
+#: release-manual.xml:861
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -2327,18 +2330,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:862
+#: release-manual.xml:864
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:871
+#: release-manual.xml:873
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:875
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2347,20 +2350,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:875
+#: release-manual.xml:877
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:880
+#: release-manual.xml:882
#, fuzzy
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:884
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2371,96 +2374,100 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:884
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:888
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">First address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:890
+#: release-manual.xml:892
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:894
+#: release-manual.xml:896
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:899
+#: release-manual.xml:901
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:902
+#: release-manual.xml:904
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:905
-msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:907
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
+"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:911
+#: release-manual.xml:913
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:914
+#: release-manual.xml:916
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:917
+#: release-manual.xml:919
#, fuzzy
-msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:923
+#: release-manual.xml:925
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:926
+#: release-manual.xml:928
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:929
+#: release-manual.xml:931
#, fuzzy
-msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:938
+#: release-manual.xml:940
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:940
+#: release-manual.xml:942
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2469,20 +2476,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:943
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:982 release-manual.xml:1018
-#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2027
-#: release-manual.xml:2057 release-manual.xml:2064 release-manual.xml:2403
-#: release-manual.xml:2417 release-manual.xml:2432
+#: release-manual.xml:951 release-manual.xml:984 release-manual.xml:1020
+#: release-manual.xml:1117 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:952
+#: release-manual.xml:954
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2490,12 +2496,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:956
+#: release-manual.xml:958
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:958
+#: release-manual.xml:960
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2504,7 +2510,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:962
+#: release-manual.xml:964
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2512,7 +2518,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:966
+#: release-manual.xml:968
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2523,14 +2529,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:972
+#: release-manual.xml:974
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:977
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2541,31 +2547,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:985
+#: release-manual.xml:987
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:992
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:994
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:997
+#: release-manual.xml:999
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:999
+#: release-manual.xml:1001
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2573,13 +2579,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1002
+#: release-manual.xml:1004
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1007
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2587,7 +2593,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1011
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2597,7 +2603,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1012
+#: release-manual.xml:1014
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2612,14 +2618,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1021
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1025
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2630,30 +2636,30 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1028
+#: release-manual.xml:1030
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1030
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1032
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
-"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
-"lwat/download/doc/'>online </ulink>."
+"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url=\"http://bzz.no/"
+"lwat/download/doc/\">online </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1038
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Gestión de impresoras"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1042
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
-"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
-"where you can add/delete/modfiy your printers and can clean up the printing "
+"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www:631"
+"\">https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site where "
+"you can add/delete/modfiy your printers and can clean up the printing "
"queue. For changes where you have to login as root with your root password, "
"you will be forced to use ssl encryption."
msgstr ""
@@ -2664,7 +2670,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debería accederse a este sitio sin usar ssl."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1043
+#: release-manual.xml:1045
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2672,12 +2678,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1049
+#: release-manual.xml:1051
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1053
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2689,7 +2695,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2701,12 +2707,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1063
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1065
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2716,17 +2722,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1072
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Mantenimiento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1076
+#: release-manual.xml:1078
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Actualizar el software"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1080
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
@@ -2734,7 +2740,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "documentar como usar aptitude upgrade /kde-update-notifier"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1081
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2744,14 +2750,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1088
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1090
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2759,7 +2765,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2768,22 +2774,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1096
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1102
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Gestión de las copias de seguridad"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
-"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
+"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"slbackup-php\">https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
"to access this site via ssl, since you have to enter the root password "
"there. If you try to access this site without using ssl it will fail."
msgstr ""
@@ -2793,7 +2800,7 @@ msgstr ""
"introducir la contraseña de root. Si intenta acceder sin ssl no funcionará."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1109
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -2802,28 +2809,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1111
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:1120
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1120
+#: release-manual.xml:1122
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1121
+#: release-manual.xml:1123
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
@@ -2832,27 +2839,27 @@ msgstr ""
"mejor"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1127
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Monitorización del Servidor"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#: release-manual.xml:1133
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1135
msgid ""
-"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
-"munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
+"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"munin/\">https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
"graphis on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and allow the system "
"administrator help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system "
"problems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1136
+#: release-manual.xml:1138
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -2865,27 +2872,31 @@ msgid ""
"sitesummary server (normally the main-server)."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1140
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1142
msgid ""
-"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url='http://"
-"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
+"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
+"munin.projects.linpro.no/\">http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1146
+#: release-manual.xml:1148
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url='https://"
-"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
+"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://"
+"www/nagios2/\">https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
+"Hay algo de documentación sobre sitesummary en <ulink url='http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1151
+#: release-manual.xml:1153
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -2894,7 +2905,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1154
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -2902,7 +2913,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -2911,35 +2922,36 @@ msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1163
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
msgid ""
-"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url='http://www."
-"nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
+"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
+"www.nagios.org/\">http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1172
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1174
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
-"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
+"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"sitesummary/\">https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Hay algo de documentación sobre sitesummary en <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Hay algo de documentación sobre sitesummary en <ulink url='http://wiki."
@@ -2947,17 +2959,17 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:1185
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Actualizaciones"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1187
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
-"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
-"Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
+"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian "
+"Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
"applicable law. </emphasis> Please read this chapter completly before "
"attempting to upgrade."
msgstr ""
@@ -2967,18 +2979,19 @@ msgstr ""
"más allá de las que indique la ley aplicable. </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
-"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
-"available in its installation manual."
+"More <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
+"\">information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is available in its "
+"installation manual."
msgstr ""
"Hay más<ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>información sobre la versión de Debian etch </ulink> "
"disponible en su manual de instalación."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1195
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -2991,14 +3004,14 @@ msgstr ""
"ver si todo funciona como debiera."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
+#: release-manual.xml:1197
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
"them here. Debian Edu sarge will receive continued support for some time in "
-"the future, but when Debian <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/security/"
-"faq#lifespan'>ceases support for sarge </ulink>, Debian Edu will (have to) "
+"the future, but when Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/"
+"faq#lifespan\">ceases support for sarge </ulink>, Debian Edu will (have to) "
"do that too. This is expected to happen in April 2008."
msgstr ""
"También sería inteligente esperar un poco y mantener sarge durante algunas "
@@ -3007,28 +3020,28 @@ msgstr ""
"durante algún tiempo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1200
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
#, fuzzy
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Actualizar desde Debian-Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Lea este capítulo por completo antes de empezar a actualizar sus sitemas."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1204
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
-"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
+"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian."
+"org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
"(Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installed a 2.6 kernel as default, but "
"if you are running a 2.4 kernel, you <emphasis>should </emphasis> read the "
-"<ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-"
-"information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6'>notes on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-"
+"information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6\">notes on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to "
"2.6 </ulink> before you upgrade!)"
msgstr ""
"En caso de problemas también debería leer las <ulink url='http://www.debian."
@@ -3040,12 +3053,12 @@ msgstr ""
"antes de actualizar!)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Cambiado el esquema de particiones"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -3056,17 +3069,17 @@ msgstr ""
"en Sarge tiene dos Grupos de Unidades:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1214
+#: release-manual.xml:1216
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1215
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1220
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -3075,7 +3088,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambios internos del instalador."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1222
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
@@ -3094,13 +3107,13 @@ msgstr ""
"actualización fallará por falta de espacio en el dispositivo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1227
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Preparar el sistema"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1229
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
@@ -3110,7 +3123,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tendrá que redimensionar esta partición:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -3118,7 +3131,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3130,45 +3143,45 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1240
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1240
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3180,14 +3193,14 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1256
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -3198,13 +3211,13 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1262
+#: release-manual.xml:1264
#, fuzzy
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Ahora inicie la actualización con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1263
+#: release-manual.xml:1265
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -3214,13 +3227,13 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1271
+#: release-manual.xml:1273
#, fuzzy
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Respuestas a las preguntas de Debconf durante la actualización"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1273
+#: release-manual.xml:1275
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -3228,15 +3241,15 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1275
+#: release-manual.xml:1277
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
"what is installed as default in the sarge based Debian Edu release). So if "
"there are any questions which you don't know how to answer, don't hesitate "
-"to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian."
-"org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-"
+"to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org"
+"\">debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-"
"edu."
msgstr ""
"Le daremos algunos trucos sobre lo que debería responder cuando salgan "
@@ -3250,12 +3263,12 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) o en el IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1278
+#: release-manual.xml:1280
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Configurar nagios-common"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1282
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
@@ -3265,42 +3278,42 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1285
+#: release-manual.xml:1287
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Configurar console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1286
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1289
+#: release-manual.xml:1291
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Configurar openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1290
+#: release-manual.xml:1292
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Configurar systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1294
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Configurar popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1298
+#: release-manual.xml:1300
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -3308,63 +3321,63 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1301
+#: release-manual.xml:1303
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Configurar libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1303
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Cambie la respuesta a: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Cambie la respuesta a: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1310
+#: release-manual.xml:1312
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1311
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1312
+#: release-manual.xml:1314
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1315
+#: release-manual.xml:1317
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Actualizar ahora glibc. Respuesta: Sí"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Reiniciar servicios. Respuesta Sí."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1321
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1321
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:1325
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
@@ -3378,12 +3391,12 @@ msgstr ""
"instalar la más nueva."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "La actualización fallará con este mensaje de error:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1328
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3399,7 +3412,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1332
+#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3414,35 +3427,35 @@ msgstr ""
"reinicie el proceso de actualización con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1340
#, fuzzy
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Ahora la actualización funciona de nuevo:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#: release-manual.xml:1342
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Algunos archivos de configuración modificados (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1341
+#: release-manual.xml:1343
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1346
#, fuzzy
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Y la instalación vuelve a fallar:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1345
+#: release-manual.xml:1347
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3456,7 +3469,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:1352
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
@@ -3470,7 +3483,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiar los permisos de los ficheros de configuración:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1353
+#: release-manual.xml:1355
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3480,9 +3493,10 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1356
+#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
+"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role=\"strong\">without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
"the dist-upgrade process again with:"
msgstr ""
@@ -3491,18 +3505,18 @@ msgstr ""
"reinicie el proces de dist-upgrade con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#: release-manual.xml:1360
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "apt-get dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1362
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "El siguiente error que aparece es este:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1361
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3514,61 +3528,61 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1365
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Elimine el paquete: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> con"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1367
+#: release-manual.xml:1369
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "apt-get remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1371
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr "y espere hasta que termine. Después reinicie el dist-upgrade de nuevo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
+#: release-manual.xml:1373
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1376
+#: release-manual.xml:1378
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1378
+#: release-manual.xml:1380
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1379
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1381
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
msgid ""
-"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
-"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
+"See <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791"
+"\">#386791 </ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1387
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1391
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3578,7 +3592,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1391
+#: release-manual.xml:1393
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -3586,7 +3600,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1392
+#: release-manual.xml:1394
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -3596,7 +3610,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1397
+#: release-manual.xml:1399
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -3605,18 +3619,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1403
+#: release-manual.xml:1405
#, fuzzy
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Actualizar desde instalaciones antiguas de Debian-Edu / Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1405
+#: release-manual.xml:1407
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0'>http://"
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0\">http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink>. Then upgrade to "
"Terrra (etch-based Release)."
msgstr ""
@@ -3627,12 +3641,12 @@ msgstr ""
"UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink> Después actualice a Terra (versión basada en etch)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1412
+#: release-manual.xml:1414
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1414
+#: release-manual.xml:1416
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
@@ -3641,7 +3655,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1417
+#: release-manual.xml:1419
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3649,7 +3663,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1420
+#: release-manual.xml:1422
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3657,7 +3671,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>para usar Debian-Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1423
+#: release-manual.xml:1425
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3665,13 +3679,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1430
+#: release-manual.xml:1432
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1432
+#: release-manual.xml:1434
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance</link> "
@@ -3681,7 +3695,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1438
+#: release-manual.xml:1440
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
@@ -3689,38 +3703,38 @@ msgstr ""
"principal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1439
+#: release-manual.xml:1441
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
+#: release-manual.xml:1442
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1441
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
#, fuzzy
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "* Configurar openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1442
+#: release-manual.xml:1444
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1445
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1449
+#: release-manual.xml:1451
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1451
+#: release-manual.xml:1453
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -3731,7 +3745,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1456
+#: release-manual.xml:1458
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -3739,12 +3753,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1459
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1462
+#: release-manual.xml:1464
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -3756,19 +3770,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1471
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1475
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1476
+#: release-manual.xml:1478
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
@@ -3776,12 +3790,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1481
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1482
+#: release-manual.xml:1484
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
@@ -3789,12 +3803,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1485
+#: release-manual.xml:1487
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1488
+#: release-manual.xml:1490
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
@@ -3802,14 +3816,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1491
+#: release-manual.xml:1493
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1494
+#: release-manual.xml:1496
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3817,28 +3831,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1497
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
msgid ""
"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1500
+#: release-manual.xml:1502
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1503
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:1505
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1510
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
@@ -3846,12 +3860,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1520
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3859,7 +3873,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1521
+#: release-manual.xml:1523
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3867,19 +3881,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1524
+#: release-manual.xml:1526
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1530
+#: release-manual.xml:1532
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1534
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3889,7 +3903,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1536
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3899,7 +3913,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1536
+#: release-manual.xml:1538
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -3914,21 +3928,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Gestión de impresoras"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#: release-manual.xml:1549
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
-"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
-"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </ulink>."
+"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1550
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -3936,12 +3950,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1553
+#: release-manual.xml:1555
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1556
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
@@ -3949,25 +3963,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1563
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#: release-manual.xml:1567
msgid ""
-"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
+"Since <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
"default installations."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1570
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3975,7 +3989,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -3987,12 +4001,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1580
+#: release-manual.xml:1582
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1584
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4002,7 +4016,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1587
+#: release-manual.xml:1589
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4010,19 +4024,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1590
+#: release-manual.xml:1592
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4030,50 +4044,51 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1603
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
"without new libraries (wherever it is possible) on a stable Debian "
-"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role='strong'>We recommend you to "
+"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to "
"pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all "
"backports available there. </emphasis> Please follow the instructions on "
-"<ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org\">http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
"use these backports."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1605
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
-"computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"SecureApt'>securily </ulink>. This is done by running these commands as root:"
+"computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"SecureApt\">securily </ulink>. This is done by running these commands as "
+"root:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
+#: release-manual.xml:1613
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
+"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"aptitude update\n"
"]]>\n"
"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
+"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on backports.org\n"
+"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on backports.org\n"
"</ulink>. \n"
"</para>\n"
"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
-"</para>\n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
"</section>\n"
"\n"
"<section>\n"
@@ -4081,80 +4096,42 @@ msgid ""
"</title>\n"
"<para>\n"
"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1642
-msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
-msgid ""
-"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
-"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
-"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
-"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
-"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
-msgid ""
-"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
-"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
-"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651
-msgid ""
-"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
-"similar to this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1655
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
+"</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
+"</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+"</computeroutput>. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+"</computeroutput> should be similar to this: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
"RPORT=1234\n"
"RUSER=backdoor\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1660
-msgid "FIXME: This need to be completed and tested."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1665
-msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
-msgid ""
-"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
-"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1669
-msgid ""
-"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user "
-"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
-"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1672
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
"\n"
"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
@@ -4178,143 +4155,85 @@ msgid ""
"done\n"
"\n"
"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2350 release-manual.xml:2458
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2352 release-manual.xml:2460
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
-"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
-"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
-"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
-"GPL.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Los <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> de <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> son "
-"específicos tanto de los usuarios como de los desarrolladores. Deberíamos "
-"mover los de los usuarios <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink>aquí."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1731
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
-msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
-msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1739
-msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1741
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
-"of the students file group)"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
-msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1744
-msgid ""
-"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
-"kde panel"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "adept is not started"
-msgstr "Para empezar"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1746
-msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1747
-msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
-"user and members of the admins file group)"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
-msgid ""
-"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
-"easy access to all the administration programs"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1755
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
-"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
-"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. "
-"[FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1759
-msgid ""
-"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
-"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
-"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
-"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
-"folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1766
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
-msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1768
-msgid ""
-"After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like "
-"described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by "
-"the diskless workstation."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770
-msgid ""
-"Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386 </"
-"computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation "
-"server(s):"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1774
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
+"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
+"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para> \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
+"</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student desktops \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde session \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students \n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
+"</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration programs \n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
+"</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
+"</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons] \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
+"</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile\n"
+"</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386\n"
+"</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation server(s): \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
@@ -4323,7 +4242,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1781
+#: release-manual.xml:1783
msgid ""
"Else replace <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> with "
"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> or <computeroutput>powerpc </"
@@ -4331,13 +4250,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788
+#: release-manual.xml:1790
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabling kioskmode"
msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, either just remove the file "
"<computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Or, if you just want to "
@@ -4345,12 +4264,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1797
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
+#: release-manual.xml:1801
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4358,14 +4277,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1806
+#: release-manual.xml:1808
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4374,19 +4293,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1810
+#: release-manual.xml:1812
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1816
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -4397,12 +4316,12 @@ msgstr ""
"binario precompilado de Adobe para convertirlo antes en un paquete Debian."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1821
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
msgid ""
"add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
"as decribed in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">general adminstration "
@@ -4410,7 +4329,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1829
msgid ""
"add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
"computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
@@ -4418,7 +4337,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1833
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
@@ -4428,7 +4347,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1838
+#: release-manual.xml:1840
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
@@ -4440,53 +4359,64 @@ msgstr ""
"binario precompilado de Adobe para convertirlo antes en un paquete Debian."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
msgid "You need to install this as root:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
msgid "and make one change in /etc/apt/sources.list"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
-"\n"
-"And that followed by \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound\"\n"
-"\n"
-"remeber to remove deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local from source list after that.\n"
-"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1857
+msgid ""
+"And that followed by <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> and "
+"<computeroutput>aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound </"
+"computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1861
+msgid ""
+"remeber to remove <computeroutput>deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ "
+"etch-test local </computeroutput> from source list after that and run "
+"<computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> again."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1866
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Otros temas"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1876
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4494,12 +4424,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1882
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4508,7 +4438,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1882
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4516,251 +4446,137 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1888
-msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
-msgid ""
-"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
-"just add"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1893
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
-msgid ""
-"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
-"multimedia-keyring)."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
-msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
-msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
-msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
-msgid ""
-"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
-"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
-msgstr ""
-"Están disponibles las instrucciones para habilitar puestos sin disco / "
-"clientes lowfat /clientes semigruesos en <ulink url= 'http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-"HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
-msgid "LTSP in detail"
-msgstr "LTSP en detalle"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
-msgid "lts.conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1922
-msgid ""
-"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
-"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
-"computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/"
-"ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and what "
-"parameters you can specify."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
-msgid ""
-"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
-"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
-"client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
-"computeroutput>."
+msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
-msgid ""
-"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
-"something like this:"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
+msgid "To use www.debian-multimedia.org do the following:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1933
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+"# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
+"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
+"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
+"echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+"# update the list of available packages:\n"
+"aptitude update\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
+"<title>HowTos for networked clients\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para> \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>LTSP in detail\n"
+"</title><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>lts.conf\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]\n"
+"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"</computeroutput>. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add something like this: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1939
-msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1941
-msgid ""
-"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
-"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
-msgid ""
-"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
-"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
-"client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
-"computeroutput> file."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
-msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
-"edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1960
-msgid "Part 1"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
-"for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
-"get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In "
-"addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each "
-"of the servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
-msgid ""
-"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
-"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
-"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
-"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
-"later on."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
-msgid ""
-"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
-"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
-"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
-"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
-"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
-msgid ""
-"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/"
-"dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1971
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>somewhere below the default settings. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput> file. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Load balancing LTSP servers\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Part 1\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide later on. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
" }\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1976
-msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>you have to add this under \"range\": \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
"next-server xxx;\n"
"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
-msgid ""
-"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
-"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
-"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
-msgid "Part 2"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
-msgid ""
-"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
-"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
-"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
-"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
-"host names, in the random order."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1995
-msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2000
-msgid ""
-"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
-"space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
-"ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2003
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Part 2\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or host names, in the random order. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
@@ -4774,120 +4590,73 @@ msgid ""
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
"done\n"
"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2022
-msgid "Part 3"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2024
-msgid ""
-"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
-"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
-"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
-"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
-"ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
-"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
-"and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2030
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
-"ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2032
-msgid ""
-"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
-"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
-"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
-"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. "
-"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2034
-msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040
-msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2042
-msgid ""
-"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
-"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
-"by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done "
-"automatically, this line:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2044
-msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2046
-msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2052
-msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
-msgid ""
-"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
-"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
-"less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2060
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
-"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
-"well as anything else."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
-"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
-msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Part 3\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced! \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Sound with LTSP clients\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done automatically, this line: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Replacing LDM with KDM\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning\n"
+"</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
+"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2079
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -4895,21 +4664,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2082
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2084
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:2099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -4917,19 +4686,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2090
+#: release-manual.xml:2102
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2111
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -4937,12 +4706,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2105
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -4950,23 +4719,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2120
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Conectar máquinas windows a la red / integración con windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2129
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2131
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4979,7 +4748,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de autentificar a los usuarios."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2133
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -4988,21 +4757,21 @@ msgstr ""
"(pocos) pasos:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2135
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Crear un usuario en el grupo \"admins\" (si no existiera ya)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
"membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat "
-"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role='strong'>not </emphasis> work, "
-"because there is no password for root in Samba."
+"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role=\"strong\">not </emphasis> "
+"work, because there is no password for root in Samba."
msgstr ""
"Un miembro del grupo admins debe autorizar el proceso para poder unirse al "
"dominio \"SKOLELINUX\". Si no existiera un usuario en ese grupo tiene que "
@@ -5011,21 +4780,22 @@ msgstr ""
"contraseña para root en Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2130
+#: release-manual.xml:2142
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Concigurar el cliente Windows como un puesto estático"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2144
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
"later as being allowed to authenticate users. In order to enable Samba to "
"store this data, Samba requires an static host configuration to be present. "
"This could be added by using the LWAT web interface (see also <link to "
-"lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is important to check "
-"the \"Samba host\" option, otherwise will lack the required data to be able "
-"to join the domain."
+"lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is important to "
+"check the \"Samba host\" option, otherwise will lack the required data to be "
+"able to join the domain."
msgstr ""
"Cuando se une a un dominio samba se almacenan algunos datos especiales en el "
"controlador de dominio (tjener). Estos datos son necesarios para reconocer "
@@ -5037,7 +4807,7 @@ msgstr ""
"unirse al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2136
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
@@ -5048,20 +4818,20 @@ msgstr ""
"configuración de ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2149
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2152
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Unirse al dominio como de costumbre con el usuario añadido en el paso 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2153
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5075,7 +4845,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2144
+#: release-manual.xml:2156
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5091,12 +4861,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Mis Documentos\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2150
+#: release-manual.xml:2162
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5107,7 +4877,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2154
+#: release-manual.xml:2166
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5117,12 +4887,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2165
+#: release-manual.xml:2177
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5131,12 +4901,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5147,7 +4917,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2174
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
@@ -5158,100 +4928,102 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
"them not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's "
"their own fault when login is slow."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2179
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
-"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
-"parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users to "
-"the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at "
-"least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming profile."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way "
+"to deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect "
+"other parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users "
+"to the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are "
+"at least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming "
+"profile."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184 release-manual.xml:2267
+#: release-manual.xml:2196 release-manual.xml:2279
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2201
msgid ""
-"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
-"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
-"semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the profile, the "
-"directories are internationalized and must be written in your own language "
-"the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to exclude are"
+"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> "
+"System -> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you "
+"can enter a semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the "
+"profile, the directories are internationalized and must be written in your "
+"own language the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to "
+"exclude are"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#: release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2192 release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2204 release-manual.xml:2207
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2194
+#: release-manual.xml:2206
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2210
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2214
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2283 release-manual.xml:2308
+#: release-manual.xml:2222 release-manual.xml:2295 release-manual.xml:2320
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -5262,49 +5034,50 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2229
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2219
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2220
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2226
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
msgid ""
-"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </"
+"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2242
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2233
+#: release-manual.xml:2245
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2248
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5312,18 +5085,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2250
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Recursos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2261
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2263
+#: release-manual.xml:2275
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5332,54 +5105,55 @@ msgid ""
"network shares."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2269
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
-"under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection Things that "
-"can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
+"under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection "
+"Things that can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
"not want this, you should also disable that in following"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2273
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid ""
-"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
+"Offline Files"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2288
msgid ""
-"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
-"Files"
+"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
+"Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
#, fuzzy
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2303
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2309
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5387,29 +5161,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2299
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2313
msgid ""
-"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
-"profiles"
+"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow "
+"local profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2310
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2315
+#: release-manual.xml:2327
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2317
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5419,7 +5193,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5428,12 +5202,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2341
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2331
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
@@ -5445,21 +5219,21 @@ msgstr ""
"a Skolelinux desde su casa usando Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2333
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2349
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5468,14 +5242,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2362 release-manual.xml:2470
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2364 release-manual.xml:2472
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or "
+"developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and "
+"delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of "
+"those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting "
+"it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Los <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> de <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> son "
+"específicos tanto de los usuarios como de los desarrolladores. Deberíamos "
+"mover los de los usuarios <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink>aquí."
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2368
+#: release-manual.xml:2380
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
@@ -5483,19 +5278,19 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2386
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2376
+#: release-manual.xml:2388
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5506,44 +5301,44 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2383
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
msgid ""
-"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
+"See <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\">http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
msgid ""
-"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
-"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
+"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
+"index.php?title=Main_Page\">http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2411
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -5551,39 +5346,39 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2406
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
-"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
+"monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2424
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2414
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2420
+#: release-manual.xml:2432
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
"and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2438
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2428
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5591,16 +5386,16 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
"<computeroutput>apt-get </computeroutput> is cryptographically signed to "
"ensure a trust path."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2452
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5612,42 +5407,43 @@ msgid ""
"]]"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:2460
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2463
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
-"interesting"
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+"incomplete but interesting"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incompleo pero "
"interesante"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2472
+#: release-manual.xml:2484
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2493
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2486
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5655,25 +5451,25 @@ msgid ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2492
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
"where the users of the distribution are located. Please let us know about "
"your installation, by registering in this database. To register your "
-"school, <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools'>use "
+"school, <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\">use "
"this web form </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2510
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2512
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5681,7 +5477,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5689,43 +5485,43 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid ""
-"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
+"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianEdu/Teams/\">different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
msgid ""
-"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
-"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
-"monthly meetings on IRC on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and less frequently "
-"even real gatherings, where we meet each other in person."
+"The <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">developer mailing list "
+"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
+"have monthly meetings on IRC on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and less "
+"frequently even real gatherings, where we meet each other in person."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2517
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2529
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
-"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
-"debian-edu-commits'>commit mailinglist </ulink>."
+"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/"
+"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2535
#, fuzzy
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "== Escritores de la Documentación =="
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2525
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5734,15 +5530,15 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2527
+#: release-manual.xml:2539
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
-"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and you "
-"can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, "
-"you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences'>create a "
-"wiki user </ulink> first."
+"Just go to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and you can "
+"contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, you "
+"need to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">create a wiki "
+"user </ulink> first."
msgstr ""
". (la versión en <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
"Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> es un "
@@ -5750,7 +5546,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Translations'>Las traducciones </ulink> son parte del"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2531
+#: release-manual.xml:2543
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5759,35 +5555,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2549
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Soporte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2555
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Soporte basado en voluntarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
#, fuzzy
msgid "in English"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2553
+#: release-manual.xml:2565
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
-"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
-"</ulink> - support mailing list"
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
+"discuss\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
+"discuss </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
"</ulink> - lista de correo para soporte en habla inglesa"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2557
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: release-manual.xml:2569
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5795,29 +5591,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "en noruego"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2582
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
-"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
-"ulink> - support mailing list"
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker"
+"\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </ulink> - "
+"support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
"ulink> - lista de correo de soporte para usuarios en habla noruega"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2586
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
-"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
+"linuxiskolen\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - mailinglist for the development member organisation "
"in Norway (FRISK)"
msgstr ""
@@ -5826,21 +5622,21 @@ msgstr ""
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2577
+#: release-manual.xml:2589
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2583
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
#, fuzzy
msgid "in German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2597
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\">http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
@@ -5848,62 +5644,63 @@ msgstr ""
"para usuarios en habla alemana"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2589
+#: release-manual.xml:2601
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
-"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> "
+"- wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2604
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2610
#, fuzzy
msgid "in French"
msgstr "en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2600
+#: release-manual.xml:2612
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
+"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> lista de correo de soporte en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2608
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2622
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\">http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2631
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Soporte profesional"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2621
+#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\">http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Listado de empresas que proporcionan soporte profesional, disponible en "
@@ -5911,12 +5708,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2628
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright y authores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2644
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
@@ -5931,9 +5728,10 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o cualquier versión posterior. ¡Disfrútalo!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2634
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
+"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
"emphasis>! Then add your name here and release it under the GPL2 or later "
"version."
@@ -5943,12 +5741,12 @@ msgstr ""
"tu nombre aquí y libéralo bajo la GPL2 o posterior."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2652
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright de la traducción y Autores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2642
+#: release-manual.xml:2654
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
@@ -5958,7 +5756,7 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2656
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -5969,7 +5767,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2658
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
@@ -5981,7 +5779,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2648
+#: release-manual.xml:2660
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
@@ -5991,12 +5789,12 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traducciones de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2655
+#: release-manual.xml:2667
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -6007,13 +5805,13 @@ msgstr ""
"y español."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2659
+#: release-manual.xml:2671
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2661
+#: release-manual.xml:2673
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6023,21 +5821,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2664
+#: release-manual.xml:2676
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
"check out some files from from svn (which can be done anonymously), create "
-"patches and send those to <ulink url='mailto:debian-edu-doc at packages.qa."
-"debian.org'>debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org </ulink>."
+"patches and send those to <ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu-doc at packages.qa."
+"debian.org\">debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org </ulink>."
msgstr ""
". Para trabajar sobre ellas sólo necesita descargarlas anónimamente desde "
"svn, cree parches y envíelas a <ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at l.d.o'>debian-"
"edu at l.d.o </ulink> o ponga un bug al paquete debian-edu-doc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2668
+#: release-manual.xml:2680
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6046,14 +5844,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2672
+#: release-manual.xml:2684
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2677
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6062,26 +5860,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2681
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2695
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2686
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2703
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -6095,35 +5893,35 @@ msgstr ""
"mimetype=xml/docbook'>los fuentes </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2693
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
#, fuzzy
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Por favor, informa de otros posibles fallos importantes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2699
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Apéndice A - La Licencia Pública GNU (GPL)"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2702
+#: release-manual.xml:2714
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2706
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
#, fuzzy
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu etch 3.0 también llamado \"Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2720
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
-"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
+"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger at layer-acht."
+"org\">holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
"\"CopyRight\"> Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of copyright "
"owners."
msgstr ""
@@ -6132,7 +5930,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2723
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6141,7 +5939,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2713
+#: release-manual.xml:2725
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6150,7 +5948,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2715
+#: release-manual.xml:2727
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6158,17 +5956,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2720
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2722
+#: release-manual.xml:2734
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2736
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6177,26 +5975,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: release-manual.xml:2741
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2743
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
-"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
-"it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "
-"\"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based "
-"on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under "
-"copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of "
-"it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another "
-"language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the "
-"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
+"program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder "
+"saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public "
+"License. The \"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "
+"\"work based on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative "
+"work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a "
+"portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into "
+"another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation "
+"in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2734
+#: release-manual.xml:2746
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6206,55 +6004,55 @@ msgid ""
"Program does."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2736
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2748
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
-"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
-"provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an "
-"appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the "
-"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and "
-"give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with "
-"the Program."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
+"verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any "
+"medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each "
+"copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact "
+"all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any "
+"warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this "
+"License along with the Program."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2739
+#: release-manual.xml:2751
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2741
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2753
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
"Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms "
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2744
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2756
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
-"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
-"any change."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
+"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
+"of any change."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2747
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2759
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
"the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to "
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2750
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2762
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
"running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or "
"display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a "
@@ -6267,7 +6065,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2755
+#: release-manual.xml:2767
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6281,7 +6079,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2757
+#: release-manual.xml:2769
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6290,7 +6088,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2759
+#: release-manual.xml:2771
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6298,28 +6096,28 @@ msgid ""
"License."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2761
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2773
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
"executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you "
"also do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2764
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2776
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
"the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
"software interchange; or,"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2767
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2779
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
"more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete "
"machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed "
@@ -6327,10 +6125,10 @@ msgid ""
"software interchange; or,"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2770
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
"alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you "
"received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, "
@@ -6338,7 +6136,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2775
+#: release-manual.xml:2787
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6352,7 +6150,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2777
+#: release-manual.xml:2789
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6361,10 +6159,10 @@ msgid ""
"the object code."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2779
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2791
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
"this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or "
"distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights "
@@ -6373,12 +6171,12 @@ msgid ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2782
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2794
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
-"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
-"permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
+"this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants "
+"you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
"These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. "
"Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on "
"the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all "
@@ -6386,10 +6184,10 @@ msgid ""
"or works based on it."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2785
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2797
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
"receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify "
"the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any "
@@ -6398,10 +6196,10 @@ msgid ""
"this License."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2788
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2800
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
"limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court "
"order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this "
@@ -6416,7 +6214,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2791
+#: release-manual.xml:2803
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6424,7 +6222,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2793
+#: release-manual.xml:2805
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6438,16 +6236,16 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2795
+#: release-manual.xml:2807
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2797
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2809
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
"copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program "
"under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation "
@@ -6456,17 +6254,17 @@ msgid ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2800
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2812
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
"to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present "
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2803
+#: release-manual.xml:2815
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6477,11 +6275,11 @@ msgid ""
"Foundation."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2805
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2817
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
-"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
+"of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
"different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is "
"copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software "
"Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be "
@@ -6491,17 +6289,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2808
+#: release-manual.xml:2820
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
"indicaciones básicas:"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2811
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2823
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
"PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE "
"COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT "
@@ -6512,10 +6310,10 @@ msgid ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2814
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2826
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
"OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED "
"ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, "
@@ -6527,179 +6325,179 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2820
+#: release-manual.xml:2832
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2826
+#: release-manual.xml:2838
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2832
+#: release-manual.xml:2844
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2833
+#: release-manual.xml:2845
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2834
+#: release-manual.xml:2846
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2835
+#: release-manual.xml:2847
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2841
+#: release-manual.xml:2853
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2843
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2855
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
"name you want. To aciviate a given keyboard layout, use the "
"<computeroutput>keyb=KB </computeroutput> option where KB is the wanted "
-"keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianLive/l10n'>is available from the live cd build script "
+"keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianLive/l10n\">is available from the live cd build script "
"documentation </ulink>. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2848
+#: release-manual.xml:2860
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2852
+#: release-manual.xml:2864
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2856
+#: release-manual.xml:2868
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2861
+#: release-manual.xml:2873
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2864
+#: release-manual.xml:2876
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2867 release-manual.xml:2877
+#: release-manual.xml:2879 release-manual.xml:2889
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2871
+#: release-manual.xml:2883
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2874
+#: release-manual.xml:2886
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2881
+#: release-manual.xml:2893
#, fuzzy
msgid "German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2884
+#: release-manual.xml:2896
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2887
+#: release-manual.xml:2899
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2891
+#: release-manual.xml:2903
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2894
+#: release-manual.xml:2906
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2897
+#: release-manual.xml:2909
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2901
+#: release-manual.xml:2913
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2904
+#: release-manual.xml:2916
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2907
+#: release-manual.xml:2919
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2911
+#: release-manual.xml:2923
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2914
+#: release-manual.xml:2926
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2917
+#: release-manual.xml:2929
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2921
+#: release-manual.xml:2933
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2924
+#: release-manual.xml:2936
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2927
+#: release-manual.xml:2939
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2934
+#: release-manual.xml:2946
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -6708,38 +6506,111 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2940
+#: release-manual.xml:2952
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2941
+#: release-manual.xml:2953
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2947
+#: release-manual.xml:2959
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2948
+#: release-manual.xml:2960
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2954
+#: release-manual.xml:2966
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2956
+#: release-manual.xml:2968
msgid ""
-"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
-"org/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
-"etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
+"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
+"org/cd-etch-live/\">FTP </ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
+"etch-live/\">HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
+#~ "</ulink> - incompleo pero interesante"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink> - si esto se modifica, también debe "
+#~ "cambiarse el apunte a $svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-"
+#~ "client "
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\">http://wiki.debian.org/"
+#~ "DebianEdu </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
+#~ "DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+#~ msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "adept is not started"
+#~ msgstr "Para empezar"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
+#~ msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
+#~ msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
+#~ "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from "
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Están disponibles las instrucciones para habilitar puestos sin disco / "
+#~ "clientes lowfat /clientes semigruesos en <ulink url= 'http://wiki.debian."
+#~ "org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
+#~ "DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "LTSP in detail"
+#~ msgstr "LTSP en detalle"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6825,19 +6696,6 @@ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Java"
#~ msgstr "Java"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink> - if this is moved, also the pointer in "
-#~ "$svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-client needs to be changed"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink> - si esto se modifica, también debe "
-#~ "cambiarse el apunte a $svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-"
-#~ "client "
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Read this, if you want to start/help translating this document:"
@@ -7058,14 +6916,6 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
#~ "indicaciones básicas:"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
-#~ "DebianEdu </ulink> - mostly developer centric wiki"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
-#~ "DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.fr.po
similarity index 55%
copy from documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
copy to documentation/release-manual/release-manual.fr.po
index 8e6c7ed..37397cb 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.fr.po
@@ -1,149 +1,142 @@
-# translation of release-manual.po to italian
-# release-manual for debian edu
-# Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen and others
-# Source URL: http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/
+# French translations for Debian Edu manual / Skolelinux Terra 3.0
+# Christophe Masson <chrs.masson at free.fr>, 2008.
#
-# Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini at gmail.com>, 2007, 2008.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-05-23 16:33+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-18 22:42+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini at gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: italian <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: 0.9.20071124\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-06 11:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-17 22:13+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Christophe Masson <chrs.masson at free.fr>\n"
+"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french at lists.debian.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
# type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1
+#: release-manual.xml:3
msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
-msgstr "Manuale di Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra versione 3.0"
+msgstr "Manuel de Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3
+#: release-manual.xml:5
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu Etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
-msgstr "Manuale Debian per la versione Edu Etch 3.0 Nome codice \"Terra\""
+msgstr "Manuel de Debian Edu Etch 3.0, nom de code « Terra »"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:5
+#: release-manual.xml:7
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete </emphasis>) release manual for the "
"Debian Edu Etch 3.0 release."
msgstr ""
-"Questa è la guida (<emphasis>ancora incompleta </emphasis>) per la versione "
-"3.0 di Debian Edu Etch."
+"Ceci est le manuel (<emphasis> inachevé </emphasis>) de la version de Debian "
+"Edu basée sur Etch 3.0."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:8
+#: release-manual.xml:10
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-23</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-07-06</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
-"Questo documento è stato inserito nel pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
-"doc </computeroutput> il <computeroutput>2008-05-23</computeroutput>."
+"Ce document fait partie du paquet <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
+"computeroutput> du <computeroutput>2007-11-24</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:11
+#: release-manual.xml:13
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a wiki "
-"and updated frequently."
+"The version at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a "
+"wiki and updated frequently."
msgstr ""
-"La versione su <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> è un wiki "
-"che viene modificato frequentemente."
+"La version disponible depuis <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/"
+"Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch</"
+"ulink> est un wiki fréquemment mis à jour."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:14
+#: release-manual.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> package, which can be "
-"<ulink url='http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/'>installed on a "
-"webserver </ulink>."
+"<ulink url=\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/\">installed on "
+"a webserver </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Le traduzioni </link> sono parte del "
-"pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>, che può essere "
-"<ulink url='http://maintainer.skolelinux.no/debian-edu-doc/'>installato su "
-"un server web </ulink>."
+"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Les traductions</link> font partie du paquet "
+"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput>, qui peut être <ulink "
+"url='http://maintainer.skolelinux.no/debian-edu-doc/'>installé sur un "
+"serveur web </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:21
+#: release-manual.xml:23
msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
-msgstr "Debian Edu e Skolelinux"
+msgstr "À propos de Debian Edu et Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:23
+#: release-manual.xml:25
msgid ""
"Skolelinux is a Linux distribution made by the Debian Edu project. Being a "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution "
-"</ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url='http://www.debian.org'>Debian </"
-"ulink>."
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian\">Custom Debian "
+"Distribution </ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org"
+"\">Debian </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Skolelinux è una distribuzione Linux derivata dal progetto Debian Edu. Essendo "
-"una <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian'>Custom Debian "
-"Distribution </ulink> (CDD) è parte di <ulink url='http://www.debian."
-"org'>Debian </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:27
+#: release-manual.xml:29
msgid ""
"What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-"
"of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network."
msgstr ""
-"Questo significa che Skolelinux è una versione di Debian che mette a "
-"disposizione un sistema pronto all'uso (out-of-the-box) per una rete "
-"completamente configurata di una scuola."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:29
+#: release-manual.xml:31
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools "
"serving the 6-16 years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several "
"countries around the world, with most installations in Norway, Germany and "
"France."
msgstr ""
-"In Norvegia, dove Skolelinux è nato, l'obiettivo principale è stato quello "
-"di scuole con allievi di 6-16 anni. Oggi la distribuzione è usata in altri "
-"paesi del mondo, soprattutto in Norvegia, Germania e Francia."
+"Ce système est utilisé dans plusieurs pays du monde, principalement en "
+"Norvège, en Allemagne et en France."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:34
+#: release-manual.xml:36
msgid "Architecture"
-msgstr "Architettura"
+msgstr "Architecture"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:38
+#: release-manual.xml:40
msgid ""
"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
"provided by a Skolelinux installation."
msgstr ""
-"Questa sezione del documento descrive l'architettura della rete e i servizi "
-"messi a disposizione dalla installazione di Skolelinux."
+"Cette section décrit l'architecture du réseau et les services fournis par "
+"Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:42
+#: release-manual.xml:44
msgid "Network"
-msgstr "La rete"
+msgstr "Réseau"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:45
+#: release-manual.xml:47
msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>allegato:network-arch.png </phrase>"
+msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:50
+#: release-manual.xml:52
msgid ""
"(The <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source package "
"contains this image as a <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> file.)"
msgstr ""
-"(Il pacchetto sorgente <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput>contiene questa immagine come file <computeroutput>dia </"
-"computeroutput>.)"
+"(Le paquet source <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> contient "
+"cette image sous forme de fichier <computeroutput>dia</computeroutput>.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:54
+#: release-manual.xml:56
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
@@ -154,16 +147,18 @@ msgid ""
"traffic between the thin-clients and the thin-client server doesn't affect "
"the rest of the network services."
msgstr ""
-"La figura è il modello scelto per la topologia di rete. Il setup di default "
-"di una rete Skolelinux presuppone uno e un solo server principale , con "
-"workstation e thin -client-servers (con thin-clients) collegati. Il numero "
-"delle workstation può essere più o meno grande (si può partire da nove a "
-"più). Lo stesso vale per il numero dei thin-client-server, ognuno dei quali "
-"sviluppa una propria rete separata in modo tale che il traffico tra thin-"
-"client e thin-client-server non influenza il resto dei servizi di rete."
+"Le diagramme est un schéma de la topologie supposée du réseau. La "
+"configuration par défaut d'un réseau Skolelinux suppose qu'il y a un (et un "
+"seul) serveur principal et permet l'accueil à la fois de stations de travail "
+"normales et de serveurs de clients légers (avec les clients légers "
+"associés). Le nombre de stations de travail peut être aussi grand ou petit "
+"que vous le souhaitez (d'aucune à beaucoup). De même pour les serveurs de "
+"clients légers, chacun étant sur un réseau distinct de sorte que le traffic "
+"entre les clients légers et leur serveur n'affecte pas le reste des services "
+"du réseau."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:56
+#: release-manual.xml:58
msgid ""
"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
@@ -172,14 +167,16 @@ msgid ""
"subsequently updating the DNS-configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that "
"service to the right computer."
msgstr ""
-"La ragione per cui è presente un solo server principale in ogni scuola è che "
-"questo server fornisce i numeri Ip attraverso il DHCP e occorre che ci sia "
-"una sola macchina che attivi questo servizio. E' possibile trasferire i "
-"servizi dal server principale a altre macchine modificando la configurazione "
-"del DNS, puntando alla macchina giusta con l'alias DNS del servizio."
+"La raison pour laquelle il ne peut y avoir qu'un seul serveur principal dans "
+"un réseau d'école est que celui-ci fournit DHCP, et il ne peut y avoir "
+"qu'une seule machine fournissant ce service sur chaque réseau. Il est "
+"possible de déplacer un service depuis le serveur principal vers une autre "
+"machine en le configurant sur cette dernière puis en mettant à jour la "
+"configuration DNS, en faisant pointer l'alias DNS pour ce service vers "
+"l'ordinateur concerné."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:58
+#: release-manual.xml:60
msgid ""
"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
@@ -187,20 +184,20 @@ msgid ""
"a setup work out of the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust the "
"default situation to this should be documented separately)."
msgstr ""
-"Per semplificare il setup standard di Skolelinux, la connessione Internet è "
-"prevista attraverso un router separato. E' possibile configurare Skolelinux "
-"con un modem o con una connessione ISDN, anche se questa possibiltà non è "
-"prevista nell'installazione \"out of the box\" di Skolelinux (il setup ha "
-"bisogno di aggiustare la situazione di default e questo dovrebbe essere "
-"documentato separatamente)."
+"Afin de simplifier les réglages de base de Skolelinux, la connexion à "
+"l'internet s'effectue sur un routeur séparé. Il est possible de configurer "
+"Debian avec à la fois un modem et une connexion RNIS, cependant il n'est pas "
+"prévu de faire fonctionner ce type de configuration directement dans "
+"Skolelinux (les modifications nécessaires à la configuration par défaut "
+"devraient être documentées séparement)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:63
+#: release-manual.xml:65
msgid "Services"
-msgstr "Servizi"
+msgstr "Services"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:65
+#: release-manual.xml:67
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
@@ -213,29 +210,31 @@ msgid ""
"to point to the new location of the service (which should be setup on that "
"machine first of course)."
msgstr ""
-"Con l'eccezione del controllo dei thin-clients, tutti i servizi sono "
-"inizialmente settati sul server principale (main server). Per ragioni di "
-"performance, i thin-client-server dovrebbero essere macchine diverse dal "
-"server principale anche se è possibile installare il server principale e i "
-"thin-client-server sulla stessa macchina. Tutti i servizi hanno un nome-DNS "
-"dedicato e viaggiano su IPV4. I nomi DNS servono per trasferire i servizi "
-"dal server principale a altre macchine semplicemente fermando il servizio "
-"sul server principale e cambiando la configurazione DNS che deve puntare "
-"alla nuova locazione del servizio che naturalmente prima dovrebbe essere "
-"installato sulla macchina scelta."
+"À l'exception du contrôle des clients légers, tous les services sont "
+"initialement configurés sur un ordinateur central (le serveur principal). "
+"Pour des raisons de performances, le serveur de clients légers devrait être "
+"une machine séparée (bien qu'il soit possible d'installer à la fois les "
+"profils de serveur principal et de serveur de clients légers sur la même "
+"machine). Tous les services se voient attribués un nom DNS et ne sont "
+"disponibles que sur IPv4. Le nom DNS attribué permet de déplacer facilement "
+"chaque service du serveur central vers une autre machine, simplement en "
+"l'arrêtant sur le serveur principal et en changeant la configuration DNS de "
+"sorte que l'alias pointe vers la nouvelle machine (sur laquelle il aura été "
+"préalablement installé, bien entendu)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:67
+#: release-manual.xml:69
msgid ""
"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
"network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
"text."
msgstr ""
-"Per ragioni di sicurezza tutte le connessioni che trasmettono password sono "
-"criptate e nessuna password è inviata in solo testo."
+"Pour des raisons de sécurité, toutes les connexions véhiculant des mots de "
+"passe sur le réseau sont chiffrées, de sorte qu'aucun n'apparaît en clair "
+"sur le réseau."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:69
+#: release-manual.xml:71
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
"network, with the DNS name of each service given in square brackets. Where "
@@ -246,101 +245,104 @@ msgid ""
"it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an own DNS "
"domain), or their IP address."
msgstr ""
-"In seguito si elenca la serie dei servizi che sono configurati di default in "
-"una rete Skolelinux con il nome DNS fra parentesi quadre. Dove possibile il "
-"nome DNS corrisponde al nome del servizio in <computeroutput>/etc/services </"
-"computeroutput>, dove questo non è possibile il nome comune del servizio è "
-"usato come nome DNS. Tutti i file di configurazioni si riferiranno, se "
-"possibile, al servizio attraverso il nome DNS senza il nome del dominio, "
-"così che le scuole possano cambiare dominio o indirizzo IP facilmente."
+"L'ensemble des services configurés par défaut sur un réseau Skolelinux est "
+"présenté ci-dessous, avec le nom DNS associé entre crochets. Dans la mesure "
+"du possible, le nom DNS correspond au nom du service tel que présenté dans "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/service</computeroutput> ; à défaut le nom habituel du "
+"service est utilisé comme nom DNS. Tous les fichiers de configuration font "
+"référence au service si possible par son nom (sans le nom de domaine), "
+"permettant ainsi aux écoles de changer facilement leur domaine (si elles "
+"disposent de leur propre domaine DNS) ou leur adresse IP."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:71
+#: release-manual.xml:73
msgid "Centralized Logging [syslog]"
-msgstr "Logging centralizzato [syslog]"
+msgstr "Gestion centalisée des journaux [syslog]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:72
+#: release-manual.xml:74
msgid "DNS (Bind) [domain]"
msgstr "DNS (Bind) [domain]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: release-manual.xml:75
msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines (DHCP) [bootps]"
-msgstr "Configurazione automatica delle macchine della rete (DHCP) [bootps]"
+msgstr "Configuration réseau automatique des machines (DHCP) [bootps]"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:74
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:76
msgid "Clock Synchronization (NTP) [ntp]"
-msgstr "Sincronizzazione dell'orologio (NTP) [ntp]"
+msgstr "Synchronisation de l'horloge (NTP) [ntp]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:75
+#: release-manual.xml:77
msgid "Home Directories via Network File System (SMB/NFS) [homes]"
-msgstr "Directory Home via Network File System (SMB/NFS) [homes]"
+msgstr ""
+"Répertoires personnels via un système de fichiers sur réseau (SMB/NFS) "
+"[homes]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:76
+#: release-manual.xml:78
msgid "Electronic Post Office [postoffice]"
-msgstr "Electronic Post Office [postoffice]"
+msgstr "Courrier électronique [postoffice]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
+#: release-manual.xml:79
msgid "Directory Service (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
-msgstr "Directory Service (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
+msgstr "Service de répertoire (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:78
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:80
msgid "User Administration (lwat)"
-msgstr "Amministrazione degli utenti (lwat)"
+msgstr "Gestion des utilisateurs [lwat]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:79
+#: release-manual.xml:81
msgid "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
-msgstr "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
+msgstr "Serveur web (Apache/PHP) [www]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
+#: release-manual.xml:82
msgid "Central Backup (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
-msgstr "Backup centrale (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
+msgstr "Sauvegarde centralisée (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:81
+#: release-manual.xml:83
msgid "Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
-msgstr "Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
+msgstr "Cache web / mandataire (Squid) [webcache]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:82
+#: release-manual.xml:84
msgid "Printing (CUPS) [ipp]"
-msgstr "Stampa (CUPS) [ipp]"
+msgstr "Impression (CUPS) [ipp]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:83
+#: release-manual.xml:85
msgid "Remote Login (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
-msgstr "Login remoto (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
+msgstr "Connexion à distance (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:84
+#: release-manual.xml:86
msgid "Automatic Configuration [cfengine]"
-msgstr "Configurazione automatica [cfengine]"
+msgstr "Configuration automatique [cfengine]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:85
+#: release-manual.xml:87
msgid "Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
-msgstr "Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
+msgstr "Serveur(s) de clients légers (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
+#: release-manual.xml:88
msgid ""
"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and "
"History on the Web. Error Reporting by E-mail (munin,nagios and site-summary)"
msgstr ""
-"Controllo delle macchine e dei servizi con il report degli errori, più lo "
-"stato e la storia su Web. Report degli errori attraverso E-mail (munin,"
-"nagios e site-summary)"
+"Surveillance des machines et des services, avec rapport d'erreur, ainsi "
+"qu'état et historique sur le web. Rapport d'erreur par courrier électronique "
+"(munin, nagios, et site-summary)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:89
+#: release-manual.xml:91
msgid ""
"Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
"available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, "
@@ -348,15 +350,15 @@ msgid ""
"using. The server is operating system agnostic in offering access using NFS "
"for Unix Clients, SMB for Windows and Macintosh clients."
msgstr ""
-"Ogni utente archivia i suoi file personali nella sua cartella home che "
-"risiede nel server. Le cartelle home sono disponibili da tutte le macchine "
-"dando la possibilità di accedere agli stessi file indipendentemente dalla "
-"macchina da cui ci si collega. Il server è indipendente dal sistema "
-"operativo utilizzando NFS per i client Unix e SMB per client Windows e "
-"Macintosh."
+"Chaque utilisateur enregistre ses fichiers personnels dans son répertoire "
+"personnel, disponible sur le serveur. Les répertoires personnels sont "
+"accessibles depuis toutes les machines, donnant accès aux mêmes fichiers, "
+"quelle que soit la machine qu'ils utilisent. Le serveur ignore le système "
+"d'exploitation en permettant l'accès grâce à NFS pour les clients Unix et "
+"SMB pour les clients Windows et Macintosh."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:91
+#: release-manual.xml:93
msgid ""
"By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
"only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the "
@@ -365,37 +367,40 @@ msgid ""
"up to deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access "
"their personal mail through either POP3 or IMAP."
msgstr ""
-"Di default le e-mail sono impostate per la posta locale (all'interno della "
-"scuola), sebbene la spedizione di e-mail attraverso internet può essere "
-"configurata se la scuola ha un ip fisso. Sono configurate anche mailing list "
-"basate sul data base degli utenti: ogni classe ha una sua mailing list. I "
-"client sono predisposti per spedire la posta al server (usando smarthost), e "
-"gli utenti possono accedere alle loro email sia attraverso POP3 che IMAP."
+"Par défaut, le courrier électronique est configuré pour ne délivrer les "
+"messages que localement (c-à-d à l'intérieur de l'école), bien qu'il puisse "
+"être configuré pour délivrer le courrier sur tout l'internet si "
+"l'établissement dispose d'une connexion permanente. Les listes de diffusion "
+"sont élaborées à partir de la base de donnée des utilisateurs, attribuant à "
+"chaque classe sa propre liste de diffusion. Les clients sont configurés pour "
+"envoyer leur courrier au serveur (en « hôte intelligent ») et les "
+"utilisateurs peuvent accéder à leur courrier personnel par POP3 ou IMAP."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:93
+#: release-manual.xml:95
msgid ""
"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
"the central user database for authentication and authorization."
msgstr ""
-"Tutti i servizi sono accessibili usando stesso username e password in quanto "
-"il data base di autenticazione e autorizzazione è centralizzato ."
+"Tous les services sont accessibles avec les mêmes nom d'utilisateur et mot "
+"de passe, grâce à la base de données d'utilisateurs centralisée gérant "
+"l'authentification et les autorisations."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:95
+#: release-manual.xml:97
msgid ""
"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual "
"machines."
msgstr ""
-"Per incrementare la performance sui siti più frequentati è usato un proxy "
-"web (Squid) che archivia i file localmente. Insieme con il blocco del "
-"traffico nel router il proxy permette il controllo su Internet per macchine "
-"singole."
+"Pour des raisons de performance sur des sites contactés fréquemment, un "
+"mandataire (Squid) met en cache local les fichiers correspondants. Associé "
+"au blocage du traffic web par le routeur, ceci permet aussi le contrôle de "
+"l'accès à l'internet sur chaque machine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:97
+#: release-manual.xml:99
msgid ""
"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
"Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, "
@@ -403,38 +408,40 @@ msgid ""
"the seperate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this to ensure that the network traffic "
"of the thin clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services)."
msgstr ""
-"La configurazione dei client è fatta automaticamente con l'uso di DHCP. I "
-"client della rete sono inseriti nella rete locale 10.0.2.0/23, mentre i thin-"
-"client sono connessi al loro thin-client-server con una sottorete separata "
-"192.168.0.0/24 (questo assicura che il traffico di rete dei thin client non "
-"interferisca con il resto dei servizi di rete)."
+"La configuration du réseau sur les clients est effectuée automatiquement à "
+"l'aide de DHCP. Les clients normaux reçoivent une adresse IP appartenant au "
+"sous-réseau privé 10.0.2.0/23, tandis que les clients légers sont connectés "
+"à leur serveur de client léger sur le sous-réseau 192.168.0.0/24 (ceci "
+"assure que le trafic réseau des clients légers n'interfère pas avec le reste "
+"des services du réseau)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:99
+#: release-manual.xml:101
msgid ""
"Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
"incoming messages from the local network."
msgstr ""
-"Il servizio di logging è configurato in modo che tutte le macchine mandino i "
-"loro messaggi di syslog al server. Il servizio è predisposto in modo da "
-"accettare solamente i messaggi provenienti dalla rete locale."
+"Le système de journal centralisé est configuré de sorte que toutes les "
+"machines envoient leur journal système (syslog) au serveur. Seuls les "
+"messages provenant du réseau local sont acceptés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:101
+#: release-manual.xml:103
msgid ""
"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network "
"can use it as the main DNS Server."
msgstr ""
-"Di default il server DNS è configurato per un dominio per un uso interno "
-"solamente (*.intern) e può essere settato per un dominio reale (\"esterno"
-"\"). Il server DNS è configurato come un server caching in modo che tutte le "
-"macchine della rete possono usarlo come dominio principale."
+"Par défaut, le serveur DNS est configuré avec un domaine réservé à l'usage "
+"interne (*.intern), jusqu'à ce qu'un vrai domaine DNS (« externe ») puisse "
+"être configuré. Le serveur DNS est configuré en serveur DNS cache de sorte "
+"que toutes les machines du réseau puissent l'utiliser comme serveur DNS "
+"principal."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:103
+#: release-manual.xml:105
msgid ""
"Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
@@ -442,14 +449,14 @@ msgid ""
"have the possibility to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be "
"programmable on the server side."
msgstr ""
-"Allievi e insegnanti hanno la possibilità di pubblicare pagine web. Il "
-"server web dispone di meccanismi per autenticare gli utenti e limitare "
-"l'accesso a pagine e sottocartelle per determinati utenti e gruppi. Gli "
-"utenti avranno la possibilità di creare pagine dinamiche, dato che c'è la "
-"possibilità di programmare dal lato server."
+"Les élèves et les enseignants ont la possibilité de publier des sites web. "
+"Le serveur web fournit les mécanismes d'authentification des utilisateurs et "
+"de limitation de l'accès aux pages individuelles et sous-répertoires à "
+"certains utilisateurs ou groupes. Les utilisateurs auront la possibilité de "
+"créer des pages web dynamiques, puisque le serveur web sera programmable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:105
+#: release-manual.xml:107
msgid ""
"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
@@ -460,30 +467,33 @@ msgid ""
"which have to be network groups, have the same namespace as user groups and "
"mailing lists."
msgstr ""
-"Le informazioni sugli utenti e sulle macchine possono essere amministrate "
-"centralmente e tutte le macchine della rete sono accessibili "
-"automaticamente. Per rendere possibile questa funzione è configurata una "
-"directory centrale nel server. La directory archivierà le informazioni su "
-"utenti, gruppi di utenti, macchine e gruppi di macchine. Per evitare confusioni "
-"nell'utente non ci sarà differenza tra file di gruppo, mailing list e gruppi "
-"di rete. Questo implica che i gruppi di macchine dovranno essere gruppi di "
-"rete e avere lo stesso namespace dei gruppi di utenti e delle mailing list."
+"Les informations concernant les utilisateurs et les machines peuvent être "
+"modifiées de manière centralisée et sont rendues accessibles automatiquement "
+"à tous les ordinateurs du réseau. Pour cela, un serveur de répertoire "
+"centralisé est mis en place. Le répertoire détiendra des informations sur "
+"les utilisateurs, les groupes, les machines et les groupes de machines. Afin "
+"de ne pas troubler les utilisateurs, il ne sera pas fait de distinction "
+"entre entre les groupes de fichiers, les listes de diffusion et les groupes "
+"réseau. Ceci implique que les groupes de machines qui devront constituer des "
+"groupes réseau aient le même espace de nommage que les groupes "
+"d'utilisateurs et les listes de diffusion."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:107
+#: release-manual.xml:109
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
"follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
"part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or "
"user groups will be made possible by the administration systems."
msgstr ""
-"L'amministrazione dei servizi e degli utenti avverranno via web, seguiranno "
-"gli standard e funzioneranno bene con i browser che sono parte di "
-"Skolelinux. La delega di alcuni compiti a utenti o a gruppi di utenti "
-"saranno possibili da parte dell'amministrazione dei sistemi."
+"L'administration des services et des utilisateurs se fera essentiellement "
+"par le web et respecteront les standards établis, fonctionnant correctement "
+"avec les navigateurs web fournis dans Skolelinux. La délégation de certaines "
+"tâches à des utilisateurs individuels ou des groupes d'utilisateurs sera "
+"possible par les systèmes d'administration."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:109
+#: release-manual.xml:111
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
"problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
@@ -493,15 +503,16 @@ msgid ""
"synchronize its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus "
"ensuring the whole network has the correct time."
msgstr ""
-"Per evitare alcuni problemi con NFS e rendere più semplice il debug, il "
-"tempo deve essere sincronizzato sulle diverse macchine. Per questo il server "
-"Skolelinux è configurato come server locale con il Network Time Protocol "
-"(NTP) e tutte le workstation e i client sincronizzano il loro orologio con "
-"quello del server. Il server a sua volta dovrebbe sincronizzare il suo "
-"orologio via NTP su Internet, così che l'intera rete abbia lo stesso orario."
+"Afin d'éviter certains problèmes avec NFS ou de simplifier la résolution de "
+"problèmes, l'heure des différentes machines doit être synchronisée. Pour "
+"cela, le serveur Skolelinux est configuré en serveur local NTP (Network Time "
+"Protocol) et toutes les stations de travail et tous les clients sont "
+"configurés pour synchroniser leur horloge avec celle du serveur. Le serveur "
+"lui-même devrait synchroniser son horloge par NTP à partir de machines sur "
+"l'internet, assurant ainsi une heure correcte sur tout le réseau."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:111
+#: release-manual.xml:113
msgid ""
"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
"or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to "
@@ -509,19 +520,21 @@ msgid ""
"belong to, this will be achieved by using quota and access control for "
"printers."
msgstr ""
-"Le stampanti sono connesse, quando conviene, direttamente alla rete o "
-"direttamente al server, alla workstation o al thin-client-server. L'accesso "
-"alle stampanti può essere controllato per gli utenti individuali in "
-"relazione ai gruppi ai quali appartengono e realizzato usando quota e il "
-"controllo di accesso per le stampanti."
+"Les imprimantes sont connectées où cela est le plus pratique, soit "
+"directement au réseau, soit à un serveur, une station de travail ou un "
+"serveur de clients légers. L'accès aux imprimantes peut être contrôlé pour "
+"les utilisateurs en fonction des groupes auxquels ils appartiennent, ceci "
+"par l'utilisation de quota et de contrôle d'accès aux imprimantes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:115
+#: release-manual.xml:117
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Thin clients"
-msgstr "Thin client"
+msgstr "Services des clients légers"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:117
+#: release-manual.xml:119
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. "
"This means that this machine boots from a diskette or directly from the "
@@ -529,14 +542,14 @@ msgid ""
"drive. The thin client setup used is that of the Linux Terminal Server "
"Project (LTSP)."
msgstr ""
-"La configurazione del thin client permette a un PC di funzionare come un "
-"terminale (X-). Questo significa che la macchina si inizializza attraverso "
-"un dischetto o direttamente dal server con una scheda-PROM (o PXE) senza "
-"usare il disco fisso locale. Viene usato per questo servizio Linux Terminal "
-"Server Project (LTSP)."
+"La configuration en client léger permet à un PC ordinaire de fonctionner en "
+"terminal (ou terminal X). Ceci signifie que cette machine s'amorce depuis "
+"une disquette ou directement depuis le serveur à l'aide d'une PROM réseau "
+"sans utiliser le disque dur local du client. La configuration de client "
+"léger utilisée est celle du projet Linux Terminal Server (LTSP)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:119
+#: release-manual.xml:121
msgid ""
"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
"effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
@@ -545,152 +558,146 @@ msgid ""
"finally X11 is started and connected to the same LTSP-server by XDMCP, thus "
"ensuring that all programs are run on the LTSP-server."
msgstr ""
-"I thin clients sono un modo ottimo per usare macchine deboli e obsolete in "
-"quanto tutti i programmi girano sul server LTSP. Il servizio usa DHCP e TFTP "
-"per connettersi alla rete e si inizializza dalla rete stessa. In seguito il "
-"file system è montato via NFS dal server LTSP e finalmente X11 parte e si "
-"connette allo stesso server attraverso XDMCP. In questo modo tutti i "
-"programmi sono eseguiti nel server LTSP."
+"Les clients légers sont une manière intéressante d'utiliser des machines "
+"plus anciennes et moins puissantes car ils lancent tous les programmes sur "
+"le serveur LTSP. Ceci fonctionne ainsi : le service utilise DHCP et TFTP "
+"pour se connecter au réseau et s'amorcer depuis celui-ci. Ensuite, le "
+"système de fichiers est monté par NFS depuis le serveur LTSP, enfin X11 est "
+"démarré et connecté à ce même serveur LTSP par XDMCP, assurant ainsi que "
+"tous les programmes sont exécutés sur le serveur LTSP."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:121
+#: release-manual.xml:123
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient."
msgstr ""
-"Il thin client server è configurato per ricevere il syslog dai thin clients "
-"e inoltrare questo messaggio al syslog principale."
+"Le serveur de clients légers est configuré pour recevoir le journal système "
+"(syslog) des clients légers et transmettre ces messages au destinataire "
+"central des journaux système. (Oups, les clients légers n'ont pas de nom "
+"unique sur tous les serveurs LTSP. Comment peut-on identifier le client "
+"léger envoyant son journal sur le serveur central ?)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:126
+#: release-manual.xml:128
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Diskless workstations"
-msgstr "Workstation diskless (senza disco)"
+msgstr "Clients légers contre stations de travail sans disque dur"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:128
+#: release-manual.xml:130
msgid ""
"For diskless workstations the terms stateless workstations, lowfat clients "
"or half-thick clients are also used."
msgstr ""
-"Sono sinonimi del termine workstation diskless (senza disco) anche stateless "
-"workstations, lowfat clients o half-thick clients."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:130
+#: release-manual.xml:132
msgid ""
"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally "
"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot direcly "
"from the servers hard drive without running software installed on a local "
"hard drive."
msgstr ""
-"Le workstation diskless eseguono tutto il software nel PC senza avere "
-"installato localmente alcun sistema operativo. Questo vuol dire che le "
-"macchine fanno il boot direttamente dal disco fisso dei server senza "
-"eseguire alcun software installato sul disco fisso locale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:132
+#: release-manual.xml:134
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations are an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the "
"same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and "
"maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the "
"clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too."
msgstr ""
-"Le workstation lowfat sono un modo eccellente di riutilizzare hardware più "
-"nuovo con lo stesso basso costo di manutenzione dei thin client. Il software "
-"è amministrato e mantenuto sul server senza installare nella macchina alcun "
-"software. Anche le directory home e la configurazione del sistema è "
-"archiviata sul server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:134
+#: release-manual.xml:136
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server "
"Project (LTSP) with version 5.0."
msgstr ""
-"Le workstation diskless sono state introdotte nel Linux Terminal Server "
-"Project (LTSP) con la versione 5.0."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:140
+#: release-manual.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Networked clients"
-msgstr "Networked client"
+msgstr "Manuels pour les clients en réseau"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:142
+#: release-manual.xml:144
msgid ""
"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin "
"clients and diskless workstations as well as computers running MacOS or "
"Windows."
msgstr ""
-"Il termine \"networked clients\" è usato in questo manuale per riferirsi ai "
-"thin client, alle workstation diskless e a tutti i computer che hanno come "
-"sistema operativo MacOS o Windows."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:147
+#: release-manual.xml:149
msgid "Administration"
-msgstr "Amministrazione"
+msgstr "Administration"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:149
+#: release-manual.xml:151
msgid ""
"All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
"will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
"will be possible to login to all machines by ssh, and thereby have full "
"access to the machines"
msgstr ""
-"Tutte le macchine linux che sono installate con un CD o un DVD Skolelinux, "
-"saranno amministrate da un computer centrale, probabilmente il server. Sarà "
-"possibile collegarsi alle macchine con pieno accesso attraverso il servizio "
-"ssh ."
+"Toutes les machines Linux installées au moyen d'un CD ou DVD Skolelinux "
+"seront administrables depuis un ordinateur central, très probablement le "
+"serveur. Il sera possible de se connecter à toutes les machines par SSH et "
+"par la suite d'avoir un accès complet à celles-ci."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:151
+#: release-manual.xml:153
msgid ""
"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
"suffices to edit the server configuration and let the automatation "
"distribute the changes."
msgstr ""
-"Si usa cfengine per modificare i file di configurazione. Questi file sono "
-"aggiornati dal server ai client. Per cambiare la configurazione del client è "
-"sufficiente modificare la configurazione del server e automaticamente i "
-"cambiamenti saranno distribuiti."
+"Nous utilisons cfengine pour éditer les fichiers de configuration. Ces "
+"fichiers sont mis à jour sur les clients depuis le serveur central. Pour "
+"changer la configuration d'un client, il suffit d'éditer la configuration "
+"sur le serveur et de laisser les changements se propager automatiquement."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
+#: release-manual.xml:155
msgid ""
"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
"are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
"authentication."
msgstr ""
-"Tutte le informazioni degli utenti sono in una directory LDAP. Le modifiche "
-"degli utenti sono fatte in questo data base e usate dai client per "
-"l'autenticazione degli utenti."
+"Toutes les informations sur les utilisateurs sont conservées dans un "
+"répertoire LDAP. Les comptes des utilisateurs sont mis à jour à partir de "
+"cette base de données, qui est utilisée par les clients pour authentifier "
+"les utilisateurs."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:158 release-manual.xml:374
+#: release-manual.xml:160 release-manual.xml:376
msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Installazione"
+msgstr "Installation"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:160
+#: release-manual.xml:162
msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
-msgstr "L'installazione è possibile sia con il CD che il DVD."
+msgstr "L'installation est possible depuis un CD ou un DVD."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:162
+#: release-manual.xml:164
msgid ""
"The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
"over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
"installation works without access to the Internet."
msgstr ""
-"Lo scopo è fare l'installazione del server dal CD/DVD, e installare i client "
-"dalla rete. L'installazione da DVD non richiede l'accesso a Internet."
+"L'objectif est de permettre d'installer un serveur à partir d'un CD ou DVD, "
+"et d'installer des postes clients au travers du réseau en amorçant toutes "
+"les autres machines à partir de ce dernier. L'installation à partir du DVD "
+"fonctionne sans accès à l'internet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:164
+#: release-manual.xml:166
msgid ""
"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
@@ -698,20 +705,20 @@ msgid ""
"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a centrally "
"location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation."
msgstr ""
-"L'installazione non dovrebbe fare alcuna domanda, con l'eccezione del "
-"linguaggio desiderato (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) e del profilo "
-"della macchina (server, workstation, thin client server). Tutte le altre "
-"configurazioni saranno settate automaticamente con parametri ragionevoli da "
-"cambiare eventualmente da una postazione centrale attraverso "
-"l'amministratore di sistema dopo la prima installazione."
+"L'installation ne devrait pas poser de questions, excepté la langue (par ex. "
+"Norvégien Bokmal, néo-norvégien, Sami) et le profil de la machine (serveur, "
+"station de travail, serveur de clients légers). Toute autre configuration "
+"sera effectuée automatiquement avec des valeurs raisonnables, modifiables de "
+"manière centralisée par l'administrateur système après la fin de "
+"l'installation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:169
+#: release-manual.xml:171
msgid "File system access configuration"
-msgstr "Configurazione dell'accesso al file system"
+msgstr "Configuration de l'accès au système de fichiers"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:171
+#: release-manual.xml:173
msgid ""
"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
@@ -720,15 +727,16 @@ msgid ""
"everyone on the internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by "
"anyone but the user."
msgstr ""
-"A ogni acconto dell'utente Skolelinux è assegnato una parte del file system "
-"sul file server. Questa parte (la home directory) contiene i file di "
-"configurazione dell'utente, i documenti, le email e le pagine web. Alcuni di "
-"questi file dovrebbero essere configurati in sola lettura per gli altri "
-"utenti del sistema, altri leggibili da tutti via internet, altri ancora non "
-"dovrebbero essere accessibili solo all'utente stesso."
+"Une section du système de fichiers du serveur de fichiers est attribuée à "
+"chaque compte d'utilisateur Skolelinux. Cette section (répertoire personnel) "
+"contient les fichiers de configuration, les documents, courriers "
+"électroniques et pages web de l'utilisateur. Certains fichiers devraient "
+"être accessibles en lecture par les autres utilisateurs du système, certains "
+"devraient l'être par tous sur l'internet, et d'autres ne devraient l'être "
+"par personne d'autre que l'utilisateur."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:173
+#: release-manual.xml:175
msgid ""
"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
@@ -738,23 +746,25 @@ msgid ""
"user accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed, "
"to accomodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage."
msgstr ""
-"Per essere sicuri che tutti i dischi usati per le directory dell'utente e "
-"per le directory condivise abbiano un nome unico per tutti i computer "
-"durante l'installazione, possono essere montati come <computeroutput>/skole/"
-"host/directory/ </computeroutput>. All'inizio, la directory <computeroutput>/"
-"skole/tjener/home0/ </computeroutput> è creata sul file server che ha gli "
-"acconti degli utenti. Più directory possono essere create quando è "
-"necessario, per adattarsi a gruppi particolari di utenti o particolari "
-"esigenze di utilizzo."
+"Afin d'assurer que tous les disques hébergeant le répertoire des "
+"utilisateurs ou les répertoires partagés puissent être nommés de manière "
+"unique sur tous les ordinateurs installés, ceux-ci peuvent être montés sur "
+"<computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. Initialement, un "
+"répertoire est créé sur le serveur de fichiers, <computeroutput>/skole/"
+"tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, sur lequel tous les comptes utilisateurs "
+"sont créés. Davantage de répertoires peuvent ensuite être créés si c'est "
+"nécessaire, afin de s'adapter à des groupes d'utilisateurs ou des cas "
+"d'usage particuliers."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:177
+#: release-manual.xml:179
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
"be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
-"group should be identical to the username. (<ulink url='http://www.redhat."
+"group should be identical to the username. (<ulink url=\"http://www.redhat."
"com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups."
-"html'>More info on private groups </ulink> is available from Redhat.) This "
+"html\">More info on private groups </ulink> is available from Redhat.) This "
"allows for all new files created by the user to be set with full access for "
"the file's group. Together with set-gid bit on directories and inheritance "
"of rights, this enables controlled file sharing between the members of a "
@@ -762,21 +772,23 @@ msgid ""
"initially should be able to read newly created files, then X=2. If only the "
"relevant group should be given initial read access then X=7.)"
msgstr ""
-"Per permettere l'accesso a file condivisi usando l'identificatore di gruppo, "
-"ogni utente deve avere un gruppo primario senza altri membri. Il nome di "
-"questo gruppo privato dovrebbe essere identico all'username dell'utente. "
-"(<ulink url='http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/"
-"s1-users-groups-private-groups.html'>Maggiori informazioni sui gruppi "
-"privati</ulink> sono disponibili da Redhat.) Questo permette che tutti i "
-"nuovi file creati dall'utente siano inizializzati per avere pieno accesso "
-"per il gruppo. Settare il gid bit su directory e ereditarietà di diritti "
-"permette il controllo di file condivisi tra i membri di un gruppo. Perciò "
-"l'umask degli utenti dovrebbe essere 00X. (Se tutti gli utenti avessero il "
-"permesso di leggere tutti i nuovi file creati, allora X=2. Se solo il gruppo "
-"dovesse avere l'iniziale accesso alla lettura allora X=7.)"
+"Afin de permettre le contrôle d'accès aux fichiers partagés à l'aide des "
+"groupes de fichiers, chaque utilisateur doit être rattaché à un groupe "
+"primaire sans autre membre. Le nom de ce groupe privé devrait être identique "
+"au nom d'utilisateur. (<ulink \"url='http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/"
+"linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups.html'>. "
+"Davantage d'informations concernant les groupes privés</ulink> sont "
+"disponibles sur le site de Redhat.) Ceci permet que tous les nouveaux "
+"fichiers créés par l'utilisateur disposent d'un accès complet pour le groupe "
+"du fichier. Avec le bit set-gid appliqué aux répertoires et l'héritage des "
+"droits, ceci permet un partage de fichiers contrôlé entre les membres d'un "
+"groupe de fichier. Par conséquent, l'umask des utilisateurs devrait être "
+"00X. (Si tous les utilisateurs doivent initialement être capables de lire "
+"les fichiers nouvellement créés, alors X=2. Si seul le groupe pertinent doit "
+"avoir initialement l'accès en lecture, alors X=7.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:180
+#: release-manual.xml:182
msgid ""
"The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. "
"They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be "
@@ -793,24 +805,25 @@ msgid ""
"helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved "
"particular problems (typically configuration issues)."
msgstr ""
-"Il setting iniziale per i nuovi file creati dipende dalla policy usata. Essi "
-"possono essere inizializzati con i permessi di lettura per tutti che possono essere "
-"rimossi da un'azione specifica dell'utente, o inizialmente protetti verso "
-"tutti con un'azione specifica dell'utente per renderli accessibili. Il primo "
-"metodo incoraggia la condivisione della conoscenza e rende il sistema più "
-"trasparente, il secondo metodo diminuisce il rischio della diffusione non "
-"voluta di informazioni. Il problema con la prima soluzione è che non è "
-"esplicitato che il materiale creato sarà accessibile a tutti gli utenti. "
-"Questo è verificabile in seguito attraverso la visualizzazione di tutte le directory "
-"degli utenti da cui si può vedere che tutti i file hanno accesso in lettura. "
-"Il problema con la seconda soluzione è che sono pochi gli utenti che sanno "
-"rendere accessibile in lettura i propri file e se questi non contengono "
-"informazioni sensibili il loro contenuto potrebbe essere utile per gli "
-"utenti che vogliono imparare a risolvere problemi che già altri hanno "
-"risolto. (in genere problemi di configurazione)."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:182
+"Les droits d'accès initiaux pour les fichiers nouvellement créés est un "
+"problème de politique. L'accès en lecture peut être accordé à tous le monde, "
+"puis être retiré explicitement par l'utilisateur, ou il peut être "
+"initialement bloqué, puis être permis par l'utilisateur. La première "
+"approche encourage le partage des connaissances et rend le système plus "
+"transparent, tandis que la seconde méthode réduit le risque de divulgation "
+"involontaire d'informations sensibles. Le problème de la première solution "
+"est qu'il n'est pas évident pour les utilisateurs que ce qu'ils créent sera "
+"accessible à tous les autres. Ceci n'est tangible qu'en inspectant le "
+"contenu du répertoire des autres utilisateurs, permettant ainsi de constater "
+"que les fichiers sont lisibles. Le problème de la deuxième solution est que "
+"peu d'utilisateurs seront enclins à rendre leurs fichiers accessibles, même "
+"s'ils ne contiennent pas d'informations sensibles et même si leur contenu "
+"peut être utile aux utilisateurs curieux, voulant apprendre comment d'autres "
+"ont résolu des problèmes particuliers (typiquement des problèmes de "
+"configuration)."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:184
msgid ""
"Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
"particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
@@ -823,237 +836,241 @@ msgid ""
"public files will be put in <computeroutput>~/pub/ </computeroutput>. Other "
"files will initially be accessible, but may be blocked as needed."
msgstr ""
-"Suggerimento: I file sono inizialmente settati per essere letti da tutti, ma "
-"particolari directory sono create con diritti più ristretti. Così da "
-"decidere se il file potrebbe essere reso leggibile o no. Concretamente, "
-"l'umask dovrebbe essere settata a 002, e la directory <computeroutput>~/ </"
-"computeroutput> creata con privilegi 0775, la directory <computeroutput>~/"
-"priv/ </computeroutput> con 0750 e la directory <computeroutput>~/pub/ </"
-"computeroutput> con 0775. I file che non dovrebbero essere letti dagli altri "
-"dovrebbero essere messi in <computeroutput>~/priv/ </computeroutput>, mentre "
-"i file pubblici saranno messi in <computeroutput>~/pub/ </computeroutput>. "
-"Gli altri file saranno inizialmente accessibili, ma potranno essere bloccati "
-"all'occorrenza."
+"Suggestion : les fichiers sont initialement lisibles par tous, mais certains "
+"répertoires particuliers sont créés avec un contenu inaccessible. Décider si "
+"un fichier doit être rendu lisible ou non sera simple. Concrètement, l'umask "
+"doit être positionné à 002, et <computeroutput>~/</computeroutput> créé avec "
+"les privilèges 0775, <computeroutput>~/priv/</computeroutput> avec 0750, et "
+"<computeroutput>~/pub/</computeroutput> avec 0775. Les fichiers qui ne "
+"doivent pas être lisibles par d'autres seront placés dans <computeroutput>~/"
+"priv/</computeroutput>, alors que les fichiers publics seront placés dans "
+"<computeroutput>~/pub/</computeroutput>. Les autres fichiers seront "
+"initialement accessibles mais pouront être bloqués si besoin."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:189
+#: release-manual.xml:191
msgid ""
"ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
"thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> "
"is 755."
msgstr ""
-"ssh richiede che la home directory possa essere scritta solo dal "
-"proprietario, così il privilegio massimo che è possibile assegnare a "
-"<computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> è 755."
+"ssh requiert que le répertoire personnel ne puisse être accessible en "
+"écriture que par le propriétaire, ainsi le droit d'accès maximum pour "
+"<computeroutput>~/</computeroutput> est 755."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:191
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
-msgstr "- accesso alle home directory (*~/.)? - home directory - directory condivise?"
+#: release-manual.xml:193
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+msgstr ""
+"- accès aux répertoires personnels (*~/.) ? - répertoires personnels - "
+"répertoires partagés ?"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:197
+#: release-manual.xml:199
msgid "random notes"
-msgstr "note a caso"
+msgstr "Notes diverses"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:199
+#: release-manual.xml:201
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
-msgstr "Queste sono note a caso che dovrebbero essere incluse in questo documento."
+msgstr ""
+"Voici diverses notes concernant des sujets devant être présentés dans ce "
+"document."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:200
+#: release-manual.xml:202
msgid ""
"Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which "
"groups have access to which machines."
msgstr ""
-"Il data base degli utenti centralizzato con i gruppi e la capacità di "
-"controllare quali gruppi hanno accesso a quali macchine."
+"Base de données centralisée des utilisateurs avec groupement et possibilité "
+"de contrôler quels groupes ont accès à quelles machines."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:201
+#: release-manual.xml:203
msgid ""
"Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for "
"these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)"
msgstr ""
-"Gruppi di macchine e capacità di controllare l'accesso ai servizi di rete "
-"per questi gruppi (accesso negato a Internet via squid)"
+"Groupement de machines et possibilité de contrôler l'accès aux services "
+"réseau pour ces groupes (blocage d'accès à l'internet à l'aide de squid)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:202
+#: release-manual.xml:204
msgid "Should consider using a DNS name from RFC 2606."
-msgstr "Si dovrebbe considerare di usare un nome DNS come da RFC 2606."
+msgstr "Envisager l'utilisation d'un nom de DNS selon la RFC 2306."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:205
+#: release-manual.xml:207
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink "
-"url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://"
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink url="
+"\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en\">http://"
"developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en </ulink> ( at that "
"time it was Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter Reinholdtsen < "
-"<ulink url='mailto:pere at hungry.com'>pere at hungry.com </ulink> >, released "
-"under the GPL) - note to translators: there are translations for this "
-"document already, which you can also copy and paste. But keep those "
+"<ulink url=\"mailto:pere at hungry.com\">pere at hungry.com </ulink> >, "
+"released under the GPL) - note to translators: there are translations for "
+"this document already, which you can also copy and paste. But keep those "
"copyright notes as well. </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Questo capitolo è stato copiato e incollato da "
-"<ulink url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html."
-"en'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en </ulink> "
-"( a quel tempo era Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter Reinholdtsen "
-"< <ulink url='mailto:pere at hungry.com'>pere at hungry.com </ulink> >, "
-"rilasciato sotto the GPL) - nota per i traduttori: sono presenti traduzioni "
-"per questo documento, che possono essere copiate e incollate, ma occorre "
-"lasciare queste note di copyright. </emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Ce chapitre est une copie de <ulink url='http://"
+"developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://developer."
+"skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en</ulink> (actuellement, Copyright "
+"© 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter Reinholdtsen < <ulink url='mailto:"
+"pere at hungry.com'>pere at hungry.com</ulink>, distribué sous GPL) - note aux "
+"traducteurs : il existe déjà des traductions de ce document, que vous pouvez "
+"copier. Mais conservez aussi ces notes de droits de reproduction.</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:214
+#: release-manual.xml:216
msgid "Features"
-msgstr "Caratteristiche"
+msgstr "Fonctionnalités"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:220
+#: release-manual.xml:222
+#, fuzzy
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r1 Terra\" release 2007-12-05"
-msgstr "Nuove caratteristiche nella versione del 5-12-2007 \"3.0r1 Terra\""
+msgstr ""
+"Nouvelles fonctionnalités de la version « 3.0 Terra », publiée le 2007-07-2"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:221
+#: release-manual.xml:223
msgid ""
"much improved documentation with updated translations to German, Norwegian "
"Bokmal and Italian"
msgstr ""
-"la documentazione è migliorata con traduzioni aggiornate in Tedesco, "
-"Norvegese, Bokmal e Italiano"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:222
+#: release-manual.xml:224
msgid ""
"includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that came "
"to our attentention after the 3.0r0 release"
msgstr ""
-"Sono stati corretti più di 40 bug, con migliorie e aggiornamenti di "
-"sicurezza rispetto alla versione 3.0r0"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:228
+#: release-manual.xml:230
+#, fuzzy
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
-msgstr "Nuove caratteristiche nella versione del 22-07-2007 \"3.0r0 Terra\""
+msgstr ""
+"Nouvelles fonctionnalités de la version « 3.0 Terra », publiée le 2007-07-2"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:229
+#: release-manual.xml:231
msgid "Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08."
-msgstr "Basata su Debian 4.0 Etch rilasciata l'8-04-2007."
+msgstr "Basée sur Debian 4.0 Etch, publiée le 2007-04-08."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:230
+#: release-manual.xml:232
msgid "Graphical installer with mouse support"
-msgstr "Installazione grafica con il supporto del mouse"
+msgstr "Installateur graphique avec support de la souris"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:231
+#: release-manual.xml:233
msgid "Boot splash with usplash"
-msgstr "Boot splash con usplash"
+msgstr "Écran d'amorce avec usplash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
+#: release-manual.xml:234
msgid "LSB 3.1 compatible"
-msgstr "LSB 3.1 compatibile"
+msgstr "Compatible LSB 3.1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:235
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.18"
-msgstr "Linux kernel versione 2.6.18"
+msgstr "Noyau Linux version 2.6.18"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:235
msgid "Support for SATA controllers and hard disks"
-msgstr "Supporto per i controller e hard disk SATA"
+msgstr "Prise en charge des contrôleurs et disques SATA"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:236
+#: release-manual.xml:238
msgid "X.org version 7.1."
msgstr "X.org version 7.1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:237
+#: release-manual.xml:239
msgid "KDE desktop environment version 3.5.5"
-msgstr "KDE ambiente desktop versione 3.5.5"
+msgstr "Environnement de bureau KDE version 3.5.5"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:239
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
-msgstr "OpenOffice.org versione 2.0."
+msgstr "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:241
+#: release-manual.xml:243
msgid "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
-msgstr "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:242
+#: release-manual.xml:244
msgid "Automatic tracking of installed machines using Sitesummary."
-msgstr "Il tracciamento automatico delle macchine installate con Sitesummary."
+msgstr "Suivi automatique des machines installées grâce à Sitesummary."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:243
+#: release-manual.xml:245
msgid "Automatic configuration of munin using data from Sitesummary."
-msgstr "Configurazione automatica di munin usando i dati da Sitesummary."
+msgstr "Configuration automatique de munin grâce à Sitesummary."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:244
+#: release-manual.xml:246
msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk."
msgstr ""
-"Controllo automatico della versione dei file di configurazione in /etc/ con "
-"l'uso di svk."
+"Contrôle de version automatique des fichiers de configuration situés dans /"
+"etc/ à l'aide de svk."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:245
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid "File systems sizes can be extended while the file system is mounted."
msgstr ""
-"La grandezza dei file system può essere estesa quando il file system è "
-"montato."
+"La taille d'un système de fichiers peut être augmentée alors que celui-ci "
+"est monté."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:245
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid "Support automatically extending file system based on predefined rules."
msgstr ""
-"Supporto automatico nell'estendere il file system basato su regole "
-"predefinite."
+"Prise en charge automatique de l'extension des systèmes de fichiers selon "
+"des règles prédéfinies."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:248
+#: release-manual.xml:250
msgid "Local Device Support on thin clients."
-msgstr "Supporto dei dispositivi locali sui thin clients."
+msgstr "Prise en charge de périphériques locaux sur les clients légers."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:249
+#: release-manual.xml:251
msgid ""
"New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc "
"(experimental support, installation media only boots on the newworld "
"subarchitecture)"
msgstr ""
-"Nuova architettura di processori: amd64 (pienamente supportata) e powerpc "
-"(supporto sperimentale, la installazione da supporto parte solo nella "
-"newworld subarchitecture)"
+"Nouvelles architectures de processeur : amd64 (prise en charge totale) et "
+"powerpc (prise en charge expérimentale, le support d'installation amorce "
+"seulement sur la sous-architecture newworld)"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:250
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:252
msgid "Multi-architecture DVD for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
-msgstr "DVD multi-architettura per i386, amd64 e powerpc"
+msgstr "DVD multi-architecture pour i386, amd64 et powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:251
+#: release-manual.xml:253
msgid ""
"Regression: the CD-install requires Internet access during installation. "
"Previous versions could be installed from one CD without Internet access."
msgstr ""
-"Regressione: l'installazione con il CD richiede l'accesso a Internet durante "
-"l'installazione. Le precedenti versioni potevano essere installate da un CD "
-"senza l'accesso Internet."
+"Régression : l'installation à partir du CD requiert un accès à l'internet. "
+"Les versions précédentes pouvaient être installées depuis un CD sans accès à "
+"l'internet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:253
+#: release-manual.xml:255
msgid ""
"Regression: <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput> is now removed from "
"Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based user "
@@ -1062,102 +1079,103 @@ msgid ""
"computeroutput>, the old user administration tool. But <computeroutput>wlus "
"</computeroutput> requires <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
-"Regressione: <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput> è stato rimosso da "
-"Debian per problemi di supporto. Abbiamo aggiunto un nuovo tool di "
-"amministrazione via web chiamato <computeroutput>lwat</computeroutput>, che "
-"non ha le stesse funzionalità di <computeroutput>wlus</computeroutput>, il "
-"vecchio tool di amministrazione. Ma <computeroutput>wlus </computeroutput> "
-"richiede <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput>."
+"Régression : <computeroutput>webmin</computeroutput> a été supprimé de "
+"Debian à cause de problèmes de support. Nous avons ajouté un nouvel outil "
+"web d'administration des utilisateurs nommé <computeroutput>lwat</"
+"computeroutput>, qui ne possèdent pas les mêmes fonctionnalités que "
+"l'ancien, <computeroutput>wlus</computeroutput>. Mais <computeroutput>wlus</"
+"computeroutput> requiert <computeroutput>webmin</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:261
+#: release-manual.xml:263
msgid ""
"Regression: swi-prolog is not part of etch, but was part of sarge. The <link "
"linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">HowTo teach and learn</link> Chapter describes how "
"to install swi-prolog on etch."
msgstr ""
-"Modifica: swi-prolog non è in etch, ma in sarge. Il capitolo dell'<link "
-"linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">HowTo teach and learn</link> descrive come "
-"installare swi-prolog in etch."
+"Regression : swi-prolog ne fait pas partie d'Etch, mais était fourni par "
+"Sarge. Le chapitre <link linkend=\\\"TeachAndLearn\\\">manuel « Enseigner et "
+"apprendre »</link> décrit comment installer swi-prolog sur Etch."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:268
+#: release-manual.xml:270
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
-msgstr "Caratteristiche di 2.0 versione 14-03-2006"
+msgstr "Fonctionnalités de la version 2.0, publiée le 2006-03-14"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:269
+#: release-manual.xml:271
msgid "Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06."
-msgstr "Basato su Debian 3.1 Sarge rilasciata il 06-06-2005."
+msgstr "Basée sur Debian 3.1 Sarge, publiée le 2005-06-06."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:270
+#: release-manual.xml:272
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.8."
-msgstr "Linux kernel versione 2.6.8."
+msgstr "Noyau Linux version 2.6.8."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:271
+#: release-manual.xml:273
msgid "XFree86 version 4.3."
-msgstr "XFree86 versione 4.3."
+msgstr "XFree86 version 4.3"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:272
+#: release-manual.xml:274
msgid "KDE version 3.3."
-msgstr "KDE versione 3.3."
+msgstr "KDE version 3.3."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:274
+#: release-manual.xml:276
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:281
+#: release-manual.xml:283
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
-msgstr "Caratteristiche di \"1.0 Venus\" versione 20-06-2004"
+msgstr "Fonctionnalités de « 1.0 Venus », publiée le 2004-06-20"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:282
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:284
msgid "Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19."
-msgstr "Basata su Debian 3.0 Woody rilasciata il 19-07-2002."
+msgstr "Basée sur Debian 3.0 Woody, publiée le 2002-07-19."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:283
+#: release-manual.xml:285
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.4.26."
-msgstr "Linux kernel versione 2.4.26."
+msgstr "Noyau Linux version 2.4.26."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:284
+#: release-manual.xml:286
msgid "XFree86 version 4.1."
-msgstr "XFree86 versione 4.1."
+msgstr "XFree86 version 4.1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:285
+#: release-manual.xml:287
msgid "KDE version 2.2."
-msgstr "KDE versione 2.2."
+msgstr "KDE version 2.2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:291
+#: release-manual.xml:293
msgid "More information on older releases"
-msgstr "Maggiori informazioni sulle vecchie versioni"
+msgstr "Davantage d'informations sur les versions précédentes"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:293
+#: release-manual.xml:295
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url='http://"
-"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer."
+"More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url=\"http://"
+"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\">http://developer."
"skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Maggiori informazioni sulle vecchie versioni possono essere trovate a <ulink "
-"url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://"
-"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html </ulink>."
+"Davantage d'informations sur les versions précédentes sont disponibles ici "
+"<ulink url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://"
+"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:300
+#: release-manual.xml:302
msgid "Requirements"
-msgstr "Requisiti tecnici"
+msgstr "Besoins"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:304
+#: release-manual.xml:306
msgid ""
"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -1165,83 +1183,88 @@ msgid ""
"difference on how things are set up regarding network components, servers "
"and client machines."
msgstr ""
-"Ci sono molti modi per configurare una soluzione Skolelinux. Pùò essere "
-"installato su un'unica macchina o su una grande rete fatta da più scuole. "
-"Per questa varietà di soluzioni possibili c'è una grande varietà di "
-"configurazione per i componenti di rete, server e macchine client."
+"Il existe différentes manières de configurer une solution Skolelinux. Elle "
+"peut être installée sur un simple PC autonome ou déployée à grande échelle "
+"sur un ensemble d'écoles pilotées de manières centralisée. Cette diversité "
+"de configurations induit de grosses différences dans la manière de gérer les "
+"composants réseau, les serveurs et les machines clientes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:308
+#: release-manual.xml:310
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware requirements"
-msgstr "Requisiti hardware"
+msgstr "Besoins réseau"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:311
msgid ""
"the computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either i386, amd64 "
"or powerpc processors."
msgstr ""
-"i computer su cui eseguire Debian Edu / Skolelinux devono aver processori "
-"i386, amd64 o powerpc."
+"Les ordinateurs exécutant Debian Edu / Skolelinux doivent avoir des "
+"processeurs i386, amd64 ou powerpc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:311
msgid ""
"On powerpc, the installation media will only boot on machines of the "
"newworld sub-architecture, which are the systems from apple with a "
"translucent case"
msgstr ""
-"Sui powerpc, l'installazione potrà avviarsi solo su macchine della newworld "
-"sub-architecture,che sono sistemi di apple con il case trasparente"
+"Sur PowerPC, le support d'installation n'amorcera que les machines de la "
+"sous-architecture newworld, qui correspondent aux systèmes Apple dont le "
+"boîtier est translucide."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:312
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid ""
"thin client (LTSP) servers need two network cards when using the default "
"network architecture:"
msgstr ""
-"thin client (LTSP) server devono avere due schede di rete quando si usa "
-"l'architettura di rete di default:"
+"Les serveurs de clients légers (LSTP) ont besoin de deux cartes réseau "
+"lorsque l'architecture de réseau par défaut est utilisée :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:312
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid "eth0 connected to the main network (10.0.2.0/23)"
-msgstr "eth0 connessa alla rete principale (10.0.2.0/23)"
+msgstr "eth0 reliée au réseau principal (10.0.2.0/23)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:313
+#: release-manual.xml:315
msgid "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) serving the thin-clients"
-msgstr "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) al servizio dei thin-client"
+msgstr "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) servant les clients légers"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:316
+#: release-manual.xml:318
msgid ""
"disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk from 8 GiB "
"will be sufficient. As usual, the bigger the better."
msgstr ""
-"lo spazio disco necessario dipende dal profilo usato, ma un disco di 8 GiB "
-"sarà sufficiente. Come al solito più grande è meglio."
+"Les besoins en espace disque dépendent des profils utilisés, mais un disque "
+"de 8 Gio ou plus est suffisant. Mais plus il est gros, mieux c'est."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:317
+#: release-manual.xml:319
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
"is required"
msgstr ""
-"per i thin clients 32 MiB RAM e 133 MHz sono il minimo richiesto. Swap è "
-"necessaria"
+"Pour les clients légers, 32 Mio de RAM et une fréquence de 133 MHz est le "
+"minimum recommandé. Une partition d'échange est nécessaire."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:318
+#: release-manual.xml:320
msgid ""
"for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM and 8 GiB disc space "
"are recommended minimum requirements"
msgstr ""
-"per le workstation o per i Pc standalone, 450-Mhz, 256 MiB RAM e 8 GiB di "
-"spazio disco sono il minimo richiesto"
+"Pour les stations de travail ou les PC autonomes, une fréquence de 450 MHz, "
+"256 Mio de RAM et 8Gio d'espace disque sont le minimum recommandé."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:319
+#: release-manual.xml:321
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"for diskless workstations (also known as stateless workstations, lowfat "
"clients or half-thick clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended "
@@ -1249,97 +1272,102 @@ msgid ""
"the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can tune this by editing /etc/"
"ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE variable."
msgstr ""
-"per le workstation diskless (conosciute anche come stateless workstation, "
-"lowfat client or half-thick client) 256 MB RAM e 800 MHz sono raccomandati "
-"come requisiti minimi. La memoria di swap è caricata automaticamente dalla "
-"rete: la sua grandezza è di 32mb, se ce ne vuole di più si può editare il "
-"file /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf su tjener e configurare la variabile SIZE."
+"Pour les stations de travail sans disque dur (également appelées clients "
+"LowFat), 256 Mo de RAM et une fréquence de 800 MHz ou plus sont le minimum "
+"recommandé. L'échange (swaping) par le réseau est automatiquement validé, la "
+"taille de la zone d'échange est de 32 Mo ; si vous avez besoin de plus, vous "
+"pouvez régler ceci en éditant /etc/ltsp/nbdsapd.conf sur tjener en modifiant "
+"la variable SIZE."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:320
+#: release-manual.xml:322
msgid "for Laptops 256 MB RAM and 450 MHz are minimum requirements"
-msgstr "per i Laptop 256 MB RAM e 450 MHz sono i requisiti minimi"
+msgstr ""
+"Pour les portables, 256 Mo de RAM et une fréquence de 450 MHz sont le "
+"minimum recommandé."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:323
+#: release-manual.xml:325
msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
-msgstr ""
-"FIXME: aggiungere collegamenti alla spiegazione del server principale e dei "
-"thinclient-server"
+msgstr "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:328
+#: release-manual.xml:330
msgid "Hardware known to work"
-msgstr "Hardware conosciuto che funziona"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:330
+#: release-manual.xml:332
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
+"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
"ulink> . This list is not nearly complete <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
-"Un elenco di hardware testato è fornito da <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
-"ulink> . Questa lista è ancora incompleta <inlinemediaobject>"
+"Une liste du matériel testé est fourni sur <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560
-#: release-manual.xml:1504 release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:334 release-manual.xml:478 release-manual.xml:562
+#: release-manual.xml:1506 release-manual.xml:2103
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
+msgstr "<phrase>:)</phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:341
+#: release-manual.xml:343
msgid "Requirements for a network setup"
-msgstr "Requisiti di rete"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:342
+#: release-manual.xml:344
msgid ""
"a router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) providing access to the internet (when using "
"the default network architecture)"
msgstr ""
-"un router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) dà la possibilità di accedere a internet "
-"(quando si usa l'architettura di rete di default)"
+"Un routeur/une passerelle (IP 10.0.2.1) fournissant un accès à l'internet "
+"(sur l'architecture réseau par défaut)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:344
+#: release-manual.xml:346
msgid ""
"for the main server (10.0.2.2): this is the one single computer in the "
"network which get's the <computeroutput>tjener </computeroutput>-profile "
"installed"
msgstr ""
-"il server principale (10.0.2.2): è un singolo computer nella rete che ha il "
-"profilo <computeroutput>tjener </computeroutput>- installato"
+"Pour le serveur principal (10.0.2.2) : c'est l'unique ordinateur du réseau "
+"qui dispose du profil <computeroutput>tjener</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:347
+#: release-manual.xml:349
msgid "workstation(s) and/or thin client (LTSP) server(s)"
-msgstr "workstation e/o thin client (LTSP) server"
+msgstr "Station(s) de travail et/ou serveur(s) de clients légers"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:348
+# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:350
msgid "thin clients clients"
-msgstr "thin client"
+msgstr "Clients légers"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:353
+#: release-manual.xml:355
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Internet router"
-msgstr "Router Internet"
+msgstr "Routeur internet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:355
+#: release-manual.xml:357
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
"running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface, is needed to "
"connect to the internet."
msgstr ""
-"Un router/gateway, connesso a internet con una interfaccia esterna e una "
-"interna con l'indirizzo IP 10.0.2.1 è necessario per connettersi a Internet. "
+"Un routeur/une passerelle, connecté à l'internet sur l'interface externe et "
+"doté de l'adresse IP 10.0.2.1 sur l'interface interne. Le routeur ne doit "
+"pas exécuter de serveur DHCP, il peut exécuter un serveur DNS, bien qu'il ne "
+"soit pas nécessaire et ne sera pas utilisé."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:357
+#: release-manual.xml:359
msgid ""
"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though "
"this is not needed and will not be used. (If the router runs a DHCP server "
@@ -1347,370 +1375,383 @@ msgid ""
"features and certain documented procedures will work differently. So better "
"disable the DHCP server on the router.)"
msgstr ""
-"Il router non deve essere un server DHCP, può funzionare come server DNS "
-"anche se non è necessario e non sarà usato. (Se il router funziona come "
-"server DHCP si deve disabilitare il server DHCP sul server principale, ma si "
-"perderanno alcune funzionalità e alcune procedure documentate funzioneranno "
-"in maniera diversa. Così è meglio disabilitare il server DHCP nel router.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:359
+#: release-manual.xml:361
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a i386 based solution (so that you can reuse an old "
-"PC), we recommend <ulink url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink "
-"url='http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw'>floppyfw </ulink>."
+"PC), we recommend <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org\">IPCop </ulink> or "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Se si sta cercando una soluzione basata su i386 (per riusare un vecchio "
-"PC), si raccomanda <ulink url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> o <ulink "
-"url='http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw'>floppyfw </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:363
+#: release-manual.xml:365
msgid ""
"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend "
-"using <ulink url='http://openwrt.org'>OpenWRT </ulink>, though of course you "
-"can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier, "
-"using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages "
-"for a list of <ulink url='http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware'>supported "
-"hardware </ulink>."
+"using <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT </ulink>, though of course "
+"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is "
+"easier, using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT "
+"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware"
+"\">supported hardware </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Se si ha bisogno di qualcosa per un router embedded o un access point si "
-"raccomanda di usare <ulink url='http://openwrt.org'>OpenWRT </ulink>, anche "
-"se naturalmente si può usare il firmware originale. Usare il firmware "
-"originale è più facile, ma OpenWRT dà la possibilità di maggiori opzioni e "
-"controlli. Verifica sulle pagine web di OpenWRT per una lista di <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware'>hardware supportati</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:367
+#: release-manual.xml:369
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"It is possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
+"It is possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented "
"procedure </ulink> to do this. If you are not forced to do this by an "
"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend "
"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network "
"architecture</link>."
msgstr ""
-"E' possibile usare una diversa configurazione di rete, seguendo questa "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>procedura "
-"documentata</ulink>. Se non siamo costretti a configurare una rete "
-"esistente, conviene attenersi alla <link linkend=\"Architecture"
-"\">architettura di rete</link> di default."
+"Il est possible d'utiliser une configuration réseau différente, ce document "
+"décrit <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>la "
+"procédure</ulink> pour faire cela. Si vous n'y êtes pas obligés par une "
+"infrastructure réseau existante, nous vous le déconseillons et vous "
+"recommandons de conserver l'<link linkend=\\\"Architecture\\\">architecture "
+"réseau</link> par défaut."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:380
+#: release-manual.xml:382
msgid "Where to find more information"
-msgstr "Dove trovare maggiori informazioni"
+msgstr "Où trouver d'avantage d'informations"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:382
+#: release-manual.xml:384
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www."
-"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for Debian Etch </"
+"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=\"http://www."
+"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">release notes for Debian Etch </"
"ulink> before you start installing a system for production use. If you just "
"want to give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, you don't have to though, it "
"should just work <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
-"Si raccomanda di leggere o almeno dare uno sguardo alle <ulink url='http://"
-"www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>note di versione di Debian Etch "
-"</ulink> prima di cominciare a installare un sistema funzionante. Se si "
-"vuole invece provare Debian Edu/Skolelinux, non ci sono problemi, dovrebbe "
-"funzionare<inlinemediaobject>"
+"Nous vous recommandons de lire ou au moins de jeter un oeil aux <ulink "
+"url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>notes de sortie de "
+"Debian Ecth</ulink> avant de commencer à installer un système de production. "
+"Cependant, c'est inutile si vous voulez seulement essayer Debian Edu/"
+"Skolelinux, cela devrait fonctionner tout seul. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2450 release-manual.xml:2487
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2462 release-manual.xml:2499
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
+msgstr "<phrase>:-)</phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:389
+#: release-manual.xml:391
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
-"installmanual'>information about the Debian Etch release </ulink> is "
-"available in its installation manual."
+"Even more <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
+"\">information about the Debian Etch release </ulink> is available in its "
+"installation manual."
msgstr ""
-"Altre <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
-"installmanual'>informazioni sulla versione Debian Etch </ulink> sono "
-"disponibili nel suo manuale di installazione."
+"Davantage <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
+"installmanual'>d'informations à propos de Debian Etch</ulink> sont "
+"disponibles dans son manuel d'installation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:395
+#: release-manual.xml:397
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu Etch 3.0r1"
-msgstr "Download del supporto di installazione per Debian Edu Etch 3.0r1"
+msgstr "Téléchargement d'un média d'installation pour Debian Edu Etch 3.0r0"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:399
+#: release-manual.xml:401
msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
-msgstr "DVD per i386, amd64 e powerpc"
+msgstr "DVDs pour i386, amd64 et powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:401
+#: release-manual.xml:403
msgid ""
"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
"these methods:"
msgstr ""
-"L'immagine multiarchitettura del dvd ISO è grande 4.4 GiB. Per fare il "
-"download, usa uno di questi metodi:"
+"L'image ISO multi-architecture a une taille de 4.4 Gio. Pour la télécharger, "
+"utilisez une des méthodes suivantes :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:403
+#: release-manual.xml:405
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
-"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:406
+#: release-manual.xml:408
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
-"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:409
+#: release-manual.xml:411
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
-"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:414
+#: release-manual.xml:416
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
-msgstr "o per il cd netinstall si può fare il download per i386"
+msgstr ""
+"ou, vous pouvez télécharger le CD d'installation par le réseau, pour i386"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:416
+#: release-manual.xml:418
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
-"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:419
+#: release-manual.xml:421
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
-"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:422
+#: release-manual.xml:424
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
-"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:427
+#: release-manual.xml:429
msgid "amd64"
msgstr "amd64"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:429
+#: release-manual.xml:431
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
-"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:432
+#: release-manual.xml:434
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
-"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+"amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:435
+#: release-manual.xml:437
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
-"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+"amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:440
+#: release-manual.xml:442
msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
-msgstr "e powerpc (adattato per la sub-architettura newworld)"
+msgstr "et powerpc (pour la sous-architecture newworld)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:442
+#: release-manual.xml:444
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
-"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:445
+#: release-manual.xml:447
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
-"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:448
+#: release-manual.xml:450
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
-"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:453
+#: release-manual.xml:455
msgid ""
"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
"though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
"consider the port an experimental release of Debian Edu, which we might not "
"be able to support as the other archs."
msgstr ""
-"L'architettura powerpc non è stata testata come le altre architetture, "
-"sebbene dovrebbe funzionare bene. Si considera il pacchetto per questa "
-"architettura una versione sperimentale di Debian Edu, che non potrebbe "
-"essere supportata come le altre achitetture."
+"Le portage powerpc n'a pas été autant testé que les autres architectures, il "
+"devrait cependant fonctionner correctement et les retours indiquent qu'il "
+"fonctionne correctement. Nous le considérons comme une version expérimentale "
+"de Debian Edu, que nous ne sommes pas en mesure de supporter comme les "
+"autres architectures."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:455
+#: release-manual.xml:457
msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
-msgstr "Il codice sorgente di questa versione è disponibile come immagine DVD"
+msgstr "Le code source de cette version est disponible sur une image DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:457
+#: release-manual.xml:459
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
-"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:460
+#: release-manual.xml:462
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
-"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:463
+#: release-manual.xml:465
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
-"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:472
+#: release-manual.xml:474
msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
-msgstr "Richiesta di un CD/DVD con mail"
+msgstr "Demande d'un CD/DVD par courrier électronique"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:474
+#: release-manual.xml:476
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
-"url='mailto:cd at skolelinux.no'>cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> and we will discuss "
-"the payment details (for shipping and media) <inlinemediaobject>"
+"url=\"mailto:cd at skolelinux.no\">cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> and we will "
+"discuss the payment details (for shipping and media) <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
-"Per tutti quelli che non hanno una connessione veloce internet, possiamo "
-"inviare un CD o un DVD al costo del CD o DVD. Occorre mandare un email a "
-"<ulink url='mailto:cd at skolelinux.no'>cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> e informeremo "
-"sul dettagglio dei pagamenti (per l'invio dei media) <inlinemediaobject>"
+"Nous proposons d'envoyer un CD ou un DVD à ceux qui ne disposent pas d'une "
+"connexion rapide à l'internet pour le coût du support et de l'envoi. Envoyez "
+"simplement un courrier électronique à <ulink url='mailto:cd at skolelinux."
+"no'>cd at skolelinux.no</ulink> et nous discuterons des détails de règlement "
+"(pour les frais d'envoi et de support). <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:479
+#: release-manual.xml:481
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
"to be sent to in the email."
msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Ricorda di mettere l'indirizzo dove vuoi che sia "
-"spedito il CD o il DVD nella email."
+"</inlinemediaobject> N'oubliez pas de préciser dans le courrier électronique "
+"l'adresse à laquelle vous souhaitez que le CD ou DVD soit envoyé."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:484
+#: release-manual.xml:486
msgid "Installation from CD"
-msgstr "Installazione da CD"
+msgstr "Installation depuis le CD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:486
+#: release-manual.xml:488
msgid ""
"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
"profile to profile:"
msgstr ""
-"L'installazione netinst prenderà alcuni pacchetti dal CD e il resto dalla "
-"rete. Il totale dei pacchetti da prendere dalla rete cambia in base al "
-"profilo scelto:"
+"L'installation par le réseau ira chercher quelques paquets sur le CD et le "
+"reste sur l'internet. Le nombre de paquets récupérés sur l'internet varie "
+"selon le profil :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:487
+#: release-manual.xml:489
msgid "Main server: 8 of 115 MiB downloaded."
-msgstr "Main server: 8 di 115 MiB da scaricare."
+msgstr "Main server: 8 pour 115 Mio téléchargés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:488
+#: release-manual.xml:490
msgid "Main server and Thin client server: 618 of 1082 MiB downloaded."
-msgstr "Main server e Thin client server: 618 di 1082 MiB da scaricare."
+msgstr ""
+"Serveur principal et serveur de clients légers : 618 pour 1082 Mio "
+"téléchargés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:489
+#: release-manual.xml:491
msgid "Main server and Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB downloaded."
-msgstr "Main server e Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB da scaricare."
+msgstr ""
+"Serveur principal et station de travail : 618 pour 1081 Mio téléchargés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:490
+#: release-manual.xml:492
msgid "Thin client server: 618 of 1052 MiB downloaded."
-msgstr "Thin client server: 618 di 1052 MiB da scaricare."
+msgstr "Serveur de clients légers : 618 pour 1052 Mio téléchargés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:491
+#: release-manual.xml:493
msgid "Workstation: 618 of 1051 MiB downloaded."
-msgstr "Workstation: 618 di 1051 MiB da scaricare."
+msgstr "Station de travail : 618 pour 1051 Mio téléchargés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:492
+#: release-manual.xml:494
msgid "Standalone: 618 of 1020 MiB downloaded."
-msgstr "Standalone: 618 di 1020 MiB da scaricare."
+msgstr "Ordinateur autonome : 618 pour 1020 Mio téléchargés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:493
+#: release-manual.xml:495
msgid "Barebone: 12 of 83 MiB downloaded."
-msgstr "Barebone: 12 of 83 MiB da scaricare."
+msgstr "Ordinateur sans disque dur (barebone) : 12 pour 83 Mio téléchargés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:496
+#: release-manual.xml:498
msgid "The profiles are explained below."
-msgstr "I profili sono spiegati in seguito."
+msgstr "Les profils sont expliqués plus loin."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:503
msgid "Installation options"
-msgstr "Opzioni di intallazione"
+msgstr "Options d'installation"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:503
+#: release-manual.xml:505
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
"don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
@@ -1719,28 +1760,29 @@ msgid ""
"and a billion configuration options. But for the majority of our users, our "
"defaults should be fine."
msgstr ""
-"Quando si fa un'installazione Debian Edu occorre scegliere poche opzioni. "
-"Non avere paura non sono molte. Abbiamo dedicato molte energie per "
-"nascondere la complessità di Debian durante e dopo l'installazione. Anche "
-"se, Debian Edu è una Debian, e se si vuole si può scegliere tra più di 15000 "
-"pacchetti e un billione di ozioni di configurazioni. Per la maggioranza "
-"degli utenti, però le opzioni di default dovrebbero andar bene."
+"Lors de l'installation de Debian Edu, vous devez faire quelques choix. Mais "
+"n'ayez pas peur, il y en a peu. Nous nous sommes attachés à cacher la "
+"complexité de Debian durant l'installation et au-delà. Cependant, Debian Edu "
+"est une distribution Debian et si vous le voulez, vous pouvez choisir parmi "
+"plus de 15000 paquets et un milliard d'options de configuration. Mais nos "
+"choix par défaut conviendront à la plupart des utilisateurs."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:505
+#: release-manual.xml:507
msgid ""
"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
"<computeroutput>install </computeroutput> at the boot prompt to do an i386 "
"text-mode install."
msgstr ""
-"L'installazione grafica è il default per i386 e amd64. L'installazione "
-"powerpc non supporta l'installazione grafica. Digita <computeroutput>install "
-"</computeroutput> al prompt del boot per avere una installazione i386 nel "
-"modo testo."
+"L'installation graphique normale est le cas par défaut sur i386 et amd64. "
+"L'installateur powerpc ne supporte pas l'installation graphique. Entrez "
+"<computeroutput>install</computeroutput> à l'invite de l'amorce pour "
+"effectuer une installation i386 en mode texte."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:508
+#: release-manual.xml:510
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert </computeroutput> boot-option adds the "
"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -1748,27 +1790,27 @@ msgid ""
"computeroutput> or <computeroutput>install debian-edu-expert </"
"computeroutput> at the syslinux/yaboot prompt to enter expert mode."
msgstr ""
-"L'opzione di boot <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> "
-"aggiunge il profilo barebone alle opzioni di profilo, e seleziona il "
-"partizionamento manuale. Digita <computeroutput>installgui debian-edu-expert "
-"</computeroutput> o <computeroutput>install debian-edu-expert </"
-"computeroutput> al prompt di syslinux/yaboot per selezionare il modo esperto."
+"L'option <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert boot</computeroutput> ajoute le "
+"profil « barebone » aux options de profil, et bascule en mode de "
+"partitionnement manuel. Entrez <computeroutput>installgui debian-edu-expert</"
+"computeroutput> ou <computeroutput>install debian-edu-expert</"
+"computeroutput> à l'invite syslinux/yaboot pour activer le mode expert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:514
+#: release-manual.xml:516
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
"<computeroutput>amd64-expertgui </computeroutput> to get the GUI version on "
"amd64."
msgstr ""
-"Se si vuole installare in modo testo l'architettura amd64 con il DVD "
-"multiarchitettura occorre scrivere <computeroutput>amd64-install</"
-"computeroutput>. Si può scegliere anche la versione grafica con "
-"<computeroutput>amd64-expertgui </computeroutput>."
+"Si vous voulez amorcer le mode texte amd64 avec le DVD multi-architecture, "
+"entrez <computeroutput>amd64-install</computeroutput>. De même, vous pouvez "
+"choisir <computeroutput>amd64-expertgui</computeroutput> pour activer la "
+"version graphique sur amd64."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:519
+#: release-manual.xml:521
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multiarch DVD on an amd64 machine "
"you need to manually select <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> (text "
@@ -1776,127 +1818,126 @@ msgid ""
"multiarch DVD defaults to use amd64-installgui on x86 64-bits machines, and "
"installgui on x86 32-bits machines."
msgstr ""
-"Se si vuole avviare i386 con il DVD multiarchitettura su una macchina amd64 "
-"occorre selezionare manualmente <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> "
-"(modo testo) o <computeroutput>expertgui </computeroutput> (modo grafico). "
-"L'installazione di default del DVD usa amd64-installgui su macchine x86 64-"
-"bit, e installgui su macchine x86 32-bit."
+"Si vous voulez amorcer le mode texte i386 avec le DVD multi-architecture sur "
+"une machine amd64, vous devez selectionner manuellement "
+"<computeroutput>install</computeroutput> (mode texte) ou "
+"<computeroutput>expertgui</computeroutput> (mode graphique). Par défaut, le "
+"DVD multi-architecture utilise amd64-installgui sur les machines x86 64-bits "
+"et installgui sur les machines x86 32-bits."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:524
+#: release-manual.xml:526
msgid ""
"If you have already installed the mainserver profile on a machine, you can "
"use its http proxy service to speed up the following installations from CD. "
"Add <computeroutput>d-i mirror/http/proxy string http://10.0.2.2:3128/ </"
"computeroutput> as additional boot-option."
msgstr ""
-"Se si è già installato il profilo mainserver su una macchina, si può usare "
-"il suo servizio proxy per velocizzare l'installazione da CD. Occorre "
-"aggiungere <computeroutput>d-i mirror/http/proxy string "
-"http://10.0.2.2:3128/ </computeroutput> come opzione addizionale di boot."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:529
+#: release-manual.xml:531
msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)"
-msgstr "Scegliere una lingua (per l'installazione e installare il sistema)"
+msgstr "Choisissez une langue (pour l'installation et le système installé)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:530
+#: release-manual.xml:532
msgid "Choose a time-zone"
-msgstr "Scegliere un time-zone"
+msgstr "Choisissez un zone géographique"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:531
+#: release-manual.xml:533
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
-msgstr "Scegliere una mappa di tastiera (in genere la tastiera di default va bene)"
+msgstr ""
+"Choisissez une disposition de clavier (le choix par défaut du pays convient)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:533
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Choose a profile </emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Scegliere un profilo</emphasis>:"
+#: release-manual.xml:535
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Choose a profile </emphasis>:"
+msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Choisissez un profil</emphasis> :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:537
msgid "server"
-msgstr "server"
+msgstr "serveur"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:537
msgid ""
"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing the following "
"services: file, print, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, nagios, "
"simesummary, munin. All services are pre-configured and working out of the "
"box. You must only install one main server per school!"
msgstr ""
-"Questo è il server principale (tjener) per la scuola e mette a disposizione "
-"i seguenti servizi: file, stampa, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, "
-"nagios, simesummary, munin. Tutti i servizi sono pre-configurati e "
-"funzionano senza toccare niente. Si deve solo installare un solo server "
-"principale per ogni scuola!"
+"Ceci est le serveur principal (tjener) pour votre école, il fournit les "
+"services suivants : fichiers, impression, intranet, mandataire, DNS, DHCP, "
+"LDAP, sauvegarde, nagios, sitesummary, munin. Tous les services sont pré-"
+"configurés et fonctionnent sans modification. Vous n'avez à installer qu'un "
+"seul serveur principal par école !"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:538
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid "workstation"
-msgstr "workstation"
+msgstr "station de travail"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:538
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid ""
"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and "
"devices locally like an ordinary computer, but the user login is "
"authenticated by the main server, where the user's files and desktop profile "
"are stored."
msgstr ""
-"Il computer si avvia dal suo hard disk locale, e esegue tutto il software e "
-"le periferiche installate localmente, ma il login dell'utente è autenticato "
-"attraverso il server principale dove sono archiviati i file e il desktop "
-"dell'utente."
+"Un ordinateur s'amorçant depuis son disque dur local, exécutant tous les "
+"logiciels et exploitant tous ses périphériques comme un ordinateur "
+"ordinaire, mais la connexion de l'utilisateur est authentifiée par le "
+"serveur principal, où les fichiers de l'utilisateur et le profil de bureau "
+"sont enregistrés."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:541
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:543
msgid "thin client server"
-msgstr "thin client server"
+msgstr "serveur de clients légers"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:542
+#: release-manual.xml:544
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive "
"boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network "
"cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. Out of "
"the box, this profile installs a thin client server. To turn it into a "
-"diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>this HowTo </ulink>. "
+"diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">this HowTo </ulink>. "
"(Fixme: integrate this HowTo into this chapter of the manual.)"
msgstr ""
-"I server thin client e diskless workstation. I client che non hanno disco si "
-"avviano e eseguono il software attraverso questo server. Questo computer ha "
-"bisogno di due schede di rete, molta memoria, sarebbe l'ideale se ci fosse "
-"più di un processore. Per il server delle diskless workstation "
-"occorre seguire <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>questo HowTo </ulink>. (Fixme: integrate this HowTo "
-"into this chapter of the manual.)"
+"Serveur de clients légers (et de stations de travail sans disque). Les "
+"clients sans disque dur s'amorcent et exécutent les logiciels depuis ce "
+"serveur. Cet ordinateur a besoin de deux cartes réseau, de beaucoup de "
+"mémoire, et idéalement de plus d'un processeur ou coeur."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:547
+#: release-manual.xml:549
msgid "standalone"
-msgstr "computer fuori rete"
+msgstr "autonome"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:547
+#: release-manual.xml:549
msgid ""
"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server, ie. doesn't "
"need to be on the network. Includes laptops."
msgstr ""
-"un computer normale che può funzionare senza un server di rete. Include i "
-"laptop."
+"Un ordinateur ordinaire qui peut fonctionner sans serveur principal, c-à-d "
+"qui n'a pas besoin d'être sur le réseau. Ceci inclut les ordinateurs "
+"portables."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:552
msgid "barebone"
-msgstr "barebone"
+msgstr "station sans disque dur (barebone)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:552
msgid ""
"This profile is only available when using the 'debian-edu-expert' boot "
"option. It will install the base packages and configure the machine to "
@@ -1904,63 +1945,65 @@ msgid ""
"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved "
"out from the main-server."
msgstr ""
-"Questo profilo è disponibile quando si usa l'opzione 'debian-edu-expert' "
-"boot . Saranno installati i pacchetti di base e la macchina sarà configurata "
-"per essere integrata in una rete Debian Edu, ma senza servizi e "
-"applicazioni. E' utile come piattaforma per singoli servizi trasferiti "
-"manualmente dal server principale."
+"Ce profil n'est disponible qu'en utilisant l'option d'amorce 'debian-edu-"
+"expert'. Ceci installera les paquets de base et configurera la machine de "
+"sorte qu'elle s'intègre dans le réseau Debian Edu, mais sans aucun service "
+"ni application. Ceci est utile comme plateforme pour des services retirés "
+"manuellement du serveur principal."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:554
+#: release-manual.xml:556
msgid ""
"The first 3 profiles can all be installed on the same machine. That means "
"the main server can also be a thin client server and can be used as a "
"workstation."
msgstr ""
-"I primi tre profili possono essere installati sulla stessa macchina. Questo "
-"vuol dire che il server principale può essere un server thin client e una "
-"workstation."
+"Le trois premiers profils peuvent tous être installés sur la même machine. "
+"Ceci signifie que le serveur principal peut aussi être un serveur de clients "
+"légers et être utilisé comme station de travail."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:555
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+#: release-manual.xml:557
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
-"rispondi yes al partizionamento automatico, questo distruggerà tutti i dati "
-"negli hard disk!"
+"Acceptez le partitionnement automatique. Ceci détruira les données présentes "
+"sur le disque dur !"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:556
+#: release-manual.xml:558
msgid "say yes to partman"
-msgstr "rispondere yes a partman"
+msgstr "Répondez oui à partman"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:558
+#: release-manual.xml:560
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
-"org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont have to "
-"<inlinemediaobject>"
+"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url=\"http://popcon."
+"skolelinux.org/\">http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont "
+"have to <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
-"per favore scegliere yes per mandare informazioni a <ulink url='http://"
-"popcon.skolelinux.org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - anche se "
-"non è necessario <inlinemediaobject>"
+"S'il-vous-plait, acceptez de soumettre des informations à <ulink url='http://"
+"popcon.skolelinux.org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/</ulink> - bien que ce "
+"ne soit pas obligatoire. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:565
+#: release-manual.xml:567
msgid "wait"
-msgstr "aspettare"
+msgstr "Attendez"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:566
+#: release-manual.xml:568
msgid "be happy"
-msgstr "be happy"
+msgstr "Détendez-vous."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:571
+#: release-manual.xml:573
msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
-msgstr "Una nota sul partizionamento manuale"
+msgstr "Note concernant le partitionnement manuel"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:573
+#: release-manual.xml:575
msgid ""
"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1969,21 +2012,21 @@ msgid ""
"require this directory to exist to be able to create users home directories, "
"and without a users home directory the user can not log in."
msgstr ""
-"Se si decide di fare il partizionamento manuale per il server principale, "
-"occorre essere sicuri che la directory /skole/tjener/home0 esista, "
-"probabilmente montando una partizione apposita. Se la directory non viene "
-"creata ci si può collegare solo come root. La ragione è che la creazione "
-"degli utenti presuppone che la directory esista per rendere possibile creare "
-"le home directory degli utenti, e senza la sua home un utente non può "
-"collegarsi alla rete."
+"Si vous choisissez le partitionnement manuel pour le serveur principal, vous "
+"devez vous assurer que le répertoire /skole/tjener/home0 existe, "
+"probablement en y montant une partition. Si vous ne créez pas ce répertoire, "
+"vous ne pourrez vous connecter que sous root. La raison de ceci est que le "
+"système de création d'utilisateur a besoin que ce répertoire existe pour "
+"pouvoir créer les répertoires personnels des utilisateurs, et sans "
+"répertoire personnel l'utilisateur ne peut se connecter."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:578
+#: release-manual.xml:580
msgid "A note on notebooks"
-msgstr "Una nota sui notebooks"
+msgstr "Note concernant les ordinateurs portables"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:580
+#: release-manual.xml:582
msgid ""
"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -1992,326 +2035,314 @@ msgid ""
"the server. If you plan to use your laptop at home or on the road, choose "
"the standalone profile."
msgstr ""
-"In principio avrebbe senso installare i notebooks sia con il profilo "
-"workstation che standalone. Ma occorre tenere presente che il profilo "
-"workstation usa LDAP per gli acconti degli utenti e NFS per le directory "
-"home, in questo modo le workstation lavoreranno solo nella rete in cui hanno "
-"accesso al server. Se si vuole usare il laptop a casa o nella strada, "
-"occorre scegliere il profilo standalone."
+"En principe, il est pertinent d'installer soit le profil de station de "
+"travail soit le profil autonome sur les ordinateurs portables. Mais gardez à "
+"l'esprit que le profil de station de travail utilise LDAP pour les comptes "
+"utilisateurs et NFS pour les répertoires personnels, de sorte que les "
+"stations de travail ne fonctionneront que connectées au réseau où elles "
+"pourront accéder au serveur. Si vous envisager d'utiliser votre ordinateur "
+"portable à domicile ou en déplacement, choisissez le profil autonome."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:582
+#: release-manual.xml:584
msgid ""
"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
"server when in the network) with <computeroutput>unison </computeroutput>, "
"but there is currently no howto available for this."
msgstr ""
-"E' possibile riconfigurare la workstation per inserire l'autenticazione "
-"nella cache e fare un sync delle directory home al disco locale (e fare "
-"resync al server quando è nella rete) con <computeroutput>unison </"
-"computeroutput>, ma a oggi non ci sono howto per questo argomento."
+"Il est possible de reconfigurer les stations de travail afin qu'elles "
+"gardent en cache les informations d'authentification et effectuent une copie "
+"des répertoires personnels sur le disque local (et synchronisent celles-ci "
+"lorsqu'elles ont accès au réseau) à l'aide d'<computeroutput>unison</"
+"computeroutput>, mais aucun manuel n'est disponible pour l'instant."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:588
+#: release-manual.xml:590
+#, fuzzy
msgid "A note on DVD installs"
-msgstr "Una nota sull'installazione da DVD"
+msgstr "Note concernant les ordinateurs portables"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:590
+#: release-manual.xml:592
msgid ""
"If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
"computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
"internet connection we strongly suggest to add the following lines to it, so "
"that available (security) updates can be installed:"
msgstr ""
-"Se si installa da un DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
-"computeroutput> conterrà come sorgente solo il DVD. Se si ha un collegamento "
-"internet si consiglia vivamente di aggiungere le seguenti linee al file in "
-"modo da avere disponibili gli aggiornamenti d sicurezza che possono essere "
-"installati:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:594
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:596
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main \n"
"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
-"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:602
+#: release-manual.xml:604
msgid "Custom CD/DVDs"
-msgstr "CD/DVD personalizzati"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:604
+#: release-manual.xml:606
msgid ""
"Creating custom CDs or DVDs is quite easily possible, since we use the "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/'>debian installer </"
-"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">debian installer </"
+"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] allows to define answers to the "
"questions normally asked."
msgstr ""
-"Creare una versione personalizzata del CD o del DVD è possibile abbastanza "
-"facilmente, usando <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianInstaller/'>debian installer </ulink>, che ha un progetto modulare e "
-"altre interessanti caratteristiche. [ <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianInstaller/Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed </"
-"ulink> Preseeding] permette di definire le risposte alle domande normalmente "
-"richieste."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:608
+#: release-manual.xml:610
msgid ""
"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this "
-"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>remaster the CD/DVD </"
+"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD </"
"ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Quello che è necessario fare è creare un file di preseeding con le risposte "
-"personalizzate (tutto questo è descritto nell'appendice del manuale del "
-"debian installer) e <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/"
-"Modify/CD'>rimasterizzare il CD/DVD </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:615
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+#: release-manual.xml:617
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
-"Schermi di esempio per una installazione i386 server principale+ thin-client-"
-"server"
+"Aperçu en images d'une installation de serveur principal + serveur de "
+"clients légers i386"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:618
+#: release-manual.xml:620
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:624
+#: release-manual.xml:626
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:630
+#: release-manual.xml:632
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:636
+#: release-manual.xml:638
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:642
+#: release-manual.xml:644
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:648
+#: release-manual.xml:650
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:654
+#: release-manual.xml:656
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:660
+#: release-manual.xml:662
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:666
+#: release-manual.xml:668
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:672
+#: release-manual.xml:674
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:678
+#: release-manual.xml:680
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:684
+#: release-manual.xml:686
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:690
+#: release-manual.xml:692
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:701
+#: release-manual.xml:703
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
msgstr ""
-"Lo schermo di login di KDM è stato ridotto manualmente per diminuire la "
-"risoluzione di questa immagine."
+"L'écran de connexion de KDM a été ajusté manuellement afin de réduire la "
+"résolution de cette capture d'écran."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:704
+#: release-manual.xml:706
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:713
+#: release-manual.xml:715
msgid "Getting started"
-msgstr "Partiamo"
+msgstr "Démarrage rapide"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:717
+#: release-manual.xml:719
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
msgstr ""
-"Questo capitolo descrive il primo passo da fare dopo l'installazione per "
-"partire. Questo è il minimo da fare:"
+"Ce chapitre décrit les premières étapes par lesquelles vous devrez passez "
+"après l'installation. Le minimum à faire est :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:718
+#: release-manual.xml:720
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
msgstr ""
-"aggiungere workstations ai gruppi degli host (per esportare le home-"
-"directories via NFS)"
+"ajouter des stations de travail aux groupes réseau (afin d'exporter les "
+"répertoires personnels par NFS)"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:721
msgid "adding users"
-msgstr "aggiungere utenti"
+msgstr "ajouter des utilisateurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:720
+#: release-manual.xml:722
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
msgstr ""
-"è consigliato di aggiungere le workstation al dhcpd-config - i LTSP-servers "
-"devono essere aggiunti."
+"il est conseillé d'ajouter les stations de travail à dhcpd-config - les "
+"serveurs LTSP doivent être ajoutés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:723
+#: release-manual.xml:725
msgid "This is described below."
-msgstr "Questo è descritto in seguito."
+msgstr "Ceci est décrit plus bas."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:725
+#: release-manual.xml:727
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
"stuff everybody needs to do."
msgstr ""
-"La sezione <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> descrive altri accorgimenti "
-"e trucchi e risposte alle domande frequenti, mentre questa sezione descrive "
-"quello che tutti devono fare."
+"Le chapitre <link linkend=\\\"HowTo\\\">Manuels (How To)</link> fournit "
+"davantage d'astuces et de réponses à des questions courantes, tandis que ce "
+"chapitre présente ce qui est incontournable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:728
+#: release-manual.xml:730
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:736
+#: release-manual.xml:738
msgid "Services running on the main server"
-msgstr "Servizi attivi sul server principale"
+msgstr "Services exécutés sur le serveur principal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:738
+#: release-manual.xml:740
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
msgstr ""
-"Ci sono diversi servizi attivi sul server principale che possono essere "
-"modificati attraverso l'interfaccia web. Descriveremo qui ogni servizio."
+"Plusieurs services sont exécutés sur le serveur principal et peuvent être "
+"contrôlés par une interface web. Nous décrirons ici chacun de ces services."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:742
+#: release-manual.xml:744
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
-msgstr "Amministrare via web con lwat"
+msgstr "Gestion par une interface web, à l'aide de lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:746
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
"groups (add, modify, delete):"
msgstr ""
-"Lwat è uno strumento di amministrazione basato su un'interfaccia web che "
-"aiuterà ad amministrare alcune parti importanti della configurazione di "
-"Debian Edu. Si possono amministrare questi quattro gruppi principali "
-"(aggiungere, modificare, cancellare):"
+"Lwat est un outil de gestion reposant sur une interface web qui vous aidera "
+"à contrôler certains réglages importants de Debian Edu. Vous pouvez "
+"contrôler les quatre groupes principaux suivants (ajout, modification, "
+"suppression) :"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:745
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:747
msgid "User Administration"
-msgstr "Amministrazione degli utenti"
+msgstr "Administration des utilisateurs"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:746
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:748
msgid "Group Administration"
-msgstr "Amministrazione dei gruppi"
+msgstr "Administration des groupes"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:747
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:749
msgid "Automount informations"
-msgstr "Informazioni su Automount"
+msgstr "Informations sur le montage automatique"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:750
msgid "Machine Administration"
-msgstr "Amministrazione delle macchine"
+msgstr "Administration des machines"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:751
+#: release-manual.xml:753
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
-"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
+"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www/lwat"
+"\">https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
"atleast 2 facts:"
msgstr ""
-"Per accedere a lwat scrivere l'indirizzo sul browser <ulink url='https://www/"
-"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. Si può visualizzare un messaggio di errore "
-"per almeno due motivi:"
+"Pour accéder à lwat, faites pointer votre navigateur web sur <ulink "
+"url='https://www/lwat'>https://www/lwat</ulink>. Vous obtiendrez deux "
+"messages d'erreur pour au moins deux raisons :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:753
+#: release-manual.xml:755
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
-msgstr "il certificato è self-signed"
+msgstr "le certificat est auto-signé"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:754
+#: release-manual.xml:756
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
-msgstr "Il certificato è generato da tjener.intern"
+msgstr "le certificat est créé pour tjener.intern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:755
+#: release-manual.xml:757
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
msgstr ""
-"si può avere un errore se l'installazione è vecchia più di un mese, dato che "
-"il certificato è valido solo per un mese."
+"vous pouvez aussi obtenir une erreur si l'installation date de plus d'un "
+"mois, puisque cela correspond à la durée de validité du certificat."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:758
+#: release-manual.xml:760
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
@@ -2319,48 +2350,49 @@ msgid ""
"admin account. If you visit this site the first time after installation, the "
"loginname there is:"
msgstr ""
-"Quando l'avvertimento non viene considerato (o corretto ...) si dovrebbe visualizzare la pagina sottostante che ha un menu a sinistra e "
-"la parte principale della pagina sulla destra. Per prima cosa si dovrebbe "
-"vedere una finestra di login dove occorre collegarsi con le credenziali di "
-"amministratore. Se si accede per la prima volta dopo l'installazione, il "
-"nome di login è:"
+"Après avoir ignoré les avertissements (ou avoir résolu les problèmes "
+"associés...), vous verrez la page ci-dessous constituée d'un menu fixe à "
+"gauche et d'une partie variable à droite. Tout d'abord, vous verrez un écran "
+"vous permettant de vous connecter à votre compte administrateur. Si vous "
+"vous rendez sur cette page pour la première fois après l'installation, le "
+"nom de connexion est :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:759
+#: release-manual.xml:761
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:763
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
msgstr ""
-"e la password è la password immessa durante l'installazione per l'acconto di "
-"root."
+"et le mot de passe est celui que vous avez entré durant l'installation pour "
+"le compte de root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:764
+#: release-manual.xml:766
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:769
+#: release-manual.xml:771
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
-"Dopo il login la finestra di login scomparirà e si può scegliere tra le "
-"varie voci nel menu."
+"Ensuite, la fenêtre de connexion disparaîtra et vous pourrez selectionner "
+"une tâche depuis le menu."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:774
+#: release-manual.xml:776
msgid "User Management with lwat"
-msgstr "Gestione degli utenti con lwat"
+msgstr "Gestion des utilisateurs avec lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:776
+#: release-manual.xml:778
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -2368,40 +2400,41 @@ msgid ""
"about students, pupils, teachers, ... only need to be entered once and are "
"then available on all systems of the network."
msgstr ""
-"In Debian Edu le informazioni sugli account sono archiviate in una directory "
-"LDAP e sono usate non solo dal server principale, ma anche dalle workstation "
-"e dai thinclient server nella rete. In questo modo le informazioni sugli "
-"studenti, allievi, insegnanti, ... devono essre inserite una sola volta e "
-"sono disponibili su tutti i sistemi della rete."
+"Dans Debian Edu, les informations d'un compte sont enregistrées dans un "
+"répertoire LDAP et on y accède non seulement depuis le serveur principal "
+"mais aussi depuis les stations de travail et le serveur de clients légers du "
+"réseau. De cette manière, les informations concernant les étudiants, élèves, "
+"professeurs, ... ne devront être entrées qu'une seule fois et seront ensuite "
+"accessibles depuis tous les systèmes du réseau."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:778
+#: release-manual.xml:780
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
-"Lwat aiuterà a fare un lavoro ben fatto quando si inseriscono i dati degli "
-"utenti nella directory LDAP."
+"Dans un souci d'efficacité, lwat vous assistera lors de l'entrée des données "
+"des utilisateurs dans le répertoire LDAP."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:780
+#: release-manual.xml:782
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
"entries for this are the four topmost entries (in the two topmost groups)."
msgstr ""
-"Si possono aggiungere utenti, collegarli a gruppi di utenti (per esempio "
-"riferirsi agli elementi di una classe facilmente), aggiornarli e cancellarli "
-"di nuovo. Le scelte del menu per fare questo sono le quattro voci più alte (nei due gruppi "
-"più alti)."
+"Vous pouvez ajouter des utilisateurs, les rassembler dans des groupes "
+"d'utilisateurs (par exemple pour faire référence facilement à une classe), "
+"les mettre à jour et les supprimer. Les entrées du menu concernées sont les "
+"quatres premières (dans les deux premiers groupes)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:784
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid "Adding users"
-msgstr "Aggiungere utenti"
+msgstr "Ajouter des utilisateurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:786
+#: release-manual.xml:788
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -2413,110 +2446,111 @@ msgid ""
"the privileges the user has for systemadministration. Currently lwat knows "
"the following roles:"
msgstr ""
-"Per aggiungere utenti bisogna solo scegliere \"Add\" nella parte del menu "
-"\"Users\". Dopo aver fatto questa scelta si vedrà una scheda dove occorre "
-"inserire i dati dell'utente che si vuole aggiungere. La cosa più importante "
-"da fare è inserire il nome completo dell'utente (punto 1 nella figura "
-"sottostante). Come si inseriscono i dati si vedrà lwat generare un username "
-"basato sul nome reale. Se l'account automatico non ci va bene si può "
-"cambiare più tardi. Come seconda cosa occorre scegliere il profilo "
-"dell'account, che è usato da lwat per determinare i privilegi dell'utente "
-"per l'amministratore del sistema. A oggi lwat conosce i profili seguenti:"
+"Pour ajouter des utilisateurs, choisissez l'entrée « Ajouter » dans la "
+"section « Utilisateurs » du menu. Vous obtiendrez alors un formulaire dans "
+"lequel vous pourrez saisir les données concernant l'utilisateur. Le plus "
+"important est son nom complet (noté « 1 » sur l'image). Vous remarquerez que "
+"lwat créera automatiquement un nom d'utilisateur à partir du nom réel saisi. "
+"Si le nom créé ne vous convient pas, vous pourrez le modifier "
+"ultérieurement. Ensuite, vous devez choisir le rôle du compte, dont lwat se "
+"sert pour déterminer les privilèges à accorder à l'utilisateur. "
+"Actuellement, lwat reconnaît les rôles suivants :"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>profilo</emphasis>:"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:790
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">role </emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>rôle </emphasis>"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>privilegi concessi </emphasis>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:794
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">granted privileges </emphasis>"
+msgstr "privilèges accordés"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:797
+#: release-manual.xml:799
msgid "Students"
-msgstr "Students"
+msgstr "Étudiants"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:800
+#: release-manual.xml:802
msgid "Login and use the system"
-msgstr "Login e uso del sistema"
+msgstr "Se connecter et utiliser le système"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:804
+#: release-manual.xml:806
msgid "Teachers"
-msgstr "Teachers"
+msgstr "Professeurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:807
+#: release-manual.xml:809
msgid "Same as Students"
-msgstr "Lo stesso di studenti"
+msgstr "Identiques à ceux des étudiants"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:811
+#: release-manual.xml:813
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr "jrAdmins"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:814
+#: release-manual.xml:816
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
msgstr ""
-"Lo stesso di insegnanti, ma possono cambiare la password ad altri utenti "
-"(una specie di Amministratori)"
+"Identiques à ceux des professeurs, plus la possibilité de changer le mot de "
+"passe des autres utilisateurs (en plus de ceux des Admins)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:820
msgid "Admins"
-msgstr "Admins"
+msgstr "Administrateurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:821
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
msgstr ""
-"Gli amministratori hanno i privilegi maggiori. Possono aggiungere/modificare/"
-"cancellare utenti/gruppi/macchine/automounts e permettere ai sistemi windows "
-"di collegarsi al dominio Skolelinux"
+"Les Admins ont les privilèges les plus avancés. Ils peuvent ajouter/modifier/"
+"supprimer des utilisateurs/groupes/machines/montages automatiques et "
+"permettre à des systèmes Windows de rejoindre le domaine Skolinux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:828
+#: release-manual.xml:830
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
msgstr ""
-"Dopo aver scelto un profilo si può scegliere il pulsante \"Save\" e l'utente "
-"è aggiunto al sistema."
+"Une fois le rôle adéquat choisi, vous pouvez presser le bouton « sauvegarder "
+"» et l'utilisateur sera ajouté."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:830
+#: release-manual.xml:832
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
msgstr ""
-"L'opzione di impostare la password, è stata disattivata, ma si può definire "
-"una propria password modificando l'utente aggiunto."
+"Vous pouvez ne pas attribuer de mot de passe à l'utilisateur et ne le faire "
+"que plus tard en modifiant son compte."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:838
+#: release-manual.xml:840
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
msgstr ""
-"Se l'inserimento è andato a buon fine si dovrebbe vedere un messaggio alla "
-"fine della pagina che informa che i dato sono stati aggiunti alla directory "
-"ldap (altrimenti la scheda si resetta):"
+"Si tout s'est bien passé, un court message en fin de page vous rappelle les "
+"données ajoutées au répertoire LDAP (et le formulaire est ré-initialisé) :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:841
+#: release-manual.xml:843
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2524,18 +2558,18 @@ msgid ""
"password: somethingsecret\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"Added user: Demo User\n"
-"username: demuse\n"
-"password: somethingsecret\n"
+"Utilisateur ajouté : Demo User\n"
+"nom d'utilisateur : demuse\n"
+"mot de passe : unsecret\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:849
+#: release-manual.xml:851
msgid "Search and delete Users"
-msgstr "Cercare e cancellare utenti"
+msgstr "Rechercher et supprimer des utilisateurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:851
+#: release-manual.xml:853
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2545,70 +2579,73 @@ msgid ""
"user with the two buttons below. If you want to modify a user, just click on "
"it, all result lines are links to the modify page."
msgstr ""
-"Per modificare o cancellare un utente occorre prima trovarlo usando search "
-"nelle scelte del menu. Nella scheda che appare (searcharea nella figura) "
-"occorre scrivere il nome reale dell'utente o il suo username. I risultati "
-"verranno mostrati sotto la scheda (resultarea nella figura). Alla sinistra "
-"di ogni risultato c'è un checkbox che si può usare per cancellare o "
-"disabilitare uno o più utenti con i due pulsanti sotto. Se si vuole "
-"modificare un utente, occorre cliccarci sopra, tutti i risultati sono "
-"collegamenti alla pagina di modifica."
+"Pour modifier ou supprimer un utilisateur, vous avez besoin tout d'abord de "
+"le retrouver par l'entrée de menu « chercher ». Vous obtiendrez un "
+"formulaire (searcharea dans les copies d'écrans) dans lequel vous pourrez "
+"saisir soit le nom réel, soit le nom d'utilisateur. Les résultats seront "
+"affichés sous le formulaire (indiqué par resultarea sur l'image). À gauche "
+"de chaque ligne de résultats, une case à cocher vous permet de supprimer ou "
+"de désactiver un ou plusieurs utilisateurs à l'aide des deux boutons situés "
+"en bas. Si vous voulez modifier un utilisateur, cliquez simplement sur lui, "
+"toutes les lignes de résultats sont liées à la page de modification."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:854
+#: release-manual.xml:856
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:859
+#: release-manual.xml:861
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
"user belongs to."
msgstr ""
-"Una nuova pagina mostrerà dove modificare le informazioni dell'utente come "
-"cambiare la password dell'utente o modificare la lista dei gruppi ai quali è "
-"collegato."
+"Une nouvelle page sera affichée et vous pourrez directement y modifier les "
+"informations relatives à un utilisateur, changer son mot de passe et "
+"modifier la liste des groupes auxquels il appartient."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:862
+#: release-manual.xml:864
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:871
+#: release-manual.xml:873
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
-msgstr "Gestione dei gruppi con lwat"
+msgstr "Administration des groupes avec lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:875
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
"you can also delete or disable all users of the groups found. From the "
"modification page you can access all the users of that group."
msgstr ""
-"L'amministrazione dei gruppi è simile a quella degli utenti. Si può inserire "
-"un nome e una descrizione per il gruppo. Quando si fa la ricerca per i "
-"gruppi si può cancellare o disabilitare tutti gli utenti del gruppo trovato. "
-"Nella pagina di modifica si può avere accesso a tutti gli utenti del gruppo."
+"La gestion des groupes est très proche de la gestion des utilisateurs. Vous "
+"pouvez entrer un nom et une description par groupe. Suite à une recherche de "
+"groupe, vous pouvez aussi supprimer ou désactiver tous les utilisateurs des "
+"groupes trouvés. À partir de la page de modification, vous pouvez accéder à "
+"tous les utilisateurs d'un groupe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:875
+#: release-manual.xml:877
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
-"I gruppi inseriti attraverso lwat sono gruppi regolari unix, in modo da "
-"usare questo strumento anche per i permessi dei file."
+"Les groupes créés par l'outil d'administration de groupes sont aussi des "
+"groupes Unix classiques, si bien que vous pouvez vous appuyer sur eux pour "
+"créer les permissions d'accès aux fichiers."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:880
+#: release-manual.xml:882
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
-msgstr "Gestione delle macchine con lwat"
+msgstr "Gestion de machines avec lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:884
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2617,159 +2654,168 @@ msgid ""
"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> "
"chapter of this manual."
msgstr ""
-"Con l'amministrazione delle macchine si controllano tutti gli IP degli "
-"apparati della rete Debian Edu. Ogni macchina aggiunta alla directory LDAP "
-"con lwat ha un nome, un indirizzo-IP, un indirizzo-MAC e un nome di dominio "
-"che in genere è \"intern\". Per una descrizione più completa "
-"dell'architettura di Debian Edu consulta la sezione <link linkend="
-"\"Architecture\">architettura</link> di questo manuale."
+"Avec la gestion de machines, vous pouvez administrer simplement tous les "
+"systèmes ayant une adresse IP situés sur votre réseau Debian Edu. Toutes les "
+"machines ajoutées au répertoire LDAP à l'aide de lwat disposent d'un nom "
+"d'hôte, d'une adresse IP, d'une adresse MAC et d'un nom de domaine qui est "
+"habituellement « interne ». Pour une description plus approfondie de "
+"l'architecture de Debian Edu, consulter le chapitre <link linkend=\\"
+"\"Architecture\\\">Architecture</link> de ce manuel."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:884
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
msgstr ""
-"Se si aggiunge una macchina, si può usare un ip/hostname da uno spazio di "
-"indirizzi prefigurato. I seguenti intervalli di ip sono predefiniti:"
+"Si vous ajouter une machine, vous pouvez utiliser une adresse IP/un nom "
+"d'hôte de l'espace d'adresses pré-configuré. Les plages d'adresses IP "
+"suivantes sont pré-définies :"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Primo indirizzo </emphasis>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:888
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">First address </emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Première adresse </emphasis>"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:890
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Ultimo indirizzo </emphasis>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:892
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Last address </emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Dernière adresse </emphasis>"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:894
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>nome dell'host </emphasis>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:896
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">hostname </emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>nom d'hôte</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:899
+#: release-manual.xml:901
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr "10.0.2.10"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:902
+#: release-manual.xml:904
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr "10.0.2.29"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:905
-msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:907
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:911
+#: release-manual.xml:913
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr "10.0.2.30"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:914
+#: release-manual.xml:916
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr "10.0.2.49"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:917
-msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:919
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:923
+#: release-manual.xml:925
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr "10.0.2.50"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:926
+#: release-manual.xml:928
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr "10.0.2.99"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:929
-msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:931
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:938
+#: release-manual.xml:940
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
-"Gli indirizzi da 10.0.2.100 a 10.0.2.255 e da 10.0.3.0 a 10.0.3.243 sono "
-"riservati per il dhcp e sono assegnati dinamicamente."
+"Les adresses situées entre 10.0.2.100 et 10.0.2.255 et entre 10.0.3.0 et "
+"10.0.3.243 sont réservées à DHCP et sont assignées dynamiquement."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:940
+#: release-manual.xml:942
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
"remaining fields will be filled automatically according to the predefined "
"configuration."
msgstr ""
-"Per assegnare a un host con il MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 un indirizzo "
-"statico occorre inserire il MAC-address e il nome dell'host, nel nostro "
-"esempio static00, mentre i campi rimanenti saranno completati automaticamente "
-"secondo la configurazione predefinita."
+"Pour affecter une adresse IP statique à un hôte d'adresse MAC 00:40:05:"
+"AF:4E:C6, vous devez simplement entrer l'adresse MAC et le nom d'hôte "
+"static00, les champs restants seront remplis automatiquement selon la "
+"configuration pré-définie."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:943
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:982 release-manual.xml:1018
-#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2027
-#: release-manual.xml:2057 release-manual.xml:2064 release-manual.xml:2403
-#: release-manual.xml:2417 release-manual.xml:2432
+#: release-manual.xml:951 release-manual.xml:984 release-manual.xml:1020
+#: release-manual.xml:1117 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:952
+#: release-manual.xml:954
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
"by hand as shown directly below."
msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Questo non configurerà il server "
-"dhcp. Bisogna configurare l'host staticamente o modificare la configurazione "
-"del server dhcp a mano come mostrato sotto."
+"</inlinemediaobject> Ceci ne configurera pas le serveur DHCP. Vous devez "
+"configurer l'hôte statiquement ou éditer vous-même la configuration du "
+"serveur DHCP comme indiqué ci-dessous."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:956
+#: release-manual.xml:958
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
-msgstr "Assegnare un ip statico con dhcp"
+msgstr "Assigner une adresse IP statique avec DHCP"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:958
+#: release-manual.xml:960
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
"computeroutput> and run <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/dhcp3-server restart </"
"computeroutput> as root."
msgstr ""
-"Per assegnare un ip statico a un host che è stato aggiunto a ldap con lwat "
-"occorre modificare <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </computeroutput> e "
-"lanciare <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/dhcp3-server restart </computeroutput> "
-"come root."
+"Pour assigner un adresse IP statique à un hôte que vous avez ajouté à "
+"l'arbre LDAP à l'aide de lwat, vous devez éditer <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/"
+"dhcpd.conf </computeroutput> et lancer <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/dhcp3-"
+"server restart </computeroutput> en tant que root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:962
+#: release-manual.xml:964
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
"<emphasis>static00 </emphasis>. You should find something exactly like this:"
msgstr ""
-"Per il nostro esempio si dovrebbe, dopo aver aperto /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf "
-"con un editor, cercare la sezione <emphasis>static00 </emphasis>. Si "
-"dovrebbe vedere una cosa simile a questa:"
+"Pour notre exemple ci-dessus, après avoir ouvert /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf dans "
+"votre éditeur préféré, recherchez la section de configuration de l'hôte "
+"<emphasis>static00 </emphasis>. Vous devriez trouver quelque chose identique "
+"à ceci :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:966
+#: release-manual.xml:968
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2785,16 +2831,16 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:972
+#: release-manual.xml:974
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
msgstr ""
-"Occorre sostituire la sequenza di zero nel MAC-address con quello dell'host "
-"statico. Ecco come dovrebbe essere nel nostro esempio:"
+"Vous devez remplacer l'adresse MAC à zéro par celle de votre hôte statique. "
+"Dans notre exemple, cela ressemblerait à :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:977
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2810,62 +2856,56 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:985
+#: release-manual.xml:987
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Non dimenticare di fare il restart di dhcpd come "
-"descritto sopra tutte le volte che si cambia la configurazione."
+"</inlinemediaobject> N'oubliez pas de redémarrer dhcpd comme décrit plus "
+"haut à chaque fois que vous changez la configuration."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:992
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Search and delete machines"
-msgstr "Cercare e cancellare macchine"
+msgstr "Rechercher et supprimer des utilisateurs"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:994
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
msgstr ""
-"Cercare e cancellare le macchine è simile a cercare e cancellare utenti e la "
-"procedura qui, non viene indicatata."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:997
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:999
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
-msgstr "Modificare macchine esistenti / Gestione del Netgroup"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:999
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1001
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
"(as you would with users)."
msgstr ""
-"Dopo aver aggiunto una macchina a ldap usando lwat, si può modificarne le "
-"proprietà usando la funzione search cliccando sulla macchina desiderata "
-"(come per gli utenti)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1002
+#: release-manual.xml:1004
+#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1007
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
"informations do mean different things in this context."
msgstr ""
-"La scheda relativa al collegamento della macchina è simile a quella già "
-"vista per modificare le proprietà dell'utente, ma le informazioni hanno un "
-"altro significato in questo contesto."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1011
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2873,14 +2913,9 @@ msgid ""
"It is more that it restricts the services a machine can use on your main-"
"server."
msgstr ""
-"Per esempio, quando si aggiunge una macchina a un <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
-"computeroutput> non si modificano i permessi di quella macchina (o degli "
-"utenti che si collegano da quella macchina) ma si indica quali file o "
-"programmi sono disponibili per quella macchina sul server. E' qualcosa di "
-"più che limitare i servizi che una macchina può usare sul server principale."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1012
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1014
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2893,30 +2928,16 @@ msgid ""
"kinds of machines properly in the ldap tree using lwat and configuring them "
"to use the static IPs from ldap."
msgstr ""
-"L'installazione di default mette a disposizione quattro "
-"<computeroutput>NetGroups </computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-"
-"hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and server-hosts. Al momento la funzionalità "
-"<computeroutput>NetGroup </computeroutput>è attivabile solo per NFS. Le "
-"directory home sono esportate dal server principale e sono montate dalle "
-"workstation e dai server-ltsp. Per ragioni di sicurezza solo macchine che "
-"appartengono ai <computeroutput>NetGroups </computeroutput> workstation-"
-"hosts, ltsp-server-hosts e server-hosts possono montare le condivisioni "
-"esportate NFS. Così è molto importante ricordarsi di ben configurare questa "
-"tipologia di macchine nell'albero ldap attraverso lwat usando un indirizzo "
-"statico da ldap."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1021
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Ricordarsi di configurare con attenzione le workstation "
-"e i server-ldap con lwat, o gli utenti non potranno accedere alle loro home "
-"directory."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1025
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2925,68 +2946,64 @@ msgid ""
"domain. For more information about adding Windows hosts to the Skolelinux "
"network see FIXME: add link."
msgstr ""
-"Un'altra importante parte della configurazione delle macchine è la casella "
-"'Samba host' (nella sezione 'Host information'). Se si progetta di "
-"aggiungere macchine Windows al dominio Samba di Skolelinux, occorre "
-"aggiungere l'host Windows a ldap e settare questa casella per permettere "
-"alla macchina di collegarsi al dominio. Per maggiori informazioni su come "
-"aggiungere macchine Windows alla rete Skolelinux FIXME: aggiungere "
-"collegamento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1028
+#: release-manual.xml:1030
msgid "More lwat documentation"
-msgstr "Altra documentazione lwat"
+msgstr "Davantage de documentation sur lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1030
+#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
-"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
-"lwat/download/doc/'>online </ulink>."
+"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url=\"http://bzz.no/"
+"lwat/download/doc/\">online </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"L'intera documentazione per lwat può essere trovata in <computeroutput>/usr/"
-"share/doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> del server principale o <ulink url='http://"
-"bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/'>online </ulink>."
+"La documentation complète de lwat est disponible sous <computeroutput>/usr/"
+"share/doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> sur le serveur principal ou <ulink "
+"url='http://bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/'>en ligne </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1038
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid "Printer Managment"
-msgstr "Amministrazione delle stampanti"
+msgstr "Gestion des imprimantes"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
-"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
-"where you can add/delete/modfiy your printers and can clean up the printing "
+"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www:631"
+"\">https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site where "
+"you can add/delete/modfiy your printers and can clean up the printing "
"queue. For changes where you have to login as root with your root password, "
"you will be forced to use ssl encryption."
msgstr ""
-"Per l'amministrazione delle stampanti si può puntare con il browser web a "
-"<ulink url='https://www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> Questo è l'indirizzo "
-"di cups dove si possono aggiungere/cancellare/modficare stampanti e pulire "
-"le code di stampa. Per fare cambiamenti occorre loggarsi come root, con il "
-"protocollo che usa la criptazione ssl."
+"Pour la gestion des imprimantes, faites pointer votre navigateur web sur "
+"<ulink url='https://www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink>. Ceci est la page de "
+"l'interface de gestion de CUPS, où vous pouvez ajouter/supprimer/modifier "
+"vos imprimantes et où vous pouvez vider la file d'impression. Pour les "
+"changements nécessitant de se connecter avec le mot de passe de root, vous "
+"devrez utiliser le chiffrement SSL."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1043
+#: release-manual.xml:1045
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
"do when this does not accomplish anything."
msgstr ""
-"Se si connette una stampante per la prima volta si consiglia di lanciare "
-"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> come root. FIXME: spiegare che "
-"cosa fare quando questo non funziona."
+"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
+"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
+"do when this does not accomplish anything."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1049
+#: release-manual.xml:1051
msgid "Clock synchronization"
-msgstr "Sincronizzazione dell'orologio"
+msgstr "Synchronisation de l'horloge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1053
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2996,16 +3013,17 @@ msgid ""
"discovered their ISDN network was up all the time, giving them a nasty extra "
"phone bill."
msgstr ""
-"La configurazione di default in Debian Edu è di avere gli orologi in tutte "
-"le macchine sincronizzati, ma non necessariamente con l'orario corretto. Il "
-"servizio NTP è usato per aggiornare il tempo. Per essere sicuri che le "
-"macchine non usino connessioni esterne di rete sempre attive, gli orologi di "
-"default non saranno sincronizzati con una fonte esterna. Questa "
-"configurazione si è resa necessaria dopo che una scuola scoprì che aveva la "
-"sua rete ISDN occupata tutto il tempo, per telefonate extra."
+"La configuration par défaut dans Debian Edu garde les horloges de toutes les "
+"machines synchronisées mais pas nécessairement à l'heure exacte. NTP est "
+"utilisé pour mettre à jour l'heure. Par défaut, les horloges ne seront pas "
+"synchronisées avec une source externe, afin de s'assurer que les machines "
+"n'utilisent pas une connexion à un réseau extérieur active en permanence. "
+"Cette configuration a été décidée après qu'une école a découvert que leur "
+"réseau RNIS était actif en permanence, avec pour conséquence une facture de "
+"téléphone élevée."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -3015,21 +3033,21 @@ msgid ""
"using the external clock sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer </"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
-"Per permettere la sincronizzazione con un orologio esterno occorre "
-"modificare il file /etc/ntp.conf nel server principale. I caratteri di "
-"commento di fronte a <computeroutput>server </computeroutput> devono essere "
-"eliminati. In seguito il server ntp deve essere rilanciato con "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/init.d/ntp restart </computeroutput> come root. Per "
-"controllare se il server sta usando un orologio esterno eseguire "
-"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer </computeroutput>."
+"Pour permettre la synchronisation avec une horloge externe, le fichier /etc/"
+"ntp.conf sur le serveur principal doit être modifié. Les commentaires en "
+"regard des entrées du <computeroutput>serveur</computeroutput> doivent être "
+"supprimés. Après cela, le serveur NTP doit être redémarré en exécutant "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/init.d/ntp restart</computeroutput> en tant que root. "
+"Pour tester si le serveur utilise les sources d'horloges externes, exécutez "
+"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1063
msgid "Extend full partitions"
-msgstr "Partizioni estese piene"
+msgstr "Étendre les partitions pleines"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1065
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -3037,33 +3055,34 @@ msgid ""
"the \"Resize Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration"
"\">administration howto chapter</link> for more information."
msgstr ""
-"A causa di un bug nel partizionamento automatico, alcune partizioni possono "
-"risultare piene dopo l'installazione. Per aumentare le partizioni piene "
-"eseguire <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n </computeroutput> come "
-"root. Maggiori informazioni nell'HowTo \"Resize Partitions\" <link linkend="
-"\"Administration\">nella sezione amministrazione</link>."
+"À cause d'un bogue dans le partitionnement automatique, certaines partitions "
+"peuvent être trop remplies après l'installation. Pour étendre une partition "
+"pleine, exécutez <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> "
+"en tant que root. Voir le manuel « Redimensionnement de partition » dans le "
+"chaptitre <link linkend=\\\"Administration\\\">Manuel d'administration </"
+"link> pour plus d'informations."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1072
msgid "Maintainance"
-msgstr "Manutenzione"
+msgstr "Maintenance"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1076
+#: release-manual.xml:1078
msgid "Updating the software"
-msgstr "Aggiornare il software"
+msgstr "Mis-à-jour du logiciel"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1080
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
msgstr ""
-"Questa sezione spiega come usare <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
-"computeroutput> e kde-update-notifier."
+"Cette section explique comment utiliser <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
+"computeroutput> et kde-update-notifier."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1081
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -3071,152 +3090,154 @@ msgid ""
"available packages) and <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </computeroutput> "
"(upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)."
msgstr ""
-"L'uso di <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> è molto semplice. Per "
-"aggiornare il sistema occorre eseguire due comandi nella linea comando come "
-"root: <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> (aggiorna l'elenco "
-"dei pacchetti disponibili) e <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
-"computeroutput> (aggiorna i pacchetti che hanno un aggiornamento "
-"disponibile)."
+"Utiliser <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> est vraiment simple. "
+"Pour mettre à jour un système, vous devez exécuter deux commandes en tant "
+"que root : <computeroutput>aptitude update</computeroutput> (met à jour les "
+"listes de paquets disponibles) et <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade</"
+"computeroutput> (met à jour les paquets pour lesquels une mise à jour est "
+"disponible)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1088
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
-"Al posto del'uso della linea di comando si può utilizzare kde-update-"
-"notifier. FIXME: Occorre spiegare, forse con uno screenshot."
+"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
+"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1090
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
"send mail to an address you are reading."
msgstr ""
-"Una buona idea è anche installare <computeroutput>cron-apt </"
-"computeroutput> e <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> e "
-"configurarli mandando una mail all'indirizzo che stai leggendo."
+"Par ailleurs, il est judicieux d'installer <computeroutput>cron-apt</"
+"computeroutput> et <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> et de "
+"les configurer pour envoyer des courriels à une adresse que vous consulterez."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
"downloads them (usually in the night), so you don't have to wait for the "
"download, when you do <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
-"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> notificherà una volta al giorno "
-"via email, quali pacchetti sono disponibili per l'aggiornamento. Questo "
-"programma non li installerà, ma li scaricherà (di solito di notte), così da "
-"non attendere per il download, quando si lancia <computeroutput>aptitude "
-"upgrade </computeroutput>."
+"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> vous signalera une fois par jour "
+"par courriel quels paquets ont besoin d'une mise à jour. Ce mécanisme "
+"n'installe pas les mises à jour mais les télécharge (généralement la nuit), "
+"de sorte que vous n'aurez pas besoin d'attendre la fin du téléchargement "
+"quand vous lancerez <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1096
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
-"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> invia il log dei "
-"cambiamenti effettuati."
+"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> peut vous envoyer les "
+"entrées de changelog."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1102
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
msgid "Backup Management"
-msgstr "Gestione del Backup"
+msgstr "Gestion des sauvegardes"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
-"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
+"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"slbackup-php\">https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
"to access this site via ssl, since you have to enter the root password "
"there. If you try to access this site without using ssl it will fail."
msgstr ""
-"Per l'amministrazione del backup occorre puntare il browser a <ulink "
-"url='https://www/slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Occorre "
-"fare attenzione che si deve accedere a questo indirizzo via ssl, dopo aver "
-"inserito la password di root. Se si prova a collegarsi al sito senza usare "
-"ssl si ottiene un errore."
+"Pour la gestion des sauvegardes, faites pointer votre navigateur sur <ulink "
+"url='https://www/slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Veuillez "
+"noter que vous devez accéder à ce site par SSL, puisque le mot de passe root "
+"devra être saisi. En l'absence de chiffrement par SSL, la tentative d'accès "
+"échouera."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1109
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
"skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice (if "
"you delete something) this setup should be fine for you."
msgstr ""
-"Di default verrà fatto il backup di <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
-"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> e ldap in /skole/"
-"backup che è nel volume lvm. Se si vuole duplicare le informazioni (nel caso "
-"fosse cancellato qualcosa) questo strumento è molto utile."
+"Par défaut, le tjener sauvegardera <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
+"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> et le LDAP dans /"
+"skole/backup, qui se situe dans la LVM. Si vous souhaitez seulement avoir "
+"des copies (en cas d'effacement), cette configuration devrait suffire."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1111
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
msgstr ""
-"di <computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> sarà fatto il backup se si "
-"installa da etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
+"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
+"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:1120
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Attenzione che questo backup non protegge dalla rottura "
-"degli hard disk."
+"Soyez conscient que cette sauvegarde ne protège pas d'une panne de disque "
+"dur."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1120
+#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
-"Se si vuol fare il backup dei dati su un server esterno, su una periferica a "
-"nastro o su un altro hard disk occorre modificare un poco la configurazione "
-"esistente."
+"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
+"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit. "
+"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
+"further"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1121
+#: release-manual.xml:1123
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
-"FIXME: Occorre dare un'occhiata alla pagina web di slbackup-php per "
-"descrivere come fare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1127
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
msgid "Server Monitoring"
-msgstr "Monitorare il Server"
+msgstr "Surveillance des serveurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#: release-manual.xml:1133
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1135
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
-"munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
+"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"munin/\">https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
"graphis on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and allow the system "
"administrator help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system "
"problems."
msgstr ""
-"Il monitoraggio di sistema di Munin è disponibile a <ulink url='https://www/"
-"munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. Il sistema permette di verificare "
-"graficamente lo stato del sistema giornalmente, settimanalmente e "
-"annualmente, e permette all'amministratore del sistema di avere un aiuto per "
-"i colli di bottiglia e per l'origine dei problemi del sistema."
+"Le sytème de rapport Munin est disponible depuis <ulink url='https://www/"
+"munin/'>https://www/munin/</ulink>. Il présente graphiquement des mesures de "
+"l'état du système de manière quotidienne, mensuelle et annuelle, et il aide "
+"l'administrateur système à identifier des goulots d'étranglement et la cause "
+"de problèmes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1136
+#: release-manual.xml:1138
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -3228,55 +3249,60 @@ msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary </computeroutput> as root on the "
"sitesummary server (normally the main-server)."
msgstr ""
-"L'elenco delle macchine controllate è generato automaticamente da munin "
-"sulla base dell'elenco degli hosts riportato da sitesummary. Tutti gli host "
-"che hanno installato il munin-node sono controllati da munin. Normalmente "
-"bisogna aspettare due giorni per controllare una macchina installata e "
-"questo dipende dall'esecuzione del programma cron. Per inserirla "
-"immediatamente occorre eseguire <computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary-"
-"client </computeroutput> come root sulla macchina installata e "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary </computeroutput> come root sul "
-"server che contiene (normalmente il server-principale)."
+"La liste des machines surveillées à l'aide de munin est créée "
+"automatiquement à partir de la liste des hôtes faisant des rapports à "
+"sitesummary. Tous les hôtes sur lesquels le paquet munin-node est installé "
+"sont enregistrés pour être surveillés par munin. Normalement, la "
+"surveillance par munin commencera deux jours après l'installation d'une "
+"machine, en raison de l'ordre d'exécution des tâches planifiées par cron. "
+"Afin d'accélerer le processus, lancez <computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/"
+"sitesummary-client</computeroutput> en tant que root sur la machine "
+"récemment installée, et <computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary</"
+"computeroutput> en tant que root sur le server sitesummary (normalement, le "
+"serveur principal)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1140
+#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url='http://"
-"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
+"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
+"munin.projects.linpro.no/\">http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
msgstr ""
-"Maggiori informazioni sul sistema munin sono disponibili a <ulink "
+"Des informations sur le système munin sont disponibles depuis <ulink "
"url='http://munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </"
-"ulink> ."
+"ulink>. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1146
+#: release-manual.xml:1148
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url='https://"
-"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
+"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://"
+"www/nagios2/\">https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Il sistema Nagios e i suoi servizi di monitoraggio sono disponibili a <ulink "
-"url='https://www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
+"L'outil de surveillance du système et des services Nagios est disponible "
+"depuis <ulink url='https://www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1151
+#: release-manual.xml:1153
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
"avoid using the samme password as root. To change the password you can run "
"the following command as root:"
msgstr ""
-"L'username per Nagios è nagiosadmin e la password non è definita, occorre "
-"settare la password prima di fare il login e usare nagios. Per ragioni di "
-"sicurezza, occorre evitare di usare la stessa password di root. Per cambiare "
-"la password occorre eseguire il seguente comando come root:"
+"Le nom d'utilisateur est nagiosadmin et le mot de passe n'est pas défini. "
+"Vous devez indiquer un mot de passe avant de pouvoir vous connecter et "
+"utiliser nagios. Pour des raisons de sécurité, évitez d'utilisez le même mot "
+"de passe que root. Afin de changer le mot de passe, vous pouvez lancer la "
+"commande suivante en tant que root :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1154
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -3286,7 +3312,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -3294,177 +3320,190 @@ msgid ""
"<computeroutput>notify-by-email </computeroutput> in the file "
"<computeroutput>/etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
-"Di default in Debian-Edu 3.0r1, Nagios non invia email. Questo può essere "
-"corretto sostituendo <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> con "
-"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email </computeroutput> e "
-"<computeroutput>notify-by-email </computeroutput> nel file <computeroutput>/"
-"etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg </computeroutput>."
+"Par défaut, sur Debian-Edu 3.0r1, Nagios n'envoie pas de courriel. Ce "
+"comportement peut être modifié en remplaçant <computeroutput>notify-by-"
+"nothing</computeroutput> par <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</"
+"computeroutput> et <computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> dans le "
+"fichier <computeroutput>/etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg</"
+"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1163
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url='http://www."
-"nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
+"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
+"www.nagios.org/\">http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
-"Maggiori informazioni sul sistema nagios sono disponibili al sito <ulink "
-"url='http://www.nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> o nel pacchetto "
-"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput>."
+"Davantage d'informations sur le système nagios sont disponibles sur <ulink "
+"url='http://www.nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> ou dans le "
+"paquet <computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1172
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1174
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
-"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
+"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"sitesummary/\">https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Un semplice report del sommario del sito è disponibile all'indirizzo <ulink "
+"Un rapport simple provenant de sitesummary est disponible sur <ulink "
"url='https://www/sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
msgstr ""
-"Altra documentazione su sitesummary è disponibile all'indirizzo <ulink "
+"Davantage d'informations sur sitesummary sont disponibles sur <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:1185
msgid "Upgrades"
-msgstr "Aggiornamenti"
+msgstr "Mises à jour"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1187
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
-"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
-"Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
+"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian "
+"Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
"applicable law. </emphasis> Please read this chapter completly before "
"attempting to upgrade."
msgstr ""
-"Prima di spiegare come aggiornare occorre fare attenzione che "
-"l'aggiornamento in un server funzionante è fatto a proprio rischio . "
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/Skolelinux viene aggiornato ASSOLUTAMENTE "
-"SENZA GARANZIA, secondo l'uso di legge. </emphasis> Per favore leggi questo "
-"capitolo fino alla fine prima di cominciare ad aggiornare."
+"Avant d'expliquer le processus de mise à jour, nous attirons votre attention "
+"sur le fait que son exécution sur un serveur en production se fera à vos "
+"risques et périls. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/Skolelinux est "
+"disponible sans ABSOLUMENT AUCUNE GARANTIE, tel que permis par les lois "
+"applicables.</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
-"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
-"available in its installation manual."
+"More <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
+"\">information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is available in its "
+"installation manual."
msgstr ""
-"Maggiori <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
-"installmanual'>informazioni sulla versione Debian etch </ulink> sono "
-"disponibili nel relativo manuale."
+"Davantage d'<ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
+"installmanual'>informations concernant la version Etch de Debian</ulink> "
+"sont disponibles dans son manuel d'installation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1195
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
"way as your production server. There you can test the upgrade without risk "
"and see if everything works as it should."
msgstr ""
-"Se si vuole essere sicuri che ogni cosa funzioni dopo l'aggiornamento prima "
-"si dovrebbe vedere se l'aggiornamento funziona in un server di test "
-"configurato nello stesso modo del server effettivo."
+"Si vous voulez être certain que tout fonctionnera de la même manière après "
+"la mise à jour, vous devez appliquer celle-ci sur un serveur de test, de "
+"configuration identique à votre serveur de production. Vous pourrez ainsi "
+"vous assurez sans risque que tout fonctionne correctement. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
+#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
"them here. Debian Edu sarge will receive continued support for some time in "
-"the future, but when Debian <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/security/"
-"faq#lifespan'>ceases support for sarge </ulink>, Debian Edu will (have to) "
+"the future, but when Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/"
+"faq#lifespan\">ceases support for sarge </ulink>, Debian Edu will (have to) "
"do that too. This is expected to happen in April 2008."
msgstr ""
-"Sarebbe anche saggio aspettare un po' per rendere effettivo l'aggiornamento "
-"e far funzionare per qualche settimana sarge, in modo che altri possano "
-"testare l'aggiornamento e documentare problemi. Debian Edu sarge continuerà "
-"a ricevere supporto per ancora qualche tempo, ma quando Debian <ulink "
-"url='http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan'> cesserà il supporto per "
-"sarge </ulink>, anche Debian Edu farà altrettanto. E' probabile che questo "
-"accada nel'Aprile 2008."
+"Par ailleurs, il peut être judicieux d'attendre et de laisser tourner Sarge "
+"pendant quelques semaines supplémentaires, de sorte que d'autres puissent "
+"tester la mise à jour et documentent les problèmes rencontrés. Debian Edu "
+"Sarge recevra un support continu pendant encore quelque temps, mais quand "
+"Debian <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan'>cessera le "
+"support de Sarge </ulink>, Debian Edu devra faire de même. Ceci devrait "
+"arriver en avril 2008."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1200
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
-msgstr "Aggiornamento da Debian Edu sarge"
+msgstr "Mise à jour depuis Debian Edu Sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
-"Occorre leggere completamente questo capitolo prima di cominciare a fare "
-"l'aggiornamento del sistema."
+"Veuillez lire ce chapitre avant de débuter la mise à jour de vos systèmes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1204
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
-"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
+"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian."
+"org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
"(Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installed a 2.6 kernel as default, but "
"if you are running a 2.4 kernel, you <emphasis>should </emphasis> read the "
-"<ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-"
-"information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6'>notes on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-"
+"information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6\">notes on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to "
"2.6 </ulink> before you upgrade!)"
msgstr ""
-"Se sorgono problemi si dovrebbe leggere anche <ulink url='http://www.debian."
-"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes per Debian etch </ulink>. "
-"(Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installa il kernel 2.6 come "
-"default, ma se si sta lavorando con il kernel 2.4, <emphasis>occorrerebbe </"
-"emphasis> leggere <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/"
-"release-notes/ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6'> le avvertenze "
-"sull'aggiornamento dal kernel 2.4 a 2.6 </ulink> prima di installare!)"
+"En cas de problème, vous pouvez aussi lire les <ulink url='http://www.debian."
+"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>notes de sortie de Debian Etch</ulink>. "
+"(Debian Edu/Skolelinux \\\"2.0 Terra\\\" installait un noyau 2.6 par défaut, "
+"mais si vous fonctionnez sous un noyau 2.4, vous <emphasis>devez</emphasis> "
+"lire les <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-"
+"notes/ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6'>notes concernant la migration "
+"d'un noyau 2.4 vers un noyau 2.6</ulink> avant de commencer la mise à jour !)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
-msgstr "Schema di partizionamento cambiato"
+msgstr "Changement du schéma de partitionnement"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
"Groups:"
msgstr ""
-"Il problema principale nell'aggiornamento da sarge a Terra è che lo schema "
-"di partizionamento è totalmente cambiato. La versione sarge ha due gruppi di "
-"volume:"
+"Le problème principal posé par la mise à jour depuis la version basée sur "
+"Sarge vers Terra est que l'organisation des partitions a complètement "
+"changé. La version basée sur Sarge possède deux Groupes de Volumes :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1214
+#: release-manual.xml:1216
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
-msgstr "vg_data che contiene i dati della partizione come /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
+msgstr ""
+"vg_data, qui contient la partition des données sous /skole/tjner/home0..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1215
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
-msgstr "vg_system contiene la partizione del Sistema come /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
+msgstr ""
+"vg_system, qui contient les partitions système comme /var, /usr /var/spool/"
+"squid"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1220
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
msgstr ""
-"La versione etch ha invece solo 1 Volume Group dovuto a un cambiamento interno "
-"dell'Installer."
+"Mais la version basée sur Etch ne possède qu'un Groupe de Volume à cause de "
+"changements au sein de l'installateur."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
@@ -3474,41 +3513,45 @@ msgid ""
"this is not the case the upgrade will fail because of too little free space "
"on the device."
msgstr ""
-"Il problema principale è che il il volume vg_system è abbastanza piccolo in "
-"quanto i dati che vi risiedono sono nella maggioranza statici. Quando si "
-"prova a aggiornare su un Pc virtuale con un hard disk di 8GB, "
-"l'aggiornamento non riesce in quanto è impossibile avere maggiore spazio su "
-"vg_sytem. Attenzione ci sarebbe bisogno di 1,5 Gb di spazio libero in /var e "
-"circa 600MB di spazio libero in /usr. Se questo non c'è l'aggiornamento "
-"fallisce per il poco spazio sul disco."
+"Le problème est que le Groupe de Volume système est assez petit puisque les "
+"données de ces partitions sont essentiellement statiques. À l'occasion d'une "
+"mise à jour sur un PC virtuel de 8 Go, la mise à jour a échoué car il était "
+"impossible de libérer plus d'espace sur vg_system. Veuillez noter que vous "
+"devez disposer d'environ 1,58 Go d'espace libre sur /var et environ 600 Mo "
+"sur /usr. Si ce n'est pas le cas, la mise à jour échouera par manque de "
+"place sur le disque."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepare the system"
-msgstr "Preparazione del sistema"
+msgstr "Préparation du système"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
msgstr ""
-"Se si ha abbastanza spazio nel volume vg_system, ma non nella partizione "
-"lv_var- occorre ridimensionare questa partizione:"
+"Si vous disposez de suffisamment de place sur le Groupe de Volume vg_system "
+"mais pas sur la partition lv_var, vous devez redimensionner celle-ci."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
"partition for this to work, too:"
msgstr ""
-"1.) Smontare la partizione <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput>, occorrerà "
-"anche smontare la partizione <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </"
-"computeroutput> per questo lavoro:"
+"Vous pouvez télécharger le source du paquet <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
+"computeroutput> anonymement à l'aide de la commande suivante (vous devez "
+"avoir installé le paquet <computeroutput>subversion</computeroutput> pour "
+"cela) :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3519,46 +3562,47 @@ msgstr ""
"umount /var/spool/squid\n"
"umount -fl /var ]]"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#, fuzzy
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
-msgstr "2.) fsck della partizione:"
+msgstr "2.) Éxécutez fsck sur la partition :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1240
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
-msgstr "3.) ridimensionare la partizione:"
+msgstr "3.) redimensionnez la partition :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1240
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
-msgstr "4.) ridimensionare il filesystem:"
+msgstr "4.) redimensionnez le système de fichier :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
-msgstr "5.) montare le partizioni di nuovo:"
+msgstr "5.) remontez les partitions :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3570,33 +3614,34 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
msgstr ""
-"Ora modificare il file <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
-"computeroutput> in modo che contenga queste linee"
+"Consulter le code de <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> pour "
+"des informations concernant l'utilisation de ces variables."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
msgstr ""
-"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
-"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1262
+#: release-manual.xml:1264
+#, fuzzy
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
-msgstr "Ora incominciamo ad aggiornare con:"
+msgstr "Maintenant, commencez la mise à jour avec :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1263
+#: release-manual.xml:1265
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -3606,173 +3651,185 @@ msgstr ""
"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1271
+#: release-manual.xml:1273
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
-msgstr "Risposte alle domande di Debconf che appaiono durante l'aggiornamento"
+msgstr "Réponses aux questions de Debconf apparaissant durant la mise à jour"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1273
+#: release-manual.xml:1275
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
"a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver."
msgstr ""
-"Qui saranno dati alcuni suggerimenti su come si dovrebbe rispondere alle "
-"domande di debconf durante l'aggiornamento. Ma attenzione: Questo HowTo di "
-"aggiornamento è basato su una installazione pulita di un mainserver + "
-"terminalserver."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1275
+#: release-manual.xml:1277
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
"what is installed as default in the sarge based Debian Edu release). So if "
"there are any questions which you don't know how to answer, don't hesitate "
-"to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian."
-"org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-"
+"to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org"
+"\">debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-"
"edu."
msgstr ""
-"Le domande che saranno fatte in aggiunta a quelle qui documentate "
-"dipenderanno da quello che è installato nel sistema (che non è incluso di "
-"default nella vesione sarge Debian Edu). In questo caso se ci sono delle "
-"domande a cui non sai rispondere non esitare a contattare la Mailinglist "
-"(<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org "
-"</ulink>) o IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
+"Nous allons vous donner quelques indications concernant ce que vous devriez "
+"répondre à certaines questions de debconf. Mais veuillez noter ceci. Ce "
+"manuel de mise à jour, est basé sur l'installation simple et récente d'un "
+"serveur principal et d'un serveur de terminaux. Ainsi, les autres questions "
+"qui se présenteront dépendront de ce qui aura été installé en plus sur votre "
+"système (qui n'est pas inclus par défaut dans la version Debian Edu basée "
+"sur Sarge). Ainsi, si vous ne savez pas répondre à certaines questions, "
+"n'hésitez pas à nous poser des questions sur la liste de diffusion (<ulink "
+"url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org</"
+"ulink>) ou sur IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu.\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1278
+#: release-manual.xml:1280
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
-msgstr "* Configurare nagios-common."
+msgstr "* Configuration de nagios-common."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
-msgstr "Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous devez entrer un mot de passe pour l'utilisateur <emphasis>nagiosadmin</"
+"emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1285
+#: release-manual.xml:1287
msgid "* Configure console-data"
-msgstr "* Configurare console-data"
+msgstr "* Configuration de console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1286
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
-msgstr "Scegliere \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
+msgstr "Choisissez « Ne pas modifier la disposition du clavier »"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1289
+#: release-manual.xml:1291
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
-msgstr "* Configurare openssh-server"
+msgstr "Configuration de openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1290
+#: release-manual.xml:1292
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
-msgstr "Non disattivare la challenge-response Auth."
+msgstr "Ne désactivez pas l'authentification par défi-réponse."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
msgid "* Configure systat"
-msgstr "* Configurare systat"
+msgstr "* Configuration de systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1294
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
-msgstr "Scegliere qui il default (yes)."
+msgstr "Choisissez la réponse par défaut (yes)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
-msgstr "* Configurare popularity-contest"
+msgstr "* Configuration de popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1298
+#: release-manual.xml:1300
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
"anonymously and you have the option to say \"no\"."
msgstr ""
-"Se si sceglie \"yes\" qui, questo ci aiuterà a migliorare debian-edu. "
-"(Riporteremo un report settimanale su quali programmi sono più usati). I "
-"dati sono raccolti in modo anonimo accanto alla possibilità di scegliere \"no"
-"\"."
+"Vous devriez répondre Oui, cela nous aiderait à améliorer Debian Edu (nous "
+"recevrons un rapport hebdomadaire des programmes fréquemment utilisés, bien "
+"sûr de manière anonyme."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1301
+#: release-manual.xml:1303
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
-msgstr "* Configure libnss-ldap"
+msgstr "* Configuration de libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1303
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
-msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
+msgstr "Changez l'invite en : <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
-msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Changez l'invite en : <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1310
+#: release-manual.xml:1312
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
-msgstr "Usare qui ldapversion 3"
+msgstr "Utilisez ldapversion 3"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1311
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
-msgstr "Quale acconto dovrebbe usare root per ldap lookups FIXME"
+msgstr "Which Account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1312
+#: release-manual.xml:1314
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
-msgstr "Quale password dovrebbe usare root qui FIXME"
+msgstr "Which password should root use here FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1315
+#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#, fuzzy
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
-msgstr "* Aggiornare ora glibc. Rispondere qui \"yes\"."
+msgstr "* Mise à jour de glibc. Répondez Oui."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#, fuzzy
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
-msgstr "* Lanciare di nuovo i Servizi. Risponder qui \"yes\"."
+msgstr "* Redémarrage des services. Répondez Oui."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1321
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
msgstr ""
-"Queste sono le domande di debconf che appariranno se non hai altri pacchetti "
-"installati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1321
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
-msgstr "Ora il processo di aggiornamento dei pacchetti partirà."
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
"default is to keep your modified one. Unless you really have modified "
"something, please always choose: \"Install the latest one\"."
msgstr ""
-"Attenzione: Sarà chiesto diverse volte se si vuole lasciare la vecchia "
-"configurazione del file o se si vuole aggiornare all'ultima. Il default è "
-"lasciare la vecchia configurazione modificata. A meno che si sia realmente "
-"modificata, occorre scegliere sempre: \"Installare l'ultima\"."
+"Veuillez noter que l'installateur demandera plusieurs fois si vous voulez "
+"conserver votre version d'un fichier de configuration ou si vous voulez le "
+"remplacer par la version la plus récente. La réponse par défaut est de "
+"garder votre version modifiée. Veuillez toujours choisir : installer la "
+"dernière version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
-msgstr "L'aggiornamento si interrompe con questo messaggio:"
+msgstr "La mise à jour échouera avec ce message d'erreur :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1328
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3781,14 +3838,14 @@ msgid ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
+"Des erreurs se sont produites durant le traitement de :\n"
" mozilla-firefox-locale-it\n"
" mozilla-firefox-locale-el\n"
-"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)\n"
+"E: le sous-processus /usr/bin/dpkg a retourné un code d'erreur (1)\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1332
+#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3796,40 +3853,44 @@ msgid ""
"line containing: <emphasis>update-mozilla-firefox-chrome </emphasis>. Then "
"restart the upgrade process with:"
msgstr ""
-"Per correggere questo errore occorre modificare questi due file: <emphasis>/"
-"var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> e <emphasis>/"
-"var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-local-el.postrm </emphasis> e decommentare "
-"nei due file la linea che contiene: <emphasis>update-mozilla-firefox-chrome "
-"</emphasis>. Poi occorre riavviare il processo di aggiornamento con:"
+"Pour corriger cela, vous devez éditer les deux fichiers suivants : "
+"<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> et "
+"<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-local-el.postrm </emphasis> et "
+"mettre en commentaire la ligne contenant : <emphasis>update-mozilla-firefox-"
+"chrome </emphasis>. Ensuite, redémarrez la procédure de mise à jour avec :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
-msgstr "Ora l'aggiornamento continua:"
+msgstr "Maintenant, la mise à jour se déroule à nouveau :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#: release-manual.xml:1342
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
-msgstr "* Alcuni file di configurazione modificati (nagios)"
+msgstr "* Plusieurs fichiers de configuration modifiés (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1341
+#: release-manual.xml:1343
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
-msgstr "Dovresti sempre lasciare quello installato (default) e premere enter"
+msgstr ""
+"Vous devriez toujours conserver votre version installée (choix par défaut) "
+"et presser la touche Entrée"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1346
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
-msgstr "Quando l'installazione si interrompe più tardi:"
+msgstr "Alors, l'installation échouera une nouvelle fois :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1345
+#: release-manual.xml:1347
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3837,26 +3898,29 @@ msgid ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
+"\"Des erreurs se sont produites durant le traitement de : \n"
" slapd\n"
-"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)\n"
+"E: le sous-processus /usr/bin/dpkg a retourné un code d'erreur (1)\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:1352
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
"as user <emphasis>openldap </emphasis> (instead of as root) the permissions "
"of the configuration files have to be changed:"
msgstr ""
-"Per correggere questo errore occorre rinominare questa directory: <emphasis>/"
-"var/backups/dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> e dato "
-"che ldap ora non viene eseguita come root ma come utente <emphasis>openldap </"
-"emphasis> i permessi dei file di configurazione devono essere cambiati:"
+"Pour résoudre ceci, renommez ce répertoire : <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
+"\"\n"
+"\"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb</emphasis> et puisque ldap est "
+"maintenant exécuté non pas en tant que root mais comme utilisateur "
+"<emphasis>openldap</emphasis>, les permissions des fichiers de configuration "
+"doivent être modifiées :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1353
+#: release-manual.xml:1355
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3866,100 +3930,105 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1356
+#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
+"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role=\"strong\">without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
"the dist-upgrade process again with:"
msgstr ""
-"L'installazione dovrebbe finire <emphasis role='strong'>senza </"
-"emphasis>errori. Se adesso molti pacchetti non risultano aggiornati occorre "
-"riavviare dist-upgrade di nuovo con:"
+"L'installation devrait alors se terminer <emphasis role='strong'>sans</"
+"emphasis> erreur. Puisqu'il reste maintenant de nombreux paquets qui ne sont "
+"pas des mises à jour, veuillez redémarrer le processus dist-upgrade avec :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#: release-manual.xml:1360
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1362
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
-msgstr "Il prossimo errore è questo:"
+msgstr "L'erreur suivante est celle-ci :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1361
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
" /var/cache/apt/archives/courier-authlib-ldap_0.58-4_i386.deb\n"
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
msgstr ""
-"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
+"\"Des erreurs se sont produites durant le traitement de : \n"
" /var/cache/apt/archives/courier-authlib-ldap_0.58-4_i386.deb\n"
-"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
+"E: le sous-processus /usr/bin/dpkg a retourné un code d'erreur (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1365
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
-msgstr "Occorre rimuovere il pacchetto: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> con"
+msgstr "Veuillez supprimer le paquet <emphasis>courier-ldap</emphasis> avec : "
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1367
+#: release-manual.xml:1369
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
-msgstr "e aspettare fino alla fine. Poi riavviare di nuovo dist-upgrade."
+#: release-manual.xml:1371
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+msgstr ""
+"et attendez jusqu'à la fin. Ensuite, redémarrez le processus dist-upgrade."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
+#: release-manual.xml:1373
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
msgstr ""
-"Se si hanno solo installati i pacchetti di default il processo di "
-"aggiornamento dovrebbe ora finire senza altri errori."
+"Si vous n'avez installé que les paquets par défaut, le processus de mise à "
+"jour devrait maintenant se terminer sans erreur."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1376
+#: release-manual.xml:1378
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
-msgstr "Problemi nell'aggiornamento di bind"
+msgstr "Problème durant la mise à jour de bind"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1378
+#: release-manual.xml:1380
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
msgstr ""
-"Il solo compito rimasto è che l'utente di bind9 è cambiato, bisogna così "
-"cambiare il proprietario di tutti i file di configurazione di bind."
+"Le dernier problème de mise à jour concerne le changement d'utilisateur de "
+"bind9, si bien que vous devez appliquer la commande chown à tous les "
+"fichiers de configuration de bind."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1379
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1381
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
-"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
+"See <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791"
+"\">#386791 </ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
-"Vedere per maggiori informazioni <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/"
-"bugreport.cgi?bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink>."
+"Davantage d'informations sont disponibles depuis <ulink url='http://bugs."
+"debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791'>#386791</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1387
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
-msgstr "I gruppi di Samba sono cambiati"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1391
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3967,25 +4036,17 @@ msgid ""
"database. Unfortunatly this issue was discovered too late for our LDAP admin "
"tool \"lwat\" to be aware of the situation."
msgstr ""
-"E' cambiato il modo come samba manipola i gruppi da sarge a etch. Samba in "
-"sarge manipola i grouppi internamente, così un gruppo unix è anche un "
-"gruppo samba. In etch samba lascia le informazioni dei gruppi nel database "
-"LDAP. Sfortunatamente questo problema fu scoperto troppo tardi per lo "
-"strumento di amministrazione di LDAP \"lwat\" per rimediare alla situazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1391
+#: release-manual.xml:1393
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
"operation. Create the Domain Admins account with the command:"
msgstr ""
-"Quando si aggiorna LDAP da sarge, occorre essere sicuri di creare un acconto "
-"per il Domain Admins, necessario per correggere le operazioni di domino di "
-"samba. Creare l'acconto di Domain Admins con il comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1392
+#: release-manual.xml:1394
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -3993,76 +4054,77 @@ msgid ""
" comment=\"All system administrators in the school\"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
-" type=domain ntgroup=\"Domain Admins\" \\\n"
-" comment=\"All system administrators in the school\"\n"
-"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1397
+#: release-manual.xml:1399
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
"detail in the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> "
"chapter of this manual."
msgstr ""
-"Se si vuole che i computer Windows riconoscano i gruppi di utenti, occorre "
-"creare i gruppi in LDAP manualmente, tutto questo è spiegato in dettaglio "
-"nella sezione <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> "
-"di questo manuale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1403
+#: release-manual.xml:1405
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
-msgstr "Aggiornamenti da installazioni Debian Edu / Skolelinux più vecchie"
+msgstr ""
+"Mises-à-jour depuis des installations antérieures de Debian Edu / Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1405
+#: release-manual.xml:1407
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0'>http://"
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0\">http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink>. Then upgrade to "
"Terrra (etch-based Release)."
msgstr ""
-"Gli aggiornamenti da Debian Edu / Skolelinux versione woody non sono "
-"supportati. L'aggiornamento dalla prima versione di sarge , è documentato "
-"dall'howto che si trova a <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"UpgradeFrom1.0'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 </"
-"ulink>. Poi occorre fare l'aggiornamento a Terrra (versione etch)."
+"Les mises à jour depuis la version de Debian Edu / Skolelinux basée sur "
+"Woody ne sont pas supportées. Procédez tout d'abord à une mise à jour vers "
+"Sarge, un manuel est disponible en suivant ce lien <ulink url='http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink>. Ensuite effectuez la mise à jour vers Terra "
+"(version basée sur Etch)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1412
+#: release-manual.xml:1414
msgid "HowTo"
-msgstr "HowTo"
+msgstr "Manuels (HowTo)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1414
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
-msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>"
-
+#: release-manual.xml:1416
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Manuels d'<link linkend=\"Administration\">administration générale</link>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1417
+#: release-manual.xml:1419
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
-msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Desktop\">il desktop</link>"
+msgstr "Manuels pour <link linkend=\"Desktop\">le bureau</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1420
+#: release-manual.xml:1422
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
-msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">client della rete</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Manuels sur <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">les clients en réseau</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1423
+#: release-manual.xml:1425
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
-msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">insegnare e imparare</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Manuels pour <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">enseigner et apprendre</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1430
+#: release-manual.xml:1432
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
-msgstr "HowTo per l'amministrazione generale"
+msgstr "Manuels d'administration générale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1432
+#: release-manual.xml:1434
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance</link> "
@@ -4070,53 +4132,51 @@ msgid ""
"maintainance work. The howtos in this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps "
"and tricks."
msgstr ""
-"Le sezioni <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> e <link "
-"linkend=\"Maintainance\">DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance</link> "
-"descrivono come partire con la distribuzione Debian Edu e come mantenerla a "
-"livello di base. Gli howto in questa sezione sono già accorgimenti e trucchi "
-"\"avanzati\"."
+"Les chapitres <link linkend=\\\"GettingStarted\\\">Démarrage rapide</link> "
+"et <link linkend=\\\"Maintainance\\\">Maintainance</link> décrivent comment "
+"prendre en main Debian Edu et comment effectuer le travail de maintenance de "
+"base. Les manuels de ce chapitre décrivent des astuces avancées."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1438
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+#: release-manual.xml:1440
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
-"Installare singoli servizi sulle macchine per distribuire il carico del "
-"server principale"
+"Installer des machines exécutant un seul service pour décharger le serveur "
+"principal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1439
+#: release-manual.xml:1441
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
-msgstr "installazione di barebone con l'uso di debian-edu-expert"
+msgstr "effectuer une installation minimale à l'aide du mode debian-edu-expert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
+#: release-manual.xml:1442
msgid "install the packages for the service"
-msgstr "installare il pacchetto per il servizio"
+msgstr "installer les paquets requis pour le service"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1441
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
msgid "configure the service"
-msgstr "configurare il servizio"
+msgstr "configurer le service"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1442
+#: release-manual.xml:1444
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
-msgstr "disattivare il servizio nel server principale"
+msgstr "désactiver le service sur le serveur principal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1445
msgid "update dns on main-server"
-msgstr "aggiornare il dns sul server principale"
+msgstr "mettre à jour le DNS sur le serveur principal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1449
+#: release-manual.xml:1451
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
-msgstr ""
-"Tenere traccia della directory /etc/ con la versione svk per il controllo "
-"del sistema "
+msgstr "Suivre /etc/ en utilisant le système de contrôle de version svk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1451
+#: release-manual.xml:1453
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -4125,32 +4185,33 @@ msgid ""
"what was changed if the file is a text file. The svk repository is stored in "
"<computeroutput>~root/.svk/ </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
-"Con l'introduzione dello script <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
-"computeroutput> in Debian Edu, tutti i file in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
-"computeroutput> sono tracciati con l'uso di svk come controllo della "
-"versione del sistema. Questo rende possibile vedere quando un file viene "
-"aggiunto, cambiato o cancellato, nonché cosa è stato cambiato se il file è "
-"un file di testo. L'archivio svk si trova in <computeroutput>~root/.svk/ </"
+"Avec l'introduction du script <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk</"
+"computeroutput> dans Debian Edu, tous les fichiers situés dans "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> sont suivis en utilisant le système "
+"de contrôle de version svk. Ceci permet de savoir quand un fichier a été "
+"ajouté, modifié ou supprimé, et de voir ce qui a été changé si c'est un "
+"fichier texte. Le dépôt svk est situé dans <computeroutput>~root/.svk/ </"
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1456
+#: release-manual.xml:1458
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
"<computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> are commited every hour."
msgstr ""
-"Questa caratteristica è attivata automaticamente in Debian Edu Etch, e tutti "
-"i cambiamenti fatti durante l'installazione sono registrati. I cambiamenti "
-"fatti in <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> sono registrati ogni ora."
+"Cette fonctionnalité est activée automatiquement dans la version de Debian "
+"Edu basée sur Etch et tous les changements effectués durant l'installation "
+"sont enregistrés. Les changements dans <computeroutput>/etc/</"
+"computeroutput> sont livrés sur le dépôt svk toutes les heures."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1459
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
msgid "List of useful commands:"
-msgstr "Elenco di comandi utili:"
+msgstr "Liste de commandes utiles"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1462
+#: release-manual.xml:1464
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -4168,73 +4229,74 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1471
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
msgid "Usage examples"
-msgstr "Esempi di uso"
+msgstr "Exemple pratiques"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1475
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
-"In un sistema installato recentemente proviamo a vedere quali cambiamenti "
-"sono stati fatti dall'installazione iniziale:"
+"Sur un système récemment installé, lancez cette commande pour rechercher "
+"tous les changements effectués depuis l'installation."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1476
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1478
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1481
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
-msgstr "Per vedere i cambiamenti fatti in /etc/, usare questo comando:"
+msgstr ""
+"Pour visualiser la liste des changements effectués dans /etc/, utilisez la "
+"commande :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1482
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1484
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1485
+#: release-manual.xml:1487
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
-"Per vedere i cambiamenti effettuati su un determinato file occorre "
-"specificarlo:"
+"Pour voir les changements effectués sur un fichier donné, indiquez ce "
+"dernier :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1488
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1490
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1491
+#: release-manual.xml:1493
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
msgstr ""
-"Per eliminare un cambiamento usare il comando diff per vedere come è "
-"cambiato e modificarlo, o utilizzare un comando come questo che fa tutto "
-"automaticamente:"
+"Pour annuler un changement, utilisez la commande diff et éditez le fichier, "
+"ou utilisez un autre outil pour le faire automatiquement."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1494
+#: release-manual.xml:1496
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -4244,57 +4306,61 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1497
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
-msgstr "Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza aspettare un'ora:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+msgstr ""
+"Pour livrer un fichier, parce que vous ne souhaitez pas attendre jusqu'à une "
+"heure :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1500
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1502
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1503
+#: release-manual.xml:1505
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
-"Se non si vuole che un file venga tracciato in svk, si può chiedere di "
-"ignorarlo. Questa operazione è raramente utile<inlinemediaobject>"
+"Si vous ne souhaitez pas qu'un fichier spécifique soit suivi par svk, vous "
+"pouvez indiquer de l'ignorer. Mais cela est rarement utile."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1510
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
-msgstr "Per coloro che aggiornano da sarge/woody"
+msgstr "Pour ceux qui ont mis à jour depuis Sarge/Woody"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1520
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
"the following command run as root:"
msgstr ""
-"/etc in svk è stato introdotto con la versione di Debian Edu basata su etch. "
-"Se si è installato il sistema prima di questa versione occorre inizializzare "
-"svk una volta con il seguente comando come root:"
+"Le suivi de /etc par svk a été introduit dans la version de Debian Edu basée "
+"sur Etch. Si vous avez installé votre système antérieurement, vous devez "
+"initialiser svk en lançant la commande suivante en tant que root :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1521
+#: release-manual.xml:1523
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -4304,19 +4370,21 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1524
+#: release-manual.xml:1526
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
-msgstr "Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
+msgstr ""
+"Ceci ajoute les fichiers de /etc à svk et active par ailleurs la tâche "
+"planifiée de livraison dans le dépôt (commit) toutes les heures."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1530
+#: release-manual.xml:1532
msgid "Resize Partitions"
-msgstr "Ridimensionare partizioni"
+msgstr "Redimensionner les partitions"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1534
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -4324,14 +4392,15 @@ msgid ""
"kernel since version 2.6.10. Shrinking partitions still need to happen "
"while the partition is unmounted."
msgstr ""
-"Le partizioni in Debian Edu sono volumi logici LVM, tranne la partizione /"
-"boot/. Con la versione Debian/Etch di Debian Edu, è possibile estendere la "
-"partizione mentre questa è montata. Questa è una caratteristica del kernel "
-"Linux dalla versione 2.6.10. Per diminuire le partizioni occorre ancora che "
-"queste non siano montate."
+"La plupart des partitions dans Debian Edu sont des volumes logiques LVM. "
+"Seule la partition /boot/ n'en est pas un. Avec la version Debian/Etch de "
+"Debian Edu, il est possible d'étendre les partitions alors qu'elles sont "
+"montées. Cette fonctionnalité est disponible depuis la version 2.6.10 du "
+"noyau Linux. La réduction d'une partition doit toujours être effectuée "
+"lorsque celle-ci est démontée."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1536
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -4339,13 +4408,14 @@ msgid ""
"good limit can be 20 GiB. It is better, if possible, to create several "
"smaller partitions than one very large one."
msgstr ""
-"E' una buona idea evitare partizioni troppo grandi: occorre infatti molto "
-"tempo per fare il restore di un backup così come il controllo del file "
-"system. Un buon limite dovrebbe essere 20 GiB. E' meglio se possibile "
-"creare più partizioni piccole che una molto ampia."
+"Il est judicieux d'éviter de créer de très grandes partitions, car il est "
+"très long de les restaurer, lorsque cela est nécessaire, de même qu'il est "
+"alors très long de vérifier le système de fichiers. Une limite acceptable "
+"peut être 20 Gio. Il est préférable, si possible, de créer plusieurs petites "
+"partitions plutôt qu'une seule très grande. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1536
+#: release-manual.xml:1538
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -4358,87 +4428,82 @@ msgid ""
"argument <computeroutput>-n </computeroutput> is needed to actually extend "
"the file systems."
msgstr ""
-"Per rendere più facile estendere una partizione piena, è a disposizione lo "
-"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize </computeroutput>. Quando lo "
-"si richiama, lo script legge la configurazione da <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
-"debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/"
-"etc/fsautoresizetab </computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab "
-"</computeroutput>, e basandosi sulle regole presenti in questi file propone "
-"di estendere le partizioni con un altro po' di spazio libero. Senza "
-"argomenti scriverà solo i comandi necessari per estendere il file system, e "
-"l'opzione <computeroutput>-n </computeroutput> è necessaria per estendere "
-"effettivamente il file system."
+"Le script<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> est fourni "
+"afin de faciliter l'extension de partitions pleines. Celui-ci lit la "
+"configuration depuis <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/"
+"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</"
+"computeroutput> et <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. À "
+"partir des règles décrites dans ces fichiers, il propose d'étendre les "
+"partitions ne disposant que de peu de place libre. S'il est appelé sans "
+"argument, il affiche seulement les commandes permettant d'étendre le système "
+"de fichiers et l'argument <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> est requis "
+"pour effectuer réellement l'opération."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
-msgstr "Gestione dei volumi logici"
+msgstr "Gestion d'un volume logique"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#: release-manual.xml:1549
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
-"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
-"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </ulink>."
+"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Logical Volume Management (LVM) permette di estendere le partizioni mentre "
-"sono montate e in uso. Si può imparare di più su LVM in <ulink url='http://"
-"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </ulink>."
+"La Gestion des Volumes Logiques (LVM) permet de redimensionner les "
+"partitions lorsqu'elles sont montées et en cours d'utilisation. Vous pouvez "
+"en apprendre davantage sur LVM sur ce lien <ulink url='http://www.tldp.org/"
+"HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>Manuel LVM</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1550
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
"grow to."
msgstr ""
-"Per estendere un volume logico manualmente si può semplicemente eseguire il "
-"comando <computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> e indicare la quantità da "
-"aumentare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1553
+#: release-manual.xml:1555
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
-msgstr "Per esempio per aumentare home0 a 30GB si può usare i seguenti comandi:"
+msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1556
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
msgstr ""
-"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
-"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1563
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
-msgstr "Usare volatile.debian.org"
+msgstr "Utilisation de volatile.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#: release-manual.xml:1567
msgid ""
-"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
+"Since <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
"default installations."
msgstr ""
-"Dato che <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </"
-"ulink> è un nuovo servizio, introdotto con Debian Etch, esso non è attivo con "
-"l'installazione di default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1570
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
-msgstr "Cos'è debian-volatile?"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Citando dalla pagina web</emphasis>:"
+msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>rôle </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -4448,21 +4513,14 @@ msgid ""
"drawbacks for the selected packages. So debian-volatile will only contain "
"changes to stable programs that are necessary to keep them functional."
msgstr ""
-"Alcuni pacchetti, come il filtro spam e la rilevazione dei virus, vanno "
-"aggiornati frequentemente e non è sicuro aspettare gli aggiornamenti di una "
-"versione stabile. L'obiettivo principale di debian-volatile è permettere "
-"agli amministratori di aggiornare il sistema in un modo semplice e "
-"consistente senza gli svantaggi dell'uso di una versione instabile. Così "
-"debian-volatile conterrà solo i cambiamenti ai programmi necessari per "
-"rendere funzionale il programma."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1580
+#: release-manual.xml:1582
msgid "How to use volatile"
-msgstr "Come usare volatile"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1584
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4470,102 +4528,83 @@ msgid ""
"the following line to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
"computeroutput>:"
msgstr ""
-"Da quando la chiave dell'archivio volatile è inclusa nel pacchetto "
-"<computeroutput>debian-archive-keyring </computeroutput> è installata di "
-"default e non occorre aggiungere questa chiave manualmente ma inserire la "
-"seguente linea nel file <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
-"computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1587
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1589
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
+"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1590
+#: release-manual.xml:1592
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
-"E eseguire <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
-"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
msgid "Using backports.org"
-msgstr "Usare backports.org"
+msgstr "Utilisation de backport.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
"more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org steps in."
-msgstr "Hai scelto Debian Edu per la sua stabilità. Funziona alla grande, ma c'è solo un problema: alcuni software diventano obsoleti rispetto a come vorresti. Backports.org serve per risolvere questo problema."
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1603
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
"without new libraries (wherever it is possible) on a stable Debian "
-"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role='strong'>We recommend you to "
+"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to "
"pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all "
"backports available there. </emphasis> Please follow the instructions on "
-"<ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org\">http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
"use these backports."
msgstr ""
-"Backports sono pacchetti ricompilati da Debian testing (nella maggior parte) "
-"e da Debian unstable (in pochi casi, per esempio per gli aggiornamenti di "
-"sicurezza), in modo da essere eseguiti senza nuove librerie (dove è "
-"possibile) su una distribuzione Debian stabile come Debian Edu. <emphasis "
-"role='strong'>Si consiglia di selezionare singole backport che si adattano "
-"alle tue esigenze e di non utilizzare tutti i backport disponibili. </"
-"emphasis> Si prega di seguire le istruzioni per l'uso di backports su <ulink "
-"url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1605
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
-"computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"SecureApt'>securily </ulink>. This is done by running these commands as root:"
+"computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"SecureApt\">securily </ulink>. This is done by running these commands as "
+"root:"
msgstr ""
-"Sarà necessario aggiungere la chiave dell'archivio di backports.org al "
-"portachiavi <computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> di root, così che "
-"<computeroutput>apt </computeroutput> possa usare questo repository <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/SecureApt'>in maniera sicura </ulink>. Occorre "
-"dare il seguente comando come root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
+#: release-manual.xml:1613
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
+"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"aptitude update\n"
"]]>\n"
"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
+"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on backports.org\n"
+"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on backports.org\n"
"</ulink>. \n"
"</para>\n"
"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
-"</para>\n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
"</section>\n"
"\n"
"<section>\n"
@@ -4573,130 +4612,42 @@ msgid ""
"</title>\n"
"<para>\n"
"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
-"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
-"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
-"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
-"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
-"# update the list of available packages:\n"
-"aptitude update\n"
"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Poi si può usare <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
-"</computeroutput> per installare o aggiornare pacchetti una volta, o configurare un pacchetto per essere sempre installato da backports.org con il comando <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput> che è descritto nelle <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instruzioni su backports.org\n"
-"</ulink>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Il secondo modo ha il vantaggio,che gli aggiornamenti su backports sono installati automaticamente quando sono disponibili. Con il primo modo bisogna aggiornare manualmente. \n"
-"</para>\n"
+"</screen><para/>\n"
"</section>\n"
"\n"
"<section>\n"
-"<title>Java\n"
+"<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall\n"
"</title>\n"
+"<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
+"</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
+"</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+"</computeroutput>. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+"</computeroutput> should be similar to this: \n"
+"</para>\n"
"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1642
-msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
-msgstr "Accesso al server skolelinux dall'esterno del firewall"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
-msgid ""
-"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
-"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
-"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
-"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
-"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"Lo script di boot <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> è messo a "
-"disposizione nel pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </"
-"computeroutput> per \"oltrepassare\" un firewall. Questo è utile per gli "
-"amministratori di sistema responsabili di diverse installazioni Debian "
-"Edu. Viene configurato un tunnel SSH per permettere un login ssh da "
-"un'altra macchina dall'esterno del firewall."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
-msgid ""
-"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
-"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
-"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-"Per attivarlo occorre creare una chiave ssh senza password, creare un utente "
-"sul computer remoto per usare ssh login, copiare la chiave publica nella "
-"directory ~/.ssh/authorized_keys per l'utente remoto e specificare le "
-"informazioni di login in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </"
-"computeroutput>."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651
-msgid ""
-"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
-"similar to this:"
-msgstr ""
-"Il contenuto di <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> "
-"dovrebbe essere simile a questo:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1655
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
-"RPORT=1234\n"
-"RUSER=backdoor\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
"RPORT=1234\n"
"RUSER=backdoor\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1660
-msgid "FIXME: This need to be completed and tested."
-msgstr "FIXME: Questo deve essere completato e testato."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1665
-msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
-msgstr "Creare una cartella in tutte le home directory degli utenti"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
-msgid ""
-"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
-"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
-msgstr ""
-"Con questo script l'amministratore può creare una cartella in ogni home "
-"directory e selezionare i permessi di accesso e la proprietà."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1669
-msgid ""
-"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user "
-"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
-"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
-msgstr ""
-"Nell'esempio mostrato sotto con il gruppo=teachers e i permessi=770 un "
-"utente può assegnare un compito salvando il file nella cartella \"assignments"
-"\" nella quale gli insegnanti hanno diritto di scrittura per avere la "
-"possibilità di inserire commenti."
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1672
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
"\n"
"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
@@ -4720,322 +4671,200 @@ msgid ""
"done\n"
"\n"
"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
"\n"
-"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
-" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
-" permissions=\"770\";\n"
-" created_dir=0;\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
+"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
"\n"
-"for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
+"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para> \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
"\n"
-" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
-" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" . #set the right owner and group\n"
-" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
-" user=$home\n"
-" group=teachers\n"
-" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
-" else\n"
-" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
-" . fi\n"
-"done\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
+"</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student desktops \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde session \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students \n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
+"</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration programs \n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
+"</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
+"</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons] \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
+"</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile\n"
+"</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
"\n"
-"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386\n"
+"</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation server(s): \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+"unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2350 release-manual.xml:2458
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2352 release-manual.xml:2460
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
-"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
-"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
-"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
-"GPL.)"
msgstr ""
-"Gli HowTo a <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sono specifici per utenti o "
-"sviluppatori. Spostiamo in questa sezione gli HowTos specifici per gli "
-"utenti (e li cancelliamo dove erano)! (Prima occorre chiedere agli autori se "
-"sono d'accordo con lo spostamento (vedere la storia di quelle pagine per "
-"rintracciarli) e di metterli sotto licenza GPL.)"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1731
-msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
-msgstr "HowTo per il desktop"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
-msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
-msgstr "KDE Kiosk mode"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1739
-msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
-msgstr "Sono inclusi due profili di default:"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1741
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1783
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
-"of the students file group)"
+"Else replace <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> with "
+"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> or <computeroutput>powerpc </"
+"computeroutput> as applicable."
msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (attivato per i membri "
-"del gruppo studenti)"
+"Ce document fait partie du paquet <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
+"computeroutput> du <computeroutput>2007-11-24</computeroutput>."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
-msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
-msgstr "l'insieme di icone personalizzato che appare nel desktop degli studenti"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Disabling kioskmode"
+msgstr "Le mode kiosque de KDE"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1744
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid ""
-"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
-"kde panel"
+"If you don't want to use kioskmode, either just remove the file "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Or, if you just want to "
+"temporarily disable kioskmode, comment out all entries in there."
msgstr ""
-"fa in modo che tutti i programmi rappresentati dalle icone nel "
-"desktop siano presenti anche nel pannello kde"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
-msgid "adept is not started"
-msgstr "adept non è partito"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1746
-msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
-msgstr "fa in modo che gli studenti non inizino con un'altra sezione di kde"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1747
-msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
-msgstr "disabilita la possibilità di acquisire l'accesso di root per gli studenti"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
+msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
+msgstr "Modification de l'écran de connexion de kdm"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
+#: release-manual.xml:1801
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
-"user and members of the admins file group)"
+"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
+"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
+"computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (attivata per l'utente "
-"root e per i membri del gruppo admins)"
+"Dans Debian/Etch, la manière de personnaliser l'écran de connexion de kdm a "
+"changé. Maintenant, ceci se fait en ajoutant un fichier dans "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/</computeroutput> qui spécifie les "
+"variables surchargeant les valeurs par défaut."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
-"easy access to all the administration programs"
+"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
+"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
-"aggiungere al desktop un'icona per connettersi al server web locale per "
-"permettere un accesso semplice a tutti i programmi di amministrazione"
+"Voici un exemple utilisé pour activer le thème du paquet {{desktop-base}}} :"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1755
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
-"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
-"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. "
-"[FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
+"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
+"]]"
msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Nota: </emphasis>: le modifiche ai profili possono "
-"essere fatte usando <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. Tuttavia a "
-"meno che si seguano i passi indicati sotto i cambiamenti saranno "
-"sovrascritti dagli aggiornamenti. [FIXME: non funziona. L'aggiornamento "
-"rimette le icone del desktop di default]"
+"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
+"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1759
+#: release-manual.xml:1812
msgid ""
-"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
-"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
-"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
-"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
-"folder."
+"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
+"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
-"Se si vuole modificare i profili kiosk, si possono copiare i profili "
-"esistenti e modificarli, o creare nuovi profili kiosk in (per esempio) "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> e attivarli in "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. Gli strumenti di "
-"kiosk forniranno un valido aiuto e se si fa click su \"profile properties\" "
-"si ha la possibilità di sfogliare una nuova cartella."
+"Consulter le code de <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> pour "
+"des informations concernant l'utilisation de ces variables."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1766
-msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
-msgstr "Cambiare kiosk mode nelle workstation senza disco"
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
+msgid "Flash"
+msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1768
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
msgid ""
-"After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like "
-"described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by "
-"the diskless workstation."
+"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
+"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package from "
+"backports.org."
msgstr ""
-"Dopo aver fatto le modifiche al setting di kioskmode con gli strumenti di "
-"kiosktool come descritto sopra, si dovrà copiare alcuni file nella chroot "
-"usata dalle workstation senza disco."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770
-msgid ""
-"Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386 </"
-"computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation "
-"server(s):"
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
+msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
msgstr ""
-"Assumendo che le workstation senza disco siano <computeroutput>i386 </"
-"computeroutput>, i seguenti comandi devono essere eseguiti sul server "
-"workstation:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1774
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
-"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
-"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1781
-msgid ""
-"Else replace <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> with "
-"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> or <computeroutput>powerpc </"
-"computeroutput> as applicable."
-msgstr ""
-"Occorre cambiare <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> "
-"con <computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> o <computeroutput>powerpc </"
-"computeroutput> se si ha un'architettura diversa."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788
-msgid "Disabling kioskmode"
-msgstr "Disattivare il kiosk mode"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
-msgid ""
-"If you don't want to use kioskmode, either just remove the file "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Or, if you just want to "
-"temporarily disable kioskmode, comment out all entries in there."
-msgstr ""
-"Se non si vuole usare kiosk mode, occorre cancellare il file "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Se si vuole disabilitarlo "
-"temporaneamente occorre commentare tutte le linee del file."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1797
-msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
-msgstr "Modificare il login screen di kde"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
-msgid ""
-"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
-"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
-"computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
-msgstr ""
-"In Debian/Etch, il modo per personalizzare il login screen di kdm è "
-"cambiato. Ora, si modifica aggiungendo un file in <computeroutput>/etc/"
-"default/kdm.d/ </computeroutput> specificando le variabili che sostituiscano "
-"quelle di default."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
-msgid ""
-"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
-"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
-msgstr ""
-"Questo è un esempio usato per attivare il tema nel "
-"pacchetto<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput>:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1806
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
-"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
-"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1810
-msgid ""
-"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
-"information on how these variables are used."
-msgstr ""
-"Vedere il codice in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> per "
-"avere informazioni su come queste variabili vanno usate."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1816
-msgid "Flash"
-msgstr "Flash"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
-msgid ""
-"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
-"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package from "
-"backports.org."
-msgstr ""
-"Per installare il plugin per i browser web Adobe Flash Player, occorre il "
-"pacchetto debian <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput>da "
-"backports.org."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1821
-msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
-msgstr "Sono richiesti tre requisiti per fare questo:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
msgid ""
"add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
"as decribed in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">general adminstration "
"howtos</link>"
msgstr ""
-"aggiungere backports.org a <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
-"computeroutput> come descritto nell'<link linkend=\"Administration\">howto "
-"dell'amministrazione generale</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1829
msgid ""
"add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
"computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
"create it):"
msgstr ""
-"aggiungere la linea seguente a <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
-"computeroutput> (il file ancora probabilmente non esiste, così occorre "
-"crearlo):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1833
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
@@ -5043,80 +4872,81 @@ msgid ""
"Pin-priority: 999\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
-"Pin: release a=etch-backports\n"
-"Pin-priority: 999\n"
-"]]"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1838
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1840
msgid ""
"as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
"an installer-package (and does not contain the flashplugin itself, for legal "
"reasons), it also requires a working internet connection as it will download "
"the precompiled binary from Adobes website."
msgstr ""
-"il plugin <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> è solo un "
-"pacchetto di installazione (e non contiene il plugin di flash, per ragioni "
-"legali), c'è quindi bisogno di una connessione internet attiva che "
-"scaricherà il file precompilato da Adobe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
-msgstr "Suono con Flash nei thin clients"
+msgstr "Le son avec les clients LTSP"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
msgid "You need to install this as root:"
-msgstr "Occorre installare come root:"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
msgid "and make one change in /etc/apt/sources.list"
-msgstr "e fare un cambiamento in /etc/apt/sources.list"
+msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
-"\n"
-"And that followed by \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound\"\n"
-"\n"
-"remeber to remove deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local from source list after that.\n"
-"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
-"\n"
-"e quello seguito da \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-exstrasound\"\n"
-"\n"
-"ricorda di eliminare in seguito deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local dal file sources.lst .\n"
-"\n"
-"]]"
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1857
+msgid ""
+"And that followed by <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> and "
+"<computeroutput>aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound </"
+"computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"remeber to remove <computeroutput>deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ "
+"etch-test local </computeroutput> from source list after that and run "
+"<computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> again."
+msgstr ""
+"(Le paquet source <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> contient "
+"cette image sous forme de fichier <computeroutput>dia</computeroutput>.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
msgstr ""
-"Per permettere al suono di funzionare, è necessario installare l'ultimo "
-"pacchetto flashplugin-nonfree (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1866
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
msgid "Other useful plugins"
-msgstr "Altri plugin utili"
+msgstr "Autres greffons utiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#, fuzzy
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
-msgstr "Dopo aver aggiunto il repository per il multimedia (vedi sotto):"
+msgstr "Après avoir ajouté le dépôt multimedia :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1876
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -5126,26 +4956,26 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1882
msgid "Playing DVDs"
-msgstr "Far funzionare DVD"
+msgstr "Lire des DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
"you can use the packages from debian-multimedia.org. Add the multimedia "
"repository and install multimedia and dvd libraries:"
msgstr ""
-"libdvdcss è necessaria per far suonare la maggioranza dei DVD commerciali. "
-"Per ragioni legali non è inclusa in Debian (Edu). Se si hai il permesso "
-"legale di usarla si può scaricare il pacchetto da debian-multimedia.org. "
-"Occorre aggiungere il repository multimedia e installare multimedia e le "
-"librerie dei dvd."
+"libdvdcss est requise pour lire la plupart des DVD du commerce. Pour des "
+"raisons légales, cette bibliothèque n'est pas incluse dans Debian (Edu). Si "
+"la loi vous l'autorise, vous pouvez utiliser les paquets présents sur debian-"
+"multimedia.org."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1882
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -5155,311 +4985,141 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1888
-msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
-msgstr "Usare il repository multimedia:"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
-msgid ""
-"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
-"just add"
-msgstr ""
-"Occorre usare l'indirizzo www.debian-multimedia.org e visitare la homepage e "
-"trovare un mirror, o aggiungere "
-
-# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1893
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
-msgid ""
-"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
-"multimedia-keyring)."
-msgstr ""
-"al file /etc/apt/sources.lst. Installare eventualmente la key package per "
-"multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring)."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
-msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
-msgstr "HowTo per i client di rete"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
-msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
-msgstr "Thin Clients vs workstation senza disco"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
+msgstr "Après avoir ajouté le dépôt multimedia :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
-msgid ""
-"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
-"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
-msgstr ""
-"Istruzioni su come rigenerare workstation senza disco / workstation orfane/ "
-"lowfat client / client stupidi sono disponibili a <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
-msgid "LTSP in detail"
-msgstr "LTSP in dettaglio"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
-msgid "lts.conf"
-msgstr "lts.conf"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1922
-msgid ""
-"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
-"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
-"computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/"
-"ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and what "
-"parameters you can specify."
-msgstr ""
-"Per permettere adattamenti e configurazioni specifiche per i thinclient, "
-"occorre modificare il file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
-"computeroutput>. Per vedere esempi e quali parametri si possono specificare "
-"può essere utile <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/"
-"examples/lts.conf </computeroutput>."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
-msgid ""
-"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
-"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
-"client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
-"computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To use www.debian-multimedia.org do the following:"
msgstr ""
-"I valori di default sono definiti nella sezione <computeroutput>[default] </"
-"computeroutput>, per configurare un client, occorre indicare il mac adress o "
-"l'indirizzo ip come <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </computeroutput>."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
-msgid ""
-"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
-"something like this:"
-msgstr ""
-"Esempio: Per permettere al thinclient ltsp010 di usare una risoluzione "
-"1280x1024 aggiungere qualcosa di questo genere:"
+"Pour utiliser www.debian-multimedia.org, rendez-vous sur la page d'accueil "
+"et trouvez un miroir, ou ajoutez simplement"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1933
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
-"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
-"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+"# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
+"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
+"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
+"echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+"# update the list of available packages:\n"
+"aptitude update\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
+"<title>HowTos for networked clients\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para> \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>LTSP in detail\n"
+"</title><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>lts.conf\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]\n"
+"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"</computeroutput>. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add something like this: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1939
-msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
-msgstr "da qualche parte sotto la sezione default."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1941
-msgid ""
-"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
-"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
-msgstr ""
-"In base ai cambiamenti fatti può essere necessario riavviare X nel client "
-"(premendo alt+ctrl+backspace) o riavviare il client."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
-msgid ""
-"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
-"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
-"client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
-"computeroutput> file."
-msgstr ""
-"Se si usa l'indirizzo ip in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> si "
-"dovrebbe aggiungere il mac-address del client al server dhcp. Si può usare "
-"anche il mac-address del client direttamente nel file <computeroutput>lts."
-"conf </computeroutput>."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
-msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
-msgstr "Equilibrare il carico sui server LTSP"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
-"edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
-msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Questa caratteristica nuova nella versione di ltsp "
-"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 è stata inclusa in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1960
-msgid "Part 1"
-msgstr "Prima Parte"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
-"for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
-"get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In "
-"addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each "
-"of the servers."
-msgstr ""
-"E' possibile configurare i client per connettersi a uno dei vari server per "
-"distribuire il carico. Si può attivare questa funzionalità con lo script /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
-"get_hosts per stampare uno o più server che permettano di fare la connessione LDM. In ogni ltsp chroot occorre includere la chiave ssh dell'host per ognuno dei server."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
-msgid ""
-"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
-"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
-"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
-"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
-"later on."
-msgstr "Prima di tutto occorre scegliere il server LTSP che bilanci il carico. Tutti i client PXE-boot caricheranno l'immagine Skolelinux da questo server. Dopo che l'immagine è caricata, LDM sceglie a quale server connettersi attraverso lo script \"get_hosts\". Come questo sarà fatto si vedrà dopo."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
-msgid ""
-"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
-"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
-"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
-"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
-"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
-msgstr "Ora occorre trasferire i client dalla rete 192.168.1.0 alla rete 10.0.2.0. Questo perché quando si usa la distribuzione del carico, i client dovrebbero avere accesso diretto al server LDM. Se si lasciano i client sulla rete 192.168.1.0, tutto il traffico dei client sarà assorbito da quel server prima di raggiungere il server scelto LDM."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
-msgid ""
-"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/"
-"dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
-msgstr "Per mettere i client nella rete 10.0.2.0, occorre modificare /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf sul main-server (tjener). Dove è scritto:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1971
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
-" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
-" }\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>somewhere below the default settings. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput> file. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Load balancing LTSP servers\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Part 1\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide later on. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
" }\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1976
-msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
-msgstr "occorre aggiungere questo sotto \"range\":"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
-"next-server xxx;\n"
-"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
-"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
-"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>you have to add this under \"range\": \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
"next-server xxx;\n"
"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
-msgid ""
-"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
-"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
-"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
-msgstr "Next-server dovrebbe avere l'indirizzo IP o il nome dell'host del server scelto per distribuire il carico.Se si usa il nome dell'host occorre avere un DNS funzionante. Ricorda di riavviare il servizio dhcp."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
-msgid "Part 2"
-msgstr "Seconda Parte"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
-msgid ""
-"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
-"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
-"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
-"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
-"host names, in the random order."
-msgstr "Ora occorre eseguire lo script \"get_hosts\" che stampa un server per LDM a cui connettersi. Il parametro LDM_SERVER sovrascrive questo script. Di conseguenza, questo parametro non deve essere definito se lo script get_hosts sta per essere usato. Lo script get_hosts stampa sull'output standard l'indirizzo IP o i nomi dei server, in ordine casuale."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1995
-msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
-msgstr "Modifica \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" e aggiungi qualcosa di simile a questo:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
-msgstr "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2000
-msgid ""
-"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
-"space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
-"ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server."
-msgstr ""
-"Occorre sostituire xxxx con l'indirizzo IP o i nomi dei server, l'elenco deve essere separato da uno spazio. In seguito occorre mettere il seguente script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
-"ltsp/get_hosts sul server scelto per distribuire il carico."
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2003
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
-"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
-"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
-"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
-"for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
-"rank=$RANDOM\n"
-"let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
-"TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
-"done\n"
-"TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
-"for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
-"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
-"done\n"
-"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Part 2\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or host names, in the random order. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
@@ -5473,330 +5133,256 @@ msgstr ""
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
"done\n"
"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2022
-msgid "Part 3"
-msgstr "Terza Parte"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2024
-msgid ""
-"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
-"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
-"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
-"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
-"ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
-"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
-"and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
-msgstr ""
-"Ora dopo aver inserito lo script \"get_hosts\", è il tempo di creare la chiave per ltsp chroots. Questo si può fare scrivendo un file con il contenuto di /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts con tutti server ltsp che distribuiranno il carico della rete. Occorre salvare il file come /etc/ltsp/"
-"ssh_known_hosts.extra in tutti i server che bilanciano il carico. L'ultimo passo è molto importante in quanto ltsp-update-sshkeys viene eseguito ogni volta che il server si riavvia, "
-"e /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra è caricato se esiste."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2030
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
-"ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server."
-msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Se si salva il nuovo file come /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
-"ssh/ssh_known_hosts, questo sarà cancellato quando il server si riavvia."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2032
-msgid ""
-"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
-"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
-"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
-"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. "
-"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
-msgstr ""
-"Vi è una debolezza intrinseca in questa configurazione. Tutti i client ottengono la loro "
-"immagine dallo stesso server e questo causa carichi elevati sul server se molti client si avviano contemporaneamente. Ancora, i client richiedono che il server sia sempre disponibile altrimenti non si possono avviare o ottenere un server LDM. Questa configurazione, quindi, è dipendente da un solo server e questo non è il massimo."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2034
-msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
-msgstr "I client dovrebbero avere il carico ben distribuito!"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040
-msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
-msgstr "Suono con client LTSP"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2042
-msgid ""
-"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
-"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
-"by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done "
-"automatically, this line:"
-msgstr ""
-"Se il client ha il supporto hardware per il suono e alsa viene usato (oggi "
-"questo è il sistema di default per il suono in Debian), il modulo snd-pcm-"
-"oss dovrebbe essere caricato dall'hardware dei client affinché esdpossa "
-"trovare /dev/dsp. Se questo non avviene automaticamente, la linea:"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2044
-msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
-msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2046
-msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
-msgstr "dovrebbe essere aggiunta al server nel file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2052
-msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
-msgstr "Sostituire LDM con KDM"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
-msgid ""
-"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
-"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
-"less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server."
-msgstr ""
-"Skolelinux 3.0 usa LDM come manager di login e utilizza per fare il login un "
-"tunnel sicuro ssh. Quando si usa KDM uno switch a XDMCP è neccessario. XDMCP "
-"ha bisogno di meno risorse diCPU sui clients e sul server."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2060
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
-"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
-"well as anything else."
-msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Attenzione </emphasis>: XDMCP "
-"non usa la cifratura. Le password passano in modalità testo nella rete, così "
-"come ogni altra cosa."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
-"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
-msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Nota: gli apparati locali con <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
-"computeroutput> si fermeranno senza LDM."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
-msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
-msgstr ""
-"Per controllare se XDMCP sta lavorando, esegui questo comando da una "
-"workstation:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Part 3\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced! \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Sound with LTSP clients\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done automatically, this line: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Replacing LDM with KDM\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning\n"
+"</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
+"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
-"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
-msgstr "Se siamo su un thin client nella retenetwork, occorre eseguire questo comando:"
+msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2079
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
-"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2082
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
-"L'obiettivo è di permettere al thin client \"real\" di contattare il server-"
-"xdmcp sulla rete 192.168.0.254 (data la configurazione standard di "
-"Skolelinux)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2084
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
-"Se per qualche ragione xdmcp è accessibile sul tuo server che esegue KDM , "
-"aggiungere a /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:2099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"* # any host can get a login window\n"
-"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2090
+#: release-manual.xml:2102
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
-"La stella prima del commento '#' è importante, quello che segue naturalmente "
-"è un commento <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
-msgstr "Quindi avvia xdmcp in kdm con il comando:"
+msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2111
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
-"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
-msgstr "Alla fine riavvia kdm eseguendo:"
+msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2105
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
-"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2120
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
-msgstr "(per la cortesia di Finn-Arne Johansen)"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
-msgstr "Connettere macchine windows alla rete / integrazione con Windows"
+msgstr "Connexion de machines Windows au réseau / intégration de Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2129
msgid "Joining the domain"
-msgstr "Collegarsi al dominio"
+msgstr "Rejoindre le domaine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2131
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
"enables Windows clients to store profiles and userdata and also "
"authenticates the users during the login."
msgstr ""
-"Per i client Windows il dominio Windows \"SKOLELINUX\" è diponibile per "
-"essere usato. Un servizio speciale chiamato Samba, installato sul server "
-"principale tjener, permette ai client Windows di archiviare profili e dati "
-"degli utenti e autenticare gli utenti attraverso il login."
+"Pour les clients Windows, le domaine Windows « SKOLELINUX » peut être "
+"rejoint. Un service spécial, nommé Samba, installé sur le serveur principal "
+"tjener, permet aux clients Windows d'enregistrer des profils et des données "
+"utilisateurs et authentifie les utilisateurs durant la phase de connexion."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2133
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
-"Per collegare i client Windows al dominio alcuni (pochi) passi sono "
-"necessari:"
+"Afin d'ajouter des clients Windows au domaine, quelques étapes sont "
+"nécessaires :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2135
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
-msgstr "1. Creare un utente (se già non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
+msgstr ""
+"1. Créez un utilisateur appartenant au groupe « admins » (s'il n'en existe "
+"pas déjà un)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
"membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat "
-"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role='strong'>not </emphasis> work, "
-"because there is no password for root in Samba."
+"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role=\"strong\">not </emphasis> "
+"work, because there is no password for root in Samba."
msgstr ""
-"Per collegarsi al dominio \"SKOLELINUX\" un membro del gruppo admins è "
-"necessario per autorizzare il processo. Se non esiste un utente aggregato a "
-"questo gruppo va creato (per maggiori informazioni vedere <link to lwat "
-"docu>). L'utente \"root\" <emphasis role='strong'>non </emphasis> riuscirà a "
-"collegarsi in quanto non c'è la password di root per Samba."
+"Afin d'être capable de rejoindre le domaine « SKOLELINUX », un membre du "
+"groupe admins doit autoriser le processus. S'il n'en existe encore aucun, un "
+"tel utilisateur doit être ajouter (pour plus d'informations, consulter <lien "
+"vers la documentation de lwat>). L'utilisateur « root » ne fonctionnera "
+"<emphasis role='strong'>pas</emphasis>, car root n'a pas de mot de passe "
+"sous Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2130
+#: release-manual.xml:2142
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
-msgstr "2. Configurare i client Windows come host statici"
+msgstr "2. Configurez les clients Windows en hôtes statiques"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2144
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
"later as being allowed to authenticate users. In order to enable Samba to "
"store this data, Samba requires an static host configuration to be present. "
"This could be added by using the LWAT web interface (see also <link to "
-"lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is important to check "
-"the \"Samba host\" option, otherwise will lack the required data to be able "
-"to join the domain."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando ci si collega a un dominio samba alcuni dati particolari vengono "
-"archiviati sul controller del dominio (tjener). Questi dati sono necessari "
-"per riconoscere le macchine Windows, dopo saranno autenticati gli utenti. "
-"Per permettere a Samba di archiviare questi dati, Samba ha bisogno di un "
-"indirizzo statico dell'host. Questo potrebbe essere aggiunto usando "
-"l'interfaccia web LWAT (cedere anche <link to lwat>). Quando si aggiunge "
-"un indirizzo statico alla configurazione dell'host è importante selezionare "
-"l'opzione \"Samba host\", altrimenti non sarà possibile passare i dati per "
-"l'autenticazione al dominio."
+"lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is important to "
+"check the \"Samba host\" option, otherwise will lack the required data to be "
+"able to join the domain."
+msgstr ""
+"Lorsque l'on rejoint un domaine Samba, des données spéciales sont "
+"enregistrées sur le contrôleur de domaine (tjener). Ces données sont "
+"nécessaires pour identifier plus tard les clients Windows autorisés à "
+"authentifier les utilisateurs. Afin de permettre à Samba de mémoriser ces "
+"données, celui-ci a besoin d'une configuration hôte statique. Ceci peut être "
+"ajouté à l'aide de l'interface web LWAT (voir aussi <lien vers la "
+"documentation de lwat>). Lors de l'ajout de la configuration hôte statique, "
+"il est important de valider l'option « hôte Samba », sinon les données "
+"nécessaires pour rejoindre le domaine feront défaut."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2136
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
msgstr ""
-"3. Sui client Windows: Assicurarsi che la rete e il sistema di "
-"configurazione corrispondano ai dati archiviati in tjener (nome dell'host e "
-"configurazione ip)"
+"3. Sur les clients Windows : assurez-vous que le réseau et la configuration "
+"du système correspondent aux données enregistrées sur tjener (nom d'hôte et "
+"configuration IP)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
-"E' importante che gli host Windows abbiano gli stessi dati, altrimenti Samba "
-"non troverà l'host aggiunto nel passo 2."
+"Il est vraiment important que les hôtes Windows aient les mêmes données, "
+"sinon Samba ne trouvera pas l'hôte ajouté à l'étape 2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2152
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
-msgstr "4. Collegarsi al dominio normalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
+msgstr ""
+"4. Rejoignez le domaine comme d'habitude en utilisant l'utilisateur ajouté à "
+"l'étape 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2153
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5808,19 +5394,20 @@ msgid ""
"a popup window with a welcome message. After the obligatory reboot the "
"loginscreen offers a option to login into the domain."
msgstr ""
-"In relazione alla versione e al linguaggio di Windows si dovrebbe trovare la "
-"configurazione del dominio o del workgroup del tuo sistema nelle proprietà "
-"del sistema. Un sistema Windows appena installato dovrebbe avere un "
-"workgroup di default. Ci si può colegare al dominio selezionando \"Domain\" "
-"al posto di \"Workgroup\" e digitando SKOLELINUX come nuovo dominio. Se si "
-"preme enter si aprirà una nuova finestra, dove i dati di login dell'utente "
-"creato al passo 1. possono essere inseriti. Dopo un po' di tempo il client "
-"Windows apre una finestra di popup con un messaggio di benvenuto. Dopo il "
-"riavvio obbligatorio lo schermo di login offre l'opzione di collegarsi al "
-"dominio."
+"Selon la version et la langue de votre installation Windows, vous trouverez "
+"la configuration du domaine ou du groupe de travail de votre système quelque "
+"part dans les propriétés du système. Un système Windows récemment installé "
+"devrait appartenir à un groupe de travail par défaut. Vous pouvez rejoindre "
+"le domaine en sélectionnant « Domaine » à la place de « Groupe de Travail » "
+"et en entrant le nouveau nom de domaine SKOLELINUX. À l'appui sur la touche "
+"Entrée, une nouvelle fenêtre s'ouvrira, où les données de connexion de "
+"l'utilisateur créé à l'étape 1. peuvent être saisies. Après quelque temps, "
+"le client Windows ouvrira une fenêtre surgissante affichant un message "
+"d'accueil. Après un redémarrage obligatoire, l'écran de connexion offrira la "
+"possibilité de se connecter au domaine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2144
+#: release-manual.xml:2156
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5828,20 +5415,21 @@ msgid ""
"in browsers (you could use the squid proxycache installed on tjener instead) "
"and save file into the H: volume instead of \"Own files\"."
msgstr ""
-"Windows sincronizzerà il profilo degli utenti del dominio ogni volta che si "
-"fa login e logout. Dalla quantità dei dati presenti nel profilo dipenderà il "
-"tempo di collegamento. Per minimizzare il tempo, occorre disattivare alcune "
-"cose come la cache locale dei browser (in alternativa si può usare la proxy "
-"cache di squid installata su tjener) e salvare i file nel volume H: invece "
-"di \"Own files\"."
+"Windows synchronisera le profil des utilisateurs du domaine à chaque "
+"connexion et déconnexion. Selon la quantité de données enregistrées dans le "
+"profil, ceci pourra prendre un peu de temps. Afin de réduire le temps "
+"nécessaire à cette opération, il est conseillé de désactiver certaines "
+"fonctionnalités, comme le cache local des navigateurs (à la place, vous "
+"pouvez utilisez le cache du mandataire squid installé sur tjener) et "
+"sauvegarder les fichiers dans le volume H: à la place de « Own files »."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
msgid "User groups in Windows"
-msgstr "Gruppi di utenti in Windows"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2150
+#: release-manual.xml:2162
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5850,53 +5438,44 @@ msgid ""
"will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group "
"aware."
msgstr ""
-"Groupmaps dovrebbe anche essere aggiunto per ogni gruppo inserito attraverso "
-"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. Se si vuole che il gruppo sia "
-"disponibile in Windows per esempio per gli script netlogon o per altre "
-"azioni dipendenti dai gruppi, si può aggiungerlo adattando il seguente "
-"comando. Samba funzionerà anche senza questo comando, ma le macchine "
-"Windows non saranno a conoscenza del gruppo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2154
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
-" type=domain ntgroup=\"students\" \\\n"
-" comment=\"All students in the school\"\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
+#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
" type=domain ntgroup=\"students\" \\\n"
" comment=\"All students in the school\"\n"
"]]"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2165
+#: release-manual.xml:2177
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
"However, they may need to disable the windows firewall before Tjener will "
"appear in Network Neighbourhood (or whatever its called now)."
msgstr ""
-"Gli utenti che usano nel loro laptop XP home possono connettersi a Tjener "
-"usando le loro credenziali skolelinux se hanno configurato il workgroup come "
-"SKOLELINUX. E' necessario disabilitare il firewall windows prima che Tjener "
-"(o come si è chiamata la directory da condividere) appaia nelle risorse di "
-"rete."
+"Les utilisateurs dont le portable est sous XP home peuvent toujours se "
+"connecter à tjener en utilisant leur compte Skolelinux, à condition que le "
+"groupe de travail soit SKOLELINUX. Cependant, ils devront peut-être "
+"désactiver le pare-feu de Windows pour que tjener apparaîsse dans le "
+"voisinage réseau (ou quel que soit son nom)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
-msgstr "Gestire i profili roaming"
+msgstr "Gérer les profils itinérants"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5905,16 +5484,18 @@ msgid ""
"Roaming profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the "
"server is available."
msgstr ""
-"I profili comuni o roaming contengono l'ambiente di lavoro dell'utente, che "
-"include il desktop con le sue icone e configurazioni. Alcuni esempi di "
-"questo ambiente sono i file personali, le icone del desktop, i colori dello "
-"schermo, la configurazione del mouse, grandezza e posizione delle finestre, "
-"la configurazione delle applicazioni, della rete e delle stampanti. I "
-"profili roaming sono disponibili dal momento in cui l'utente si collega, "
-"attraverso il server."
+"Les profils itinérants contiennent les environnements de travail des "
+"utilisateurs, ce qui comprend les données et la configuration du bureau. Des "
+"exemples de ces environnements sont les fichiers personnels, les icônes du "
+"bureau, les couleurs de l'écran, les réglages de la souris, la taille et la "
+"position des fenêtres, la configuration des applications et les connexions "
+"aux réseaux et aux imprimantes. Les profils itinérants sont disponibles quel "
+"que soit l'endroit d'où l'utilisateur se connecte, à condition que le "
+"serveur soit accessible."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2174
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
@@ -5923,128 +5504,145 @@ msgid ""
"desktop or in the My Documents folder instead of in their homedir. Also some "
"badly designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
msgstr ""
-"Dato che il profilo è copiato dal server quando ci si collega e copiato sul "
-"server quando ci si disconnette dalla rete, profili pesanti possono rendere "
-"il login/logout penosamente lento. Ci sono molte ragioni che spiegano la "
-"pesantezza del profilo , ma la principale è che gli utenti salvano i loro "
-"file nel desktop o nei documenti di windows invece che nella loro directory "
-"home. Anche alcuni programmi mal progettati usano il profilo per scrivere "
-"dati."
+"Puisque le profil est copié depuis le serveur sur la machine durant la "
+"connexion, et copié de nouveau vers le serveur lors de la déconnexion, un "
+"profil volumineux peut rendre les connexions/déconnexions de Windows très "
+"lentes. Un profil peut être volumineux pour diverses raisons mais les "
+"problèmes les plus courants sont dus au fait que les utilisateurs "
+"sauvegardent leurs fichiers sur le bureau de Windows ou dans « Mes Documents "
+"» et non dans leur répertoire personnel. Par ailleurs, certains programmes "
+"mal conçus utilisent le profil comme espace de travail temporaire ou pour "
+"enregistrer d'autres données."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
"them not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's "
"their own fault when login is slow."
msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Un approccio educativo</emphasis>: Un modo per "
-"affrontare i profili troppo pesanti è spiegare il problema agli utenti. "
-"chiedere loro di non archiviare i loro file nel desktop e se non vogliono "
-"ascoltare dire loro di non lamentarsi se il loro login è molto lento."
+"<emphasis role='strong'>L'approche éducative</emphasis> Une manière de gérer "
+"les profils volumineux consiste à expliquer la situation aux utilisateurs. "
+"Dites-leur de ne pas enregistrer de fichiers volumineux sur le bureau et "
+"s'ils ne vous écoutent pas, ils seront responsables du temps nécessaire à la "
+"connexion."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2179
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
-"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
-"parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users to "
-"the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at "
-"least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming profile."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Messa a punto dei profili </emphasis>: Un modo "
-"diverso per affrontare il problema è cancellare parte del profilo e "
-"indirizzare altre parti a un archivio regolare. Si trasferisce cioè il "
-"lavoro dell'utente all'amministratore, aggiungendo complessità "
-"all'installazione. Ci sono almeno tre modi per modificare le parti da "
-"rimuovere dal profilo dell'utente."
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way "
+"to deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect "
+"other parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users "
+"to the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are "
+"at least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming "
+"profile."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Ajustement du profil</emphasis> Une manière "
+"différente de gérer le problème consiste à supprimer des parties du profil, "
+"et de rediriger d'autres parties vers des modes courants de sauvegarde de "
+"fichiers. Ceci déplace la charge de travail des utilisateurs vers "
+"l'administrateur, en augmentant la complexité de l'installation. Il y a au "
+"moins trois manières de modifier les parties qui sont supprimées du profil "
+"itinérant."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184 release-manual.xml:2267
+#: release-manual.xml:2196 release-manual.xml:2279
msgid "Using machine policies"
-msgstr "Usare una politica per le macchine"
+msgstr "Utilisation des stratégies machine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
-msgstr "Si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez éditer la stratégie machine et la copier sur tous les autres "
+"ordinateurs."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
-msgstr "Scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e eseguire gpedit.msc"
+msgstr ""
+"Sur un ordinateur disposant d'un Windows récemment installé, lancez gpedit."
+"msc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
-msgid ""
-"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
-"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
-"semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the profile, the "
-"directories are internationalized and must be written in your own language "
-"the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to exclude are"
-msgstr ""
-"Nella selezione User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System -> "
-"User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, si può inserire un "
-"punto e virgola con le directory da escludere dal profilo, le directory "
-"hanno nomi diversi in base alla lingua usata e devono essere scritte nel "
-"linguaggio utilizzato. Esempi di directory da escludere sono"
+#: release-manual.xml:2201
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> "
+"System -> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you "
+"can enter a semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the "
+"profile, the directories are internationalized and must be written in your "
+"own language the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to "
+"exclude are"
+msgstr ""
+"Sous la sélection Configuration utilisateur -> Modèles d'administration -> "
+"Système -> Profils utilisateur -> Exclure des répertoires dans les profils "
+"itinérants, vous pouvez entrer une suite de répertoires à exclure du profil "
+"séparés par des points-virgules ; les répertoires sont internationalisés et "
+"doivent être écrits dans votre propre langue, tels qu'ils le sont dans le "
+"profil. Exemples de répertoires à exclure :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid "log"
msgstr "log"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#: release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "Locale settings"
-msgstr "Setting locale"
+msgstr "Local settings"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2192 release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2204 release-manual.xml:2207
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
-msgstr "File temporanei internet"
+msgstr "Temporary Internet Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid "My Documents"
-msgstr "Documenti"
+msgstr "Mes Documents"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2194
+#: release-manual.xml:2206
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Application Data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2210
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
-msgstr "Salvare i cambiamenti e uscire dall'editor dei testi."
+msgstr "Sauvegardez vos modifications et fermez l'éditeur."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
-"Copiare <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> "
-"in tutte le altre macchine windows."
+"Copiez <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy</computeroutput> "
+"sur toutes les autres machines Windows."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2214
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
-"Buona idea è copiarlo nel tuo sistema operativo windows per averlo a "
-"disposizione durante l'installazione."
+"Copier ce profil sur votre système de déploiement de Windows est une bonne "
+"idée afin d'en disposer au moment de l'installation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2283 release-manual.xml:2308
+#: release-manual.xml:2222 release-manual.xml:2295 release-manual.xml:2320
msgid "Using global policies"
-msgstr "Usare una politica globale"
+msgstr "Utilisation de stratégies globales"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -6053,83 +5651,90 @@ msgid ""
"yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this "
"please elaborate here..."
msgstr ""
-"Se si usa il windows policy editor (poledit.exe), si può creare un file di "
-"policy (NTConfig.pol) e metterlo nella directory condivisa su tjener. Questo "
-"avrebbe il vantaggio di lavorare su tutte le macchine immediatamente. Ma "
-"sfortunatamente non è semplice come sembra e a volte si può bloccare il "
-"login della macchina windows. Se hai esperienza di questo scrivi qualcosa "
-"qui..."
+"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
+"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
+"This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all machines. "
+"But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite easily lock "
+"yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this "
+"please elaborate here... FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2229
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
-msgstr "Modificare il registro di Windows"
+msgstr "Édition du registre Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2219
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
-"Si può modificare il registro di Windows del computer locale e copiare la "
-"chiave di registro sugli altri computer"
+"Vous pouvez éditer le registre de l'ordinateur local et copier cette clé de "
+"registre sur les autres ordinateurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2220
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
-msgstr "Esegui Registry Editor."
+msgstr "Lancez l'éditeur de registre."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
-"Occorre trovare <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft"
+"Déplacez vous jusqu'à <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft"
"\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2226
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Usare il menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilisez le menu <computeroutput>Édition -> Nouveau -> Valeur chaîne</"
+"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2242
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "Scrivere <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
+msgstr "Nommez le <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2233
+#: release-manual.xml:2245
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
-"Digitare un punto e virgola per separare le stringhe dei path da escludere "
-"(lo stesso per la politica delle macchine)"
+"Entrez une suite de chemins à exclure séparés par des points-virgules (de "
+"manière identique à la stratégie machine)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2248
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
"click it, or add it to a script to spread it to other machines."
msgstr ""
-"Si può scegliere, ora, di esportare le chiave di registro come file .reg, "
-"Segnare la chiave, click destro e selezionare export. Salvare il file e fare "
-"doppio click su questo per modificare il registro delle altre macchine."
+"Maintenant, vous pouvez choisir d'exporter cette clé de registre sous la "
+"forme d'un fichier .reg. Sélectionnez-la, cliquez sur le bouton droit de la "
+"souris et sélectionnez exporter. Sauvegarder le fichier et vous pouvez "
+"double-cliquer dessus ou l'ajouter à un script pour le diffuser sur les "
+"autres machines."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2250
msgid "Sources:"
-msgstr "Sorgenti:"
+msgstr "Sources :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2261
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
-msgstr "Ridirigere parti di profilo"
+msgstr "Redirection de parties du profil"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2263
+#: release-manual.xml:2275
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -6137,104 +5742,115 @@ msgid ""
"to redirect the directories some badly programed applications use to normal "
"network shares."
msgstr ""
-"A volte rimuovere la directory dal profilo non basta. In genere gli utenti "
-"perdono i file perché salvano in documenti, quando questa directory non "
-"viene salvata nel profilo. A volte si può volere ridirigere directory usate "
-"da software non ben programmati che usano directory condivise nella rete."
+"Parfois, simplement supprimer le répertoire du profil n'est pas suffisant. "
+"Vous pouvez rencontrer le cas où des utilisateurs perdent des fichiers parce "
+"qu'ils enregistrent des données dans Mes Documents, alors que ce répertoire "
+"n'est pas sauvegardé dans les profils. Par ailleurs, vous pouvez souhaiter "
+"rediriger les répertoires d'applications mal programmées vers des "
+"répertoires partagés sur le réseau."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2269
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
-"under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection Things that "
-"can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
+"under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection "
+"Things that can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
msgstr ""
-"Per l'uso della policy delle macchine indicata sopra, occorre modificare con "
-"gpedit.msc e copiare la policy in tutte le macchine La ridirezione dovrebbe "
-"essere disponibile in User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder "
-"Redirection Gli oggetti che possono essere spostati sono Desktop e/o "
-"Documenti."
+"Tout ce qui a été dit dans « Utilisation des stratégies machine » ci-dessus "
+"s'applique. Éditez en utilisant gpedit.msc et copiez la stratégie sur toutes "
+"les machines. La redirection devrait être disponible sous Configuration "
+"utilisateur -> Paramètres Windows -> Redirection de répertoires. Il peut "
+"être intéressant de rediriger Bureau et Mes Documents."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
"not want this, you should also disable that in following"
msgstr ""
-"Una cosa da ricordare è che se si attua la ridirezione le cartelle sono "
-"automaticamente aggiunte all'elenco delle cartelle da sincronizzare. Se non "
-"si vuole utilizzare questa caratteristica si dovrebbe disabilitare"
+"Rappelez-vous que si vous activez la redirection de répertoires, ceux-ci "
+"sont automatiquement ajoutés à la liste des répertoires synchronisés. Si "
+"vous ne le souhaitez pas, désactivez ce comportement dans"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2273
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
-msgstr "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
+"Offline Files"
+msgstr ""
+"Configuration utilisateur -> Modèles d'administration -> Réseau -> Fichiers "
+"hors connexion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2288
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
-"Files"
+"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
+"Offline Files"
msgstr ""
-"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
-"Files"
+"Configuration ordinateur -> Modèles d'administration -> Réseau -> Fichiers "
+"hors connexion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2303
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
-msgstr "Evitare i profili roaming"
+msgstr "Éviter les profils itinérants"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid "Using a local policy"
-msgstr "Usare una policy locale"
+msgstr "Utilisation d'une stratégie locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2309
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
"machines, or machines that have lower then usual bandwith."
msgstr ""
-"Per avere una policy locale occorre disabilitare i progili roaming su le "
-"macchine localmente. Questo lo si fa in genere per macchine particolari per "
-"esempio macchine dedicate, o macchine che dispongono di poca banda."
+"À l'aide des stratégies locales, vous pouvez désactiver le profil itinérant "
+"sur des machines individuelles. Ceci est souvent souhaité sur des machines "
+"spéciales, par exemple, sur des machines dédiées ou des machines dont la "
+"bande passante est faible."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2299
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
-"Si può usare il metodo della policy delle macchine descritta sopra, la "
-"chiave si trova in"
+"Vous pouvez utiliser la méthode de la stratégie machine décrite plus haut, "
+"la clé se situe dans"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
-"profiles"
+"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow "
+"local profiles"
msgstr ""
-"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
-"profiles"
+"Modèles d'administration -> Système -> Profils utilisateur -> Only allow "
+"local profiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2310
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
-msgstr "FIXME: quale la chiave dei profili roaming per la politica global"
+msgstr "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2315
+#: release-manual.xml:2327
msgid "altering samba config"
-msgstr "modificare la configurazione samba"
+msgstr "modifier la configuration de samba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2317
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -6242,14 +5858,15 @@ msgid ""
"network you can alter the smb.conf file on tjener and unset the logon path "
"and logon home variables, and restart samba."
msgstr ""
-"Per modificare la configurazione di samba occorre disabilitare i profili "
-"roaming in tutta la rete. Forse qualcuno ha una sua macchina dedicata e a "
-"nessuno è permesso lavorarci? Per disattivare i profili roaming si può "
-"modificare il file smb.conf su tjener e deselezionare le variabili logon "
-"path e logon home, poi riavviare samba."
+"En éditant le fichier de configuration de samba, vous pouvez désactiver les "
+"profils d'itinérance pour l'ensemble du réseau. Peut-être tout le monde a-t-"
+"il sa machine dédié et personne n'a-t-il le droit d'y toucher ? Pour "
+"désactiver les profils d'itinérance pour tout le réseau, vous pouvez "
+"modifier le fichier smb.conf sur tjner, supprimer les variables de chemin de "
+"connexion et de répertoire personnel, et redémarrer samba."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -6261,82 +5878,109 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2341
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
-msgstr "Desktop remoti con RDP, VNC, NX o Citrix"
+msgstr "Bureaux distants avec RDP, VNC, NX ou Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2331
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
"or Linux."
msgstr ""
-"Alcune città mettono a disposizione un desktop remoto così che studenti e "
-"insegnanti possono accedere a Skolelinux dalle loro abitazioni su computer "
-"che hanno Windows, Mac o Linux."
+"Certaines municipalités fournissent une solution de bureau à distance afin "
+"que les étudiants et les professeurs puissent avoir accès à Skolelinux "
+"depuis leur ordinateur domestique fonctionnant sous Windows, Mac ou Linux. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2333
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
-"RDP - è il modo più facile per accedere a Windows terminal server. occorre "
-"installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput>."
+"RDP - la manière la plus simple d'accéder à un serveur de terminal Windows. "
+"Installer simplement le paquet <computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2349
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
-"Il clent VNC (Virtual Network Computer) dà l'accesso a Skolelinux da remoto. "
-"occorre installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput>."
+"Les clients VNC (Virtual Network Computer) donnent accès à Skolelinux à "
+"distance. Installez simplement le paquet <computeroutput>xvncviewer </"
+"computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
"provided NX support to all their students since 2005. They report that the "
"solution is stable."
msgstr ""
-"NX dà la possibilità a studenti e insegnanti di accedere graficamente da "
-"remoto a Skolelinux con computer Windows, Mac o Linux. Una città in Norvegia "
-"ha messo a disposizione il supporto NX a tutti gli studenti dal 2005. Hanno "
-"detto che questa soluzione è stabile."
+"Le client graphique NX permet aux étudiants et professeurs d'accéder à "
+"Skolelinux à distance depuis des PC sous Windows, Mac ou Linux. Une "
+"municipalité de Norvège fournit un support NX à tous ses étudiants depuis "
+"2005. Elle rapporte que cette solution est stable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
-"client HowTo </ulink> per accedere a Windows terminal server da Skolelinux."
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Manuel du "
+"client Citrix ICA</ulink> pour accéder à un serveur de terminal Windows "
+"depuis Skolelinux."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2362 release-manual.xml:2470
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr "Manuels de wiki.debian.org"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2364 release-manual.xml:2472
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or "
+"developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and "
+"delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of "
+"those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting "
+"it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Les manuels de <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/</ulink> sont destinés soit aux "
+"utilisateurs, soit aux développeurs. Déplaçons les manuels utilisateur ici ! "
+"(Mais, demandons avant aux auteurs (consulter l'historique de ces pages pour "
+"les trouver) s'ils sont d'accord pour déplacer les manuels et les placer "
+"sous GPL.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2368
+#: release-manual.xml:2380
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
-msgstr "HowTo per insegnare e imparare"
+msgstr "Manuels pour enseigner et apprendre"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2386
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Moodle"
-msgstr "Moodle"
+msgstr "moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2376
+#: release-manual.xml:2388
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
-"Eseguire <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> come root "
-"per installare moodle."
+"Lancez <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> en tant que "
+"root pour installer moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -6345,133 +5989,129 @@ msgid ""
"single-teacher site to a University with 200,000 students. Some schools in "
"France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points."
msgstr ""
-"Moodle è un sistema per aministrare corsi online (CMS) - un pacchetto "
-"software libero, Open Source progettato usando principi pedagogici, per "
-"aiutare gli educatori a creare comunità di apprendimento online. Si può "
-"scaricare e usarlo su ogni computer (incluso webhosts), può adatarsi a un "
-"singolo insegnante come a una Università con 200.000 studenti. Alcune scuole "
-"in Francia usano moodle per monitorare abilità e crediti degli studenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
-msgstr "FIXME: alcuni esempi, etc."
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2383
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
+"See <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\">http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
-"Vedere per maggiori informazioni su Moodle <ulink url='http://moodle."
-"org'>http://moodle.org </ulink>."
+"Davantage d'informations sont disponibles depuis <ulink url='http://bugs."
+"debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791'>#386791</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
-msgstr "Monitorare gli allievi"
+msgstr "Surveillance des élèves"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
-"Alcune scuole usano strumenti di controllo come Controlaula o Italc per "
-"monitorare i loro studenti."
+"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
+"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
msgid ""
-"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
-"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
+"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
+"index.php?title=Main_Page\">http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
msgstr ""
-"Prova a visitare il loro wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
-"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
-"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
-msgstr "FIXME: spiegare come installarlo e usarlo."
+msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:2411
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
+"apt-get install italc\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2406
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
-"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
+"monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Attenzione </emphasis>: "
-"controllare le persone può essere non etico contrario alle norme della "
-"giurisdizione corrente."
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Attention </emphasis>: la "
+"surveillance d'êtres humains peut être contraire à l'éthique et illégal dans "
+"votre juridiction."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2424
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
-msgstr "Limitare agli allievi l'accesso alla rete"
+msgstr "Restreindre l'accès des élèves au réseau"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2414
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
-"Alcune scuole usano squidguard o dansguardian per limitare l'accesso a "
-"internet access. FIXME: spiegare come installarli e usarli."
+"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
+"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2420
+#: release-manual.xml:2432
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
"and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Attenzione </emphasis>: "
-"limitare l'accesso alle informazioni o alla libertà di parola può essere non "
-"etico e illegale nella vostra giurisdizione."
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Attention</emphasis> : "
+"restreindre l'accès à l'information ou la liberté d'expression peut être "
+"contraire à l'étique et illégal dans votre juridiction."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2438
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
-msgstr "Installare swi-prolog in etch"
+msgstr "Installation de swi-prolog sur Etch"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2428
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
"system."
msgstr ""
-"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> era disponibile in sarge, ma "
-"non fa parte di etch. Si può installare la versione di sarge su una "
-"distribuzione etch."
+"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> était disponible dans Sarge, "
+"mais ne faisait pas partie d'Etch. Mais vous pouvez simplement installer la "
+"version de Sarge sur un système Etch."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
"<computeroutput>apt-get </computeroutput> is cryptographically signed to "
"ensure a trust path."
msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Attenzione </emphasis>: Il "
-"software che si installa non ha un download sicuro. al contrario di quello "
-"installato con <computeroutput>apt-get </computeroutput> che è segnato con "
-"cifratura."
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Attention</emphasis> : le "
+"logiciel que vous installez n'est pas authentifié. Un logiciel installé avec "
+"<computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> est signé par criptographie afin "
+"d'être authentifié."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2452
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -6482,7 +6122,7 @@ msgid ""
"dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
+"# swi-prolog dépend de libreadline4, lui aussi absent de Etch\n"
"wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
"dpkg -i libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb \n"
"\n"
@@ -6491,336 +6131,366 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> è presente in etch "
+"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> fait partie de Etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2463
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
-"interesting"
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+"incomplete but interesting"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incompleto ma "
-"interessante"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - inachevé mais "
+"intéressant"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2472
+#: release-manual.xml:2484
msgid "Contribute"
-msgstr "Contribuire"
+msgstr "Contribuer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
msgid "Let us know you exist"
-msgstr "Facci sapere che esisti"
+msgstr "Faites-vous connaître auprès de nous."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2493
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2486
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
"us very much and therefore is already a valuable contribution. "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
-"Ci sono utenti Debian Edu in tutto il mondo. Un modo semplice per "
-"contribuire è avvertirci che esisti e che usi Debian Edu - questo ci motiva "
-"molto ed è già un modo concreto per contribuire. <inlinemediaobject>"
+"Il y a des utilisateurs de Debian Edu dans le monde entier. Une forme de "
+"contribution très facile consiste à vous faire connaître et à faire savoir "
+"que vous utilisez Debian Edu - ceci nous motive beaucoup et est par "
+"conséquent une contribution importante. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2492
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
"where the users of the distribution are located. Please let us know about "
"your installation, by registering in this database. To register your "
-"school, <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools'>use "
+"school, <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\">use "
"this web form </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Il progetto Debian Edu mette a disposizione un database di scuole e utenti "
-"del sistema per aiutare gli utenti a incontrarsi, e anche di avere un'idea "
-"dove gli utenti sono localizzati. Per favore facci sapere della tua "
-"installazione registrandoti in questo database. Per registrare la tua "
-"scuola <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools'>usa "
-"questa scheda</ulink>."
+"Le projet Debian Edu fournit une base de données des écoles et des "
+"utilisateurs du système afin d'aider ces derniers à s'identifier et d'avoir "
+"une idée de la localisation géographique de ceux-ci. Veuillez faire "
+"connaître votre installation en vous enregistrant dans cette base de "
+"données. Pour enregistrer votre école, <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools'>utilisez ce formulaire web</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2510
msgid "Contribute locally"
-msgstr "Contribuire localmente"
+msgstr "Contribuer localement"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2512
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
"Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere."
msgstr ""
-"A oggi ci sono team in Norvegia, Germania, Francia e nella regione di "
-"Extremadura in Spagna. Partecipanti e utenti \"Isolati\" sono presenti in "
-"Grecia, Olanda, Giappone e nel resto del mondo."
+"Actuellement, des équipes locales existent en Norvège, Allemagne, France et "
+"dans la région d'Extrémadure en Espagne. Des contributeurs et utilisateurs « "
+"isolés » sont présents en Grèce, aux Pays-Bas, au Japon et ailleurs."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>support </emphasis> are two sides of the same coin."
msgstr ""
-"La sezione di <link linkend=\"Support\">supporto</link> spiega e fornisce "
-"collegamenti a risorse localizzate: <emphasis>contribuire </emphasis> e "
-"<emphasis>supportare </emphasis> sono le due facce della stessa medaglia."
+"Le chapitre <link linkend=\"Support\">Support</link> fournit des "
+"explications et fournit des liens vers des ressources locales, puisque "
+"<emphasis>contribution</emphasis> et <emphasis>support</emphasis> sont les "
+"deux faces d'une même médaille."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "Contribute globally"
-msgstr "Contribuire globalmente"
+msgstr "Contribuer globalement"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
+"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianEdu/Teams/\">different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
-"A livello internazionale siamo organizzati in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>differenti team </ulink> che lavorano in diversi "
-"ambiti."
+"Au niveau international, nous sommes organisés en <ulink url='http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>différente équipes </ulink> travaillant sur "
+"différents sujets."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
-"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
-"monthly meetings on IRC on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and less frequently "
-"even real gatherings, where we meet each other in person."
+"The <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">developer mailing list "
+"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
+"have monthly meetings on IRC on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and less "
+"frequently even real gatherings, where we meet each other in person."
msgstr ""
-"La mailing list <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer </"
-"ulink> è lo strumento principale per la comunicazione, anche se si hanno "
-"mensilmente incontri su IRC #debian-edu o irc.debian.org e meno "
-"frequentemente in incontri in presenza."
+"La <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>liste de diffusion des "
+"développeurs </ulink> est la plupart du temps notre moyen de communication "
+"privilégié, bien que nous nous retrouvions tous les mois sur IRC sur le "
+"canal #debian-edu de irc.debian.org et moins fréquemment lors de réunions "
+"réelles, durant lesquelles nous nous rencontrons en personne."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2517
+#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
-"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
-"debian-edu-commits'>commit mailinglist </ulink>."
+"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/"
+"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Un buon modo per imparare è coinvolgersi nello sviluppo di Debian Edu e "
-"iscriversi alla mailing list <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/"
-"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits'>commit</ulink>."
+"Une bonne façon d'apprendre ce qui se passe dans le développement de Debian "
+"Edu consiste à s'inscrire à la <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/"
+"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits'>liste de diffusion des livraisons</"
+"ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2535
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
-msgstr "Documentazione per autori e traduttori"
+msgstr "Auteurs de la documentation et traducteurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2525
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider "
"sharing your knowledge with us."
msgstr ""
-"Questo documento ha bisogno del tuo aiuto! Prima di tutto non è ancora "
-"finito: se lo hai letto hai visto numerosi FIXME all'interno del testo. Se "
-"conosci cosa occorre prova a scriverlo dove è indicato, considera di "
-"condividere la tua conoscenza con noi."
+"Ce document a besoin de votre aide ! Tout d'abord, il n'est pas encore "
+"terminé : si vous le lisez, vous remarquerez divers FIXME dans le texte. Si "
+"jamais vous connaissez (un peu) ce dont il est question, s'il-vous-plait, "
+"pensez à nous faire partager vos connaissances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2527
+#: release-manual.xml:2539
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
-"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and you "
-"can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, "
-"you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences'>create a "
-"wiki user </ulink> first."
+"Just go to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and you can "
+"contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, you "
+"need to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">create a wiki "
+"user </ulink> first."
msgstr ""
-"Il sorgente del testo è un wiki e può essere modificato con il browser web, "
-"occorre collegarsi a <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-"Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </"
-"ulink> e si può contribuire facilmente. Nota: Per prima cosa è necessario un "
-"acconto per modificare le pagine con <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
-"UserPreferences'>crea un nuovo utente wiki </ulink>."
+"Le source du texte est un wiki et peut être édité avec un simple navigateur "
+"web. Faites le pointer sur <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/"
+"Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"</ulink> et vous pourrez contribuer facilement. Note : un compte utilisateur "
+"est requis pour modifier les pages, vous devez d'abord <ulink url='http://"
+"wiki.skolelinux.no/UserPreferences'>créer un utilisateur sur le wiki</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2531
+#: release-manual.xml:2543
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
"be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translation chapter</link> of "
"this book. Please consider to help the translation effort of this book!"
msgstr ""
-"Un altro modo per contribuire e aiutare gli utenti è tradurre il software e "
-"la documentazione. Informazioni su come tradurre questo documentopossono "
-"essere trovate nella <link linkend=\"Translations\">sezione traduzione</"
-"link> di questo libro. Cerca di aiutarci nello sforzo di traduzione di "
-"questo libro!"
+"Une autre très bonne façon de contribuer et d'aider les utilisateurs "
+"consiste à traduire un logiciel ou de la documentation. Des informations sur "
+"la façon de traduire ce document est disponible au chapitre <link linkend="
+"\"Translations\">Traduction</link> de ce livre. S'il-vous-plait, participez "
+"à l'effort de traduction de ce livre !"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2549
msgid "Support"
-msgstr "Supporto"
+msgstr "Support"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2555
msgid "Volunteer based support"
-msgstr "Supporto basato sui volontari"
+msgstr "Support fourni par des bénévoles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
+#, fuzzy
msgid "in English"
-msgstr "in Inglese"
+msgstr "en anglais"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2553
+#: release-manual.xml:2565
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
-"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
-"</ulink> - support mailing list"
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
+"discuss\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
+"discuss </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
-"</ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
+"</ulink> - support par liste de diffusion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2557
+#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
-"#debian-edu su irc.debian.org - Canale IRC, quasi sempre relativo allo "
-"sviluppo, non aspettarti un supporto in tempo reale anche se spesso questo "
-"accade <inlinemediaobject>"
+"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - canal IRC, centré principalement sur le "
+"développement, n'attendez pas un support en temps réel même si cela arrive "
+"souvent <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#, fuzzy
msgid "in Norwegian"
-msgstr "in Norvegese"
+msgstr "en norvégien"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
-"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
-"ulink> - support mailing list"
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker"
+"\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </ulink> - "
+"support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
-"ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
+"ulink> - support par liste de diffusion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2586
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
-"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
+"linuxiskolen\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - mailinglist for the development member organisation "
"in Norway (FRISK)"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
-"linuxiskolen </ulink> - mailinglist dell'organizzazione degli sviluppatori "
-"in Norvegia (FRISK)"
+"linuxiskolen </ulink> - liste de diffusion pour l'organisation des membres "
+"du développement en Norvège (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2577
+#: release-manual.xml:2589
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
-msgstr "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
+msgstr ""
+"#skolelinux sur irc.debian.org - canal IRC pour le support des utilisateurs "
+"norvégiens"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2583
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#, fuzzy
msgid "in German"
-msgstr "in Tedesco"
+msgstr "en allemand"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\">http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
-"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
+"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support par liste de diffusion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2589
+#: release-manual.xml:2601
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
-"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> "
+"- wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
-"wiki con molti HowTo, etc."
+"wiki avec de nombreux manuels, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2604
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
-"#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC canale per supportare gli utenti "
-"tedeschi"
+"#skolelinux.de sur irc.debian.org - canal IRC pour le support des "
+"utilisateurs allemands"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#, fuzzy
msgid "in French"
-msgstr "in Francese"
+msgstr "en français"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2600
+#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
+"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
-"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - mailinglist di supporto"
+"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support par liste de diffusion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2608
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
+#, fuzzy
msgid "in Spanish"
-msgstr "in Spagnolo"
+msgstr "en anglais"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2622
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\">http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
msgstr ""
-"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
-"portale spagnolo"
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
+"wiki avec de nombreux manuels, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2631
msgid "Professional support"
-msgstr "Supporto professionale"
+msgstr "Support professionnel"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2621
+#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\">http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"L'elenco delle ditte che offrono un supporto professionale è disponibile a "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
+"Des listes de sociétés proposant un support professionnel sont disponibles "
+"depuis <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/"
+"ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp</"
+"ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2628
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "Copyright and authors"
-msgstr "Copyright e autori"
+msgstr "Droits de reproduction et auteurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
@@ -6829,94 +6499,98 @@ msgid ""
"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007) and Joakim "
"Seeberg (2008)a and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
msgstr ""
-"Questo documento è scritto e sotto copyright da Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
-"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
-"(2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), "
-"Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker "
-"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007) e Joakim "
-"Seeberg (2008) rilasciato sotto GPL2 o versione successiva. Buon "
-"divertimento!"
+"Ce document a été écrit par Holger Levsen, Petter Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, "
+"Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, Ronny Aasen, Morten "
+"Werner Forsbring and José L. Redrejo Rodríguezis, auxquels appartiennent les "
+"droits de copie 2007, et est distribué sous GPL2 ou toute version "
+"ultérieure. Profitez-en !"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2634
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
+"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
"emphasis>! Then add your name here and release it under the GPL2 or later "
"version."
msgstr ""
-"Se si aggiungono contenuti a questo documento, <emphasis role='strong'>fallo "
-"solo se sei l'autore e rilascialalo alle stesse condizioni </emphasis>! Poi "
-"inserisci il tuo nome qui e rilascialo sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
+"Si vous enrichissez son contenu, <emphasis role='strong'>ne le faites, s'il-"
+"vous-plaît, que si vous êtes l'auteur des ajouts et envisagez de les "
+"distribuer sous les mêmes conditions</emphasis> ! Ensuite, ajoutez votre nom "
+"ici et distribuez le sous GPL2 ou toute version ultérieure."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2652
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
-msgstr "Copyright di traduzione e autori"
+msgstr "Droit de reproduction et auteurs des traductions"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2642
+#: release-manual.xml:2654
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
-"I diritti di autore della traduzione spagnola sono di José L. Redrejo "
-"Rodríguez (2007) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
+"La traduction espagnole, dont les droits de copie 2007 appartiennent à José "
+"L. Redrejo Rodríguez, est distribuée sous GPL2 ou toute version ultérieure."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2656
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"(2007) and Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or "
"any later version."
msgstr ""
-"I diritti di autore della traduzione norvegese Bokmål sono di Petter "
-"Reinholdtsen (2007) e Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008), rilasciata sotto licenza "
-"GPL2 o successiva."
+"La traduction norvégienne Bokmål, dont les droits de copie 2007 "
+"appartiennent à Petter Reinholdtsen et Håvard Korsvoll, est distribuée sous "
+"GPL2 ou toute version ultérieure."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2658
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
"2008), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008) and Kai Hatje (2008) and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
-"I diritti di autore della traduzione tedesca sono di Holger Levsen (2007), "
-"Patrick Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert "
-"(2007, 2008), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008) and Kai Hatje "
-"(2008) e rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
+"La traduction allemande, dont les droits de copies 2007 appartiennent à "
+"Holger Levsen, Patrick Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert et "
+"Jürgen Leibner, est distribuée sous GPL2 ou toute version ultérieure."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2648
+#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
-"I diritti di autore della traduzione italiana sono di Claudio Carboncini "
-"(2007, 2008) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
+"La traduction italienne, dont les droits de copie 2007 appartiennent à "
+"Claudio Carboncini, est distribuée sous GPL2 ou toute version ultérieure."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
msgid "Translations of this document"
-msgstr "Traduzioni di questo documento"
+msgstr "Traductions de ce document"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2655
+#: release-manual.xml:2667
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
-"La traduzione completa di questo documento non è ancora disponibile. "
-"Esistono traduzione incomplete di Norvegese Bokmål, Spagnolo e Tedesco."
+"Des versions complètement traduites de ce document ne sont pas encore "
+"disponibles. Des traductions en Norvégien Bokmål, espagnol et allemand "
+"existent. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2659
+#: release-manual.xml:2671
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
-msgstr "Come tradurre questo documento"
+msgstr "Comment traduire ce document"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2661
+#: release-manual.xml:2673
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6924,41 +6598,43 @@ msgid ""
"Please read also read this, if you want to start/help translating this "
"document."
msgstr ""
-"Le traduzioni di questo documento sono in file .po come la maggioranza dei "
-"progetti di software libero, occorre leggere <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/"
-"debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations </computeroutput> per "
-"maggiori informazioni. Occorre leggere anche questo documento se si vuole "
-"iniziare a tradurlo."
+"Les traductions de ce document sont situées dans des fichiers .po comme pour "
+"de nombreux projets de logiciels libres, lisez <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/"
+"debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations</computeroutput> pour plus "
+"d'informations à ce propos. Veullez lire aussi ce qui suit si vous souhaitez "
+"commencer/aider à traduire ce document."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2664
+#: release-manual.xml:2676
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
"check out some files from from svn (which can be done anonymously), create "
-"patches and send those to <ulink url='mailto:debian-edu-doc at packages.qa."
-"debian.org'>debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org </ulink>."
+"patches and send those to <ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu-doc at packages.qa."
+"debian.org\">debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Per inviare la vostra traduzione occorre essere membro del progetto alioth "
-"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. Per tradurre occorre "
-"verificare la presenza di alcuni file attraverso svn (dove ci si può "
-"collegare anonimamente), creare patch e mandarli a [<ulink url='mailto:"
-"debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
+"Pour livrer vos traductions, vous devez être membre du projet alioth "
+"<computeroutput>debian-edu</computeroutput>. Pour traduire, vous n'avez qu'à "
+"importer quelques fichiers depuis svn (ce qui peut être fait anonymement), "
+"créer des rustines (patches) et envoyer celles-ci à [<ulink url='mailto:"
+"debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org\"</ulink>]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2668
+#: release-manual.xml:2680
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
"<computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> package installed for this to "
"work):"
msgstr ""
-"Puoi esaminare la sorgente di <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> da anonimo con il comando seguente (occorre avere il "
-"pacchetto <computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> istallato):"
+"Vous pouvez télécharger le source du paquet <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
+"computeroutput> anonymement à l'aide de la commande suivante (vous devez "
+"avoir installé le paquet <computeroutput>subversion</computeroutput> pour "
+"cela) :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2672
+#: release-manual.xml:2684
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6967,78 +6643,79 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2677
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
"There are many tools for translating available, we suggest to use "
"<computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
-"Modificare poi <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
-"$CC.po </computeroutput> (dove occorre rimpiazzare $CC con il codice del "
-"vostro linguaggio). Ci sono molto strumenti disponibili per la traduzione, "
-"suggeriamo di usare <computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
+"Ensuite éditer le fichier <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/"
+"release-manual.$CC.po </computeroutput> (où vous remplacez $CC par votre "
+"code de langue). Il existe de nombreux outils de traduction disponibles, "
+"nous vous suggerons d'utiliser <computeroutput>kbabel</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2681
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
-"In seguito occorre rimettere il file direttamente al svn (se si ha i "
-"permessi per fare questo) o mandare il file alla mailinglist."
+"Ensuite, soit vous livrez directement le fichier sous svn (si vous possédez "
+"les droits nécessaires), soit vous envoyez le fichier à la liste de "
+"diffusion."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2695
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
-"Per aggiornare la copia locale del repository usa il seguente comando "
-"all'interno della directory <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2686
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
+#, fuzzy
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
+msgstr "Nommez le <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2703
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
"none yet, and how to update translations."
msgstr ""
-"Leggere /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations per "
-"informazioni su come creare un nuovo .po file per il tuo linguaggio se non "
-"esiste ancora uno o come aggiornare le traduzioni presenti."
+"Lisez /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations pour "
+"apprendre comment créer un nouveau fichier .po pour votre langue s'il n'en "
+"existe pas déjà un et comment mettre à jour les traductions."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2693
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "Please report any problems."
-msgstr "Riporta qualsiasi tipo di problema."
+msgstr "Veuillez signaler tout problème."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2699
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
-msgstr "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
+msgstr "Annexe A - La Licence Publique GNU"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2702
+#: release-manual.xml:2714
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
-msgstr "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
+msgstr "Note aux traducteurs : il n'est pas nécessaire de traduire le texte de la license GPL. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2706
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
-msgstr "Manuale Debian per la versione Edu etch 3.0 Nome codice \"Terra\""
+msgstr "Manuel de Debian Edu Etch 3.0, nom de code « Terra »"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2720
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
-"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
+"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger at layer-acht."
+"org\">holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
"\"CopyRight\"> Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of copyright "
"owners."
msgstr ""
@@ -7048,7 +6725,7 @@ msgstr ""
"owners."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2723
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -7061,7 +6738,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2713
+#: release-manual.xml:2725
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -7074,7 +6751,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2715
+#: release-manual.xml:2727
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -7085,17 +6762,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2720
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2722
+#: release-manual.xml:2734
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2736
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -7108,22 +6785,23 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: release-manual.xml:2741
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2743
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
-"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
-"it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "
-"\"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based "
-"on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under "
-"copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of "
-"it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another "
-"language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the "
-"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
+"program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder "
+"saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public "
+"License. The \"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "
+"\"work based on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative "
+"work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a "
+"portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into "
+"another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation "
+"in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -7136,7 +6814,7 @@ msgstr ""
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2734
+#: release-manual.xml:2746
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -7153,15 +6831,16 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2736
+#: release-manual.xml:2748
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
-"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
-"provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an "
-"appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the "
-"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and "
-"give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with "
-"the Program."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
+"verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any "
+"medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each "
+"copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact "
+"all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any "
+"warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this "
+"License along with the Program."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -7172,7 +6851,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2739
+#: release-manual.xml:2751
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -7181,9 +6860,10 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2741
+#: release-manual.xml:2753
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
"Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms "
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
@@ -7194,20 +6874,22 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2744
+#: release-manual.xml:2756
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
-"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
-"any change."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
+"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
+"of any change."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
"any change."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2747
+#: release-manual.xml:2759
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
"the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to "
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
@@ -7218,9 +6900,10 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2750
+#: release-manual.xml:2762
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
"running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or "
"display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a "
@@ -7243,7 +6926,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2755
+#: release-manual.xml:2767
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -7266,7 +6949,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2757
+#: release-manual.xml:2769
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -7279,7 +6962,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2759
+#: release-manual.xml:2771
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -7292,9 +6975,10 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2761
+#: release-manual.xml:2773
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
"executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you "
"also do one of the following:"
@@ -7305,9 +6989,10 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2764
+#: release-manual.xml:2776
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
"the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
"software interchange; or,"
@@ -7318,9 +7003,10 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2767
+#: release-manual.xml:2779
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
"more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete "
"machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed "
@@ -7335,9 +7021,10 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2770
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
"alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you "
"received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, "
@@ -7350,7 +7037,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2775
+#: release-manual.xml:2787
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -7373,7 +7060,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2777
+#: release-manual.xml:2789
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -7388,9 +7075,10 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2779
+#: release-manual.xml:2791
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
"this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or "
"distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights "
@@ -7407,11 +7095,12 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2782
+#: release-manual.xml:2794
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
-"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
-"permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
+"this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants "
+"you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
"These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. "
"Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on "
"the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all "
@@ -7428,9 +7117,10 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2785
+#: release-manual.xml:2797
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
"receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify "
"the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any "
@@ -7447,9 +7137,10 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2788
+#: release-manual.xml:2800
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
"limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court "
"order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this "
@@ -7476,7 +7167,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2791
+#: release-manual.xml:2803
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -7487,7 +7178,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2793
+#: release-manual.xml:2805
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -7510,7 +7201,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2795
+#: release-manual.xml:2807
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -7519,9 +7210,10 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2797
+#: release-manual.xml:2809
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
"copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program "
"under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation "
@@ -7538,9 +7230,10 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2800
+#: release-manual.xml:2812
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
"to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present "
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
@@ -7551,7 +7244,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2803
+#: release-manual.xml:2815
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -7570,10 +7263,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2805
+#: release-manual.xml:2817
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
-"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
+"of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
"different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is "
"copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software "
"Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be "
@@ -7590,15 +7284,17 @@ msgstr ""
"our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software "
"generally."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2808
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2820
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2811
+#: release-manual.xml:2823
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
"PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE "
"COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT "
@@ -7619,9 +7315,10 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2814
+#: release-manual.xml:2826
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
"OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED "
"ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, "
@@ -7642,222 +7339,639 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2820
+#: release-manual.xml:2832
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2826
+#: release-manual.xml:2838
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
-msgstr "Appendice B - Debian Edu Live CD/DVD"
+msgstr "Annexe B - À propos du live CD/DVD Debian Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2832
+#: release-manual.xml:2844
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
-msgstr "Caratteristiche dell'immagine Standalone"
+msgstr "Fonctionnalités de l'image autonome"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2833
+#: release-manual.xml:2845
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
-msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti del profilo Standalone"
+msgstr "Presque tous les paquets du profil Autonome"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2834
+#: release-manual.xml:2846
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
-msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti per il laptop"
+msgstr "Tous les paquets de la tâche portable"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2835
+#: release-manual.xml:2847
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
-msgstr "Il profilo desktop KDE per studenti/allievi."
+msgstr "Le profil de bureau KDE pour étudiants/élèves."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2841
+#: release-manual.xml:2853
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
-msgstr "Attivare traduzioni e il supporto regionale"
+msgstr "Activation des traductions et du support géographique"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2843
+#: release-manual.xml:2855
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
"name you want. To aciviate a given keyboard layout, use the "
"<computeroutput>keyb=KB </computeroutput> option where KB is the wanted "
-"keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianLive/l10n'>is available from the live cd build script "
+"keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianLive/l10n\">is available from the live cd build script "
"documentation </ulink>. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:"
msgstr ""
-"Per attivare una traduzione specifica, al boot usare "
-"l'opzione<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput>, dove ll_CC."
-"UTF-8 è il nome locale desiderato. Per rendere disponibile una tastiera "
-"specifica occorre inserire l'opzione <computeroutput>keyb=KB </"
-"computeroutput> dove KB il layout desiderato di tastiera. Maggiori "
-"informazioni su questa caratteristica <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianLive/l10n'>è disponibile nella documentazione del live </ulink>. "
-"Segue l'elenco dei codici locali più usati:"
+"Pour activer une traduction spécifique, amorcez en utilisant l'option "
+"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput>, où ll_CC.UTF-8 est le "
+"code des paramètres régionaux souhaités. Pour activer une disposition de "
+"clavier spécifique, utilisez l'option <computeroutput>keyb=KB</"
+"computeroutput>, où KB est la disposition souhaitée. Davantage "
+"d'informations sur cette fonctionnalité <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianLive/l10n'>sont disponibles dans la documentation du script de "
+"construction du live CD</ulink>. Voici une liste de codes de paramètres "
+"régionaux couramment utilisés :"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2848
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Linguaggio (Regione)</emphasis>:"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2860
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region) </emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Langue (Région) </emphasis>"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2852
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Valore locale </emphasis>:"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2864
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value </emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Code de paramètres régionaux</emphasis>"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2856
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Layout di tastiera</emphasis>:"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2868
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Disposition de clavier </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2861
+#: release-manual.xml:2873
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
-msgstr "Norvegese Bokmål"
+msgstr "Bokmal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2864
+#: release-manual.xml:2876
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2867 release-manual.xml:2877
+#: release-manual.xml:2879 release-manual.xml:2889
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2871
+#: release-manual.xml:2883
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
-msgstr "Norvegese Nynorsk"
+msgstr "Néo-norvégien"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2874
+#: release-manual.xml:2886
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2881
+#: release-manual.xml:2893
msgid "German"
-msgstr "Tedesco"
+msgstr "Allemand"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2884
+#: release-manual.xml:2896
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2887
+#: release-manual.xml:2899
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2891
+#: release-manual.xml:2903
msgid "French (France)"
-msgstr "Francese (Francia)"
+msgstr "Français (France)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2894
+#: release-manual.xml:2906
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2897
+#: release-manual.xml:2909
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2901
+#: release-manual.xml:2913
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
-msgstr "Greco (Grecia)"
+msgstr "Grec (Grèce)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2904
+#: release-manual.xml:2916
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2907
+#: release-manual.xml:2919
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2911
+#: release-manual.xml:2923
msgid "Japanese"
-msgstr "Japanese"
+msgstr "Japonais"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2914
+#: release-manual.xml:2926
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2917
+#: release-manual.xml:2929
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2921
+#: release-manual.xml:2933
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
-msgstr "Northern Sami (Norvegia)"
+msgstr "Sami (Norvège)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2924
+#: release-manual.xml:2936
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2927
+#: release-manual.xml:2939
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2934
+#: release-manual.xml:2946
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
"by the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. "
"The keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
msgstr ""
-"L'elenco completo è disponibile in <computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED "
-"</computeroutput>, ma solo UTF-8 locales sono supportati nell'immagine live. "
-"Ancora non tutti i linguaggi specifici hanno traduzioni. Il layout della "
-"tastiera si trova in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
+"Une liste complète des codes de paramètres régionaux est disponible dans "
+"<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, mais seuls les "
+"paramètres régionaux UTF-8 sont supportés par les images live. Cependant, "
+"tous les paramètres régionaux ne disposent pas de traductions. Les noms de "
+"dispositions de clavier peuvent être trouvés dans /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2940
+#: release-manual.xml:2952
msgid "Stuff to know"
-msgstr "Accorgimenti da conoscere"
+msgstr "Choses à savoir"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2941
+#: release-manual.xml:2953
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
-msgstr "la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
+msgstr ""
+"Le mot de passe pour l'utilisateur est « user », root n'a pas de mot de "
+"passe défini."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2947
+#: release-manual.xml:2959
msgid "Known issues with the image"
-msgstr "Problemi noti con l'immagine"
+msgstr "Problèmes connus avec l'image"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2948
+#: release-manual.xml:2960
msgid "none known yet."
-msgstr "ancora niente di conosciuto."
+msgstr "aucun"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2954
+#: release-manual.xml:2966
msgid "Download"
-msgstr "Download"
+msgstr "Téléchargement"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2956
+#: release-manual.xml:2968
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
-"org/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
-"etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
+"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
+"org/cd-etch-live/\">FTP </ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
+"etch-live/\">HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
-"L'immagine è 1.2 GiB ed è disponibile usando <ulink url='ftp://ftp."
-"skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp."
-"skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> o rsync da ftp.skolelinux.org at "
-"cd-etch-live/."
+"L'image a une taille de 1.2 Gio et est disponible en utilisant <ulink "
+"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP</ulink>, <ulink url='http://"
+"ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP</ulink> ou rsync depuis ftp.skolelinux."
+"org à cd-etch-live/."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
+#~ "</ulink> - inachevé mais intéressant"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
+#~ "</ulink> - inachevé mais intéressant"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\">http://wiki.debian.org/"
+#~ "DebianEdu </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Une liste du matériel testé est fourni sur <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
+#~ "org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/</"
+#~ "ulink>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
+#~ "index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CDD) in "
+#~ "development. What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian "
+#~ "whose out-of-the box environment gives you a completely configured school-"
+#~ "network In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is "
+#~ "schools serving the 6-16 years age bracket."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Skolelinux est la distribution <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/index."
+#~ "cgi?CustomDebian'>Debian personnalisée (Custom Debian Distribution - CDD)"
+#~ "</ulink> en développement du projet Debian Edu. Ceci signifie que "
+#~ "Skolelinux est une version de Debian dont l'environnement fournit "
+#~ "directement un réseau totalement configuré adapté à une école. En "
+#~ "Norvège, où Skolelinux a été initié, les cibles visées sont les écoles "
+#~ "accueillant des élèves âgés de 6 à 16 ans."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink "
+#~ "url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink url='http://www.zelow."
+#~ "no/floppyfw'>floppyfw </ulink>. If you need something for an embedded "
+#~ "router we recommend <ulink url='http://openwrt.org'>OpenWRT </ulink>, "
+#~ "check here for <ulink url='http://wiki.openwrt.org/"
+#~ "TableOfHardware'>supported hardware </ulink>. If you are into BSD unix, "
+#~ "<ulink url='http://www.pfsense.org/'>pfsense </ulink> and <ulink "
+#~ "url='http://m0n0.ch/wall/'>m0n0wall </ulink> are good choices. Though "
+#~ "since they are BSD based, we think they are better suited for more "
+#~ "experienced administrators."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si vous rechercher une solution basée sur i386, nous vous recommandons "
+#~ "<ulink url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop</ulink> ou <ulink url='http://www."
+#~ "zelow.no/floppyfw'>floppyfw </ulink>. Si vous avez des besoins concernant "
+#~ "un routeur embarqué, nous vous recommandons <ulink url='http://openwrt."
+#~ "org'>OpenWRT</ulink>, vérifiez <ulink url='http://wiki.openwrt.org/"
+#~ "TableOfHardware'>le matériel supporté</ulink>. Si vous recherchez un Unix "
+#~ "BSD, <ulink url='http://www.pfsense.org/'>pfsense</ulink> et <ulink "
+#~ "url='http://m0n0.ch/wall/'>m0n0wall</ulink> sont de bons choix. "
+#~ "Cependant, comme ils sont basés sur BSD, nous pensons qu'ils sont plus "
+#~ "adaptés à des administrateurs expérimentés."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation "
+#~ "howto."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation "
+#~ "howto."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "1.) Umount the partition (don't forget that you'll have to umount for "
+#~ "this /var/spool/squid, too):"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "1.) Démontez la partition (n'oubliez pas que pour cela vous devrez "
+#~ "démonter aussi /var/spool/squid) :"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
+#~ msgstr "après avoir modifié votre fichier sources.list :"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. "
+#~ "Now the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ce devrait être terminé si vous n'avez pas installé de paquets "
+#~ "supplémentaires. Maintenant, le processus de mise à jour commence à "
+#~ "remplacer les paquets."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
+#~ msgstr "FIXME: describe how to..."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Java"
+#~ msgstr "Java"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#~ msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Manuels pour le bureau"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+#~ "TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> "
+#~ "and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how "
+#~ "to change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+#~ "TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> "
+#~ "and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how "
+#~ "to change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
+#~ "<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
+#~ "require a working Internet connection, and will download the precompiled "
+#~ "binary from Adobe and convert it into a Debian package before [...]. "
+#~ "[Hm, no use documenting this if it does not work. pere 2007-07-12]."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pour installer le greffon pour navigateur web Adobe Flash Player, "
+#~ "installez le paquet debian <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree</"
+#~ "computeroutput>. Ceci requiert une connexion à l'internet et téléchargera "
+#~ "le binaire pré-compilé fourni par Adobe et le convertira en un paquet "
+#~ "Debian [...]. [Hm, inutile de documenter cela si ça ne fonctionne pas. le "
+#~ "2007-07-12]."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in "
+#~ "Etch [pere 2007-07-12]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> La version 9.0.31.0.1 du paquet ne fonctionne pas "
+#~ "dans Etch [le 2007-07-12]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. "
+#~ "It work with both konqueror and firefox."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Une alternative consiste à installer flashplayer-mozilla depuis debian-"
+#~ "multimedia. Ceci fonctionne à la fois avec konqueror et firefox."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from "
+#~ "<ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
+#~ "nonfree/'>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
+#~ "nonfree/ </ulink> and install with dpkg -i <package-name> as root."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pour installer un version plus récente de Flash, téléchargez un paquet "
+#~ "Debian correct depuis <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/"
+#~ "contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/'>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/"
+#~ "contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/</ulink> et installez-le en exécutant la "
+#~ "commande dpkg -i <package-name> en tant que root."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
+#~ "webbrowser or with wget:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Par ex., pour installer flashplugin pour l'architecture i386 en tant que "
+#~ "root. Télécharger à l'aide d'un navigateur web ou de wget :"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/"
+#~ "flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/"
+#~ "flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this "
+#~ "first:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si vous avez précédemment installé flashplayer-mozilla, vous devez "
+#~ "d'abord le retirer."
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "Then install:"
+#~ msgstr "Ensuite, installer :"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia "
+#~ "(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "à votre fichier sources.list. Éventuellement, installez le paquet "
+#~ "fournissant les clés pour le dépôt multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring)."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
+#~ msgstr "Installer les bibliothèques multimedia et DVD"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
+#~ "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from "
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Les instructions pour activer les stations de travail sans disque (ou "
+#~ "stations stateless, clients lowfat, clients half-thick) sont disponibles "
+#~ "depuis <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation</ulink>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "LTSP in detail"
+#~ msgstr "LTSP en détail"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "lts.conf"
+#~ msgstr "lts.conf"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, "
+#~ "you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
+#~ "computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/"
+#~ "doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and "
+#~ "what parameters you can specify."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Afin d'effectuer des adpatations particulières et de configurer des "
+#~ "clients légers spécifiques, veuillez éditer le fichier <computeroutput>/"
+#~ "opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </computeroutput>. Consultez <computeroutput>/"
+#~ "opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </"
+#~ "computeroutput> pour consulter des exemples et connaître les paramètres "
+#~ "que vous pouvez spécifier."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
+#~ "computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
+#~ "client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
+#~ "computeroutput>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Les valeurs par défaut son définies sous <computeroutput>[default] </"
+#~ "computeroutput>, pour configurer un client, spécifiez son adresse MAC ou "
+#~ "son adresse IP de cette manière <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</"
+#~ "computeroutput>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
+#~ "something like this:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Exemple : pour régler la résolution du client léger ltsp010 sur "
+#~ "1280x1024, ajoutez quelque chose comme :"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
+#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
+#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
+#~ msgstr "quelque part sous les réglages par défaut."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on "
+#~ "the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Selon les modifications effectuées, il peut être nécessaire de redémarrer "
+#~ "X sur le client (en pressant alt+ctrl+backspace) ou de redémarrer le "
+#~ "client."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you "
+#~ "should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you "
+#~ "should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts."
+#~ "conf </computeroutput> file."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pour utiliser les adresses IP de <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
+#~ "computeroutput>, vous devrez ajouter l'adresse MAC du client à votre "
+#~ "serveur DHCP. Sinon, vous devrez utiliser l'adresse MAC du client "
+#~ "directement dans le fichier <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "load balancing LTSP servers"
+#~ msgstr "Équilibre de charge des serveurs LTSP"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
+#~ "for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
+#~ "<computeroutput>LDM_SERVER </computeroutput> in <computeroutput>lts.conf "
+#~ "</computeroutput>. Another is by providing <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/"
+#~ "i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts </computeroutput> as a script printing one or "
+#~ "more servers to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need "
+#~ "to include the ssh host key for each of the servers."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Il est possible de configurer les clients afin qu'ils se connectent à un "
+#~ "des serveurs afin d'équilibrer leur charge. Une des manières de faire "
+#~ "consiste à énumérer plusieurs serveurs à l'aide de "
+#~ "<computeroutput>LDM_SERVER</computeroutput> dans <computeroutput>lts."
+#~ "conf</computeroutput>. Une autre consiste à fournir <computeroutput>/opt/"
+#~ "ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> en tant que script "
+#~ "indiquant un ou plusieurs serveurs auxquels se connecter. De plus, chaque "
+#~ "chroot ltsp doit inclure la clé SSH hôte de chaque serveur."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12"
+#~ "+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Cette fonctionnalité est apparue avec ltsp "
+#~ "0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 devant être inclus dans la version 3.0r1."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, "
+#~ "this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be "
+#~ "loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's "
+#~ "not done automatically, this line:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si le client possède un dispositif de restitution du son et si ALSA est "
+#~ "utilisé (c'est actuellement le système de son par défaut sous Debian), le "
+#~ "module snd-pcm-oss doit être chargé par le client afin qu'esd puisse "
+#~ "trouver /dev/dsp. Si ce n'est pas fait automatiquement, la ligne "
+#~ "suivante :"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
+#~ msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "doit être ajoutée dans le fichier /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf du serveur."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities "
+#~ "and credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities "
+#~ "and credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
+#~ "endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We "
+#~ "use wiki.skolelinux.no because the version of <ulink url='http://www."
+#~ "moinmoin.org'>moinmoin </ulink> on wiki.debian.org does not support "
+#~ "exporting the wiki as <computeroutput>docbook </computeroutput>. Once it "
+#~ "is upgraded, we will move this document over."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
+#~ "endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> Nous "
+#~ "utilisons wiki.skolelinux.no car la version de <ulink url='http://www."
+#~ "moinmoin.org'>moinmoin</ulink> sur wiki.debian.org ne permet pas "
+#~ "d'exporter le wiki au format <computeroutput>docbook</computeroutput>. "
+#~ "Une fois ceci résolu, nous déplacerons ce document."
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
index 8e6c7ed..013e09b 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-05-23 16:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-06 11:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-18 22:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini at gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: italian <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -17,17 +17,17 @@ msgstr ""
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
# type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1
+#: release-manual.xml:3
msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Manuale di Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra versione 3.0"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3
+#: release-manual.xml:5
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu Etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manuale Debian per la versione Edu Etch 3.0 Nome codice \"Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:5
+#: release-manual.xml:7
msgid ""
"This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete </emphasis>) release manual for the "
"Debian Edu Etch 3.0 release."
@@ -36,32 +36,35 @@ msgstr ""
"3.0 di Debian Edu Etch."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:8
+#: release-manual.xml:10
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-23</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-07-06</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Questo documento è stato inserito nel pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"doc </computeroutput> il <computeroutput>2008-05-23</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:11
+#: release-manual.xml:13
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a wiki "
-"and updated frequently."
+"The version at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a "
+"wiki and updated frequently."
msgstr ""
"La versione su <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
"Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> è un wiki "
"che viene modificato frequentemente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:14
+#: release-manual.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> package, which can be "
-"<ulink url='http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/'>installed on a "
-"webserver </ulink>."
+"<ulink url=\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/\">installed on "
+"a webserver </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Le traduzioni </link> sono parte del "
"pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>, che può essere "
@@ -69,25 +72,26 @@ msgstr ""
"un server web </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:21
+#: release-manual.xml:23
msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
msgstr "Debian Edu e Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:23
+#: release-manual.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Skolelinux is a Linux distribution made by the Debian Edu project. Being a "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution "
-"</ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url='http://www.debian.org'>Debian </"
-"ulink>."
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian\">Custom Debian "
+"Distribution </ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org"
+"\">Debian </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Skolelinux è una distribuzione Linux derivata dal progetto Debian Edu. Essendo "
-"una <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian'>Custom Debian "
+"Skolelinux è una distribuzione Linux derivata dal progetto Debian Edu. "
+"Essendo una <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian'>Custom Debian "
"Distribution </ulink> (CDD) è parte di <ulink url='http://www.debian."
"org'>Debian </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:27
+#: release-manual.xml:29
msgid ""
"What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-"
"of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network."
@@ -97,7 +101,7 @@ msgstr ""
"completamente configurata di una scuola."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:29
+#: release-manual.xml:31
msgid ""
"In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools "
"serving the 6-16 years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several "
@@ -109,12 +113,12 @@ msgstr ""
"paesi del mondo, soprattutto in Norvegia, Germania e Francia."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:34
+#: release-manual.xml:36
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Architettura"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:38
+#: release-manual.xml:40
msgid ""
"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
"provided by a Skolelinux installation."
@@ -123,17 +127,17 @@ msgstr ""
"messi a disposizione dalla installazione di Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:42
+#: release-manual.xml:44
msgid "Network"
msgstr "La rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:45
+#: release-manual.xml:47
msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>allegato:network-arch.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:50
+#: release-manual.xml:52
msgid ""
"(The <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source package "
"contains this image as a <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> file.)"
@@ -143,7 +147,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:54
+#: release-manual.xml:56
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
@@ -163,7 +167,7 @@ msgstr ""
"client e thin-client-server non influenza il resto dei servizi di rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:56
+#: release-manual.xml:58
msgid ""
"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
@@ -179,7 +183,7 @@ msgstr ""
"del DNS, puntando alla macchina giusta con l'alias DNS del servizio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:58
+#: release-manual.xml:60
msgid ""
"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
@@ -195,12 +199,12 @@ msgstr ""
"documentato separatamente)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:63
+#: release-manual.xml:65
msgid "Services"
msgstr "Servizi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:65
+#: release-manual.xml:67
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
@@ -225,7 +229,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installato sulla macchina scelta."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:67
+#: release-manual.xml:69
msgid ""
"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
"network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
@@ -235,7 +239,7 @@ msgstr ""
"criptate e nessuna password è inviata in solo testo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:69
+#: release-manual.xml:71
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
"network, with the DNS name of each service given in square brackets. Where "
@@ -255,82 +259,82 @@ msgstr ""
"così che le scuole possano cambiare dominio o indirizzo IP facilmente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:71
+#: release-manual.xml:73
msgid "Centralized Logging [syslog]"
msgstr "Logging centralizzato [syslog]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:72
+#: release-manual.xml:74
msgid "DNS (Bind) [domain]"
msgstr "DNS (Bind) [domain]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: release-manual.xml:75
msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines (DHCP) [bootps]"
msgstr "Configurazione automatica delle macchine della rete (DHCP) [bootps]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:74
+#: release-manual.xml:76
msgid "Clock Synchronization (NTP) [ntp]"
msgstr "Sincronizzazione dell'orologio (NTP) [ntp]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:75
+#: release-manual.xml:77
msgid "Home Directories via Network File System (SMB/NFS) [homes]"
msgstr "Directory Home via Network File System (SMB/NFS) [homes]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:76
+#: release-manual.xml:78
msgid "Electronic Post Office [postoffice]"
msgstr "Electronic Post Office [postoffice]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
+#: release-manual.xml:79
msgid "Directory Service (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
msgstr "Directory Service (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:78
+#: release-manual.xml:80
msgid "User Administration (lwat)"
msgstr "Amministrazione degli utenti (lwat)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:79
+#: release-manual.xml:81
msgid "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
msgstr "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
+#: release-manual.xml:82
msgid "Central Backup (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
msgstr "Backup centrale (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:81
+#: release-manual.xml:83
msgid "Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
msgstr "Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:82
+#: release-manual.xml:84
msgid "Printing (CUPS) [ipp]"
msgstr "Stampa (CUPS) [ipp]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:83
+#: release-manual.xml:85
msgid "Remote Login (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
msgstr "Login remoto (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:84
+#: release-manual.xml:86
msgid "Automatic Configuration [cfengine]"
msgstr "Configurazione automatica [cfengine]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:85
+#: release-manual.xml:87
msgid "Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
msgstr "Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
+#: release-manual.xml:88
msgid ""
"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and "
"History on the Web. Error Reporting by E-mail (munin,nagios and site-summary)"
@@ -340,7 +344,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nagios e site-summary)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:89
+#: release-manual.xml:91
msgid ""
"Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
"available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, "
@@ -356,7 +360,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Macintosh."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:91
+#: release-manual.xml:93
msgid ""
"By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
"only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the "
@@ -373,7 +377,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gli utenti possono accedere alle loro email sia attraverso POP3 che IMAP."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:93
+#: release-manual.xml:95
msgid ""
"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
"the central user database for authentication and authorization."
@@ -382,7 +386,7 @@ msgstr ""
"il data base di autenticazione e autorizzazione è centralizzato ."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:95
+#: release-manual.xml:97
msgid ""
"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
@@ -395,7 +399,7 @@ msgstr ""
"singole."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:97
+#: release-manual.xml:99
msgid ""
"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
"Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, "
@@ -410,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr ""
"interferisca con il resto dei servizi di rete)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:99
+#: release-manual.xml:101
msgid ""
"Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
@@ -421,7 +425,7 @@ msgstr ""
"accettare solamente i messaggi provenienti dalla rete locale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:101
+#: release-manual.xml:103
msgid ""
"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
@@ -434,7 +438,7 @@ msgstr ""
"macchine della rete possono usarlo come dominio principale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:103
+#: release-manual.xml:105
msgid ""
"Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
@@ -449,7 +453,7 @@ msgstr ""
"possibilità di programmare dal lato server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:105
+#: release-manual.xml:107
msgid ""
"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
@@ -464,13 +468,14 @@ msgstr ""
"centralmente e tutte le macchine della rete sono accessibili "
"automaticamente. Per rendere possibile questa funzione è configurata una "
"directory centrale nel server. La directory archivierà le informazioni su "
-"utenti, gruppi di utenti, macchine e gruppi di macchine. Per evitare confusioni "
-"nell'utente non ci sarà differenza tra file di gruppo, mailing list e gruppi "
-"di rete. Questo implica che i gruppi di macchine dovranno essere gruppi di "
-"rete e avere lo stesso namespace dei gruppi di utenti e delle mailing list."
+"utenti, gruppi di utenti, macchine e gruppi di macchine. Per evitare "
+"confusioni nell'utente non ci sarà differenza tra file di gruppo, mailing "
+"list e gruppi di rete. Questo implica che i gruppi di macchine dovranno "
+"essere gruppi di rete e avere lo stesso namespace dei gruppi di utenti e "
+"delle mailing list."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:107
+#: release-manual.xml:109
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
"follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
@@ -483,7 +488,7 @@ msgstr ""
"saranno possibili da parte dell'amministrazione dei sistemi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:109
+#: release-manual.xml:111
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
"problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
@@ -501,7 +506,7 @@ msgstr ""
"orologio via NTP su Internet, così che l'intera rete abbia lo stesso orario."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:111
+#: release-manual.xml:113
msgid ""
"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
"or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to "
@@ -516,12 +521,12 @@ msgstr ""
"controllo di accesso per le stampanti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:115
+#: release-manual.xml:117
msgid "Thin clients"
msgstr "Thin client"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:117
+#: release-manual.xml:119
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. "
"This means that this machine boots from a diskette or directly from the "
@@ -536,7 +541,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Server Project (LTSP)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:119
+#: release-manual.xml:121
msgid ""
"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
"effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
@@ -553,7 +558,7 @@ msgstr ""
"programmi sono eseguiti nel server LTSP."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:121
+#: release-manual.xml:123
msgid ""
"The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient."
@@ -562,12 +567,12 @@ msgstr ""
"e inoltrare questo messaggio al syslog principale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:126
+#: release-manual.xml:128
msgid "Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Workstation diskless (senza disco)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:128
+#: release-manual.xml:130
msgid ""
"For diskless workstations the terms stateless workstations, lowfat clients "
"or half-thick clients are also used."
@@ -576,7 +581,7 @@ msgstr ""
"workstations, lowfat clients o half-thick clients."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:130
+#: release-manual.xml:132
msgid ""
"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally "
"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot direcly "
@@ -589,7 +594,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eseguire alcun software installato sul disco fisso locale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:132
+#: release-manual.xml:134
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations are an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the "
"same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and "
@@ -603,7 +608,7 @@ msgstr ""
"archiviata sul server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:134
+#: release-manual.xml:136
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server "
"Project (LTSP) with version 5.0."
@@ -612,12 +617,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Project (LTSP) con la versione 5.0."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:140
+#: release-manual.xml:142
msgid "Networked clients"
msgstr "Networked client"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:142
+#: release-manual.xml:144
msgid ""
"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin "
"clients and diskless workstations as well as computers running MacOS or "
@@ -628,12 +633,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sistema operativo MacOS o Windows."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:147
+#: release-manual.xml:149
msgid "Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:149
+#: release-manual.xml:151
msgid ""
"All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
"will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
@@ -646,7 +651,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ssh ."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:151
+#: release-manual.xml:153
msgid ""
"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
@@ -659,7 +664,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiamenti saranno distribuiti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
+#: release-manual.xml:155
msgid ""
"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
"are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
@@ -670,17 +675,17 @@ msgstr ""
"l'autenticazione degli utenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:158 release-manual.xml:374
+#: release-manual.xml:160 release-manual.xml:376
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Installazione"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:160
+#: release-manual.xml:162
msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
msgstr "L'installazione è possibile sia con il CD che il DVD."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:162
+#: release-manual.xml:164
msgid ""
"The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
"over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
@@ -690,7 +695,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dalla rete. L'installazione da DVD non richiede l'accesso a Internet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:164
+#: release-manual.xml:166
msgid ""
"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
@@ -706,12 +711,12 @@ msgstr ""
"l'amministratore di sistema dopo la prima installazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:169
+#: release-manual.xml:171
msgid "File system access configuration"
msgstr "Configurazione dell'accesso al file system"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:171
+#: release-manual.xml:173
msgid ""
"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
@@ -728,7 +733,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dovrebbero essere accessibili solo all'utente stesso."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:173
+#: release-manual.xml:175
msgid ""
"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
@@ -748,13 +753,14 @@ msgstr ""
"esigenze di utilizzo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:177
+#: release-manual.xml:179
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
"be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
-"group should be identical to the username. (<ulink url='http://www.redhat."
+"group should be identical to the username. (<ulink url=\"http://www.redhat."
"com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups."
-"html'>More info on private groups </ulink> is available from Redhat.) This "
+"html\">More info on private groups </ulink> is available from Redhat.) This "
"allows for all new files created by the user to be set with full access for "
"the file's group. Together with set-gid bit on directories and inheritance "
"of rights, this enables controlled file sharing between the members of a "
@@ -776,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dovesse avere l'iniziale accesso alla lettura allora X=7.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:180
+#: release-manual.xml:182
msgid ""
"The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. "
"They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be "
@@ -794,23 +800,23 @@ msgid ""
"particular problems (typically configuration issues)."
msgstr ""
"Il setting iniziale per i nuovi file creati dipende dalla policy usata. Essi "
-"possono essere inizializzati con i permessi di lettura per tutti che possono essere "
-"rimossi da un'azione specifica dell'utente, o inizialmente protetti verso "
-"tutti con un'azione specifica dell'utente per renderli accessibili. Il primo "
-"metodo incoraggia la condivisione della conoscenza e rende il sistema più "
-"trasparente, il secondo metodo diminuisce il rischio della diffusione non "
-"voluta di informazioni. Il problema con la prima soluzione è che non è "
+"possono essere inizializzati con i permessi di lettura per tutti che possono "
+"essere rimossi da un'azione specifica dell'utente, o inizialmente protetti "
+"verso tutti con un'azione specifica dell'utente per renderli accessibili. Il "
+"primo metodo incoraggia la condivisione della conoscenza e rende il sistema "
+"più trasparente, il secondo metodo diminuisce il rischio della diffusione "
+"non voluta di informazioni. Il problema con la prima soluzione è che non è "
"esplicitato che il materiale creato sarà accessibile a tutti gli utenti. "
-"Questo è verificabile in seguito attraverso la visualizzazione di tutte le directory "
-"degli utenti da cui si può vedere che tutti i file hanno accesso in lettura. "
-"Il problema con la seconda soluzione è che sono pochi gli utenti che sanno "
-"rendere accessibile in lettura i propri file e se questi non contengono "
-"informazioni sensibili il loro contenuto potrebbe essere utile per gli "
-"utenti che vogliono imparare a risolvere problemi che già altri hanno "
-"risolto. (in genere problemi di configurazione)."
+"Questo è verificabile in seguito attraverso la visualizzazione di tutte le "
+"directory degli utenti da cui si può vedere che tutti i file hanno accesso "
+"in lettura. Il problema con la seconda soluzione è che sono pochi gli utenti "
+"che sanno rendere accessibile in lettura i propri file e se questi non "
+"contengono informazioni sensibili il loro contenuto potrebbe essere utile "
+"per gli utenti che vogliono imparare a risolvere problemi che già altri "
+"hanno risolto. (in genere problemi di configurazione)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:182
+#: release-manual.xml:184
msgid ""
"Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
"particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
@@ -836,7 +842,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all'occorrenza."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:189
+#: release-manual.xml:191
msgid ""
"ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
"thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> "
@@ -847,24 +853,27 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> è 755."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:191
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
-msgstr "- accesso alle home directory (*~/.)? - home directory - directory condivise?"
+#: release-manual.xml:193
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+msgstr ""
+"- accesso alle home directory (*~/.)? - home directory - directory condivise?"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:197
+#: release-manual.xml:199
msgid "random notes"
msgstr "note a caso"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:199
+#: release-manual.xml:201
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
-msgstr "Queste sono note a caso che dovrebbero essere incluse in questo documento."
+msgstr ""
+"Queste sono note a caso che dovrebbero essere incluse in questo documento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:200
+#: release-manual.xml:202
msgid ""
"Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which "
"groups have access to which machines."
@@ -873,7 +882,7 @@ msgstr ""
"controllare quali gruppi hanno accesso a quali macchine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:201
+#: release-manual.xml:203
msgid ""
"Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for "
"these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)"
@@ -882,20 +891,21 @@ msgstr ""
"per questi gruppi (accesso negato a Internet via squid)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:202
+#: release-manual.xml:204
msgid "Should consider using a DNS name from RFC 2606."
msgstr "Si dovrebbe considerare di usare un nome DNS come da RFC 2606."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:205
+#: release-manual.xml:207
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink "
-"url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://"
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink url="
+"\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en\">http://"
"developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en </ulink> ( at that "
"time it was Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter Reinholdtsen < "
-"<ulink url='mailto:pere at hungry.com'>pere at hungry.com </ulink> >, released "
-"under the GPL) - note to translators: there are translations for this "
-"document already, which you can also copy and paste. But keep those "
+"<ulink url=\"mailto:pere at hungry.com\">pere at hungry.com </ulink> >, "
+"released under the GPL) - note to translators: there are translations for "
+"this document already, which you can also copy and paste. But keep those "
"copyright notes as well. </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Questo capitolo è stato copiato e incollato da "
@@ -908,17 +918,17 @@ msgstr ""
"lasciare queste note di copyright. </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:214
+#: release-manual.xml:216
msgid "Features"
msgstr "Caratteristiche"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:220
+#: release-manual.xml:222
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r1 Terra\" release 2007-12-05"
msgstr "Nuove caratteristiche nella versione del 5-12-2007 \"3.0r1 Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:221
+#: release-manual.xml:223
msgid ""
"much improved documentation with updated translations to German, Norwegian "
"Bokmal and Italian"
@@ -927,7 +937,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Norvegese, Bokmal e Italiano"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:222
+#: release-manual.xml:224
msgid ""
"includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that came "
"to our attentention after the 3.0r0 release"
@@ -936,98 +946,98 @@ msgstr ""
"sicurezza rispetto alla versione 3.0r0"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:228
+#: release-manual.xml:230
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr "Nuove caratteristiche nella versione del 22-07-2007 \"3.0r0 Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:229
+#: release-manual.xml:231
msgid "Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08."
msgstr "Basata su Debian 4.0 Etch rilasciata l'8-04-2007."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:230
+#: release-manual.xml:232
msgid "Graphical installer with mouse support"
msgstr "Installazione grafica con il supporto del mouse"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:231
+#: release-manual.xml:233
msgid "Boot splash with usplash"
msgstr "Boot splash con usplash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
+#: release-manual.xml:234
msgid "LSB 3.1 compatible"
msgstr "LSB 3.1 compatibile"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:235
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.18"
msgstr "Linux kernel versione 2.6.18"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:235
msgid "Support for SATA controllers and hard disks"
msgstr "Supporto per i controller e hard disk SATA"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:236
+#: release-manual.xml:238
msgid "X.org version 7.1."
msgstr "X.org version 7.1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:237
+#: release-manual.xml:239
msgid "KDE desktop environment version 3.5.5"
msgstr "KDE ambiente desktop versione 3.5.5"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:239
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr "OpenOffice.org versione 2.0."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:241
+#: release-manual.xml:243
msgid "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
msgstr "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:242
+#: release-manual.xml:244
msgid "Automatic tracking of installed machines using Sitesummary."
msgstr "Il tracciamento automatico delle macchine installate con Sitesummary."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:243
+#: release-manual.xml:245
msgid "Automatic configuration of munin using data from Sitesummary."
msgstr "Configurazione automatica di munin usando i dati da Sitesummary."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:244
+#: release-manual.xml:246
msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk."
msgstr ""
"Controllo automatico della versione dei file di configurazione in /etc/ con "
"l'uso di svk."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:245
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid "File systems sizes can be extended while the file system is mounted."
msgstr ""
"La grandezza dei file system può essere estesa quando il file system è "
"montato."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:245
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid "Support automatically extending file system based on predefined rules."
msgstr ""
"Supporto automatico nell'estendere il file system basato su regole "
"predefinite."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:248
+#: release-manual.xml:250
msgid "Local Device Support on thin clients."
msgstr "Supporto dei dispositivi locali sui thin clients."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:249
+#: release-manual.xml:251
msgid ""
"New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc "
"(experimental support, installation media only boots on the newworld "
@@ -1038,12 +1048,12 @@ msgstr ""
"newworld subarchitecture)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:250
+#: release-manual.xml:252
msgid "Multi-architecture DVD for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVD multi-architettura per i386, amd64 e powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:251
+#: release-manual.xml:253
msgid ""
"Regression: the CD-install requires Internet access during installation. "
"Previous versions could be installed from one CD without Internet access."
@@ -1053,7 +1063,7 @@ msgstr ""
"senza l'accesso Internet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:253
+#: release-manual.xml:255
msgid ""
"Regression: <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput> is now removed from "
"Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based user "
@@ -1070,7 +1080,7 @@ msgstr ""
"richiede <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:261
+#: release-manual.xml:263
msgid ""
"Regression: swi-prolog is not part of etch, but was part of sarge. The <link "
"linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">HowTo teach and learn</link> Chapter describes how "
@@ -1081,70 +1091,71 @@ msgstr ""
"installare swi-prolog in etch."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:268
+#: release-manual.xml:270
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr "Caratteristiche di 2.0 versione 14-03-2006"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:269
+#: release-manual.xml:271
msgid "Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06."
msgstr "Basato su Debian 3.1 Sarge rilasciata il 06-06-2005."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:270
+#: release-manual.xml:272
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.8."
msgstr "Linux kernel versione 2.6.8."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:271
+#: release-manual.xml:273
msgid "XFree86 version 4.3."
msgstr "XFree86 versione 4.3."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:272
+#: release-manual.xml:274
msgid "KDE version 3.3."
msgstr "KDE versione 3.3."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:274
+#: release-manual.xml:276
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:281
+#: release-manual.xml:283
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr "Caratteristiche di \"1.0 Venus\" versione 20-06-2004"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:282
+#: release-manual.xml:284
msgid "Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19."
msgstr "Basata su Debian 3.0 Woody rilasciata il 19-07-2002."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:283
+#: release-manual.xml:285
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.4.26."
msgstr "Linux kernel versione 2.4.26."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:284
+#: release-manual.xml:286
msgid "XFree86 version 4.1."
msgstr "XFree86 versione 4.1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:285
+#: release-manual.xml:287
msgid "KDE version 2.2."
msgstr "KDE versione 2.2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:291
+#: release-manual.xml:293
msgid "More information on older releases"
msgstr "Maggiori informazioni sulle vecchie versioni"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:293
+#: release-manual.xml:295
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url='http://"
-"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer."
+"More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url=\"http://"
+"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\">http://developer."
"skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Maggiori informazioni sulle vecchie versioni possono essere trovate a <ulink "
@@ -1152,12 +1163,12 @@ msgstr ""
"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:300
+#: release-manual.xml:302
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Requisiti tecnici"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:304
+#: release-manual.xml:306
msgid ""
"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -1171,12 +1182,12 @@ msgstr ""
"configurazione per i componenti di rete, server e macchine client."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:308
+#: release-manual.xml:310
msgid "Hardware requirements"
msgstr "Requisiti hardware"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:311
msgid ""
"the computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either i386, amd64 "
"or powerpc processors."
@@ -1185,7 +1196,7 @@ msgstr ""
"i386, amd64 o powerpc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:311
msgid ""
"On powerpc, the installation media will only boot on machines of the "
"newworld sub-architecture, which are the systems from apple with a "
@@ -1195,7 +1206,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sub-architecture,che sono sistemi di apple con il case trasparente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:312
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid ""
"thin client (LTSP) servers need two network cards when using the default "
"network architecture:"
@@ -1204,17 +1215,17 @@ msgstr ""
"l'architettura di rete di default:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:312
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid "eth0 connected to the main network (10.0.2.0/23)"
msgstr "eth0 connessa alla rete principale (10.0.2.0/23)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:313
+#: release-manual.xml:315
msgid "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) serving the thin-clients"
msgstr "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) al servizio dei thin-client"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:316
+#: release-manual.xml:318
msgid ""
"disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk from 8 GiB "
"will be sufficient. As usual, the bigger the better."
@@ -1223,7 +1234,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sarà sufficiente. Come al solito più grande è meglio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:317
+#: release-manual.xml:319
msgid ""
"for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
"is required"
@@ -1232,7 +1243,7 @@ msgstr ""
"necessaria"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:318
+#: release-manual.xml:320
msgid ""
"for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM and 8 GiB disc space "
"are recommended minimum requirements"
@@ -1241,7 +1252,7 @@ msgstr ""
"spazio disco sono il minimo richiesto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:319
+#: release-manual.xml:321
msgid ""
"for diskless workstations (also known as stateless workstations, lowfat "
"clients or half-thick clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended "
@@ -1256,27 +1267,28 @@ msgstr ""
"file /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf su tjener e configurare la variabile SIZE."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:320
+#: release-manual.xml:322
msgid "for Laptops 256 MB RAM and 450 MHz are minimum requirements"
msgstr "per i Laptop 256 MB RAM e 450 MHz sono i requisiti minimi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:323
+#: release-manual.xml:325
msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
msgstr ""
"FIXME: aggiungere collegamenti alla spiegazione del server principale e dei "
"thinclient-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:328
+#: release-manual.xml:330
msgid "Hardware known to work"
msgstr "Hardware conosciuto che funziona"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:330
+#: release-manual.xml:332
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
+"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
"ulink> . This list is not nearly complete <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
"Un elenco di hardware testato è fornito da <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
@@ -1284,18 +1296,18 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> . Questa lista è ancora incompleta <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560
-#: release-manual.xml:1504 release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:334 release-manual.xml:478 release-manual.xml:562
+#: release-manual.xml:1506 release-manual.xml:2103
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:341
+#: release-manual.xml:343
msgid "Requirements for a network setup"
msgstr "Requisiti di rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:342
+#: release-manual.xml:344
msgid ""
"a router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) providing access to the internet (when using "
"the default network architecture)"
@@ -1304,7 +1316,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(quando si usa l'architettura di rete di default)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:344
+#: release-manual.xml:346
msgid ""
"for the main server (10.0.2.2): this is the one single computer in the "
"network which get's the <computeroutput>tjener </computeroutput>-profile "
@@ -1314,22 +1326,22 @@ msgstr ""
"profilo <computeroutput>tjener </computeroutput>- installato"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:347
+#: release-manual.xml:349
msgid "workstation(s) and/or thin client (LTSP) server(s)"
msgstr "workstation e/o thin client (LTSP) server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:348
+#: release-manual.xml:350
msgid "thin clients clients"
msgstr "thin client"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:353
+#: release-manual.xml:355
msgid "Internet router"
msgstr "Router Internet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:355
+#: release-manual.xml:357
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
"running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface, is needed to "
@@ -1339,7 +1351,7 @@ msgstr ""
"interna con l'indirizzo IP 10.0.2.1 è necessario per connettersi a Internet. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:357
+#: release-manual.xml:359
msgid ""
"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though "
"this is not needed and will not be used. (If the router runs a DHCP server "
@@ -1354,25 +1366,27 @@ msgstr ""
"in maniera diversa. Così è meglio disabilitare il server DHCP nel router.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:359
+#: release-manual.xml:361
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a i386 based solution (so that you can reuse an old "
-"PC), we recommend <ulink url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink "
-"url='http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw'>floppyfw </ulink>."
+"PC), we recommend <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org\">IPCop </ulink> or "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Se si sta cercando una soluzione basata su i386 (per riusare un vecchio "
"PC), si raccomanda <ulink url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> o <ulink "
"url='http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw'>floppyfw </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:363
+#: release-manual.xml:365
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend "
-"using <ulink url='http://openwrt.org'>OpenWRT </ulink>, though of course you "
-"can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier, "
-"using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages "
-"for a list of <ulink url='http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware'>supported "
-"hardware </ulink>."
+"using <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT </ulink>, though of course "
+"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is "
+"easier, using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT "
+"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware"
+"\">supported hardware </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Se si ha bisogno di qualcosa per un router embedded o un access point si "
"raccomanda di usare <ulink url='http://openwrt.org'>OpenWRT </ulink>, anche "
@@ -1382,10 +1396,11 @@ msgstr ""
"url='http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware'>hardware supportati</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:367
+#: release-manual.xml:369
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"It is possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
+"It is possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented "
"procedure </ulink> to do this. If you are not forced to do this by an "
"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend "
"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network "
@@ -1398,15 +1413,16 @@ msgstr ""
"\">architettura di rete</link> di default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:380
+#: release-manual.xml:382
msgid "Where to find more information"
msgstr "Dove trovare maggiori informazioni"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:382
+#: release-manual.xml:384
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www."
-"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for Debian Etch </"
+"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=\"http://www."
+"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">release notes for Debian Etch </"
"ulink> before you start installing a system for production use. If you just "
"want to give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, you don't have to though, it "
"should just work <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -1418,34 +1434,35 @@ msgstr ""
"funzionare<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2450 release-manual.xml:2487
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2462 release-manual.xml:2499
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:389
+#: release-manual.xml:391
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
-"installmanual'>information about the Debian Etch release </ulink> is "
-"available in its installation manual."
+"Even more <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
+"\">information about the Debian Etch release </ulink> is available in its "
+"installation manual."
msgstr ""
"Altre <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>informazioni sulla versione Debian Etch </ulink> sono "
"disponibili nel suo manuale di installazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:395
+#: release-manual.xml:397
msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu Etch 3.0r1"
msgstr "Download del supporto di installazione per Debian Edu Etch 3.0r1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:399
+#: release-manual.xml:401
msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVD per i386, amd64 e powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:401
+#: release-manual.xml:403
msgid ""
"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
"these methods:"
@@ -1454,7 +1471,7 @@ msgstr ""
"download, usa uno di questi metodi:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:403
+#: release-manual.xml:405
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1463,7 +1480,7 @@ msgstr ""
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:406
+#: release-manual.xml:408
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1472,7 +1489,7 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:409
+#: release-manual.xml:411
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1481,12 +1498,12 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:414
+#: release-manual.xml:416
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
msgstr "o per il cd netinstall si può fare il download per i386"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:416
+#: release-manual.xml:418
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1495,7 +1512,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:419
+#: release-manual.xml:421
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1504,7 +1521,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:422
+#: release-manual.xml:424
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1513,12 +1530,12 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:427
+#: release-manual.xml:429
msgid "amd64"
msgstr "amd64"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:429
+#: release-manual.xml:431
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1527,7 +1544,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:432
+#: release-manual.xml:434
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1536,7 +1553,7 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:435
+#: release-manual.xml:437
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1545,12 +1562,12 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:440
+#: release-manual.xml:442
msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
msgstr "e powerpc (adattato per la sub-architettura newworld)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:442
+#: release-manual.xml:444
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1559,7 +1576,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:445
+#: release-manual.xml:447
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1568,7 +1585,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:448
+#: release-manual.xml:450
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1577,7 +1594,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:453
+#: release-manual.xml:455
msgid ""
"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
"though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
@@ -1590,12 +1607,12 @@ msgstr ""
"essere supportata come le altre achitetture."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:455
+#: release-manual.xml:457
msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
msgstr "Il codice sorgente di questa versione è disponibile come immagine DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:457
+#: release-manual.xml:459
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1604,7 +1621,7 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:460
+#: release-manual.xml:462
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1613,7 +1630,7 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:463
+#: release-manual.xml:465
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1622,17 +1639,18 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:472
+#: release-manual.xml:474
msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
msgstr "Richiesta di un CD/DVD con mail"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:474
+#: release-manual.xml:476
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
-"url='mailto:cd at skolelinux.no'>cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> and we will discuss "
-"the payment details (for shipping and media) <inlinemediaobject>"
+"url=\"mailto:cd at skolelinux.no\">cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> and we will "
+"discuss the payment details (for shipping and media) <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
"Per tutti quelli che non hanno una connessione veloce internet, possiamo "
"inviare un CD o un DVD al costo del CD o DVD. Occorre mandare un email a "
@@ -1640,7 +1658,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sul dettagglio dei pagamenti (per l'invio dei media) <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:479
+#: release-manual.xml:481
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
"to be sent to in the email."
@@ -1649,12 +1667,12 @@ msgstr ""
"spedito il CD o il DVD nella email."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:484
+#: release-manual.xml:486
msgid "Installation from CD"
msgstr "Installazione da CD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:486
+#: release-manual.xml:488
msgid ""
"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -1665,52 +1683,52 @@ msgstr ""
"profilo scelto:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:487
+#: release-manual.xml:489
msgid "Main server: 8 of 115 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Main server: 8 di 115 MiB da scaricare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:488
+#: release-manual.xml:490
msgid "Main server and Thin client server: 618 of 1082 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Main server e Thin client server: 618 di 1082 MiB da scaricare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:489
+#: release-manual.xml:491
msgid "Main server and Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Main server e Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB da scaricare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:490
+#: release-manual.xml:492
msgid "Thin client server: 618 of 1052 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Thin client server: 618 di 1052 MiB da scaricare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:491
+#: release-manual.xml:493
msgid "Workstation: 618 of 1051 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Workstation: 618 di 1051 MiB da scaricare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:492
+#: release-manual.xml:494
msgid "Standalone: 618 of 1020 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Standalone: 618 di 1020 MiB da scaricare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:493
+#: release-manual.xml:495
msgid "Barebone: 12 of 83 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Barebone: 12 of 83 MiB da scaricare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:496
+#: release-manual.xml:498
msgid "The profiles are explained below."
msgstr "I profili sono spiegati in seguito."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:503
msgid "Installation options"
msgstr "Opzioni di intallazione"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:503
+#: release-manual.xml:505
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
"don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
@@ -1727,7 +1745,7 @@ msgstr ""
"degli utenti, però le opzioni di default dovrebbero andar bene."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:505
+#: release-manual.xml:507
msgid ""
"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -1740,7 +1758,7 @@ msgstr ""
"modo testo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:508
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert </computeroutput> boot-option adds the "
"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -1755,7 +1773,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> al prompt di syslinux/yaboot per selezionare il modo esperto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:514
+#: release-manual.xml:516
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -1768,7 +1786,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>amd64-expertgui </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:519
+#: release-manual.xml:521
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multiarch DVD on an amd64 machine "
"you need to manually select <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> (text "
@@ -1783,7 +1801,7 @@ msgstr ""
"bit, e installgui su macchine x86 32-bit."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:524
+#: release-manual.xml:526
msgid ""
"If you have already installed the mainserver profile on a machine, you can "
"use its http proxy service to speed up the following installations from CD. "
@@ -1796,32 +1814,34 @@ msgstr ""
"http://10.0.2.2:3128/ </computeroutput> come opzione addizionale di boot."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:529
+#: release-manual.xml:531
msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)"
msgstr "Scegliere una lingua (per l'installazione e installare il sistema)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:530
+#: release-manual.xml:532
msgid "Choose a time-zone"
msgstr "Scegliere un time-zone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:531
+#: release-manual.xml:533
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
-msgstr "Scegliere una mappa di tastiera (in genere la tastiera di default va bene)"
+msgstr ""
+"Scegliere una mappa di tastiera (in genere la tastiera di default va bene)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:533
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Choose a profile </emphasis>:"
+#: release-manual.xml:535
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Choose a profile </emphasis>:"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Scegliere un profilo</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:537
msgid "server"
msgstr "server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:537
msgid ""
"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing the following "
"services: file, print, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, nagios, "
@@ -1835,12 +1855,12 @@ msgstr ""
"principale per ogni scuola!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:538
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid "workstation"
msgstr "workstation"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:538
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid ""
"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and "
"devices locally like an ordinary computer, but the user login is "
@@ -1853,36 +1873,37 @@ msgstr ""
"dell'utente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:541
+#: release-manual.xml:543
msgid "thin client server"
msgstr "thin client server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:542
+#: release-manual.xml:544
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive "
"boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network "
"cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. Out of "
"the box, this profile installs a thin client server. To turn it into a "
-"diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>this HowTo </ulink>. "
+"diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">this HowTo </ulink>. "
"(Fixme: integrate this HowTo into this chapter of the manual.)"
msgstr ""
"I server thin client e diskless workstation. I client che non hanno disco si "
"avviano e eseguono il software attraverso questo server. Questo computer ha "
"bisogno di due schede di rete, molta memoria, sarebbe l'ideale se ci fosse "
-"più di un processore. Per il server delle diskless workstation "
-"occorre seguire <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"più di un processore. Per il server delle diskless workstation occorre "
+"seguire <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>questo HowTo </ulink>. (Fixme: integrate this HowTo "
"into this chapter of the manual.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:547
+#: release-manual.xml:549
msgid "standalone"
msgstr "computer fuori rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:547
+#: release-manual.xml:549
msgid ""
"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server, ie. doesn't "
"need to be on the network. Includes laptops."
@@ -1891,12 +1912,12 @@ msgstr ""
"laptop."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:552
msgid "barebone"
msgstr "barebone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:552
msgid ""
"This profile is only available when using the 'debian-edu-expert' boot "
"option. It will install the base packages and configure the machine to "
@@ -1911,7 +1932,7 @@ msgstr ""
"manualmente dal server principale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:554
+#: release-manual.xml:556
msgid ""
"The first 3 profiles can all be installed on the same machine. That means "
"the main server can also be a thin client server and can be used as a "
@@ -1922,45 +1943,47 @@ msgstr ""
"workstation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:555
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+#: release-manual.xml:557
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
"rispondi yes al partizionamento automatico, questo distruggerà tutti i dati "
"negli hard disk!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:556
+#: release-manual.xml:558
msgid "say yes to partman"
msgstr "rispondere yes a partman"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:558
+#: release-manual.xml:560
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
-"org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont have to "
-"<inlinemediaobject>"
+"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url=\"http://popcon."
+"skolelinux.org/\">http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont "
+"have to <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
"per favore scegliere yes per mandare informazioni a <ulink url='http://"
"popcon.skolelinux.org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - anche se "
"non è necessario <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:565
+#: release-manual.xml:567
msgid "wait"
msgstr "aspettare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:566
+#: release-manual.xml:568
msgid "be happy"
msgstr "be happy"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:571
+#: release-manual.xml:573
msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
msgstr "Una nota sul partizionamento manuale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:573
+#: release-manual.xml:575
msgid ""
"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1978,12 +2001,12 @@ msgstr ""
"collegarsi alla rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:578
+#: release-manual.xml:580
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr "Una nota sui notebooks"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:580
+#: release-manual.xml:582
msgid ""
"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -2000,7 +2023,7 @@ msgstr ""
"occorre scegliere il profilo standalone."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:582
+#: release-manual.xml:584
msgid ""
"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -2013,12 +2036,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>, ma a oggi non ci sono howto per questo argomento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:588
+#: release-manual.xml:590
msgid "A note on DVD installs"
msgstr "Una nota sull'installazione da DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:590
+#: release-manual.xml:592
msgid ""
"If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
"computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
@@ -2032,7 +2055,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installati:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:594
+#: release-manual.xml:596
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main \n"
@@ -2045,17 +2068,18 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:602
+#: release-manual.xml:604
msgid "Custom CD/DVDs"
msgstr "CD/DVD personalizzati"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:604
+#: release-manual.xml:606
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Creating custom CDs or DVDs is quite easily possible, since we use the "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/'>debian installer </"
-"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">debian installer </"
+"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] allows to define answers to the "
"questions normally asked."
msgstr ""
@@ -2068,11 +2092,12 @@ msgstr ""
"richieste."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:608
+#: release-manual.xml:610
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this "
-"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>remaster the CD/DVD </"
+"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD </"
"ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Quello che è necessario fare è creare un file di preseeding con le risposte "
@@ -2081,84 +2106,85 @@ msgstr ""
"Modify/CD'>rimasterizzare il CD/DVD </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:615
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+#: release-manual.xml:617
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
"Schermi di esempio per una installazione i386 server principale+ thin-client-"
"server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:618
+#: release-manual.xml:620
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:624
+#: release-manual.xml:626
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:630
+#: release-manual.xml:632
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:636
+#: release-manual.xml:638
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:642
+#: release-manual.xml:644
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:648
+#: release-manual.xml:650
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:654
+#: release-manual.xml:656
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:660
+#: release-manual.xml:662
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:666
+#: release-manual.xml:668
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:672
+#: release-manual.xml:674
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:678
+#: release-manual.xml:680
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:684
+#: release-manual.xml:686
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:690
+#: release-manual.xml:692
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:701
+#: release-manual.xml:703
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -2167,17 +2193,17 @@ msgstr ""
"risoluzione di questa immagine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:704
+#: release-manual.xml:706
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:713
+#: release-manual.xml:715
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Partiamo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:717
+#: release-manual.xml:719
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
@@ -2186,7 +2212,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partire. Questo è il minimo da fare:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:718
+#: release-manual.xml:720
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
@@ -2195,12 +2221,12 @@ msgstr ""
"directories via NFS)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:721
msgid "adding users"
msgstr "aggiungere utenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:720
+#: release-manual.xml:722
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
@@ -2209,12 +2235,12 @@ msgstr ""
"devono essere aggiunti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:723
+#: release-manual.xml:725
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr "Questo è descritto in seguito."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:725
+#: release-manual.xml:727
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
@@ -2225,17 +2251,17 @@ msgstr ""
"quello che tutti devono fare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:728
+#: release-manual.xml:730
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:736
+#: release-manual.xml:738
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Servizi attivi sul server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:738
+#: release-manual.xml:740
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -2244,12 +2270,12 @@ msgstr ""
"modificati attraverso l'interfaccia web. Descriveremo qui ogni servizio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:742
+#: release-manual.xml:744
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr "Amministrare via web con lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:746
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -2261,30 +2287,31 @@ msgstr ""
"(aggiungere, modificare, cancellare):"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:745
+#: release-manual.xml:747
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione degli utenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:746
+#: release-manual.xml:748
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione dei gruppi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:747
+#: release-manual.xml:749
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr "Informazioni su Automount"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:750
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione delle macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:751
+#: release-manual.xml:753
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
-"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
+"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www/lwat"
+"\">https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
"atleast 2 facts:"
msgstr ""
"Per accedere a lwat scrivere l'indirizzo sul browser <ulink url='https://www/"
@@ -2292,17 +2319,17 @@ msgstr ""
"per almeno due motivi:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:753
+#: release-manual.xml:755
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr "il certificato è self-signed"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:754
+#: release-manual.xml:756
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr "Il certificato è generato da tjener.intern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:755
+#: release-manual.xml:757
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
@@ -2311,7 +2338,7 @@ msgstr ""
"il certificato è valido solo per un mese."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:758
+#: release-manual.xml:760
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
@@ -2319,20 +2346,21 @@ msgid ""
"admin account. If you visit this site the first time after installation, the "
"loginname there is:"
msgstr ""
-"Quando l'avvertimento non viene considerato (o corretto ...) si dovrebbe visualizzare la pagina sottostante che ha un menu a sinistra e "
-"la parte principale della pagina sulla destra. Per prima cosa si dovrebbe "
-"vedere una finestra di login dove occorre collegarsi con le credenziali di "
+"Quando l'avvertimento non viene considerato (o corretto ...) si dovrebbe "
+"visualizzare la pagina sottostante che ha un menu a sinistra e la parte "
+"principale della pagina sulla destra. Per prima cosa si dovrebbe vedere una "
+"finestra di login dove occorre collegarsi con le credenziali di "
"amministratore. Se si accede per la prima volta dopo l'installazione, il "
"nome di login è:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:759
+#: release-manual.xml:761
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:763
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
@@ -2341,12 +2369,12 @@ msgstr ""
"root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:764
+#: release-manual.xml:766
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:769
+#: release-manual.xml:771
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
@@ -2355,12 +2383,12 @@ msgstr ""
"varie voci nel menu."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:774
+#: release-manual.xml:776
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestione degli utenti con lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:776
+#: release-manual.xml:778
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -2375,7 +2403,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sono disponibili su tutti i sistemi della rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:778
+#: release-manual.xml:780
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
@@ -2384,7 +2412,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utenti nella directory LDAP."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:780
+#: release-manual.xml:782
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -2392,16 +2420,16 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Si possono aggiungere utenti, collegarli a gruppi di utenti (per esempio "
"riferirsi agli elementi di una classe facilmente), aggiornarli e cancellarli "
-"di nuovo. Le scelte del menu per fare questo sono le quattro voci più alte (nei due gruppi "
-"più alti)."
+"di nuovo. Le scelte del menu per fare questo sono le quattro voci più alte "
+"(nei due gruppi più alti)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:784
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr "Aggiungere utenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:786
+#: release-manual.xml:788
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -2424,42 +2452,44 @@ msgstr ""
"per l'amministratore del sistema. A oggi lwat conosce i profili seguenti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:790
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">role </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>profilo</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:794
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>privilegi concessi </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:797
+#: release-manual.xml:799
msgid "Students"
msgstr "Students"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:800
+#: release-manual.xml:802
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr "Login e uso del sistema"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:804
+#: release-manual.xml:806
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr "Teachers"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:807
+#: release-manual.xml:809
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr "Lo stesso di studenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:811
+#: release-manual.xml:813
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr "jrAdmins"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:814
+#: release-manual.xml:816
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
@@ -2468,12 +2498,12 @@ msgstr ""
"(una specie di Amministratori)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:820
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "Admins"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:821
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
@@ -2483,7 +2513,7 @@ msgstr ""
"di collegarsi al dominio Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:828
+#: release-manual.xml:830
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
@@ -2492,7 +2522,7 @@ msgstr ""
"è aggiunto al sistema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:830
+#: release-manual.xml:832
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
@@ -2501,12 +2531,12 @@ msgstr ""
"una propria password modificando l'utente aggiunto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:838
+#: release-manual.xml:840
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
@@ -2516,7 +2546,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ldap (altrimenti la scheda si resetta):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:841
+#: release-manual.xml:843
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2530,12 +2560,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:849
+#: release-manual.xml:851
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr "Cercare e cancellare utenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:851
+#: release-manual.xml:853
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2555,12 +2585,12 @@ msgstr ""
"collegamenti alla pagina di modifica."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:854
+#: release-manual.xml:856
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:859
+#: release-manual.xml:861
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -2571,17 +2601,17 @@ msgstr ""
"collegato."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:862
+#: release-manual.xml:864
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:871
+#: release-manual.xml:873
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestione dei gruppi con lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:875
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2594,7 +2624,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Nella pagina di modifica si può avere accesso a tutti gli utenti del gruppo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:875
+#: release-manual.xml:877
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
@@ -2603,12 +2633,12 @@ msgstr ""
"usare questo strumento anche per i permessi dei file."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:880
+#: release-manual.xml:882
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestione delle macchine con lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:884
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2625,7 +2655,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Architecture\">architettura</link> di questo manuale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:884
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
@@ -2634,67 +2664,74 @@ msgstr ""
"indirizzi prefigurato. I seguenti intervalli di ip sono predefiniti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:888
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">First address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Primo indirizzo </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:890
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:892
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Ultimo indirizzo </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:894
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:896
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>nome dell'host </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:899
+#: release-manual.xml:901
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr "10.0.2.10"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:902
+#: release-manual.xml:904
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr "10.0.2.29"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:905
-msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:907
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:911
+#: release-manual.xml:913
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr "10.0.2.30"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:914
+#: release-manual.xml:916
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr "10.0.2.49"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:917
-msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:919
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:923
+#: release-manual.xml:925
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr "10.0.2.50"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:926
+#: release-manual.xml:928
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr "10.0.2.99"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:929
-msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:931
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:938
+#: release-manual.xml:940
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
@@ -2703,7 +2740,7 @@ msgstr ""
"riservati per il dhcp e sono assegnati dinamicamente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:940
+#: release-manual.xml:942
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2712,40 +2749,39 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Per assegnare a un host con il MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 un indirizzo "
"statico occorre inserire il MAC-address e il nome dell'host, nel nostro "
-"esempio static00, mentre i campi rimanenti saranno completati automaticamente "
-"secondo la configurazione predefinita."
+"esempio static00, mentre i campi rimanenti saranno completati "
+"automaticamente secondo la configurazione predefinita."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:943
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:982 release-manual.xml:1018
-#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2027
-#: release-manual.xml:2057 release-manual.xml:2064 release-manual.xml:2403
-#: release-manual.xml:2417 release-manual.xml:2432
+#: release-manual.xml:951 release-manual.xml:984 release-manual.xml:1020
+#: release-manual.xml:1117 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:952
+#: release-manual.xml:954
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
"by hand as shown directly below."
msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Questo non configurerà il server "
-"dhcp. Bisogna configurare l'host staticamente o modificare la configurazione "
-"del server dhcp a mano come mostrato sotto."
+"</inlinemediaobject> Questo non configurerà il server dhcp. Bisogna "
+"configurare l'host staticamente o modificare la configurazione del server "
+"dhcp a mano come mostrato sotto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:956
+#: release-manual.xml:958
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr "Assegnare un ip statico con dhcp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:958
+#: release-manual.xml:960
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2758,7 +2794,7 @@ msgstr ""
"come root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:962
+#: release-manual.xml:964
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2769,7 +2805,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dovrebbe vedere una cosa simile a questa:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:966
+#: release-manual.xml:968
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2785,7 +2821,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:972
+#: release-manual.xml:974
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
@@ -2794,7 +2830,7 @@ msgstr ""
"statico. Ecco come dovrebbe essere nel nostro esempio:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:977
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2810,7 +2846,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:985
+#: release-manual.xml:987
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
@@ -2819,12 +2855,12 @@ msgstr ""
"descritto sopra tutte le volte che si cambia la configurazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:992
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr "Cercare e cancellare macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:994
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
@@ -2833,12 +2869,12 @@ msgstr ""
"procedura qui, non viene indicatata."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:997
+#: release-manual.xml:999
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr "Modificare macchine esistenti / Gestione del Netgroup"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:999
+#: release-manual.xml:1001
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2849,12 +2885,12 @@ msgstr ""
"(come per gli utenti)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1002
+#: release-manual.xml:1004
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1007
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2865,7 +2901,7 @@ msgstr ""
"altro significato in questo contesto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1011
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2880,7 +2916,7 @@ msgstr ""
"più che limitare i servizi che una macchina può usare sul server principale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1012
+#: release-manual.xml:1014
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2906,7 +2942,7 @@ msgstr ""
"statico da ldap."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1021
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
@@ -2916,7 +2952,7 @@ msgstr ""
"directory."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1025
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2934,32 +2970,34 @@ msgstr ""
"collegamento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1028
+#: release-manual.xml:1030
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr "Altra documentazione lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1030
+#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
-"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
-"lwat/download/doc/'>online </ulink>."
+"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url=\"http://bzz.no/"
+"lwat/download/doc/\">online </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"L'intera documentazione per lwat può essere trovata in <computeroutput>/usr/"
"share/doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> del server principale o <ulink url='http://"
"bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/'>online </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1038
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Amministrazione delle stampanti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
-"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
-"where you can add/delete/modfiy your printers and can clean up the printing "
+"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www:631"
+"\">https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site where "
+"you can add/delete/modfiy your printers and can clean up the printing "
"queue. For changes where you have to login as root with your root password, "
"you will be forced to use ssl encryption."
msgstr ""
@@ -2970,7 +3008,7 @@ msgstr ""
"protocollo che usa la criptazione ssl."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1043
+#: release-manual.xml:1045
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2981,12 +3019,12 @@ msgstr ""
"cosa fare quando questo non funziona."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1049
+#: release-manual.xml:1051
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr "Sincronizzazione dell'orologio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1053
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -3005,7 +3043,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sua rete ISDN occupata tutto il tempo, per telefonate extra."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -3024,12 +3062,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1063
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr "Partizioni estese piene"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1065
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -3044,17 +3082,17 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Administration\">nella sezione amministrazione</link>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1072
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Manutenzione"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1076
+#: release-manual.xml:1078
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Aggiornare il software"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1080
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
@@ -3063,7 +3101,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> e kde-update-notifier."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1081
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -3079,7 +3117,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disponibile)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1088
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
@@ -3088,7 +3126,7 @@ msgstr ""
"notifier. FIXME: Occorre spiegare, forse con uno screenshot."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1090
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -3099,7 +3137,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configurarli mandando una mail all'indirizzo che stai leggendo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -3113,7 +3151,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1096
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
@@ -3122,15 +3160,16 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiamenti effettuati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1102
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Gestione del Backup"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
-"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
+"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"slbackup-php\">https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
"to access this site via ssl, since you have to enter the root password "
"there. If you try to access this site without using ssl it will fail."
msgstr ""
@@ -3141,7 +3180,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ssl si ottiene un errore."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1109
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -3154,7 +3193,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fosse cancellato qualcosa) questo strumento è molto utile."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1111
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
@@ -3163,7 +3202,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installa da etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:1120
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
@@ -3172,7 +3211,7 @@ msgstr ""
"degli hard disk."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1120
+#: release-manual.xml:1122
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
@@ -3182,7 +3221,7 @@ msgstr ""
"esistente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1121
+#: release-manual.xml:1123
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
@@ -3191,20 +3230,21 @@ msgstr ""
"descrivere come fare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1127
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Monitorare il Server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#: release-manual.xml:1133
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1135
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
-"munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
+"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"munin/\">https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
"graphis on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and allow the system "
"administrator help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system "
"problems."
@@ -3216,7 +3256,7 @@ msgstr ""
"i colli di bottiglia e per l'origine dei problemi del sistema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1136
+#: release-manual.xml:1138
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -3239,31 +3279,33 @@ msgstr ""
"server che contiene (normalmente il server-principale)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1140
+#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url='http://"
-"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
+"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
+"munin.projects.linpro.no/\">http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
msgstr ""
"Maggiori informazioni sul sistema munin sono disponibili a <ulink "
"url='http://munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </"
"ulink> ."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1146
+#: release-manual.xml:1148
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url='https://"
-"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
+"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://"
+"www/nagios2/\">https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Il sistema Nagios e i suoi servizi di monitoraggio sono disponibili a <ulink "
"url='https://www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1151
+#: release-manual.xml:1153
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -3276,7 +3318,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la password occorre eseguire il seguente comando come root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1154
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -3286,7 +3328,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -3301,10 +3343,11 @@ msgstr ""
"etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1163
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url='http://www."
-"nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
+"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
+"www.nagios.org/\">http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
"Maggiori informazioni sul sistema nagios sono disponibili al sito <ulink "
@@ -3312,24 +3355,26 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1172
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1174
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
-"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
+"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"sitesummary/\">https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Un semplice report del sommario del sito è disponibile all'indirizzo <ulink "
"url='https://www/sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Altra documentazione su sitesummary è disponibile all'indirizzo <ulink "
@@ -3337,16 +3382,17 @@ msgstr ""
"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:1185
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Aggiornamenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1187
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
-"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
-"Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
+"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian "
+"Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
"applicable law. </emphasis> Please read this chapter completly before "
"attempting to upgrade."
msgstr ""
@@ -3357,18 +3403,19 @@ msgstr ""
"capitolo fino alla fine prima di cominciare ad aggiornare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
-"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
-"available in its installation manual."
+"More <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
+"\">information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is available in its "
+"installation manual."
msgstr ""
"Maggiori <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>informazioni sulla versione Debian etch </ulink> sono "
"disponibili nel relativo manuale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1195
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -3380,13 +3427,14 @@ msgstr ""
"configurato nello stesso modo del server effettivo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
+#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
"them here. Debian Edu sarge will receive continued support for some time in "
-"the future, but when Debian <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/security/"
-"faq#lifespan'>ceases support for sarge </ulink>, Debian Edu will (have to) "
+"the future, but when Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/"
+"faq#lifespan\">ceases support for sarge </ulink>, Debian Edu will (have to) "
"do that too. This is expected to happen in April 2008."
msgstr ""
"Sarebbe anche saggio aspettare un po' per rendere effettivo l'aggiornamento "
@@ -3398,43 +3446,45 @@ msgstr ""
"accada nel'Aprile 2008."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1200
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Aggiornamento da Debian Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Occorre leggere completamente questo capitolo prima di cominciare a fare "
"l'aggiornamento del sistema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1204
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
-"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
+"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian."
+"org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
"(Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installed a 2.6 kernel as default, but "
"if you are running a 2.4 kernel, you <emphasis>should </emphasis> read the "
-"<ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-"
-"information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6'>notes on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-"
+"information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6\">notes on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to "
"2.6 </ulink> before you upgrade!)"
msgstr ""
"Se sorgono problemi si dovrebbe leggere anche <ulink url='http://www.debian."
"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes per Debian etch </ulink>. "
-"(Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installa il kernel 2.6 come "
-"default, ma se si sta lavorando con il kernel 2.4, <emphasis>occorrerebbe </"
-"emphasis> leggere <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/"
-"release-notes/ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6'> le avvertenze "
-"sull'aggiornamento dal kernel 2.4 a 2.6 </ulink> prima di installare!)"
+"(Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installa il kernel 2.6 come default, ma "
+"se si sta lavorando con il kernel 2.4, <emphasis>occorrerebbe </emphasis> "
+"leggere <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/"
+"ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6'> le avvertenze sull'aggiornamento "
+"dal kernel 2.4 a 2.6 </ulink> prima di installare!)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Schema di partizionamento cambiato"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -3445,26 +3495,28 @@ msgstr ""
"volume:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1214
+#: release-manual.xml:1216
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
-msgstr "vg_data che contiene i dati della partizione come /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
+msgstr ""
+"vg_data che contiene i dati della partizione come /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1215
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
-msgstr "vg_system contiene la partizione del Sistema come /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
+msgstr ""
+"vg_system contiene la partizione del Sistema come /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1220
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
msgstr ""
-"La versione etch ha invece solo 1 Volume Group dovuto a un cambiamento interno "
-"dell'Installer."
+"La versione etch ha invece solo 1 Volume Group dovuto a un cambiamento "
+"interno dell'Installer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1222
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
@@ -3483,12 +3535,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fallisce per il poco spazio sul disco."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1227
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Preparazione del sistema"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1229
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
@@ -3497,7 +3549,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lv_var- occorre ridimensionare questa partizione:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -3508,7 +3560,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> per questo lavoro:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3520,45 +3572,45 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr "2.) fsck della partizione:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1240
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr "3.) ridimensionare la partizione:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1240
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr "4.) ridimensionare il filesystem:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr "5.) montare le partizioni di nuovo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3570,7 +3622,7 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1256
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
@@ -3579,7 +3631,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> in modo che contenga queste linee"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -3591,12 +3643,12 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1262
+#: release-manual.xml:1264
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Ora incominciamo ad aggiornare con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1263
+#: release-manual.xml:1265
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -3606,12 +3658,12 @@ msgstr ""
"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1271
+#: release-manual.xml:1273
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Risposte alle domande di Debconf che appaiono durante l'aggiornamento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1273
+#: release-manual.xml:1275
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -3623,14 +3675,15 @@ msgstr ""
"terminalserver."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1275
+#: release-manual.xml:1277
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
"what is installed as default in the sarge based Debian Edu release). So if "
"there are any questions which you don't know how to answer, don't hesitate "
-"to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian."
-"org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-"
+"to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org"
+"\">debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-"
"edu."
msgstr ""
"Le domande che saranno fatte in aggiunta a quelle qui documentate "
@@ -3641,54 +3694,55 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink>) o IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1278
+#: release-manual.xml:1280
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Configurare nagios-common."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1282
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
-msgstr "Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1285
+#: release-manual.xml:1287
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Configurare console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1286
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr "Scegliere \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1289
+#: release-manual.xml:1291
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Configurare openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1290
+#: release-manual.xml:1292
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr "Non disattivare la challenge-response Auth."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Configurare systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1294
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr "Scegliere qui il default (yes)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Configurare popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1298
+#: release-manual.xml:1300
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -3700,47 +3754,48 @@ msgstr ""
"\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1301
+#: release-manual.xml:1303
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Configure libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1303
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1310
+#: release-manual.xml:1312
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr "Usare qui ldapversion 3"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1311
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr "Quale acconto dovrebbe usare root per ldap lookups FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1312
+#: release-manual.xml:1314
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr "Quale password dovrebbe usare root qui FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1315
+#: release-manual.xml:1317
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Aggiornare ora glibc. Rispondere qui \"yes\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Lanciare di nuovo i Servizi. Risponder qui \"yes\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1321
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
@@ -3749,12 +3804,12 @@ msgstr ""
"installati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1321
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr "Ora il processo di aggiornamento dei pacchetti partirà."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:1325
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
@@ -3767,12 +3822,12 @@ msgstr ""
"modificata, occorre scegliere sempre: \"Installare l'ultima\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "L'aggiornamento si interrompe con questo messaggio:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1328
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3788,7 +3843,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1332
+#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3803,33 +3858,33 @@ msgstr ""
"</emphasis>. Poi occorre riavviare il processo di aggiornamento con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1340
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Ora l'aggiornamento continua:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#: release-manual.xml:1342
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Alcuni file di configurazione modificati (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1341
+#: release-manual.xml:1343
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr "Dovresti sempre lasciare quello installato (default) e premere enter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1346
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Quando l'installazione si interrompe più tardi:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1345
+#: release-manual.xml:1347
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3843,7 +3898,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:1352
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
@@ -3852,11 +3907,11 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Per correggere questo errore occorre rinominare questa directory: <emphasis>/"
"var/backups/dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> e dato "
-"che ldap ora non viene eseguita come root ma come utente <emphasis>openldap </"
-"emphasis> i permessi dei file di configurazione devono essere cambiati:"
+"che ldap ora non viene eseguita come root ma come utente <emphasis>openldap "
+"</emphasis> i permessi dei file di configurazione devono essere cambiati:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1353
+#: release-manual.xml:1355
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3866,9 +3921,10 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1356
+#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
+"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role=\"strong\">without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
"the dist-upgrade process again with:"
msgstr ""
@@ -3877,18 +3933,18 @@ msgstr ""
"riavviare dist-upgrade di nuovo con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#: release-manual.xml:1360
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1362
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "Il prossimo errore è questo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1361
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3900,23 +3956,24 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1365
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Occorre rimuovere il pacchetto: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> con"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1367
+#: release-manual.xml:1369
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+#: release-manual.xml:1371
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr "e aspettare fino alla fine. Poi riavviare di nuovo dist-upgrade."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
+#: release-manual.xml:1373
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
@@ -3925,12 +3982,12 @@ msgstr ""
"aggiornamento dovrebbe ora finire senza altri errori."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1376
+#: release-manual.xml:1378
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr "Problemi nell'aggiornamento di bind"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1378
+#: release-manual.xml:1380
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
@@ -3939,27 +3996,28 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiare il proprietario di tutti i file di configurazione di bind."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1379
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1381
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
-"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
+"See <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791"
+"\">#386791 </ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
"Vedere per maggiori informazioni <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/"
"bugreport.cgi?bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1387
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr "I gruppi di Samba sono cambiati"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1391
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3974,7 +4032,7 @@ msgstr ""
"strumento di amministrazione di LDAP \"lwat\" per rimediare alla situazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1391
+#: release-manual.xml:1393
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -3985,7 +4043,7 @@ msgstr ""
"samba. Creare l'acconto di Domain Admins con il comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1392
+#: release-manual.xml:1394
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -3999,7 +4057,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1397
+#: release-manual.xml:1399
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -4012,16 +4070,17 @@ msgstr ""
"di questo manuale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1403
+#: release-manual.xml:1405
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Aggiornamenti da installazioni Debian Edu / Skolelinux più vecchie"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1405
+#: release-manual.xml:1407
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0'>http://"
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0\">http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink>. Then upgrade to "
"Terrra (etch-based Release)."
msgstr ""
@@ -4032,37 +4091,39 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>. Poi occorre fare l'aggiornamento a Terrra (versione etch)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1412
+#: release-manual.xml:1414
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1414
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
-msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>"
+#: release-manual.xml:1416
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1417
+#: release-manual.xml:1419
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Desktop\">il desktop</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1420
+#: release-manual.xml:1422
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">client della rete</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1423
+#: release-manual.xml:1425
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">insegnare e imparare</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1430
+#: release-manual.xml:1432
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "HowTo per l'amministrazione generale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1432
+#: release-manual.xml:1434
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance</link> "
@@ -4077,46 +4138,47 @@ msgstr ""
"\"avanzati\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1438
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+#: release-manual.xml:1440
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
"Installare singoli servizi sulle macchine per distribuire il carico del "
"server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1439
+#: release-manual.xml:1441
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr "installazione di barebone con l'uso di debian-edu-expert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
+#: release-manual.xml:1442
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr "installare il pacchetto per il servizio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1441
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "configurare il servizio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1442
+#: release-manual.xml:1444
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr "disattivare il servizio nel server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1445
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr "aggiornare il dns sul server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1449
+#: release-manual.xml:1451
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
"Tenere traccia della directory /etc/ con la versione svk per il controllo "
"del sistema "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1451
+#: release-manual.xml:1453
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -4134,7 +4196,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1456
+#: release-manual.xml:1458
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -4145,12 +4207,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fatti in <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> sono registrati ogni ora."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1459
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr "Elenco di comandi utili:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1462
+#: release-manual.xml:1464
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -4168,12 +4230,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1471
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr "Esempi di uso"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1475
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
@@ -4182,7 +4244,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sono stati fatti dall'installazione iniziale:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1476
+#: release-manual.xml:1478
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
@@ -4192,12 +4254,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1481
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr "Per vedere i cambiamenti fatti in /etc/, usare questo comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1482
+#: release-manual.xml:1484
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
@@ -4207,14 +4269,14 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1485
+#: release-manual.xml:1487
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
"Per vedere i cambiamenti effettuati su un determinato file occorre "
"specificarlo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1488
+#: release-manual.xml:1490
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
@@ -4224,7 +4286,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1491
+#: release-manual.xml:1493
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
@@ -4234,7 +4296,7 @@ msgstr ""
"automaticamente:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1494
+#: release-manual.xml:1496
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -4244,12 +4306,14 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1497
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
-msgstr "Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza aspettare un'ora:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+msgstr ""
+"Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza aspettare un'ora:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1500
+#: release-manual.xml:1502
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
@@ -4259,7 +4323,8 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1503
+#: release-manual.xml:1505
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -4268,7 +4333,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ignorarlo. Questa operazione è raramente utile<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1510
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
@@ -4278,12 +4343,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr "Per coloro che aggiornano da sarge/woody"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1520
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -4294,7 +4359,7 @@ msgstr ""
"svk una volta con il seguente comando come root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1521
+#: release-manual.xml:1523
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -4304,19 +4369,20 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1524
+#: release-manual.xml:1526
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
-msgstr "Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
+msgstr ""
+"Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1530
+#: release-manual.xml:1532
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr "Ridimensionare partizioni"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1534
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -4331,7 +4397,7 @@ msgstr ""
"queste non siano montate."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1536
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -4345,7 +4411,7 @@ msgstr ""
"creare più partizioni piccole che una molto ampia."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1536
+#: release-manual.xml:1538
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -4370,23 +4436,24 @@ msgstr ""
"effettivamente il file system."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Gestione dei volumi logici"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#: release-manual.xml:1549
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
-"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
-"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </ulink>."
+"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Logical Volume Management (LVM) permette di estendere le partizioni mentre "
"sono montate e in uso. Si può imparare di più su LVM in <ulink url='http://"
"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1550
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -4397,12 +4464,13 @@ msgstr ""
"aumentare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1553
+#: release-manual.xml:1555
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
-msgstr "Per esempio per aumentare home0 a 30GB si può usare i seguenti comandi:"
+msgstr ""
+"Per esempio per aumentare home0 a 30GB si può usare i seguenti comandi:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1556
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
@@ -4412,33 +4480,34 @@ msgstr ""
"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1563
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr "Usare volatile.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#: release-manual.xml:1567
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
+"Since <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
"default installations."
msgstr ""
"Dato che <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </"
-"ulink> è un nuovo servizio, introdotto con Debian Etch, esso non è attivo con "
-"l'installazione di default."
+"ulink> è un nuovo servizio, introdotto con Debian Etch, esso non è attivo "
+"con l'installazione di default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1570
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr "Cos'è debian-volatile?"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Citando dalla pagina web</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -4457,12 +4526,12 @@ msgstr ""
"rendere funzionale il programma."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1580
+#: release-manual.xml:1582
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr "Come usare volatile"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1584
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4477,7 +4546,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1587
+#: release-manual.xml:1589
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4487,7 +4556,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1590
+#: release-manual.xml:1592
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
@@ -4496,28 +4565,32 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr "Usare backports.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
"more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org steps in."
-msgstr "Hai scelto Debian Edu per la sua stabilità. Funziona alla grande, ma c'è solo un problema: alcuni software diventano obsoleti rispetto a come vorresti. Backports.org serve per risolvere questo problema."
+msgstr ""
+"Hai scelto Debian Edu per la sua stabilità. Funziona alla grande, ma c'è "
+"solo un problema: alcuni software diventano obsoleti rispetto a come "
+"vorresti. Backports.org serve per risolvere questo problema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1603
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
"without new libraries (wherever it is possible) on a stable Debian "
-"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role='strong'>We recommend you to "
+"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to "
"pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all "
"backports available there. </emphasis> Please follow the instructions on "
-"<ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org\">http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
"use these backports."
msgstr ""
"Backports sono pacchetti ricompilati da Debian testing (nella maggior parte) "
@@ -4530,12 +4603,14 @@ msgstr ""
"url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1605
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
-"computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"SecureApt'>securily </ulink>. This is done by running these commands as root:"
+"computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"SecureApt\">securily </ulink>. This is done by running these commands as "
+"root:"
msgstr ""
"Sarà necessario aggiungere la chiave dell'archivio di backports.org al "
"portachiavi <computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> di root, così che "
@@ -4544,28 +4619,28 @@ msgstr ""
"dare il seguente comando come root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
+#: release-manual.xml:1613
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
+"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"aptitude update\n"
"]]>\n"
"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
+"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on backports.org\n"
+"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on backports.org\n"
"</ulink>. \n"
"</para>\n"
"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
-"</para>\n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
"</section>\n"
"\n"
"<section>\n"
@@ -4573,130 +4648,42 @@ msgid ""
"</title>\n"
"<para>\n"
"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
-"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
-"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
-"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
-"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
-"# update the list of available packages:\n"
-"aptitude update\n"
"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Poi si può usare <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
-"</computeroutput> per installare o aggiornare pacchetti una volta, o configurare un pacchetto per essere sempre installato da backports.org con il comando <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput> che è descritto nelle <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instruzioni su backports.org\n"
-"</ulink>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Il secondo modo ha il vantaggio,che gli aggiornamenti su backports sono installati automaticamente quando sono disponibili. Con il primo modo bisogna aggiornare manualmente. \n"
-"</para>\n"
+"</screen><para/>\n"
"</section>\n"
"\n"
"<section>\n"
-"<title>Java\n"
+"<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall\n"
"</title>\n"
+"<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
+"</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
+"</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+"</computeroutput>. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+"</computeroutput> should be similar to this: \n"
+"</para>\n"
"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1642
-msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
-msgstr "Accesso al server skolelinux dall'esterno del firewall"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
-msgid ""
-"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
-"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
-"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
-"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
-"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"Lo script di boot <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> è messo a "
-"disposizione nel pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </"
-"computeroutput> per \"oltrepassare\" un firewall. Questo è utile per gli "
-"amministratori di sistema responsabili di diverse installazioni Debian "
-"Edu. Viene configurato un tunnel SSH per permettere un login ssh da "
-"un'altra macchina dall'esterno del firewall."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
-msgid ""
-"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
-"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
-"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-"Per attivarlo occorre creare una chiave ssh senza password, creare un utente "
-"sul computer remoto per usare ssh login, copiare la chiave publica nella "
-"directory ~/.ssh/authorized_keys per l'utente remoto e specificare le "
-"informazioni di login in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </"
-"computeroutput>."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651
-msgid ""
-"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
-"similar to this:"
-msgstr ""
-"Il contenuto di <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> "
-"dovrebbe essere simile a questo:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1655
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
"RPORT=1234\n"
"RUSER=backdoor\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
-"RPORT=1234\n"
-"RUSER=backdoor\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1660
-msgid "FIXME: This need to be completed and tested."
-msgstr "FIXME: Questo deve essere completato e testato."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1665
-msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
-msgstr "Creare una cartella in tutte le home directory degli utenti"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
-msgid ""
-"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
-"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
-msgstr ""
-"Con questo script l'amministratore può creare una cartella in ogni home "
-"directory e selezionare i permessi di accesso e la proprietà."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1669
-msgid ""
-"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user "
-"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
-"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
-msgstr ""
-"Nell'esempio mostrato sotto con il gruppo=teachers e i permessi=770 un "
-"utente può assegnare un compito salvando il file nella cartella \"assignments"
-"\" nella quale gli insegnanti hanno diritto di scrittura per avere la "
-"possibilità di inserire commenti."
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1672
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
"\n"
"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
@@ -4720,221 +4707,110 @@ msgid ""
"done\n"
"\n"
"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
"\n"
-"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
-" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
-" permissions=\"770\";\n"
-" created_dir=0;\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
+"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
"\n"
-"for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
+"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para> \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
"\n"
-" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
-" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" . #set the right owner and group\n"
-" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
-" user=$home\n"
-" group=teachers\n"
-" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
-" else\n"
-" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
-" . fi\n"
-"done\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
+"</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student desktops \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde session \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students \n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
+"</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration programs \n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
+"</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
+"</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons] \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
+"</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile\n"
+"</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
"\n"
-"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2350 release-manual.xml:2458
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2352 release-manual.xml:2460
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
-"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
-"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
-"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
-"GPL.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Gli HowTo a <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sono specifici per utenti o "
-"sviluppatori. Spostiamo in questa sezione gli HowTos specifici per gli "
-"utenti (e li cancelliamo dove erano)! (Prima occorre chiedere agli autori se "
-"sono d'accordo con lo spostamento (vedere la storia di quelle pagine per "
-"rintracciarli) e di metterli sotto licenza GPL.)"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1731
-msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
-msgstr "HowTo per il desktop"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
-msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
-msgstr "KDE Kiosk mode"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1739
-msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
-msgstr "Sono inclusi due profili di default:"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1741
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
-"of the students file group)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (attivato per i membri "
-"del gruppo studenti)"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
-msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
-msgstr "l'insieme di icone personalizzato che appare nel desktop degli studenti"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1744
-msgid ""
-"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
-"kde panel"
-msgstr ""
-"fa in modo che tutti i programmi rappresentati dalle icone nel "
-"desktop siano presenti anche nel pannello kde"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
-msgid "adept is not started"
-msgstr "adept non è partito"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1746
-msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
-msgstr "fa in modo che gli studenti non inizino con un'altra sezione di kde"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1747
-msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
-msgstr "disabilita la possibilità di acquisire l'accesso di root per gli studenti"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
-"user and members of the admins file group)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (attivata per l'utente "
-"root e per i membri del gruppo admins)"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
-msgid ""
-"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
-"easy access to all the administration programs"
-msgstr ""
-"aggiungere al desktop un'icona per connettersi al server web locale per "
-"permettere un accesso semplice a tutti i programmi di amministrazione"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1755
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
-"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
-"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. "
-"[FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Nota: </emphasis>: le modifiche ai profili possono "
-"essere fatte usando <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. Tuttavia a "
-"meno che si seguano i passi indicati sotto i cambiamenti saranno "
-"sovrascritti dagli aggiornamenti. [FIXME: non funziona. L'aggiornamento "
-"rimette le icone del desktop di default]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1759
-msgid ""
-"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
-"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
-"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
-"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
-"folder."
-msgstr ""
-"Se si vuole modificare i profili kiosk, si possono copiare i profili "
-"esistenti e modificarli, o creare nuovi profili kiosk in (per esempio) "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> e attivarli in "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. Gli strumenti di "
-"kiosk forniranno un valido aiuto e se si fa click su \"profile properties\" "
-"si ha la possibilità di sfogliare una nuova cartella."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1766
-msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
-msgstr "Cambiare kiosk mode nelle workstation senza disco"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1768
-msgid ""
-"After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like "
-"described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by "
-"the diskless workstation."
-msgstr ""
-"Dopo aver fatto le modifiche al setting di kioskmode con gli strumenti di "
-"kiosktool come descritto sopra, si dovrà copiare alcuni file nella chroot "
-"usata dalle workstation senza disco."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770
-msgid ""
-"Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386 </"
-"computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation "
-"server(s):"
-msgstr ""
-"Assumendo che le workstation senza disco siano <computeroutput>i386 </"
-"computeroutput>, i seguenti comandi devono essere eseguiti sul server "
-"workstation:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1774
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386\n"
+"</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation server(s): \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
-"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
-"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1781
+#: release-manual.xml:1783
msgid ""
"Else replace <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> with "
"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> or <computeroutput>powerpc </"
"computeroutput> as applicable."
msgstr ""
-"Occorre cambiare <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> "
-"con <computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> o <computeroutput>powerpc </"
+"Occorre cambiare <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> con "
+"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> o <computeroutput>powerpc </"
"computeroutput> se si ha un'architettura diversa."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788
+#: release-manual.xml:1790
msgid "Disabling kioskmode"
msgstr "Disattivare il kiosk mode"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, either just remove the file "
"<computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Or, if you just want to "
@@ -4945,12 +4821,12 @@ msgstr ""
"temporaneamente occorre commentare tutte le linee del file."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1797
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Modificare il login screen di kde"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
+#: release-manual.xml:1801
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4962,7 +4838,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quelle di default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
@@ -4971,7 +4847,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1806
+#: release-manual.xml:1808
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4983,7 +4859,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1810
+#: release-manual.xml:1812
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4992,12 +4868,12 @@ msgstr ""
"avere informazioni su come queste variabili vanno usate."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1816
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package from "
@@ -5008,12 +4884,12 @@ msgstr ""
"backports.org."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1821
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
msgstr "Sono richiesti tre requisiti per fare questo:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
msgid ""
"add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
"as decribed in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">general adminstration "
@@ -5024,7 +4900,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dell'amministrazione generale</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1829
msgid ""
"add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
"computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
@@ -5035,7 +4911,7 @@ msgstr ""
"crearlo):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1833
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
@@ -5049,7 +4925,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1838
+#: release-manual.xml:1840
msgid ""
"as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
"an installer-package (and does not contain the flashplugin itself, for legal "
@@ -5062,42 +4938,53 @@ msgstr ""
"scaricherà il file precompilato da Adobe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr "Suono con Flash nei thin clients"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
msgid "You need to install this as root:"
msgstr "Occorre installare come root:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
msgid "and make one change in /etc/apt/sources.list"
msgstr "e fare un cambiamento in /etc/apt/sources.list"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
-"\n"
-"And that followed by \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound\"\n"
-"\n"
-"remeber to remove deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local from source list after that.\n"
-"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
-"\n"
-"e quello seguito da \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-exstrasound\"\n"
-"\n"
-"ricorda di eliminare in seguito deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local dal file sources.lst .\n"
-"\n"
-"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"And that followed by <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> and "
+"<computeroutput>aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound </"
+"computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"E eseguire <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
+"computeroutput>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"remeber to remove <computeroutput>deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ "
+"etch-test local </computeroutput> from source list after that and run "
+"<computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> again."
+msgstr ""
+"(Il pacchetto sorgente <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
+"computeroutput>contiene questa immagine come file <computeroutput>dia </"
+"computeroutput>.)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
@@ -5106,17 +4993,17 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto flashplugin-nonfree (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1866
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Altri plugin utili"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr "Dopo aver aggiunto il repository per il multimedia (vedi sotto):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1876
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -5126,12 +5013,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1882
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Far funzionare DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -5145,7 +5032,7 @@ msgstr ""
"librerie dei dvd."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1882
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -5155,311 +5042,140 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1888
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr "Usare il repository multimedia:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
-msgid ""
-"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
-"just add"
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To use www.debian-multimedia.org do the following:"
msgstr ""
"Occorre usare l'indirizzo www.debian-multimedia.org e visitare la homepage e "
"trovare un mirror, o aggiungere "
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
-msgid ""
-"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
-"multimedia-keyring)."
-msgstr ""
-"al file /etc/apt/sources.lst. Installare eventualmente la key package per "
-"multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring)."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
-msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
-msgstr "HowTo per i client di rete"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
-msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
-msgstr "Thin Clients vs workstation senza disco"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
-msgid ""
-"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
-"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
-msgstr ""
-"Istruzioni su come rigenerare workstation senza disco / workstation orfane/ "
-"lowfat client / client stupidi sono disponibili a <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
-msgid "LTSP in detail"
-msgstr "LTSP in dettaglio"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
-msgid "lts.conf"
-msgstr "lts.conf"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1922
-msgid ""
-"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
-"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
-"computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/"
-"ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and what "
-"parameters you can specify."
-msgstr ""
-"Per permettere adattamenti e configurazioni specifiche per i thinclient, "
-"occorre modificare il file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
-"computeroutput>. Per vedere esempi e quali parametri si possono specificare "
-"può essere utile <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/"
-"examples/lts.conf </computeroutput>."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
-msgid ""
-"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
-"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
-"client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
-"computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-"I valori di default sono definiti nella sezione <computeroutput>[default] </"
-"computeroutput>, per configurare un client, occorre indicare il mac adress o "
-"l'indirizzo ip come <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </computeroutput>."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
-msgid ""
-"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
-"something like this:"
-msgstr ""
-"Esempio: Per permettere al thinclient ltsp010 di usare una risoluzione "
-"1280x1024 aggiungere qualcosa di questo genere:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1933
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
-"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
-"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+"# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
+"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
+"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
+"echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+"# update the list of available packages:\n"
+"aptitude update\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
+"<title>HowTos for networked clients\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para> \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>LTSP in detail\n"
+"</title><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>lts.conf\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]\n"
+"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"</computeroutput>. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add something like this: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1939
-msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
-msgstr "da qualche parte sotto la sezione default."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1941
-msgid ""
-"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
-"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
-msgstr ""
-"In base ai cambiamenti fatti può essere necessario riavviare X nel client "
-"(premendo alt+ctrl+backspace) o riavviare il client."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
-msgid ""
-"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
-"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
-"client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
-"computeroutput> file."
-msgstr ""
-"Se si usa l'indirizzo ip in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> si "
-"dovrebbe aggiungere il mac-address del client al server dhcp. Si può usare "
-"anche il mac-address del client direttamente nel file <computeroutput>lts."
-"conf </computeroutput>."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
-msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
-msgstr "Equilibrare il carico sui server LTSP"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
-"edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
-msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Questa caratteristica nuova nella versione di ltsp "
-"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 è stata inclusa in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1960
-msgid "Part 1"
-msgstr "Prima Parte"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
-"for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
-"get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In "
-"addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each "
-"of the servers."
-msgstr ""
-"E' possibile configurare i client per connettersi a uno dei vari server per "
-"distribuire il carico. Si può attivare questa funzionalità con lo script /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
-"get_hosts per stampare uno o più server che permettano di fare la connessione LDM. In ogni ltsp chroot occorre includere la chiave ssh dell'host per ognuno dei server."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
-msgid ""
-"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
-"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
-"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
-"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
-"later on."
-msgstr "Prima di tutto occorre scegliere il server LTSP che bilanci il carico. Tutti i client PXE-boot caricheranno l'immagine Skolelinux da questo server. Dopo che l'immagine è caricata, LDM sceglie a quale server connettersi attraverso lo script \"get_hosts\". Come questo sarà fatto si vedrà dopo."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
-msgid ""
-"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
-"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
-"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
-"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
-"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
-msgstr "Ora occorre trasferire i client dalla rete 192.168.1.0 alla rete 10.0.2.0. Questo perché quando si usa la distribuzione del carico, i client dovrebbero avere accesso diretto al server LDM. Se si lasciano i client sulla rete 192.168.1.0, tutto il traffico dei client sarà assorbito da quel server prima di raggiungere il server scelto LDM."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
-msgid ""
-"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/"
-"dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
-msgstr "Per mettere i client nella rete 10.0.2.0, occorre modificare /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf sul main-server (tjener). Dove è scritto:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1971
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
-" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
-" }\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>somewhere below the default settings. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput> file. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Load balancing LTSP servers\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Part 1\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide later on. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
" }\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1976
-msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
-msgstr "occorre aggiungere questo sotto \"range\":"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
-"next-server xxx;\n"
-"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
-"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
-"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>you have to add this under \"range\": \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
"next-server xxx;\n"
"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
-msgid ""
-"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
-"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
-"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
-msgstr "Next-server dovrebbe avere l'indirizzo IP o il nome dell'host del server scelto per distribuire il carico.Se si usa il nome dell'host occorre avere un DNS funzionante. Ricorda di riavviare il servizio dhcp."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
-msgid "Part 2"
-msgstr "Seconda Parte"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
-msgid ""
-"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
-"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
-"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
-"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
-"host names, in the random order."
-msgstr "Ora occorre eseguire lo script \"get_hosts\" che stampa un server per LDM a cui connettersi. Il parametro LDM_SERVER sovrascrive questo script. Di conseguenza, questo parametro non deve essere definito se lo script get_hosts sta per essere usato. Lo script get_hosts stampa sull'output standard l'indirizzo IP o i nomi dei server, in ordine casuale."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1995
-msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
-msgstr "Modifica \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" e aggiungi qualcosa di simile a questo:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
-msgstr "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2000
-msgid ""
-"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
-"space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
-"ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server."
-msgstr ""
-"Occorre sostituire xxxx con l'indirizzo IP o i nomi dei server, l'elenco deve essere separato da uno spazio. In seguito occorre mettere il seguente script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
-"ltsp/get_hosts sul server scelto per distribuire il carico."
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2003
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
-"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
-"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
-"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
-"for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
-"rank=$RANDOM\n"
-"let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
-"TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
-"done\n"
-"TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
-"for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
-"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
-"done\n"
-"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Part 2\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or host names, in the random order. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
@@ -5473,142 +5189,75 @@ msgstr ""
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
"done\n"
"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2022
-msgid "Part 3"
-msgstr "Terza Parte"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2024
-msgid ""
-"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
-"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
-"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
-"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
-"ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
-"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
-"and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
-msgstr ""
-"Ora dopo aver inserito lo script \"get_hosts\", è il tempo di creare la chiave per ltsp chroots. Questo si può fare scrivendo un file con il contenuto di /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts con tutti server ltsp che distribuiranno il carico della rete. Occorre salvare il file come /etc/ltsp/"
-"ssh_known_hosts.extra in tutti i server che bilanciano il carico. L'ultimo passo è molto importante in quanto ltsp-update-sshkeys viene eseguito ogni volta che il server si riavvia, "
-"e /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra è caricato se esiste."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2030
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
-"ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server."
-msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Se si salva il nuovo file come /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
-"ssh/ssh_known_hosts, questo sarà cancellato quando il server si riavvia."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2032
-msgid ""
-"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
-"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
-"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
-"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. "
-"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
-msgstr ""
-"Vi è una debolezza intrinseca in questa configurazione. Tutti i client ottengono la loro "
-"immagine dallo stesso server e questo causa carichi elevati sul server se molti client si avviano contemporaneamente. Ancora, i client richiedono che il server sia sempre disponibile altrimenti non si possono avviare o ottenere un server LDM. Questa configurazione, quindi, è dipendente da un solo server e questo non è il massimo."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2034
-msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
-msgstr "I client dovrebbero avere il carico ben distribuito!"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040
-msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
-msgstr "Suono con client LTSP"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2042
-msgid ""
-"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
-"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
-"by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done "
-"automatically, this line:"
-msgstr ""
-"Se il client ha il supporto hardware per il suono e alsa viene usato (oggi "
-"questo è il sistema di default per il suono in Debian), il modulo snd-pcm-"
-"oss dovrebbe essere caricato dall'hardware dei client affinché esdpossa "
-"trovare /dev/dsp. Se questo non avviene automaticamente, la linea:"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2044
-msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
-msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2046
-msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
-msgstr "dovrebbe essere aggiunta al server nel file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2052
-msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
-msgstr "Sostituire LDM con KDM"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
-msgid ""
-"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
-"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
-"less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server."
-msgstr ""
-"Skolelinux 3.0 usa LDM come manager di login e utilizza per fare il login un "
-"tunnel sicuro ssh. Quando si usa KDM uno switch a XDMCP è neccessario. XDMCP "
-"ha bisogno di meno risorse diCPU sui clients e sul server."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2060
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
-"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
-"well as anything else."
-msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Attenzione </emphasis>: XDMCP "
-"non usa la cifratura. Le password passano in modalità testo nella rete, così "
-"come ogni altra cosa."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
-"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
-msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Nota: gli apparati locali con <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
-"computeroutput> si fermeranno senza LDM."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
-msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
-msgstr ""
-"Per controllare se XDMCP sta lavorando, esegui questo comando da una "
-"workstation:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Part 3\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced! \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Sound with LTSP clients\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done automatically, this line: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Replacing LDM with KDM\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning\n"
+"</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
+"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
-"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
-msgstr "Se siamo su un thin client nella retenetwork, occorre eseguire questo comando:"
+msgstr ""
+"Se siamo su un thin client nella retenetwork, occorre eseguire questo "
+"comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2079
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -5618,7 +5267,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2082
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
@@ -5628,7 +5277,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Skolelinux)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2084
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
@@ -5637,7 +5286,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aggiungere a /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:2099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5647,7 +5296,8 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2090
+#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5656,12 +5306,12 @@ msgstr ""
"è un commento <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr "Quindi avvia xdmcp in kdm con il comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2111
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5671,12 +5321,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr "Alla fine riavvia kdm eseguendo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2105
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5686,22 +5336,22 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2120
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr "(per la cortesia di Finn-Arne Johansen)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Connettere macchine windows alla rete / integrazione con Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2129
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Collegarsi al dominio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2131
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5714,7 +5364,7 @@ msgstr ""
"degli utenti e autenticare gli utenti attraverso il login."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2133
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -5723,20 +5373,22 @@ msgstr ""
"necessari:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2135
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
-msgstr "1. Creare un utente (se già non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
+msgstr ""
+"1. Creare un utente (se già non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
"membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat "
-"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role='strong'>not </emphasis> work, "
-"because there is no password for root in Samba."
+"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role=\"strong\">not </emphasis> "
+"work, because there is no password for root in Samba."
msgstr ""
"Per collegarsi al dominio \"SKOLELINUX\" un membro del gruppo admins è "
"necessario per autorizzare il processo. Se non esiste un utente aggregato a "
@@ -5745,21 +5397,22 @@ msgstr ""
"collegarsi in quanto non c'è la password di root per Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2130
+#: release-manual.xml:2142
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Configurare i client Windows come host statici"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2144
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
"later as being allowed to authenticate users. In order to enable Samba to "
"store this data, Samba requires an static host configuration to be present. "
"This could be added by using the LWAT web interface (see also <link to "
-"lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is important to check "
-"the \"Samba host\" option, otherwise will lack the required data to be able "
-"to join the domain."
+"lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is important to "
+"check the \"Samba host\" option, otherwise will lack the required data to be "
+"able to join the domain."
msgstr ""
"Quando ci si collega a un dominio samba alcuni dati particolari vengono "
"archiviati sul controller del dominio (tjener). Questi dati sono necessari "
@@ -5772,7 +5425,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'autenticazione al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2136
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
@@ -5782,7 +5435,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configurazione ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2149
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
@@ -5791,12 +5444,13 @@ msgstr ""
"non troverà l'host aggiunto nel passo 2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2152
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
-msgstr "4. Collegarsi al dominio normalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
+msgstr ""
+"4. Collegarsi al dominio normalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2153
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5820,7 +5474,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2144
+#: release-manual.xml:2156
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5836,12 +5490,12 @@ msgstr ""
"di \"Own files\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr "Gruppi di utenti in Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2150
+#: release-manual.xml:2162
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5858,7 +5512,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Windows non saranno a conoscenza del gruppo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2154
+#: release-manual.xml:2166
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5872,12 +5526,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2165
+#: release-manual.xml:2177
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5891,12 +5545,12 @@ msgstr ""
"rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Gestire i profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5914,7 +5568,7 @@ msgstr ""
"attraverso il server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2174
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
@@ -5932,9 +5586,10 @@ msgstr ""
"dati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
"them not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's "
"their own fault when login is slow."
@@ -5945,13 +5600,15 @@ msgstr ""
"ascoltare dire loro di non lamentarsi se il loro login è molto lento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2179
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
-"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
-"parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users to "
-"the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at "
-"least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming profile."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way "
+"to deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect "
+"other parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users "
+"to the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are "
+"at least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming "
+"profile."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Messa a punto dei profili </emphasis>: Un modo "
"diverso per affrontare il problema è cancellare parte del profilo e "
@@ -5961,28 +5618,32 @@ msgstr ""
"rimuovere dal profilo dell'utente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184 release-manual.xml:2267
+#: release-manual.xml:2196 release-manual.xml:2279
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica per le macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
-msgstr "Si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
-msgstr "Scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e eseguire gpedit.msc"
+msgstr ""
+"Scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e eseguire gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2201
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
-"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
-"semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the profile, the "
-"directories are internationalized and must be written in your own language "
-"the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to exclude are"
+"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> "
+"System -> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you "
+"can enter a semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the "
+"profile, the directories are internationalized and must be written in your "
+"own language the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to "
+"exclude are"
msgstr ""
"Nella selezione User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System -> "
"User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, si può inserire un "
@@ -5991,37 +5652,37 @@ msgstr ""
"linguaggio utilizzato. Esempi di directory da escludere sono"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid "log"
msgstr "log"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#: release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Setting locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2192 release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2204 release-manual.xml:2207
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "File temporanei internet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "Documenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2194
+#: release-manual.xml:2206
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Application Data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2210
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Salvare i cambiamenti e uscire dall'editor dei testi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -6030,7 +5691,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in tutte le altre macchine windows."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2214
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -6039,12 +5700,12 @@ msgstr ""
"disposizione durante l'installazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2283 release-manual.xml:2308
+#: release-manual.xml:2222 release-manual.xml:2295 release-manual.xml:2320
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica globale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -6061,12 +5722,12 @@ msgstr ""
"qui..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2229
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Modificare il registro di Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2219
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -6075,12 +5736,12 @@ msgstr ""
"chiave di registro sugli altri computer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2220
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Esegui Registry Editor."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -6089,17 +5750,21 @@ msgstr ""
"\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2226
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Usare il menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Usare il menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2242
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Scrivere <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2233
+#: release-manual.xml:2245
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -6108,7 +5773,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(lo stesso per la politica delle macchine)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2248
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -6119,17 +5784,17 @@ msgstr ""
"doppio click su questo per modificare il registro delle altre macchine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2250
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Sorgenti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2261
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Ridirigere parti di profilo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2263
+#: release-manual.xml:2275
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -6143,12 +5808,13 @@ msgstr ""
"da software non ben programmati che usano directory condivise nella rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2269
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
-"under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection Things that "
-"can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
+"under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection "
+"Things that can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
msgstr ""
"Per l'uso della policy delle macchine indicata sopra, occorre modificare con "
"gpedit.msc e copiare la policy in tutte le macchine La ridirezione dovrebbe "
@@ -6157,7 +5823,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Documenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -6168,36 +5834,41 @@ msgstr ""
"si vuole utilizzare questa caratteristica si dovrebbe disabilitare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2273
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
-msgstr "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
+"Offline Files"
+msgstr ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2288
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
-"Files"
+"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
+"Offline Files"
msgstr ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2303
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Evitare i profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Usare una policy locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2309
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -6208,33 +5879,34 @@ msgstr ""
"esempio macchine dedicate, o macchine che dispongono di poca banda."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2299
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
"Si può usare il metodo della policy delle macchine descritta sopra, la "
"chiave si trova in"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
-"profiles"
+"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow "
+"local profiles"
msgstr ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2310
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr "FIXME: quale la chiave dei profili roaming per la politica global"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2315
+#: release-manual.xml:2327
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "modificare la configurazione samba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2317
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -6249,7 +5921,7 @@ msgstr ""
"path e logon home, poi riavviare samba."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -6261,12 +5933,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2341
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Desktop remoti con RDP, VNC, NX o Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2331
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -6277,7 +5949,7 @@ msgstr ""
"che hanno Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2333
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -6286,7 +5958,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2349
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -6295,7 +5967,7 @@ msgstr ""
"occorre installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -6308,26 +5980,50 @@ msgstr ""
"detto che questa soluzione è stabile."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> per accedere a Windows terminal server da Skolelinux."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2362 release-manual.xml:2470
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2364 release-manual.xml:2472
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or "
+"developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and "
+"delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of "
+"those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting "
+"it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Gli HowTo a <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sono specifici per utenti o "
+"sviluppatori. Spostiamo in questa sezione gli HowTos specifici per gli "
+"utenti (e li cancelliamo dove erano)! (Prima occorre chiedere agli autori se "
+"sono d'accordo con lo spostamento (vedere la storia di quelle pagine per "
+"rintracciarli) e di metterli sotto licenza GPL.)"
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2368
+#: release-manual.xml:2380
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "HowTo per insegnare e imparare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2386
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2376
+#: release-manual.xml:2388
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -6336,7 +6032,7 @@ msgstr ""
"per installare moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -6353,26 +6049,27 @@ msgstr ""
"in Francia usano moodle per monitorare abilità e crediti degli studenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr "FIXME: alcuni esempi, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2383
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
+"See <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\">http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
"Vedere per maggiori informazioni su Moodle <ulink url='http://moodle."
"org'>http://moodle.org </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Monitorare gli allievi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
@@ -6381,10 +6078,11 @@ msgstr ""
"monitorare i loro studenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
-"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
+"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
+"index.php?title=Main_Page\">http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Prova a visitare il loro wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
@@ -6392,12 +6090,12 @@ msgstr ""
"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr "FIXME: spiegare come installarlo e usarlo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2411
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -6407,22 +6105,23 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2406
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
-"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
+"monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Attenzione </emphasis>: "
"controllare le persone può essere non etico contrario alle norme della "
"giurisdizione corrente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2424
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr "Limitare agli allievi l'accesso alla rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2414
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
@@ -6431,9 +6130,10 @@ msgstr ""
"internet access. FIXME: spiegare come installarli e usarli."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2420
+#: release-manual.xml:2432
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
"and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
@@ -6442,12 +6142,12 @@ msgstr ""
"etico e illegale nella vostra giurisdizione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2438
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr "Installare swi-prolog in etch"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2428
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -6458,9 +6158,10 @@ msgstr ""
"distribuzione etch."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
"<computeroutput>apt-get </computeroutput> is cryptographically signed to "
"ensure a trust path."
@@ -6471,7 +6172,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cifratura."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2452
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -6491,7 +6192,8 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -6500,33 +6202,35 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2463
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
-"interesting"
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+"incomplete but interesting"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incompleto ma "
"interessante"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2472
+#: release-manual.xml:2484
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuire"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Facci sapere che esisti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2493
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2486
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -6538,13 +6242,14 @@ msgstr ""
"molto ed è già un modo concreto per contribuire. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2492
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
"where the users of the distribution are located. Please let us know about "
"your installation, by registering in this database. To register your "
-"school, <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools'>use "
+"school, <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\">use "
"this web form </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Il progetto Debian Edu mette a disposizione un database di scuole e utenti "
@@ -6555,12 +6260,12 @@ msgstr ""
"questa scheda</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2510
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuire localmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2512
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6571,7 +6276,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Grecia, Olanda, Giappone e nel resto del mondo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6582,27 +6287,29 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>supportare </emphasis> sono le due facce della stessa medaglia."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuire globalmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
+"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianEdu/Teams/\">different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
"A livello internazionale siamo organizzati in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>differenti team </ulink> che lavorano in diversi "
"ambiti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
-"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
-"monthly meetings on IRC on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and less frequently "
-"even real gatherings, where we meet each other in person."
+"The <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">developer mailing list "
+"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
+"have monthly meetings on IRC on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and less "
+"frequently even real gatherings, where we meet each other in person."
msgstr ""
"La mailing list <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer </"
"ulink> è lo strumento principale per la comunicazione, anche se si hanno "
@@ -6610,23 +6317,24 @@ msgstr ""
"frequentemente in incontri in presenza."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2517
+#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
-"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
-"debian-edu-commits'>commit mailinglist </ulink>."
+"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/"
+"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Un buon modo per imparare è coinvolgersi nello sviluppo di Debian Edu e "
"iscriversi alla mailing list <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/"
"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits'>commit</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2535
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Documentazione per autori e traduttori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2525
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6639,14 +6347,15 @@ msgstr ""
"condividere la tua conoscenza con noi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2527
+#: release-manual.xml:2539
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
-"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and you "
-"can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, "
-"you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences'>create a "
-"wiki user </ulink> first."
+"Just go to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and you can "
+"contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, you "
+"need to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">create a wiki "
+"user </ulink> first."
msgstr ""
"Il sorgente del testo è un wiki e può essere modificato con il browser web, "
"occorre collegarsi a <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -6656,7 +6365,7 @@ msgstr ""
"UserPreferences'>crea un nuovo utente wiki </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2531
+#: release-manual.xml:2543
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6670,33 +6379,35 @@ msgstr ""
"questo libro!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2549
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2555
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Supporto basato sui volontari"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
msgid "in English"
msgstr "in Inglese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2553
+#: release-manual.xml:2565
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
-"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
-"</ulink> - support mailing list"
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
+"discuss\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
+"discuss </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
"</ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2557
+#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6707,26 +6418,28 @@ msgstr ""
"accade <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "in Norvegese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
-"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
-"ulink> - support mailing list"
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker"
+"\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </ulink> - "
+"support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
"ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2586
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
-"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
+"linuxiskolen\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - mailinglist for the development member organisation "
"in Norway (FRISK)"
msgstr ""
@@ -6736,78 +6449,84 @@ msgstr ""
"in Norvegia (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2577
+#: release-manual.xml:2589
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
-msgstr "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
+msgstr ""
+"#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2583
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
msgid "in German"
msgstr "in Tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\">http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2589
+#: release-manual.xml:2601
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
-"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> "
+"- wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki con molti HowTo, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2604
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC canale per supportare gli utenti "
"tedeschi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2610
msgid "in French"
msgstr "in Francese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2600
+#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
+"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - mailinglist di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2608
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "in Spagnolo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2622
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\">http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"portale spagnolo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2631
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Supporto professionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2621
+#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\">http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"L'elenco delle ditte che offrono un supporto professionale è disponibile a "
@@ -6815,12 +6534,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2628
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2644
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
@@ -6838,9 +6557,10 @@ msgstr ""
"divertimento!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2634
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
+"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
"emphasis>! Then add your name here and release it under the GPL2 or later "
"version."
@@ -6850,12 +6570,12 @@ msgstr ""
"inserisci il tuo nome qui e rilascialo sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2652
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright di traduzione e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2642
+#: release-manual.xml:2654
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6864,7 +6584,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Rodríguez (2007) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2656
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"(2007) and Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or "
@@ -6875,7 +6595,7 @@ msgstr ""
"GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2658
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
@@ -6888,7 +6608,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(2008) e rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2648
+#: release-manual.xml:2660
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6897,12 +6617,12 @@ msgstr ""
"(2007, 2008) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traduzioni di questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2655
+#: release-manual.xml:2667
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6911,12 +6631,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Esistono traduzione incomplete di Norvegese Bokmål, Spagnolo e Tedesco."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2659
+#: release-manual.xml:2671
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Come tradurre questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2661
+#: release-manual.xml:2673
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6931,13 +6651,14 @@ msgstr ""
"iniziare a tradurlo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2664
+#: release-manual.xml:2676
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
"check out some files from from svn (which can be done anonymously), create "
-"patches and send those to <ulink url='mailto:debian-edu-doc at packages.qa."
-"debian.org'>debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org </ulink>."
+"patches and send those to <ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu-doc at packages.qa."
+"debian.org\">debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Per inviare la vostra traduzione occorre essere membro del progetto alioth "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. Per tradurre occorre "
@@ -6946,7 +6667,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2668
+#: release-manual.xml:2680
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6958,7 +6679,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto <computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> istallato):"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2672
+#: release-manual.xml:2684
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6967,7 +6688,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2677
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6980,7 +6701,7 @@ msgstr ""
"suggeriamo di usare <computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2681
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6989,7 +6710,7 @@ msgstr ""
"permessi per fare questo) o mandare il file alla mailinglist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2695
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6998,12 +6719,12 @@ msgstr ""
"all'interno della directory <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2686
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2703
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -7014,31 +6735,32 @@ msgstr ""
"esiste ancora uno o come aggiornare le traduzioni presenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2693
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Riporta qualsiasi tipo di problema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2699
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2702
+#: release-manual.xml:2714
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2706
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manuale Debian per la versione Edu etch 3.0 Nome codice \"Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2720
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
-"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
+"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger at layer-acht."
+"org\">holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
"\"CopyRight\"> Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of copyright "
"owners."
msgstr ""
@@ -7048,7 +6770,7 @@ msgstr ""
"owners."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2723
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -7061,7 +6783,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2713
+#: release-manual.xml:2725
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -7074,7 +6796,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2715
+#: release-manual.xml:2727
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -7085,17 +6807,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2720
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2722
+#: release-manual.xml:2734
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2736
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -7108,22 +6830,23 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: release-manual.xml:2741
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2743
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
-"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
-"it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "
-"\"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based "
-"on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under "
-"copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of "
-"it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another "
-"language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the "
-"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
+"program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder "
+"saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public "
+"License. The \"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "
+"\"work based on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative "
+"work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a "
+"portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into "
+"another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation "
+"in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -7136,7 +6859,7 @@ msgstr ""
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2734
+#: release-manual.xml:2746
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -7153,15 +6876,16 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2736
+#: release-manual.xml:2748
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
-"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
-"provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an "
-"appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the "
-"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and "
-"give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with "
-"the Program."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
+"verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any "
+"medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each "
+"copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact "
+"all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any "
+"warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this "
+"License along with the Program."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -7172,7 +6896,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2739
+#: release-manual.xml:2751
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -7181,9 +6905,10 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2741
+#: release-manual.xml:2753
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
"Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms "
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
@@ -7194,20 +6919,22 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2744
+#: release-manual.xml:2756
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
-"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
-"any change."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
+"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
+"of any change."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
"any change."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2747
+#: release-manual.xml:2759
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
"the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to "
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
@@ -7218,9 +6945,10 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2750
+#: release-manual.xml:2762
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
"running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or "
"display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a "
@@ -7243,7 +6971,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2755
+#: release-manual.xml:2767
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -7266,7 +6994,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2757
+#: release-manual.xml:2769
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -7279,7 +7007,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2759
+#: release-manual.xml:2771
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -7292,9 +7020,10 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2761
+#: release-manual.xml:2773
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
"executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you "
"also do one of the following:"
@@ -7305,9 +7034,10 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2764
+#: release-manual.xml:2776
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
"the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
"software interchange; or,"
@@ -7318,9 +7048,10 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2767
+#: release-manual.xml:2779
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
"more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete "
"machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed "
@@ -7335,9 +7066,10 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2770
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
"alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you "
"received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, "
@@ -7350,7 +7082,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2775
+#: release-manual.xml:2787
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -7373,7 +7105,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2777
+#: release-manual.xml:2789
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -7388,9 +7120,10 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2779
+#: release-manual.xml:2791
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
"this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or "
"distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights "
@@ -7407,11 +7140,12 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2782
+#: release-manual.xml:2794
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
-"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
-"permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
+"this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants "
+"you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
"These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. "
"Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on "
"the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all "
@@ -7428,9 +7162,10 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2785
+#: release-manual.xml:2797
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
"receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify "
"the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any "
@@ -7447,9 +7182,10 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2788
+#: release-manual.xml:2800
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
"limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court "
"order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this "
@@ -7476,7 +7212,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2791
+#: release-manual.xml:2803
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -7487,7 +7223,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2793
+#: release-manual.xml:2805
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -7510,7 +7246,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2795
+#: release-manual.xml:2807
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -7519,9 +7255,10 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2797
+#: release-manual.xml:2809
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
"copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program "
"under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation "
@@ -7538,9 +7275,10 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2800
+#: release-manual.xml:2812
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
"to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present "
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
@@ -7551,7 +7289,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2803
+#: release-manual.xml:2815
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -7570,10 +7308,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2805
+#: release-manual.xml:2817
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
-"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
+"of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
"different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is "
"copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software "
"Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be "
@@ -7591,14 +7330,16 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2808
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:2820
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2811
+#: release-manual.xml:2823
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
"PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE "
"COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT "
@@ -7619,9 +7360,10 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2814
+#: release-manual.xml:2826
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
"OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED "
"ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, "
@@ -7642,49 +7384,50 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2820
+#: release-manual.xml:2832
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2826
+#: release-manual.xml:2838
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Appendice B - Debian Edu Live CD/DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2832
+#: release-manual.xml:2844
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Caratteristiche dell'immagine Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2833
+#: release-manual.xml:2845
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti del profilo Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2834
+#: release-manual.xml:2846
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti per il laptop"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2835
+#: release-manual.xml:2847
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Il profilo desktop KDE per studenti/allievi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2841
+#: release-manual.xml:2853
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Attivare traduzioni e il supporto regionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2843
+#: release-manual.xml:2855
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
"name you want. To aciviate a given keyboard layout, use the "
"<computeroutput>keyb=KB </computeroutput> option where KB is the wanted "
-"keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianLive/l10n'>is available from the live cd build script "
+"keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianLive/l10n\">is available from the live cd build script "
"documentation </ulink>. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:"
msgstr ""
"Per attivare una traduzione specifica, al boot usare "
@@ -7697,122 +7440,125 @@ msgstr ""
"Segue l'elenco dei codici locali più usati:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2848
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:2860
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Linguaggio (Regione)</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2852
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:2864
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Valore locale </emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2856
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:2868
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Layout di tastiera</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2861
+#: release-manual.xml:2873
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norvegese Bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2864
+#: release-manual.xml:2876
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2867 release-manual.xml:2877
+#: release-manual.xml:2879 release-manual.xml:2889
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2871
+#: release-manual.xml:2883
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norvegese Nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2874
+#: release-manual.xml:2886
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2881
+#: release-manual.xml:2893
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2884
+#: release-manual.xml:2896
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2887
+#: release-manual.xml:2899
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2891
+#: release-manual.xml:2903
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Francese (Francia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2894
+#: release-manual.xml:2906
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2897
+#: release-manual.xml:2909
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2901
+#: release-manual.xml:2913
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Greco (Grecia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2904
+#: release-manual.xml:2916
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2907
+#: release-manual.xml:2919
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2911
+#: release-manual.xml:2923
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2914
+#: release-manual.xml:2926
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2917
+#: release-manual.xml:2929
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2921
+#: release-manual.xml:2933
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Northern Sami (Norvegia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2924
+#: release-manual.xml:2936
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2927
+#: release-manual.xml:2939
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2934
+#: release-manual.xml:2946
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7825,39 +7571,861 @@ msgstr ""
"tastiera si trova in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2940
+#: release-manual.xml:2952
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Accorgimenti da conoscere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2941
+#: release-manual.xml:2953
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
-msgstr "la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
+msgstr ""
+"la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2947
+#: release-manual.xml:2959
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Problemi noti con l'immagine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2948
+#: release-manual.xml:2960
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ancora niente di conosciuto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2954
+#: release-manual.xml:2966
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2956
+#: release-manual.xml:2968
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
-"org/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
-"etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
+"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
+"org/cd-etch-live/\">FTP </ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
+"etch-live/\">HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
"L'immagine è 1.2 GiB ed è disponibile usando <ulink url='ftp://ftp."
"skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp."
"skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> o rsync da ftp.skolelinux.org at "
"cd-etch-live/."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
+#~ "</ulink> - incompleto ma interessante"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
+#~ "</ulink> - incompleto ma interessante"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\">http://wiki.debian.org/"
+#~ "DebianEdu </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists."
+#~ "debian.org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - mailinglist di supporto"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib "
+#~ "non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+#~ "# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
+#~ "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
+#~ "is:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
+#~ "# update the list of available packages:\n"
+#~ "aptitude update\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports "
+#~ "install <packagename>\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can "
+#~ "configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though "
+#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www."
+#~ "backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on "
+#~ "backports.org\n"
+#~ "</ulink>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
+#~ "installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant "
+#~ "you need to update manually. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Java\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre "
+#~ "sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib "
+#~ "non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+#~ "# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
+#~ "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
+#~ "is:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
+#~ "# update the list of available packages:\n"
+#~ "aptitude update\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Poi si può usare <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install "
+#~ "<packagename>\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> per installare o aggiornare pacchetti una volta, o "
+#~ "configurare un pacchetto per essere sempre installato da backports.org "
+#~ "con il comando <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> che è descritto nelle <ulink url='http://www.backports."
+#~ "org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instruzioni su backports.org\n"
+#~ "</ulink>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Il secondo modo ha il vantaggio,che gli aggiornamenti su backports "
+#~ "sono installati automaticamente quando sono disponibili. Con il primo "
+#~ "modo bisogna aggiornare manualmente. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Java\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre "
+#~ "sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
+#~ msgstr "Accesso al server skolelinux dall'esterno del firewall"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided "
+#~ "in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to "
+#~ "\"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system "
+#~ "administrators responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set "
+#~ "up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside "
+#~ "of the firewall."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Lo script di boot <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> è messo "
+#~ "a disposizione nel pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </"
+#~ "computeroutput> per \"oltrepassare\" un firewall. Questo è utile per gli "
+#~ "amministratori di sistema responsabili di diverse installazioni Debian "
+#~ "Edu. Viene configurato un tunnel SSH per permettere un login ssh da "
+#~ "un'altra macchina dall'esterno del firewall."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a "
+#~ "remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/"
+#~ "authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login "
+#~ "information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Per attivarlo occorre creare una chiave ssh senza password, creare un "
+#~ "utente sul computer remoto per usare ssh login, copiare la chiave publica "
+#~ "nella directory ~/.ssh/authorized_keys per l'utente remoto e specificare "
+#~ "le informazioni di login in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </"
+#~ "computeroutput>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should "
+#~ "be similar to this:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Il contenuto di <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> "
+#~ "dovrebbe essere simile a questo:"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+#~ "RPORT=1234\n"
+#~ "RUSER=backdoor\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+#~ "RPORT=1234\n"
+#~ "RUSER=backdoor\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "FIXME: This need to be completed and tested."
+#~ msgstr "FIXME: Questo deve essere completato e testato."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
+#~ msgstr "Creare una cartella in tutte le home directory degli utenti"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
+#~ "directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Con questo script l'amministratore può creare una cartella in ogni home "
+#~ "directory e selezionare i permessi di accesso e la proprietà."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user "
+#~ "can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments"
+#~ "\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Nell'esempio mostrato sotto con il gruppo=teachers e i permessi=770 un "
+#~ "utente può assegnare un compito salvando il file nella cartella "
+#~ "\"assignments\" nella quale gli insegnanti hanno diritto di scrittura per "
+#~ "avere la possibilità di inserire commenti."
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "#!/bin/bash\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
+#~ " shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
+#~ " permissions=\"770\";\n"
+#~ " created_dir=0;\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+#~ " . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " . #set the right owner and group\n"
+#~ " #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+#~ " user=$home\n"
+#~ " group=teachers\n"
+#~ " chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+#~ " else\n"
+#~ " . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists."
+#~ "\\n\"\n"
+#~ " . fi\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "#!/bin/bash\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
+#~ " shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
+#~ " permissions=\"770\";\n"
+#~ " created_dir=0;\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+#~ " . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " . #set the right owner and group\n"
+#~ " #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+#~ " user=$home\n"
+#~ " group=teachers\n"
+#~ " chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+#~ " else\n"
+#~ " . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists."
+#~ "\\n\"\n"
+#~ " . fi\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#~ msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+#~ msgstr "HowTo per il desktop"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+#~ msgstr "KDE Kiosk mode"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
+#~ msgstr "Sono inclusi due profili di default:"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for "
+#~ "members of the students file group)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (attivato per i "
+#~ "membri del gruppo studenti)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#~ msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "l'insieme di icone personalizzato che appare nel desktop degli studenti"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
+#~ "kde panel"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "fa in modo che tutti i programmi rappresentati dalle icone nel desktop "
+#~ "siano presenti anche nel pannello kde"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#~ msgid "adept is not started"
+#~ msgstr "adept non è partito"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#~ msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
+#~ msgstr "fa in modo che gli studenti non inizino con un'altra sezione di kde"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#~ msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "disabilita la possibilità di acquisire l'accesso di root per gli studenti"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+#~ "user and members of the admins file group)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (attivata per "
+#~ "l'utente root e per i membri del gruppo admins)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to "
+#~ "provide easy access to all the administration programs"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "aggiungere al desktop un'icona per connettersi al server web locale per "
+#~ "permettere un accesso semplice a tutti i programmi di amministrazione"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles "
+#~ "can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, "
+#~ "unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by "
+#~ "upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>Nota: </emphasis>: le modifiche ai profili "
+#~ "possono essere fatte usando <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. "
+#~ "Tuttavia a meno che si seguano i passi indicati sotto i cambiamenti "
+#~ "saranno sovrascritti dagli aggiornamenti. [FIXME: non funziona. "
+#~ "L'aggiornamento rimette le icone del desktop di default]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the "
+#~ "existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for "
+#~ "example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and "
+#~ "enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. "
+#~ "The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" "
+#~ "and browse to a new folder."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Se si vuole modificare i profili kiosk, si possono copiare i profili "
+#~ "esistenti e modificarli, o creare nuovi profili kiosk in (per esempio) "
+#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> e attivarli in "
+#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. Gli strumenti di "
+#~ "kiosk forniranno un valido aiuto e se si fa click su \"profile properties"
+#~ "\" si ha la possibilità di sfogliare una nuova cartella."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
+#~ msgstr "Cambiare kiosk mode nelle workstation senza disco"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like "
+#~ "described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used "
+#~ "by the diskless workstation."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Dopo aver fatto le modifiche al setting di kioskmode con gli strumenti "
+#~ "di kiosktool come descritto sopra, si dovrà copiare alcuni file nella "
+#~ "chroot usata dalle workstation senza disco."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386 </"
+#~ "computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the "
+#~ "workstation server(s):"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Assumendo che le workstation senza disco siano <computeroutput>i386 </"
+#~ "computeroutput>, i seguenti comandi devono essere eseguiti sul server "
+#~ "workstation:"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "And that followed by \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install flashplayer-"
+#~ "nonfree-extrasound\"\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "remeber to remove deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test "
+#~ "local from source list after that.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "e quello seguito da \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install flashplayer-"
+#~ "nonfree-exstrasound\"\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "ricorda di eliminare in seguito deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ "
+#~ "etch-test local dal file sources.lst .\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia "
+#~ "(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "al file /etc/apt/sources.lst. Installare eventualmente la key package per "
+#~ "multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring)."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#~ msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
+#~ msgstr "HowTo per i client di rete"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
+#~ msgstr "Thin Clients vs workstation senza disco"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
+#~ "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from "
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Istruzioni su come rigenerare workstation senza disco / workstation "
+#~ "orfane/ lowfat client / client stupidi sono disponibili a <ulink "
+#~ "url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "LTSP in detail"
+#~ msgstr "LTSP in dettaglio"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "lts.conf"
+#~ msgstr "lts.conf"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, "
+#~ "you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
+#~ "computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/"
+#~ "doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and "
+#~ "what parameters you can specify."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Per permettere adattamenti e configurazioni specifiche per i thinclient, "
+#~ "occorre modificare il file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
+#~ "computeroutput>. Per vedere esempi e quali parametri si possono "
+#~ "specificare può essere utile <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/"
+#~ "ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
+#~ "computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
+#~ "client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
+#~ "computeroutput>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "I valori di default sono definiti nella sezione <computeroutput>[default] "
+#~ "</computeroutput>, per configurare un client, occorre indicare il mac "
+#~ "adress o l'indirizzo ip come <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
+#~ "computeroutput>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
+#~ "something like this:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esempio: Per permettere al thinclient ltsp010 di usare una risoluzione "
+#~ "1280x1024 aggiungere qualcosa di questo genere:"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
+#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
+#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
+#~ msgstr "da qualche parte sotto la sezione default."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on "
+#~ "the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "In base ai cambiamenti fatti può essere necessario riavviare X nel client "
+#~ "(premendo alt+ctrl+backspace) o riavviare il client."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you "
+#~ "should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you "
+#~ "should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts."
+#~ "conf </computeroutput> file."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Se si usa l'indirizzo ip in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> si "
+#~ "dovrebbe aggiungere il mac-address del client al server dhcp. Si può "
+#~ "usare anche il mac-address del client direttamente nel file "
+#~ "<computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
+#~ msgstr "Equilibrare il carico sui server LTSP"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12"
+#~ "+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Questa caratteristica nuova nella versione di ltsp "
+#~ "0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 è stata inclusa in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Part 1"
+#~ msgstr "Prima Parte"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
+#~ "for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
+#~ "get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. "
+#~ "In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key "
+#~ "for each of the servers."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "E' possibile configurare i client per connettersi a uno dei vari server "
+#~ "per distribuire il carico. Si può attivare questa funzionalità con lo "
+#~ "script /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts per stampare uno o più "
+#~ "server che permettano di fare la connessione LDM. In ogni ltsp chroot "
+#~ "occorre includere la chiave ssh dell'host per ognuno dei server."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
+#~ "server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
+#~ "Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
+#~ "connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
+#~ "later on."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Prima di tutto occorre scegliere il server LTSP che bilanci il carico. "
+#~ "Tutti i client PXE-boot caricheranno l'immagine Skolelinux da questo "
+#~ "server. Dopo che l'immagine è caricata, LDM sceglie a quale server "
+#~ "connettersi attraverso lo script \"get_hosts\". Come questo sarà fatto si "
+#~ "vedrà dopo."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
+#~ "10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
+#~ "should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
+#~ "clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
+#~ "through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ora occorre trasferire i client dalla rete 192.168.1.0 alla rete "
+#~ "10.0.2.0. Questo perché quando si usa la distribuzione del carico, i "
+#~ "client dovrebbero avere accesso diretto al server LDM. Se si lasciano i "
+#~ "client sulla rete 192.168.1.0, tutto il traffico dei client sarà "
+#~ "assorbito da quel server prima di raggiungere il server scelto LDM."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/"
+#~ "dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Per mettere i client nella rete 10.0.2.0, occorre modificare /etc/dhcp3/"
+#~ "dhcpd.conf sul main-server (tjener). Dove è scritto:"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+#~ " range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
+#~ " }\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+#~ " range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
+#~ " }\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
+#~ msgstr "occorre aggiungere questo sotto \"range\":"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+#~ "next-server xxx;\n"
+#~ "option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
+#~ "option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
+#~ "use-host-decl-names on;\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+#~ "next-server xxx;\n"
+#~ "option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
+#~ "option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
+#~ "use-host-decl-names on;\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose "
+#~ "to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a "
+#~ "working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Next-server dovrebbe avere l'indirizzo IP o il nome dell'host del server "
+#~ "scelto per distribuire il carico.Se si usa il nome dell'host occorre "
+#~ "avere un DNS funzionante. Ricorda di riavviare il servizio dhcp."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Part 2"
+#~ msgstr "Seconda Parte"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM "
+#~ "to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In "
+#~ "consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going "
+#~ "to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each "
+#~ "server IP address or host names, in the random order."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ora occorre eseguire lo script \"get_hosts\" che stampa un server per LDM "
+#~ "a cui connettersi. Il parametro LDM_SERVER sovrascrive questo script. Di "
+#~ "conseguenza, questo parametro non deve essere definito se lo script "
+#~ "get_hosts sta per essere usato. Lo script get_hosts stampa sull'output "
+#~ "standard l'indirizzo IP o i nomi dei server, in ordine casuale."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Modifica \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" e aggiungi qualcosa di simile a "
+#~ "questo:"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
+#~ msgstr "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
+#~ "space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
+#~ "ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Occorre sostituire xxxx con l'indirizzo IP o i nomi dei server, l'elenco "
+#~ "deve essere separato da uno spazio. In seguito occorre mettere il "
+#~ "seguente script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts sul server "
+#~ "scelto per distribuire il carico."
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "#!/bin/bash\n"
+#~ "# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
+#~ "TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
+#~ "SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
+#~ "for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
+#~ "rank=$RANDOM\n"
+#~ "let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
+#~ "TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
+#~ "for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
+#~ "SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "#!/bin/bash\n"
+#~ "# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
+#~ "TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
+#~ "SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
+#~ "for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
+#~ "rank=$RANDOM\n"
+#~ "let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
+#~ "TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
+#~ "for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
+#~ "SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Part 3"
+#~ msgstr "Terza Parte"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
+#~ "host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file "
+#~ "containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all "
+#~ "the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
+#~ "ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
+#~ "important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
+#~ "and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ora dopo aver inserito lo script \"get_hosts\", è il tempo di creare la "
+#~ "chiave per ltsp chroots. Questo si può fare scrivendo un file con il "
+#~ "contenuto di /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts con tutti server ltsp "
+#~ "che distribuiranno il carico della rete. Occorre salvare il file come /"
+#~ "etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra in tutti i server che bilanciano il "
+#~ "carico. L'ultimo passo è molto importante in quanto ltsp-update-sshkeys "
+#~ "viene eseguito ogni volta che il server si riavvia, e /etc/ltsp/"
+#~ "ssh_known_hosts.extra è caricato se esiste."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+#~ "ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Se si salva il nuovo file come /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+#~ "ssh/ssh_known_hosts, questo sarà cancellato quando il server si riavvia."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
+#~ "image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
+#~ "clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server "
+#~ "to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. "
+#~ "Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very "
+#~ "good."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Vi è una debolezza intrinseca in questa configurazione. Tutti i client "
+#~ "ottengono la loro immagine dallo stesso server e questo causa carichi "
+#~ "elevati sul server se molti client si avviano contemporaneamente. Ancora, "
+#~ "i client richiedono che il server sia sempre disponibile altrimenti non "
+#~ "si possono avviare o ottenere un server LDM. Questa configurazione, "
+#~ "quindi, è dipendente da un solo server e questo non è il massimo."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
+#~ msgstr "I client dovrebbero avere il carico ben distribuito!"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
+#~ msgstr "Suono con client LTSP"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, "
+#~ "this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be "
+#~ "loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's "
+#~ "not done automatically, this line:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Se il client ha il supporto hardware per il suono e alsa viene usato "
+#~ "(oggi questo è il sistema di default per il suono in Debian), il modulo "
+#~ "snd-pcm-oss dovrebbe essere caricato dall'hardware dei client affinché "
+#~ "esdpossa trovare /dev/dsp. Se questo non avviene automaticamente, la "
+#~ "linea:"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
+#~ msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "dovrebbe essere aggiunta al server nel file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
+#~ msgstr "Sostituire LDM con KDM"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
+#~ "tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP "
+#~ "uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Skolelinux 3.0 usa LDM come manager di login e utilizza per fare il login "
+#~ "un tunnel sicuro ssh. Quando si usa KDM uno switch a XDMCP è neccessario. "
+#~ "XDMCP ha bisogno di meno risorse diCPU sui clients e sul server."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP "
+#~ "does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the "
+#~ "network, as well as anything else."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Attenzione </emphasis>: "
+#~ "XDMCP non usa la cifratura. Le password passano in modalità testo nella "
+#~ "rete, così come ogni altra cosa."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
+#~ "computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Nota: gli apparati locali con <computeroutput>ltspfs "
+#~ "</computeroutput> si fermeranno senza LDM."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Per controllare se XDMCP sta lavorando, esegui questo comando da una "
+#~ "workstation:"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+#~ "]]"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
index ee9efc9..698f1bf 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-05-23 16:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-06 11:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-24 21:09+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Håvard Korsvoll <korsvoll at skulelinux.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <i18n-no at lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -16,18 +16,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
# type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1
+#: release-manual.xml:3
msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 utgivelsesmanual"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3
+#: release-manual.xml:5
#, fuzzy
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu Etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual for utgivelsen av Debian Edu etch 3.0 kodenavn \"Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:5
+#: release-manual.xml:7
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete </emphasis>) release manual for the "
@@ -37,35 +37,35 @@ msgstr ""
"utgivelsen av Debian Edu etch 3.0"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:8
+#: release-manual.xml:10
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-23</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-07-06</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dette dokumentet ble plassert i pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
"computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>2008-01-19</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:11
+#: release-manual.xml:13
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a wiki "
-"and updated frequently."
+"The version at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a "
+"wiki and updated frequently."
msgstr ""
"Versjonen på <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
"Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> er en "
"wiki og oppdateres regelmessig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:14
+#: release-manual.xml:16
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> package, which can be "
-"<ulink url='http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/'>installed on a "
-"webserver </ulink>."
+"<ulink url=\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/\">installed on "
+"a webserver </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Oversettelser</link> er en del av pakken "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>, som kan <ulink url='http://"
@@ -73,17 +73,18 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:21
+#: release-manual.xml:23
msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
msgstr "Om Debian Edu og Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:23
+#: release-manual.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Skolelinux is a Linux distribution made by the Debian Edu project. Being a "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution "
-"</ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url='http://www.debian.org'>Debian </"
-"ulink>."
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian\">Custom Debian "
+"Distribution </ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org"
+"\">Debian </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Skolelinux er en linuxdistribusjon som er laget av prosjektet Debian Edu. "
"Det er en <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian'>tilpasset "
@@ -91,7 +92,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian.org'>Debian</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:27
+#: release-manual.xml:29
msgid ""
"What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-"
"of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network."
@@ -100,7 +101,7 @@ msgstr ""
"system ferdig oppsatt for et skolenettverk."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:29
+#: release-manual.xml:31
msgid ""
"In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools "
"serving the 6-16 years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several "
@@ -112,12 +113,12 @@ msgstr ""
"med de fleste installasjonene i Norge, Tyskland og Frankrike."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:34
+#: release-manual.xml:36
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Arkitektur"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:38
+#: release-manual.xml:40
msgid ""
"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
"provided by a Skolelinux installation."
@@ -126,17 +127,17 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinuxinstallasjonen tilbyr."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:42
+#: release-manual.xml:44
msgid "Network"
msgstr "Nettverk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:45
+#: release-manual.xml:47
msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:50
+#: release-manual.xml:52
msgid ""
"(The <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source package "
"contains this image as a <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> file.)"
@@ -145,7 +146,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette bildet som en <computeroutput>dia</computeroutput>-fil.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:54
+#: release-manual.xml:56
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
@@ -167,7 +168,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nettverkstjenestene."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:56
+#: release-manual.xml:58
msgid ""
"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
@@ -183,7 +184,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oppsettet slik at DNS-aliaset for den tjenesten peker til rett maskin."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:58
+#: release-manual.xml:60
msgid ""
"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
@@ -197,12 +198,12 @@ msgstr ""
"på å få et slikt oppsett til å fungere ut av boksen i Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:63
+#: release-manual.xml:65
msgid "Services"
msgstr "Tjenester"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:65
+#: release-manual.xml:67
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
@@ -226,7 +227,7 @@ msgstr ""
"plasseringen av tjenesten (som bør settes opp på forhånd selvfølgelig)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:67
+#: release-manual.xml:69
msgid ""
"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
"network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
@@ -237,7 +238,7 @@ msgstr ""
"klartekst."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:69
+#: release-manual.xml:71
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
"network, with the DNS name of each service given in square brackets. Where "
@@ -258,82 +259,82 @@ msgstr ""
"eget DNS-domene) eller IP-adressen deres."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:71
+#: release-manual.xml:73
msgid "Centralized Logging [syslog]"
msgstr "Sentralisert logging [syslog]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:72
+#: release-manual.xml:74
msgid "DNS (Bind) [domain]"
msgstr "DNS (Bind) [domain]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: release-manual.xml:75
msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines (DHCP) [bootps]"
msgstr "Automatisk nettverksoppsett for maskiner (DHCP) [bootps]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:74
+#: release-manual.xml:76
msgid "Clock Synchronization (NTP) [ntp]"
msgstr "Klokkesynkronisering (NTP) [ntp]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:75
+#: release-manual.xml:77
msgid "Home Directories via Network File System (SMB/NFS) [homes]"
msgstr "Hjemmeområder på nettverksfilsystem (SMB/NFS) [homes]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:76
+#: release-manual.xml:78
msgid "Electronic Post Office [postoffice]"
msgstr "Elektronisk postkontor [postoffice]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
+#: release-manual.xml:79
msgid "Directory Service (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
msgstr "Katalogtjeneste (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:78
+#: release-manual.xml:80
msgid "User Administration (lwat)"
msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon (lwat)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:79
+#: release-manual.xml:81
msgid "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
msgstr "Nettjener (Apache/PHP) [www]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
+#: release-manual.xml:82
msgid "Central Backup (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
msgstr "Sentral sikkerhetskopiering (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:81
+#: release-manual.xml:83
msgid "Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
msgstr "Mellomlager for web / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:82
+#: release-manual.xml:84
msgid "Printing (CUPS) [ipp]"
msgstr "Utskrift (CUPS) [ipp]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:83
+#: release-manual.xml:85
msgid "Remote Login (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
msgstr "Fjerninnlogging (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:84
+#: release-manual.xml:86
msgid "Automatic Configuration [cfengine]"
msgstr "Automatisk oppsett [cfengine]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:85
+#: release-manual.xml:87
msgid "Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
msgstr "Tynnklienttjener (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
+#: release-manual.xml:88
msgid ""
"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and "
"History on the Web. Error Reporting by E-mail (munin,nagios and site-summary)"
@@ -342,7 +343,7 @@ msgstr ""
"på web. Feilrapportering via e-post (munin, nagios og site-summary)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:89
+#: release-manual.xml:91
msgid ""
"Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
"available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, "
@@ -357,7 +358,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filer for, NFS for Unixklienter, SMB for Windows og Macintosh-klienter."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:91
+#: release-manual.xml:93
msgid ""
"By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
"only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the "
@@ -375,7 +376,7 @@ msgstr ""
"IMAP."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:93
+#: release-manual.xml:95
msgid ""
"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
"the central user database for authentication and authorization."
@@ -384,7 +385,7 @@ msgstr ""
"grunn av den sentrale brukerdatabasen for autentisering og autorisering."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:95
+#: release-manual.xml:97
msgid ""
"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
@@ -397,7 +398,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kontrollere internettilgang på individuelle maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:97
+#: release-manual.xml:99
msgid ""
"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
"Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, "
@@ -413,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nettverkstjenestene)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:99
+#: release-manual.xml:101
msgid ""
"Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
@@ -424,7 +425,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aksepterer innkommende meldinger fra det lokale nettverket."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:101
+#: release-manual.xml:103
msgid ""
"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
@@ -437,7 +438,7 @@ msgstr ""
"på nettverket kan bruke den som hoved DNS-tjener."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:103
+#: release-manual.xml:105
msgid ""
"Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
@@ -452,7 +453,7 @@ msgstr ""
"programmerbar på tjenersiden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:105
+#: release-manual.xml:107
msgid ""
"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
@@ -473,7 +474,7 @@ msgstr ""
"postlister."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:107
+#: release-manual.xml:109
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
"follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
@@ -486,7 +487,7 @@ msgstr ""
"brukergrupper er mulig i administrasjonssystemet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:109
+#: release-manual.xml:111
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
"problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
@@ -505,7 +506,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nettverket har riktig tid."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:111
+#: release-manual.xml:113
msgid ""
"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
"or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to "
@@ -520,12 +521,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skrivere."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:115
+#: release-manual.xml:117
msgid "Thin clients"
msgstr "Tynnklienter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:117
+#: release-manual.xml:119
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. "
"This means that this machine boots from a diskette or directly from the "
@@ -540,7 +541,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Terminal Server Project (LTSP)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:119
+#: release-manual.xml:121
msgid ""
"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
"effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
@@ -557,7 +558,7 @@ msgstr ""
"med XDMCP. Dermed blir alle programmene kjørt på LTSP-tjeneren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:121
+#: release-manual.xml:123
msgid ""
"The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient."
@@ -566,19 +567,19 @@ msgstr ""
"videresende disse meldingene til den sentrale mottakeren for syslogmeldinger."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:126
+#: release-manual.xml:128
msgid "Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Arbeidstasjoner uten harddisk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:128
+#: release-manual.xml:130
msgid ""
"For diskless workstations the terms stateless workstations, lowfat clients "
"or half-thick clients are also used."
msgstr "Abeidstasjoner uten harddisk blir også omtalt som halvtykke klienter."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:130
+#: release-manual.xml:132
msgid ""
"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally "
"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot direcly "
@@ -591,7 +592,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lokalt på harddisken."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:132
+#: release-manual.xml:134
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations are an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the "
"same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and "
@@ -602,7 +603,7 @@ msgstr ""
"maskinvare med det samme lave vedlikeholdsbehovet som tynne klienter."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:134
+#: release-manual.xml:136
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server "
"Project (LTSP) with version 5.0."
@@ -611,12 +612,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Server Project (LTSP) med versjon 5.0."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:140
+#: release-manual.xml:142
msgid "Networked clients"
msgstr "Nettverksklienter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:142
+#: release-manual.xml:144
msgid ""
"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin "
"clients and diskless workstations as well as computers running MacOS or "
@@ -627,12 +628,12 @@ msgstr ""
"kjører MacOS eller Windows."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:147
+#: release-manual.xml:149
msgid "Administration"
msgstr "Administrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:149
+#: release-manual.xml:151
msgid ""
"All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
"will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
@@ -645,7 +646,7 @@ msgstr ""
"og dermed ha full tilgang til maskinene."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:151
+#: release-manual.xml:153
msgid ""
"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
@@ -657,7 +658,7 @@ msgstr ""
"endre tjeneroppsettet og så la automatikken fordele endringene."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
+#: release-manual.xml:155
msgid ""
"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
"are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
@@ -668,17 +669,17 @@ msgstr ""
"til autentisering."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:158 release-manual.xml:374
+#: release-manual.xml:160 release-manual.xml:376
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Installasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:160
+#: release-manual.xml:162
msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
msgstr "Installasjon er mulig enten fra en CD eller en DVD."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:162
+#: release-manual.xml:164
msgid ""
"The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
"over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
@@ -689,7 +690,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nettverket. DVD-installasjonen fungerer uten tilgang til Internett."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:164
+#: release-manual.xml:166
msgid ""
"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
@@ -704,12 +705,12 @@ msgstr ""
"etter installasjonen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:169
+#: release-manual.xml:171
msgid "File system access configuration"
msgstr "Oppsett av tilgang til filsystem"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:171
+#: release-manual.xml:173
msgid ""
"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
@@ -725,7 +726,7 @@ msgstr ""
"har tilgang og noen settes slik at ingen andre enn brukeren kan lese dem."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:173
+#: release-manual.xml:175
msgid ""
"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
@@ -744,13 +745,14 @@ msgstr ""
"brukergrupper eller visse bruksmåter."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:177
+#: release-manual.xml:179
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
"be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
-"group should be identical to the username. (<ulink url='http://www.redhat."
+"group should be identical to the username. (<ulink url=\"http://www.redhat."
"com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups."
-"html'>More info on private groups </ulink> is available from Redhat.) This "
+"html\">More info on private groups </ulink> is available from Redhat.) This "
"allows for all new files created by the user to be set with full access for "
"the file's group. Together with set-gid bit on directories and inheritance "
"of rights, this enables controlled file sharing between the members of a "
@@ -771,7 +773,7 @@ msgstr ""
"den relevante gruppen bør gis lesetilgang så må X være 7.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:180
+#: release-manual.xml:182
msgid ""
"The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. "
"They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be "
@@ -804,7 +806,7 @@ msgstr ""
"løser et problem (typisk oppsettsproblemer)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:182
+#: release-manual.xml:184
msgid ""
"Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
"particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
@@ -829,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utgangspunktet være tilgjengelig, men kan blokkeres etter behov."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:189
+#: release-manual.xml:191
msgid ""
"ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
"thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> "
@@ -839,25 +841,25 @@ msgstr ""
"tilgangsrettighet for <computeroutput>~/</computeroutput> 755."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:191
+#: release-manual.xml:193
msgid ""
"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
msgstr "- tilgang til hjemmeområder (*~/.)? - hjemmeområder - delte områder?"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:197
+#: release-manual.xml:199
msgid "random notes"
msgstr "Vilkårlige notater"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:199
+#: release-manual.xml:201
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
msgstr "Dette er ymse notater om ting som bør inkluderes i dette dokumentet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:200
+#: release-manual.xml:202
msgid ""
"Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which "
"groups have access to which machines."
@@ -866,7 +868,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hvilke grupper som har tilgang til hvilke maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:201
+#: release-manual.xml:203
msgid ""
"Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for "
"these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)"
@@ -876,20 +878,21 @@ msgstr ""
"squid)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:202
+#: release-manual.xml:204
msgid "Should consider using a DNS name from RFC 2606."
msgstr "Bør vurdere å bruke et DNS-navn fra RFC 2606"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:205
+#: release-manual.xml:207
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink "
-"url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://"
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink url="
+"\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en\">http://"
"developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en </ulink> ( at that "
"time it was Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter Reinholdtsen < "
-"<ulink url='mailto:pere at hungry.com'>pere at hungry.com </ulink> >, released "
-"under the GPL) - note to translators: there are translations for this "
-"document already, which you can also copy and paste. But keep those "
+"<ulink url=\"mailto:pere at hungry.com\">pere at hungry.com </ulink> >, "
+"released under the GPL) - note to translators: there are translations for "
+"this document already, which you can also copy and paste. But keep those "
"copyright notes as well. </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Dette kapittelet ble kopiert og limt inn fra <ulink "
@@ -900,17 +903,17 @@ msgstr ""
"under GPL) </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:214
+#: release-manual.xml:216
msgid "Features"
msgstr "Fremtrukne egenskaper"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:220
+#: release-manual.xml:222
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r1 Terra\" release 2007-12-05"
msgstr "Nye egenskaper i «3.0r1 Terra»-utgaven 2007-12-05"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:221
+#: release-manual.xml:223
msgid ""
"much improved documentation with updated translations to German, Norwegian "
"Bokmal and Italian"
@@ -919,7 +922,7 @@ msgstr ""
"bokmål og italiensk."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:222
+#: release-manual.xml:224
msgid ""
"includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that came "
"to our attentention after the 3.0r0 release"
@@ -928,94 +931,94 @@ msgstr ""
"som vi ble klar over etter 3.0r0-utgivelsen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:228
+#: release-manual.xml:230
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr "Nye egenskaper i «3.0r0 Terra»-utgaven 2007-07-22"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:229
+#: release-manual.xml:231
msgid "Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08."
msgstr "Basert på Debian 4.0 Etch, gitt ut 2007-04-08"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:230
+#: release-manual.xml:232
msgid "Graphical installer with mouse support"
msgstr "Grafisk installasjonsprogram med musstøtte"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:231
+#: release-manual.xml:233
msgid "Boot splash with usplash"
msgstr "Oppstartsbilde med usplash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
+#: release-manual.xml:234
msgid "LSB 3.1 compatible"
msgstr "LSB 3.1-kompatibel"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:235
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.18"
msgstr "Linux kjerneversjon 2.6.18"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:235
msgid "Support for SATA controllers and hard disks"
msgstr "Støtte for SATA-kontrollere og harddisker"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:236
+#: release-manual.xml:238
msgid "X.org version 7.1."
msgstr "X.org versjon 7.1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:237
+#: release-manual.xml:239
msgid "KDE desktop environment version 3.5.5"
msgstr "KDE skrivebordsmiljø versjon 3.5.5"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:239
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr "OpenOffice.org versjon 2.0."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:241
+#: release-manual.xml:243
msgid "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
msgstr "LTSP5 (versjon 0.99debian12)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:242
+#: release-manual.xml:244
msgid "Automatic tracking of installed machines using Sitesummary."
msgstr "Automatisk sporing av installerte maskiner ved hjelp av Sitesummary."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:243
+#: release-manual.xml:245
msgid "Automatic configuration of munin using data from Sitesummary."
msgstr "Automatisk oppsett av munin med hjelp fra Sitesummary."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:244
+#: release-manual.xml:246
msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk."
msgstr "Automatisk versjonskontroll av oppsettsfiler i /etc/ ved hjelp av svk."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:245
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid "File systems sizes can be extended while the file system is mounted."
msgstr "Filsystemer kan utvides mens filsystemet er montert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:245
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid "Support automatically extending file system based on predefined rules."
msgstr ""
"Støtter automatisk utviding av filsystemer basert på forhåndsdefinerte "
"regler."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:248
+#: release-manual.xml:250
msgid "Local Device Support on thin clients."
msgstr "Støtte for lokale enheter på tynnklienter."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:249
+#: release-manual.xml:251
msgid ""
"New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc "
"(experimental support, installation media only boots on the newworld "
@@ -1025,12 +1028,12 @@ msgstr ""
"støtte, installasjonsmedia starter bare opp på underarkitekturen newworld)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:250
+#: release-manual.xml:252
msgid "Multi-architecture DVD for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "Flerarkitektur-DVD for i386, amd64 og powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:251
+#: release-manual.xml:253
msgid ""
"Regression: the CD-install requires Internet access during installation. "
"Previous versions could be installed from one CD without Internet access."
@@ -1039,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Tidligere versjoner kunne installeres fra en CD uten internettilgang."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:253
+#: release-manual.xml:255
msgid ""
"Regression: <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput> is now removed from "
"Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based user "
@@ -1057,7 +1060,7 @@ msgstr ""
"krever <computeroutput>webmin</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:261
+#: release-manual.xml:263
msgid ""
"Regression: swi-prolog is not part of etch, but was part of sarge. The <link "
"linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">HowTo teach and learn</link> Chapter describes how "
@@ -1068,70 +1071,71 @@ msgstr ""
"beskriver hvordan man installerer swi-prolog på etch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:268
+#: release-manual.xml:270
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr "Fremtrukne egenskaper i 2.0 utgaven 2006-03-14"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:269
+#: release-manual.xml:271
msgid "Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06."
msgstr "Basert på Debian 3.1 Sarge, gitt ut 2005-06-06"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:270
+#: release-manual.xml:272
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.8."
msgstr "Linux kjerneversjon 2.6.8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:271
+#: release-manual.xml:273
msgid "XFree86 version 4.3."
msgstr "XFree86 versjon 4.3."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:272
+#: release-manual.xml:274
msgid "KDE version 3.3."
msgstr "KDE versjon 3.3."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:274
+#: release-manual.xml:276
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:281
+#: release-manual.xml:283
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr "Egenskaper i «1.0 Venus»-utgaven 2004-06-20"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:282
+#: release-manual.xml:284
msgid "Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19."
msgstr "Basert på Debian 3.0 Woody, gitt ut 2002-07-19."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:283
+#: release-manual.xml:285
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.4.26."
msgstr "Linux kjerneversjon 2.4.26"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:284
+#: release-manual.xml:286
msgid "XFree86 version 4.1."
msgstr "XFree86 versjon 4.1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:285
+#: release-manual.xml:287
msgid "KDE version 2.2."
msgstr "KDE versjon 2.2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:291
+#: release-manual.xml:293
msgid "More information on older releases"
msgstr "Mer informasjon om eldre utgivelser"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:293
+#: release-manual.xml:295
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url='http://"
-"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer."
+"More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url=\"http://"
+"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\">http://developer."
"skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Mer informasjon om de gamle utgavene kan du finne på <ulink url='http://"
@@ -1139,12 +1143,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:300
+#: release-manual.xml:302
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Systemkrav"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:304
+#: release-manual.xml:306
msgid ""
"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -1159,13 +1163,13 @@ msgstr ""
"med tanke på nettverkskomponenter, tjenere og klientmaskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:308
+#: release-manual.xml:310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware requirements"
msgstr "Nettverkskrav"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:311
msgid ""
"the computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either i386, amd64 "
"or powerpc processors."
@@ -1174,7 +1178,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-prosessorer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:311
msgid ""
"On powerpc, the installation media will only boot on machines of the "
"newworld sub-architecture, which are the systems from apple with a "
@@ -1185,7 +1189,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kabinett"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:312
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid ""
"thin client (LTSP) servers need two network cards when using the default "
"network architecture:"
@@ -1194,17 +1198,17 @@ msgstr ""
"nettverksarkitektur:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:312
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid "eth0 connected to the main network (10.0.2.0/23)"
msgstr "eth0 koblet til hovednettverket (10.0.2.0/23)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:313
+#: release-manual.xml:315
msgid "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) serving the thin-clients"
msgstr "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) betjener tynnklintene"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:316
+#: release-manual.xml:318
msgid ""
"disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk from 8 GiB "
"will be sufficient. As usual, the bigger the better."
@@ -1213,7 +1217,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disker fra 8 GiB vil vere tilstrekkelig. Som vanlig, jo større jo bedre."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:317
+#: release-manual.xml:319
msgid ""
"for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
"is required"
@@ -1222,7 +1226,7 @@ msgstr ""
"er påkrevd"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:318
+#: release-manual.xml:320
msgid ""
"for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM and 8 GiB disc space "
"are recommended minimum requirements"
@@ -1231,7 +1235,7 @@ msgstr ""
"diskplass det anbefalte minimum."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:319
+#: release-manual.xml:321
msgid ""
"for diskless workstations (also known as stateless workstations, lowfat "
"clients or half-thick clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended "
@@ -1246,44 +1250,44 @@ msgstr ""
"conf på tjener og sette SIZE-variabelen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:320
+#: release-manual.xml:322
msgid "for Laptops 256 MB RAM and 450 MHz are minimum requirements"
msgstr "for bærbare er 256 MiB RAM og 450 MHz minstekravet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:323
+#: release-manual.xml:325
msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:328
+#: release-manual.xml:330
msgid "Hardware known to work"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:330
+#: release-manual.xml:332
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
+"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
"ulink> . This list is not nearly complete <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
"En liste over testet maskinvare kan finnes på <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560
-#: release-manual.xml:1504 release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:334 release-manual.xml:478 release-manual.xml:562
+#: release-manual.xml:1506 release-manual.xml:2103
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:341
+#: release-manual.xml:343
msgid "Requirements for a network setup"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:342
+#: release-manual.xml:344
msgid ""
"a router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) providing access to the internet (when using "
"the default network architecture)"
@@ -1292,7 +1296,7 @@ msgstr ""
"bruker standard nettverksarkitektur)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:344
+#: release-manual.xml:346
msgid ""
"for the main server (10.0.2.2): this is the one single computer in the "
"network which get's the <computeroutput>tjener </computeroutput>-profile "
@@ -1302,23 +1306,23 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>tjener</computeroutput>profilen installert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:347
+#: release-manual.xml:349
msgid "workstation(s) and/or thin client (LTSP) server(s)"
msgstr "arbeidstasjoner og/eller tynnklienttjenere (LTSP)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:348
+#: release-manual.xml:350
msgid "thin clients clients"
msgstr "tynnklienttjenere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:353
+#: release-manual.xml:355
#, fuzzy
msgid "Internet router"
msgstr "Internett-ruter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:355
+#: release-manual.xml:357
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
@@ -1331,7 +1335,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nødvendig og vil ikke bli brukt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:357
+#: release-manual.xml:359
msgid ""
"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though "
"this is not needed and will not be used. (If the router runs a DHCP server "
@@ -1341,30 +1345,30 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:359
+#: release-manual.xml:361
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a i386 based solution (so that you can reuse an old "
-"PC), we recommend <ulink url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink "
-"url='http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw'>floppyfw </ulink>."
+"PC), we recommend <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org\">IPCop </ulink> or "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:363
+#: release-manual.xml:365
msgid ""
"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend "
-"using <ulink url='http://openwrt.org'>OpenWRT </ulink>, though of course you "
-"can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier, "
-"using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages "
-"for a list of <ulink url='http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware'>supported "
-"hardware </ulink>."
+"using <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT </ulink>, though of course "
+"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is "
+"easier, using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT "
+"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware"
+"\">supported hardware </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:367
+#: release-manual.xml:369
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"It is possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
+"It is possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented "
"procedure </ulink> to do this. If you are not forced to do this by an "
"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend "
"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network "
@@ -1378,16 +1382,16 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Architecture\">nettverksarkitektur</link>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:380
+#: release-manual.xml:382
msgid "Where to find more information"
msgstr "Hvor finner man mer informasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:382
+#: release-manual.xml:384
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www."
-"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for Debian Etch </"
+"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=\"http://www."
+"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">release notes for Debian Etch </"
"ulink> before you start installing a system for production use. If you just "
"want to give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, you don't have to though, it "
"should just work <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -1399,36 +1403,36 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2450 release-manual.xml:2487
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2462 release-manual.xml:2499
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:389
+#: release-manual.xml:391
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
-"installmanual'>information about the Debian Etch release </ulink> is "
-"available in its installation manual."
+"Even more <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
+"\">information about the Debian Etch release </ulink> is available in its "
+"installation manual."
msgstr ""
"Enda mer <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>informasjon om Debian etch-utgivelsen</ulink> er tilgjengelig "
"i installasjonsmanualen til etch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:395
+#: release-manual.xml:397
#, fuzzy
msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu Etch 3.0r1"
msgstr "Last ned et installasjonsmedium for Debian Edu etch 3.0r1"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:399
+#: release-manual.xml:401
msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVDer for i386, amd64 og powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:401
+#: release-manual.xml:403
msgid ""
"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
"these methods:"
@@ -1437,7 +1441,7 @@ msgstr ""
"det ned, bruk en av disse metodene:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:403
+#: release-manual.xml:405
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1446,7 +1450,7 @@ msgstr ""
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:406
+#: release-manual.xml:408
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1455,7 +1459,7 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:409
+#: release-manual.xml:411
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1464,12 +1468,12 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:414
+#: release-manual.xml:416
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
msgstr "eller for en CD med nettinstallasjon kan du laste ned for i386"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:416
+#: release-manual.xml:418
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1478,7 +1482,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:419
+#: release-manual.xml:421
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1487,7 +1491,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:422
+#: release-manual.xml:424
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1496,12 +1500,12 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:427
+#: release-manual.xml:429
msgid "amd64"
msgstr "amd64"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:429
+#: release-manual.xml:431
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1510,7 +1514,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:432
+#: release-manual.xml:434
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1519,7 +1523,7 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:435
+#: release-manual.xml:437
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1528,12 +1532,12 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:440
+#: release-manual.xml:442
msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
msgstr "og powerpc(tilpasset for underarkitekturen newworld)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:442
+#: release-manual.xml:444
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1542,7 +1546,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:445
+#: release-manual.xml:447
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1551,7 +1555,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:448
+#: release-manual.xml:450
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1560,7 +1564,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:453
+#: release-manual.xml:455
msgid ""
"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
"though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
@@ -1573,12 +1577,12 @@ msgstr ""
"klarer å supportere på samme måte som de andre arkitekturene."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:455
+#: release-manual.xml:457
msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
msgstr "Kildekoden for denne utgaven er tilgjengelig på et DVD-bilde."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:457
+#: release-manual.xml:459
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1587,7 +1591,7 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:460
+#: release-manual.xml:462
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1596,7 +1600,7 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:463
+#: release-manual.xml:465
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1605,17 +1609,18 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:472
+#: release-manual.xml:474
msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
msgstr "Be om en CD/DVD i posten"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:474
+#: release-manual.xml:476
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
-"url='mailto:cd at skolelinux.no'>cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> and we will discuss "
-"the payment details (for shipping and media) <inlinemediaobject>"
+"url=\"mailto:cd at skolelinux.no\">cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> and we will "
+"discuss the payment details (for shipping and media) <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
"For dem uten en rask internettilkopling tilbyr vi å sende deg en CD eller "
"DVD for kostnaden av CDen eller DVDen og portoen. Det er bare å sende en e-"
@@ -1623,7 +1628,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vil diskutere hvordan du får betalt<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:479
+#: release-manual.xml:481
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
"to be sent to in the email."
@@ -1632,12 +1637,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skal sendes til i e-posten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:484
+#: release-manual.xml:486
msgid "Installation from CD"
msgstr "Installasjon fra CD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:486
+#: release-manual.xml:488
msgid ""
"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -1648,52 +1653,52 @@ msgstr ""
"profil til profil:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:487
+#: release-manual.xml:489
msgid "Main server: 8 of 115 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Hovedtjener: 8 av 115 MiB lastet ned."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:488
+#: release-manual.xml:490
msgid "Main server and Thin client server: 618 of 1082 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Hovedtjener og tynnklienttjener: 618 av 1082 MiB lastet ned."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:489
+#: release-manual.xml:491
msgid "Main server and Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Hovedtjener og arbeidstasjon: 618 av 1081 MiB lastet ned."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:490
+#: release-manual.xml:492
msgid "Thin client server: 618 of 1052 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Tynnklienttjener: 618 av 1052 MiB lastet ned."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:491
+#: release-manual.xml:493
msgid "Workstation: 618 of 1051 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Arbeidstasjon: 618 av 1051 MiB lastet ned."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:492
+#: release-manual.xml:494
msgid "Standalone: 618 of 1020 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Frittstående: 618 av 1020 MiB lastet ned."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:493
+#: release-manual.xml:495
msgid "Barebone: 12 of 83 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Barebone: 12 av 83 MiB lastet ned."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:496
+#: release-manual.xml:498
msgid "The profiles are explained below."
msgstr "Profilene er beskrevet nedenfor."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:503
msgid "Installation options"
msgstr "Installasjonsvalg"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:503
+#: release-manual.xml:505
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
"don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
@@ -1710,7 +1715,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skal standardoppsettet vere greit."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:505
+#: release-manual.xml:507
msgid ""
"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -1723,7 +1728,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gjøre en installasjon i tekstmodus."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:508
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert </computeroutput> boot-option adds the "
"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -1738,7 +1743,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oppstartsprompten for å gå til ekspert modus."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:514
+#: release-manual.xml:516
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -1751,7 +1756,7 @@ msgstr ""
"versjonen på amd64."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:519
+#: release-manual.xml:521
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multiarch DVD on an amd64 machine "
"you need to manually select <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> (text "
@@ -1766,7 +1771,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installgui på x86 32-bit maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:524
+#: release-manual.xml:526
msgid ""
"If you have already installed the mainserver profile on a machine, you can "
"use its http proxy service to speed up the following installations from CD. "
@@ -1779,33 +1784,34 @@ msgstr ""
"string http://10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> som ekstra oppstartsargument."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:529
+#: release-manual.xml:531
msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)"
msgstr "Velg et språk (for installasjonen og det installerte systemet)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:530
+#: release-manual.xml:532
msgid "Choose a time-zone"
msgstr "Velg en tidsone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:531
+#: release-manual.xml:533
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
msgstr ""
"Velg et tastaturoppsett (vanligvis er standardoppsettet for landet ditt bra)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:533
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Choose a profile </emphasis>:"
+#: release-manual.xml:535
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Choose a profile </emphasis>:"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:537
msgid "server"
msgstr "tjener"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:537
msgid ""
"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing the following "
"services: file, print, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, nagios, "
@@ -1818,12 +1824,12 @@ msgstr ""
"boksen. Du kan bare installere en hovetjener per skole!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:538
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid "workstation"
msgstr "arbeidsstasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:538
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid ""
"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and "
"devices locally like an ordinary computer, but the user login is "
@@ -1836,19 +1842,20 @@ msgstr ""
"er lagret."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:541
+#: release-manual.xml:543
msgid "thin client server"
msgstr "tynnklienttjener"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:542
+#: release-manual.xml:544
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive "
"boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network "
"cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. Out of "
"the box, this profile installs a thin client server. To turn it into a "
-"diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>this HowTo </ulink>. "
+"diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">this HowTo </ulink>. "
"(Fixme: integrate this HowTo into this chapter of the manual.)"
msgstr ""
"Tynnklienttjener (og tjener for arbeidsstasjoner uten harddisk). Klienter "
@@ -1860,12 +1867,12 @@ msgstr ""
"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>denne veiledningen</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:547
+#: release-manual.xml:549
msgid "standalone"
msgstr "frittstående"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:547
+#: release-manual.xml:549
msgid ""
"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server, ie. doesn't "
"need to be on the network. Includes laptops."
@@ -1874,12 +1881,12 @@ msgstr ""
"være inne på nettverket. Denne profilen passer bra for bærbare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:552
msgid "barebone"
msgstr "barebone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:552
msgid ""
"This profile is only available when using the 'debian-edu-expert' boot "
"option. It will install the base packages and configure the machine to "
@@ -1894,7 +1901,7 @@ msgstr ""
"flytter manuelt ut fra hovedtjeneren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:554
+#: release-manual.xml:556
msgid ""
"The first 3 profiles can all be installed on the same machine. That means "
"the main server can also be a thin client server and can be used as a "
@@ -1905,7 +1912,7 @@ msgstr ""
"arbeidstasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:555
+#: release-manual.xml:557
msgid ""
"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
@@ -1913,38 +1920,39 @@ msgstr ""
"harddiskene!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:556
+#: release-manual.xml:558
msgid "say yes to partman"
msgstr "si ja til partman"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:558
+#: release-manual.xml:560
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
-"org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont have to "
-"<inlinemediaobject>"
+"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url=\"http://popcon."
+"skolelinux.org/\">http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont "
+"have to <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
"svar ja for å sende informasjon til <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
"org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/</ulink> - dette er selvsagt "
"frivillig<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:565
+#: release-manual.xml:567
msgid "wait"
msgstr "vent"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:566
+#: release-manual.xml:568
msgid "be happy"
msgstr "vær glad"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:571
+#: release-manual.xml:573
msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
msgstr "En kommentar om manuell partisjonering"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:573
+#: release-manual.xml:575
msgid ""
"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1961,12 +1969,12 @@ msgstr ""
"hjemmeområder, og uten hjemmeområder så kan ikke brukeren logge in."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:578
+#: release-manual.xml:580
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr "En kommenar om bærbare maskiner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:580
+#: release-manual.xml:582
msgid ""
"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -1983,7 +1991,7 @@ msgstr ""
"standaloneprofilen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:582
+#: release-manual.xml:584
msgid ""
"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -1997,12 +2005,12 @@ msgstr ""
"veiledning tilgjengelig enda."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:588
+#: release-manual.xml:590
msgid "A note on DVD installs"
msgstr "En kommenar om DVD-installasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:590
+#: release-manual.xml:592
msgid ""
"If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
"computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
@@ -2016,7 +2024,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installeres:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:594
+#: release-manual.xml:596
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main \n"
@@ -2030,32 +2038,32 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:602
+#: release-manual.xml:604
msgid "Custom CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:604
+#: release-manual.xml:606
msgid ""
"Creating custom CDs or DVDs is quite easily possible, since we use the "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/'>debian installer </"
-"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">debian installer </"
+"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] allows to define answers to the "
"questions normally asked."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:608
+#: release-manual.xml:610
msgid ""
"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this "
-"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>remaster the CD/DVD </"
+"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD </"
"ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:615
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -2063,77 +2071,77 @@ msgstr ""
"i386-maskin."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:618
+#: release-manual.xml:620
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:624
+#: release-manual.xml:626
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:630
+#: release-manual.xml:632
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:636
+#: release-manual.xml:638
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:642
+#: release-manual.xml:644
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:648
+#: release-manual.xml:650
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:654
+#: release-manual.xml:656
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:660
+#: release-manual.xml:662
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:666
+#: release-manual.xml:668
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:672
+#: release-manual.xml:674
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:678
+#: release-manual.xml:680
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:684
+#: release-manual.xml:686
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:690
+#: release-manual.xml:692
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:701
+#: release-manual.xml:703
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -2142,17 +2150,17 @@ msgstr ""
"skjermbildet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:704
+#: release-manual.xml:706
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:713
+#: release-manual.xml:715
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Komme igang"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:717
+#: release-manual.xml:719
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
@@ -2161,7 +2169,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installasjonen for å komme igang. Det minste du må gjøre er:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:718
+#: release-manual.xml:720
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
@@ -2170,12 +2178,12 @@ msgstr ""
"via NFS)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:721
msgid "adding users"
msgstr "legge til brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:720
+#: release-manual.xml:722
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
@@ -2184,12 +2192,12 @@ msgstr ""
"må legges til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:723
+#: release-manual.xml:725
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr "Dette er beskrevet nedenfor."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:725
+#: release-manual.xml:727
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
@@ -2199,17 +2207,17 @@ msgstr ""
"triks og vanlige spørsmål. Mens dette kapittelet beskriver det alle må vite."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:728
+#: release-manual.xml:730
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:736
+#: release-manual.xml:738
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Tjenester som kjører på hovedtjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:738
+#: release-manual.xml:740
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -2218,12 +2226,12 @@ msgstr ""
"nettgrensesnitt. Vi vil beskrive hver tjeneste her."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:742
+#: release-manual.xml:744
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon via nettleser med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:746
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -2234,30 +2242,31 @@ msgstr ""
"hovedgruppene (legge til, endre, slette):"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:745
+#: release-manual.xml:747
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:746
+#: release-manual.xml:748
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Gruppeadministrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:747
+#: release-manual.xml:749
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr "Automonteringsinformasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:750
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Maskinadministrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:751
+#: release-manual.xml:753
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
-"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
+"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www/lwat"
+"\">https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
"atleast 2 facts:"
msgstr ""
"For å få tilgang til lwat, så går du til <ulink url='https://www/"
@@ -2265,17 +2274,17 @@ msgstr ""
"på grunn av minst to ting:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:753
+#: release-manual.xml:755
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr "sertifikatet er selvsignert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:754
+#: release-manual.xml:756
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr "sertifikatet er laget for tjener.intern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:755
+#: release-manual.xml:757
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
@@ -2284,7 +2293,7 @@ msgstr ""
"siden sertifikatet er gyldig i bare en måned."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:758
+#: release-manual.xml:760
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
@@ -2299,13 +2308,13 @@ msgstr ""
"etter installasjon er innloggingsnavnet der:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:759
+#: release-manual.xml:761
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:763
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
@@ -2313,12 +2322,12 @@ msgstr ""
"og passordet er passordet du skrev inn under installasjonen for root-kontoen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:764
+#: release-manual.xml:766
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:769
+#: release-manual.xml:771
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
@@ -2327,12 +2336,12 @@ msgstr ""
"i menyen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:774
+#: release-manual.xml:776
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:776
+#: release-manual.xml:778
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -2347,7 +2356,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tilgjengelig i hele nettverket."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:778
+#: release-manual.xml:780
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
@@ -2356,7 +2365,7 @@ msgstr ""
"data lagt inn i LDAP-katalogen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:780
+#: release-manual.xml:782
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -2368,12 +2377,12 @@ msgstr ""
"øverste gruppene)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:784
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr "Legge til brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:786
+#: release-manual.xml:788
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -2396,42 +2405,44 @@ msgstr ""
"systemadministrasjon. For tiden vet lwat om disse rollene:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:790
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">role </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>rolle</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:794
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>gi privilegier</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:797
+#: release-manual.xml:799
msgid "Students"
msgstr "Studenter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:800
+#: release-manual.xml:802
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr "Innlogging og bruk av systemet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:804
+#: release-manual.xml:806
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr "Lærere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:807
+#: release-manual.xml:809
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr "Samme som for studenter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:811
+#: release-manual.xml:813
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr "jr. Administratorer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:814
+#: release-manual.xml:816
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
@@ -2440,12 +2451,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sine passord)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:820
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "Administratorer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:821
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
@@ -2455,7 +2466,7 @@ msgstr ""
"med i Skolelinux-domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:828
+#: release-manual.xml:830
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
@@ -2464,7 +2475,7 @@ msgstr ""
"blir lagt til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:830
+#: release-manual.xml:832
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
@@ -2473,12 +2484,12 @@ msgstr ""
"kan sette et passord selv ved å endre på brukeren du har lagt til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:838
+#: release-manual.xml:840
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
@@ -2487,7 +2498,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til i ldap-katalogen (skjemaet blir også tømt):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:841
+#: release-manual.xml:843
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2501,12 +2512,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:849
+#: release-manual.xml:851
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr "Søk etter og slett brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:851
+#: release-manual.xml:853
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2526,12 +2537,12 @@ msgstr ""
"resultatlinjer er linker til endringsiden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:854
+#: release-manual.xml:856
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:859
+#: release-manual.xml:861
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -2542,17 +2553,17 @@ msgstr ""
"hører til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:862
+#: release-manual.xml:864
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:871
+#: release-manual.xml:873
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gruppehåndtering med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:875
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2565,7 +2576,7 @@ msgstr ""
"endringsiden har du tilgang til alle brukerne i denne gruppen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:875
+#: release-manual.xml:877
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
@@ -2574,12 +2585,12 @@ msgstr ""
"du kan bruke dem til filrettigheter også."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:880
+#: release-manual.xml:882
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Maskinhåndtering med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:884
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2596,7 +2607,7 @@ msgstr ""
"denne manualen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:884
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
@@ -2605,67 +2616,74 @@ msgstr ""
"forhåndsoppsatte adresseområdet. Disse ip-områdene er forhåndsoppsatt:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:888
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">First address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Første adresse</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:890
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:892
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Siste adresse</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:894
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:896
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>vertsnavn</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:899
+#: release-manual.xml:901
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr "10.0.2.10"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:902
+#: release-manual.xml:904
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr "10.0.2.29"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:905
-msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:907
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:911
+#: release-manual.xml:913
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr "10.0.2.30"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:914
+#: release-manual.xml:916
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr "10.0.2.49"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:917
-msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:919
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:923
+#: release-manual.xml:925
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr "10.0.2.50"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:926
+#: release-manual.xml:928
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr "10.0.2.99"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:929
-msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:931
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'></emphasis></emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:938
+#: release-manual.xml:940
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
@@ -2674,7 +2692,7 @@ msgstr ""
"reservert for dhcp og blir tildelt dynamisk."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:940
+#: release-manual.xml:942
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2687,20 +2705,19 @@ msgstr ""
"oppsettet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:943
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:982 release-manual.xml:1018
-#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2027
-#: release-manual.xml:2057 release-manual.xml:2064 release-manual.xml:2403
-#: release-manual.xml:2417 release-manual.xml:2432
+#: release-manual.xml:951 release-manual.xml:984 release-manual.xml:1020
+#: release-manual.xml:1117 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:952
+#: release-manual.xml:954
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2711,12 +2728,12 @@ msgstr ""
"hånd som vist direkte under."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:956
+#: release-manual.xml:958
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr "Tildele statiske ip-adresser med dhcp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:958
+#: release-manual.xml:960
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2729,7 +2746,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> som root."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:962
+#: release-manual.xml:964
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2740,7 +2757,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>static00</emphasis>. Du skal finne noe som er som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:966
+#: release-manual.xml:968
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2756,7 +2773,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:972
+#: release-manual.xml:974
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
@@ -2765,7 +2782,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vår eksempelvert vil det se ut som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:977
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2781,7 +2798,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:985
+#: release-manual.xml:987
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
@@ -2790,12 +2807,12 @@ msgstr ""
"du endrer oppsettet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:992
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr "Søk etter og slett maskiner"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:994
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
@@ -2804,12 +2821,12 @@ msgstr ""
"så den informasjonen blir ikke gjentatt her."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:997
+#: release-manual.xml:999
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr "Endre eksisterende maskiner / nettgruppehåndtering"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:999
+#: release-manual.xml:1001
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2820,12 +2837,12 @@ msgstr ""
"oppføringen du vil endre (slik du ville gjort med brukere)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1002
+#: release-manual.xml:1004
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1007
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2836,7 +2853,7 @@ msgstr ""
"har informasjonen andre betydninger i denne konteksten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1011
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2850,7 +2867,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mer det at det begrenser tjenestene en maskin kan bruke på hovedtjeneren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1012
+#: release-manual.xml:1014
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2865,14 +2882,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1021
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1025
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2883,32 +2900,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1028
+#: release-manual.xml:1030
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr "Mer lwat dokumentasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1030
+#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
-"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
-"lwat/download/doc/'>online </ulink>."
+"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url=\"http://bzz.no/"
+"lwat/download/doc/\">online </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Hele dokumentasjonen for lwat kan man finne på <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/</computeroutput> på hovedtjener eller <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
"lwat/download/doc/'>på nettet</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1038
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Skriverhåndtering"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
-"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
-"where you can add/delete/modfiy your printers and can clean up the printing "
+"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www:631"
+"\">https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site where "
+"you can add/delete/modfiy your printers and can clean up the printing "
"queue. For changes where you have to login as root with your root password, "
"you will be forced to use ssl encryption."
msgstr ""
@@ -2919,7 +2938,7 @@ msgstr ""
"blir du tvunget til å bruke ssl-kryptering."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1043
+#: release-manual.xml:1045
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2930,12 +2949,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skal gjøre når dette ikke fører til noe."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1049
+#: release-manual.xml:1051
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr "Klokkesynkronisering"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1053
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2954,7 +2973,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hele tiden, noe som gav dem en saftig telefonregning."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2972,12 +2991,12 @@ msgstr ""
"kjøre <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1063
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr "Utvide full partisjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1065
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2992,17 +3011,17 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Administration\">administrasjonsveiledninger</link> for mer informasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1072
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Vedlikehold"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1076
+#: release-manual.xml:1078
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Oppdatere programvaren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1080
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
@@ -3011,7 +3030,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade</computeroutput> og kde-update-notifier."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1081
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -3026,7 +3045,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(oppgraderer pakker som har tilgjengelige oppdateringer)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1088
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
@@ -3035,7 +3054,7 @@ msgstr ""
"FIXME: Forklar hvordan, kanskje med et skjermbilde."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1090
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -3046,7 +3065,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de opp til å sende e-post til en adresse du leser."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -3060,7 +3079,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1096
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
@@ -3069,15 +3088,16 @@ msgstr ""
"oppføringer til deg."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1102
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Håndtering av sikkerhetskopier"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
-"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
+"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"slbackup-php\">https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
"to access this site via ssl, since you have to enter the root password "
"there. If you try to access this site without using ssl it will fail."
msgstr ""
@@ -3088,7 +3108,7 @@ msgstr ""
"uten bruk av ssl vil du mislykkes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1109
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -3101,7 +3121,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ganger (viss du sletter noe), så er dette oppsettet greit for deg."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1111
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
@@ -3110,7 +3130,7 @@ msgstr ""
"viss du installerer fra etch-test i dag.(FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:1120
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
@@ -3119,7 +3139,7 @@ msgstr ""
"beskytter deg mot harddisker som går i stykker."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1120
+#: release-manual.xml:1122
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
@@ -3128,27 +3148,28 @@ msgstr ""
"stasjon eller en annen harddisk, så må du endre oppsettet lite granne."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1121
+#: release-manual.xml:1123
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1127
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Tjenerovervåkning"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#: release-manual.xml:1133
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1135
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
-"munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
+"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"munin/\">https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
"graphis on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and allow the system "
"administrator help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system "
"problems."
@@ -3159,7 +3180,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hjelp til å se etter flaskehalser og kilde for systemproblemer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1136
+#: release-manual.xml:1138
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -3183,30 +3204,32 @@ msgstr ""
"hovedtjeneren)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1140
+#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url='http://"
-"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
+"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
+"munin.projects.linpro.no/\">http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
msgstr ""
"Informasjon om muninsystemet er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url='http://munin."
"projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1146
+#: release-manual.xml:1148
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url='https://"
-"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
+"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://"
+"www/nagios2/\">https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Nagios system og tenesteovervåkning er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url='https://"
"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1151
+#: release-manual.xml:1153
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -3219,7 +3242,7 @@ msgstr ""
"følgende kommando som root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1154
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -3229,7 +3252,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -3244,10 +3267,11 @@ msgstr ""
"nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1163
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url='http://www."
-"nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
+"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
+"www.nagios.org/\">http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
"Informasjon om nagiossystemet er tilgjenglig fra <ulink url='http://www."
@@ -3255,24 +3279,26 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1172
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1174
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
-"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
+"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"sitesummary/\">https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"En enkel rapport fra sitesummary er tilgjenglig fra <ulink url='https://www/"
"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Noe dokumentasjon for sitesummary er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url='http://"
@@ -3280,16 +3306,17 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:1185
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Oppgraderinger"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1187
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
-"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
-"Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
+"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian "
+"Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
"applicable law. </emphasis> Please read this chapter completly before "
"attempting to upgrade."
msgstr ""
@@ -3300,18 +3327,19 @@ msgstr ""
"du starter å oppgradere."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
-"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
-"available in its installation manual."
+"More <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
+"\">information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is available in its "
+"installation manual."
msgstr ""
"Mer <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>informasjon om utgivelsen av Debian etch</ulink> er "
"tilgjengelig i dens installasjonsmanual."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1195
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -3324,13 +3352,14 @@ msgstr ""
"se om alt fungerer som det skal."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
+#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
"them here. Debian Edu sarge will receive continued support for some time in "
-"the future, but when Debian <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/security/"
-"faq#lifespan'>ceases support for sarge </ulink>, Debian Edu will (have to) "
+"the future, but when Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/"
+"faq#lifespan\">ceases support for sarge </ulink>, Debian Edu will (have to) "
"do that too. This is expected to happen in April 2008."
msgstr ""
"Det kan også være lurt å vente litt og kjøre sarge noen uker, slik andre kan "
@@ -3341,12 +3370,12 @@ msgstr ""
"2008."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1200
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Oppgraderinger fra Debian Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
@@ -3354,14 +3383,15 @@ msgstr ""
"ditt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1204
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
-"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
+"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian."
+"org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
"(Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installed a 2.6 kernel as default, but "
"if you are running a 2.4 kernel, you <emphasis>should </emphasis> read the "
-"<ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-"
-"information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6'>notes on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-"
+"information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6\">notes on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to "
"2.6 </ulink> before you upgrade!)"
msgstr ""
"I tilfelle problemer, så kan du også lese <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/"
@@ -3373,12 +3403,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> før du oppgraderer!)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Endret partisjoneringsopplegg"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -3389,18 +3419,18 @@ msgstr ""
"systemet har to grupperte dataområder:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1214
+#: release-manual.xml:1216
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr "vg_data som holder datapartisjoner som /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1215
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
"vg_system inneholder systempartisjoner som /var, /usr, /var/spool/squid"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1220
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -3409,7 +3439,7 @@ msgstr ""
"interne endringer i installasjonsprogrammet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1222
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
@@ -3428,12 +3458,12 @@ msgstr ""
"enheten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1227
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Forberede systemet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1229
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
@@ -3442,7 +3472,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partisjonen, så må du endre størrelse på denne partisjonen:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -3453,7 +3483,7 @@ msgstr ""
"for at dette skal fungere:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3465,45 +3495,45 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr "2.) kjør fsck på partisjonen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1240
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr "3.) endre størrelse på partisjonen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1240
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr "4.) endre størrelse på filsystemet:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr "5.) monter partisjonene igjen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3515,7 +3545,7 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1256
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
@@ -3524,7 +3554,7 @@ msgstr ""
"at de inneholder disse linjene"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -3536,12 +3566,12 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1262
+#: release-manual.xml:1264
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Nå kan du starte oppgraderingen med:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1263
+#: release-manual.xml:1265
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -3551,12 +3581,12 @@ msgstr ""
"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1271
+#: release-manual.xml:1273
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Svar på Debconf-spørsmålene under oppgraderingen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1273
+#: release-manual.xml:1275
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -3567,14 +3597,15 @@ msgstr ""
"oppgradering av en enkel nyinstallert hovedtjener + tynnklienttjener."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1275
+#: release-manual.xml:1277
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
"what is installed as default in the sarge based Debian Edu release). So if "
"there are any questions which you don't know how to answer, don't hesitate "
-"to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian."
-"org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-"
+"to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org"
+"\">debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-"
"edu."
msgstr ""
"Hvilke spørsmål som kommer opp i tillegg til disse avhenger av hvilke ekstra "
@@ -3585,12 +3616,12 @@ msgstr ""
"debian.org</ulink> eller på IRC (irc.oftc.net):#debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1278
+#: release-manual.xml:1280
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Sette opp nagios-common."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1282
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
@@ -3599,42 +3630,42 @@ msgstr ""
"brukeren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1285
+#: release-manual.xml:1287
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Sette opp console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1286
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr "Velg «Ikke endre tastaturoppsett»"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1289
+#: release-manual.xml:1291
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Sette opp openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1290
+#: release-manual.xml:1292
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr "Ikke slå av utfordring/svar-autentisering."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Sette opp systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1294
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr "Velg standard (ja) her."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Sette opp popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1298
+#: release-manual.xml:1300
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -3645,48 +3676,48 @@ msgstr ""
"samlet inn anonymt og du har mulighet til å si «nei»."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1301
+#: release-manual.xml:1303
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Sette opp libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1303
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Endre pompt til: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr "Endre promptet til: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1310
+#: release-manual.xml:1312
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr "Bruk ldapversion 3 her"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1311
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1312
+#: release-manual.xml:1314
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1315
+#: release-manual.xml:1317
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Oppgrader glibc nå. Svar «ja»."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Starte tjenester på nytt. Svar «ja»."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1321
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
@@ -3695,12 +3726,12 @@ msgstr ""
"installert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1321
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr "Nå vil oppgraderingsprosessen starte med å oppgradere pakker."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:1325
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
@@ -3713,12 +3744,12 @@ msgstr ""
"virkelig har endret noe, så må du svare: «Installer de siste»."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "Oppgradringer feiler med denne feilmeldingen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1328
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3734,7 +3765,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1332
+#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3749,33 +3780,33 @@ msgstr ""
"Så kan du starte oppgraderingsprosessen på nytt:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1340
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Nå skal oppgraderingen fortsette:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#: release-manual.xml:1342
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Flere modifiserte oppsettsfiler (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1341
+#: release-manual.xml:1343
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr "Du bør alltid ta vare på de installerte (standard) og trykke enter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1346
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Så feiler installasjonen en gang til:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1345
+#: release-manual.xml:1347
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3789,7 +3820,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:1352
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
@@ -3802,7 +3833,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filrettighetene til oppsettfilene endres:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1353
+#: release-manual.xml:1355
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3812,9 +3843,10 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1356
+#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
+"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role=\"strong\">without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
"the dist-upgrade process again with:"
msgstr ""
@@ -3823,18 +3855,18 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade prosessen igjen med:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#: release-manual.xml:1360
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1362
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "Den neste feilen som dukker opp er denne:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1361
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3846,25 +3878,25 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1365
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Du må fjerne pakken: <emphasis>courier-ldap</emphasis> med kommandoen"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1367
+#: release-manual.xml:1369
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1371
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
"og vente til den blir ferdig. Så kan du starte dist-upgrade prosessen igjen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
+#: release-manual.xml:1373
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
@@ -3873,12 +3905,12 @@ msgstr ""
"nå gjøre seg ferdig uten flere feil."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1376
+#: release-manual.xml:1378
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr "Problem med oppgradering av bind"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1378
+#: release-manual.xml:1380
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
@@ -3887,27 +3919,28 @@ msgstr ""
"endret, så du må kjøre chown på alle bind-oppsettsfiler."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1379
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1381
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
-"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
+"See <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791"
+"\">#386791 </ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
"Se <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for mer informasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1387
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr "Håndtering av samba gruppekart (groupmaps) er endret"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1391
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3922,7 +3955,7 @@ msgstr ""
"administrasjonsverktøy «lwat» ble oppdatert for dette."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1391
+#: release-manual.xml:1393
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -3933,7 +3966,7 @@ msgstr ""
"samba-domene håndtering. Opprett domeneadministrasjonskontoen med kommandoen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1392
+#: release-manual.xml:1394
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -3947,7 +3980,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1397
+#: release-manual.xml:1399
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -3960,16 +3993,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Nettverksklienter</link> i denne manualen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1403
+#: release-manual.xml:1405
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Oppgraderinger fra eldre Debian Edu / Skolelinux-installasjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1405
+#: release-manual.xml:1407
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0'>http://"
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0\">http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink>. Then upgrade to "
"Terrra (etch-based Release)."
msgstr ""
@@ -3980,12 +4014,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>. Oppgrader så til Terra (etch-basert utgivelse)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1412
+#: release-manual.xml:1414
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "Veiledning"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1414
+#: release-manual.xml:1416
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
@@ -3994,30 +4028,30 @@ msgstr ""
"link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1417
+#: release-manual.xml:1419
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr "Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">skrivebordet</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1420
+#: release-manual.xml:1422
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr ""
"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1423
+#: release-manual.xml:1425
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">undervisning og læring</"
"link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1430
+#: release-manual.xml:1432
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "Veiledninger for generell administrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1432
+#: release-manual.xml:1434
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
@@ -4032,44 +4066,44 @@ msgstr ""
"i dette kapittelet er allerede \"avanserte\" tips og triks."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1438
+#: release-manual.xml:1440
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
"Installere egne maskiner for enkelte tjenster for å avlaste hovetjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1439
+#: release-manual.xml:1441
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr "barebone installasjon ved bruk av debian-edu-expert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
+#: release-manual.xml:1442
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr "installer pakkene for tjenesten"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1441
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "sette opp tjenesten"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1442
+#: release-manual.xml:1444
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr "slå av tjenesten på hovedtjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1445
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr "oppdatere dns på hovedtjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1449
+#: release-manual.xml:1451
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr "Versjonsporing av /etc/ ved hjelp av svk versjonskontrollsystem"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1451
+#: release-manual.xml:1453
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -4087,7 +4121,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1456
+#: release-manual.xml:1458
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -4098,12 +4132,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Endringer i <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> blir meldt inn hver time."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1459
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr "Liste over nyttige kommandoer:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1462
+#: release-manual.xml:1464
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -4121,12 +4155,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1471
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr "Eksempel på bruk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1475
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
@@ -4135,7 +4169,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gjort siden systemet ble installert:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1476
+#: release-manual.xml:1478
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
@@ -4145,13 +4179,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1481
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
"For å se listen over endringer som er gjort i /etc/, bruk denne kommandoen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1482
+#: release-manual.xml:1484
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
@@ -4161,12 +4195,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1485
+#: release-manual.xml:1487
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr "For å se endringer som er gjort i en spesiell fil, oppgi filen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1488
+#: release-manual.xml:1490
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
@@ -4176,7 +4210,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1491
+#: release-manual.xml:1493
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
@@ -4186,7 +4220,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette for å gjøre det automatisk:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1494
+#: release-manual.xml:1496
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -4196,13 +4230,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1497
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
msgid ""
"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr "For å melde inn en fil manuelt, fordi du ikke vil vente en time:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1500
+#: release-manual.xml:1502
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
@@ -4212,7 +4246,8 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1503
+#: release-manual.xml:1505
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -4221,7 +4256,7 @@ msgstr ""
"den om å ignorere den. Men det er sjelden nyttig <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1510
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
@@ -4231,12 +4266,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr "For de som oppgraderte fra sarge/woody"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1520
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -4247,7 +4282,7 @@ msgstr ""
"følgende kommando kjørt som root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1521
+#: release-manual.xml:1523
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -4257,7 +4292,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1524
+#: release-manual.xml:1526
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
@@ -4266,12 +4301,12 @@ msgstr ""
"innmeldingsjobben (cron)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1530
+#: release-manual.xml:1532
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr "Endre størrelse på partisjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1534
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -4286,7 +4321,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mens partisjonen er avmontert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1536
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -4301,7 +4336,7 @@ msgstr ""
"å lage flere mindre partisjoner enn en svært stor en."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1536
+#: release-manual.xml:1538
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -4325,23 +4360,24 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> trengs for faktisk å utvide filsystemet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Håndtering av logiske dataområder"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#: release-manual.xml:1549
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
-"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
-"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </ulink>."
+"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Håndtering av logiske dataområder (LVM) gjør det mulig å endre størrelse på "
"partisjoner mens de er monterte og i bruk. Du kan lære mer om LVM i <ulink "
"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1550
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -4349,12 +4385,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1553
+#: release-manual.xml:1555
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1556
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
@@ -4362,14 +4398,15 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1563
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr "Bruker volatile.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#: release-manual.xml:1567
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
+"Since <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
"default installations."
msgstr ""
@@ -4378,17 +4415,17 @@ msgstr ""
"på standardinstallasjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1570
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr "Hva er debian-volatile?"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Siterer fra nettsiden:</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -4408,12 +4445,12 @@ msgstr ""
"være funksjonelle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1580
+#: release-manual.xml:1582
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr "Hvordan bruke volatile"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1584
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4425,7 +4462,7 @@ msgstr ""
"list</computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1587
+#: release-manual.xml:1589
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4435,7 +4472,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1590
+#: release-manual.xml:1592
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
@@ -4444,12 +4481,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr "Bruk av backports.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4460,15 +4497,16 @@ msgstr ""
"enn du liker. Her er hvor backports.org kommer inn."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1603
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
"without new libraries (wherever it is possible) on a stable Debian "
-"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role='strong'>We recommend you to "
+"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to "
"pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all "
"backports available there. </emphasis> Please follow the instructions on "
-"<ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org\">http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
"use these backports."
msgstr ""
"Backports er pakker fra Debian testing (for det meste) og Debian unstable (i "
@@ -4481,12 +4519,14 @@ msgstr ""
"org'>http://www.backports.org</ulink> for bruk av disse pakkene."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1605
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
-"computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"SecureApt'>securily </ulink>. This is done by running these commands as root:"
+"computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"SecureApt\">securily </ulink>. This is done by running these commands as "
+"root:"
msgstr ""
"Du vil måtte legge arkivnøkkelen for backports.org til root sin "
"<computeroutput>gpg</computeroutput>-nøkkelring, slik at "
@@ -4495,28 +4535,28 @@ msgstr ""
"å kjøre disse kommandoene som root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
+"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"aptitude update\n"
"]]>\n"
"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
+"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on backports.org\n"
+"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on backports.org\n"
"</ulink>. \n"
"</para>\n"
"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
-"</para>\n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
"</section>\n"
"\n"
"<section>\n"
@@ -4524,108 +4564,42 @@ msgid ""
"</title>\n"
"<para>\n"
"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"# installer debian-keyring sikkert:\n"
-"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
-"# hent backports.org key uten sikkerhet:\n"
-"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
-"# sjekk med sikkerhet om nøklene er riktige og legg de til root sin nøkkelring viss de er det:\n"
-"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
-"# Oppdater listen over tilgjengelige pakker\n"
-"aptitude update\n"
"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Da kan du enten bruke <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
-"</computeroutput> for å installere eller oppgradere pakker en gang, eller du kan sette opp en pakke til alltid å bli installert fra backports.org gjennom <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput> som er beskrevet i <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instruksjonene på backports.org\n"
-"</ulink>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Den andre metoden har fordelen at oppdateringer i backport blir installert automatisk når de er tilgjengelig. Med den første varianten du nødt til å oppdatere manuelt.\n"
-"</para>\n"
+"</screen><para/>\n"
"</section>\n"
"\n"
"<section>\n"
-"<title>Java\n"
+"<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall\n"
"</title>\n"
+"<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
+"</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
+"</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+"</computeroutput>. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+"</computeroutput> should be similar to this: \n"
+"</para>\n"
"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1642
-msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
-msgid ""
-"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
-"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
-"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
-"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
-"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
-msgid ""
-"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
-"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
-"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
-"similar to this:"
-msgstr ""
-"Nå kan du endre <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> slik "
-"at de inneholder disse linjene"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1655
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
"RPORT=1234\n"
"RUSER=backdoor\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1660
-msgid "FIXME: This need to be completed and tested."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1665
-msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
-msgid ""
-"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
-"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1669
-msgid ""
-"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user "
-"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
-"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1672
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
"\n"
"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
@@ -4649,156 +4623,85 @@ msgid ""
"done\n"
"\n"
"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2350 release-manual.xml:2458
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr "Veiledninger fra wiki.debian.org"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2352 release-manual.xml:2460
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
-"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
-"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
-"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
-"GPL.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Veiledninger fra <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/</ulink> er enten bruker- eller "
-"utviklerorientert."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1731
-msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
-msgstr "Veiledninger for skrivebordet"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
-msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
-msgstr "KDE Kiosk modus"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1739
-msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
-msgstr "To standardprofiler er inkludert:"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1741
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
-"of the students file group)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils</emphasis> (slått på for medlemmer "
-"av filgruppen students)"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
-msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
-msgstr "tilpasset sett av ikoner kommer frem på elever sine skrivebord"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1744
-msgid ""
-"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
-"kde panel"
-msgstr ""
-"sørger for at programmene bak skrivebordsikonene også dukker opp i kde-"
-"panelet"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
-msgid "adept is not started"
-msgstr "adept blir ikke startet"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1746
-msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
-msgstr "sørger for at studenter ikke kan starte en annen kde-sesjon"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1747
-msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
-msgstr "hindrer muligheten for at studenter kan få root-tilgang"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
-"user and members of the admins file group)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root</emphasis> (tilgjengelig for root og "
-"medlemmer av filgruppen admins)"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
-msgid ""
-"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
-"easy access to all the administration programs"
-msgstr ""
-"legger til et skrivebordsikon for å kople til den lokale nettjeneren på "
-"tjener for å sørge for enkel tilgang til alle administrasjonsprogrammer."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1755
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
-"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
-"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. "
-"[FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Kommentar:</emphasis> du kan tilpasse profilene ved "
-"bruk av <computeroutput>kiosktool</computeroutput>. Men viss du ikke følger "
-"stegene under så vil endringene dine blir overskrevet ved neste oppgradering."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1759
-msgid ""
-"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
-"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
-"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
-"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
-"folder."
-msgstr ""
-"Viss du vil endre kioskprofiler, så kan du enten kopiere de eksisterende "
-"profilene og gjøre endringer på dem, eller lage nye kioskprofiler i (for "
-"eksempel) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/</computeroutput> og slå "
-"de på i <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile</computeroutput>. "
-"Kioskverktøyet vil gjøre dette for deg viss du klikker på «profilegenskaper» "
-"og leter frem en ny mappe."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1766
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
-msgstr "Tynnklienter vs halvtykke arbeidstasjoner"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1768
-msgid ""
-"After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like "
-"described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by "
-"the diskless workstation."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770
-msgid ""
-"Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386 </"
-"computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation "
-"server(s):"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1774
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
+"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
+"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para> \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
+"</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student desktops \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde session \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students \n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
+"</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration programs \n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
+"</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
+"</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons] \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
+"</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile\n"
+"</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386\n"
+"</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation server(s): \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
@@ -4807,7 +4710,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1781
+#: release-manual.xml:1783
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Else replace <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> with "
@@ -4818,13 +4721,13 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>2008-01-19</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788
+#: release-manual.xml:1790
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabling kioskmode"
msgstr "KDE Kiosk modus"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, either just remove the file "
@@ -4836,12 +4739,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1797
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Modifisere innloggingskjermen kdm"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
+#: release-manual.xml:1801
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4852,7 +4755,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> som oppgir variabler som overstyrer standardvariablene."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
@@ -4861,7 +4764,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>-pakken:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1806
+#: release-manual.xml:1808
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4873,7 +4776,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1810
+#: release-manual.xml:1812
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4882,12 +4785,12 @@ msgstr ""
"informasjon om hvordan disse variablene blir brukt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1816
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -4900,12 +4803,12 @@ msgstr ""
"laste ned en forhåndskompilert binærfil fra Adobe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1821
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
msgid ""
"add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
"as decribed in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">general adminstration "
@@ -4913,7 +4816,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1829
msgid ""
"add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
"computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
@@ -4921,7 +4824,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1833
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
@@ -4931,7 +4834,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1838
+#: release-manual.xml:1840
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
@@ -4945,53 +4848,70 @@ msgstr ""
"laste ned en forhåndskompilert binærfil fra Adobe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr "Lyd med Flash på tynnklienter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
msgid "You need to install this as root:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
msgid "and make one change in /etc/apt/sources.list"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
-"\n"
-"And that followed by \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound\"\n"
-"\n"
-"remeber to remove deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local from source list after that.\n"
-"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"And that followed by <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> and "
+"<computeroutput>aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound </"
+"computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"og kjøre <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
+"computeroutput>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"remeber to remove <computeroutput>deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ "
+"etch-test local </computeroutput> from source list after that and run "
+"<computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> again."
+msgstr ""
+"(Kildepakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> inneholder "
+"dette bildet som en <computeroutput>dia</computeroutput>-fil.)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1866
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Andre nyttige programtillegg"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
#, fuzzy
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til multimediaarkivet:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1876
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -5001,12 +4921,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1882
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Avspilling av DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
@@ -5019,7 +4939,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette, så kan du bruke pakker fra debian-multimedia.org."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1882
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -5029,291 +4949,141 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1888
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
#, fuzzy
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til multimediaarkivet:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
-msgid ""
-"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
-"just add"
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To use www.debian-multimedia.org do the following:"
msgstr ""
"For å bruke www.debian-multimedia.org så kan du besøke hjemmesiden og finne "
"et nettarkiv, eller du kan legge til"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
-msgid ""
-"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
-"multimedia-keyring)."
-msgstr ""
-"til sources.list-fila di. Så må du installere nøkkelpakken for multimedia "
-"(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
-msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
-msgstr "Veiledninger for nettverksklienter"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
-msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
-msgstr "Tynnklienter vs halvtykke arbeidstasjoner"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
-msgid ""
-"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
-"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
-msgstr ""
-"Instruksjoner for hvordan en tar i bruk halvtykke arbeidstasjoner (uten "
-"harddisk) er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-"HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"LtspDisklessWorkstation</ulink>"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
-msgid "LTSP in detail"
-msgstr "LTSP i detalj"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
-msgid "lts.conf"
-msgstr "lts.conf"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1922
-msgid ""
-"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
-"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
-"computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/"
-"ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and what "
-"parameters you can specify."
-msgstr ""
-"For å tilpasse oppsettet for enkelte tynnklienter, så kan du redigere denne "
-"fila <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</computeroutput>. Ta en "
-"titt på <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/"
-"lts.conf</computeroutput> for å se på eksempler og hvilke parameter du kan "
-"oppgi."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
-msgid ""
-"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
-"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
-"client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
-"computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-"Standardverdiene er definert under <computeroutput>[default]</"
-"computeroutput>. For å sette opp en spesiell klient, så kan du oppgi du "
-"hvilke klient det er med mac-adressen eller IP-adressen som dette "
-"<computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</computeroutput>."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
-msgid ""
-"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
-"something like this:"
-msgstr ""
-"Eksempel: For å få tynnklienten ltsp010 til å bruke skjermoppløsningen "
-"1280x1024, så legg til noe slikt som dette:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1933
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
-"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
-"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+"# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
+"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
+"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
+"echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+"# update the list of available packages:\n"
+"aptitude update\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
+"<title>HowTos for networked clients\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para> \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>LTSP in detail\n"
+"</title><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>lts.conf\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]\n"
+"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"</computeroutput>. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add something like this: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1939
-msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
-msgstr "et sted nedenfor standardinnstillingene."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1941
-msgid ""
-"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
-"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
-msgstr ""
-"Avhengig av hvilke endringer du gjør, så kan det være nødvendig å starte om "
-"X på klienten (ved å trykke alt+ctrl+rettetast) eller restarte klienten."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
-msgid ""
-"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
-"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
-"client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
-"computeroutput> file."
-msgstr ""
-"For å bruke IP-adresser i <computeroutput>lts.conf</computeroutput> må du "
-"legge til mac-adressen til klienten i dhcp-tjeneren. Ellers så må du bruke "
-"mac-adressen til klienten direkte i <computeroutput>lts.conf</"
-"computeroutput>-fila."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
-msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
-msgstr "lastbalanserte LTSP-tjenere"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
-"edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
-msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Denne egenskapen er ny fra ltsp-versjon 0.99debian12"
-"+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1960
-msgid "Part 1"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
-"for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
-"get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In "
-"addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each "
-"of the servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Det er mulig å sette opp klienter til å kople til en av flere tjenere for "
-"lastbalansering. En måte er å liste flere tjenere ved bruk av "
-"<computeroutput>LDM_SERVERM</computeroutput> i <computeroutput>lts.conf</"
-"computeroutput>. En annen måte er å bruke <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/"
-"lib/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> som et skript som returnerer en eller "
-"flere tjenere å kople til. I tillegg til dette må hver ltsp chroot inkludere "
-"ssh-nøkkelen for hver enkelt tjener."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
-msgid ""
-"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
-"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
-"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
-"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
-"later on."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
-msgid ""
-"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
-"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
-"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
-"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
-"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
-msgid ""
-"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/"
-"dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1971
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>somewhere below the default settings. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput> file. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Load balancing LTSP servers\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Part 1\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide later on. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
" }\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1976
-msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>you have to add this under \"range\": \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
"next-server xxx;\n"
"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
-msgid ""
-"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
-"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
-"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
-msgid "Part 2"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
-msgid ""
-"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
-"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
-"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
-"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
-"host names, in the random order."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1995
-msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2000
-msgid ""
-"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
-"space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
-"ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2003
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Part 2\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or host names, in the random order. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
@@ -5327,127 +5097,73 @@ msgid ""
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
"done\n"
"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2022
-msgid "Part 3"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2024
-msgid ""
-"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
-"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
-"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
-"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
-"ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
-"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
-"and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2030
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
-"ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2032
-msgid ""
-"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
-"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
-"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
-"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. "
-"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2034
-msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040
-msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
-msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2042
-msgid ""
-"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
-"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
-"by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done "
-"automatically, this line:"
-msgstr ""
-"Viss klienten har lydkort og alsa blir brukt (for tiden er alsa standard "
-"lydsystem i Debian), må modulen snd-pcm-oss bli lastet av klienten for at "
-"esd skal finne /dev/dsp. Viss det ikke blir gjort automatisk, kan denne "
-"linjen:"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2044
-msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
-msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2046
-msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
-msgstr "legges til tjeneren i filen /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2052
-msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
-msgid ""
-"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
-"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
-"less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2060
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
-"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
-"well as anything else."
-msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Advarsel</emphasis>: "
-"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
-"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
-msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Part 3\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced! \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Sound with LTSP clients\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done automatically, this line: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Replacing LDM with KDM\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning\n"
+"</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
+"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2079
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -5455,21 +5171,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2082
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2084
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:2099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5477,19 +5193,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2090
+#: release-manual.xml:2102
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2111
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5497,12 +5213,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2105
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5510,22 +5226,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2120
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Koble windowsmaskiner til nettverket / integrering av windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2129
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Bli med i domenet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2131
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5538,14 +5254,14 @@ msgstr ""
"autentisere brukere under innlogging."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2133
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr "For å melde windowsklienter inn i domenet må noen (få) steg utføres:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2135
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
@@ -5554,14 +5270,14 @@ msgstr ""
"eksisterer)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
"membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat "
-"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role='strong'>not </emphasis> work, "
-"because there is no password for root in Samba."
+"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role=\"strong\">not </emphasis> "
+"work, because there is no password for root in Samba."
msgstr ""
"For å kunne melde maskinen inn i domenet «SKOLELINUX» må et medlem av admins-"
"gruppen autorisere prosessen. Viss det ikke eksisterer en bruker med det "
@@ -5570,21 +5286,22 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere, fordi det er ingen passord for root i Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2130
+#: release-manual.xml:2142
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Sette opp windowsklienten som en statisk vert"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2144
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
"later as being allowed to authenticate users. In order to enable Samba to "
"store this data, Samba requires an static host configuration to be present. "
"This could be added by using the LWAT web interface (see also <link to "
-"lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is important to check "
-"the \"Samba host\" option, otherwise will lack the required data to be able "
-"to join the domain."
+"lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is important to "
+"check the \"Samba host\" option, otherwise will lack the required data to be "
+"able to join the domain."
msgstr ""
"Når man blir med i et sambadomene, så blir noe spesialdata lagret på "
"domenetjeneren (tjener). Denne dataen er nødvendig for å gjenkjenne "
@@ -5596,7 +5313,7 @@ msgstr ""
"med i domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2136
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
@@ -5606,7 +5323,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dataen som er lagret på tjener (vertsnavn og ip-oppsett)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2149
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
@@ -5616,14 +5333,14 @@ msgstr ""
"Samba finne klare å finne klienten som ble lagt til i steg 2."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2152
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Bli medlem av domenet som vanlig ved å bruke brukeren som ble lagt til i "
"steg 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2153
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5646,7 +5363,7 @@ msgstr ""
"innloggingskjermen tilby å logge inn på domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2144
+#: release-manual.xml:2156
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5661,12 +5378,12 @@ msgstr ""
"filer på H:-stasjonen i staden for \"Egne filer\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr "Brukergrupper i Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2150
+#: release-manual.xml:2162
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
@@ -5684,7 +5401,7 @@ msgstr ""
"windowsmaskiner vil ikke være klar over grupper."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2154
+#: release-manual.xml:2166
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5698,12 +5415,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2165
+#: release-manual.xml:2177
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5716,12 +5433,12 @@ msgstr ""
"dukke opp i Nettverksnabolaget (eller hva det nå kalles)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Håndtere roaming-profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
@@ -5739,7 +5456,7 @@ msgstr ""
"brukeren logger på, så lenge tjeneren er tilgjengelig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2174
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
@@ -5758,10 +5475,10 @@ msgstr ""
"og andre data."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
"them not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's "
"their own fault when login is slow."
@@ -5772,14 +5489,15 @@ msgstr ""
"etter, så er det deres egen feil at innlogging går tregt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2179
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
-"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
-"parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users to "
-"the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at "
-"least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming profile."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way "
+"to deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect "
+"other parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users "
+"to the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are "
+"at least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming "
+"profile."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Justere profilen</emphasis> En annen fremgangsmåte "
"er å håndtere problemet ved å fjerner deler av profilen og omadressere til "
@@ -5789,32 +5507,33 @@ msgstr ""
"profilen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184 release-manual.xml:2267
+#: release-manual.xml:2196 release-manual.xml:2279
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Bruk av maskinregler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
#, fuzzy
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr ""
"du kan redigere regler for maskiner og kopiere de til alle andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr "bruk en nyinstallert windowsmaskin og kjør gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
-"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
-"semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the profile, the "
-"directories are internationalized and must be written in your own language "
-"the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to exclude are"
+"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> "
+"System -> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you "
+"can enter a semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the "
+"profile, the directories are internationalized and must be written in your "
+"own language the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to "
+"exclude are"
msgstr ""
"under valget Brukerinnstillinger -> Administrative verktøy -> System -> "
"Brukerprofiler -> Ekskluder kataloger i roaming profil, kan du skrive inn en "
@@ -5824,37 +5543,37 @@ msgstr ""
"ekskluderes er"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid "log"
msgstr "log / logg"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#: release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Locale setting / Lokale innstillinger"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2192 release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2204 release-manual.xml:2207
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "Temporary Internet Files / Midlertidige Internettfiler"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "My Documents / Mine Dokumenter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2194
+#: release-manual.xml:2206
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Applications Data / Applikasjonsdata"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2210
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Lagre endringer, og forlat editoren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -5863,7 +5582,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til alle andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2214
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -5872,12 +5591,12 @@ msgstr ""
"den ved nye installasjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2283 release-manual.xml:2308
+#: release-manual.xml:2222 release-manual.xml:2295 release-manual.xml:2320
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Bruk av globale regler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
@@ -5895,12 +5614,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fint om du gir en beskrivelse på wikien...."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2229
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Redigere windowsregisteret"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2219
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -5909,12 +5628,12 @@ msgstr ""
"registernøkkelen til andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2220
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Start registereditoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5923,19 +5642,21 @@ msgstr ""
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2226
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </"
+"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Bruk menyen <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2242
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Kall den <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2233
+#: release-manual.xml:2245
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -5944,7 +5665,7 @@ msgstr ""
"måte som maskinregler)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2248
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5955,17 +5676,17 @@ msgstr ""
"den, eller legge den til et skript for å spre den til andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2250
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Kilder:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2261
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Omadressere til deler av profilen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2263
+#: release-manual.xml:2275
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5980,12 +5701,13 @@ msgstr ""
"til vanlige nettverkskataloger."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2269
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
-"under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection Things that "
-"can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
+"under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection "
+"Things that can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
msgstr ""
"Alt under Bruk av maskinregler over er gyldig. Du redigerer ved bruk av "
"gpedit.msc og kopierer reglene til alle maskiner. Omadresseringen skal være "
@@ -5994,7 +5716,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eller Mine Dokumenter."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -6005,36 +5727,39 @@ msgstr ""
"ikke vil dette, så må du i tillegg også slå av følgende"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2273
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
+"Offline Files"
msgstr "Brukeroppsett -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2288
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
-"Files"
+"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
+"Offline Files"
msgstr ""
"Maskininnstillinger -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2303
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Unngå roaming-profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Bruk av lokale regler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2309
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -6045,31 +5770,32 @@ msgstr ""
"dedikerte maskiner eller maskiner som har mindre bandbredde en vanlig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2299
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr "Du kan bruke maskinreglermetoden beskrevet over, nøkkelen er i"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
-"profiles"
+"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow "
+"local profiles"
msgstr ""
"Administrative Maler -> system -> Brukerprofiler -> Tillat bare lokale "
"profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2310
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2315
+#: release-manual.xml:2327
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "endring av sambaoppsett"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2317
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -6084,7 +5810,7 @@ msgstr ""
"starte samba på nytt."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -6096,12 +5822,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2341
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Skrivebordstilkopling over nettverk med RDP, VNC, NX eller Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2331
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -6112,7 +5838,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Windows, Mac eller Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2333
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -6121,7 +5847,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installere <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>-pakken."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2349
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -6130,7 +5856,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Bare installer pakken <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -6142,28 +5868,49 @@ msgstr ""
"sine elever siden 2005. De rapporterer at løsningen er stabil."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Veiledning "
"for Citrix ICA-klient</ulink> å kople til Windows terminaltjenere fra "
"Skolelinux."
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2362 release-manual.xml:2470
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr "Veiledninger fra wiki.debian.org"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2364 release-manual.xml:2472
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or "
+"developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and "
+"delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of "
+"those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting "
+"it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Veiledninger fra <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/</ulink> er enten bruker- eller "
+"utviklerorientert."
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2368
+#: release-manual.xml:2380
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "Veiledninger for undervisning og læring"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2386
#, fuzzy
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2376
+#: release-manual.xml:2388
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -6172,7 +5919,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installere moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -6183,47 +5930,47 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2383
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
+"See <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\">http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
"Se <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for mer informasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Overvåkning av elever"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
msgid ""
-"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
-"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
+"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
+"index.php?title=Main_Page\">http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2411
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -6233,32 +5980,32 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2406
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
-"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
+"monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Advarsel</emphasis>: "
"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2424
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2414
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2420
+#: release-manual.xml:2432
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
"and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
@@ -6266,12 +6013,12 @@ msgstr ""
"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2438
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2428
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -6279,9 +6026,10 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
"<computeroutput>apt-get </computeroutput> is cryptographically signed to "
"ensure a trust path."
@@ -6292,7 +6040,7 @@ msgstr ""
"signert for å sikre en tillitsti."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2452
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -6305,7 +6053,8 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -6314,33 +6063,35 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2463
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
-"interesting"
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+"incomplete but interesting"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep</ulink> - uferdig men "
"interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2472
+#: release-manual.xml:2484
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Bidra"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "La oss vite at du er der"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2493
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2486
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -6352,13 +6103,14 @@ msgstr ""
"mye, og er der allerede et verdifullt bidrag. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2492
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
"where the users of the distribution are located. Please let us know about "
"your installation, by registering in this database. To register your "
-"school, <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools'>use "
+"school, <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\">use "
"this web form </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Debian Edu-prosjektet har en database over skoler og brukere av systemet for "
@@ -6369,12 +6121,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skjemaet</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2510
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Bidra lokalt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2512
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6385,7 +6137,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Nederland, Japan og andre plasser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6396,26 +6148,28 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>support</emphasis> er to sider av samme sak."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Bidra globalt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
+"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianEdu/Teams/\">different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
"Internasjonalt er vi organisert i <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>ulike lag</ulink> som arbeider med ulike emner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
-"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
-"monthly meetings on IRC on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and less frequently "
-"even real gatherings, where we meet each other in person."
+"The <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">developer mailing list "
+"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
+"have monthly meetings on IRC on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and less "
+"frequently even real gatherings, where we meet each other in person."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>E-postlisten for utviklere</"
"ulink> er for det meste den viktigste kommunikasjonskanalen. Vi har også "
@@ -6423,23 +6177,24 @@ msgstr ""
"året fysiske møter på utviklersamlinger."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2517
+#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
-"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
-"debian-edu-commits'>commit mailinglist </ulink>."
+"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/"
+"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"En fin måte å få med seg hva som foregår i utviklingen av Debian Edu er å "
"melde seg på <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
"debian-edu-commits'>e-postlisten for innmeldinger av bidrag</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2535
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Dokumentasjonskrivere og oversettere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2525
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6452,15 +6207,15 @@ msgstr ""
"kunnskapen din med oss."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2527
+#: release-manual.xml:2539
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
-"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and you "
-"can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, "
-"you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences'>create a "
-"wiki user </ulink> first."
+"Just go to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and you can "
+"contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, you "
+"need to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">create a wiki "
+"user </ulink> first."
msgstr ""
"Kilden for teksten er en wiki og kan redigeres med en enkel nettleser. Det "
"er bare å gå til <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/"
@@ -6470,7 +6225,7 @@ msgstr ""
"UserPreferences'>wikibruker</ulink> først."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2531
+#: release-manual.xml:2543
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6483,33 +6238,35 @@ msgstr ""
"denne boken. Vurder å hjelpe til med oversettingen av denne boken!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2549
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2555
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Frivillighetsbasert støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
msgid "in English"
msgstr "På engelsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2553
+#: release-manual.xml:2565
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
-"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
-"</ulink> - support mailing list"
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
+"discuss\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
+"discuss </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
"</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2557
+#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6519,26 +6276,28 @@ msgstr ""
"ikke forvent sanntidsupport, selv om det hender av og til.<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "På norsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
-"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
-"ulink> - support mailing list"
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker"
+"\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </ulink> - "
+"support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
"ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2586
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
-"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
+"linuxiskolen\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - mailinglist for the development member organisation "
"in Norway (FRISK)"
msgstr ""
@@ -6548,78 +6307,83 @@ msgstr ""
"Norge (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2577
+#: release-manual.xml:2589
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av norske brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2583
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
msgid "in German"
msgstr "På Tysk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\">http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2589
+#: release-manual.xml:2601
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
-"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> "
+"- wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de</ulink> "
"wiki med mange veiledninger osv."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2604
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av tyske brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2610
msgid "in French"
msgstr "På fransk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2600
+#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
+"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2608
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "På spansk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2622
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\">http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es</ulink> "
"spansk portal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2631
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Profesjonell support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2621
+#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\">http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Liste over bedrifter som tilbyr profesjonell support er tilgjengelig fra "
@@ -6627,12 +6391,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2628
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2644
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
@@ -6648,9 +6412,10 @@ msgstr ""
"utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjon."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2634
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
+"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
"emphasis>! Then add your name here and release it under the GPL2 or later "
"version."
@@ -6661,12 +6426,12 @@ msgstr ""
"GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2652
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett for oversettere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2642
+#: release-manual.xml:2654
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
@@ -6676,7 +6441,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opphavsrett 2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2656
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -6687,7 +6452,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Korsvoll med opphavsrett 2007 og utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2658
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
@@ -6700,7 +6465,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2648
+#: release-manual.xml:2660
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
@@ -6710,12 +6475,12 @@ msgstr ""
"2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2655
+#: release-manual.xml:2667
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6724,12 +6489,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Ufullstendige oversettelser for Norsk Bokmål, Spansk og Tysk eksisterer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2659
+#: release-manual.xml:2671
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Hvordan oversette dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2661
+#: release-manual.xml:2673
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6743,14 +6508,14 @@ msgstr ""
"dette. Du må også lese dette viss du vil starte å oversette dette dokumentet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2664
+#: release-manual.xml:2676
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
"check out some files from from svn (which can be done anonymously), create "
-"patches and send those to <ulink url='mailto:debian-edu-doc at packages.qa."
-"debian.org'>debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org </ulink>."
+"patches and send those to <ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu-doc at packages.qa."
+"debian.org\">debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"For å melde inn oversettelser, så må du være medlem av alioth-prosjektet "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu</computeroutput>. For å oversette, trenger du "
@@ -6759,7 +6524,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2668
+#: release-manual.xml:2680
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6771,7 +6536,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> installert for at dette skal fungere):"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2672
+#: release-manual.xml:2684
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6780,7 +6545,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2677
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6793,7 +6558,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>kbabel</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2681
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6802,7 +6567,7 @@ msgstr ""
"det) eller sender filen til e-postlisten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2695
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6811,12 +6576,12 @@ msgstr ""
"inne i mappen <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2686
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2703
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6827,31 +6592,32 @@ msgstr ""
"finnes noen ennå, og hvordan oppdatere oversettelser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2693
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Meld i fra om eventuelle problemer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2699
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Vedlegg A - GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2702
+#: release-manual.xml:2714
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2706
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual for utgivelsen av Debian Edu etch 3.0 kodenavn \"Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2720
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
-"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
+"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger at layer-acht."
+"org\">holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
"\"CopyRight\"> Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of copyright "
"owners."
msgstr ""
@@ -6861,7 +6627,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opphavsrett."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2723
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6874,7 +6640,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eller (ditt valg) senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2713
+#: release-manual.xml:2725
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6883,7 +6649,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2715
+#: release-manual.xml:2727
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6891,17 +6657,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2720
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2722
+#: release-manual.xml:2734
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2736
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6910,26 +6676,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: release-manual.xml:2741
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2743
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
-"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
-"it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "
-"\"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based "
-"on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under "
-"copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of "
-"it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another "
-"language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the "
-"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
+"program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder "
+"saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public "
+"License. The \"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "
+"\"work based on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative "
+"work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a "
+"portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into "
+"another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation "
+"in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2734
+#: release-manual.xml:2746
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6939,55 +6705,55 @@ msgid ""
"Program does."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2736
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2748
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
-"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
-"provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an "
-"appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the "
-"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and "
-"give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with "
-"the Program."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
+"verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any "
+"medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each "
+"copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact "
+"all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any "
+"warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this "
+"License along with the Program."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2739
+#: release-manual.xml:2751
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2741
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2753
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
"Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms "
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2744
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2756
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
-"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
-"any change."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
+"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
+"of any change."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2747
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2759
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
"the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to "
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2750
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2762
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
"running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or "
"display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a "
@@ -7000,7 +6766,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2755
+#: release-manual.xml:2767
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -7014,7 +6780,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2757
+#: release-manual.xml:2769
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -7023,7 +6789,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2759
+#: release-manual.xml:2771
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -7031,28 +6797,28 @@ msgid ""
"License."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2761
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2773
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
"executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you "
"also do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2764
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2776
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
"the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
"software interchange; or,"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2767
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2779
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
"more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete "
"machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed "
@@ -7060,10 +6826,10 @@ msgid ""
"software interchange; or,"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2770
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
"alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you "
"received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, "
@@ -7071,7 +6837,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2775
+#: release-manual.xml:2787
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -7085,7 +6851,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2777
+#: release-manual.xml:2789
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -7094,10 +6860,10 @@ msgid ""
"the object code."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2779
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2791
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
"this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or "
"distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights "
@@ -7106,12 +6872,12 @@ msgid ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2782
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2794
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
-"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
-"permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
+"this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants "
+"you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
"These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. "
"Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on "
"the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all "
@@ -7119,10 +6885,10 @@ msgid ""
"or works based on it."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2785
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2797
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
"receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify "
"the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any "
@@ -7131,10 +6897,10 @@ msgid ""
"this License."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2788
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2800
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
"limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court "
"order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this "
@@ -7149,7 +6915,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2791
+#: release-manual.xml:2803
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -7157,7 +6923,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2793
+#: release-manual.xml:2805
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -7171,16 +6937,16 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2795
+#: release-manual.xml:2807
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2797
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2809
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
"copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program "
"under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation "
@@ -7189,17 +6955,17 @@ msgid ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2800
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2812
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
"to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present "
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2803
+#: release-manual.xml:2815
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -7210,11 +6976,11 @@ msgid ""
"Foundation."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2805
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2817
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
-"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
+"of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
"different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is "
"copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software "
"Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be "
@@ -7224,14 +6990,15 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2808
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
+#: release-manual.xml:2820
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>rolle</emphasis>"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2811
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2823
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
"PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE "
"COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT "
@@ -7242,10 +7009,10 @@ msgid ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2814
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2826
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
"OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED "
"ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, "
@@ -7257,49 +7024,50 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2820
+#: release-manual.xml:2832
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2826
+#: release-manual.xml:2838
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Vedlegg B - om Debian Edu Live CD/DVDer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2832
+#: release-manual.xml:2844
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Egenskaper ved frittstående-disken"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2833
+#: release-manual.xml:2845
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Nesten alle pakker fra frittståendeprofilen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2834
+#: release-manual.xml:2846
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Alle pakker fra pakkesamlingen for bærbare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2835
+#: release-manual.xml:2847
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "KDE skrivebordsprofilen for studenter/elever."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2841
+#: release-manual.xml:2853
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Aktiverer oversettelser og regional støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2843
+#: release-manual.xml:2855
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
"name you want. To aciviate a given keyboard layout, use the "
"<computeroutput>keyb=KB </computeroutput> option where KB is the wanted "
-"keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianLive/l10n'>is available from the live cd build script "
+"keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianLive/l10n\">is available from the live cd build script "
"documentation </ulink>. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:"
msgstr ""
"For å aktivere spesifikke oversettelser, start opp med "
@@ -7312,122 +7080,125 @@ msgstr ""
"over vanlig brukte lokalkoder:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2848
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:2860
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Spåk (Region)</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2852
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:2864
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Lokalkode</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2856
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:2868
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tastaturutlegg</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2861
+#: release-manual.xml:2873
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norsk bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2864
+#: release-manual.xml:2876
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2867 release-manual.xml:2877
+#: release-manual.xml:2879 release-manual.xml:2889
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2871
+#: release-manual.xml:2883
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norsk nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2874
+#: release-manual.xml:2886
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2881
+#: release-manual.xml:2893
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tysk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2884
+#: release-manual.xml:2896
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2887
+#: release-manual.xml:2899
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2891
+#: release-manual.xml:2903
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Fransk (Frankrike)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2894
+#: release-manual.xml:2906
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2897
+#: release-manual.xml:2909
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2901
+#: release-manual.xml:2913
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Gresk (Hellas)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2904
+#: release-manual.xml:2916
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2907
+#: release-manual.xml:2919
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2911
+#: release-manual.xml:2923
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japansk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2914
+#: release-manual.xml:2926
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2917
+#: release-manual.xml:2929
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2921
+#: release-manual.xml:2933
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Nordsamisk (Norge)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2924
+#: release-manual.xml:2936
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2927
+#: release-manual.xml:2939
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2934
+#: release-manual.xml:2946
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7440,43 +7211,436 @@ msgstr ""
"tastaturutlegget finner man i /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2940
+#: release-manual.xml:2952
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Ting man må vite"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2941
+#: release-manual.xml:2953
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr "passordet for user er «user», root har ingen passord."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2947
+#: release-manual.xml:2959
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Kjente problem med CD/DVDen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2948
+#: release-manual.xml:2960
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ingen kjente ennå."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2954
+#: release-manual.xml:2966
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Last ned"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2956
+#: release-manual.xml:2968
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
-"org/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
-"etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
+"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
+"org/cd-etch-live/\">FTP </ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
+"etch-live/\">HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
"Diskbildet er 1,2 GiB og tilgjengelig ved bruk av <ulink url='ftp://ftp."
"skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP</ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux."
"no/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP</ulink> eller rsync fra ftp.skolelinux.org ved cd-"
"etch-live/"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep</ulink> - uferdig men interessant"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep</ulink> - uferdig men interessant"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\">http://wiki.debian.org/"
+#~ "DebianEdu </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists."
+#~ "debian.org/debian-edu-french</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib "
+#~ "non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+#~ "# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
+#~ "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
+#~ "is:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
+#~ "# update the list of available packages:\n"
+#~ "aptitude update\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports "
+#~ "install <packagename>\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can "
+#~ "configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though "
+#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www."
+#~ "backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on "
+#~ "backports.org\n"
+#~ "</ulink>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
+#~ "installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant "
+#~ "you need to update manually. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Java\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre "
+#~ "sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "# installer debian-keyring sikkert:\n"
+#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+#~ "# hent backports.org key uten sikkerhet:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
+#~ "# sjekk med sikkerhet om nøklene er riktige og legg de til root sin "
+#~ "nøkkelring viss de er det:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
+#~ "# Oppdater listen over tilgjengelige pakker\n"
+#~ "aptitude update\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Da kan du enten bruke <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports "
+#~ "install <packagename>\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> for å installere eller oppgradere pakker en gang, eller "
+#~ "du kan sette opp en pakke til alltid å bli installert fra backports.org "
+#~ "gjennom <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> som er beskrevet i <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/"
+#~ "dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instruksjonene på backports.org\n"
+#~ "</ulink>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Den andre metoden har fordelen at oppdateringer i backport blir "
+#~ "installert automatisk når de er tilgjengelig. Med den første varianten du "
+#~ "nødt til å oppdatere manuelt.\n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Java\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre "
+#~ "sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should "
+#~ "be similar to this:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Nå kan du endre <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> "
+#~ "slik at de inneholder disse linjene"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#~ msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Veiledninger for skrivebordet"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+#~ msgstr "KDE Kiosk modus"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
+#~ msgstr "To standardprofiler er inkludert:"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for "
+#~ "members of the students file group)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils</emphasis> (slått på for "
+#~ "medlemmer av filgruppen students)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#~ msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
+#~ msgstr "tilpasset sett av ikoner kommer frem på elever sine skrivebord"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
+#~ "kde panel"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "sørger for at programmene bak skrivebordsikonene også dukker opp i kde-"
+#~ "panelet"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#~ msgid "adept is not started"
+#~ msgstr "adept blir ikke startet"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#~ msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
+#~ msgstr "sørger for at studenter ikke kan starte en annen kde-sesjon"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#~ msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
+#~ msgstr "hindrer muligheten for at studenter kan få root-tilgang"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+#~ "user and members of the admins file group)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root</emphasis> (tilgjengelig for root "
+#~ "og medlemmer av filgruppen admins)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to "
+#~ "provide easy access to all the administration programs"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "legger til et skrivebordsikon for å kople til den lokale nettjeneren på "
+#~ "tjener for å sørge for enkel tilgang til alle administrasjonsprogrammer."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles "
+#~ "can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, "
+#~ "unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by "
+#~ "upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>Kommentar:</emphasis> du kan tilpasse profilene "
+#~ "ved bruk av <computeroutput>kiosktool</computeroutput>. Men viss du ikke "
+#~ "følger stegene under så vil endringene dine blir overskrevet ved neste "
+#~ "oppgradering."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the "
+#~ "existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for "
+#~ "example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and "
+#~ "enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. "
+#~ "The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" "
+#~ "and browse to a new folder."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Viss du vil endre kioskprofiler, så kan du enten kopiere de eksisterende "
+#~ "profilene og gjøre endringer på dem, eller lage nye kioskprofiler i (for "
+#~ "eksempel) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/</computeroutput> og "
+#~ "slå de på i <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile</computeroutput>. "
+#~ "Kioskverktøyet vil gjøre dette for deg viss du klikker på "
+#~ "«profilegenskaper» og leter frem en ny mappe."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
+#~ msgstr "Tynnklienter vs halvtykke arbeidstasjoner"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia "
+#~ "(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "til sources.list-fila di. Så må du installere nøkkelpakken for multimedia "
+#~ "(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#~ msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
+#~ msgstr "Veiledninger for nettverksklienter"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
+#~ msgstr "Tynnklienter vs halvtykke arbeidstasjoner"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
+#~ "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from "
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Instruksjoner for hvordan en tar i bruk halvtykke arbeidstasjoner (uten "
+#~ "harddisk) er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
+#~ "DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+#~ "HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation</ulink>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "LTSP in detail"
+#~ msgstr "LTSP i detalj"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "lts.conf"
+#~ msgstr "lts.conf"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, "
+#~ "you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
+#~ "computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/"
+#~ "doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and "
+#~ "what parameters you can specify."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "For å tilpasse oppsettet for enkelte tynnklienter, så kan du redigere "
+#~ "denne fila <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</computeroutput>. "
+#~ "Ta en titt på <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/"
+#~ "examples/lts.conf</computeroutput> for å se på eksempler og hvilke "
+#~ "parameter du kan oppgi."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
+#~ "computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
+#~ "client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
+#~ "computeroutput>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Standardverdiene er definert under <computeroutput>[default]</"
+#~ "computeroutput>. For å sette opp en spesiell klient, så kan du oppgi du "
+#~ "hvilke klient det er med mac-adressen eller IP-adressen som dette "
+#~ "<computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</computeroutput>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
+#~ "something like this:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Eksempel: For å få tynnklienten ltsp010 til å bruke skjermoppløsningen "
+#~ "1280x1024, så legg til noe slikt som dette:"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
+#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
+#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
+#~ msgstr "et sted nedenfor standardinnstillingene."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on "
+#~ "the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Avhengig av hvilke endringer du gjør, så kan det være nødvendig å starte "
+#~ "om X på klienten (ved å trykke alt+ctrl+rettetast) eller restarte "
+#~ "klienten."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you "
+#~ "should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you "
+#~ "should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts."
+#~ "conf </computeroutput> file."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "For å bruke IP-adresser i <computeroutput>lts.conf</computeroutput> må du "
+#~ "legge til mac-adressen til klienten i dhcp-tjeneren. Ellers så må du "
+#~ "bruke mac-adressen til klienten direkte i <computeroutput>lts.conf</"
+#~ "computeroutput>-fila."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
+#~ msgstr "lastbalanserte LTSP-tjenere"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12"
+#~ "+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Denne egenskapen er ny fra ltsp-versjon 0.99debian12"
+#~ "+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
+#~ "for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
+#~ "get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. "
+#~ "In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key "
+#~ "for each of the servers."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Det er mulig å sette opp klienter til å kople til en av flere tjenere for "
+#~ "lastbalansering. En måte er å liste flere tjenere ved bruk av "
+#~ "<computeroutput>LDM_SERVERM</computeroutput> i <computeroutput>lts.conf</"
+#~ "computeroutput>. En annen måte er å bruke <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/"
+#~ "usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> som et skript som returnerer en "
+#~ "eller flere tjenere å kople til. I tillegg til dette må hver ltsp chroot "
+#~ "inkludere ssh-nøkkelen for hver enkelt tjener."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
+#~ msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, "
+#~ "this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be "
+#~ "loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's "
+#~ "not done automatically, this line:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Viss klienten har lydkort og alsa blir brukt (for tiden er alsa standard "
+#~ "lydsystem i Debian), må modulen snd-pcm-oss bli lastet av klienten for at "
+#~ "esd skal finne /dev/dsp. Viss det ikke blir gjort automatisk, kan denne "
+#~ "linjen:"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
+#~ msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
+#~ msgstr "legges til tjeneren i filen /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP "
+#~ "does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the "
+#~ "network, as well as anything else."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Advarsel</emphasis>: "
+#~ "overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink "
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
index 809e608..ed39b0a 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-05-23 16:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-06 11:09+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
@@ -15,69 +15,69 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING"
# type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1
+#: release-manual.xml:3
msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3
+#: release-manual.xml:5
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu Etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:5
+#: release-manual.xml:7
msgid ""
"This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete </emphasis>) release manual for the "
"Debian Edu Etch 3.0 release."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:8
+#: release-manual.xml:10
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc "
-"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-23</computeroutput>."
+"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-07-06</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:11
+#: release-manual.xml:13
msgid ""
"The version at <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch "
"</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:14
+#: release-manual.xml:16
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> package, which can be "
-"<ulink url='http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/'>installed on a "
-"webserver </ulink>."
+"<ulink url=\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/\">installed on "
+"a webserver </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:21
+#: release-manual.xml:23
msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:23
+#: release-manual.xml:25
msgid ""
"Skolelinux is a Linux distribution made by the Debian Edu project. Being a "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution "
-"</ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url='http://www.debian.org'>Debian "
-"</ulink>."
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian\">Custom Debian "
+"Distribution </ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink "
+"url=\"http://www.debian.org\">Debian </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:27
+#: release-manual.xml:29
msgid ""
"What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an "
"out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:29
+#: release-manual.xml:31
msgid ""
"In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools "
"serving the 6-16 years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several "
@@ -86,36 +86,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:34
+#: release-manual.xml:36
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:38
+#: release-manual.xml:40
msgid ""
"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
"provided by a Skolelinux installation."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:42
+#: release-manual.xml:44
msgid "Network"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:45
+#: release-manual.xml:47
msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:50
+#: release-manual.xml:52
msgid ""
"(The <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source package "
"contains this image as a <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> file.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:54
+#: release-manual.xml:56
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:56
+#: release-manual.xml:58
msgid ""
"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:58
+#: release-manual.xml:60
msgid ""
"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
@@ -149,12 +149,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:63
+#: release-manual.xml:65
msgid "Services"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:65
+#: release-manual.xml:67
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:67
+#: release-manual.xml:69
msgid ""
"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
"network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:69
+#: release-manual.xml:71
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
"network, with the DNS name of each service given in square brackets. Where "
@@ -190,82 +190,82 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:71
+#: release-manual.xml:73
msgid "Centralized Logging [syslog]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:72
+#: release-manual.xml:74
msgid "DNS (Bind) [domain]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: release-manual.xml:75
msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines (DHCP) [bootps]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:74
+#: release-manual.xml:76
msgid "Clock Synchronization (NTP) [ntp]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:75
+#: release-manual.xml:77
msgid "Home Directories via Network File System (SMB/NFS) [homes]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:76
+#: release-manual.xml:78
msgid "Electronic Post Office [postoffice]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
+#: release-manual.xml:79
msgid "Directory Service (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:78
+#: release-manual.xml:80
msgid "User Administration (lwat)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:79
+#: release-manual.xml:81
msgid "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
+#: release-manual.xml:82
msgid "Central Backup (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:81
+#: release-manual.xml:83
msgid "Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:82
+#: release-manual.xml:84
msgid "Printing (CUPS) [ipp]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:83
+#: release-manual.xml:85
msgid "Remote Login (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:84
+#: release-manual.xml:86
msgid "Automatic Configuration [cfengine]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:85
+#: release-manual.xml:87
msgid "Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
+#: release-manual.xml:88
msgid ""
"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and "
"History on the Web. Error Reporting by E-mail (munin,nagios and "
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:89
+#: release-manual.xml:91
msgid ""
"Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
"available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, "
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:91
+#: release-manual.xml:93
msgid ""
"By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
"only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the "
@@ -294,14 +294,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:93
+#: release-manual.xml:95
msgid ""
"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
"the central user database for authentication and authorization."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:95
+#: release-manual.xml:97
msgid ""
"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:97
+#: release-manual.xml:99
msgid ""
"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using "
"DHCP. Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet "
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:99
+#: release-manual.xml:101
msgid ""
"Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:101
+#: release-manual.xml:103
msgid ""
"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only "
"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:103
+#: release-manual.xml:105
msgid ""
"Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:105
+#: release-manual.xml:107
msgid ""
"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:107
+#: release-manual.xml:109
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
"follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:109
+#: release-manual.xml:111
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
"problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:111
+#: release-manual.xml:113
msgid ""
"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
"or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to "
@@ -392,12 +392,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:115
+#: release-manual.xml:117
msgid "Thin clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:117
+#: release-manual.xml:119
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an "
"(X-)terminal. This means that this machine boots from a diskette or directly "
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:119
+#: release-manual.xml:121
msgid ""
"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
"effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
@@ -418,26 +418,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:121
+#: release-manual.xml:123
msgid ""
"The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:126
+#: release-manual.xml:128
msgid "Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:128
+#: release-manual.xml:130
msgid ""
"For diskless workstations the terms stateless workstations, lowfat clients "
"or half-thick clients are also used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:130
+#: release-manual.xml:132
msgid ""
"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally "
"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot direcly "
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:132
+#: release-manual.xml:134
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations are an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the "
"same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and "
@@ -455,19 +455,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:134
+#: release-manual.xml:136
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server "
"Project (LTSP) with version 5.0."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:140
+#: release-manual.xml:142
msgid "Networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:142
+#: release-manual.xml:144
msgid ""
"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin "
"clients and diskless workstations as well as computers running MacOS or "
@@ -475,12 +475,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:147
+#: release-manual.xml:149
msgid "Administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:149
+#: release-manual.xml:151
msgid ""
"All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
"will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:151
+#: release-manual.xml:153
msgid ""
"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
+#: release-manual.xml:155
msgid ""
"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
"are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
@@ -506,17 +506,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:158 release-manual.xml:374
+#: release-manual.xml:160 release-manual.xml:376
msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:160
+#: release-manual.xml:162
msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:162
+#: release-manual.xml:164
msgid ""
"The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
"over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:164
+#: release-manual.xml:166
msgid ""
"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
@@ -534,12 +534,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:169
+#: release-manual.xml:171
msgid "File system access configuration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:171
+#: release-manual.xml:173
msgid ""
"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:173
+#: release-manual.xml:175
msgid ""
"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
@@ -562,12 +562,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:177
+#: release-manual.xml:179
msgid ""
"To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
"be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
"group should be identical to the username. (<ulink "
-"url='http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups.html'>More "
+"url=\"http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups.html\">More "
"info on private groups </ulink> is available from Redhat.) This allows for "
"all new files created by the user to be set with full access for the file's "
"group. Together with set-gid bit on directories and inheritance of rights, "
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:180
+#: release-manual.xml:182
msgid ""
"The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of "
"policy. They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can "
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:182
+#: release-manual.xml:184
msgid ""
"Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
"particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:189
+#: release-manual.xml:191
msgid ""
"ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
"thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> "
@@ -621,166 +621,166 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:191
+#: release-manual.xml:193
msgid ""
"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared "
"directories?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:197
+#: release-manual.xml:199
msgid "random notes"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:199
+#: release-manual.xml:201
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:200
+#: release-manual.xml:202
msgid ""
"Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which "
"groups have access to which machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:201
+#: release-manual.xml:203
msgid ""
"Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for "
"these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:202
+#: release-manual.xml:204
msgid "Should consider using a DNS name from RFC 2606."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:205
+#: release-manual.xml:207
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink "
-"url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink "
+"url=\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en\">http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en "
"</ulink> ( at that time it was Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter "
-"Reinholdtsen < <ulink url='mailto:pere at hungry.com'>pere at hungry.com "
-"</ulink> >, released under the GPL) - note to translators: there are "
+"Reinholdtsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:pere at hungry.com\">pere at hungry.com "
+"</ulink> >, released under the GPL) - note to translators: there are "
"translations for this document already, which you can also copy and "
"paste. But keep those copyright notes as well. </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:214
+#: release-manual.xml:216
msgid "Features"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:220
+#: release-manual.xml:222
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r1 Terra\" release 2007-12-05"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:221
+#: release-manual.xml:223
msgid ""
"much improved documentation with updated translations to German, Norwegian "
"Bokmal and Italian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:222
+#: release-manual.xml:224
msgid ""
"includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that came "
"to our attentention after the 3.0r0 release"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:228
+#: release-manual.xml:230
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:229
+#: release-manual.xml:231
msgid "Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:230
+#: release-manual.xml:232
msgid "Graphical installer with mouse support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:231
+#: release-manual.xml:233
msgid "Boot splash with usplash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
+#: release-manual.xml:234
msgid "LSB 3.1 compatible"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:235
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.18"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:235
msgid "Support for SATA controllers and hard disks"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:236
+#: release-manual.xml:238
msgid "X.org version 7.1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:237
+#: release-manual.xml:239
msgid "KDE desktop environment version 3.5.5"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:239
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:241
+#: release-manual.xml:243
msgid "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:242
+#: release-manual.xml:244
msgid "Automatic tracking of installed machines using Sitesummary."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:243
+#: release-manual.xml:245
msgid "Automatic configuration of munin using data from Sitesummary."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:244
+#: release-manual.xml:246
msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:245
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid "File systems sizes can be extended while the file system is mounted."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:245
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid "Support automatically extending file system based on predefined rules."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:248
+#: release-manual.xml:250
msgid "Local Device Support on thin clients."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:249
+#: release-manual.xml:251
msgid ""
"New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc "
"(experimental support, installation media only boots on the newworld "
@@ -788,12 +788,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:250
+#: release-manual.xml:252
msgid "Multi-architecture DVD for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:251
+#: release-manual.xml:253
msgid ""
"Regression: the CD-install requires Internet access during "
"installation. Previous versions could be installed from one CD without "
@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:253
+#: release-manual.xml:255
msgid ""
"Regression: <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput> is now removed from "
"Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based user "
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:261
+#: release-manual.xml:263
msgid ""
"Regression: swi-prolog is not part of etch, but was part of sarge. The <link "
"linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">HowTo teach and learn</link> Chapter describes how "
@@ -821,80 +821,80 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:268
+#: release-manual.xml:270
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:269
+#: release-manual.xml:271
msgid "Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:270
+#: release-manual.xml:272
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.8."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:271
+#: release-manual.xml:273
msgid "XFree86 version 4.3."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:272
+#: release-manual.xml:274
msgid "KDE version 3.3."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:274
+#: release-manual.xml:276
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:281
+#: release-manual.xml:283
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:282
+#: release-manual.xml:284
msgid "Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:283
+#: release-manual.xml:285
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.4.26."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:284
+#: release-manual.xml:286
msgid "XFree86 version 4.1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:285
+#: release-manual.xml:287
msgid "KDE version 2.2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:291
+#: release-manual.xml:293
msgid "More information on older releases"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:293
+#: release-manual.xml:295
msgid ""
"More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink "
-"url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html "
+"url=\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\">http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html "
"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:300
+#: release-manual.xml:302
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:304
+#: release-manual.xml:306
msgid ""
"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -904,19 +904,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:308
+#: release-manual.xml:310
msgid "Hardware requirements"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:311
msgid ""
"the computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either i386, amd64 "
"or powerpc processors."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:311
msgid ""
"On powerpc, the installation media will only boot on machines of the "
"newworld sub-architecture, which are the systems from apple with a "
@@ -924,45 +924,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:312
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid ""
"thin client (LTSP) servers need two network cards when using the default "
"network architecture:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:312
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid "eth0 connected to the main network (10.0.2.0/23)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:313
+#: release-manual.xml:315
msgid "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) serving the thin-clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:316
+#: release-manual.xml:318
msgid ""
"disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk from 8 GiB "
"will be sufficient. As usual, the bigger the better."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:317
+#: release-manual.xml:319
msgid ""
"for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
"is required"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:318
+#: release-manual.xml:320
msgid ""
"for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM and 8 GiB disc space "
"are recommended minimum requirements"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:319
+#: release-manual.xml:321
msgid ""
"for diskless workstations (also known as stateless workstations, lowfat "
"clients or half-thick clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended "
@@ -972,47 +972,47 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:320
+#: release-manual.xml:322
msgid "for Laptops 256 MB RAM and 450 MHz are minimum requirements"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:323
+#: release-manual.xml:325
msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:328
+#: release-manual.xml:330
msgid "Hardware known to work"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:330
+#: release-manual.xml:332
msgid ""
"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ "
"</ulink> . This list is not nearly complete <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:1504 release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:334 release-manual.xml:478 release-manual.xml:562 release-manual.xml:1506 release-manual.xml:2103
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:341
+#: release-manual.xml:343
msgid "Requirements for a network setup"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:342
+#: release-manual.xml:344
msgid ""
"a router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) providing access to the internet (when using "
"the default network architecture)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:344
+#: release-manual.xml:346
msgid ""
"for the main server (10.0.2.2): this is the one single computer in the "
"network which get's the <computeroutput>tjener </computeroutput>-profile "
@@ -1020,22 +1020,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:347
+#: release-manual.xml:349
msgid "workstation(s) and/or thin client (LTSP) server(s)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:348
+#: release-manual.xml:350
msgid "thin clients clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:353
+#: release-manual.xml:355
msgid "Internet router"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:355
+#: release-manual.xml:357
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
"running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface, is needed to "
@@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:357
+#: release-manual.xml:359
msgid ""
"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though "
"this is not needed and will not be used. (If the router runs a DHCP server "
@@ -1053,29 +1053,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:359
+#: release-manual.xml:361
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a i386 based solution (so that you can reuse an old "
-"PC), we recommend <ulink url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink "
-"url='http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw'>floppyfw </ulink>."
+"PC), we recommend <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org\">IPCop </ulink> or "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:363
+#: release-manual.xml:365
msgid ""
"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend "
-"using <ulink url='http://openwrt.org'>OpenWRT </ulink>, though of course you "
-"can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier, "
-"using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages "
-"for a list of <ulink url='http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware'>supported "
-"hardware </ulink>."
+"using <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT </ulink>, though of course "
+"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is "
+"easier, using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT "
+"webpages for a list of <ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware\">supported hardware </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:367
+#: release-manual.xml:369
msgid ""
"It is possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented "
"procedure </ulink> to do this. If you are not forced to do this by an "
"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend "
"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network "
@@ -1083,66 +1083,67 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:380
+#: release-manual.xml:382
msgid "Where to find more information"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:382
+#: release-manual.xml:384
msgid ""
"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink "
-"url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for "
+"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">release notes for "
"Debian Etch </ulink> before you start installing a system for production "
"use. If you just want to give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, you don't have to "
"though, it should just work <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2450 release-manual.xml:2487 release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2462 release-manual.xml:2499 release-manual.xml:2570
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:389
+#: release-manual.xml:391
msgid ""
"Even more <ulink "
-"url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual'>information about "
-"the Debian Etch release </ulink> is available in its installation manual."
+"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\">information "
+"about the Debian Etch release </ulink> is available in its installation "
+"manual."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:395
+#: release-manual.xml:397
msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu Etch 3.0r1"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:399
+#: release-manual.xml:401
msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:401
+#: release-manual.xml:403
msgid ""
"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
"these methods:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:403
+#: release-manual.xml:405
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:406
+#: release-manual.xml:408
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:409
+#: release-manual.xml:411
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync "
"ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso "
@@ -1150,26 +1151,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:414
+#: release-manual.xml:416
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:416
+#: release-manual.xml:418
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:419
+#: release-manual.xml:421
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:422
+#: release-manual.xml:424
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync "
"ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r1.iso "
@@ -1177,26 +1178,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:427
+#: release-manual.xml:429
msgid "amd64"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:429
+#: release-manual.xml:431
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:432
+#: release-manual.xml:434
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:435
+#: release-manual.xml:437
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync "
"ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso "
@@ -1204,26 +1205,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:440
+#: release-manual.xml:442
msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:442
+#: release-manual.xml:444
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:445
+#: release-manual.xml:447
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:448
+#: release-manual.xml:450
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync "
"ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso "
@@ -1231,7 +1232,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:453
+#: release-manual.xml:455
msgid ""
"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
"though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
@@ -1240,26 +1241,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:455
+#: release-manual.xml:457
msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:457
+#: release-manual.xml:459
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:460
+#: release-manual.xml:462
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:463
+#: release-manual.xml:465
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync "
"ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r1.iso "
@@ -1267,33 +1268,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:472
+#: release-manual.xml:474
msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:474
+#: release-manual.xml:476
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
-"url='mailto:cd at skolelinux.no'>cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> and we will discuss "
-"the payment details (for shipping and media) <inlinemediaobject>"
+"url=\"mailto:cd at skolelinux.no\">cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> and we will "
+"discuss the payment details (for shipping and media) <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:479
+#: release-manual.xml:481
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
"to be sent to in the email."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:484
+#: release-manual.xml:486
msgid "Installation from CD"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:486
+#: release-manual.xml:488
msgid ""
"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -1301,52 +1302,52 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:487
+#: release-manual.xml:489
msgid "Main server: 8 of 115 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:488
+#: release-manual.xml:490
msgid "Main server and Thin client server: 618 of 1082 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:489
+#: release-manual.xml:491
msgid "Main server and Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:490
+#: release-manual.xml:492
msgid "Thin client server: 618 of 1052 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:491
+#: release-manual.xml:493
msgid "Workstation: 618 of 1051 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:492
+#: release-manual.xml:494
msgid "Standalone: 618 of 1020 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:493
+#: release-manual.xml:495
msgid "Barebone: 12 of 83 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:496
+#: release-manual.xml:498
msgid "The profiles are explained below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:503
msgid "Installation options"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:503
+#: release-manual.xml:505
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
"don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
@@ -1357,7 +1358,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:505
+#: release-manual.xml:507
msgid ""
"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -1366,7 +1367,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:508
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert </computeroutput> boot-option adds the "
"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -1376,7 +1377,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:514
+#: release-manual.xml:516
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -1385,7 +1386,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:519
+#: release-manual.xml:521
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multiarch DVD on an amd64 machine "
"you need to manually select <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> (text "
@@ -1395,7 +1396,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:524
+#: release-manual.xml:526
msgid ""
"If you have already installed the mainserver profile on a machine, you can "
"use its http proxy service to speed up the following installations from "
@@ -1404,32 +1405,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:529
+#: release-manual.xml:531
msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:530
+#: release-manual.xml:532
msgid "Choose a time-zone"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:531
+#: release-manual.xml:533
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:533
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Choose a profile </emphasis>:"
+#: release-manual.xml:535
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Choose a profile </emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:537
msgid "server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:537
msgid ""
"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing the following "
"services: file, print, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, nagios, "
@@ -1438,12 +1439,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:538
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid "workstation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:538
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid ""
"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and "
"devices locally like an ordinary computer, but the user login is "
@@ -1452,42 +1453,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:541
+#: release-manual.xml:543
msgid "thin client server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:542
+#: release-manual.xml:544
msgid ""
"Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive "
"boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network "
"cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. Out of "
"the box, this profile installs a thin client server. To turn it into a "
"diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>this "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">this "
"HowTo </ulink>. (Fixme: integrate this HowTo into this chapter of the "
"manual.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:547
+#: release-manual.xml:549
msgid "standalone"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:547
+#: release-manual.xml:549
msgid ""
"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server, ie. doesn't "
"need to be on the network. Includes laptops."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:552
msgid "barebone"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:552
msgid ""
"This profile is only available when using the 'debian-edu-expert' boot "
"option. It will install the base packages and configure the machine to "
@@ -1497,7 +1498,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:554
+#: release-manual.xml:556
msgid ""
"The first 3 profiles can all be installed on the same machine. That means "
"the main server can also be a thin client server and can be used as a "
@@ -1505,40 +1506,40 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:555
+#: release-manual.xml:557
msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:556
+#: release-manual.xml:558
msgid "say yes to partman"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:558
+#: release-manual.xml:560
msgid ""
"please say yes to submit information to <ulink "
-"url='http://popcon.skolelinux.org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - "
-"though you dont have to <inlinemediaobject>"
+"url=\"http://popcon.skolelinux.org/\">http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> "
+"- though you dont have to <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:565
+#: release-manual.xml:567
msgid "wait"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:566
+#: release-manual.xml:568
msgid "be happy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:571
+#: release-manual.xml:573
msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:573
+#: release-manual.xml:575
msgid ""
"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1549,12 +1550,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:578
+#: release-manual.xml:580
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:580
+#: release-manual.xml:582
msgid ""
"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -1565,7 +1566,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:582
+#: release-manual.xml:584
msgid ""
"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -1574,12 +1575,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:588
+#: release-manual.xml:590
msgid "A note on DVD installs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:590
+#: release-manual.xml:592
msgid ""
"If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list "
"</computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
@@ -1588,7 +1589,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:594
+#: release-manual.xml:596
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main \n"
@@ -1598,157 +1599,157 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:602
+#: release-manual.xml:604
msgid "Custom CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:604
+#: release-manual.xml:606
msgid ""
"Creating custom CDs or DVDs is quite easily possible, since we use the "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/'>debian installer "
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">debian installer "
"</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed "
"</ulink> Preseeding] allows to define answers to the questions normally "
"asked."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:608
+#: release-manual.xml:610
msgid ""
"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this "
"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>remaster the CD/DVD "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD "
"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:615
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server "
"installation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:618
+#: release-manual.xml:620
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:624
+#: release-manual.xml:626
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:630
+#: release-manual.xml:632
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:636
+#: release-manual.xml:638
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:642
+#: release-manual.xml:644
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:648
+#: release-manual.xml:650
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:654
+#: release-manual.xml:656
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:660
+#: release-manual.xml:662
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:666
+#: release-manual.xml:668
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:672
+#: release-manual.xml:674
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:678
+#: release-manual.xml:680
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:684
+#: release-manual.xml:686
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:690
+#: release-manual.xml:692
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:701
+#: release-manual.xml:703
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:704
+#: release-manual.xml:706
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:713
+#: release-manual.xml:715
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:717
+#: release-manual.xml:719
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:718
+#: release-manual.xml:720
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:721
msgid "adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:720
+#: release-manual.xml:722
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:723
+#: release-manual.xml:725
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:725
+#: release-manual.xml:727
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
@@ -1756,29 +1757,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:728
+#: release-manual.xml:730
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:736
+#: release-manual.xml:738
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:738
+#: release-manual.xml:740
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:742
+#: release-manual.xml:744
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:746
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -1786,52 +1787,52 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:745
+#: release-manual.xml:747
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:746
+#: release-manual.xml:748
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:747
+#: release-manual.xml:749
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:750
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:751
+#: release-manual.xml:753
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink "
-"url='https://www/lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error "
+"url=\"https://www/lwat\">https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error "
"message, because of atleast 2 facts:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:753
+#: release-manual.xml:755
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:754
+#: release-manual.xml:756
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:755
+#: release-manual.xml:757
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:758
+#: release-manual.xml:760
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
@@ -1841,37 +1842,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:759
+#: release-manual.xml:761
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:763
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:764
+#: release-manual.xml:766
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:769
+#: release-manual.xml:771
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:774
+#: release-manual.xml:776
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:776
+#: release-manual.xml:778
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -1881,14 +1882,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:778
+#: release-manual.xml:780
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:780
+#: release-manual.xml:782
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -1896,12 +1897,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:784
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:786
+#: release-manual.xml:788
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -1915,54 +1916,54 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:790
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">role </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:794
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:797
+#: release-manual.xml:799
msgid "Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:800
+#: release-manual.xml:802
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:804
+#: release-manual.xml:806
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:807
+#: release-manual.xml:809
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:811
+#: release-manual.xml:813
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:814
+#: release-manual.xml:816
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:820
msgid "Admins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:821
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete "
"users/groups/machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux "
@@ -1970,33 +1971,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:828
+#: release-manual.xml:830
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:830
+#: release-manual.xml:832
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:838
+#: release-manual.xml:840
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:841
+#: release-manual.xml:843
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2006,12 +2007,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:849
+#: release-manual.xml:851
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:851
+#: release-manual.xml:853
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2023,12 +2024,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:854
+#: release-manual.xml:856
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:859
+#: release-manual.xml:861
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -2036,17 +2037,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:862
+#: release-manual.xml:864
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:871
+#: release-manual.xml:873
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:875
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2055,19 +2056,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:875
+#: release-manual.xml:877
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:880
+#: release-manual.xml:882
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:884
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2078,81 +2079,81 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:884
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:888
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">First address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:890
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:892
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:894
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:896
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:899
+#: release-manual.xml:901
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:902
+#: release-manual.xml:904
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:905
-msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:907
+msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:911
+#: release-manual.xml:913
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:914
+#: release-manual.xml:916
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:917
-msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:919
+msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:923
+#: release-manual.xml:925
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:926
+#: release-manual.xml:928
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:929
-msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:931
+msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:938
+#: release-manual.xml:940
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:940
+#: release-manual.xml:942
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2161,17 +2162,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:943
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:982 release-manual.xml:1018 release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2027 release-manual.xml:2057 release-manual.xml:2064 release-manual.xml:2403 release-manual.xml:2417 release-manual.xml:2432
+#: release-manual.xml:951 release-manual.xml:984 release-manual.xml:1020 release-manual.xml:1117 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2429 release-manual.xml:2444
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:952
+#: release-manual.xml:954
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2179,12 +2180,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:956
+#: release-manual.xml:958
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:958
+#: release-manual.xml:960
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf "
@@ -2193,7 +2194,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:962
+#: release-manual.xml:964
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2201,7 +2202,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:966
+#: release-manual.xml:968
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2212,14 +2213,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:972
+#: release-manual.xml:974
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:977
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2230,31 +2231,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:985
+#: release-manual.xml:987
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:992
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:994
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:997
+#: release-manual.xml:999
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:999
+#: release-manual.xml:1001
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2262,12 +2263,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1002
+#: release-manual.xml:1004
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1007
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2275,7 +2276,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1011
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup "
"</computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2285,7 +2286,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1012
+#: release-manual.xml:1014
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups "
"</computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2300,14 +2301,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1021
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1025
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2318,35 +2319,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1028
+#: release-manual.xml:1030
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1030
+#: release-manual.xml:1032
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or "
-"<ulink url='http://bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/'>online </ulink>."
+"<ulink url=\"http://bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/\">online </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1038
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1042
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink "
-"url='https://www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups "
+"url=\"https://www:631\">https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups "
"management site where you can add/delete/modfiy your printers and can clean "
"up the printing queue. For changes where you have to login as root with "
"your root password, you will be forced to use ssl encryption."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1043
+#: release-manual.xml:1045
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2354,12 +2355,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1049
+#: release-manual.xml:1051
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1053
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2371,7 +2372,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2383,12 +2384,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1063
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1065
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2399,24 +2400,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1072
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1076
+#: release-manual.xml:1078
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1080
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade "
"</computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1081
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2426,14 +2427,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1088
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use "
"kde-update-notifier. FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1090
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2441,7 +2442,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2450,29 +2451,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1096
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1102
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink "
-"url='https://www/slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please "
+"url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\">https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please "
"note that you have to access this site via ssl, since you have to enter the "
"root password there. If you try to access this site without using ssl it "
"will fail."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1109
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 "
"</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to "
@@ -2481,55 +2482,55 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1111
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:1120
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1120
+#: release-manual.xml:1122
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1121
+#: release-manual.xml:1123
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1127
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#: release-manual.xml:1133
msgid "Munin"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1135
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink "
-"url='https://www/munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system "
+"url=\"https://www/munin/\">https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system "
"status measurement graphis on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and "
"allow the system administrator help when looking for bottlenecks and the "
"source of system problems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1136
+#: release-manual.xml:1138
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -2543,27 +2544,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1140
+#: release-manual.xml:1142
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink "
-"url='http://munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ "
+"url=\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/\">http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ "
"</ulink> ."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1146
+#: release-manual.xml:1148
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1150
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink "
-"url='https://www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
+"url=\"https://www/nagios2/\">https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1151
+#: release-manual.xml:1153
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -2572,7 +2573,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1154
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -2580,7 +2581,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -2590,58 +2591,59 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1163
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink "
-"url='http://www.nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
+"url=\"http://www.nagios.org/\">http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1172
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1174
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink "
-"url='https://www/sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
+"url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\">https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary "
"</ulink>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:1185
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1187
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
-"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian "
+"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian "
"Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
"applicable law. </emphasis> Please read this chapter completly before "
"attempting to upgrade."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid ""
"More <ulink "
-"url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual'>information about "
-"the Debian etch release </ulink> is available in its installation manual."
+"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\">information "
+"about the Debian etch release </ulink> is available in its installation "
+"manual."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1195
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -2650,46 +2652,46 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
+#: release-manual.xml:1197
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
"them here. Debian Edu sarge will receive continued support for some time in "
"the future, but when Debian <ulink "
-"url='http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan'>ceases support for sarge "
+"url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for sarge "
"</ulink>, Debian Edu will (have to) do that too. This is expected to happen "
"in April 2008."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1200
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1204
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink "
-"url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for "
+"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">releasenotes for "
"Debian etch </ulink>. (Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installed a 2.6 "
"kernel as default, but if you are running a 2.4 kernel, you <emphasis>should "
"</emphasis> read the <ulink "
-"url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6'>notes "
+"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6\">notes "
"on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to 2.6 </ulink> before you upgrade!)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -2697,24 +2699,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1214
+#: release-manual.xml:1216
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1215
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1220
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1222
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
@@ -2726,19 +2728,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1227
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1229
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -2746,7 +2748,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -2755,45 +2757,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1240
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1240
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -2802,14 +2804,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1256
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -2818,12 +2820,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1262
+#: release-manual.xml:1264
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1263
+#: release-manual.xml:1265
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -2831,12 +2833,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1271
+#: release-manual.xml:1273
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1273
+#: release-manual.xml:1275
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -2844,66 +2846,66 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1275
+#: release-manual.xml:1277
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
"what is installed as default in the sarge based Debian Edu release). So if "
"there are any questions which you don't know how to answer, don't hesitate "
"to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink "
-"url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org "
+"url=\"mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org\">debian-edu at lists.debian.org "
"</ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1278
+#: release-manual.xml:1280
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1282
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1285
+#: release-manual.xml:1287
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1286
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1289
+#: release-manual.xml:1291
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1290
+#: release-manual.xml:1292
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1294
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1298
+#: release-manual.xml:1300
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -2911,59 +2913,59 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1301
+#: release-manual.xml:1303
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1303
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1310
+#: release-manual.xml:1312
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1311
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1312
+#: release-manual.xml:1314
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1315
+#: release-manual.xml:1317
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1321
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1321
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:1325
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
@@ -2972,12 +2974,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1328
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2988,7 +2990,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1332
+#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: "
"<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> "
@@ -2999,33 +3001,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1340
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#: release-manual.xml:1342
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1341
+#: release-manual.xml:1343
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1346
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1345
+#: release-manual.xml:1347
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3035,7 +3037,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:1352
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: "
"<emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb "
@@ -3045,7 +3047,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1353
+#: release-manual.xml:1355
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3053,26 +3055,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1356
+#: release-manual.xml:1358
msgid ""
-"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without "
+"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role=\"strong\">without "
"</emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please "
"restart the dist-upgrade process again with:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#: release-manual.xml:1360
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1362
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1361
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3081,61 +3083,61 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1365
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1367
+#: release-manual.xml:1369
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1371
msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
+#: release-manual.xml:1373
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1376
+#: release-manual.xml:1378
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1378
+#: release-manual.xml:1380
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1379
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1381
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
msgid ""
"See <ulink "
-"url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791'>#386791 "
+"url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791\">#386791 "
"</ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1387
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1391
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3145,7 +3147,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1391
+#: release-manual.xml:1393
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -3153,7 +3155,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1392
+#: release-manual.xml:1394
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -3163,7 +3165,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1397
+#: release-manual.xml:1399
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -3172,52 +3174,52 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1403
+#: release-manual.xml:1405
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1405
+#: release-manual.xml:1407
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
"<ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 "
"</ulink>. Then upgrade to Terrra (etch-based Release)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1412
+#: release-manual.xml:1414
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1414
+#: release-manual.xml:1416
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1417
+#: release-manual.xml:1419
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1420
+#: release-manual.xml:1422
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1423
+#: release-manual.xml:1425
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1430
+#: release-manual.xml:1432
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1432
+#: release-manual.xml:1434
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance</link> "
@@ -3227,42 +3229,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1438
+#: release-manual.xml:1440
msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1439
+#: release-manual.xml:1441
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
+#: release-manual.xml:1442
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1441
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1442
+#: release-manual.xml:1444
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1445
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1449
+#: release-manual.xml:1451
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1451
+#: release-manual.xml:1453
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk "
"</computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ "
@@ -3273,7 +3275,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1456
+#: release-manual.xml:1458
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -3281,12 +3283,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1459
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1462
+#: release-manual.xml:1464
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -3298,19 +3300,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1471
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1475
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1476
+#: release-manual.xml:1478
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
@@ -3318,12 +3320,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1481
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1482
+#: release-manual.xml:1484
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
@@ -3331,12 +3333,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1485
+#: release-manual.xml:1487
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1488
+#: release-manual.xml:1490
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
@@ -3344,14 +3346,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1491
+#: release-manual.xml:1493
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1494
+#: release-manual.xml:1496
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3359,12 +3361,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1497
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1500
+#: release-manual.xml:1502
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
@@ -3372,14 +3374,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1503
+#: release-manual.xml:1505
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1510
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
@@ -3387,12 +3389,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1520
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3400,7 +3402,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1521
+#: release-manual.xml:1523
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3408,19 +3410,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1524
+#: release-manual.xml:1526
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1530
+#: release-manual.xml:1532
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1534
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3430,7 +3432,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1536
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3440,7 +3442,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1536
+#: release-manual.xml:1538
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is "
@@ -3456,20 +3458,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#: release-manual.xml:1549
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
-"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </ulink>."
+"url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1550
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -3477,12 +3479,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1553
+#: release-manual.xml:1555
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1556
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
@@ -3490,30 +3492,30 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1563
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#: release-manual.xml:1567
msgid ""
-"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
+"Since <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
"default installations."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1570
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -3525,12 +3527,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1580
+#: release-manual.xml:1582
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1584
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the "
"<computeroutput>debian-archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is "
@@ -3540,7 +3542,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1587
+#: release-manual.xml:1589
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -3548,19 +3550,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1590
+#: release-manual.xml:1592
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade "
"</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian "
"Edu. It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a "
@@ -3568,35 +3570,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1603
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
"without new libraries (wherever it is possible) on a stable Debian "
-"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role='strong'>We recommend you to "
+"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to "
"pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all "
"backports available there. </emphasis> Please follow the instructions on "
-"<ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org\">http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
"use these backports."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1605
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt "
"</computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/SecureApt'>securily </ulink>. This is done by "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/SecureApt\">securily </ulink>. This is done by "
"running these commands as root:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
+#: release-manual.xml:1613
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib "
-"non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
@@ -3605,24 +3604,27 @@ msgid ""
"is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C "
"&& gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
+"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib "
+"non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"aptitude update\n"
"]]>\n"
"</screen>\n"
"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports "
-"install <packagename>\n"
+"install <packagename>\n"
"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a "
"package to be always installed from backports.org though "
"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink "
-"url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions "
+"url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions "
"on backports.org\n"
"</ulink>. \n"
"</para>\n"
"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
"installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you "
"need to update manually. \n"
-"</para>\n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
"</section>\n"
"\n"
"<section>\n"
@@ -3631,80 +3633,52 @@ msgid ""
"<para>\n"
"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre "
"sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1642
-msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
-msgid ""
-"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
-"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
-"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
-"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
-"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
-msgid ""
-"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
-"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
-"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651
-msgid ""
-"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
-"similar to this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1655
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
+"</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
+"</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is "
+"useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu "
+"installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh "
+"login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a "
+"remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into "
+"~/.ssh/authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login "
+"information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+"</computeroutput>. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+"</computeroutput> should be similar to this: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
"RPORT=1234\n"
"RUSER=backdoor\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1660
-msgid "FIXME: This need to be completed and tested."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1665
-msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
-msgid ""
-"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
-"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1669
-msgid ""
-"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user "
-"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
-"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1672
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users "
+"home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a "
+"user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "
+"\"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make "
+"comments. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
"\n"
"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
@@ -3729,134 +3703,110 @@ msgid ""
"done\n"
"\n"
"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2350 release-manual.xml:2458
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2352 release-manual.xml:2460
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ "
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>The HowTos from <ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the "
"user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
"the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine "
-"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1731
-msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
-msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1739
-msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1741
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
-"of the students file group)"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
-msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1744
-msgid ""
-"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
-"kde panel"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
-msgid "adept is not started"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1746
-msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1747
-msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
-"user and members of the admins file group)"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
-msgid ""
-"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
-"easy access to all the administration programs"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1755
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
-"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
-"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by "
-"upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1759
-msgid ""
-"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
-"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
-"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
-"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
-"folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1766
-msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1768
-msgid ""
-"After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like "
-"described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by "
-"the diskless workstation."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770
-msgid ""
-"Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386 "
+"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
+"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para> \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
+"</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student "
+"desktops \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons "
+"also show up in the kde panel \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde "
+"session \n"
+"</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students "
+"\n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
+"</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group) "
+"\n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local "
+"webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration "
+"programs \n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
+"</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using "
+"<computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
+"</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes "
+"will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores "
+"default desktop icons] \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the "
+"existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
+"</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile\n"
+"</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click "
+"\"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool "
+"like described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot "
+"used by the diskless workstation. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386\n"
"</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the "
-"workstation server(s):"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1774
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+"workstation server(s): \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
@@ -3865,7 +3815,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1781
+#: release-manual.xml:1783
msgid ""
"Else replace <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> with "
"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> or <computeroutput>powerpc "
@@ -3873,12 +3823,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788
+#: release-manual.xml:1790
msgid "Disabling kioskmode"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, either just remove the file "
"<computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Or, if you just want to "
@@ -3886,12 +3836,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1797
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
+#: release-manual.xml:1801
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ "
@@ -3899,14 +3849,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1806
+#: release-manual.xml:1808
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -3915,19 +3865,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1810
+#: release-manual.xml:1812
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1816
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package from "
@@ -3935,12 +3885,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1821
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
msgid ""
"add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
"as decribed in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">general adminstration "
@@ -3948,7 +3898,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1829
msgid ""
"add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences "
"</computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
@@ -3956,7 +3906,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1833
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
@@ -3966,7 +3916,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1838
+#: release-manual.xml:1840
msgid ""
"as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
"an installer-package (and does not contain the flashplugin itself, for legal "
@@ -3975,54 +3925,63 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
msgid "You need to install this as root:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
msgid "and make one change in /etc/apt/sources.list"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
-"\n"
-"And that followed by \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install "
-"flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound\"\n"
-"\n"
-"remeber to remove deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local "
-"from source list after that.\n"
-"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1857
+msgid ""
+"And that followed by <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> and "
+"<computeroutput>aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound "
+"</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1861
+msgid ""
+"remeber to remove <computeroutput>deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ "
+"etch-test local </computeroutput> from source list after that and run "
+"<computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> again."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1866
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1876
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4030,12 +3989,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1882
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4044,7 +4003,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1882
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4052,248 +4011,175 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1888
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
-msgid ""
-"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
-"just add"
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
+msgid "To use www.debian-multimedia.org do the following:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
-msgid ""
-"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia "
-"(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
-msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
-msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
-msgid ""
-"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations "
-"/ lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation "
-"</ulink>"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
-msgid "LTSP in detail"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
-msgid "lts.conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1922
-msgid ""
-"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
-"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf "
+"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+"# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
+"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
+"is:\n"
+"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 "
+"&& gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
+"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
+"echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> "
+"/etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+"# update the list of available packages:\n"
+"aptitude update\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
+"<title>HowTos for networked clients\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para> \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
+"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>LTSP in detail\n"
+"</title><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>lts.conf\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific "
+"thinclients, you can edit the file "
+"<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\n"
"</computeroutput>. Have a look at "
-"<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf "
-"</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
-msgid ""
-"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] "
+"<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]\n"
"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
-"client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] "
-"</computeroutput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
-msgid ""
-"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
-"something like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1933
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"</computeroutput>. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
+"something like this: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1939
-msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1941
-msgid ""
-"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
-"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
-msgid ""
-"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
-"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
-"client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf "
-"</computeroutput> file."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
-msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956
-msgid ""
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>somewhere below the default settings. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X "
+"on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your "
+"dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you "
+"<computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+"</computeroutput> file. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Load balancing LTSP servers\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" "
+"fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version "
-"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1960
-msgid "Part 1"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
-"for load balancing. This is done by providing "
+"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Part 1\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several "
+"servers for load balancing. This is done by providing "
"/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more "
"servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to "
-"include the ssh host key for each of the servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
-msgid ""
-"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
+"include the ssh host key for each of the servers. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
-"later on."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
-msgid ""
-"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
+"later on. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
-"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
-msgid ""
-"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit "
-"/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1971
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit "
+"/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
" }\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1976
-msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>you have to add this under \"range\": \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[filename "
+"\"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
"next-server xxx;\n"
"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
-msgid ""
-"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
-"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
-"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
-msgid "Part 2"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
-msgid ""
-"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
-"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
-"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
-"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
-"host names, in the random order."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1995
-msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2000
-msgid ""
-"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
-"space separated. Then, put the following script in "
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you "
+"chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a "
+"working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Part 2\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for "
+"LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In "
+"consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to "
+"be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP "
+"address or host names, in the random order. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must "
+"be space separated. Then, put the following script in "
"/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the "
-"loadbalancing server."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2003
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"loadbalancing server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
@@ -4307,122 +4193,96 @@ msgid ""
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
"done\n"
"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2022
-msgid "Part 3"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2024
-msgid ""
-"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
-"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
-"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
-"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as "
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Part 3\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the "
+"ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file "
+"containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all "
+"the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as "
"/etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is "
"very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is "
-"booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2030
-msgid ""
+"booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" "
+"fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as "
"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot "
-"the server."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2032
-msgid ""
-"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
-"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
-"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
-"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM "
+"the server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get "
+"their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if "
+"many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that "
+"server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM "
"server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't "
-"very good."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2034
-msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040
-msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2042
-msgid ""
-"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
-"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
-"by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done "
-"automatically, this line:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2044
-msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2046
-msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2052
-msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
-msgid ""
-"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
+"very good. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced! \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Sound with LTSP clients\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, "
+"this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be "
+"loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not "
+"done automatically, this line: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf "
+"file. \n"
+"</para><para/>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Replacing LDM with KDM\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
-"less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2060
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
-"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
-"well as anything else."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs "
-"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
-msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+"less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" "
+"fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning\n"
+"</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in "
+"cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" "
+"fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+"</phrase>\n"
+"</textobject>\n"
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
+"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation: \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2079
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -4430,21 +4290,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2082
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2084
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:2099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -4452,19 +4312,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2090
+#: release-manual.xml:2102
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2111
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -4472,12 +4332,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2105
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -4485,22 +4345,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2120
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2129
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2131
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4509,68 +4369,68 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2133
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2135
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
"membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat "
-"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role='strong'>not </emphasis> work, "
-"because there is no password for root in Samba."
+"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role=\"strong\">not </emphasis> "
+"work, because there is no password for root in Samba."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2130
+#: release-manual.xml:2142
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2144
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
"later as being allowed to authenticate users. In order to enable Samba to "
"store this data, Samba requires an static host configuration to be "
"present. This could be added by using the LWAT web interface (see also "
-"<link to lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is "
+"<link to lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is "
"important to check the \"Samba host\" option, otherwise will lack the "
"required data to be able to join the domain."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2136
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2149
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2152
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2153
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4584,7 +4444,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2144
+#: release-manual.xml:2156
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and "
"logout. Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take "
@@ -4594,12 +4454,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2150
+#: release-manual.xml:2162
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4610,7 +4470,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2154
+#: release-manual.xml:2166
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4620,12 +4480,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2165
+#: release-manual.xml:2177
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to "
@@ -4634,12 +4494,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4650,7 +4510,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2174
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
@@ -4661,101 +4521,102 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
"them not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's "
"their own fault when login is slow."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2179
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
-"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
-"parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users to "
-"the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at "
-"least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way "
+"to deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect "
+"other parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users "
+"to the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are "
+"at least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming "
"profile."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184 release-manual.xml:2267
+#: release-manual.xml:2196 release-manual.xml:2279
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2201
msgid ""
-"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
-"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
-"semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the profile, the "
-"directories are internationalized and must be written in your own language "
-"the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to exclude are"
+"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> "
+"System -> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you "
+"can enter a semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the "
+"profile, the directories are internationalized and must be written in your "
+"own language the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to "
+"exclude are"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#: release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2192 release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2204 release-manual.xml:2207
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2194
+#: release-manual.xml:2206
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2210
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2214
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2283 release-manual.xml:2308
+#: release-manual.xml:2222 release-manual.xml:2295 release-manual.xml:2320
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on "
@@ -4766,48 +4627,50 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2229
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2219
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2220
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2226
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value "
+"</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2242
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2233
+#: release-manual.xml:2245
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2248
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4815,17 +4678,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2250
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2261
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2263
+#: release-manual.xml:2275
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4835,16 +4698,16 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2269
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using "
"gpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be "
-"available under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection "
-"Things that can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
+"available under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder "
+"Redirection Things that can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4852,34 +4715,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2273
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
+"Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2288
msgid ""
-"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
-"Files"
+"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
+"Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2303
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2309
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual "
"machines. This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on "
@@ -4887,29 +4752,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2299
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2313
msgid ""
-"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
-"profiles"
+"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow "
+"local profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2310
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2315
+#: release-manual.xml:2327
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2317
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4919,7 +4784,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4928,12 +4793,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2341
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2331
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -4941,14 +4806,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2333
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2349
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux "
"remotely. Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> "
@@ -4956,7 +4821,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4965,31 +4830,47 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2362 release-manual.xml:2470
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2364 release-manual.xml:2472
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ "
+"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the "
+"user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
+"the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine "
+"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2368
+#: release-manual.xml:2380
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2386
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2376
+#: release-manual.xml:2388
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5000,44 +4881,44 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2383
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
msgid ""
-"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
+"See <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\">http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink "
-"url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page "
+"url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page\">http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page "
"</ulink>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2411
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -5045,39 +4926,39 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2406
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
-"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
+"monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2424
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2414
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet "
"access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2420
+#: release-manual.xml:2432
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
"and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2438
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2428
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5085,16 +4966,16 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
"<computeroutput>apt-get </computeroutput> is cryptographically signed to "
"ensure a trust path."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2452
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5109,37 +4990,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2460
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2463
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
msgid ""
"<ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
"</ulink> - incomplete but interesting"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2472
+#: release-manual.xml:2484
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2493
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2486
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5148,23 +5029,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2492
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
"where the users of the distribution are located. Please let us know about "
"your installation, by registering in this database. To register your "
-"school, <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools'>use "
+"school, <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\">use "
"this web form </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2510
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2512
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5172,7 +5053,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5180,43 +5061,43 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">different teams </ulink> "
"working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
msgid ""
-"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list "
+"The <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">developer mailing list "
"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
"have monthly meetings on IRC on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and less "
"frequently even real gatherings, where we meet each other in person."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2517
+#: release-manual.xml:2529
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink "
-"url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits'>commit "
+"url=\"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit "
"mailinglist </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2535
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2525
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5225,19 +5106,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2527
+#: release-manual.xml:2539
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple "
"webbrowser. Just go to <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ "
"</ulink> and you can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to "
"edit the pages, you need to <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences'>create a wiki user </ulink> "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">create a wiki user </ulink> "
"first."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2531
+#: release-manual.xml:2543
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5246,30 +5127,30 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2549
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2555
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
msgid "in English"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2553
+#: release-manual.xml:2565
msgid ""
"<ulink "
-"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
+"url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
"</ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2557
+#: release-manual.xml:2569
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5277,102 +5158,102 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2582
msgid ""
"<ulink "
-"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker "
+"url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker "
"</ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2586
msgid ""
"<ulink "
-"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen "
+"url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen "
"</ulink> - mailinglist for the development member organisation in Norway "
"(FRISK)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2577
+#: release-manual.xml:2589
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2583
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
msgid "in German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2597
msgid ""
"<ulink "
-"url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user "
+"url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\">http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user "
"</ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2589
+#: release-manual.xml:2601
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
-"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> "
+"- wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2604
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2610
msgid "in French"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2600
+#: release-manual.xml:2612
msgid ""
"<ulink "
-"url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french "
+"url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french "
"</ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2608
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2622
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\">http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2631
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2621
+#: release-manual.xml:2633
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp "
"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2628
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2644
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
@@ -5383,28 +5264,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2634
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
msgid ""
-"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
+"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions "
"</emphasis>! Then add your name here and release it under the GPL2 or later "
"version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2652
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2642
+#: release-manual.xml:2654
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2656
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"(2007) and Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or "
@@ -5412,7 +5293,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2658
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
@@ -5421,31 +5302,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2648
+#: release-manual.xml:2660
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2655
+#: release-manual.xml:2667
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2659
+#: release-manual.xml:2671
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2661
+#: release-manual.xml:2673
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read "
@@ -5455,18 +5336,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2664
+#: release-manual.xml:2676
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
"check out some files from from svn (which can be done anonymously), create "
"patches and send those to <ulink "
-"url='mailto:debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org'>debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org "
+"url=\"mailto:debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org\">debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org "
"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2668
+#: release-manual.xml:2680
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5475,7 +5356,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2672
+#: release-manual.xml:2684
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co "
"svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc "
@@ -5483,7 +5364,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2677
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
msgid ""
"Then edit the "
"<computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual.$CC.po "
@@ -5493,26 +5374,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2681
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2695
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2686
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2703
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -5520,37 +5401,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2693
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2699
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2702
+#: release-manual.xml:2714
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2706
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2720
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink "
-"url='mailto:holger at layer-acht.org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and "
+"url=\"mailto:holger at layer-acht.org\">holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and "
"others, see the <link linkend=\"CopyRight\"> Copyright chapter</link> for "
"the full list of copyright owners."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2723
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5559,7 +5440,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2713
+#: release-manual.xml:2725
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5568,7 +5449,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2715
+#: release-manual.xml:2727
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5576,17 +5457,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2720
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2722
+#: release-manual.xml:2734
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2736
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5595,26 +5476,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: release-manual.xml:2741
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2743
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
-"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
-"it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "
-"\"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based "
-"on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under "
-"copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of "
-"it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another "
-"language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the "
-"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
+"program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder "
+"saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public "
+"License. The \"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "
+"\"work based on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative "
+"work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a "
+"portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into "
+"another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation "
+"in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2734
+#: release-manual.xml:2746
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5625,54 +5506,54 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2736
+#: release-manual.xml:2748
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
-"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
-"provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an "
-"appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the "
-"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and "
-"give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with "
-"the Program."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
+"verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any "
+"medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each "
+"copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact "
+"all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any "
+"warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this "
+"License along with the Program."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2739
+#: release-manual.xml:2751
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2741
+#: release-manual.xml:2753
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
"Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms "
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2744
+#: release-manual.xml:2756
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
-"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
-"any change."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
+"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
+"of any change."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2747
+#: release-manual.xml:2759
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
"the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to "
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2750
+#: release-manual.xml:2762
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
"running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or "
"display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a "
@@ -5685,7 +5566,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2755
+#: release-manual.xml:2767
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5699,7 +5580,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2757
+#: release-manual.xml:2769
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5708,7 +5589,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2759
+#: release-manual.xml:2771
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5717,27 +5598,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2761
+#: release-manual.xml:2773
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
"executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you "
"also do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2764
+#: release-manual.xml:2776
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
"the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
"software interchange; or,"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2767
+#: release-manual.xml:2779
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
"more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete "
"machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed "
@@ -5746,9 +5627,9 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2770
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
"alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you "
"received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, "
@@ -5756,7 +5637,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2775
+#: release-manual.xml:2787
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5770,7 +5651,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2777
+#: release-manual.xml:2789
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5780,9 +5661,9 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2779
+#: release-manual.xml:2791
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
"this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or "
"distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights "
@@ -5792,11 +5673,11 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2782
+#: release-manual.xml:2794
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
-"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
-"permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
+"this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants "
+"you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
"These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. "
"Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on "
"the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all "
@@ -5805,9 +5686,9 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2785
+#: release-manual.xml:2797
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
"receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify "
"the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any "
@@ -5817,9 +5698,9 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2788
+#: release-manual.xml:2800
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
"limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court "
"order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this "
@@ -5834,7 +5715,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2791
+#: release-manual.xml:2803
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5842,7 +5723,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2793
+#: release-manual.xml:2805
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5856,16 +5737,16 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2795
+#: release-manual.xml:2807
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2797
+#: release-manual.xml:2809
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
"copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program "
"under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation "
@@ -5875,16 +5756,16 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2800
+#: release-manual.xml:2812
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
"to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present "
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2803
+#: release-manual.xml:2815
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5896,10 +5777,10 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2805
+#: release-manual.xml:2817
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
-"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
+"of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
"different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is "
"copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software "
"Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be "
@@ -5909,14 +5790,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2808
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:2820
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2811
+#: release-manual.xml:2823
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
"PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE "
"COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT "
@@ -5928,9 +5809,9 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2814
+#: release-manual.xml:2826
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
"OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED "
"ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, "
@@ -5942,170 +5823,170 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2820
+#: release-manual.xml:2832
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2826
+#: release-manual.xml:2838
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2832
+#: release-manual.xml:2844
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2833
+#: release-manual.xml:2845
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2834
+#: release-manual.xml:2846
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2835
+#: release-manual.xml:2847
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2841
+#: release-manual.xml:2853
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2843
+#: release-manual.xml:2855
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using "
"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where "
"ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale name you want. To aciviate a given keyboard "
"layout, use the <computeroutput>keyb=KB </computeroutput> option where KB is "
"the wanted keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianLive/l10n'>is available from the live cd "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianLive/l10n\">is available from the live cd "
"build script documentation </ulink>. Here is a list of commonly used locale "
"codes:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2848
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:2860
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2852
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:2864
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2856
-msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:2868
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2861
+#: release-manual.xml:2873
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2864
+#: release-manual.xml:2876
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2867 release-manual.xml:2877
+#: release-manual.xml:2879 release-manual.xml:2889
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2871
+#: release-manual.xml:2883
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2874
+#: release-manual.xml:2886
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2881
+#: release-manual.xml:2893
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2884
+#: release-manual.xml:2896
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2887
+#: release-manual.xml:2899
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2891
+#: release-manual.xml:2903
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2894
+#: release-manual.xml:2906
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2897
+#: release-manual.xml:2909
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2901
+#: release-manual.xml:2913
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2904
+#: release-manual.xml:2916
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2907
+#: release-manual.xml:2919
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2911
+#: release-manual.xml:2923
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2914
+#: release-manual.xml:2926
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2917
+#: release-manual.xml:2929
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2921
+#: release-manual.xml:2933
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2924
+#: release-manual.xml:2936
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2927
+#: release-manual.xml:2939
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2934
+#: release-manual.xml:2946
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the "
@@ -6115,35 +5996,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2940
+#: release-manual.xml:2952
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2941
+#: release-manual.xml:2953
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2947
+#: release-manual.xml:2959
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2948
+#: release-manual.xml:2960
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2954
+#: release-manual.xml:2966
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2956
+#: release-manual.xml:2968
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink "
-"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink "
-"url='http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from "
+"url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/\">FTP </ulink>, <ulink "
+"url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/\">HTTP </ulink> or rsync from "
"ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
index d9aa894..ec59e44 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.4//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.4/docbookx.dtd"><article><articleinfo><title>Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual</title></articleinfo>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.4//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.4/docbookx.dtd">
+<article><articleinfo><title>Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual</title></articleinfo>
<section id="AboutDebianEdu">
<title>Release manual for Debian Edu Etch 3.0 Codename "Terra"
</title>
@@ -6,22 +8,22 @@
</emphasis>) release manual for the Debian Edu Etch 3.0 release.
</para>
<para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-23</computeroutput>.
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-07-06</computeroutput>.
</para>
-<para>The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
+<para>The version at <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently.
</para>
<para><link linkend="Translations">Translations</link> are part of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package, which can be <ulink url='http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/'>installed on a webserver
+</computeroutput> package, which can be <ulink url="http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/">installed on a webserver
</ulink>.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>About Debian Edu and Skolelinux
</title>
-<para>Skolelinux is a Linux distribution made by the Debian Edu project. Being a <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution
-</ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url='http://www.debian.org'>Debian
+<para>Skolelinux is a Linux distribution made by the Debian Edu project. Being a <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian">Custom Debian Distribution
+</ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url="http://www.debian.org">Debian
</ulink>.
</para>
<para>What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network.
@@ -36,12 +38,12 @@
<para>
</para>
<para>This section of the document describes the network architecture and services provided by a Skolelinux installation.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Network
</title>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/network-arch.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/network-arch.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:network-arch.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -56,7 +58,7 @@
<para>The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and subsequently updating the DNS-configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that service to the right computer.
</para>
<para>In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with both a modem and an ISDN connection, however no attempt is made to make such a setup work out of the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust the default situation to this should be documented separately).
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -109,7 +111,7 @@
<para>In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronize their clock with the server. The server itself should synchronize its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct time.
</para>
<para>Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they belong to, this will be achieved by using quota and access control for printers.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Thin clients
@@ -119,7 +121,7 @@
<para>Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted via NFS from the LTSP-server, and finally X11 is started and connected to the same LTSP-server by XDMCP, thus ensuring that all programs are run on the LTSP-server.
</para>
<para>The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -132,7 +134,7 @@
<para>Diskless workstations are an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too.
</para>
<para>Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP) with version 5.0.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
</section>
@@ -140,7 +142,7 @@
<title>Networked clients
</title>
<para>The term "networked clients" is used in this manual to refer to both thin clients and diskless workstations as well as computers running MacOS or Windows.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -151,7 +153,7 @@
<para>We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it suffices to edit the server configuration and let the automatation distribute the changes.
</para>
<para>All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts are made against this database and is used by the clients for user authentication.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -162,7 +164,7 @@
<para>The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD installation works without access to the Internet.
</para>
<para>The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, workstation, thin client server). All other configuration will be set up automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a centrally location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -174,7 +176,7 @@
</computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/
</computeroutput>, in which all the user accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed, to accomodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage.
</para>
-<para>To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private group should be identical to the username. (<ulink url='http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups.html'>More info on private groups
+<para>To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private group should be identical to the username. (<ulink url="http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups.html">More info on private groups
</ulink> is available from Redhat.) This allows for all new files created by the user to be set with full access for the file's group. Together with set-gid bit on directories and inheritance of rights, this enables controlled file sharing between the members of a file group. Therefore, the users' umask should be 00X. (If all users initially should be able to read newly created files, then X=2. If only the relevant group should be given initial read access then X=7.)
</para>
<para>The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be removed by explicit user action, or they may be initially blocked, necessitating user action to make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material they create will be accessible to all other users. This is detectable only upon inspection of other users' directories, where one can see that the files are readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration issues).
@@ -190,7 +192,7 @@
</computeroutput> is 755.
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -201,10 +203,10 @@
</listitem><listitem>Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)
</listitem><listitem>Should consider using a DNS name from RFC 2606.
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en
-</ulink> ( at that time it was Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter Reinholdtsen < <ulink url='mailto:pere at hungry.com'>pere at hungry.com
-</ulink> >, released under the GPL) - note to translators: there are translations for this document already, which you can also copy and paste. But keep those copyright notes as well.
+</itemizedlist><para/>
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink url="http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en">http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en
+</ulink> ( at that time it was Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter Reinholdtsen < <ulink url="mailto:pere at hungry.com">pere at hungry.com
+</ulink> >, released under the GPL) - note to translators: there are translations for this document already, which you can also copy and paste. But keep those copyright notes as well.
</emphasis>
</para>
</section>
@@ -214,14 +216,14 @@
<title>Features
</title>
<para>
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>New features in the "3.0r1 Terra" release 2007-12-05
</title><itemizedlist><listitem>much improved documentation with updated translations to German, Norwegian Bokmal and Italian
</listitem><listitem>includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that came to our attentention after the 3.0r0 release
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -261,7 +263,7 @@
<para>Regression: swi-prolog is not part of etch, but was part of sarge. The <link linkend="TeachAndLearn">HowTo teach and learn</link> Chapter describes how to install swi-prolog on etch.
</para>
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -274,7 +276,7 @@
<para>OpenOffice.org 1.1.
</para>
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -284,13 +286,13 @@
</listitem><listitem>XFree86 version 4.1.
</listitem><listitem>KDE version 2.2.
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>More information on older releases
</title>
-<para>More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html
+<para>More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url="http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html">http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html
</ulink>.
</para>
</section>
@@ -302,7 +304,7 @@
<para>
</para>
<para>There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many schools operated centrally. This variety of configurations makes a huge difference on how things are set up regarding network components, servers and client machines.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Hardware requirements
@@ -321,19 +323,19 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Hardware known to work
</title>
-<para>A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/
-</ulink> . This list is not nearly complete <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+<para>A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/
+</ulink> . This list is not nearly complete <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/smile.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:)
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
</section>
@@ -347,7 +349,7 @@
</listitem><listitem>workstation(s) and/or thin client (LTSP) server(s)
</listitem><listitem>thin clients clients
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
<section>
<title>Internet router
@@ -356,15 +358,15 @@
</para>
<para>The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though this is not needed and will not be used. (If the router runs a DHCP server you must disable the DHCP server on the main server and you will loose some features and certain documented procedures will work differently. So better disable the DHCP server on the router.)
</para>
-<para>If you are looking for a i386 based solution (so that you can reuse an old PC), we recommend <ulink url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop
-</ulink> or <ulink url='http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw'>floppyfw
+<para>If you are looking for a i386 based solution (so that you can reuse an old PC), we recommend <ulink url="http://www.ipcop.org">IPCop
+</ulink> or <ulink url="http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw">floppyfw
</ulink>.
</para>
-<para>If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend using <ulink url='http://openwrt.org'>OpenWRT
-</ulink>, though of course you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier, using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages for a list of <ulink url='http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware'>supported hardware
+<para>If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend using <ulink url="http://openwrt.org">OpenWRT
+</ulink>, though of course you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier, using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages for a list of <ulink url="http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware">supported hardware
</ulink>.
</para>
-<para>It is possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented procedure
+<para>It is possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet">documented procedure
</ulink> to do this. If you are not forced to do this by an existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend you stay with the default <link linkend="Architecture">network architecture</link>.
</para>
</section>
@@ -374,26 +376,26 @@
<title>Installation
</title>
<para>
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Where to find more information
</title>
-<para>We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for Debian Etch
-</ulink> before you start installing a system for production use. If you just want to give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, you don't have to though, it should just work <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+<para>We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url="http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes">release notes for Debian Etch
+</ulink> before you start installing a system for production use. If you just want to give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, you don't have to though, it should just work <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/smile.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:-)
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para>Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual'>information about the Debian Etch release
+<para>Even more <ulink url="http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual">information about the Debian Etch release
</ulink> is available in its installation manual.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Download an installation media for Debian Edu Etch 3.0r1
-</title>
+</title><para/>
<section>
<title>DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc
@@ -464,20 +466,20 @@
</computeroutput>
</para>
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
</section>
<section>
<title>Request a CD/DVD by mail
</title>
-<para>For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink url='mailto:cd at skolelinux.no'>cd at skolelinux.no
-</ulink> and we will discuss the payment details (for shipping and media) <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+<para>For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink url="mailto:cd at skolelinux.no">cd at skolelinux.no
+</ulink> and we will discuss the payment details (for shipping and media) <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/smile.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:)
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD to be sent to in the email.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -494,7 +496,7 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>The profiles are explained below.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -530,7 +532,7 @@
</listitem><listitem>Choose a time-zone
</listitem><listitem>Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Choose a profile
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Choose a profile
</emphasis>:
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>server <itemizedlist><listitem>This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing the following services: file, print, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, nagios, simesummary, munin. All services are pre-configured and working out of the box. You must only install one main server per school!
</listitem>
@@ -539,7 +541,7 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem><listitem>thin client server <itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para>Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. Out of the box, this profile installs a thin client server. To turn it into a diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>this HowTo
+<para>Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. Out of the box, this profile installs a thin client server. To turn it into a diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation">this HowTo
</ulink>. (Fixme: integrate this HowTo into this chapter of the manual.)
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -555,8 +557,8 @@
</listitem><listitem>say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!
</listitem><listitem>say yes to partman
</listitem><listitem>
-<para>please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux.org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/
-</ulink> - though you dont have to <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+<para>please say yes to submit information to <ulink url="http://popcon.skolelinux.org/">http://popcon.skolelinux.org/
+</ulink> - though you dont have to <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/smile.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:)
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -565,13 +567,13 @@
</listitem><listitem>wait
</listitem><listitem>be happy
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
<section>
<title>A note on manual partitioning
</title>
<para>If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by mounting a partition there. If you don't create that directory you will only be able to login as root. The reason is that the user creation system require this directory to exist to be able to create users home directories, and without a users home directory the user can not log in.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -581,7 +583,7 @@
</para>
<para>It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the server when in the network) with <computeroutput>unison
</computeroutput>, but there is currently no howto available for this.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -595,104 +597,104 @@
deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main
deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local
]]>
-</screen>
+</screen><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Custom CD/DVDs
</title>
-<para>Creating custom CDs or DVDs is quite easily possible, since we use the <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/'>debian installer
-</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed
+<para>Creating custom CDs or DVDs is quite easily possible, since we use the <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/">debian installer
+</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed
</ulink> Preseeding] allows to define answers to the questions normally asked.
</para>
-<para>So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>remaster the CD/DVD
+<para>So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD">remaster the CD/DVD
</ulink>.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
</section>
<section>
<title>Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation
</title>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-bootopt.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/debian-edu-bootopt.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-lang.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/debian-edu-lang.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-region.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/debian-edu-region.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-keyboard.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/debian-edu-keyboard.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-autopartition.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/debian-edu-autopartition.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-popcon.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/debian-edu-popcon.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-timezone.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/debian-edu-timezone.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-rootpw.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/debian-edu-rootpw.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-baseinstall.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/debian-edu-baseinstall.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-finished.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/debian-edu-finished.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-grub.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/debian-edu-grub.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-usplash.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/debian-edu-usplash.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -700,7 +702,7 @@ deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local
</para>
<para>The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this screen shot.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-kdm-small.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/debian-edu-kdm-small.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -724,19 +726,19 @@ deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local
</para>
<para>The <link linkend="HowTo">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the stuff everybody needs to do.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/getting-started.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/getting-started.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:getting-started.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Services running on the main server
</title>
<para>There are several services running on the main server which can be managed via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Web based management, using lwat
@@ -748,7 +750,7 @@ deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local
</listitem><listitem>Machine Administration
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/lwat'>https://www/lwat
+<para>To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url="https://www/lwat">https://www/lwat
</ulink>. You will get an error message, because of atleast 2 facts:
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>the certificate is self-signed
</listitem><listitem>The certificate is generated for tjener.intern
@@ -760,14 +762,14 @@ deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local
</screen>
<para>and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the root account.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/lwat-login.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/lwat-login.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
<para>After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the menu.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -778,18 +780,18 @@ deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local
<para>To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users data entered to the LDAP directory.
</para>
<para>You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu entries for this are the four topmost entries (in the two topmost groups).
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Adding users
</title>
<para>To add users you only have to choose "Add" in the "Users" section of the menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the data of the user you want to add. The most important thing to add is the full name of your user (point one in the image). As you enter you will see, that lwat will generate a username automatically based on the realname. If you don't like the generated username you can change it later. Second you need to choose the role of your account, which is used by lwat to determine the privileges the user has for systemadministration. Currently lwat knows the following roles:
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='2'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><tbody><row><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>role
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="2"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">role
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">granted privileges
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
@@ -829,7 +831,7 @@ deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local
</para>
<para>You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but you can set a own password by modifying the user added.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/lwat-adduser.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/lwat-adduser.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -842,7 +844,7 @@ deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local
username: demuse
password: somethingsecret
]]>
-</screen>
+</screen><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -850,7 +852,7 @@ password: somethingsecret
</title>
<para>To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can enter either the realname or the username of the user. The results will show up below the form (marked as resultarea in the image). On the left of every result line there is a checkbox you can use to delete or disable on or more user with the two buttons below. If you want to modify a user, just click on it, all result lines are links to the modify page.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/lwat-searchuser.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/lwat-searchuser.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -858,12 +860,12 @@ password: somethingsecret
</para>
<para>A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user belongs to.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/lwat-edituser.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/lwat-edituser.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
</section>
@@ -873,7 +875,7 @@ password: somethingsecret
<para>The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups you can also delete or disable all users of the groups found. From the modification page you can access all the users of that group.
</para>
<para>The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so you can use them for file permissions too.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -882,16 +884,16 @@ password: somethingsecret
<para>With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using lwat has a Hostname, an IP-address, an MAC-address and a domain name which usually is "intern". For a more verbose description about the Debian Edu architecture see the <link linkend="Architecture">architecture</link> chapter of this manual.
</para>
<para>If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='3'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><tbody><row><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>First address
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="3"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para><emphasis role="strong">First address
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Last address
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Last address
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>hostname
+<para><emphasis role="strong">hostname
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
@@ -902,7 +904,7 @@ password: somethingsecret
<para>10.0.2.29
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx
+<para>ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role="strong">xx
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
@@ -914,7 +916,7 @@ password: somethingsecret
<para>10.0.2.49
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx
+<para>printer<emphasis><emphasis role="strong">xx
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
@@ -926,7 +928,7 @@ password: somethingsecret
<para>10.0.2.99
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx
+<para>static<emphasis><emphasis role="strong">xx
</emphasis>
</emphasis>
</para>
@@ -939,18 +941,18 @@ password: somethingsecret
</para>
<para>To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the remaining fields will be filled automatically according to the predefined configuration.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/lwat-addmachine.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/lwat-addmachine.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/alert.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server by hand as shown directly below.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Assign static ip addresses with dhcp
@@ -978,19 +980,19 @@ password: somethingsecret
}
]]>
</screen>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/alert.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above whenever you have changed the configuration.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Search and delete machines
</title>
<para>Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and deleting users, so that information is not repeated here.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -998,7 +1000,7 @@ password: somethingsecret
</title>
<para>After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry (as you would with users).
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/lwat-editmachine.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/lwat-editmachine.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -1014,35 +1016,35 @@ password: somethingsecret
</computeroutput> functionality is used only for NFS. The homedirs are exported by the main-server to be mounted by the workstations and the ltsp-servers. Because of security reasons only hosts within the workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and server-hosts <computeroutput>NetGroups
</computeroutput> can mount the exported NFS shares. So it is rather important to remember to configure this kinds of machines properly in the ldap tree using lwat and configuring them to use the static IPs from ldap.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/alert.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs.
</para>
<para>Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag (in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows systems to the Skolelinux Samba domain, you have to add the Windows host to the ldap tree and set this flag to be able to join the Windows host to the domain. For more information about adding Windows hosts to the Skolelinux network see FIXME: add link.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>More lwat documentation
</title>
<para>The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/lwat/
-</computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/'>online
+</computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url="http://bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/">online
</ulink>.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
</section>
<section>
<title>Printer Managment
</title>
-<para>For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www:631'>https://www:631
+<para>For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url="https://www:631">https://www:631
</ulink> This is the normal cups management site where you can add/delete/modfiy your printers and can clean up the printing queue. For changes where you have to login as root with your root password, you will be forced to use ssl encryption.
</para>
<para>If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run <computeroutput>printconf
</computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to do when this does not accomplish anything.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1054,7 +1056,7 @@ password: somethingsecret
</computeroutput> entries need to be removed. After this, the ntp server need to be restarted by running <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/ntp restart
</computeroutput> as root. To test if the server is using the external clock sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer
</computeroutput>.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1070,7 +1072,7 @@ password: somethingsecret
<title>Maintainance
</title>
<para>
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Updating the software
@@ -1095,13 +1097,13 @@ password: somethingsecret
</para>
<para><computeroutput>apt-listchanges
</computeroutput> can send new changelog entries to you.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Backup Management
</title>
-<para>For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php
+<para>For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url="https://www/slbackup-php">https://www/slbackup-php
</ulink>. Please note that you have to access this site via ssl, since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this site without using ssl it will fail.
</para>
<para>Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0
@@ -1111,7 +1113,7 @@ password: somethingsecret
<para><computeroutput>/root/.svk
</computeroutput> will also be backed up if you install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/alert.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -1120,32 +1122,32 @@ password: somethingsecret
<para>If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit.
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this further
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Server Monitoring
-</title>
+</title><para/>
<section>
<title>Munin
</title>
-<para>Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url='https://www/munin/'>https://www/munin/
+<para>Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url="https://www/munin/">https://www/munin/
</ulink>. It provides system status measurement graphis on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and allow the system administrator help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems.
</para>
<para>The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the package munin-node installed is registered for munin monitoring. It will normally take two days from a machine is installed until munin monitoring start, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the process, run <computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary-client
</computeroutput> as root on the freshly installed machine, and <computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary
</computeroutput> as root on the sitesummary server (normally the main-server).
</para>
-<para>Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url='http://munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/
+<para>Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url="http://munin.projects.linpro.no/">http://munin.projects.linpro.no/
</ulink> .
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Nagios
</title>
-<para>Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url='https://www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/
+<para>Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url="https://www/nagios2/">https://www/nagios2/
</ulink>.
</para>
<para>The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, avoid using the samme password as root. To change the password you can run the following command as root:
@@ -1160,19 +1162,19 @@ password: somethingsecret
</computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg
</computeroutput>.
</para>
-<para>Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url='http://www.nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/
+<para>Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url="http://www.nagios.org/">http://www.nagios.org/
</ulink> or in the <computeroutput>nagios2-doc
</computeroutput> package.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Sitesummary
</title>
-<para>A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url='https://www/sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/
+<para>A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url="https://www/sitesummary/">https://www/sitesummary/
</ulink>.
</para>
-<para>Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary
+<para>Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary
</ulink>
</para>
</section>
@@ -1184,28 +1186,28 @@ password: somethingsecret
</title>
<para>
</para>
-<para>Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by applicable law.
+<para>Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role="strong">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by applicable law.
</emphasis> Please read this chapter completly before attempting to upgrade.
</para>
-<para>More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release
+<para>More <ulink url="http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual">information about the Debian etch release
</ulink> is available in its installation manual.
</para>
<para>If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same way as your production server. There you can test the upgrade without risk and see if everything works as it should.
</para>
-<para>Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document them here. Debian Edu sarge will receive continued support for some time in the future, but when Debian <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan'>ceases support for sarge
+<para>Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document them here. Debian Edu sarge will receive continued support for some time in the future, but when Debian <ulink url="http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan">ceases support for sarge
</ulink>, Debian Edu will (have to) do that too. This is expected to happen in April 2008.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge
</title>
<para>Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems.
</para>
-<para>In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch
+<para>In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url="http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes">releasenotes for Debian etch
</ulink>. (Debian Edu/Skolelinux "2.0 Terra" installed a 2.6 kernel as default, but if you are running a 2.4 kernel, you <emphasis>should
-</emphasis> read the <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6'>notes on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to 2.6
+</emphasis> read the <ulink url="http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6">notes on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to 2.6
</ulink> before you upgrade!)
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Partioning scheme changed
@@ -1218,7 +1220,7 @@ password: somethingsecret
<para>But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes of the Installer.
</para>
<para>The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a virtual machine with an 8GB harddrive, the upgrade failed since it was not possible to free more space on the vg_sytem. Please note that you should have about 1,5GB free space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr. If this is not the case the upgrade will fail because of too little free space on the device.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1264,7 +1266,7 @@ deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]>
aptitude dist-upgrade ]]>
</screen>
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1272,7 +1274,7 @@ aptitude dist-upgrade ]]>
</title>
<para>Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver.
</para>
-<para>Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to what is installed as default in the sarge based Debian Edu release). So if there are any questions which you don't know how to answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org
+<para>Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to what is installed as default in the sarge based Debian Edu release). So if there are any questions which you don't know how to answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url="mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org">debian-edu at lists.debian.org
</ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu.
</para>
<para>* Configure nagios-common.
@@ -1299,7 +1301,7 @@ aptitude dist-upgrade ]]>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>* Configure libnss-ldap
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>
<para>Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/
</emphasis>
</para>
@@ -1350,10 +1352,10 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)
<para>In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb
</emphasis> and since openldap now runs as user <emphasis>openldap
</emphasis> (instead of as root) the permissions of the configuration files have to be changed:
-</para><screen><![CDATA[chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/
+</para><para/><screen><![CDATA[chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/
apt-get -f install]]>
</screen>
-<para>Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without
+<para>Then the installation should finish <emphasis role="strong">without
</emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart the dist-upgrade process again with:
</para><screen><![CDATA[aptitude dist-upgrade]]>
</screen>
@@ -1369,7 +1371,7 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
<para> and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again.
</para>
<para>If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should now finish without raising more errors.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1378,9 +1380,9 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
<para>The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files.
</para><screen><![CDATA[chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]>
</screen>
-<para>See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791'>#386791
+<para>See <ulink url="http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791">#386791
</ulink> for more information.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1395,14 +1397,14 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
]]>
</screen>
<para>If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more detail in the <link linkend="NetworkClients">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> chapter of this manual.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
</section>
<section>
<title>Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations
</title>
-<para>Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0
+<para>Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0
</ulink>. Then upgrade to Terrra (etch-based Release).
</para>
</section>
@@ -1432,7 +1434,7 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
<para>The <link linkend="GettingStarted">Getting Started</link> and <link linkend="Maintainance">DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintainance work. The howtos in this chapter are already "advanced" tipps and tricks.
</para>
<para>
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server
@@ -1442,7 +1444,7 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
</listitem><listitem>disable the service on main-server
</listitem><listitem>update dns on main-server
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1465,7 +1467,7 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
debian-edu-etc-svk commit
debian-edu-etc-svk ignore
]]>
-</screen>
+</screen><para/>
<section>
<title>Usage examples
@@ -1500,7 +1502,7 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
</para><screen><![CDATA[debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf
]]>
</screen>
-<para>If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+<para>If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/smile.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:)
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -1509,7 +1511,7 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored
]]>
-</screen>
+</screen><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1522,7 +1524,7 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
]]>
</screen>
<para>This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit cronjob.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
</section>
@@ -1539,12 +1541,12 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab
</computeroutput>, and based on the rules provided in these files propose to extend partitions with too little free space. Without any arguments, it will only write the commands needed to extend the file system, and the argument <computeroutput>-n
</computeroutput> is needed to actually extend the file systems.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Logical Volumne Management
</title>
-<para>Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo
+<para>Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink url="http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/">LVM HowTo
</ulink>.
</para>
<para>To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the <computeroutput>lvextend
@@ -1555,16 +1557,16 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0
resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]>
-</screen>
+</screen><para/>
</section>
</section>
<section>
<title>Using volatile.debian.org
</title>
-<para>Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org
+<para>Since <ulink url="http://volatile.debian.org">volatile.debian.org
</ulink> is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on default installations.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>What is debian-volatile?
@@ -1573,7 +1575,7 @@ resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]>
</emphasis>
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work for the full time of a stable release. The main goal of volatile is allowing system administrators to update their systems in a nice, consistent way, without getting the drawbacks of using unstable, even without getting the drawbacks for the selected packages. So debian-volatile will only contain changes to stable programs that are necessary to keep them functional.
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1589,7 +1591,7 @@ resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]>
</screen>
<para>And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade
</computeroutput>.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
</section>
@@ -1598,35 +1600,35 @@ resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]>
</title>
<para>You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org steps in.
</para>
-<para>Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run without new libraries (wherever it is possible) on a stable Debian distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role='strong'>We recommend you to pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all backports available there.
-</emphasis> Please follow the instructions on <ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org
+<para>Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run without new libraries (wherever it is possible) on a stable Debian distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role="strong">We recommend you to pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all backports available there.
+</emphasis> Please follow the instructions on <ulink url="http://www.backports.org">http://www.backports.org
</ulink> to use these backports.
</para>
<para>You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's <computeroutput>gpg
</computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt
-</computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/SecureApt'>securily
+</computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/SecureApt">securily
</ulink>. This is done by running these commands as root:
</para>
<para>
-</para><screen><![CDATA[# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list
-echo "deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free" >> /etc/apt/sources.list
-# install the debian-keyring securily:
+</para><screen><![CDATA[# install the debian-keyring securily:
aptitude install debian-keyring
# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:
gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C
# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:
gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -
+# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list
+echo "deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free" >> /etc/apt/sources.list
# update the list of available packages:
aptitude update
]]>
</screen>
-<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>
+<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>
</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences
-</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on backports.org
+</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url="http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions">instructions on backports.org
</ulink>.
</para>
<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1635,7 +1637,7 @@ aptitude update
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts
]]>
-</screen>
+</screen><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1658,7 +1660,7 @@ RUSER=backdoor
]]>
</screen>
<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1694,32 +1696,32 @@ done
echo "$created_dir folders has been created"
]]>
-</screen>
+</screen><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org
</title>
-<para>The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/
+<para>The HowTos from <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/
</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn
+<para><ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC
+<para><ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet
+<para><ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary
+<para><ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication
+<para><ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1731,14 +1733,14 @@ echo "$created_dir folders has been created"
<title>HowTos for the desktop
</title>
<para>
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>KDE Kiosk mode
</title>
<para>Two default profiles are included:
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils
+<para><emphasis role="strong">debian_edu_pupils
</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group)
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student desktops
</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the kde panel
@@ -1747,19 +1749,19 @@ echo "$created_dir folders has been created"
</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root
+<para><emphasis role="strong">debian_edu_root
</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group)
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration programs
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Note:
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Note:
</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool
</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]
</para>
<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/
</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile
</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click "profile properties" and browse to a new folder.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1782,14 +1784,14 @@ unset LTSPCHROOT
</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>amd64
</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>powerpc
</computeroutput> as applicable.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Disabling kioskmode
</title>
<para>If you don't want to use kioskmode, either just remove the file <computeroutput>/etc/kderc
</computeroutput>. Or, if you just want to temporarily disable kioskmode, comment out all entries in there.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
</section>
@@ -1809,7 +1811,7 @@ THEME="/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue"
</screen>
<para>See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm
</computeroutput> for information on how these variables are used.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1839,7 +1841,7 @@ Pin-priority: 999
</computeroutput> package is only an installer-package (and does not contain the flashplugin itself, for legal reasons), it also requires a working internet connection as it will download the precompiled binary from Adobes website.
</para>
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
<section>
<title>Sound with Flash in thin clients
@@ -1850,15 +1852,18 @@ Pin-priority: 999
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local
-
-And that followed by "aptitude update" , "aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound"
-
-remeber to remove deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local from source list after that.
-
]]>
</screen>
-<para>To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1).
+<para>And that followed by <computeroutput>aptitude update
+</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound
+</computeroutput>
</para>
+<para>remeber to remove <computeroutput>deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local
+</computeroutput> from source list after that and run <computeroutput>aptitude update
+</computeroutput> again.
+</para>
+<para>To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1).
+</para><para/>
</section>
</section>
@@ -1870,7 +1875,7 @@ remeber to remove deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local from
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins
]]>
-</screen>
+</screen><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1881,20 +1886,27 @@ remeber to remove deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local from
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs
]]>
-</screen>
+</screen><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Using the multimedia repository
</title>
-<para>To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or just add
+<para>To use www.debian-multimedia.org do the following:
</para>
<para>
-</para><screen><![CDATA[deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main
+</para><screen><![CDATA[# install the debian-keyring securily:
+aptitude install debian-keyring
+# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:
+gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907
+# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:
+gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -
+# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!
+echo "deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list
+# update the list of available packages:
+aptitude update
]]>
</screen>
-<para>to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring).
-</para>
</section>
</section>
@@ -1902,19 +1914,19 @@ remeber to remove deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local from
<title>HowTos for networked clients
</title>
<para>
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations
</title>
-<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation
+<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation
</ulink>
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>LTSP in detail
-</title>
+</title><para/>
<section>
<title>lts.conf
@@ -1943,18 +1955,18 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf
</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf
</computeroutput> file.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Load balancing LTSP servers
</title>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/alert.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Part 1
@@ -1984,7 +1996,7 @@ use-host-decl-names on;
]]>
</screen>
<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -2015,7 +2027,7 @@ SHUFFLED_LIST="$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)"
done
echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
]]>
-</screen>
+</screen><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -2023,7 +2035,7 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
</title>
<para>Now that you've made the "get_hosts" script, it's time to make the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/alert.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -2032,7 +2044,7 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good.
</para>
<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced!
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
</section>
@@ -2044,7 +2056,7 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
<para>MODULE_01 = "snd-pcm-oss"
</para>
<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
</section>
@@ -2053,14 +2065,14 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
</title>
<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/alert.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
-</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning
+</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role="strong">Warning
</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything else.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/alert.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -2087,7 +2099,7 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
</para><screen><![CDATA[ * # any host can get a login window
]]>
</screen>
-<para>The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+<para>The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/smile.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:)
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -2106,12 +2118,12 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
]]>
</screen>
<para>(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration
-</title>
+</title><para/>
<section>
<title>Joining the domain
@@ -2122,14 +2134,14 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
</para>
<para>1. Create a user with membership in the "admins" group (if not already existing)
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para>In order to be able to join the "SKOLELINUX" domain a member of the admins group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat docu>). The user "root" will <emphasis role='strong'>not
+<para>In order to be able to join the "SKOLELINUX" domain a member of the admins group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat docu>). The user "root" will <emphasis role="strong">not
</emphasis> work, because there is no password for root in Samba.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>2. Configure the Windows client as static host
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para>When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client later as being allowed to authenticate users. In order to enable Samba to store this data, Samba requires an static host configuration to be present. This could be added by using the LWAT web interface (see also <link to lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is important to check the "Samba host" option, otherwise will lack the required data to be able to join the domain.
+<para>When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client later as being allowed to authenticate users. In order to enable Samba to store this data, Samba requires an static host configuration to be present. This could be added by using the LWAT web interface (see also <link to lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is important to check the "Samba host" option, otherwise will lack the required data to be able to join the domain.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -2142,7 +2154,7 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. To minimize the time needed, one should deactivate things like local cache in browsers (you could use the squid proxycache installed on tjener instead) and save file into the H: volume instead of "Own files".
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>User groups in Windows
@@ -2155,7 +2167,7 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
type=domain ntgroup="students" \
comment="All students in the school"
]]>
-</screen>
+</screen><para/>
</section>
</section>
@@ -2163,7 +2175,7 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
<title>XP home
</title>
<para>Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. However, they may need to disable the windows firewall before Tjener will appear in Network Neighbourhood (or whatever its called now).
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -2173,20 +2185,20 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
</para>
<para>Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, but the most common problems is that users save their files on the windows desktop or in the My Documents folder instead of in their homedir. Also some badly designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach
+<para><emphasis role="strong">The educational approach
</emphasis>: One way to deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell them not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's their own fault when login is slow.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile
+<para><emphasis role="strong">Tweaking the profile
</emphasis>: A different way to deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users to the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming profile.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Using machine policies
</title>
<para>Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers.
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc
</listitem><listitem>
-<para>Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System -> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the profile, the directories are internationalized and must be written in your own language the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to exclude are
+<para>Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System -> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the profile, the directories are internationalized and must be written in your own language the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to exclude are
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>log
</listitem><listitem>Locale settings
</listitem><listitem>Temporary Internet Files
@@ -2203,27 +2215,27 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
-</orderedlist>
+</orderedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Using global policies
</title>
<para>By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all machines. But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite easily lock yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this please elaborate here...
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Editing Windows registry
</title>
<para>You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key to other computers
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Start the Registry Editor.
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem>Start the Registry Editor.
</listitem><listitem>
<para>Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon
</computeroutput>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para>Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value
+<para>Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value
</computeroutput>.
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
@@ -2237,23 +2249,23 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
</para>
<para>Sources:
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/technologies/featured/gp/default.mspx'>http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/technologies/featured/gp/default.mspx
+<para><ulink url="http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/technologies/featured/gp/default.mspx">http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/technologies/featured/gp/default.mspx
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/PolicyMgmt.html'>http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/PolicyMgmt.html
+<para><ulink url="http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/PolicyMgmt.html">http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/PolicyMgmt.html
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://isg.ee.ethz.ch/tools/realmen/det/skel.en.html'>http://isg.ee.ethz.ch/tools/realmen/det/skel.en.html
+<para><ulink url="http://isg.ee.ethz.ch/tools/realmen/det/skel.en.html">http://isg.ee.ethz.ch/tools/realmen/det/skel.en.html
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://www.css.taylor.edu/~nehresma/samba.html'>http://www.css.taylor.edu/~nehresma/samba.html
+<para><ulink url="http://www.css.taylor.edu/~nehresma/samba.html">http://www.css.taylor.edu/~nehresma/samba.html
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
</section>
@@ -2261,35 +2273,35 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
<title>Redirecting parts of profile
</title>
<para>Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things into my documents, when this is not saved in the profiles. Also you may want to redirect the directories some badly programed applications use to normal network shares.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Using machine policies
</title>
-<para>Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection Things that can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents.
+<para>Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection Things that can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents.
</para>
<para>One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do not want this, you should also disable that in following
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para>User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files
+<para>User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para>Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files
+<para>Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files
</para>
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Using global policies
</title>
<para>FIXME
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
</section>
<section>
<title>Avoiding roaming profiles
-</title>
+</title><para/>
<section>
<title>Using a local policy
@@ -2298,17 +2310,17 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
</para>
<para>You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para>Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local profiles
+<para>Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local profiles
</para>
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Using global policies
</title>
<para>FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -2320,7 +2332,7 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
</para><screen><![CDATA[logon path = ""
logon home = ""
]]>
-</screen>
+</screen><para/>
</section>
</section>
</section>
@@ -2339,24 +2351,24 @@ logon home = ""
</para>
</listitem><listitem>NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has provided NX support to all their students since 2005. They report that the solution is stable.
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA client HowTo
+<para><ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps">Citrix ICA client HowTo
</ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux.
</para>
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org
</title>
-<para>The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/
+<para>The HowTos from <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/
</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs
+<para><ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation
+<para><ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -2368,7 +2380,7 @@ logon home = ""
<title>HowTos for teaching and learning
</title>
<para>
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Moodle
@@ -2380,9 +2392,9 @@ logon home = ""
</para>
<para>FIXME: more examples, etc.
</para>
-<para>See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org
+<para>See <ulink url="http://moodle.org">http://moodle.org
</ulink> for more information on Moodle.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -2390,7 +2402,7 @@ logon home = ""
</title>
<para>Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their students.
</para>
-<para>Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page
+<para>Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url="http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page">http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page
</ulink>
</para>
<para>FIXME: explain how to install and use it.
@@ -2399,13 +2411,13 @@ logon home = ""
</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install italc-client italc-master
]]>
</screen>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/alert.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
-</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning
+</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role="strong">Warning
</emphasis>: monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -2413,13 +2425,13 @@ logon home = ""
</title>
<para>Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/alert.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
-</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning
+</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role="strong">Warning
</emphasis>: restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -2428,11 +2440,11 @@ logon home = ""
<para><computeroutput>swi-prolog
</computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch system.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/alert.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
-</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning
+</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role="strong">Warning
</emphasis>: The software you install has no trust path. Software installed with <computeroutput>apt-get
</computeroutput> is cryptographically signed to ensure a trust path.
</para>
@@ -2446,21 +2458,21 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
]]>
</screen>
<para><computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc
-</computeroutput> is part of etch <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+</computeroutput> is part of etch <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/smile.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:-)
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org
</title>
-<para>The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/
+<para>The HowTos from <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/
</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep
+<para><ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep
</ulink> - incomplete but interesting
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -2472,26 +2484,26 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
<title>Contribute
</title>
<para>
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Let us know you exist
</title>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/worldmap.png'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/worldmap.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para>There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates us very much and therefore is already a valuable contribution. <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+<para>There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates us very much and therefore is already a valuable contribution. <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/smile.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:-)
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para>The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about where the users of the distribution are located. Please let us know about your installation, by registering in this database. To register your school, <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools'>use this web form
+<para>The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about where the users of the distribution are located. Please let us know about your installation, by registering in this database. To register your school, <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools">use this web form
</ulink>.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -2502,21 +2514,21 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
<para>The <link linkend="Support">support chapter</link> explains and links to localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute
</emphasis> and <emphasis>support
</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Contribute globally
</title>
-<para>Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams
+<para>Internationally we are organized in <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/">different teams
</ulink> working on different subjects.
</para>
-<para>The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list
+<para>The <ulink url="http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu">developer mailing list
</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have monthly meetings on IRC on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and less frequently even real gatherings, where we meet each other in person.
</para>
-<para>A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits'>commit mailinglist
+<para>A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to subscribe to the <ulink url="http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits">commit mailinglist
</ulink>.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -2524,8 +2536,8 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
</title>
<para>This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider sharing your knowledge with us.
</para>
-<para>The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/
-</ulink> and you can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences'>create a wiki user
+<para>The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. Just go to <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/
+</ulink> and you can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, you need to <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences">create a wiki user
</ulink> first.
</para>
<para>Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can be found in the <link linkend="Translations">translation chapter</link> of this book. Please consider to help the translation effort of this book!
@@ -2537,88 +2549,88 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
<title>Support
</title>
<para>
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Volunteer based support
-</title>
+</title><para/>
<section>
<title>in English
</title><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu
+<para><ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss
+<para><ulink url="https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss
</ulink> - support mailing list
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para>#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+<para>#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/smile.png" depth="15"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:-)
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>in Norwegian
</title><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker
+<para><ulink url="https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker
</ulink> - support mailing list
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen
+<para><ulink url="https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen
</ulink> - mailinglist for the development member organisation in Norway (FRISK)
</para>
</listitem><listitem>#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>in German
</title><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user
+<para><ulink url="http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user">http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user
</ulink> - support mailing list
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de
+<para><ulink url="http://wiki.skolelinux.de">http://wiki.skolelinux.de
</ulink> - wiki with lots of HowTos etc.
</para>
</listitem><listitem>#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>in French
</title><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french
+<para><ulink url="http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french">http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french
</ulink> - support mailinglist
</para>
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>in Spanish
</title><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para><ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es
+<para><ulink url="http://www.skolelinux.es">http://www.skolelinux.es
</ulink> - spanish portal
</para>
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
</section>
<section>
<title>Professional support
</title>
-<para>Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp
+<para>Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp
</ulink>.
</para>
</section>
@@ -2628,12 +2640,12 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
<title>Copyright and authors
</title>
<para>
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<para>This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007) and Joakim Seeberg (2008)a and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!
-</para>
-<para>If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions
+</para><para/>
+<para>If you add content to it, <emphasis role="strong">please only do so if you are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions
</emphasis>! Then add your name here and release it under the GPL2 or later version.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -2653,7 +2665,7 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
<title>Translations of this document
</title>
<para>Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>HowTo translate this document
@@ -2662,7 +2674,7 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
</computeroutput> for more information on this. Please read also read this, if you want to start/help translating this document.
</para>
<para>To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project <computeroutput>debian-edu
-</computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to check out some files from from svn (which can be done anonymously), create patches and send those to <ulink url='mailto:debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org'>debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org
+</computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to check out some files from from svn (which can be done anonymously), create patches and send those to <ulink url="mailto:debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org">debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org
</ulink>.
</para>
<para>You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
@@ -2700,20 +2712,20 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
</title>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]>
-</screen>
+</screen><para/>
<section>
<title>Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename "Terra"
</title>
-<para>Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht.org'>holger at layer-acht.org
-</ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="CopyRight"> Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of copyright owners.
+<para>Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url="mailto:holger at layer-acht.org">holger at layer-acht.org
+</ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="CopyRight"> Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of copyright owners.
</para>
<para>This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
</para>
<para>This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
</para>
<para>You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -2722,32 +2734,32 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
<para>Version 2, June 1991
</para>
<para>Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
</title>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>0.
+<para><emphasis role="strong">0.
</emphasis> This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
</para>
<para>Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>1.
+<para><emphasis role="strong">1.
</emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program.
</para>
<para>You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>2.
+<para><emphasis role="strong">2.
</emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>a)
+<para><emphasis role="strong">a)
</emphasis> You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>b)
+<para><emphasis role="strong">b)
</emphasis> You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>c)
+<para><emphasis role="strong">c)
</emphasis> If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -2758,16 +2770,16 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
</para>
<para>In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>3.
+<para><emphasis role="strong">3.
</emphasis> You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>a)
+<para><emphasis role="strong">a)
</emphasis> Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>b)
+<para><emphasis role="strong">b)
</emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>c)
+<para><emphasis role="strong">c)
</emphasis> Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -2776,16 +2788,16 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
</para>
<para>If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>4.
+<para><emphasis role="strong">4.
</emphasis> You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>5.
+<para><emphasis role="strong">5.
</emphasis> You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>6.
+<para><emphasis role="strong">6.
</emphasis> Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>7.
+<para><emphasis role="strong">7.
</emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
</para>
<para>If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
@@ -2794,26 +2806,26 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
</para>
<para>This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>8.
+<para><emphasis role="strong">8.
</emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>9.
+<para><emphasis role="strong">9.
</emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
</para>
<para>Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>10.
+<para><emphasis role="strong">10.
</emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY
+<para><emphasis role="strong">NO WARRANTY
</emphasis>
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>11.
+<para><emphasis role="strong">11.
</emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>12.
+<para><emphasis role="strong">12.
</emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -2826,7 +2838,7 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
<title>Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs
</title>
<para>
-</para>
+</para><para/>
<section>
<title>Features of the Standalone image
@@ -2834,7 +2846,7 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
</listitem><listitem>All packages from the laptop task
</listitem><listitem>The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils.
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
@@ -2842,18 +2854,18 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
</title>
<para>To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8
</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale name you want. To aciviate a given keyboard layout, use the <computeroutput>keyb=KB
-</computeroutput> option where KB is the wanted keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianLive/l10n'>is available from the live cd build script documentation
+</computeroutput> option where KB is the wanted keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianLive/l10n">is available from the live cd build script documentation
</ulink>. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='3'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><tbody><row><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region)
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="3"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">Language (Region)
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>Locale value
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">Locale value
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> <emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout
+<para> <emphasis role="strong">Keyboard layout
</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
@@ -2933,28 +2945,28 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
</table>
<para>A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED
</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/.
-</para>
+</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Stuff to know
</title><itemizedlist><listitem>the password for the user is "user", root has no passwd set.
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Known issues with the image
</title><itemizedlist><listitem>none known yet.
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
</section>
<section>
<title>Download
</title>
-<para>The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/'>FTP
-</ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP
+<para>The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url="ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/">FTP
+</ulink>, <ulink url="http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/">HTTP
</ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/.
</para>
</section>
hooks/post-receive
--
debian-edu-doc.git (Debian package debian-edu-doc)
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "debian-edu-doc.git" (Debian package debian-edu-doc).
More information about the debian-edu-commits
mailing list